16 files changed, 29186 insertions, 29186 deletions

diff --git a/xorg-server/dix/Makefile.am b/xorg-server/dix/Makefile.am
index 9fca2ca87..f5af619e3 100644
--- a/xorg-server/dix/Makefile.am
+++ b/xorg-server/dix/Makefile.am
@@ -1,72 +1,72 @@
-noinst_LTLIBRARIES = libdix.la libmain.la

-

-AM_CPPFLAGS = -I$(top_srcdir)/include

-AM_CFLAGS = $(DIX_CFLAGS)

-

-libmain_la_SOURCES =    \

-	main.c

-

-libdix_la_SOURCES = 	\

-	atom.c		\

-	colormap.c	\

-	cursor.c	\

-	devices.c	\

-	dispatch.c	\

-	dispatch.h	\

-	dixfonts.c	\

-	dixutils.c	\

-	enterleave.c	\

-	enterleave.h	\

-	events.c	\

-	eventconvert.c  \

-	extension.c	\

-	ffs.c		\

-	gc.c		\

-	getevents.c	\

-	globals.c	\

-	glyphcurs.c	\

-	grabs.c		\

-	initatoms.c	\

-	inpututils.c	\

-	pixmap.c	\

-	privates.c	\

-	property.c	\

-	ptrveloc.c	\

-	region.c	\

-	registry.c	\

-	resource.c	\

-	selection.c	\

-	swaprep.c	\

-	swapreq.c	\

-	tables.c	\

-	window.c

-

-EXTRA_DIST = buildatoms BuiltInAtoms Xserver.d Xserver-dtrace.h.in

-

-# Install list of protocol names

-miscconfigdir = $(SERVER_MISC_CONFIG_PATH)

-dist_miscconfig_DATA = protocol.txt

-

-if XSERVER_DTRACE

-# Generate dtrace header file for C sources to include

-BUILT_SOURCES = Xserver-dtrace.h

-

-Xserver-dtrace.h: $(srcdir)/Xserver.d

-	$(AM_V_GEN)$(DTRACE) -C -h -o $@ -s $(srcdir)/Xserver.d \

-		|| cp Xserver-dtrace.h.in $@

-

-endif

-

-if SPECIAL_DTRACE_OBJECTS

-# Generate dtrace object code for probes in libdix

-dtrace-dix.o: $(top_srcdir)/dix/Xserver.d $(am_libdix_la_OBJECTS)

-	$(AM_V_GEN)$(DTRACE) -G -C -o $@ -s $(top_srcdir)/dix/Xserver.d $(am_libdix_la_OBJECTS:%.lo=.libs/%.o)

-

-noinst_PROGRAMS = dix.O

-

-dix_O_SOURCES =

-dix.O: dtrace-dix.o $(am_libdix_la_OBJECTS)

-	$(AM_V_GEN)ld -r -o $@ $(am_libdix_la_OBJECTS:%.lo=.libs/%.o)

-endif

-

-CLEANFILES = Xserver-dtrace.h

+noinst_LTLIBRARIES = libdix.la libmain.la
+
+AM_CPPFLAGS = -I$(top_srcdir)/include
+AM_CFLAGS = $(DIX_CFLAGS)
+
+libmain_la_SOURCES =    \
+	main.c
+
+libdix_la_SOURCES = 	\
+	atom.c		\
+	colormap.c	\
+	cursor.c	\
+	devices.c	\
+	dispatch.c	\
+	dispatch.h	\
+	dixfonts.c	\
+	dixutils.c	\
+	enterleave.c	\
+	enterleave.h	\
+	events.c	\
+	eventconvert.c  \
+	extension.c	\
+	ffs.c		\
+	gc.c		\
+	getevents.c	\
+	globals.c	\
+	glyphcurs.c	\
+	grabs.c		\
+	initatoms.c	\
+	inpututils.c	\
+	pixmap.c	\
+	privates.c	\
+	property.c	\
+	ptrveloc.c	\
+	region.c	\
+	registry.c	\
+	resource.c	\
+	selection.c	\
+	swaprep.c	\
+	swapreq.c	\
+	tables.c	\
+	window.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST = buildatoms BuiltInAtoms Xserver.d Xserver-dtrace.h.in
+
+# Install list of protocol names
+miscconfigdir = $(SERVER_MISC_CONFIG_PATH)
+dist_miscconfig_DATA = protocol.txt
+
+if XSERVER_DTRACE
+# Generate dtrace header file for C sources to include
+BUILT_SOURCES = Xserver-dtrace.h
+
+Xserver-dtrace.h: $(srcdir)/Xserver.d
+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(DTRACE) -C -h -o $@ -s $(srcdir)/Xserver.d \
+		|| cp Xserver-dtrace.h.in $@
+
+endif
+
+if SPECIAL_DTRACE_OBJECTS
+# Generate dtrace object code for probes in libdix
+dtrace-dix.o: $(top_srcdir)/dix/Xserver.d $(am_libdix_la_OBJECTS)
+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(DTRACE) -G -C -o $@ -s $(top_srcdir)/dix/Xserver.d $(am_libdix_la_OBJECTS:%.lo=.libs/%.o)
+
+noinst_PROGRAMS = dix.O
+
+dix_O_SOURCES =
+dix.O: dtrace-dix.o $(am_libdix_la_OBJECTS)
+	$(AM_V_GEN)ld -r -o $@ $(am_libdix_la_OBJECTS:%.lo=.libs/%.o)
+endif
+
+CLEANFILES = Xserver-dtrace.h
diff --git a/xorg-server/dix/colormap.c b/xorg-server/dix/colormap.c
index b871b604e..7dba69d11 100644
--- a/xorg-server/dix/colormap.c
+++ b/xorg-server/dix/colormap.c
@@ -1,2775 +1,2775 @@
-/***********************************************************

-

-Copyright 1987, 1998  The Open Group

-

-Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its

-documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that

-the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that

-copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting

-documentation.

-

-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in

-all copies or substantial portions of the Software.

-

-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR

-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,

-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE

-OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN

-AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN

-CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

-

-Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be

-used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings

-in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.

-

-

-Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.

-

-                        All Rights Reserved

-

-Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its 

-documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, 

-provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that

-both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in 

-supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be

-used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the

-software without specific, written prior permission.  

-

-DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING

-ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL

-DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR

-ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,

-WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,

-ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS

-SOFTWARE.

-

-******************************************************************/

-

-

-#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H

-#include <dix-config.h>

-#endif

-

-#include <X11/X.h>

-#include <X11/Xproto.h>

-#include <stdio.h>

-#include <string.h>

-#include <strings.h>

-#include "misc.h"

-#include "dix.h"

-#include "dixstruct.h"

-#include "colormapst.h"

-#include "os.h"

-#include "scrnintstr.h"

-#include "resource.h"

-#include "windowstr.h"

-#include "privates.h"

-#include "xace.h"

-

-#ifdef _MSC_VER

-#define UpdateColors thisUpdateColors

-#endif

-

-static Pixel FindBestPixel(

-    EntryPtr /*pentFirst*/,

-    int /*size*/,

-    xrgb * /*prgb*/,

-    int /*channel*/

-);

-

-static int AllComp(

-    EntryPtr /*pent*/,

-    xrgb * /*prgb*/

-);

-

-static int RedComp(

-    EntryPtr /*pent*/,

-    xrgb * /*prgb*/

-);

-

-static int GreenComp(

-    EntryPtr /*pent*/,

-    xrgb * /*prgb*/

-);

-

-static int BlueComp(

-    EntryPtr /*pent*/,

-    xrgb * /*prgb*/

-);

-

-static void FreePixels(

-    ColormapPtr /*pmap*/,

-    int /*client*/

-);

-

-static void CopyFree(

-    int /*channel*/,

-    int /*client*/,

-    ColormapPtr /*pmapSrc*/,

-    ColormapPtr /*pmapDst*/

-);

-

-static void FreeCell(

-    ColormapPtr /*pmap*/,

-    Pixel /*i*/,

-    int /*channel*/

-);

-

-static void UpdateColors(

-    ColormapPtr /*pmap*/

-);

-

-static int AllocDirect(

-    int /*client*/,

-    ColormapPtr /*pmap*/,

-    int /*c*/,

-    int /*r*/,

-    int /*g*/,

-    int /*b*/,

-    Bool /*contig*/,

-    Pixel * /*pixels*/,

-    Pixel * /*prmask*/,

-    Pixel * /*pgmask*/,

-    Pixel * /*pbmask*/

-);

-

-static int AllocPseudo(

-    int /*client*/,

-    ColormapPtr /*pmap*/,

-    int /*c*/,

-    int /*r*/,

-    Bool /*contig*/,

-    Pixel * /*pixels*/,

-    Pixel * /*pmask*/,

-    Pixel ** /*pppixFirst*/

-);

-

-static Bool AllocCP(

-    ColormapPtr /*pmap*/,

-    EntryPtr /*pentFirst*/,

-    int /*count*/,

-    int /*planes*/,

-    Bool /*contig*/,

-    Pixel * /*pixels*/,

-    Pixel * /*pMask*/

-);

-

-static Bool AllocShared(

-    ColormapPtr /*pmap*/,

-    Pixel * /*ppix*/,

-    int /*c*/,

-    int /*r*/,

-    int /*g*/,

-    int /*b*/,

-    Pixel /*rmask*/,

-    Pixel /*gmask*/,

-    Pixel /*bmask*/,

-    Pixel * /*ppixFirst*/

-);

-

-static int FreeCo(

-    ColormapPtr /*pmap*/,

-    int /*client*/,

-    int /*color*/,

-    int /*npixIn*/,

-    Pixel * /*ppixIn*/,

-    Pixel /*mask*/

-);

-

-static int   TellNoMap(

-    WindowPtr	/*pwin*/,

-    Colormap 	* /*pmid*/

-);

-

-static void FindColorInRootCmap (

-    ColormapPtr	/* pmap */,

-    EntryPtr	/* pentFirst */,

-    int		/* size */,

-    xrgb*	/* prgb */,

-    Pixel*	/* pPixel */,

-    int		/* channel */,

-    ColorCompareProcPtr /* comp */

-);

-

-#define NUMRED(vis) ((vis->redMask >> vis->offsetRed) + 1)

-#define NUMGREEN(vis) ((vis->greenMask >> vis->offsetGreen) + 1)

-#define NUMBLUE(vis) ((vis->blueMask >> vis->offsetBlue) + 1)

-#if COMPOSITE

-#define ALPHAMASK(vis)	((vis)->nplanes < 32 ? 0 : \

-			 (CARD32) ~((vis)->redMask|(vis)->greenMask|(vis)->blueMask))

-#else

-#define ALPHAMASK(vis)	0

-#endif

-

-#define RGBMASK(vis) (vis->redMask | vis->greenMask | vis->blueMask | ALPHAMASK(vis))

-

-/* GetNextBitsOrBreak(bits, mask, base)  -- 

- * (Suggestion: First read the macro, then read this explanation.

- *

- * Either generate the next value to OR in to a pixel or break out of this

- * while loop 

- *

- * This macro is used when we're trying to generate all 2^n combinations of

- * bits in mask.  What we're doing here is counting in binary, except that

- * the bits we use to count may not be contiguous.  This macro will be

- * called 2^n times, returning a different value in bits each time. Then

- * it will cause us to break out of a surrounding loop. (It will always be

- * called from within a while loop.)

- * On call: mask is the value we want to find all the combinations for

- * base has 1 bit set where the least significant bit of mask is set

- *

- * For example,if mask is 01010, base should be 0010 and we count like this:

- * 00010 (see this isn't so hard), 

- *     then we add base to bits and get 0100. (bits & ~mask) is (0100 & 0100) so

- *      we add that to bits getting (0100 + 0100) =

- * 01000 for our next value.

- *      then we add 0010 to get 

- * 01010 and we're done (easy as 1, 2, 3)

- */

-#define GetNextBitsOrBreak(bits, mask, base)	\

-	    if((bits) == (mask)) 		\

-		break;		 		\

-	    (bits) += (base);		 	\

-	    while((bits) & ~(mask))		\

-		(bits) += ((bits) & ~(mask));	

-/* ID of server as client */

-#define SERVER_ID	0

-

-typedef struct _colorResource

-{

-	Colormap	mid;

-	int		client;

-} colorResource;

-

-/* Invariants:

- * refcnt == 0 means entry is empty

- * refcnt > 0 means entry is useable by many clients, so it can't be changed

- * refcnt == AllocPrivate means entry owned by one client only

- * fShared should only be set if refcnt == AllocPrivate, and only in red map

- */

-

-

-/** 

- * Create and initialize the color map 

- * 

- * \param mid    resource to use for this colormap

- * \param alloc  1 iff all entries are allocated writable

- */

-int

-CreateColormap (Colormap mid, ScreenPtr pScreen, VisualPtr pVisual, 

-                ColormapPtr *ppcmap, int alloc, int client)

-{

-    int		class, size;

-    unsigned long sizebytes;

-    ColormapPtr	pmap;

-    EntryPtr	pent;

-    int		i;

-    Pixel	*ppix, **pptr;

-

-    class = pVisual->class;

-    if(!(class & DynamicClass) && (alloc != AllocNone) && (client != SERVER_ID))

-	return BadMatch;

-

-    size = pVisual->ColormapEntries;

-    sizebytes = (size * sizeof(Entry)) +

-		(MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(Pixel *)) +

-		(MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(int));

-    if ((class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor)

-	sizebytes *= 3;

-    sizebytes += sizeof(ColormapRec);

-    if (mid == pScreen->defColormap) {

-	pmap = malloc(sizebytes);

-	if (!pmap)

-	    return BadAlloc;

-	if (!dixAllocatePrivates(&pmap->devPrivates, PRIVATE_COLORMAP)) {

-	    free (pmap);

-	    return BadAlloc;

-	}

-    } else {

-	pmap = _dixAllocateObjectWithPrivates(sizebytes, sizebytes,

-					      offsetof(ColormapRec, devPrivates), PRIVATE_COLORMAP);

-	if (!pmap)

-	    return BadAlloc;

-    }

-#if defined(_XSERVER64)

-    pmap->pad0 = 0;

-    pmap->pad1 = 0;

-#if (X_BYTE_ORDER == X_LITTLE_ENDIAN)

-    pmap->pad2 = 0;

-#endif

-#endif

-    pmap->red = (EntryPtr)((char *)pmap + sizeof(ColormapRec));    

-    sizebytes = size * sizeof(Entry);

-    pmap->clientPixelsRed = (Pixel **)((char *)pmap->red + sizebytes);

-    pmap->numPixelsRed = (int *)((char *)pmap->clientPixelsRed +

-				 (MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(Pixel *)));

-    pmap->mid = mid;

-    pmap->flags = 0; 	/* start out with all flags clear */

-    if(mid == pScreen->defColormap)

-	pmap->flags |= IsDefault;

-    pmap->pScreen = pScreen;

-    pmap->pVisual = pVisual;

-    pmap->class = class;

-    if ((class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor)

-	size = NUMRED(pVisual);

-    pmap->freeRed = size;

-    memset((char *) pmap->red, 0, (int)sizebytes);

-    memset((char *) pmap->numPixelsRed, 0, MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(int));

-    for (pptr = &pmap->clientPixelsRed[MAXCLIENTS]; --pptr >= pmap->clientPixelsRed; )

-	*pptr = (Pixel *)NULL;

-    if (alloc == AllocAll)

-    {

-	if (class & DynamicClass)

-	    pmap->flags |= AllAllocated;

-	for (pent = &pmap->red[size - 1]; pent >= pmap->red; pent--)

-	    pent->refcnt = AllocPrivate;

-	pmap->freeRed = 0;

-	ppix = malloc(size * sizeof(Pixel));

-	if (!ppix)

-	{

-	    free(pmap);

-	    return BadAlloc;

-	}

-	pmap->clientPixelsRed[client] = ppix;

-	for(i = 0; i < size; i++)

-	    ppix[i] = i;

-	pmap->numPixelsRed[client] = size;

-    }

-

-    if ((class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor)

-    {

-	pmap->freeGreen = NUMGREEN(pVisual);

-	pmap->green = (EntryPtr)((char *)pmap->numPixelsRed +

-				 (MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(int)));

-	pmap->clientPixelsGreen = (Pixel **)((char *)pmap->green + sizebytes);

-	pmap->numPixelsGreen = (int *)((char *)pmap->clientPixelsGreen +

-				       (MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(Pixel *)));

-	pmap->freeBlue = NUMBLUE(pVisual);

-	pmap->blue = (EntryPtr)((char *)pmap->numPixelsGreen +

-				(MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(int)));

-	pmap->clientPixelsBlue = (Pixel **)((char *)pmap->blue + sizebytes);

-	pmap->numPixelsBlue = (int *)((char *)pmap->clientPixelsBlue +

-				      (MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(Pixel *)));

-

-	memset((char *) pmap->green, 0, (int)sizebytes);

-	memset((char *) pmap->blue, 0, (int)sizebytes);

-

-	memmove((char *) pmap->clientPixelsGreen,

-		(char *) pmap->clientPixelsRed,

-	      MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(Pixel *));

-	memmove((char *) pmap->clientPixelsBlue,

-		(char *) pmap->clientPixelsRed,

-	      MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(Pixel *));

-	memset((char *) pmap->numPixelsGreen, 0, MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(int));

-	memset((char *) pmap->numPixelsBlue, 0, MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(int));

-

-	/* If every cell is allocated, mark its refcnt */

-	if (alloc == AllocAll)

-	{

-	    size = pmap->freeGreen;

-	    for(pent = &pmap->green[size-1]; pent >= pmap->green; pent--)

-		pent->refcnt = AllocPrivate;

-	    pmap->freeGreen = 0;

-	    ppix = malloc(size * sizeof(Pixel));

-	    if (!ppix)

-	    {

-		free(pmap->clientPixelsRed[client]);

-		free(pmap);

-		return BadAlloc;

-	    }

-	    pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client] = ppix;

-	    for(i = 0; i < size; i++)

-		ppix[i] = i;

-	    pmap->numPixelsGreen[client] = size;

-

-	    size = pmap->freeBlue;

-	    for(pent = &pmap->blue[size-1]; pent >= pmap->blue; pent--)

-		pent->refcnt = AllocPrivate;

-	    pmap->freeBlue = 0;

-	    ppix = malloc(size * sizeof(Pixel));

-	    if (!ppix)

-	    {

-		free(pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client]);

-		free(pmap->clientPixelsRed[client]);

-		free(pmap);

-		return BadAlloc;

-	    }

-	    pmap->clientPixelsBlue[client] = ppix;

-	    for(i = 0; i < size; i++)

-		ppix[i] = i;

-	    pmap->numPixelsBlue[client] = size;

-	}

-    }

-    pmap->flags |= BeingCreated;

-

-    if (!AddResource(mid, RT_COLORMAP, (pointer)pmap))

-	return BadAlloc;

-

-    /*  

-     * Security creation/labeling check

-     */

-    i = XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, clients[client], mid, RT_COLORMAP,

-		 pmap, RT_NONE, NULL, DixCreateAccess);

-    if (i != Success) {

-	FreeResource(mid, RT_NONE);

-	return i;

-    }

-

-    /* If the device wants a chance to initialize the colormap in any way,

-     * this is it.  In specific, if this is a Static colormap, this is the

-     * time to fill in the colormap's values */

-    if (!(*pScreen->CreateColormap)(pmap))

-    {

-	FreeResource (mid, RT_NONE);

-	return BadAlloc;

-    }

-    pmap->flags &= ~BeingCreated;

-    *ppcmap = pmap;

-    return Success;

-}

-

-/**

- *

- * \param value  must conform to DeleteType

- */

-int

-FreeColormap (pointer value, XID mid)

-{

-    int	i;

-    EntryPtr pent;

-    ColormapPtr	pmap = (ColormapPtr)value;

-

-    if(CLIENT_ID(mid) != SERVER_ID)

-    {

-        (*pmap->pScreen->UninstallColormap) (pmap);

-        WalkTree(pmap->pScreen, (VisitWindowProcPtr)TellNoMap, (pointer) &mid);

-    }

-

-    /* This is the device's chance to undo anything it needs to, especially

-     * to free any storage it allocated */

-    (*pmap->pScreen->DestroyColormap)(pmap);

-

-    if(pmap->clientPixelsRed)

-    {

-	for(i = 0; i < MAXCLIENTS; i++)

-	    free(pmap->clientPixelsRed[i]);

-    }

-

-    if ((pmap->class == PseudoColor) || (pmap->class == GrayScale))

-    {

-	for(pent = &pmap->red[pmap->pVisual->ColormapEntries - 1];

-	    pent >= pmap->red;

-	    pent--)

-	{

-	    if(pent->fShared)

-	    {

-		if (--pent->co.shco.red->refcnt == 0)

-		    free(pent->co.shco.red);

-		if (--pent->co.shco.green->refcnt == 0)

-		    free(pent->co.shco.green);

-		if (--pent->co.shco.blue->refcnt == 0)

-		    free(pent->co.shco.blue);

-	    }

-	}

-    }

-    if((pmap->class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor)

-    {

-        for(i = 0; i < MAXCLIENTS; i++)

-	{

-            free(pmap->clientPixelsGreen[i]);

-            free(pmap->clientPixelsBlue[i]);

-        }

-    }

-

-    if (pmap->flags & IsDefault) {

-	dixFreePrivates(pmap->devPrivates, PRIVATE_COLORMAP);

-	free(pmap);

-    } else

-	dixFreeObjectWithPrivates(pmap, PRIVATE_COLORMAP);

-    return Success;

-}

-

-/* Tell window that pmid has disappeared */

-static int

-TellNoMap (WindowPtr pwin, Colormap *pmid)

-{

-    xEvent 	xE;

-

-    if (wColormap(pwin) == *pmid)

-    {

-	/* This should be call to DeliverEvent */

-	xE.u.u.type = ColormapNotify;

-	xE.u.colormap.window = pwin->drawable.id;

-	xE.u.colormap.colormap = None;

-	xE.u.colormap.new = TRUE;

-	xE.u.colormap.state = ColormapUninstalled;

-#ifdef PANORAMIX

-        if(noPanoramiXExtension || !pwin->drawable.pScreen->myNum)

-#endif

-	   DeliverEvents(pwin, &xE, 1, (WindowPtr)NULL);

-	if (pwin->optional) {

-	    pwin->optional->colormap = None;

-	    CheckWindowOptionalNeed (pwin);

-	}

-    }

-

-    return WT_WALKCHILDREN;

-}

-

-/* Tell window that pmid got uninstalled */

-int

-TellLostMap (WindowPtr pwin, pointer value)

-{

-    Colormap 	*pmid = (Colormap *)value;

-    xEvent 	xE;

-

-#ifdef PANORAMIX

-    if(!noPanoramiXExtension && pwin->drawable.pScreen->myNum)

-	return WT_STOPWALKING;

-#endif

-    if (wColormap(pwin) == *pmid)

-    {

-	/* This should be call to DeliverEvent */

-	xE.u.u.type = ColormapNotify;

-	xE.u.colormap.window = pwin->drawable.id;

-	xE.u.colormap.colormap = *pmid;

-	xE.u.colormap.new = FALSE;

-	xE.u.colormap.state = ColormapUninstalled;

-	DeliverEvents(pwin, &xE, 1, (WindowPtr)NULL);

-    }

-

-    return WT_WALKCHILDREN;

-}

-

-/* Tell window that pmid got installed */

-int

-TellGainedMap (WindowPtr pwin, pointer value)

-{

-    Colormap 	*pmid = (Colormap *)value;

-    xEvent 	xE;

-

-#ifdef PANORAMIX

-    if(!noPanoramiXExtension && pwin->drawable.pScreen->myNum)

-	return WT_STOPWALKING;

-#endif

-    if (wColormap (pwin) == *pmid)

-    {

-	/* This should be call to DeliverEvent */

-	xE.u.u.type = ColormapNotify;

-	xE.u.colormap.window = pwin->drawable.id;

-	xE.u.colormap.colormap = *pmid;

-	xE.u.colormap.new = FALSE;

-	xE.u.colormap.state = ColormapInstalled;

-	DeliverEvents(pwin, &xE, 1, (WindowPtr)NULL);

-    }

-

-    return WT_WALKCHILDREN;

-}

-

-  

-int

-CopyColormapAndFree (Colormap mid, ColormapPtr pSrc, int client)

-{

-    ColormapPtr	pmap = (ColormapPtr) NULL;

-    int		result, alloc, size;

-    Colormap	midSrc;

-    ScreenPtr	pScreen;

-    VisualPtr	pVisual;

-

-    pScreen = pSrc->pScreen;

-    pVisual = pSrc->pVisual;

-    midSrc = pSrc->mid;

-    alloc = ((pSrc->flags & AllAllocated) && CLIENT_ID(midSrc) == client) ?

-            AllocAll : AllocNone;

-    size = pVisual->ColormapEntries;

-

-    /* If the create returns non-0, it failed */

-    result = CreateColormap (mid, pScreen, pVisual, &pmap, alloc, client);

-    if(result != Success)

-        return result;

-    if(alloc == AllocAll)

-    {

-	memmove((char *)pmap->red, (char *)pSrc->red, size * sizeof(Entry));

-	if((pmap->class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor)

-	{

-	    memmove((char *)pmap->green, (char *)pSrc->green, size * sizeof(Entry));

-	    memmove((char *)pmap->blue, (char *)pSrc->blue, size * sizeof(Entry));

-	}

-	pSrc->flags &= ~AllAllocated;

-	FreePixels(pSrc, client);

-	UpdateColors(pmap);

-	return Success;

-    }

-

-    CopyFree(REDMAP, client, pSrc, pmap);

-    if ((pmap->class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor)

-    {

-	CopyFree(GREENMAP, client, pSrc, pmap);

-	CopyFree(BLUEMAP, client, pSrc, pmap);

-    }

-    if (pmap->class & DynamicClass)

-	UpdateColors(pmap);

-    /* XXX should worry about removing any RT_CMAPENTRY resource */

-    return Success;

-}

-

-/* Helper routine for freeing large numbers of cells from a map */

-static void

-CopyFree (int channel, int client, ColormapPtr pmapSrc, ColormapPtr pmapDst)

-{

-    int		z, npix;

-    EntryPtr	pentSrcFirst, pentDstFirst;

-    EntryPtr	pentSrc, pentDst;

-    Pixel	*ppix;

-    int		nalloc;

-

-    switch(channel)

-    {

-      default:	/* so compiler can see that everything gets initialized */

-      case REDMAP:

-	ppix = (pmapSrc->clientPixelsRed)[client];

-	npix = (pmapSrc->numPixelsRed)[client];

-	pentSrcFirst = pmapSrc->red;

-	pentDstFirst = pmapDst->red;

-	break;

-      case GREENMAP:

-	ppix = (pmapSrc->clientPixelsGreen)[client];

-	npix = (pmapSrc->numPixelsGreen)[client];

-	pentSrcFirst = pmapSrc->green;

-	pentDstFirst = pmapDst->green;

-	break;

-      case BLUEMAP:

-	ppix = (pmapSrc->clientPixelsBlue)[client];

-	npix = (pmapSrc->numPixelsBlue)[client];

-	pentSrcFirst = pmapSrc->blue;

-	pentDstFirst = pmapDst->blue;

-	break;

-    }

-    nalloc = 0;

-    if (pmapSrc->class & DynamicClass)

-    {

-	for(z = npix; --z >= 0; ppix++)

-	{

-	    /* Copy entries */

-	    pentSrc = pentSrcFirst + *ppix;

-	    pentDst = pentDstFirst + *ppix;

-	    if (pentDst->refcnt > 0)

-	    {

-		pentDst->refcnt++;

-	    }

-	    else

-	    {

-		*pentDst = *pentSrc;

-		nalloc++;

-		if (pentSrc->refcnt > 0)

-		    pentDst->refcnt = 1;

-		else

-		    pentSrc->fShared = FALSE;

-	    }

-	    FreeCell(pmapSrc, *ppix, channel);

-	}

-    }

-

-    /* Note that FreeCell has already fixed pmapSrc->free{Color} */

-    switch(channel)

-    {

-      case REDMAP:

-        pmapDst->freeRed -= nalloc;

-        (pmapDst->clientPixelsRed)[client] =

-	    (pmapSrc->clientPixelsRed)[client];

-        (pmapSrc->clientPixelsRed)[client] = (Pixel *) NULL;

-        (pmapDst->numPixelsRed)[client] = (pmapSrc->numPixelsRed)[client];

-        (pmapSrc->numPixelsRed)[client] = 0;

-	break;

-      case GREENMAP:

-        pmapDst->freeGreen -= nalloc;

-        (pmapDst->clientPixelsGreen)[client] =

-	    (pmapSrc->clientPixelsGreen)[client];

-        (pmapSrc->clientPixelsGreen)[client] = (Pixel *) NULL;

-        (pmapDst->numPixelsGreen)[client] = (pmapSrc->numPixelsGreen)[client];

-        (pmapSrc->numPixelsGreen)[client] = 0;

-	break;

-      case BLUEMAP:

-        pmapDst->freeBlue -= nalloc;

-        pmapDst->clientPixelsBlue[client] = pmapSrc->clientPixelsBlue[client];

-        pmapSrc->clientPixelsBlue[client] = (Pixel *) NULL;

-        pmapDst->numPixelsBlue[client] = pmapSrc->numPixelsBlue[client];

-        pmapSrc->numPixelsBlue[client] = 0;

-	break;

-    }

-}

-

-/* Free the ith entry in a color map.  Must handle freeing of

- * colors allocated through AllocColorPlanes */

-static void

-FreeCell (ColormapPtr pmap, Pixel i, int channel)

-{

-    EntryPtr pent;

-    int	*pCount;

-

-

-    switch (channel)

-    {

-      default:	/* so compiler can see that everything gets initialized */

-      case PSEUDOMAP:

-      case REDMAP:

-          pent = (EntryPtr) &pmap->red[i];

-	  pCount = &pmap->freeRed;

-	  break;

-      case GREENMAP:

-          pent = (EntryPtr) &pmap->green[i];

-	  pCount = &pmap->freeGreen;

-	  break;

-      case BLUEMAP:

-          pent = (EntryPtr) &pmap->blue[i];

-	  pCount = &pmap->freeBlue;

-	  break;

-    }

-    /* If it's not privately allocated and it's not time to free it, just

-     * decrement the count */

-    if (pent->refcnt > 1)

-	pent->refcnt--;

-    else

-    {

-        /* If the color type is shared, find the sharedcolor. If decremented

-         * refcnt is 0, free the shared cell. */

-        if (pent->fShared)

-	{

-	    if(--pent->co.shco.red->refcnt == 0)

-		free(pent->co.shco.red);

-	    if(--pent->co.shco.green->refcnt == 0)

-		free(pent->co.shco.green);

-	    if(--pent->co.shco.blue->refcnt == 0)

-		free(pent->co.shco.blue);

-	    pent->fShared = FALSE;

-	}

-	pent->refcnt = 0;

-	*pCount += 1;

-    }

-}

-

-static void

-UpdateColors (ColormapPtr pmap)

-{

-    xColorItem		*defs;

-    xColorItem *pdef;

-    EntryPtr 	pent;

-    VisualPtr	pVisual;

-    int			i, n, size;

-

-    pVisual = pmap->pVisual;

-    size = pVisual->ColormapEntries;

-    defs = malloc(size * sizeof(xColorItem));

-    if (!defs)

-	return;

-    n = 0;

-    pdef = defs;

-    if (pmap->class == DirectColor)

-    {

-        for (i = 0; i < size; i++)

-	{

-	    if (!pmap->red[i].refcnt &&

-		!pmap->green[i].refcnt &&

-		!pmap->blue[i].refcnt)

-		continue;

-	    pdef->pixel = ((Pixel)i << pVisual->offsetRed) |

-			  ((Pixel)i << pVisual->offsetGreen) |

-			  ((Pixel)i << pVisual->offsetBlue);

-	    pdef->red = pmap->red[i].co.local.red;

-	    pdef->green = pmap->green[i].co.local.green;

-	    pdef->blue = pmap->blue[i].co.local.blue;

-	    pdef->flags = DoRed|DoGreen|DoBlue;

-	    pdef++;

-	    n++;

-	}

-    }

-    else

-    {

-        for (i = 0, pent = pmap->red; i < size; i++, pent++)

-	{

-	    if (!pent->refcnt)

-		continue;

-	    pdef->pixel = i;

-	    if(pent->fShared)

-	    {

-		pdef->red = pent->co.shco.red->color;

-		pdef->green = pent->co.shco.green->color;

-		pdef->blue = pent->co.shco.blue->color;

-	    }

-	    else

-	    {

-		pdef->red = pent->co.local.red;

-		pdef->green = pent->co.local.green;

-		pdef->blue = pent->co.local.blue;

-	    }

-	    pdef->flags = DoRed|DoGreen|DoBlue;

-	    pdef++;

-	    n++;

-	}

-    }

-    if (n)

-	(*pmap->pScreen->StoreColors)(pmap, n, defs);

-    free(defs);

-}

-

-/* Get a read-only color from a ColorMap (probably slow for large maps)

- * Returns by changing the value in pred, pgreen, pblue and pPix

- */

-int

-AllocColor (ColormapPtr pmap, 

-            unsigned short *pred, unsigned short *pgreen, unsigned short *pblue, 

-            Pixel *pPix, int client)

-{

-    Pixel	pixR, pixG, pixB;

-    int		entries;

-    xrgb	rgb;

-    int		class;

-    VisualPtr	pVisual;

-    int		npix;

-    Pixel	*ppix;

-

-    pVisual = pmap->pVisual;

-    (*pmap->pScreen->ResolveColor) (pred, pgreen, pblue, pVisual);

-    rgb.red = *pred;

-    rgb.green = *pgreen;

-    rgb.blue = *pblue;

-    class = pmap->class;

-    entries = pVisual->ColormapEntries;

-

-    /* If the colormap is being created, then we want to be able to change

-     * the colormap, even if it's a static type. Otherwise, we'd never be

-     * able to initialize static colormaps

-     */

-    if(pmap->flags & BeingCreated)

-	class |= DynamicClass;

-

-    /* If this is one of the static storage classes, and we're not initializing

-     * it, the best we can do is to find the closest color entry to the

-     * requested one and return that.

-     */

-    switch (class) {

-    case StaticColor:

-    case StaticGray:

-	/* Look up all three components in the same pmap */

-	*pPix = pixR = FindBestPixel(pmap->red, entries, &rgb, PSEUDOMAP);

-	*pred = pmap->red[pixR].co.local.red;

-	*pgreen = pmap->red[pixR].co.local.green;

-	*pblue = pmap->red[pixR].co.local.blue;

-	npix = pmap->numPixelsRed[client];

-	ppix = (Pixel *) realloc(pmap->clientPixelsRed[client],

-				  (npix + 1) * sizeof(Pixel));

-	if (!ppix)

-	    return BadAlloc;

-	ppix[npix] = pixR;

-	pmap->clientPixelsRed[client] = ppix;

-	pmap->numPixelsRed[client]++;

-	break;

-

-    case TrueColor:

-	/* Look up each component in its own map, then OR them together */

-	pixR = FindBestPixel(pmap->red, NUMRED(pVisual), &rgb, REDMAP);

-	pixG = FindBestPixel(pmap->green, NUMGREEN(pVisual), &rgb, GREENMAP);

-	pixB = FindBestPixel(pmap->blue, NUMBLUE(pVisual), &rgb, BLUEMAP);

-	*pPix = (pixR << pVisual->offsetRed) |

-		(pixG << pVisual->offsetGreen) |

-		(pixB << pVisual->offsetBlue) |

-		ALPHAMASK(pVisual);

-	

-	*pred = pmap->red[pixR].co.local.red;

-	*pgreen = pmap->green[pixG].co.local.green;

-	*pblue = pmap->blue[pixB].co.local.blue;

-	npix = pmap->numPixelsRed[client];

-	ppix = (Pixel *) realloc(pmap->clientPixelsRed[client],

-				  (npix + 1) * sizeof(Pixel));

-	if (!ppix)

-	    return BadAlloc;

-	ppix[npix] = pixR;

-	pmap->clientPixelsRed[client] = ppix;

-	npix = pmap->numPixelsGreen[client];

-	ppix = (Pixel *) realloc(pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client],

-				  (npix + 1) * sizeof(Pixel));

-	if (!ppix)

-	    return BadAlloc;

-	ppix[npix] = pixG;

-	pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client] = ppix;

-	npix = pmap->numPixelsBlue[client];

-	ppix = (Pixel *) realloc(pmap->clientPixelsBlue[client],

-				  (npix + 1) * sizeof(Pixel));

-	if (!ppix)

-	    return BadAlloc;

-	ppix[npix] = pixB;

-	pmap->clientPixelsBlue[client] = ppix;

-	pmap->numPixelsRed[client]++;

-	pmap->numPixelsGreen[client]++;

-	pmap->numPixelsBlue[client]++;

-	break;

-

-    case GrayScale:

-    case PseudoColor:

-	if (pmap->mid != pmap->pScreen->defColormap &&

-	    pmap->pVisual->vid == pmap->pScreen->rootVisual)

-	{

-	    ColormapPtr prootmap;

-	    dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&prootmap, pmap->pScreen->defColormap,

-				    RT_COLORMAP, clients[client], DixReadAccess);

-

-	    if (pmap->class == prootmap->class)

-		FindColorInRootCmap (prootmap, prootmap->red, entries, &rgb, 

-			pPix, PSEUDOMAP, AllComp);

-	}

-	if (FindColor(pmap, pmap->red, entries, &rgb, pPix, PSEUDOMAP,

-		      client, AllComp) != Success)

-	    return BadAlloc;

-        break;

-

-    case DirectColor:

-	if (pmap->mid != pmap->pScreen->defColormap &&

-	    pmap->pVisual->vid == pmap->pScreen->rootVisual)

-	{

-	    ColormapPtr prootmap;

-	    dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&prootmap, pmap->pScreen->defColormap,

-				    RT_COLORMAP, clients[client], DixReadAccess);

-

-	    if (pmap->class == prootmap->class)

-	    {

-		pixR = (*pPix & pVisual->redMask) >> pVisual->offsetRed; 

-		FindColorInRootCmap (prootmap, prootmap->red, entries, &rgb, 

-			&pixR, REDMAP, RedComp);

-		pixG = (*pPix & pVisual->greenMask) >> pVisual->offsetGreen; 

-		FindColorInRootCmap (prootmap, prootmap->green, entries, &rgb, 

-			&pixG, GREENMAP, GreenComp);

-		pixB = (*pPix & pVisual->blueMask) >> pVisual->offsetBlue; 

-		FindColorInRootCmap (prootmap, prootmap->blue, entries, &rgb, 

-			&pixB, BLUEMAP, BlueComp);

-		*pPix = pixR | pixG | pixB;

-	    }

-	}

-

-	pixR = (*pPix & pVisual->redMask) >> pVisual->offsetRed; 

-	if (FindColor(pmap, pmap->red, NUMRED(pVisual), &rgb, &pixR, REDMAP,

-		      client, RedComp) != Success)

-	    return BadAlloc;

-	pixG = (*pPix & pVisual->greenMask) >> pVisual->offsetGreen; 

-	if (FindColor(pmap, pmap->green, NUMGREEN(pVisual), &rgb, &pixG,

-		      GREENMAP, client, GreenComp) != Success)

-	{

-	    (void)FreeCo(pmap, client, REDMAP, 1, &pixR, (Pixel)0);

-	    return BadAlloc;

-	}

-	pixB = (*pPix & pVisual->blueMask) >> pVisual->offsetBlue; 

-	if (FindColor(pmap, pmap->blue, NUMBLUE(pVisual), &rgb, &pixB, BLUEMAP,

-		      client, BlueComp) != Success)

-	{

-	    (void)FreeCo(pmap, client, GREENMAP, 1, &pixG, (Pixel)0);

-	    (void)FreeCo(pmap, client, REDMAP, 1, &pixR, (Pixel)0);

-	    return BadAlloc;

-	}

-	*pPix = pixR | pixG | pixB | ALPHAMASK(pVisual);

-

-	break;

-    }

-

-    /* if this is the client's first pixel in this colormap, tell the

-     * resource manager that the client has pixels in this colormap which

-     * should be freed when the client dies */

-    if ((pmap->numPixelsRed[client] == 1) &&

-	(CLIENT_ID(pmap->mid) != client) &&

-	!(pmap->flags & BeingCreated))

-    {

-	colorResource	*pcr;

-

-	pcr = malloc(sizeof(colorResource));

-	if (!pcr)

-	{

-	    (void)FreeColors(pmap, client, 1, pPix, (Pixel)0);

-	    return BadAlloc;

-	}

-	pcr->mid = pmap->mid;

-	pcr->client = client;

-	if (!AddResource(FakeClientID(client), RT_CMAPENTRY, (pointer)pcr))

-	    return BadAlloc;

-    }

-    return Success;

-}

-

-/*

- * FakeAllocColor -- fake an AllocColor request by

- * returning a free pixel if availible, otherwise returning

- * the closest matching pixel.  This is used by the mi

- * software sprite code to recolor cursors.  A nice side-effect

- * is that this routine will never return failure.

- */

-

-void

-FakeAllocColor (ColormapPtr pmap, xColorItem *item)

-{

-    Pixel pixR, pixG, pixB;

-    Pixel temp;

-    int	entries;

-    xrgb rgb;

-    int	class;

-    VisualPtr pVisual;

-

-    pVisual = pmap->pVisual;

-    rgb.red = item->red;

-    rgb.green = item->green;

-    rgb.blue = item->blue;

-    (*pmap->pScreen->ResolveColor) (&rgb.red, &rgb.green, &rgb.blue, pVisual);

-    class = pmap->class;

-    entries = pVisual->ColormapEntries;

-

-    switch (class) {

-    case GrayScale:

-    case PseudoColor:

-	temp = 0;

-	item->pixel = 0;

-	if (FindColor(pmap, pmap->red, entries, &rgb, &temp, PSEUDOMAP,

-		      -1, AllComp) == Success) {

-	    item->pixel = temp;

-	    break;

-	}

-	/* fall through ... */

-    case StaticColor:

-    case StaticGray:

-	item->pixel = FindBestPixel(pmap->red, entries, &rgb, PSEUDOMAP);

-	break;

-

-    case DirectColor:

-	/* Look up each component in its own map, then OR them together */

-	pixR = (item->pixel & pVisual->redMask) >> pVisual->offsetRed; 

-	pixG = (item->pixel & pVisual->greenMask) >> pVisual->offsetGreen; 

-	pixB = (item->pixel & pVisual->blueMask) >> pVisual->offsetBlue; 

-	if (FindColor(pmap, pmap->red, NUMRED(pVisual), &rgb, &pixR, REDMAP,

-		      -1, RedComp) != Success)

-	    pixR = FindBestPixel(pmap->red, NUMRED(pVisual), &rgb, REDMAP)

-			<< pVisual->offsetRed;

-	if (FindColor(pmap, pmap->green, NUMGREEN(pVisual), &rgb, &pixG,

-		      GREENMAP, -1, GreenComp) != Success)

-	    pixG = FindBestPixel(pmap->green, NUMGREEN(pVisual), &rgb,

-				 GREENMAP) << pVisual->offsetGreen;

-	if (FindColor(pmap, pmap->blue, NUMBLUE(pVisual), &rgb, &pixB, BLUEMAP,

-		      -1, BlueComp) != Success)

-	    pixB = FindBestPixel(pmap->blue, NUMBLUE(pVisual), &rgb, BLUEMAP)

-			<< pVisual->offsetBlue;

-	item->pixel = pixR | pixG | pixB;

-	break;

-

-    case TrueColor:

-	/* Look up each component in its own map, then OR them together */

-	pixR = FindBestPixel(pmap->red, NUMRED(pVisual), &rgb, REDMAP);

-	pixG = FindBestPixel(pmap->green, NUMGREEN(pVisual), &rgb, GREENMAP);

-	pixB = FindBestPixel(pmap->blue, NUMBLUE(pVisual), &rgb, BLUEMAP);

-	item->pixel = (pixR << pVisual->offsetRed) |

-		      (pixG << pVisual->offsetGreen) |

-		      (pixB << pVisual->offsetBlue);

-	break;

-    }

-}

-

-/* free a pixel value obtained from FakeAllocColor */

-void

-FakeFreeColor(ColormapPtr pmap, Pixel pixel)

-{

-    VisualPtr pVisual;

-    Pixel pixR, pixG, pixB;

-

-    switch (pmap->class) {

-    case GrayScale:

-    case PseudoColor:

-	if (pmap->red[pixel].refcnt == AllocTemporary)

-	    pmap->red[pixel].refcnt = 0;

-	break;

-    case DirectColor:

-	pVisual = pmap->pVisual;

-	pixR = (pixel & pVisual->redMask) >> pVisual->offsetRed; 

-	pixG = (pixel & pVisual->greenMask) >> pVisual->offsetGreen; 

-	pixB = (pixel & pVisual->blueMask) >> pVisual->offsetBlue; 

-	if (pmap->red[pixR].refcnt == AllocTemporary)

-	    pmap->red[pixR].refcnt = 0;

-	if (pmap->green[pixG].refcnt == AllocTemporary)

-	    pmap->green[pixG].refcnt = 0;

-	if (pmap->blue[pixB].refcnt == AllocTemporary)

-	    pmap->blue[pixB].refcnt = 0;

-	break;

-    }

-}

-

-typedef unsigned short	BigNumUpper;

-typedef unsigned long	BigNumLower;

-

-#define BIGNUMLOWERBITS	24

-#define BIGNUMUPPERBITS	16

-#define BIGNUMLOWER (1 << BIGNUMLOWERBITS)

-#define BIGNUMUPPER (1 << BIGNUMUPPERBITS)

-#define UPPERPART(i)	((i) >> BIGNUMLOWERBITS)

-#define LOWERPART(i)	((i) & (BIGNUMLOWER - 1))

-

-typedef struct _bignum {

-    BigNumUpper	upper;

-    BigNumLower	lower;

-} BigNumRec, *BigNumPtr;

-

-#define BigNumGreater(x,y) (((x)->upper > (y)->upper) ||\

-			    ((x)->upper == (y)->upper && (x)->lower > (y)->lower))

-

-#define UnsignedToBigNum(u,r)	(((r)->upper = UPPERPART(u)), \

-				 ((r)->lower = LOWERPART(u)))

-

-#define MaxBigNum(r)		(((r)->upper = BIGNUMUPPER-1), \

-				 ((r)->lower = BIGNUMLOWER-1))

-

-static void

-BigNumAdd (BigNumPtr x, BigNumPtr y, BigNumPtr r)

-{

-    BigNumLower	lower, carry = 0;

-

-    lower = x->lower + y->lower;

-    if (lower >= BIGNUMLOWER) {

-	lower -= BIGNUMLOWER;

-	carry = 1;

-    }

-    r->lower = lower;

-    r->upper = x->upper + y->upper + carry;

-}

-

-static Pixel

-FindBestPixel(EntryPtr pentFirst, int size, xrgb *prgb, int channel)

-{

-    EntryPtr	pent;

-    Pixel	pixel, final;

-    long	dr, dg, db;

-    unsigned long   sq;

-    BigNumRec	minval, sum, temp;

-

-    final = 0;

-    MaxBigNum(&minval);

-    /* look for the minimal difference */

-    for (pent = pentFirst, pixel = 0; pixel < size; pent++, pixel++)

-    {

-	dr = dg = db = 0;

-	switch(channel)

-	{

-	  case PSEUDOMAP:

-	      dg = (long) pent->co.local.green - prgb->green;

-	      db = (long) pent->co.local.blue - prgb->blue;

-	  case REDMAP:

-	      dr = (long) pent->co.local.red - prgb->red;

-	      break;

-	  case GREENMAP:

-	      dg = (long) pent->co.local.green - prgb->green;

-	      break;

-	  case BLUEMAP:

-	      db = (long) pent->co.local.blue - prgb->blue;

-	      break;

-	}

-	sq = dr * dr;

-	UnsignedToBigNum (sq, &sum);

-	sq = dg * dg;

-	UnsignedToBigNum (sq, &temp);

-	BigNumAdd (&sum, &temp, &sum);

-	sq = db * db;

-	UnsignedToBigNum (sq, &temp);

-	BigNumAdd (&sum, &temp, &sum);

-	if (BigNumGreater (&minval, &sum))

-	{

-	    final = pixel;

-	    minval = sum;

-	}

-    }

-    return final;

-}

-

-static void

-FindColorInRootCmap (ColormapPtr pmap, EntryPtr pentFirst, int size, 

-                     xrgb *prgb, Pixel *pPixel, int channel, 

-                     ColorCompareProcPtr comp)

-{

-    EntryPtr    pent;

-    Pixel	pixel;

-    int         count;

-

-    if ((pixel = *pPixel) >= size)

-	pixel = 0;

-    for (pent = pentFirst + pixel, count = size; --count >= 0; pent++, pixel++)

-    {

-	if (pent->refcnt > 0 && (*comp) (pent, prgb))

-	{

-	    switch (channel)

-	    {

-	    case REDMAP:

-		pixel <<= pmap->pVisual->offsetRed;

-		break;

-	    case GREENMAP:

-		pixel <<= pmap->pVisual->offsetGreen;

-		break;

-	    case BLUEMAP:

-		pixel <<= pmap->pVisual->offsetBlue;

-		break;

-	    default: /* PSEUDOMAP */

-		break;

-	    }

-	    *pPixel = pixel;

-	}

-    }

-}

-

-/* Tries to find a color in pmap that exactly matches the one requested in prgb

- * if it can't it allocates one.

- * Starts looking at pentFirst + *pPixel, so if you want a specific pixel,

- * load *pPixel with that value, otherwise set it to 0

- */

-int

-FindColor (ColormapPtr pmap, EntryPtr pentFirst, int size, xrgb *prgb, 

-           Pixel *pPixel, int channel, int client, 

-           ColorCompareProcPtr comp)

-{

-    EntryPtr	pent;

-    Bool	foundFree;

-    Pixel	pixel, Free = 0;

-    int		npix, count, *nump = NULL;

-    Pixel	**pixp = NULL, *ppix;

-    xColorItem	def;

-

-    foundFree = FALSE;

-

-    if((pixel = *pPixel) >= size)

-	pixel = 0;

-    /* see if there is a match, and also look for a free entry */

-    for (pent = pentFirst + pixel, count = size; --count >= 0; )

-    {

-        if (pent->refcnt > 0)

-	{

-    	    if ((*comp) (pent, prgb))

-	    {

-		if (client >= 0)

-		    pent->refcnt++;

-		*pPixel = pixel;

-		switch(channel)

-		{

-		  case REDMAP:

-		    *pPixel <<= pmap->pVisual->offsetRed;

-		  case PSEUDOMAP:

-		    break;

-		  case GREENMAP:

-		    *pPixel <<= pmap->pVisual->offsetGreen;

-		    break;

-		  case BLUEMAP:

-		    *pPixel <<= pmap->pVisual->offsetBlue;

-		    break;

-		}

-		goto gotit;

-    	    }

-        }

-	else if (!foundFree && pent->refcnt == 0)

-	{

-	    Free = pixel;

-	    foundFree = TRUE;

-	    /* If we're initializing the colormap, then we are looking for

-	     * the first free cell we can find, not to minimize the number

-	     * of entries we use.  So don't look any further. */

-	    if(pmap->flags & BeingCreated)

-		break;

-	}

-	pixel++;

-	if(pixel >= size)

-	{

-	    pent = pentFirst;

-	    pixel = 0;

-	}

-	else

-	    pent++;

-    }

-

-    /* If we got here, we didn't find a match.  If we also didn't find

-     * a free entry, we're out of luck.  Otherwise, we'll usurp a free

-     * entry and fill it in */

-    if (!foundFree)

-	return BadAlloc;

-    pent = pentFirst + Free;

-    pent->fShared = FALSE;

-    pent->refcnt = (client >= 0) ? 1 : AllocTemporary;

-

-    switch (channel)

-    {

-      case PSEUDOMAP:

-        pent->co.local.red = prgb->red;

-        pent->co.local.green = prgb->green;

-        pent->co.local.blue = prgb->blue;

-        def.red = prgb->red;

-	def.green = prgb->green;

-	def.blue = prgb->blue;

-	def.flags = (DoRed|DoGreen|DoBlue);

-	if (client >= 0)

-	    pmap->freeRed--;

-	def.pixel = Free;

-	break;

-

-      case REDMAP:

-        pent->co.local.red = prgb->red;

-        def.red = prgb->red;

-	def.green = pmap->green[0].co.local.green;

-	def.blue = pmap->blue[0].co.local.blue;

-	def.flags = DoRed;

-	if (client >= 0)

-	    pmap->freeRed--;

-	def.pixel = Free << pmap->pVisual->offsetRed;

-	break;

-

-      case GREENMAP:

-	pent->co.local.green = prgb->green;

-	def.red = pmap->red[0].co.local.red;

-        def.green = prgb->green;

-	def.blue = pmap->blue[0].co.local.blue;

-	def.flags = DoGreen;

-	if (client >= 0)

-	    pmap->freeGreen--;

-	def.pixel = Free << pmap->pVisual->offsetGreen;

-	break;

-

-      case BLUEMAP:

-	pent->co.local.blue = prgb->blue;

-	def.red = pmap->red[0].co.local.red;

-	def.green = pmap->green[0].co.local.green;

-	def.blue = prgb->blue;

-	def.flags = DoBlue;

-	if (client >= 0)

-	    pmap->freeBlue--;

-	def.pixel = Free << pmap->pVisual->offsetBlue;

-	break;

-    }

-    (*pmap->pScreen->StoreColors) (pmap, 1, &def);

-    pixel = Free;	

-    *pPixel = def.pixel;

-

-gotit:

-    if (pmap->flags & BeingCreated || client == -1)

-	return Success;

-    /* Now remember the pixel, for freeing later */

-    switch (channel)

-    {

-      case PSEUDOMAP:

-      case REDMAP:

-	nump = pmap->numPixelsRed;

-	pixp = pmap->clientPixelsRed;

-	break;

-

-      case GREENMAP:

-	nump = pmap->numPixelsGreen;

-	pixp = pmap->clientPixelsGreen;

-	break;

-

-      case BLUEMAP:

-	nump = pmap->numPixelsBlue;

-	pixp = pmap->clientPixelsBlue;

-	break;

-    }

-    npix = nump[client];

-    ppix = (Pixel *) realloc(pixp[client], (npix + 1) * sizeof(Pixel));

-    if (!ppix)

-    {

-	pent->refcnt--;

-	if (!pent->fShared)

-	    switch (channel)

-	    {

-	      case PSEUDOMAP:

-	      case REDMAP:

-		pmap->freeRed++;

-		break;

-	      case GREENMAP:

-		pmap->freeGreen++;

-		break;

-	      case BLUEMAP:

-		pmap->freeBlue++;

-		break;

-	    }

-	return BadAlloc;

-    }

-    ppix[npix] = pixel;

-    pixp[client] = ppix;

-    nump[client]++;

-

-    return Success;

-}

-

-/* Comparison functions -- passed to FindColor to determine if an

- * entry is already the color we're looking for or not */

-static int

-AllComp (EntryPtr pent, xrgb *prgb)

-{

-    if((pent->co.local.red == prgb->red) &&

-       (pent->co.local.green == prgb->green) &&

-       (pent->co.local.blue == prgb->blue) )

-       return 1;

-    return 0;

-}

-

-static int

-RedComp (EntryPtr pent, xrgb *prgb)

-{

-    if (pent->co.local.red == prgb->red) 

-	return 1;

-    return 0;

-}

-

-static int

-GreenComp (EntryPtr pent, xrgb *prgb)

-{

-    if (pent->co.local.green == prgb->green) 

-	return 1;

-    return 0;

-}

-

-static int

-BlueComp (EntryPtr pent, xrgb *prgb)

-{

-    if (pent->co.local.blue == prgb->blue) 

-	return 1;

-    return 0;

-}

-

-

-/* Read the color value of a cell */

-

-int

-QueryColors (ColormapPtr pmap, int count, Pixel *ppixIn, xrgb *prgbList, ClientPtr client)

-{

-    Pixel	*ppix, pixel;

-    xrgb	*prgb;

-    VisualPtr	pVisual;

-    EntryPtr	pent;

-    Pixel	i;

-    int		errVal = Success;

-

-    pVisual = pmap->pVisual;

-    if ((pmap->class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor)

-    {

-	int numred, numgreen, numblue;

-	Pixel rgbbad;

-

-	numred = NUMRED(pVisual);

-	numgreen = NUMGREEN(pVisual);

-	numblue = NUMBLUE(pVisual);

-	rgbbad = ~RGBMASK(pVisual);

-	for( ppix = ppixIn, prgb = prgbList; --count >= 0; ppix++, prgb++)

-	{

-	    pixel = *ppix;

-	    if (pixel & rgbbad) {

-		client->errorValue = pixel;

-		errVal =  BadValue;

-		continue;

-	    }

-	    i  = (pixel & pVisual->redMask) >> pVisual->offsetRed;

-	    if (i >= numred)

-	    {

-		client->errorValue = pixel;

-		errVal =  BadValue;

-		continue;

-	    }

-	    prgb->red = pmap->red[i].co.local.red;

-	    i  = (pixel & pVisual->greenMask) >> pVisual->offsetGreen;

-	    if (i >= numgreen)

-	    {

-		client->errorValue = pixel;

-		errVal =  BadValue;

-		continue;

-	    }

-	    prgb->green = pmap->green[i].co.local.green;

-	    i  = (pixel & pVisual->blueMask) >> pVisual->offsetBlue;

-	    if (i >= numblue)

-	    {

-		client->errorValue = pixel;

-		errVal =  BadValue;

-		continue;

-	    }

-	    prgb->blue = pmap->blue[i].co.local.blue;

-	}

-    }

-    else

-    {

-	for( ppix = ppixIn, prgb = prgbList; --count >= 0; ppix++, prgb++)

-	{

-	    pixel = *ppix;

-	    if (pixel >= pVisual->ColormapEntries)

-	    {

-		client->errorValue = pixel;

-		errVal = BadValue;

-	    }

-	    else

-	    {

-		pent = (EntryPtr)&pmap->red[pixel];

-		if (pent->fShared)

-		{

-		    prgb->red = pent->co.shco.red->color;

-		    prgb->green = pent->co.shco.green->color;

-		    prgb->blue = pent->co.shco.blue->color;

-		}

-		else

-		{

-		    prgb->red = pent->co.local.red;

-		    prgb->green = pent->co.local.green;

-		    prgb->blue = pent->co.local.blue;

-		}

-	    }

-	}

-    }

-    return errVal;

-}

-

-static void

-FreePixels(ColormapPtr pmap, int client)

-{

-    Pixel *ppix, *ppixStart;

-    int n;

-    int	class;

-

-    class = pmap->class;

-    ppixStart = pmap->clientPixelsRed[client];

-    if (class & DynamicClass)

-    {

-	n = pmap->numPixelsRed[client];

-	for (ppix = ppixStart; --n >= 0; )

-	{

-	    FreeCell(pmap, *ppix, REDMAP);

-	    ppix++;

-	}

-    }

-

-    free(ppixStart);

-    pmap->clientPixelsRed[client] = (Pixel *) NULL;

-    pmap->numPixelsRed[client] = 0;

-    if ((class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor) 

-    {

-        ppixStart = pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client];

-	if (class & DynamicClass)

-	    for (ppix = ppixStart, n = pmap->numPixelsGreen[client]; --n >= 0;)

-		FreeCell(pmap, *ppix++, GREENMAP);

-	free(ppixStart);

-	pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client] = (Pixel *) NULL;

-	pmap->numPixelsGreen[client] = 0;

-

-        ppixStart = pmap->clientPixelsBlue[client];

-	if (class & DynamicClass)

-	    for (ppix = ppixStart, n = pmap->numPixelsBlue[client]; --n >= 0; )

-		FreeCell(pmap, *ppix++, BLUEMAP);

-	free(ppixStart);

-	pmap->clientPixelsBlue[client] = (Pixel *) NULL;

-	pmap->numPixelsBlue[client] = 0;

-    }

-}

-

-/** 

- * Frees all of a client's colors and cells.

- *

- *  \param value  must conform to DeleteType

- *  \unused fakeid

- */

-int

-FreeClientPixels (pointer value, XID fakeid)

-{

-    pointer pmap;

-    colorResource *pcr = value;

-    int rc;

-

-    rc = dixLookupResourceByType(&pmap, pcr->mid, RT_COLORMAP, serverClient,

-				 DixRemoveAccess);

-    if (rc == Success)

-	FreePixels((ColormapPtr)pmap, pcr->client);

-    free(pcr);

-    return Success;

-}

-

-int

-AllocColorCells (int client, ColormapPtr pmap, int colors, int planes, 

-                 Bool contig, Pixel *ppix, Pixel *masks)

-{

-    Pixel	rmask, gmask, bmask, *ppixFirst, r, g, b;

-    int		n, class;

-    int		ok;

-    int		oldcount;

-    colorResource *pcr = (colorResource *)NULL;

-

-    class = pmap->class;

-    if (!(class & DynamicClass))

-	return BadAlloc; /* Shouldn't try on this type */

-    oldcount = pmap->numPixelsRed[client];

-    if (pmap->class == DirectColor)

-	oldcount += pmap->numPixelsGreen[client] + pmap->numPixelsBlue[client];

-    if (!oldcount && (CLIENT_ID(pmap->mid) != client))

-    {

-	pcr = malloc(sizeof(colorResource));

-	if (!pcr)

-	    return BadAlloc;

-    }

-

-    if (pmap->class == DirectColor)

-    {

-        ok = AllocDirect (client, pmap, colors, planes, planes, planes,

-			  contig, ppix, &rmask, &gmask, &bmask);

-	if(ok == Success)

-	{

-	    for (r = g = b = 1, n = planes; --n >= 0; r += r, g += g, b += b)

-	    {

-		while(!(rmask & r))

-		    r += r;

-		while(!(gmask & g))

-		    g += g;

-		while(!(bmask & b))

-		    b += b;

-		*masks++ = r | g | b;

-	    }

-	}

-    }

-    else

-    {

-        ok = AllocPseudo (client, pmap, colors, planes, contig, ppix, &rmask,

-			  &ppixFirst);

-	if(ok == Success)

-	{

-	    for (r = 1, n = planes; --n >= 0; r += r)

-	    {

-		while(!(rmask & r))

-		    r += r;

-		*masks++ = r;

-	    }

-	}

-    }

-

-    /* if this is the client's first pixels in this colormap, tell the

-     * resource manager that the client has pixels in this colormap which

-     * should be freed when the client dies */

-    if ((ok == Success) && pcr)

-    {

-	pcr->mid = pmap->mid;

-	pcr->client = client;

-	if (!AddResource(FakeClientID(client), RT_CMAPENTRY, (pointer)pcr))

-	    ok = BadAlloc;

-    } else free(pcr);

-

-    return ok;

-}

-

-

-int

-AllocColorPlanes (int client, ColormapPtr pmap, int colors, 

-                  int r, int g, int b, Bool contig, Pixel *pixels, 

-                  Pixel *prmask, Pixel *pgmask, Pixel *pbmask)

-{

-    int		ok;

-    Pixel	mask, *ppixFirst;

-    Pixel shift;

-    int i;

-    int		class;

-    int		oldcount;

-    colorResource *pcr = (colorResource *)NULL;

-

-    class = pmap->class;

-    if (!(class & DynamicClass))

-	return BadAlloc; /* Shouldn't try on this type */

-    oldcount = pmap->numPixelsRed[client];

-    if (class == DirectColor)

-	oldcount += pmap->numPixelsGreen[client] + pmap->numPixelsBlue[client];

-    if (!oldcount && (CLIENT_ID(pmap->mid) != client))

-    {

-	pcr = malloc(sizeof(colorResource));

-	if (!pcr)

-	    return BadAlloc;

-    }

-

-    if (class == DirectColor)

-    {

-        ok = AllocDirect (client, pmap, colors, r, g, b, contig, pixels,

-			  prmask, pgmask, pbmask);

-    }

-    else

-    {

-	/* Allocate the proper pixels */

-	/* XXX This is sort of bad, because of contig is set, we force all

-	 * r + g + b bits to be contiguous.  Should only force contiguity

-	 * per mask 

-	 */

-        ok = AllocPseudo (client, pmap, colors, r + g + b, contig, pixels,

-			  &mask, &ppixFirst);

-

-	if(ok == Success)

-	{

-	    /* now split that mask into three */

-	    *prmask = *pgmask = *pbmask = 0;

-	    shift = 1;

-	    for (i = r; --i >= 0; shift += shift)

-	    {

-		while (!(mask & shift))

-		    shift += shift;

-		*prmask |= shift;

-	    }

-	    for (i = g; --i >= 0; shift += shift)

-	    {

-		while (!(mask & shift))

-		    shift += shift;

-		*pgmask |= shift;

-	    }

-	    for (i = b; --i >= 0; shift += shift)

-	    {

-		while (!(mask & shift))

-		    shift += shift;

-		*pbmask |= shift;

-	    }

-

-	    /* set up the shared color cells */

-	    if (!AllocShared(pmap, pixels, colors, r, g, b,

-			     *prmask, *pgmask, *pbmask, ppixFirst))

-	    {

-		(void)FreeColors(pmap, client, colors, pixels, mask);

-		ok = BadAlloc;

-	    }

-	}

-    }

-

-    /* if this is the client's first pixels in this colormap, tell the

-     * resource manager that the client has pixels in this colormap which

-     * should be freed when the client dies */

-    if ((ok == Success) && pcr)

-    {

-	pcr->mid = pmap->mid;

-	pcr->client = client;

-	if (!AddResource(FakeClientID(client), RT_CMAPENTRY, (pointer)pcr))

-	    ok = BadAlloc;

-    } else free(pcr);

-

-    return ok;

-}

-

-static int

-AllocDirect (int client, ColormapPtr pmap, int c, int r, int g, int b, Bool contig, 

-             Pixel *pixels, Pixel *prmask, Pixel *pgmask, Pixel *pbmask)

-{

-    Pixel	*ppixRed, *ppixGreen, *ppixBlue;

-    Pixel	*ppix, *pDst, *p;

-    int		npix, npixR, npixG, npixB;

-    Bool	okR, okG, okB;

-    Pixel	*rpix = 0, *gpix = 0, *bpix = 0;

-

-    npixR = c << r;

-    npixG = c << g;

-    npixB = c << b;

-    if ((r >= 32) || (g >= 32) || (b >= 32) ||

-	(npixR > pmap->freeRed) || (npixR < c) ||

-	(npixG > pmap->freeGreen) || (npixG < c) ||

-	(npixB > pmap->freeBlue) || (npixB < c))

-	return BadAlloc;

-

-    /* start out with empty pixels */

-    for(p = pixels; p < pixels + c; p++)

-	*p = 0;

-

-    ppixRed = malloc(npixR * sizeof(Pixel));

-    ppixGreen = malloc(npixG * sizeof(Pixel));

-    ppixBlue = malloc(npixB * sizeof(Pixel));

-    if (!ppixRed || !ppixGreen || !ppixBlue)

-    {

-	free(ppixBlue);

-	free(ppixGreen);

-	free(ppixRed);

-	return BadAlloc;

-    }

-

-    okR = AllocCP(pmap, pmap->red, c, r, contig, ppixRed, prmask);

-    okG = AllocCP(pmap, pmap->green, c, g, contig, ppixGreen, pgmask);

-    okB = AllocCP(pmap, pmap->blue, c, b, contig, ppixBlue, pbmask);

-

-    if (okR && okG && okB)

-    {

-	rpix = (Pixel *) realloc(pmap->clientPixelsRed[client],

-				  (pmap->numPixelsRed[client] + (c << r)) *

-				  sizeof(Pixel));

-	if (rpix)

-	    pmap->clientPixelsRed[client] = rpix;

-	gpix = (Pixel *) realloc(pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client],

-				  (pmap->numPixelsGreen[client] + (c << g)) *

-				  sizeof(Pixel));

-	if (gpix)

-	    pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client] = gpix;

-	bpix = (Pixel *) realloc(pmap->clientPixelsBlue[client],

-				  (pmap->numPixelsBlue[client] + (c << b)) *

-				  sizeof(Pixel));

-	if (bpix)

-	    pmap->clientPixelsBlue[client] = bpix;

-    }

-

-    if (!okR || !okG || !okB || !rpix || !gpix || !bpix)

-    {

-	if (okR)

-	    for(ppix = ppixRed, npix = npixR; --npix >= 0; ppix++)

-		pmap->red[*ppix].refcnt = 0;

-	if (okG)

-	    for(ppix = ppixGreen, npix = npixG; --npix >= 0; ppix++)

-		pmap->green[*ppix].refcnt = 0;

-	if (okB)

-	    for(ppix = ppixBlue, npix = npixB; --npix >= 0; ppix++)

-		pmap->blue[*ppix].refcnt = 0;

-	free(ppixBlue);

-	free(ppixGreen);

-	free(ppixRed);

-	return BadAlloc;

-    }

-

-    *prmask <<= pmap->pVisual->offsetRed;

-    *pgmask <<= pmap->pVisual->offsetGreen;

-    *pbmask <<= pmap->pVisual->offsetBlue;

-

-    ppix = rpix + pmap->numPixelsRed[client];

-    for (pDst = pixels, p = ppixRed; p < ppixRed + npixR; p++)

-    {

-	*ppix++ = *p;

-	if(p < ppixRed + c)

-	    *pDst++ |= *p << pmap->pVisual->offsetRed;

-    }

-    pmap->numPixelsRed[client] += npixR;

-    pmap->freeRed -= npixR;

-

-    ppix = gpix + pmap->numPixelsGreen[client];

-    for (pDst = pixels, p = ppixGreen; p < ppixGreen + npixG; p++)

-    {

-	*ppix++ = *p;

-	if(p < ppixGreen + c)

-	    *pDst++ |= *p << pmap->pVisual->offsetGreen;

-    }

-    pmap->numPixelsGreen[client] += npixG;

-    pmap->freeGreen -= npixG;

-

-    ppix = bpix + pmap->numPixelsBlue[client];

-    for (pDst = pixels, p = ppixBlue; p < ppixBlue + npixB; p++)

-    {

-	*ppix++ = *p;

-	if(p < ppixBlue + c)

-	    *pDst++ |= *p << pmap->pVisual->offsetBlue;

-    }

-    pmap->numPixelsBlue[client] += npixB;

-    pmap->freeBlue -= npixB;

-

-

-    for (pDst = pixels; pDst < pixels + c; pDst++)

-	*pDst |= ALPHAMASK(pmap->pVisual);

-

-    free(ppixBlue);

-    free(ppixGreen);

-    free(ppixRed);

-

-    return Success;

-}

-

-static int

-AllocPseudo (int client, ColormapPtr pmap, int c, int r, Bool contig, 

-             Pixel *pixels, Pixel *pmask, Pixel **pppixFirst)

-{

-    Pixel	*ppix, *p, *pDst, *ppixTemp;

-    int		npix;

-    Bool	ok;

-

-    npix = c << r;

-    if ((r >= 32) || (npix > pmap->freeRed) || (npix < c))

-	return BadAlloc;

-    if(!(ppixTemp = malloc(npix * sizeof(Pixel))))

-	return BadAlloc;

-    ok = AllocCP(pmap, pmap->red, c, r, contig, ppixTemp, pmask);

-

-    if (ok)

-    {

-

-	/* all the allocated pixels are added to the client pixel list,

-	 * but only the unique ones are returned to the client */

-	ppix = (Pixel *)realloc(pmap->clientPixelsRed[client],

-			 (pmap->numPixelsRed[client] + npix) * sizeof(Pixel));

-	if (!ppix)

-	{

-	    for (p = ppixTemp; p < ppixTemp + npix; p++)

-		pmap->red[*p].refcnt = 0;

-	    free(ppixTemp);

-	    return BadAlloc;

-	}

-	pmap->clientPixelsRed[client] = ppix;

-	ppix += pmap->numPixelsRed[client];

-	*pppixFirst = ppix;

-	pDst = pixels;

-	for (p = ppixTemp; p < ppixTemp + npix; p++)

-	{

-	    *ppix++ = *p;

-	    if(p < ppixTemp + c)

-	        *pDst++ = *p;

-	}

-	pmap->numPixelsRed[client] += npix;

-	pmap->freeRed -= npix;

-    }

-    free(ppixTemp);

-    return ok ? Success : BadAlloc;

-}

-

-/* Allocates count << planes pixels from colormap pmap for client. If

- * contig, then the plane mask is made of consecutive bits.  Returns

- * all count << pixels in the array pixels. The first count of those

- * pixels are the unique pixels.  *pMask has the mask to Or with the

- * unique pixels to get the rest of them.

- *

- * Returns True iff all pixels could be allocated 

- * All cells allocated will have refcnt set to AllocPrivate and shared to FALSE

- * (see AllocShared for why we care)

- */

-static Bool

-AllocCP (ColormapPtr pmap, EntryPtr pentFirst, int count, int planes, 

-         Bool contig, Pixel *pixels, Pixel *pMask)

-{

-    EntryPtr	ent;

-    Pixel	pixel, base, entries, maxp, save;

-    int		dplanes, found;

-    Pixel	*ppix;

-    Pixel	mask;

-    Pixel	finalmask;

-

-    dplanes = pmap->pVisual->nplanes;

-

-    /* Easy case.  Allocate pixels only */

-    if (planes == 0)

-    {

-        /* allocate writable entries */

-	ppix = pixels;

-        ent = pentFirst;

-        pixel = 0;

-        while (--count >= 0)

-	{

-            /* Just find count unallocated cells */

-    	    while (ent->refcnt)

-	    {

-    	        ent++;

-    	        pixel++;

-    	    }

-    	    ent->refcnt = AllocPrivate;

-    	    *ppix++ = pixel;

-	    ent->fShared = FALSE;

-        }

-        *pMask = 0;

-        return TRUE;

-    }

-    else if (planes > dplanes)

-    {

-	return FALSE;

-    }

-

-    /* General case count pixels * 2 ^ planes cells to be allocated */

-

-    /* make room for new pixels */

-    ent = pentFirst;

-

-    /* first try for contiguous planes, since it's fastest */

-    for (mask = (((Pixel)1) << planes) - 1, base = 1, dplanes -= (planes - 1);

-         --dplanes >= 0;

-         mask += mask, base += base)

-    {

-        ppix = pixels;

-        found = 0;

-        pixel = 0;

-        entries = pmap->pVisual->ColormapEntries - mask;

-        while (pixel < entries)

-	{

-    	    save = pixel;

-    	    maxp = pixel + mask + base;

-    	    /* check if all are free */

-    	    while (pixel != maxp && ent[pixel].refcnt == 0)

-    	        pixel += base;

-	    if (pixel == maxp)

-		{

-		    /* this one works */

-		    *ppix++ = save;

-		    found++;

-		    if (found == count)

-		    {

-			/* found enough, allocate them all */

-			while (--count >= 0)

-			{

-			    pixel = pixels[count];

-			    maxp = pixel + mask;

-			    while (1)

-			    {

-				ent[pixel].refcnt = AllocPrivate;

-				ent[pixel].fShared = FALSE;

-				if (pixel == maxp)

-				    break;

-				pixel += base;

-				*ppix++ = pixel;

-			    }

-			}

-			*pMask = mask;

-			return TRUE;

-		    }

-		}

-    	    pixel = save + 1;

-    	    if (pixel & mask)

-    	        pixel += mask;

-        }

-    }

-

-    dplanes = pmap->pVisual->nplanes;

-    if (contig || planes == 1 || dplanes < 3)

-	return FALSE;

-

-    /* this will be very slow for large maps, need a better algorithm */

-

-    /*

-       we can generate the smallest and largest numbers that fits in dplanes

-       bits and contain exactly planes bits set as follows. First, we need to

-       check that it is possible to generate such a mask at all.

-       (Non-contiguous masks need one more bit than contiguous masks). Then

-       the smallest such mask consists of the rightmost planes-1 bits set, then

-       a zero, then a one in position planes + 1. The formula is

-         (3 << (planes-1)) -1

-       The largest such masks consists of the leftmost planes-1 bits set, then

-       a zero, then a one bit in position dplanes-planes-1. If dplanes is

-       smaller than 32 (the number of bits in a word) then the formula is:

-         (1<<dplanes) - (1<<(dplanes-planes+1) + (1<<dplanes-planes-1)

-       If dplanes = 32, then we can't calculate (1<<dplanes) and we have

-       to use:

-         ( (1<<(planes-1)) - 1) << (dplanes-planes+1) + (1<<(dplanes-planes-1))

-	  

-	  << Thank you, Loretta>>>

-

-    */

-

-    finalmask =

-        (((((Pixel)1)<<(planes-1)) - 1) << (dplanes-planes+1)) +

-	  (((Pixel)1)<<(dplanes-planes-1));

-    for (mask = (((Pixel)3) << (planes -1)) - 1; mask <= finalmask; mask++)

-    {

-        /* next 3 magic statements count number of ones (HAKMEM #169) */

-        pixel = (mask >> 1) & 033333333333;

-        pixel = mask - pixel - ((pixel >> 1) & 033333333333);

-        if ((((pixel + (pixel >> 3)) & 030707070707) % 077) != planes)

-    	    continue;

-        ppix = pixels;

-        found = 0;

-        entries = pmap->pVisual->ColormapEntries - mask;

-        base = lowbit (mask);

-        for (pixel = 0; pixel < entries; pixel++)

-	{

-	    if (pixel & mask)

-	        continue;

-	    maxp = 0;

-	    /* check if all are free */

-	    while (ent[pixel + maxp].refcnt == 0)

-	    {

-		GetNextBitsOrBreak(maxp, mask, base);

-	    }

-	    if ((maxp < mask) || (ent[pixel + mask].refcnt != 0))

-		continue;

-	    /* this one works */

-	    *ppix++ = pixel;

-	    found++;

-	    if (found < count)

-		continue;

-	    /* found enough, allocate them all */

-	    while (--count >= 0)

-	    {

-		pixel = (pixels)[count];

-		maxp = 0;

-		while (1)

-		{

-		    ent[pixel + maxp].refcnt = AllocPrivate;

-		    ent[pixel + maxp].fShared = FALSE;

-		    GetNextBitsOrBreak(maxp, mask, base);

-		    *ppix++ = pixel + maxp;

-		}

-	    }

-

-	    *pMask = mask;

-	    return TRUE;

-	}

-    }

-    return FALSE;

-}

-

-/**

- *

- *  \param ppixFirst  First of the client's new pixels

- */

-static Bool

-AllocShared (ColormapPtr pmap, Pixel *ppix, int c, int r, int g, int b, 

-             Pixel rmask, Pixel gmask, Pixel bmask, Pixel *ppixFirst)

-{

-    Pixel	*pptr, *cptr;

-    int		npix, z, npixClientNew, npixShared;

-    Pixel	basemask, base, bits, common;

-    SHAREDCOLOR *pshared, **ppshared, **psharedList;

-

-    npixClientNew = c << (r + g + b);

-    npixShared = (c << r) + (c << g) + (c << b);

-    psharedList = malloc(npixShared * sizeof(SHAREDCOLOR *));

-    if (!psharedList)

-	return FALSE;

-    ppshared = psharedList;

-    for (z = npixShared; --z >= 0; )

-    {

-	if (!(ppshared[z] = malloc(sizeof(SHAREDCOLOR))))

-	{

-	    for (z++ ; z < npixShared; z++)

-		free(ppshared[z]);

-	    free(psharedList);

-	    return FALSE;

-	}

-    }

-    for(pptr = ppix, npix = c; --npix >= 0; pptr++)

-    {

-	basemask = ~(gmask | bmask);

-	common = *pptr & basemask;

-	if (rmask)

-	{

-	    bits = 0;

-	    base = lowbit (rmask);

-	    while(1)

-	    {

-		pshared = *ppshared++;

-		pshared->refcnt = 1 << (g + b);

-		for (cptr = ppixFirst, z = npixClientNew; --z >= 0; cptr++)

-		{

-		    if ((*cptr & basemask) == (common | bits))

-		    {

-			pmap->red[*cptr].fShared = TRUE;

-			pmap->red[*cptr].co.shco.red = pshared;

-		    }

-		}

-		GetNextBitsOrBreak(bits, rmask, base);

-	    }

-	}

-	else

-	{

-	    pshared = *ppshared++;

-	    pshared->refcnt = 1 << (g + b);

-	    for (cptr = ppixFirst, z = npixClientNew; --z >= 0; cptr++)

-	    {

-		if ((*cptr & basemask) == common)

-		{

-		    pmap->red[*cptr].fShared = TRUE;

-		    pmap->red[*cptr].co.shco.red = pshared;

-		}

-	    }

-	}

-	basemask = ~(rmask | bmask);

-	common = *pptr & basemask;

-	if (gmask)

-	{

-	    bits = 0;

-	    base = lowbit (gmask);

-	    while(1)

-	    {

-		pshared = *ppshared++;

-		pshared->refcnt = 1 << (r + b);

-		for (cptr = ppixFirst, z = npixClientNew; --z >= 0; cptr++)

-		{

-		    if ((*cptr & basemask) == (common | bits))

-		    {

-			pmap->red[*cptr].co.shco.green = pshared;

-		    }

-		}

-		GetNextBitsOrBreak(bits, gmask, base);

-	    }

-	}

-	else

-	{

-	    pshared = *ppshared++;

-	    pshared->refcnt = 1 << (g + b);

-	    for (cptr = ppixFirst, z = npixClientNew; --z >= 0; cptr++)

-	    {

-		if ((*cptr & basemask) == common)

-		{

-		    pmap->red[*cptr].co.shco.green = pshared;

-		}

-	    }

-	}

-	basemask = ~(rmask | gmask);

-	common = *pptr & basemask;

-	if (bmask)

-	{

-	    bits = 0;

-	    base = lowbit (bmask);

-	    while(1)

-	    {

-		pshared = *ppshared++;

-		pshared->refcnt = 1 << (r + g);

-		for (cptr = ppixFirst, z = npixClientNew; --z >= 0; cptr++)

-		{

-		    if ((*cptr & basemask) == (common | bits))

-		    {

-			pmap->red[*cptr].co.shco.blue = pshared;

-		    }

-		}

-		GetNextBitsOrBreak(bits, bmask, base);

-	    }

-	}

-	else

-	{

-	    pshared = *ppshared++;

-	    pshared->refcnt = 1 << (g + b);

-	    for (cptr = ppixFirst, z = npixClientNew; --z >= 0; cptr++)

-	    {

-		if ((*cptr & basemask) == common)

-		{

-		    pmap->red[*cptr].co.shco.blue = pshared;

-		}

-	    }

-	}

-    }

-    free(psharedList);

-    return TRUE;

-}

-

-

-/** FreeColors

- * Free colors and/or cells (probably slow for large numbers) 

- */

-int

-FreeColors (ColormapPtr pmap, int client, int count, Pixel *pixels, Pixel mask)

-{

-    int		rval, result, class;

-    Pixel	rmask;

-

-    class = pmap->class;

-    if (pmap->flags & AllAllocated)

-	return BadAccess;

-    if ((class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor)

-    {

-	rmask = mask & RGBMASK(pmap->pVisual);

-        result = FreeCo(pmap, client, REDMAP, count, pixels,

-			mask & pmap->pVisual->redMask);

-	/* If any of the three calls fails, we must report that, if more

-	 * than one fails, it's ok that we report the last one */

-        rval = FreeCo(pmap, client, GREENMAP, count, pixels,

-		      mask & pmap->pVisual->greenMask);

-	if(rval != Success)

-	    result = rval;

-	rval = FreeCo(pmap, client, BLUEMAP, count, pixels,

-		      mask & pmap->pVisual->blueMask);

-	if(rval != Success)

-	    result = rval;

-    }

-    else

-    {

-	rmask = mask & ((((Pixel)1) << pmap->pVisual->nplanes) - 1);

-        result = FreeCo(pmap, client, PSEUDOMAP, count, pixels, rmask);

-    }

-    if ((mask != rmask) && count)

-    {

-	clients[client]->errorValue = *pixels | mask;

-	result = BadValue;

-    }

-    /* XXX should worry about removing any RT_CMAPENTRY resource */

-    return result;

-}

-

-/**

- * Helper for FreeColors -- frees all combinations of *newpixels and mask bits

- * which the client has allocated in channel colormap cells of pmap.

- * doesn't change newpixels if it doesn't need to 

- *

- *  \param pmap   which colormap head

- *  \param color  which sub-map, eg, RED, BLUE, PSEUDO

- *  \param npixIn number of pixels passed in

- *  \param ppixIn number of base pixels

- *  \param mask   mask client gave us

- */

-static int

-FreeCo (ColormapPtr pmap, int client, int color, int npixIn, Pixel *ppixIn, Pixel mask)

-{

-    Pixel	*ppixClient, pixTest;

-    int		npixClient, npixNew, npix;

-    Pixel	bits, base, cmask, rgbbad;

-    Pixel	*pptr, *cptr;

-    int 	n, zapped;

-    int		errVal = Success;

-    int		offset, numents;

-

-    if (npixIn == 0)

-        return errVal;

-    bits = 0;

-    zapped = 0;

-    base = lowbit (mask);

-

-    switch(color)

-    {

-      case REDMAP:

-	cmask = pmap->pVisual->redMask;

-	rgbbad = ~RGBMASK(pmap->pVisual);

-	offset = pmap->pVisual->offsetRed;

-	numents = (cmask >> offset) + 1;

-	ppixClient = pmap->clientPixelsRed[client];

-	npixClient = pmap->numPixelsRed[client];

-	break;

-      case GREENMAP:

-	cmask = pmap->pVisual->greenMask;

-	rgbbad = ~RGBMASK(pmap->pVisual);

-	offset = pmap->pVisual->offsetGreen;

-	numents = (cmask >> offset) + 1;

-	ppixClient = pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client];

-	npixClient = pmap->numPixelsGreen[client];

-	break;

-      case BLUEMAP:

-	cmask = pmap->pVisual->blueMask;

-	rgbbad = ~RGBMASK(pmap->pVisual);

-	offset = pmap->pVisual->offsetBlue;

-	numents = (cmask >> offset) + 1;

-	ppixClient = pmap->clientPixelsBlue[client];

-	npixClient = pmap->numPixelsBlue[client];

-	break;

-      default:	/* so compiler can see that everything gets initialized */

-      case PSEUDOMAP:

-	cmask = ~((Pixel)0);

-	rgbbad = 0;

-	offset = 0;

-	numents = pmap->pVisual->ColormapEntries;

-	ppixClient = pmap->clientPixelsRed[client];

-	npixClient = pmap->numPixelsRed[client];

-	break;

-    }

-

-

-    /* zap all pixels which match */

-    while (1)

-    {

-        /* go through pixel list */

-        for (pptr = ppixIn, n = npixIn; --n >= 0; pptr++)

-	{

-	    pixTest = ((*pptr | bits) & cmask) >> offset;

-	    if ((pixTest >= numents) || (*pptr & rgbbad))

-	    {

-		clients[client]->errorValue = *pptr | bits;

-		errVal = BadValue;

-		continue;

-	    }

-

-	    /* find match in client list */

-	    for (cptr = ppixClient, npix = npixClient;

-	         --npix >= 0 && *cptr != pixTest;

-		 cptr++) ;

-

-	    if (npix >= 0)

-	    {

-		if (pmap->class & DynamicClass)

-		{

-		    FreeCell(pmap, pixTest, color);

-		}

-		*cptr = ~((Pixel)0);

-		zapped++;

-	    }

-	    else

-		errVal = BadAccess;

-	}

-        /* generate next bits value */

-	GetNextBitsOrBreak(bits, mask, base);

-    }

-

-    /* delete freed pixels from client pixel list */

-    if (zapped)

-    {

-        npixNew = npixClient - zapped;

-        if (npixNew)

-	{

-	    /* Since the list can only get smaller, we can do a copy in

-	     * place and then realloc to a smaller size */

-    	    pptr = cptr = ppixClient;

-

-	    /* If we have all the new pixels, we don't have to examine the

-	     * rest of the old ones */

-	    for(npix = 0; npix < npixNew; cptr++)

-	    {

-    	        if (*cptr != ~((Pixel)0))

-		{

-    		    *pptr++ = *cptr;

-		    npix++;

-    	        }

-    	    }

-	    pptr = (Pixel *)realloc(ppixClient, npixNew * sizeof(Pixel));

-	    if (pptr)

-		ppixClient = pptr;

-	    npixClient = npixNew;

-        }

-	else

-	{

-	    npixClient = 0;

-	    free(ppixClient);

-    	    ppixClient = (Pixel *)NULL;

-	}

-	switch(color)

-	{

-	  case PSEUDOMAP:

-	  case REDMAP:

-	    pmap->clientPixelsRed[client] = ppixClient;

-	    pmap->numPixelsRed[client] = npixClient;

-	    break;

-	  case GREENMAP:

-	    pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client] = ppixClient;

-	    pmap->numPixelsGreen[client] = npixClient;

-	    break;

-	  case BLUEMAP:

-	    pmap->clientPixelsBlue[client] = ppixClient;

-	    pmap->numPixelsBlue[client] = npixClient;

-	    break;

-	}

-    }

-    return errVal;

-}

-

-

-

-/* Redefine color values */

-int

-StoreColors (ColormapPtr pmap, int count, xColorItem *defs, ClientPtr client)

-{

-    Pixel 	pix;

-    xColorItem *pdef;

-    EntryPtr 	pent, pentT, pentLast;

-    VisualPtr	pVisual;

-    SHAREDCOLOR		*pred, *pgreen, *pblue;

-    int			n, ChgRed, ChgGreen, ChgBlue, idef;

-    int			class, errVal = Success;

-    int			ok;

-

-

-    class = pmap->class;

-    if(!(class & DynamicClass) && !(pmap->flags & BeingCreated))

-    {

-	return BadAccess;

-    }

-    pVisual = pmap->pVisual;

-

-    idef = 0;

-    if((class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor)

-    {

-	int numred, numgreen, numblue;

-	Pixel rgbbad;

-

-	numred = NUMRED(pVisual);

-	numgreen = NUMGREEN(pVisual);

-	numblue = NUMBLUE(pVisual);

-	rgbbad = ~RGBMASK(pVisual);

-        for (pdef = defs, n = 0; n < count; pdef++, n++)

-	{

-	    ok = TRUE;

-            (*pmap->pScreen->ResolveColor)

-	        (&pdef->red, &pdef->green, &pdef->blue, pmap->pVisual);

-

-	    if (pdef->pixel & rgbbad)

-	    {

-		errVal = BadValue;

-		client->errorValue = pdef->pixel;

-		continue;

-	    }

-	    pix = (pdef->pixel & pVisual->redMask) >> pVisual->offsetRed;

-	    if (pix >= numred)

-	    {

-		errVal = BadValue;

-		ok = FALSE;

-	    }

-	    else if (pmap->red[pix].refcnt != AllocPrivate)

-	    {

-		errVal = BadAccess;

-		ok = FALSE;

-	    }

-	    else if (pdef->flags & DoRed)

-	    {

-		pmap->red[pix].co.local.red = pdef->red;

-	    }

-	    else

-	    {

-		pdef->red = pmap->red[pix].co.local.red;

-	    }

-

-	    pix = (pdef->pixel & pVisual->greenMask) >> pVisual->offsetGreen;

-	    if (pix >= numgreen)

-	    {

-		errVal = BadValue;

-		ok = FALSE;

-	    }

-	    else if (pmap->green[pix].refcnt != AllocPrivate)

-	    {

-		errVal = BadAccess;

-		ok = FALSE;

-	    }

-	    else if (pdef->flags & DoGreen)

-	    {

-		pmap->green[pix].co.local.green = pdef->green;

-	    }

-	    else

-	    {

-		pdef->green = pmap->green[pix].co.local.green;

-	    }

-

-	    pix = (pdef->pixel & pVisual->blueMask) >> pVisual->offsetBlue;

-	    if (pix >= numblue)

-	    {

-		errVal = BadValue;

-		ok = FALSE;

-	    }

-	    else if (pmap->blue[pix].refcnt != AllocPrivate)

-	    {

-		errVal = BadAccess;

-		ok = FALSE;

-	    }

-	    else if (pdef->flags & DoBlue)

-	    {

-		pmap->blue[pix].co.local.blue = pdef->blue;

-	    }

-	    else

-	    {

-		pdef->blue = pmap->blue[pix].co.local.blue;

-	    }

-	    /* If this is an o.k. entry, then it gets added to the list

-	     * to be sent to the hardware.  If not, skip it.  Once we've

-	     * skipped one, we have to copy all the others.

-	     */

-	    if(ok)

-	    {

-		if(idef != n)

-		    defs[idef] = defs[n];

-		idef++;

-	    } else

-		client->errorValue = pdef->pixel;

-	}

-    }

-    else

-    {

-        for (pdef = defs, n = 0; n < count; pdef++, n++)

-	{

-

-	    ok = TRUE;

-	    if (pdef->pixel >= pVisual->ColormapEntries)

-	    {

-		client->errorValue = pdef->pixel;

-	        errVal = BadValue;

-		ok = FALSE;

-	    }

-	    else if (pmap->red[pdef->pixel].refcnt != AllocPrivate)

-	    {

-		errVal = BadAccess;

-		ok = FALSE;

-	    }

-

-	    /* If this is an o.k. entry, then it gets added to the list

-	     * to be sent to the hardware.  If not, skip it.  Once we've

-	     * skipped one, we have to copy all the others.

-	     */

-	    if(ok)

-	    {

-		if(idef != n)

-		    defs[idef] = defs[n];

-		idef++;

-	    }

-	    else

-		continue;

-

-            (*pmap->pScreen->ResolveColor)

-	        (&pdef->red, &pdef->green, &pdef->blue, pmap->pVisual);

-

-	    pent = &pmap->red[pdef->pixel];

-

-	    if(pdef->flags & DoRed)

-	    {

-		if(pent->fShared)

-		{

-		    pent->co.shco.red->color = pdef->red;

-		    if (pent->co.shco.red->refcnt > 1)

-			ok = FALSE;

-		}

-		else

-		    pent->co.local.red = pdef->red;

-	    }

-	    else

-	    {

-		if(pent->fShared)

-		    pdef->red = pent->co.shco.red->color;

-		else

-		    pdef->red = pent->co.local.red;

-	    }

-	    if(pdef->flags & DoGreen)

-	    {

-		if(pent->fShared)

-		{

-		    pent->co.shco.green->color = pdef->green;

-		    if (pent->co.shco.green->refcnt > 1)

-			ok = FALSE;

-		}

-		else

-		    pent->co.local.green = pdef->green;

-	    }

-	    else

-	    {

-		if(pent->fShared)

-		    pdef->green = pent->co.shco.green->color;

-		else

-		    pdef->green = pent->co.local.green;

-	    }

-	    if(pdef->flags & DoBlue)

-	    {

-		if(pent->fShared)

-		{

-		    pent->co.shco.blue->color = pdef->blue;

-		    if (pent->co.shco.blue->refcnt > 1)

-			ok = FALSE;

-		}

-		else

-		    pent->co.local.blue = pdef->blue;

-	    }

-	    else

-	    {

-		if(pent->fShared)

-		    pdef->blue = pent->co.shco.blue->color;

-		else

-		    pdef->blue = pent->co.local.blue;

-	    }

-

-	    if(!ok)

-	    {

-                /* have to run through the colormap and change anybody who

-		 * shares this value */

-	        pred = pent->co.shco.red;

-	        pgreen = pent->co.shco.green;

-	        pblue = pent->co.shco.blue;

-	        ChgRed = pdef->flags & DoRed;

-	        ChgGreen = pdef->flags & DoGreen;

-	        ChgBlue = pdef->flags & DoBlue;

-	        pentLast = pmap->red + pVisual->ColormapEntries;

-

-	        for(pentT = pmap->red; pentT < pentLast; pentT++)

-		{

-		    if(pentT->fShared && (pentT != pent))

-		    {

-			xColorItem	defChg;

-

-			/* There are, alas, devices in this world too dumb

-			 * to read their own hardware colormaps.  Sick, but

-			 * true.  So we're going to be really nice and load

-			 * the xColorItem with the proper value for all the

-			 * fields.  We will only set the flags for those

-			 * fields that actually change.  Smart devices can

-			 * arrange to change only those fields.  Dumb devices

-			 * can rest assured that we have provided for them,

-			 * and can change all three fields */

-

-			defChg.flags = 0;

-			if(ChgRed && pentT->co.shco.red == pred)

-			{

-			    defChg.flags |= DoRed;

-			}

-			if(ChgGreen && pentT->co.shco.green == pgreen)

-			{

-			    defChg.flags |= DoGreen;

-			}

-			if(ChgBlue && pentT->co.shco.blue == pblue)

-			{

-			    defChg.flags |= DoBlue;

-			}

-			if(defChg.flags != 0)

-			{

-			    defChg.pixel = pentT - pmap->red;

-			    defChg.red = pentT->co.shco.red->color;

-			    defChg.green = pentT->co.shco.green->color;

-			    defChg.blue = pentT->co.shco.blue->color;

-			    (*pmap->pScreen->StoreColors) (pmap, 1, &defChg);

-			}

-		    }

-		}

-

-	    }

-	}

-    }

-    /* Note that we use idef, the count of acceptable entries, and not

-     * count, the count of proposed entries */

-    if (idef != 0)

-	( *pmap->pScreen->StoreColors) (pmap, idef, defs);

-    return errVal;

-}

-

-int

-IsMapInstalled(Colormap map, WindowPtr pWin)

-{

-    Colormap	*pmaps;

-    int		imap, nummaps, found;

-

-    pmaps = malloc(pWin->drawable.pScreen->maxInstalledCmaps*sizeof(Colormap));

-    if(!pmaps)

-	return FALSE;

-    nummaps = (*pWin->drawable.pScreen->ListInstalledColormaps)

-        (pWin->drawable.pScreen, pmaps);

-    found = FALSE;

-    for(imap = 0; imap < nummaps; imap++)

-    {

-	if(pmaps[imap] == map)

-	{

-	    found = TRUE;

-	    break;

-	}

-    }

-    free(pmaps);

-    return found;

-}

-

-struct colormap_lookup_data {

-    ScreenPtr pScreen;

-    VisualPtr visuals;

-};

-

-static void _colormap_find_resource(pointer value, XID id,

-				    pointer cdata)

-{

-    struct colormap_lookup_data *cmap_data = cdata;

-    VisualPtr visuals = cmap_data->visuals;

-    ScreenPtr pScreen = cmap_data->pScreen;

-    ColormapPtr cmap = value;

-    int j;

-

-    if (pScreen != cmap->pScreen)

-	return;

-

-    j = cmap->pVisual - pScreen->visuals;

-    cmap->pVisual = &visuals[j];

-}

-

-/* something has realloced the visuals, instead of breaking

-   ABI fix it up here - glx and compsite did this wrong */

-Bool

-ResizeVisualArray(ScreenPtr pScreen, int new_visual_count,

-		  DepthPtr depth)

-{

-    struct colormap_lookup_data cdata;

-    int numVisuals;

-    VisualPtr visuals;

-    XID *vids, vid;

-    int first_new_vid, first_new_visual, i;

-

-    first_new_vid = depth->numVids;

-    first_new_visual = pScreen->numVisuals;

-

-    vids = realloc(depth->vids, (depth->numVids + new_visual_count) * sizeof(XID));

-    if (!vids)

-        return FALSE;

-

-    /* its realloced now no going back if we fail the next one */

-    depth->vids = vids;

-

-    numVisuals = pScreen->numVisuals + new_visual_count;

-    visuals = realloc(pScreen->visuals, numVisuals * sizeof(VisualRec));

-    if (!visuals) {

-	return FALSE;

-    }

-

-    cdata.visuals = visuals;

-    cdata.pScreen = pScreen;

-    FindClientResourcesByType(serverClient, RT_COLORMAP, _colormap_find_resource, &cdata);

-

-    pScreen->visuals = visuals;

-

-    for (i = 0; i < new_visual_count; i++) {

-	vid = FakeClientID(0);

-	pScreen->visuals[first_new_visual + i].vid = vid;

-	vids[first_new_vid + i] = vid;

-    }

-

-    depth->numVids += new_visual_count;

-    pScreen->numVisuals += new_visual_count;

-

-    return TRUE;

-}

+/***********************************************************
+
+Copyright 1987, 1998  The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+
+Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+                        All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its 
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, 
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in 
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.  
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <X11/X.h>
+#include <X11/Xproto.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <strings.h>
+#include "misc.h"
+#include "dix.h"
+#include "dixstruct.h"
+#include "colormapst.h"
+#include "os.h"
+#include "scrnintstr.h"
+#include "resource.h"
+#include "windowstr.h"
+#include "privates.h"
+#include "xace.h"
+
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+#define UpdateColors thisUpdateColors
+#endif
+
+static Pixel FindBestPixel(
+    EntryPtr /*pentFirst*/,
+    int /*size*/,
+    xrgb * /*prgb*/,
+    int /*channel*/
+);
+
+static int AllComp(
+    EntryPtr /*pent*/,
+    xrgb * /*prgb*/
+);
+
+static int RedComp(
+    EntryPtr /*pent*/,
+    xrgb * /*prgb*/
+);
+
+static int GreenComp(
+    EntryPtr /*pent*/,
+    xrgb * /*prgb*/
+);
+
+static int BlueComp(
+    EntryPtr /*pent*/,
+    xrgb * /*prgb*/
+);
+
+static void FreePixels(
+    ColormapPtr /*pmap*/,
+    int /*client*/
+);
+
+static void CopyFree(
+    int /*channel*/,
+    int /*client*/,
+    ColormapPtr /*pmapSrc*/,
+    ColormapPtr /*pmapDst*/
+);
+
+static void FreeCell(
+    ColormapPtr /*pmap*/,
+    Pixel /*i*/,
+    int /*channel*/
+);
+
+static void UpdateColors(
+    ColormapPtr /*pmap*/
+);
+
+static int AllocDirect(
+    int /*client*/,
+    ColormapPtr /*pmap*/,
+    int /*c*/,
+    int /*r*/,
+    int /*g*/,
+    int /*b*/,
+    Bool /*contig*/,
+    Pixel * /*pixels*/,
+    Pixel * /*prmask*/,
+    Pixel * /*pgmask*/,
+    Pixel * /*pbmask*/
+);
+
+static int AllocPseudo(
+    int /*client*/,
+    ColormapPtr /*pmap*/,
+    int /*c*/,
+    int /*r*/,
+    Bool /*contig*/,
+    Pixel * /*pixels*/,
+    Pixel * /*pmask*/,
+    Pixel ** /*pppixFirst*/
+);
+
+static Bool AllocCP(
+    ColormapPtr /*pmap*/,
+    EntryPtr /*pentFirst*/,
+    int /*count*/,
+    int /*planes*/,
+    Bool /*contig*/,
+    Pixel * /*pixels*/,
+    Pixel * /*pMask*/
+);
+
+static Bool AllocShared(
+    ColormapPtr /*pmap*/,
+    Pixel * /*ppix*/,
+    int /*c*/,
+    int /*r*/,
+    int /*g*/,
+    int /*b*/,
+    Pixel /*rmask*/,
+    Pixel /*gmask*/,
+    Pixel /*bmask*/,
+    Pixel * /*ppixFirst*/
+);
+
+static int FreeCo(
+    ColormapPtr /*pmap*/,
+    int /*client*/,
+    int /*color*/,
+    int /*npixIn*/,
+    Pixel * /*ppixIn*/,
+    Pixel /*mask*/
+);
+
+static int   TellNoMap(
+    WindowPtr	/*pwin*/,
+    Colormap 	* /*pmid*/
+);
+
+static void FindColorInRootCmap (
+    ColormapPtr	/* pmap */,
+    EntryPtr	/* pentFirst */,
+    int		/* size */,
+    xrgb*	/* prgb */,
+    Pixel*	/* pPixel */,
+    int		/* channel */,
+    ColorCompareProcPtr /* comp */
+);
+
+#define NUMRED(vis) ((vis->redMask >> vis->offsetRed) + 1)
+#define NUMGREEN(vis) ((vis->greenMask >> vis->offsetGreen) + 1)
+#define NUMBLUE(vis) ((vis->blueMask >> vis->offsetBlue) + 1)
+#if COMPOSITE
+#define ALPHAMASK(vis)	((vis)->nplanes < 32 ? 0 : \
+			 (CARD32) ~((vis)->redMask|(vis)->greenMask|(vis)->blueMask))
+#else
+#define ALPHAMASK(vis)	0
+#endif
+
+#define RGBMASK(vis) (vis->redMask | vis->greenMask | vis->blueMask | ALPHAMASK(vis))
+
+/* GetNextBitsOrBreak(bits, mask, base)  -- 
+ * (Suggestion: First read the macro, then read this explanation.
+ *
+ * Either generate the next value to OR in to a pixel or break out of this
+ * while loop 
+ *
+ * This macro is used when we're trying to generate all 2^n combinations of
+ * bits in mask.  What we're doing here is counting in binary, except that
+ * the bits we use to count may not be contiguous.  This macro will be
+ * called 2^n times, returning a different value in bits each time. Then
+ * it will cause us to break out of a surrounding loop. (It will always be
+ * called from within a while loop.)
+ * On call: mask is the value we want to find all the combinations for
+ * base has 1 bit set where the least significant bit of mask is set
+ *
+ * For example,if mask is 01010, base should be 0010 and we count like this:
+ * 00010 (see this isn't so hard), 
+ *     then we add base to bits and get 0100. (bits & ~mask) is (0100 & 0100) so
+ *      we add that to bits getting (0100 + 0100) =
+ * 01000 for our next value.
+ *      then we add 0010 to get 
+ * 01010 and we're done (easy as 1, 2, 3)
+ */
+#define GetNextBitsOrBreak(bits, mask, base)	\
+	    if((bits) == (mask)) 		\
+		break;		 		\
+	    (bits) += (base);		 	\
+	    while((bits) & ~(mask))		\
+		(bits) += ((bits) & ~(mask));	
+/* ID of server as client */
+#define SERVER_ID	0
+
+typedef struct _colorResource
+{
+	Colormap	mid;
+	int		client;
+} colorResource;
+
+/* Invariants:
+ * refcnt == 0 means entry is empty
+ * refcnt > 0 means entry is useable by many clients, so it can't be changed
+ * refcnt == AllocPrivate means entry owned by one client only
+ * fShared should only be set if refcnt == AllocPrivate, and only in red map
+ */
+
+
+/** 
+ * Create and initialize the color map 
+ * 
+ * \param mid    resource to use for this colormap
+ * \param alloc  1 iff all entries are allocated writable
+ */
+int
+CreateColormap (Colormap mid, ScreenPtr pScreen, VisualPtr pVisual, 
+                ColormapPtr *ppcmap, int alloc, int client)
+{
+    int		class, size;
+    unsigned long sizebytes;
+    ColormapPtr	pmap;
+    EntryPtr	pent;
+    int		i;
+    Pixel	*ppix, **pptr;
+
+    class = pVisual->class;
+    if(!(class & DynamicClass) && (alloc != AllocNone) && (client != SERVER_ID))
+	return BadMatch;
+
+    size = pVisual->ColormapEntries;
+    sizebytes = (size * sizeof(Entry)) +
+		(MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(Pixel *)) +
+		(MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(int));
+    if ((class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor)
+	sizebytes *= 3;
+    sizebytes += sizeof(ColormapRec);
+    if (mid == pScreen->defColormap) {
+	pmap = malloc(sizebytes);
+	if (!pmap)
+	    return BadAlloc;
+	if (!dixAllocatePrivates(&pmap->devPrivates, PRIVATE_COLORMAP)) {
+	    free (pmap);
+	    return BadAlloc;
+	}
+    } else {
+	pmap = _dixAllocateObjectWithPrivates(sizebytes, sizebytes,
+					      offsetof(ColormapRec, devPrivates), PRIVATE_COLORMAP);
+	if (!pmap)
+	    return BadAlloc;
+    }
+#if defined(_XSERVER64)
+    pmap->pad0 = 0;
+    pmap->pad1 = 0;
+#if (X_BYTE_ORDER == X_LITTLE_ENDIAN)
+    pmap->pad2 = 0;
+#endif
+#endif
+    pmap->red = (EntryPtr)((char *)pmap + sizeof(ColormapRec));    
+    sizebytes = size * sizeof(Entry);
+    pmap->clientPixelsRed = (Pixel **)((char *)pmap->red + sizebytes);
+    pmap->numPixelsRed = (int *)((char *)pmap->clientPixelsRed +
+				 (MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(Pixel *)));
+    pmap->mid = mid;
+    pmap->flags = 0; 	/* start out with all flags clear */
+    if(mid == pScreen->defColormap)
+	pmap->flags |= IsDefault;
+    pmap->pScreen = pScreen;
+    pmap->pVisual = pVisual;
+    pmap->class = class;
+    if ((class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor)
+	size = NUMRED(pVisual);
+    pmap->freeRed = size;
+    memset((char *) pmap->red, 0, (int)sizebytes);
+    memset((char *) pmap->numPixelsRed, 0, MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(int));
+    for (pptr = &pmap->clientPixelsRed[MAXCLIENTS]; --pptr >= pmap->clientPixelsRed; )
+	*pptr = (Pixel *)NULL;
+    if (alloc == AllocAll)
+    {
+	if (class & DynamicClass)
+	    pmap->flags |= AllAllocated;
+	for (pent = &pmap->red[size - 1]; pent >= pmap->red; pent--)
+	    pent->refcnt = AllocPrivate;
+	pmap->freeRed = 0;
+	ppix = malloc(size * sizeof(Pixel));
+	if (!ppix)
+	{
+	    free(pmap);
+	    return BadAlloc;
+	}
+	pmap->clientPixelsRed[client] = ppix;
+	for(i = 0; i < size; i++)
+	    ppix[i] = i;
+	pmap->numPixelsRed[client] = size;
+    }
+
+    if ((class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor)
+    {
+	pmap->freeGreen = NUMGREEN(pVisual);
+	pmap->green = (EntryPtr)((char *)pmap->numPixelsRed +
+				 (MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(int)));
+	pmap->clientPixelsGreen = (Pixel **)((char *)pmap->green + sizebytes);
+	pmap->numPixelsGreen = (int *)((char *)pmap->clientPixelsGreen +
+				       (MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(Pixel *)));
+	pmap->freeBlue = NUMBLUE(pVisual);
+	pmap->blue = (EntryPtr)((char *)pmap->numPixelsGreen +
+				(MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(int)));
+	pmap->clientPixelsBlue = (Pixel **)((char *)pmap->blue + sizebytes);
+	pmap->numPixelsBlue = (int *)((char *)pmap->clientPixelsBlue +
+				      (MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(Pixel *)));
+
+	memset((char *) pmap->green, 0, (int)sizebytes);
+	memset((char *) pmap->blue, 0, (int)sizebytes);
+
+	memmove((char *) pmap->clientPixelsGreen,
+		(char *) pmap->clientPixelsRed,
+	      MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(Pixel *));
+	memmove((char *) pmap->clientPixelsBlue,
+		(char *) pmap->clientPixelsRed,
+	      MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(Pixel *));
+	memset((char *) pmap->numPixelsGreen, 0, MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(int));
+	memset((char *) pmap->numPixelsBlue, 0, MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(int));
+
+	/* If every cell is allocated, mark its refcnt */
+	if (alloc == AllocAll)
+	{
+	    size = pmap->freeGreen;
+	    for(pent = &pmap->green[size-1]; pent >= pmap->green; pent--)
+		pent->refcnt = AllocPrivate;
+	    pmap->freeGreen = 0;
+	    ppix = malloc(size * sizeof(Pixel));
+	    if (!ppix)
+	    {
+		free(pmap->clientPixelsRed[client]);
+		free(pmap);
+		return BadAlloc;
+	    }
+	    pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client] = ppix;
+	    for(i = 0; i < size; i++)
+		ppix[i] = i;
+	    pmap->numPixelsGreen[client] = size;
+
+	    size = pmap->freeBlue;
+	    for(pent = &pmap->blue[size-1]; pent >= pmap->blue; pent--)
+		pent->refcnt = AllocPrivate;
+	    pmap->freeBlue = 0;
+	    ppix = malloc(size * sizeof(Pixel));
+	    if (!ppix)
+	    {
+		free(pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client]);
+		free(pmap->clientPixelsRed[client]);
+		free(pmap);
+		return BadAlloc;
+	    }
+	    pmap->clientPixelsBlue[client] = ppix;
+	    for(i = 0; i < size; i++)
+		ppix[i] = i;
+	    pmap->numPixelsBlue[client] = size;
+	}
+    }
+    pmap->flags |= BeingCreated;
+
+    if (!AddResource(mid, RT_COLORMAP, (pointer)pmap))
+	return BadAlloc;
+
+    /*  
+     * Security creation/labeling check
+     */
+    i = XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, clients[client], mid, RT_COLORMAP,
+		 pmap, RT_NONE, NULL, DixCreateAccess);
+    if (i != Success) {
+	FreeResource(mid, RT_NONE);
+	return i;
+    }
+
+    /* If the device wants a chance to initialize the colormap in any way,
+     * this is it.  In specific, if this is a Static colormap, this is the
+     * time to fill in the colormap's values */
+    if (!(*pScreen->CreateColormap)(pmap))
+    {
+	FreeResource (mid, RT_NONE);
+	return BadAlloc;
+    }
+    pmap->flags &= ~BeingCreated;
+    *ppcmap = pmap;
+    return Success;
+}
+
+/**
+ *
+ * \param value  must conform to DeleteType
+ */
+int
+FreeColormap (pointer value, XID mid)
+{
+    int	i;
+    EntryPtr pent;
+    ColormapPtr	pmap = (ColormapPtr)value;
+
+    if(CLIENT_ID(mid) != SERVER_ID)
+    {
+        (*pmap->pScreen->UninstallColormap) (pmap);
+        WalkTree(pmap->pScreen, (VisitWindowProcPtr)TellNoMap, (pointer) &mid);
+    }
+
+    /* This is the device's chance to undo anything it needs to, especially
+     * to free any storage it allocated */
+    (*pmap->pScreen->DestroyColormap)(pmap);
+
+    if(pmap->clientPixelsRed)
+    {
+	for(i = 0; i < MAXCLIENTS; i++)
+	    free(pmap->clientPixelsRed[i]);
+    }
+
+    if ((pmap->class == PseudoColor) || (pmap->class == GrayScale))
+    {
+	for(pent = &pmap->red[pmap->pVisual->ColormapEntries - 1];
+	    pent >= pmap->red;
+	    pent--)
+	{
+	    if(pent->fShared)
+	    {
+		if (--pent->co.shco.red->refcnt == 0)
+		    free(pent->co.shco.red);
+		if (--pent->co.shco.green->refcnt == 0)
+		    free(pent->co.shco.green);
+		if (--pent->co.shco.blue->refcnt == 0)
+		    free(pent->co.shco.blue);
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    if((pmap->class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor)
+    {
+        for(i = 0; i < MAXCLIENTS; i++)
+	{
+            free(pmap->clientPixelsGreen[i]);
+            free(pmap->clientPixelsBlue[i]);
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (pmap->flags & IsDefault) {
+	dixFreePrivates(pmap->devPrivates, PRIVATE_COLORMAP);
+	free(pmap);
+    } else
+	dixFreeObjectWithPrivates(pmap, PRIVATE_COLORMAP);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+/* Tell window that pmid has disappeared */
+static int
+TellNoMap (WindowPtr pwin, Colormap *pmid)
+{
+    xEvent 	xE;
+
+    if (wColormap(pwin) == *pmid)
+    {
+	/* This should be call to DeliverEvent */
+	xE.u.u.type = ColormapNotify;
+	xE.u.colormap.window = pwin->drawable.id;
+	xE.u.colormap.colormap = None;
+	xE.u.colormap.new = TRUE;
+	xE.u.colormap.state = ColormapUninstalled;
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+        if(noPanoramiXExtension || !pwin->drawable.pScreen->myNum)
+#endif
+	   DeliverEvents(pwin, &xE, 1, (WindowPtr)NULL);
+	if (pwin->optional) {
+	    pwin->optional->colormap = None;
+	    CheckWindowOptionalNeed (pwin);
+	}
+    }
+
+    return WT_WALKCHILDREN;
+}
+
+/* Tell window that pmid got uninstalled */
+int
+TellLostMap (WindowPtr pwin, pointer value)
+{
+    Colormap 	*pmid = (Colormap *)value;
+    xEvent 	xE;
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+    if(!noPanoramiXExtension && pwin->drawable.pScreen->myNum)
+	return WT_STOPWALKING;
+#endif
+    if (wColormap(pwin) == *pmid)
+    {
+	/* This should be call to DeliverEvent */
+	xE.u.u.type = ColormapNotify;
+	xE.u.colormap.window = pwin->drawable.id;
+	xE.u.colormap.colormap = *pmid;
+	xE.u.colormap.new = FALSE;
+	xE.u.colormap.state = ColormapUninstalled;
+	DeliverEvents(pwin, &xE, 1, (WindowPtr)NULL);
+    }
+
+    return WT_WALKCHILDREN;
+}
+
+/* Tell window that pmid got installed */
+int
+TellGainedMap (WindowPtr pwin, pointer value)
+{
+    Colormap 	*pmid = (Colormap *)value;
+    xEvent 	xE;
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+    if(!noPanoramiXExtension && pwin->drawable.pScreen->myNum)
+	return WT_STOPWALKING;
+#endif
+    if (wColormap (pwin) == *pmid)
+    {
+	/* This should be call to DeliverEvent */
+	xE.u.u.type = ColormapNotify;
+	xE.u.colormap.window = pwin->drawable.id;
+	xE.u.colormap.colormap = *pmid;
+	xE.u.colormap.new = FALSE;
+	xE.u.colormap.state = ColormapInstalled;
+	DeliverEvents(pwin, &xE, 1, (WindowPtr)NULL);
+    }
+
+    return WT_WALKCHILDREN;
+}
+
+  
+int
+CopyColormapAndFree (Colormap mid, ColormapPtr pSrc, int client)
+{
+    ColormapPtr	pmap = (ColormapPtr) NULL;
+    int		result, alloc, size;
+    Colormap	midSrc;
+    ScreenPtr	pScreen;
+    VisualPtr	pVisual;
+
+    pScreen = pSrc->pScreen;
+    pVisual = pSrc->pVisual;
+    midSrc = pSrc->mid;
+    alloc = ((pSrc->flags & AllAllocated) && CLIENT_ID(midSrc) == client) ?
+            AllocAll : AllocNone;
+    size = pVisual->ColormapEntries;
+
+    /* If the create returns non-0, it failed */
+    result = CreateColormap (mid, pScreen, pVisual, &pmap, alloc, client);
+    if(result != Success)
+        return result;
+    if(alloc == AllocAll)
+    {
+	memmove((char *)pmap->red, (char *)pSrc->red, size * sizeof(Entry));
+	if((pmap->class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor)
+	{
+	    memmove((char *)pmap->green, (char *)pSrc->green, size * sizeof(Entry));
+	    memmove((char *)pmap->blue, (char *)pSrc->blue, size * sizeof(Entry));
+	}
+	pSrc->flags &= ~AllAllocated;
+	FreePixels(pSrc, client);
+	UpdateColors(pmap);
+	return Success;
+    }
+
+    CopyFree(REDMAP, client, pSrc, pmap);
+    if ((pmap->class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor)
+    {
+	CopyFree(GREENMAP, client, pSrc, pmap);
+	CopyFree(BLUEMAP, client, pSrc, pmap);
+    }
+    if (pmap->class & DynamicClass)
+	UpdateColors(pmap);
+    /* XXX should worry about removing any RT_CMAPENTRY resource */
+    return Success;
+}
+
+/* Helper routine for freeing large numbers of cells from a map */
+static void
+CopyFree (int channel, int client, ColormapPtr pmapSrc, ColormapPtr pmapDst)
+{
+    int		z, npix;
+    EntryPtr	pentSrcFirst, pentDstFirst;
+    EntryPtr	pentSrc, pentDst;
+    Pixel	*ppix;
+    int		nalloc;
+
+    switch(channel)
+    {
+      default:	/* so compiler can see that everything gets initialized */
+      case REDMAP:
+	ppix = (pmapSrc->clientPixelsRed)[client];
+	npix = (pmapSrc->numPixelsRed)[client];
+	pentSrcFirst = pmapSrc->red;
+	pentDstFirst = pmapDst->red;
+	break;
+      case GREENMAP:
+	ppix = (pmapSrc->clientPixelsGreen)[client];
+	npix = (pmapSrc->numPixelsGreen)[client];
+	pentSrcFirst = pmapSrc->green;
+	pentDstFirst = pmapDst->green;
+	break;
+      case BLUEMAP:
+	ppix = (pmapSrc->clientPixelsBlue)[client];
+	npix = (pmapSrc->numPixelsBlue)[client];
+	pentSrcFirst = pmapSrc->blue;
+	pentDstFirst = pmapDst->blue;
+	break;
+    }
+    nalloc = 0;
+    if (pmapSrc->class & DynamicClass)
+    {
+	for(z = npix; --z >= 0; ppix++)
+	{
+	    /* Copy entries */
+	    pentSrc = pentSrcFirst + *ppix;
+	    pentDst = pentDstFirst + *ppix;
+	    if (pentDst->refcnt > 0)
+	    {
+		pentDst->refcnt++;
+	    }
+	    else
+	    {
+		*pentDst = *pentSrc;
+		nalloc++;
+		if (pentSrc->refcnt > 0)
+		    pentDst->refcnt = 1;
+		else
+		    pentSrc->fShared = FALSE;
+	    }
+	    FreeCell(pmapSrc, *ppix, channel);
+	}
+    }
+
+    /* Note that FreeCell has already fixed pmapSrc->free{Color} */
+    switch(channel)
+    {
+      case REDMAP:
+        pmapDst->freeRed -= nalloc;
+        (pmapDst->clientPixelsRed)[client] =
+	    (pmapSrc->clientPixelsRed)[client];
+        (pmapSrc->clientPixelsRed)[client] = (Pixel *) NULL;
+        (pmapDst->numPixelsRed)[client] = (pmapSrc->numPixelsRed)[client];
+        (pmapSrc->numPixelsRed)[client] = 0;
+	break;
+      case GREENMAP:
+        pmapDst->freeGreen -= nalloc;
+        (pmapDst->clientPixelsGreen)[client] =
+	    (pmapSrc->clientPixelsGreen)[client];
+        (pmapSrc->clientPixelsGreen)[client] = (Pixel *) NULL;
+        (pmapDst->numPixelsGreen)[client] = (pmapSrc->numPixelsGreen)[client];
+        (pmapSrc->numPixelsGreen)[client] = 0;
+	break;
+      case BLUEMAP:
+        pmapDst->freeBlue -= nalloc;
+        pmapDst->clientPixelsBlue[client] = pmapSrc->clientPixelsBlue[client];
+        pmapSrc->clientPixelsBlue[client] = (Pixel *) NULL;
+        pmapDst->numPixelsBlue[client] = pmapSrc->numPixelsBlue[client];
+        pmapSrc->numPixelsBlue[client] = 0;
+	break;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Free the ith entry in a color map.  Must handle freeing of
+ * colors allocated through AllocColorPlanes */
+static void
+FreeCell (ColormapPtr pmap, Pixel i, int channel)
+{
+    EntryPtr pent;
+    int	*pCount;
+
+
+    switch (channel)
+    {
+      default:	/* so compiler can see that everything gets initialized */
+      case PSEUDOMAP:
+      case REDMAP:
+          pent = (EntryPtr) &pmap->red[i];
+	  pCount = &pmap->freeRed;
+	  break;
+      case GREENMAP:
+          pent = (EntryPtr) &pmap->green[i];
+	  pCount = &pmap->freeGreen;
+	  break;
+      case BLUEMAP:
+          pent = (EntryPtr) &pmap->blue[i];
+	  pCount = &pmap->freeBlue;
+	  break;
+    }
+    /* If it's not privately allocated and it's not time to free it, just
+     * decrement the count */
+    if (pent->refcnt > 1)
+	pent->refcnt--;
+    else
+    {
+        /* If the color type is shared, find the sharedcolor. If decremented
+         * refcnt is 0, free the shared cell. */
+        if (pent->fShared)
+	{
+	    if(--pent->co.shco.red->refcnt == 0)
+		free(pent->co.shco.red);
+	    if(--pent->co.shco.green->refcnt == 0)
+		free(pent->co.shco.green);
+	    if(--pent->co.shco.blue->refcnt == 0)
+		free(pent->co.shco.blue);
+	    pent->fShared = FALSE;
+	}
+	pent->refcnt = 0;
+	*pCount += 1;
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+UpdateColors (ColormapPtr pmap)
+{
+    xColorItem		*defs;
+    xColorItem *pdef;
+    EntryPtr 	pent;
+    VisualPtr	pVisual;
+    int			i, n, size;
+
+    pVisual = pmap->pVisual;
+    size = pVisual->ColormapEntries;
+    defs = malloc(size * sizeof(xColorItem));
+    if (!defs)
+	return;
+    n = 0;
+    pdef = defs;
+    if (pmap->class == DirectColor)
+    {
+        for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
+	{
+	    if (!pmap->red[i].refcnt &&
+		!pmap->green[i].refcnt &&
+		!pmap->blue[i].refcnt)
+		continue;
+	    pdef->pixel = ((Pixel)i << pVisual->offsetRed) |
+			  ((Pixel)i << pVisual->offsetGreen) |
+			  ((Pixel)i << pVisual->offsetBlue);
+	    pdef->red = pmap->red[i].co.local.red;
+	    pdef->green = pmap->green[i].co.local.green;
+	    pdef->blue = pmap->blue[i].co.local.blue;
+	    pdef->flags = DoRed|DoGreen|DoBlue;
+	    pdef++;
+	    n++;
+	}
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        for (i = 0, pent = pmap->red; i < size; i++, pent++)
+	{
+	    if (!pent->refcnt)
+		continue;
+	    pdef->pixel = i;
+	    if(pent->fShared)
+	    {
+		pdef->red = pent->co.shco.red->color;
+		pdef->green = pent->co.shco.green->color;
+		pdef->blue = pent->co.shco.blue->color;
+	    }
+	    else
+	    {
+		pdef->red = pent->co.local.red;
+		pdef->green = pent->co.local.green;
+		pdef->blue = pent->co.local.blue;
+	    }
+	    pdef->flags = DoRed|DoGreen|DoBlue;
+	    pdef++;
+	    n++;
+	}
+    }
+    if (n)
+	(*pmap->pScreen->StoreColors)(pmap, n, defs);
+    free(defs);
+}
+
+/* Get a read-only color from a ColorMap (probably slow for large maps)
+ * Returns by changing the value in pred, pgreen, pblue and pPix
+ */
+int
+AllocColor (ColormapPtr pmap, 
+            unsigned short *pred, unsigned short *pgreen, unsigned short *pblue, 
+            Pixel *pPix, int client)
+{
+    Pixel	pixR, pixG, pixB;
+    int		entries;
+    xrgb	rgb;
+    int		class;
+    VisualPtr	pVisual;
+    int		npix;
+    Pixel	*ppix;
+
+    pVisual = pmap->pVisual;
+    (*pmap->pScreen->ResolveColor) (pred, pgreen, pblue, pVisual);
+    rgb.red = *pred;
+    rgb.green = *pgreen;
+    rgb.blue = *pblue;
+    class = pmap->class;
+    entries = pVisual->ColormapEntries;
+
+    /* If the colormap is being created, then we want to be able to change
+     * the colormap, even if it's a static type. Otherwise, we'd never be
+     * able to initialize static colormaps
+     */
+    if(pmap->flags & BeingCreated)
+	class |= DynamicClass;
+
+    /* If this is one of the static storage classes, and we're not initializing
+     * it, the best we can do is to find the closest color entry to the
+     * requested one and return that.
+     */
+    switch (class) {
+    case StaticColor:
+    case StaticGray:
+	/* Look up all three components in the same pmap */
+	*pPix = pixR = FindBestPixel(pmap->red, entries, &rgb, PSEUDOMAP);
+	*pred = pmap->red[pixR].co.local.red;
+	*pgreen = pmap->red[pixR].co.local.green;
+	*pblue = pmap->red[pixR].co.local.blue;
+	npix = pmap->numPixelsRed[client];
+	ppix = (Pixel *) realloc(pmap->clientPixelsRed[client],
+				  (npix + 1) * sizeof(Pixel));
+	if (!ppix)
+	    return BadAlloc;
+	ppix[npix] = pixR;
+	pmap->clientPixelsRed[client] = ppix;
+	pmap->numPixelsRed[client]++;
+	break;
+
+    case TrueColor:
+	/* Look up each component in its own map, then OR them together */
+	pixR = FindBestPixel(pmap->red, NUMRED(pVisual), &rgb, REDMAP);
+	pixG = FindBestPixel(pmap->green, NUMGREEN(pVisual), &rgb, GREENMAP);
+	pixB = FindBestPixel(pmap->blue, NUMBLUE(pVisual), &rgb, BLUEMAP);
+	*pPix = (pixR << pVisual->offsetRed) |
+		(pixG << pVisual->offsetGreen) |
+		(pixB << pVisual->offsetBlue) |
+		ALPHAMASK(pVisual);
+	
+	*pred = pmap->red[pixR].co.local.red;
+	*pgreen = pmap->green[pixG].co.local.green;
+	*pblue = pmap->blue[pixB].co.local.blue;
+	npix = pmap->numPixelsRed[client];
+	ppix = (Pixel *) realloc(pmap->clientPixelsRed[client],
+				  (npix + 1) * sizeof(Pixel));
+	if (!ppix)
+	    return BadAlloc;
+	ppix[npix] = pixR;
+	pmap->clientPixelsRed[client] = ppix;
+	npix = pmap->numPixelsGreen[client];
+	ppix = (Pixel *) realloc(pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client],
+				  (npix + 1) * sizeof(Pixel));
+	if (!ppix)
+	    return BadAlloc;
+	ppix[npix] = pixG;
+	pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client] = ppix;
+	npix = pmap->numPixelsBlue[client];
+	ppix = (Pixel *) realloc(pmap->clientPixelsBlue[client],
+				  (npix + 1) * sizeof(Pixel));
+	if (!ppix)
+	    return BadAlloc;
+	ppix[npix] = pixB;
+	pmap->clientPixelsBlue[client] = ppix;
+	pmap->numPixelsRed[client]++;
+	pmap->numPixelsGreen[client]++;
+	pmap->numPixelsBlue[client]++;
+	break;
+
+    case GrayScale:
+    case PseudoColor:
+	if (pmap->mid != pmap->pScreen->defColormap &&
+	    pmap->pVisual->vid == pmap->pScreen->rootVisual)
+	{
+	    ColormapPtr prootmap;
+	    dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&prootmap, pmap->pScreen->defColormap,
+				    RT_COLORMAP, clients[client], DixReadAccess);
+
+	    if (pmap->class == prootmap->class)
+		FindColorInRootCmap (prootmap, prootmap->red, entries, &rgb, 
+			pPix, PSEUDOMAP, AllComp);
+	}
+	if (FindColor(pmap, pmap->red, entries, &rgb, pPix, PSEUDOMAP,
+		      client, AllComp) != Success)
+	    return BadAlloc;
+        break;
+
+    case DirectColor:
+	if (pmap->mid != pmap->pScreen->defColormap &&
+	    pmap->pVisual->vid == pmap->pScreen->rootVisual)
+	{
+	    ColormapPtr prootmap;
+	    dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&prootmap, pmap->pScreen->defColormap,
+				    RT_COLORMAP, clients[client], DixReadAccess);
+
+	    if (pmap->class == prootmap->class)
+	    {
+		pixR = (*pPix & pVisual->redMask) >> pVisual->offsetRed; 
+		FindColorInRootCmap (prootmap, prootmap->red, entries, &rgb, 
+			&pixR, REDMAP, RedComp);
+		pixG = (*pPix & pVisual->greenMask) >> pVisual->offsetGreen; 
+		FindColorInRootCmap (prootmap, prootmap->green, entries, &rgb, 
+			&pixG, GREENMAP, GreenComp);
+		pixB = (*pPix & pVisual->blueMask) >> pVisual->offsetBlue; 
+		FindColorInRootCmap (prootmap, prootmap->blue, entries, &rgb, 
+			&pixB, BLUEMAP, BlueComp);
+		*pPix = pixR | pixG | pixB;
+	    }
+	}
+
+	pixR = (*pPix & pVisual->redMask) >> pVisual->offsetRed; 
+	if (FindColor(pmap, pmap->red, NUMRED(pVisual), &rgb, &pixR, REDMAP,
+		      client, RedComp) != Success)
+	    return BadAlloc;
+	pixG = (*pPix & pVisual->greenMask) >> pVisual->offsetGreen; 
+	if (FindColor(pmap, pmap->green, NUMGREEN(pVisual), &rgb, &pixG,
+		      GREENMAP, client, GreenComp) != Success)
+	{
+	    (void)FreeCo(pmap, client, REDMAP, 1, &pixR, (Pixel)0);
+	    return BadAlloc;
+	}
+	pixB = (*pPix & pVisual->blueMask) >> pVisual->offsetBlue; 
+	if (FindColor(pmap, pmap->blue, NUMBLUE(pVisual), &rgb, &pixB, BLUEMAP,
+		      client, BlueComp) != Success)
+	{
+	    (void)FreeCo(pmap, client, GREENMAP, 1, &pixG, (Pixel)0);
+	    (void)FreeCo(pmap, client, REDMAP, 1, &pixR, (Pixel)0);
+	    return BadAlloc;
+	}
+	*pPix = pixR | pixG | pixB | ALPHAMASK(pVisual);
+
+	break;
+    }
+
+    /* if this is the client's first pixel in this colormap, tell the
+     * resource manager that the client has pixels in this colormap which
+     * should be freed when the client dies */
+    if ((pmap->numPixelsRed[client] == 1) &&
+	(CLIENT_ID(pmap->mid) != client) &&
+	!(pmap->flags & BeingCreated))
+    {
+	colorResource	*pcr;
+
+	pcr = malloc(sizeof(colorResource));
+	if (!pcr)
+	{
+	    (void)FreeColors(pmap, client, 1, pPix, (Pixel)0);
+	    return BadAlloc;
+	}
+	pcr->mid = pmap->mid;
+	pcr->client = client;
+	if (!AddResource(FakeClientID(client), RT_CMAPENTRY, (pointer)pcr))
+	    return BadAlloc;
+    }
+    return Success;
+}
+
+/*
+ * FakeAllocColor -- fake an AllocColor request by
+ * returning a free pixel if availible, otherwise returning
+ * the closest matching pixel.  This is used by the mi
+ * software sprite code to recolor cursors.  A nice side-effect
+ * is that this routine will never return failure.
+ */
+
+void
+FakeAllocColor (ColormapPtr pmap, xColorItem *item)
+{
+    Pixel pixR, pixG, pixB;
+    Pixel temp;
+    int	entries;
+    xrgb rgb;
+    int	class;
+    VisualPtr pVisual;
+
+    pVisual = pmap->pVisual;
+    rgb.red = item->red;
+    rgb.green = item->green;
+    rgb.blue = item->blue;
+    (*pmap->pScreen->ResolveColor) (&rgb.red, &rgb.green, &rgb.blue, pVisual);
+    class = pmap->class;
+    entries = pVisual->ColormapEntries;
+
+    switch (class) {
+    case GrayScale:
+    case PseudoColor:
+	temp = 0;
+	item->pixel = 0;
+	if (FindColor(pmap, pmap->red, entries, &rgb, &temp, PSEUDOMAP,
+		      -1, AllComp) == Success) {
+	    item->pixel = temp;
+	    break;
+	}
+	/* fall through ... */
+    case StaticColor:
+    case StaticGray:
+	item->pixel = FindBestPixel(pmap->red, entries, &rgb, PSEUDOMAP);
+	break;
+
+    case DirectColor:
+	/* Look up each component in its own map, then OR them together */
+	pixR = (item->pixel & pVisual->redMask) >> pVisual->offsetRed; 
+	pixG = (item->pixel & pVisual->greenMask) >> pVisual->offsetGreen; 
+	pixB = (item->pixel & pVisual->blueMask) >> pVisual->offsetBlue; 
+	if (FindColor(pmap, pmap->red, NUMRED(pVisual), &rgb, &pixR, REDMAP,
+		      -1, RedComp) != Success)
+	    pixR = FindBestPixel(pmap->red, NUMRED(pVisual), &rgb, REDMAP)
+			<< pVisual->offsetRed;
+	if (FindColor(pmap, pmap->green, NUMGREEN(pVisual), &rgb, &pixG,
+		      GREENMAP, -1, GreenComp) != Success)
+	    pixG = FindBestPixel(pmap->green, NUMGREEN(pVisual), &rgb,
+				 GREENMAP) << pVisual->offsetGreen;
+	if (FindColor(pmap, pmap->blue, NUMBLUE(pVisual), &rgb, &pixB, BLUEMAP,
+		      -1, BlueComp) != Success)
+	    pixB = FindBestPixel(pmap->blue, NUMBLUE(pVisual), &rgb, BLUEMAP)
+			<< pVisual->offsetBlue;
+	item->pixel = pixR | pixG | pixB;
+	break;
+
+    case TrueColor:
+	/* Look up each component in its own map, then OR them together */
+	pixR = FindBestPixel(pmap->red, NUMRED(pVisual), &rgb, REDMAP);
+	pixG = FindBestPixel(pmap->green, NUMGREEN(pVisual), &rgb, GREENMAP);
+	pixB = FindBestPixel(pmap->blue, NUMBLUE(pVisual), &rgb, BLUEMAP);
+	item->pixel = (pixR << pVisual->offsetRed) |
+		      (pixG << pVisual->offsetGreen) |
+		      (pixB << pVisual->offsetBlue);
+	break;
+    }
+}
+
+/* free a pixel value obtained from FakeAllocColor */
+void
+FakeFreeColor(ColormapPtr pmap, Pixel pixel)
+{
+    VisualPtr pVisual;
+    Pixel pixR, pixG, pixB;
+
+    switch (pmap->class) {
+    case GrayScale:
+    case PseudoColor:
+	if (pmap->red[pixel].refcnt == AllocTemporary)
+	    pmap->red[pixel].refcnt = 0;
+	break;
+    case DirectColor:
+	pVisual = pmap->pVisual;
+	pixR = (pixel & pVisual->redMask) >> pVisual->offsetRed; 
+	pixG = (pixel & pVisual->greenMask) >> pVisual->offsetGreen; 
+	pixB = (pixel & pVisual->blueMask) >> pVisual->offsetBlue; 
+	if (pmap->red[pixR].refcnt == AllocTemporary)
+	    pmap->red[pixR].refcnt = 0;
+	if (pmap->green[pixG].refcnt == AllocTemporary)
+	    pmap->green[pixG].refcnt = 0;
+	if (pmap->blue[pixB].refcnt == AllocTemporary)
+	    pmap->blue[pixB].refcnt = 0;
+	break;
+    }
+}
+
+typedef unsigned short	BigNumUpper;
+typedef unsigned long	BigNumLower;
+
+#define BIGNUMLOWERBITS	24
+#define BIGNUMUPPERBITS	16
+#define BIGNUMLOWER (1 << BIGNUMLOWERBITS)
+#define BIGNUMUPPER (1 << BIGNUMUPPERBITS)
+#define UPPERPART(i)	((i) >> BIGNUMLOWERBITS)
+#define LOWERPART(i)	((i) & (BIGNUMLOWER - 1))
+
+typedef struct _bignum {
+    BigNumUpper	upper;
+    BigNumLower	lower;
+} BigNumRec, *BigNumPtr;
+
+#define BigNumGreater(x,y) (((x)->upper > (y)->upper) ||\
+			    ((x)->upper == (y)->upper && (x)->lower > (y)->lower))
+
+#define UnsignedToBigNum(u,r)	(((r)->upper = UPPERPART(u)), \
+				 ((r)->lower = LOWERPART(u)))
+
+#define MaxBigNum(r)		(((r)->upper = BIGNUMUPPER-1), \
+				 ((r)->lower = BIGNUMLOWER-1))
+
+static void
+BigNumAdd (BigNumPtr x, BigNumPtr y, BigNumPtr r)
+{
+    BigNumLower	lower, carry = 0;
+
+    lower = x->lower + y->lower;
+    if (lower >= BIGNUMLOWER) {
+	lower -= BIGNUMLOWER;
+	carry = 1;
+    }
+    r->lower = lower;
+    r->upper = x->upper + y->upper + carry;
+}
+
+static Pixel
+FindBestPixel(EntryPtr pentFirst, int size, xrgb *prgb, int channel)
+{
+    EntryPtr	pent;
+    Pixel	pixel, final;
+    long	dr, dg, db;
+    unsigned long   sq;
+    BigNumRec	minval, sum, temp;
+
+    final = 0;
+    MaxBigNum(&minval);
+    /* look for the minimal difference */
+    for (pent = pentFirst, pixel = 0; pixel < size; pent++, pixel++)
+    {
+	dr = dg = db = 0;
+	switch(channel)
+	{
+	  case PSEUDOMAP:
+	      dg = (long) pent->co.local.green - prgb->green;
+	      db = (long) pent->co.local.blue - prgb->blue;
+	  case REDMAP:
+	      dr = (long) pent->co.local.red - prgb->red;
+	      break;
+	  case GREENMAP:
+	      dg = (long) pent->co.local.green - prgb->green;
+	      break;
+	  case BLUEMAP:
+	      db = (long) pent->co.local.blue - prgb->blue;
+	      break;
+	}
+	sq = dr * dr;
+	UnsignedToBigNum (sq, &sum);
+	sq = dg * dg;
+	UnsignedToBigNum (sq, &temp);
+	BigNumAdd (&sum, &temp, &sum);
+	sq = db * db;
+	UnsignedToBigNum (sq, &temp);
+	BigNumAdd (&sum, &temp, &sum);
+	if (BigNumGreater (&minval, &sum))
+	{
+	    final = pixel;
+	    minval = sum;
+	}
+    }
+    return final;
+}
+
+static void
+FindColorInRootCmap (ColormapPtr pmap, EntryPtr pentFirst, int size, 
+                     xrgb *prgb, Pixel *pPixel, int channel, 
+                     ColorCompareProcPtr comp)
+{
+    EntryPtr    pent;
+    Pixel	pixel;
+    int         count;
+
+    if ((pixel = *pPixel) >= size)
+	pixel = 0;
+    for (pent = pentFirst + pixel, count = size; --count >= 0; pent++, pixel++)
+    {
+	if (pent->refcnt > 0 && (*comp) (pent, prgb))
+	{
+	    switch (channel)
+	    {
+	    case REDMAP:
+		pixel <<= pmap->pVisual->offsetRed;
+		break;
+	    case GREENMAP:
+		pixel <<= pmap->pVisual->offsetGreen;
+		break;
+	    case BLUEMAP:
+		pixel <<= pmap->pVisual->offsetBlue;
+		break;
+	    default: /* PSEUDOMAP */
+		break;
+	    }
+	    *pPixel = pixel;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/* Tries to find a color in pmap that exactly matches the one requested in prgb
+ * if it can't it allocates one.
+ * Starts looking at pentFirst + *pPixel, so if you want a specific pixel,
+ * load *pPixel with that value, otherwise set it to 0
+ */
+int
+FindColor (ColormapPtr pmap, EntryPtr pentFirst, int size, xrgb *prgb, 
+           Pixel *pPixel, int channel, int client, 
+           ColorCompareProcPtr comp)
+{
+    EntryPtr	pent;
+    Bool	foundFree;
+    Pixel	pixel, Free = 0;
+    int		npix, count, *nump = NULL;
+    Pixel	**pixp = NULL, *ppix;
+    xColorItem	def;
+
+    foundFree = FALSE;
+
+    if((pixel = *pPixel) >= size)
+	pixel = 0;
+    /* see if there is a match, and also look for a free entry */
+    for (pent = pentFirst + pixel, count = size; --count >= 0; )
+    {
+        if (pent->refcnt > 0)
+	{
+    	    if ((*comp) (pent, prgb))
+	    {
+		if (client >= 0)
+		    pent->refcnt++;
+		*pPixel = pixel;
+		switch(channel)
+		{
+		  case REDMAP:
+		    *pPixel <<= pmap->pVisual->offsetRed;
+		  case PSEUDOMAP:
+		    break;
+		  case GREENMAP:
+		    *pPixel <<= pmap->pVisual->offsetGreen;
+		    break;
+		  case BLUEMAP:
+		    *pPixel <<= pmap->pVisual->offsetBlue;
+		    break;
+		}
+		goto gotit;
+    	    }
+        }
+	else if (!foundFree && pent->refcnt == 0)
+	{
+	    Free = pixel;
+	    foundFree = TRUE;
+	    /* If we're initializing the colormap, then we are looking for
+	     * the first free cell we can find, not to minimize the number
+	     * of entries we use.  So don't look any further. */
+	    if(pmap->flags & BeingCreated)
+		break;
+	}
+	pixel++;
+	if(pixel >= size)
+	{
+	    pent = pentFirst;
+	    pixel = 0;
+	}
+	else
+	    pent++;
+    }
+
+    /* If we got here, we didn't find a match.  If we also didn't find
+     * a free entry, we're out of luck.  Otherwise, we'll usurp a free
+     * entry and fill it in */
+    if (!foundFree)
+	return BadAlloc;
+    pent = pentFirst + Free;
+    pent->fShared = FALSE;
+    pent->refcnt = (client >= 0) ? 1 : AllocTemporary;
+
+    switch (channel)
+    {
+      case PSEUDOMAP:
+        pent->co.local.red = prgb->red;
+        pent->co.local.green = prgb->green;
+        pent->co.local.blue = prgb->blue;
+        def.red = prgb->red;
+	def.green = prgb->green;
+	def.blue = prgb->blue;
+	def.flags = (DoRed|DoGreen|DoBlue);
+	if (client >= 0)
+	    pmap->freeRed--;
+	def.pixel = Free;
+	break;
+
+      case REDMAP:
+        pent->co.local.red = prgb->red;
+        def.red = prgb->red;
+	def.green = pmap->green[0].co.local.green;
+	def.blue = pmap->blue[0].co.local.blue;
+	def.flags = DoRed;
+	if (client >= 0)
+	    pmap->freeRed--;
+	def.pixel = Free << pmap->pVisual->offsetRed;
+	break;
+
+      case GREENMAP:
+	pent->co.local.green = prgb->green;
+	def.red = pmap->red[0].co.local.red;
+        def.green = prgb->green;
+	def.blue = pmap->blue[0].co.local.blue;
+	def.flags = DoGreen;
+	if (client >= 0)
+	    pmap->freeGreen--;
+	def.pixel = Free << pmap->pVisual->offsetGreen;
+	break;
+
+      case BLUEMAP:
+	pent->co.local.blue = prgb->blue;
+	def.red = pmap->red[0].co.local.red;
+	def.green = pmap->green[0].co.local.green;
+	def.blue = prgb->blue;
+	def.flags = DoBlue;
+	if (client >= 0)
+	    pmap->freeBlue--;
+	def.pixel = Free << pmap->pVisual->offsetBlue;
+	break;
+    }
+    (*pmap->pScreen->StoreColors) (pmap, 1, &def);
+    pixel = Free;	
+    *pPixel = def.pixel;
+
+gotit:
+    if (pmap->flags & BeingCreated || client == -1)
+	return Success;
+    /* Now remember the pixel, for freeing later */
+    switch (channel)
+    {
+      case PSEUDOMAP:
+      case REDMAP:
+	nump = pmap->numPixelsRed;
+	pixp = pmap->clientPixelsRed;
+	break;
+
+      case GREENMAP:
+	nump = pmap->numPixelsGreen;
+	pixp = pmap->clientPixelsGreen;
+	break;
+
+      case BLUEMAP:
+	nump = pmap->numPixelsBlue;
+	pixp = pmap->clientPixelsBlue;
+	break;
+    }
+    npix = nump[client];
+    ppix = (Pixel *) realloc(pixp[client], (npix + 1) * sizeof(Pixel));
+    if (!ppix)
+    {
+	pent->refcnt--;
+	if (!pent->fShared)
+	    switch (channel)
+	    {
+	      case PSEUDOMAP:
+	      case REDMAP:
+		pmap->freeRed++;
+		break;
+	      case GREENMAP:
+		pmap->freeGreen++;
+		break;
+	      case BLUEMAP:
+		pmap->freeBlue++;
+		break;
+	    }
+	return BadAlloc;
+    }
+    ppix[npix] = pixel;
+    pixp[client] = ppix;
+    nump[client]++;
+
+    return Success;
+}
+
+/* Comparison functions -- passed to FindColor to determine if an
+ * entry is already the color we're looking for or not */
+static int
+AllComp (EntryPtr pent, xrgb *prgb)
+{
+    if((pent->co.local.red == prgb->red) &&
+       (pent->co.local.green == prgb->green) &&
+       (pent->co.local.blue == prgb->blue) )
+       return 1;
+    return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+RedComp (EntryPtr pent, xrgb *prgb)
+{
+    if (pent->co.local.red == prgb->red) 
+	return 1;
+    return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+GreenComp (EntryPtr pent, xrgb *prgb)
+{
+    if (pent->co.local.green == prgb->green) 
+	return 1;
+    return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+BlueComp (EntryPtr pent, xrgb *prgb)
+{
+    if (pent->co.local.blue == prgb->blue) 
+	return 1;
+    return 0;
+}
+
+
+/* Read the color value of a cell */
+
+int
+QueryColors (ColormapPtr pmap, int count, Pixel *ppixIn, xrgb *prgbList, ClientPtr client)
+{
+    Pixel	*ppix, pixel;
+    xrgb	*prgb;
+    VisualPtr	pVisual;
+    EntryPtr	pent;
+    Pixel	i;
+    int		errVal = Success;
+
+    pVisual = pmap->pVisual;
+    if ((pmap->class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor)
+    {
+	int numred, numgreen, numblue;
+	Pixel rgbbad;
+
+	numred = NUMRED(pVisual);
+	numgreen = NUMGREEN(pVisual);
+	numblue = NUMBLUE(pVisual);
+	rgbbad = ~RGBMASK(pVisual);
+	for( ppix = ppixIn, prgb = prgbList; --count >= 0; ppix++, prgb++)
+	{
+	    pixel = *ppix;
+	    if (pixel & rgbbad) {
+		client->errorValue = pixel;
+		errVal =  BadValue;
+		continue;
+	    }
+	    i  = (pixel & pVisual->redMask) >> pVisual->offsetRed;
+	    if (i >= numred)
+	    {
+		client->errorValue = pixel;
+		errVal =  BadValue;
+		continue;
+	    }
+	    prgb->red = pmap->red[i].co.local.red;
+	    i  = (pixel & pVisual->greenMask) >> pVisual->offsetGreen;
+	    if (i >= numgreen)
+	    {
+		client->errorValue = pixel;
+		errVal =  BadValue;
+		continue;
+	    }
+	    prgb->green = pmap->green[i].co.local.green;
+	    i  = (pixel & pVisual->blueMask) >> pVisual->offsetBlue;
+	    if (i >= numblue)
+	    {
+		client->errorValue = pixel;
+		errVal =  BadValue;
+		continue;
+	    }
+	    prgb->blue = pmap->blue[i].co.local.blue;
+	}
+    }
+    else
+    {
+	for( ppix = ppixIn, prgb = prgbList; --count >= 0; ppix++, prgb++)
+	{
+	    pixel = *ppix;
+	    if (pixel >= pVisual->ColormapEntries)
+	    {
+		client->errorValue = pixel;
+		errVal = BadValue;
+	    }
+	    else
+	    {
+		pent = (EntryPtr)&pmap->red[pixel];
+		if (pent->fShared)
+		{
+		    prgb->red = pent->co.shco.red->color;
+		    prgb->green = pent->co.shco.green->color;
+		    prgb->blue = pent->co.shco.blue->color;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+		    prgb->red = pent->co.local.red;
+		    prgb->green = pent->co.local.green;
+		    prgb->blue = pent->co.local.blue;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    return errVal;
+}
+
+static void
+FreePixels(ColormapPtr pmap, int client)
+{
+    Pixel *ppix, *ppixStart;
+    int n;
+    int	class;
+
+    class = pmap->class;
+    ppixStart = pmap->clientPixelsRed[client];
+    if (class & DynamicClass)
+    {
+	n = pmap->numPixelsRed[client];
+	for (ppix = ppixStart; --n >= 0; )
+	{
+	    FreeCell(pmap, *ppix, REDMAP);
+	    ppix++;
+	}
+    }
+
+    free(ppixStart);
+    pmap->clientPixelsRed[client] = (Pixel *) NULL;
+    pmap->numPixelsRed[client] = 0;
+    if ((class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor) 
+    {
+        ppixStart = pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client];
+	if (class & DynamicClass)
+	    for (ppix = ppixStart, n = pmap->numPixelsGreen[client]; --n >= 0;)
+		FreeCell(pmap, *ppix++, GREENMAP);
+	free(ppixStart);
+	pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client] = (Pixel *) NULL;
+	pmap->numPixelsGreen[client] = 0;
+
+        ppixStart = pmap->clientPixelsBlue[client];
+	if (class & DynamicClass)
+	    for (ppix = ppixStart, n = pmap->numPixelsBlue[client]; --n >= 0; )
+		FreeCell(pmap, *ppix++, BLUEMAP);
+	free(ppixStart);
+	pmap->clientPixelsBlue[client] = (Pixel *) NULL;
+	pmap->numPixelsBlue[client] = 0;
+    }
+}
+
+/** 
+ * Frees all of a client's colors and cells.
+ *
+ *  \param value  must conform to DeleteType
+ *  \unused fakeid
+ */
+int
+FreeClientPixels (pointer value, XID fakeid)
+{
+    pointer pmap;
+    colorResource *pcr = value;
+    int rc;
+
+    rc = dixLookupResourceByType(&pmap, pcr->mid, RT_COLORMAP, serverClient,
+				 DixRemoveAccess);
+    if (rc == Success)
+	FreePixels((ColormapPtr)pmap, pcr->client);
+    free(pcr);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+int
+AllocColorCells (int client, ColormapPtr pmap, int colors, int planes, 
+                 Bool contig, Pixel *ppix, Pixel *masks)
+{
+    Pixel	rmask, gmask, bmask, *ppixFirst, r, g, b;
+    int		n, class;
+    int		ok;
+    int		oldcount;
+    colorResource *pcr = (colorResource *)NULL;
+
+    class = pmap->class;
+    if (!(class & DynamicClass))
+	return BadAlloc; /* Shouldn't try on this type */
+    oldcount = pmap->numPixelsRed[client];
+    if (pmap->class == DirectColor)
+	oldcount += pmap->numPixelsGreen[client] + pmap->numPixelsBlue[client];
+    if (!oldcount && (CLIENT_ID(pmap->mid) != client))
+    {
+	pcr = malloc(sizeof(colorResource));
+	if (!pcr)
+	    return BadAlloc;
+    }
+
+    if (pmap->class == DirectColor)
+    {
+        ok = AllocDirect (client, pmap, colors, planes, planes, planes,
+			  contig, ppix, &rmask, &gmask, &bmask);
+	if(ok == Success)
+	{
+	    for (r = g = b = 1, n = planes; --n >= 0; r += r, g += g, b += b)
+	    {
+		while(!(rmask & r))
+		    r += r;
+		while(!(gmask & g))
+		    g += g;
+		while(!(bmask & b))
+		    b += b;
+		*masks++ = r | g | b;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        ok = AllocPseudo (client, pmap, colors, planes, contig, ppix, &rmask,
+			  &ppixFirst);
+	if(ok == Success)
+	{
+	    for (r = 1, n = planes; --n >= 0; r += r)
+	    {
+		while(!(rmask & r))
+		    r += r;
+		*masks++ = r;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    /* if this is the client's first pixels in this colormap, tell the
+     * resource manager that the client has pixels in this colormap which
+     * should be freed when the client dies */
+    if ((ok == Success) && pcr)
+    {
+	pcr->mid = pmap->mid;
+	pcr->client = client;
+	if (!AddResource(FakeClientID(client), RT_CMAPENTRY, (pointer)pcr))
+	    ok = BadAlloc;
+    } else free(pcr);
+
+    return ok;
+}
+
+
+int
+AllocColorPlanes (int client, ColormapPtr pmap, int colors, 
+                  int r, int g, int b, Bool contig, Pixel *pixels, 
+                  Pixel *prmask, Pixel *pgmask, Pixel *pbmask)
+{
+    int		ok;
+    Pixel	mask, *ppixFirst;
+    Pixel shift;
+    int i;
+    int		class;
+    int		oldcount;
+    colorResource *pcr = (colorResource *)NULL;
+
+    class = pmap->class;
+    if (!(class & DynamicClass))
+	return BadAlloc; /* Shouldn't try on this type */
+    oldcount = pmap->numPixelsRed[client];
+    if (class == DirectColor)
+	oldcount += pmap->numPixelsGreen[client] + pmap->numPixelsBlue[client];
+    if (!oldcount && (CLIENT_ID(pmap->mid) != client))
+    {
+	pcr = malloc(sizeof(colorResource));
+	if (!pcr)
+	    return BadAlloc;
+    }
+
+    if (class == DirectColor)
+    {
+        ok = AllocDirect (client, pmap, colors, r, g, b, contig, pixels,
+			  prmask, pgmask, pbmask);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+	/* Allocate the proper pixels */
+	/* XXX This is sort of bad, because of contig is set, we force all
+	 * r + g + b bits to be contiguous.  Should only force contiguity
+	 * per mask 
+	 */
+        ok = AllocPseudo (client, pmap, colors, r + g + b, contig, pixels,
+			  &mask, &ppixFirst);
+
+	if(ok == Success)
+	{
+	    /* now split that mask into three */
+	    *prmask = *pgmask = *pbmask = 0;
+	    shift = 1;
+	    for (i = r; --i >= 0; shift += shift)
+	    {
+		while (!(mask & shift))
+		    shift += shift;
+		*prmask |= shift;
+	    }
+	    for (i = g; --i >= 0; shift += shift)
+	    {
+		while (!(mask & shift))
+		    shift += shift;
+		*pgmask |= shift;
+	    }
+	    for (i = b; --i >= 0; shift += shift)
+	    {
+		while (!(mask & shift))
+		    shift += shift;
+		*pbmask |= shift;
+	    }
+
+	    /* set up the shared color cells */
+	    if (!AllocShared(pmap, pixels, colors, r, g, b,
+			     *prmask, *pgmask, *pbmask, ppixFirst))
+	    {
+		(void)FreeColors(pmap, client, colors, pixels, mask);
+		ok = BadAlloc;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    /* if this is the client's first pixels in this colormap, tell the
+     * resource manager that the client has pixels in this colormap which
+     * should be freed when the client dies */
+    if ((ok == Success) && pcr)
+    {
+	pcr->mid = pmap->mid;
+	pcr->client = client;
+	if (!AddResource(FakeClientID(client), RT_CMAPENTRY, (pointer)pcr))
+	    ok = BadAlloc;
+    } else free(pcr);
+
+    return ok;
+}
+
+static int
+AllocDirect (int client, ColormapPtr pmap, int c, int r, int g, int b, Bool contig, 
+             Pixel *pixels, Pixel *prmask, Pixel *pgmask, Pixel *pbmask)
+{
+    Pixel	*ppixRed, *ppixGreen, *ppixBlue;
+    Pixel	*ppix, *pDst, *p;
+    int		npix, npixR, npixG, npixB;
+    Bool	okR, okG, okB;
+    Pixel	*rpix = 0, *gpix = 0, *bpix = 0;
+
+    npixR = c << r;
+    npixG = c << g;
+    npixB = c << b;
+    if ((r >= 32) || (g >= 32) || (b >= 32) ||
+	(npixR > pmap->freeRed) || (npixR < c) ||
+	(npixG > pmap->freeGreen) || (npixG < c) ||
+	(npixB > pmap->freeBlue) || (npixB < c))
+	return BadAlloc;
+
+    /* start out with empty pixels */
+    for(p = pixels; p < pixels + c; p++)
+	*p = 0;
+
+    ppixRed = malloc(npixR * sizeof(Pixel));
+    ppixGreen = malloc(npixG * sizeof(Pixel));
+    ppixBlue = malloc(npixB * sizeof(Pixel));
+    if (!ppixRed || !ppixGreen || !ppixBlue)
+    {
+	free(ppixBlue);
+	free(ppixGreen);
+	free(ppixRed);
+	return BadAlloc;
+    }
+
+    okR = AllocCP(pmap, pmap->red, c, r, contig, ppixRed, prmask);
+    okG = AllocCP(pmap, pmap->green, c, g, contig, ppixGreen, pgmask);
+    okB = AllocCP(pmap, pmap->blue, c, b, contig, ppixBlue, pbmask);
+
+    if (okR && okG && okB)
+    {
+	rpix = (Pixel *) realloc(pmap->clientPixelsRed[client],
+				  (pmap->numPixelsRed[client] + (c << r)) *
+				  sizeof(Pixel));
+	if (rpix)
+	    pmap->clientPixelsRed[client] = rpix;
+	gpix = (Pixel *) realloc(pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client],
+				  (pmap->numPixelsGreen[client] + (c << g)) *
+				  sizeof(Pixel));
+	if (gpix)
+	    pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client] = gpix;
+	bpix = (Pixel *) realloc(pmap->clientPixelsBlue[client],
+				  (pmap->numPixelsBlue[client] + (c << b)) *
+				  sizeof(Pixel));
+	if (bpix)
+	    pmap->clientPixelsBlue[client] = bpix;
+    }
+
+    if (!okR || !okG || !okB || !rpix || !gpix || !bpix)
+    {
+	if (okR)
+	    for(ppix = ppixRed, npix = npixR; --npix >= 0; ppix++)
+		pmap->red[*ppix].refcnt = 0;
+	if (okG)
+	    for(ppix = ppixGreen, npix = npixG; --npix >= 0; ppix++)
+		pmap->green[*ppix].refcnt = 0;
+	if (okB)
+	    for(ppix = ppixBlue, npix = npixB; --npix >= 0; ppix++)
+		pmap->blue[*ppix].refcnt = 0;
+	free(ppixBlue);
+	free(ppixGreen);
+	free(ppixRed);
+	return BadAlloc;
+    }
+
+    *prmask <<= pmap->pVisual->offsetRed;
+    *pgmask <<= pmap->pVisual->offsetGreen;
+    *pbmask <<= pmap->pVisual->offsetBlue;
+
+    ppix = rpix + pmap->numPixelsRed[client];
+    for (pDst = pixels, p = ppixRed; p < ppixRed + npixR; p++)
+    {
+	*ppix++ = *p;
+	if(p < ppixRed + c)
+	    *pDst++ |= *p << pmap->pVisual->offsetRed;
+    }
+    pmap->numPixelsRed[client] += npixR;
+    pmap->freeRed -= npixR;
+
+    ppix = gpix + pmap->numPixelsGreen[client];
+    for (pDst = pixels, p = ppixGreen; p < ppixGreen + npixG; p++)
+    {
+	*ppix++ = *p;
+	if(p < ppixGreen + c)
+	    *pDst++ |= *p << pmap->pVisual->offsetGreen;
+    }
+    pmap->numPixelsGreen[client] += npixG;
+    pmap->freeGreen -= npixG;
+
+    ppix = bpix + pmap->numPixelsBlue[client];
+    for (pDst = pixels, p = ppixBlue; p < ppixBlue + npixB; p++)
+    {
+	*ppix++ = *p;
+	if(p < ppixBlue + c)
+	    *pDst++ |= *p << pmap->pVisual->offsetBlue;
+    }
+    pmap->numPixelsBlue[client] += npixB;
+    pmap->freeBlue -= npixB;
+
+
+    for (pDst = pixels; pDst < pixels + c; pDst++)
+	*pDst |= ALPHAMASK(pmap->pVisual);
+
+    free(ppixBlue);
+    free(ppixGreen);
+    free(ppixRed);
+
+    return Success;
+}
+
+static int
+AllocPseudo (int client, ColormapPtr pmap, int c, int r, Bool contig, 
+             Pixel *pixels, Pixel *pmask, Pixel **pppixFirst)
+{
+    Pixel	*ppix, *p, *pDst, *ppixTemp;
+    int		npix;
+    Bool	ok;
+
+    npix = c << r;
+    if ((r >= 32) || (npix > pmap->freeRed) || (npix < c))
+	return BadAlloc;
+    if(!(ppixTemp = malloc(npix * sizeof(Pixel))))
+	return BadAlloc;
+    ok = AllocCP(pmap, pmap->red, c, r, contig, ppixTemp, pmask);
+
+    if (ok)
+    {
+
+	/* all the allocated pixels are added to the client pixel list,
+	 * but only the unique ones are returned to the client */
+	ppix = (Pixel *)realloc(pmap->clientPixelsRed[client],
+			 (pmap->numPixelsRed[client] + npix) * sizeof(Pixel));
+	if (!ppix)
+	{
+	    for (p = ppixTemp; p < ppixTemp + npix; p++)
+		pmap->red[*p].refcnt = 0;
+	    free(ppixTemp);
+	    return BadAlloc;
+	}
+	pmap->clientPixelsRed[client] = ppix;
+	ppix += pmap->numPixelsRed[client];
+	*pppixFirst = ppix;
+	pDst = pixels;
+	for (p = ppixTemp; p < ppixTemp + npix; p++)
+	{
+	    *ppix++ = *p;
+	    if(p < ppixTemp + c)
+	        *pDst++ = *p;
+	}
+	pmap->numPixelsRed[client] += npix;
+	pmap->freeRed -= npix;
+    }
+    free(ppixTemp);
+    return ok ? Success : BadAlloc;
+}
+
+/* Allocates count << planes pixels from colormap pmap for client. If
+ * contig, then the plane mask is made of consecutive bits.  Returns
+ * all count << pixels in the array pixels. The first count of those
+ * pixels are the unique pixels.  *pMask has the mask to Or with the
+ * unique pixels to get the rest of them.
+ *
+ * Returns True iff all pixels could be allocated 
+ * All cells allocated will have refcnt set to AllocPrivate and shared to FALSE
+ * (see AllocShared for why we care)
+ */
+static Bool
+AllocCP (ColormapPtr pmap, EntryPtr pentFirst, int count, int planes, 
+         Bool contig, Pixel *pixels, Pixel *pMask)
+{
+    EntryPtr	ent;
+    Pixel	pixel, base, entries, maxp, save;
+    int		dplanes, found;
+    Pixel	*ppix;
+    Pixel	mask;
+    Pixel	finalmask;
+
+    dplanes = pmap->pVisual->nplanes;
+
+    /* Easy case.  Allocate pixels only */
+    if (planes == 0)
+    {
+        /* allocate writable entries */
+	ppix = pixels;
+        ent = pentFirst;
+        pixel = 0;
+        while (--count >= 0)
+	{
+            /* Just find count unallocated cells */
+    	    while (ent->refcnt)
+	    {
+    	        ent++;
+    	        pixel++;
+    	    }
+    	    ent->refcnt = AllocPrivate;
+    	    *ppix++ = pixel;
+	    ent->fShared = FALSE;
+        }
+        *pMask = 0;
+        return TRUE;
+    }
+    else if (planes > dplanes)
+    {
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    /* General case count pixels * 2 ^ planes cells to be allocated */
+
+    /* make room for new pixels */
+    ent = pentFirst;
+
+    /* first try for contiguous planes, since it's fastest */
+    for (mask = (((Pixel)1) << planes) - 1, base = 1, dplanes -= (planes - 1);
+         --dplanes >= 0;
+         mask += mask, base += base)
+    {
+        ppix = pixels;
+        found = 0;
+        pixel = 0;
+        entries = pmap->pVisual->ColormapEntries - mask;
+        while (pixel < entries)
+	{
+    	    save = pixel;
+    	    maxp = pixel + mask + base;
+    	    /* check if all are free */
+    	    while (pixel != maxp && ent[pixel].refcnt == 0)
+    	        pixel += base;
+	    if (pixel == maxp)
+		{
+		    /* this one works */
+		    *ppix++ = save;
+		    found++;
+		    if (found == count)
+		    {
+			/* found enough, allocate them all */
+			while (--count >= 0)
+			{
+			    pixel = pixels[count];
+			    maxp = pixel + mask;
+			    while (1)
+			    {
+				ent[pixel].refcnt = AllocPrivate;
+				ent[pixel].fShared = FALSE;
+				if (pixel == maxp)
+				    break;
+				pixel += base;
+				*ppix++ = pixel;
+			    }
+			}
+			*pMask = mask;
+			return TRUE;
+		    }
+		}
+    	    pixel = save + 1;
+    	    if (pixel & mask)
+    	        pixel += mask;
+        }
+    }
+
+    dplanes = pmap->pVisual->nplanes;
+    if (contig || planes == 1 || dplanes < 3)
+	return FALSE;
+
+    /* this will be very slow for large maps, need a better algorithm */
+
+    /*
+       we can generate the smallest and largest numbers that fits in dplanes
+       bits and contain exactly planes bits set as follows. First, we need to
+       check that it is possible to generate such a mask at all.
+       (Non-contiguous masks need one more bit than contiguous masks). Then
+       the smallest such mask consists of the rightmost planes-1 bits set, then
+       a zero, then a one in position planes + 1. The formula is
+         (3 << (planes-1)) -1
+       The largest such masks consists of the leftmost planes-1 bits set, then
+       a zero, then a one bit in position dplanes-planes-1. If dplanes is
+       smaller than 32 (the number of bits in a word) then the formula is:
+         (1<<dplanes) - (1<<(dplanes-planes+1) + (1<<dplanes-planes-1)
+       If dplanes = 32, then we can't calculate (1<<dplanes) and we have
+       to use:
+         ( (1<<(planes-1)) - 1) << (dplanes-planes+1) + (1<<(dplanes-planes-1))
+	  
+	  << Thank you, Loretta>>>
+
+    */
+
+    finalmask =
+        (((((Pixel)1)<<(planes-1)) - 1) << (dplanes-planes+1)) +
+	  (((Pixel)1)<<(dplanes-planes-1));
+    for (mask = (((Pixel)3) << (planes -1)) - 1; mask <= finalmask; mask++)
+    {
+        /* next 3 magic statements count number of ones (HAKMEM #169) */
+        pixel = (mask >> 1) & 033333333333;
+        pixel = mask - pixel - ((pixel >> 1) & 033333333333);
+        if ((((pixel + (pixel >> 3)) & 030707070707) % 077) != planes)
+    	    continue;
+        ppix = pixels;
+        found = 0;
+        entries = pmap->pVisual->ColormapEntries - mask;
+        base = lowbit (mask);
+        for (pixel = 0; pixel < entries; pixel++)
+	{
+	    if (pixel & mask)
+	        continue;
+	    maxp = 0;
+	    /* check if all are free */
+	    while (ent[pixel + maxp].refcnt == 0)
+	    {
+		GetNextBitsOrBreak(maxp, mask, base);
+	    }
+	    if ((maxp < mask) || (ent[pixel + mask].refcnt != 0))
+		continue;
+	    /* this one works */
+	    *ppix++ = pixel;
+	    found++;
+	    if (found < count)
+		continue;
+	    /* found enough, allocate them all */
+	    while (--count >= 0)
+	    {
+		pixel = (pixels)[count];
+		maxp = 0;
+		while (1)
+		{
+		    ent[pixel + maxp].refcnt = AllocPrivate;
+		    ent[pixel + maxp].fShared = FALSE;
+		    GetNextBitsOrBreak(maxp, mask, base);
+		    *ppix++ = pixel + maxp;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    *pMask = mask;
+	    return TRUE;
+	}
+    }
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+/**
+ *
+ *  \param ppixFirst  First of the client's new pixels
+ */
+static Bool
+AllocShared (ColormapPtr pmap, Pixel *ppix, int c, int r, int g, int b, 
+             Pixel rmask, Pixel gmask, Pixel bmask, Pixel *ppixFirst)
+{
+    Pixel	*pptr, *cptr;
+    int		npix, z, npixClientNew, npixShared;
+    Pixel	basemask, base, bits, common;
+    SHAREDCOLOR *pshared, **ppshared, **psharedList;
+
+    npixClientNew = c << (r + g + b);
+    npixShared = (c << r) + (c << g) + (c << b);
+    psharedList = malloc(npixShared * sizeof(SHAREDCOLOR *));
+    if (!psharedList)
+	return FALSE;
+    ppshared = psharedList;
+    for (z = npixShared; --z >= 0; )
+    {
+	if (!(ppshared[z] = malloc(sizeof(SHAREDCOLOR))))
+	{
+	    for (z++ ; z < npixShared; z++)
+		free(ppshared[z]);
+	    free(psharedList);
+	    return FALSE;
+	}
+    }
+    for(pptr = ppix, npix = c; --npix >= 0; pptr++)
+    {
+	basemask = ~(gmask | bmask);
+	common = *pptr & basemask;
+	if (rmask)
+	{
+	    bits = 0;
+	    base = lowbit (rmask);
+	    while(1)
+	    {
+		pshared = *ppshared++;
+		pshared->refcnt = 1 << (g + b);
+		for (cptr = ppixFirst, z = npixClientNew; --z >= 0; cptr++)
+		{
+		    if ((*cptr & basemask) == (common | bits))
+		    {
+			pmap->red[*cptr].fShared = TRUE;
+			pmap->red[*cptr].co.shco.red = pshared;
+		    }
+		}
+		GetNextBitsOrBreak(bits, rmask, base);
+	    }
+	}
+	else
+	{
+	    pshared = *ppshared++;
+	    pshared->refcnt = 1 << (g + b);
+	    for (cptr = ppixFirst, z = npixClientNew; --z >= 0; cptr++)
+	    {
+		if ((*cptr & basemask) == common)
+		{
+		    pmap->red[*cptr].fShared = TRUE;
+		    pmap->red[*cptr].co.shco.red = pshared;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+	basemask = ~(rmask | bmask);
+	common = *pptr & basemask;
+	if (gmask)
+	{
+	    bits = 0;
+	    base = lowbit (gmask);
+	    while(1)
+	    {
+		pshared = *ppshared++;
+		pshared->refcnt = 1 << (r + b);
+		for (cptr = ppixFirst, z = npixClientNew; --z >= 0; cptr++)
+		{
+		    if ((*cptr & basemask) == (common | bits))
+		    {
+			pmap->red[*cptr].co.shco.green = pshared;
+		    }
+		}
+		GetNextBitsOrBreak(bits, gmask, base);
+	    }
+	}
+	else
+	{
+	    pshared = *ppshared++;
+	    pshared->refcnt = 1 << (g + b);
+	    for (cptr = ppixFirst, z = npixClientNew; --z >= 0; cptr++)
+	    {
+		if ((*cptr & basemask) == common)
+		{
+		    pmap->red[*cptr].co.shco.green = pshared;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+	basemask = ~(rmask | gmask);
+	common = *pptr & basemask;
+	if (bmask)
+	{
+	    bits = 0;
+	    base = lowbit (bmask);
+	    while(1)
+	    {
+		pshared = *ppshared++;
+		pshared->refcnt = 1 << (r + g);
+		for (cptr = ppixFirst, z = npixClientNew; --z >= 0; cptr++)
+		{
+		    if ((*cptr & basemask) == (common | bits))
+		    {
+			pmap->red[*cptr].co.shco.blue = pshared;
+		    }
+		}
+		GetNextBitsOrBreak(bits, bmask, base);
+	    }
+	}
+	else
+	{
+	    pshared = *ppshared++;
+	    pshared->refcnt = 1 << (g + b);
+	    for (cptr = ppixFirst, z = npixClientNew; --z >= 0; cptr++)
+	    {
+		if ((*cptr & basemask) == common)
+		{
+		    pmap->red[*cptr].co.shco.blue = pshared;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    free(psharedList);
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+/** FreeColors
+ * Free colors and/or cells (probably slow for large numbers) 
+ */
+int
+FreeColors (ColormapPtr pmap, int client, int count, Pixel *pixels, Pixel mask)
+{
+    int		rval, result, class;
+    Pixel	rmask;
+
+    class = pmap->class;
+    if (pmap->flags & AllAllocated)
+	return BadAccess;
+    if ((class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor)
+    {
+	rmask = mask & RGBMASK(pmap->pVisual);
+        result = FreeCo(pmap, client, REDMAP, count, pixels,
+			mask & pmap->pVisual->redMask);
+	/* If any of the three calls fails, we must report that, if more
+	 * than one fails, it's ok that we report the last one */
+        rval = FreeCo(pmap, client, GREENMAP, count, pixels,
+		      mask & pmap->pVisual->greenMask);
+	if(rval != Success)
+	    result = rval;
+	rval = FreeCo(pmap, client, BLUEMAP, count, pixels,
+		      mask & pmap->pVisual->blueMask);
+	if(rval != Success)
+	    result = rval;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+	rmask = mask & ((((Pixel)1) << pmap->pVisual->nplanes) - 1);
+        result = FreeCo(pmap, client, PSEUDOMAP, count, pixels, rmask);
+    }
+    if ((mask != rmask) && count)
+    {
+	clients[client]->errorValue = *pixels | mask;
+	result = BadValue;
+    }
+    /* XXX should worry about removing any RT_CMAPENTRY resource */
+    return result;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Helper for FreeColors -- frees all combinations of *newpixels and mask bits
+ * which the client has allocated in channel colormap cells of pmap.
+ * doesn't change newpixels if it doesn't need to 
+ *
+ *  \param pmap   which colormap head
+ *  \param color  which sub-map, eg, RED, BLUE, PSEUDO
+ *  \param npixIn number of pixels passed in
+ *  \param ppixIn number of base pixels
+ *  \param mask   mask client gave us
+ */
+static int
+FreeCo (ColormapPtr pmap, int client, int color, int npixIn, Pixel *ppixIn, Pixel mask)
+{
+    Pixel	*ppixClient, pixTest;
+    int		npixClient, npixNew, npix;
+    Pixel	bits, base, cmask, rgbbad;
+    Pixel	*pptr, *cptr;
+    int 	n, zapped;
+    int		errVal = Success;
+    int		offset, numents;
+
+    if (npixIn == 0)
+        return errVal;
+    bits = 0;
+    zapped = 0;
+    base = lowbit (mask);
+
+    switch(color)
+    {
+      case REDMAP:
+	cmask = pmap->pVisual->redMask;
+	rgbbad = ~RGBMASK(pmap->pVisual);
+	offset = pmap->pVisual->offsetRed;
+	numents = (cmask >> offset) + 1;
+	ppixClient = pmap->clientPixelsRed[client];
+	npixClient = pmap->numPixelsRed[client];
+	break;
+      case GREENMAP:
+	cmask = pmap->pVisual->greenMask;
+	rgbbad = ~RGBMASK(pmap->pVisual);
+	offset = pmap->pVisual->offsetGreen;
+	numents = (cmask >> offset) + 1;
+	ppixClient = pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client];
+	npixClient = pmap->numPixelsGreen[client];
+	break;
+      case BLUEMAP:
+	cmask = pmap->pVisual->blueMask;
+	rgbbad = ~RGBMASK(pmap->pVisual);
+	offset = pmap->pVisual->offsetBlue;
+	numents = (cmask >> offset) + 1;
+	ppixClient = pmap->clientPixelsBlue[client];
+	npixClient = pmap->numPixelsBlue[client];
+	break;
+      default:	/* so compiler can see that everything gets initialized */
+      case PSEUDOMAP:
+	cmask = ~((Pixel)0);
+	rgbbad = 0;
+	offset = 0;
+	numents = pmap->pVisual->ColormapEntries;
+	ppixClient = pmap->clientPixelsRed[client];
+	npixClient = pmap->numPixelsRed[client];
+	break;
+    }
+
+
+    /* zap all pixels which match */
+    while (1)
+    {
+        /* go through pixel list */
+        for (pptr = ppixIn, n = npixIn; --n >= 0; pptr++)
+	{
+	    pixTest = ((*pptr | bits) & cmask) >> offset;
+	    if ((pixTest >= numents) || (*pptr & rgbbad))
+	    {
+		clients[client]->errorValue = *pptr | bits;
+		errVal = BadValue;
+		continue;
+	    }
+
+	    /* find match in client list */
+	    for (cptr = ppixClient, npix = npixClient;
+	         --npix >= 0 && *cptr != pixTest;
+		 cptr++) ;
+
+	    if (npix >= 0)
+	    {
+		if (pmap->class & DynamicClass)
+		{
+		    FreeCell(pmap, pixTest, color);
+		}
+		*cptr = ~((Pixel)0);
+		zapped++;
+	    }
+	    else
+		errVal = BadAccess;
+	}
+        /* generate next bits value */
+	GetNextBitsOrBreak(bits, mask, base);
+    }
+
+    /* delete freed pixels from client pixel list */
+    if (zapped)
+    {
+        npixNew = npixClient - zapped;
+        if (npixNew)
+	{
+	    /* Since the list can only get smaller, we can do a copy in
+	     * place and then realloc to a smaller size */
+    	    pptr = cptr = ppixClient;
+
+	    /* If we have all the new pixels, we don't have to examine the
+	     * rest of the old ones */
+	    for(npix = 0; npix < npixNew; cptr++)
+	    {
+    	        if (*cptr != ~((Pixel)0))
+		{
+    		    *pptr++ = *cptr;
+		    npix++;
+    	        }
+    	    }
+	    pptr = (Pixel *)realloc(ppixClient, npixNew * sizeof(Pixel));
+	    if (pptr)
+		ppixClient = pptr;
+	    npixClient = npixNew;
+        }
+	else
+	{
+	    npixClient = 0;
+	    free(ppixClient);
+    	    ppixClient = (Pixel *)NULL;
+	}
+	switch(color)
+	{
+	  case PSEUDOMAP:
+	  case REDMAP:
+	    pmap->clientPixelsRed[client] = ppixClient;
+	    pmap->numPixelsRed[client] = npixClient;
+	    break;
+	  case GREENMAP:
+	    pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client] = ppixClient;
+	    pmap->numPixelsGreen[client] = npixClient;
+	    break;
+	  case BLUEMAP:
+	    pmap->clientPixelsBlue[client] = ppixClient;
+	    pmap->numPixelsBlue[client] = npixClient;
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+    return errVal;
+}
+
+
+
+/* Redefine color values */
+int
+StoreColors (ColormapPtr pmap, int count, xColorItem *defs, ClientPtr client)
+{
+    Pixel 	pix;
+    xColorItem *pdef;
+    EntryPtr 	pent, pentT, pentLast;
+    VisualPtr	pVisual;
+    SHAREDCOLOR		*pred, *pgreen, *pblue;
+    int			n, ChgRed, ChgGreen, ChgBlue, idef;
+    int			class, errVal = Success;
+    int			ok;
+
+
+    class = pmap->class;
+    if(!(class & DynamicClass) && !(pmap->flags & BeingCreated))
+    {
+	return BadAccess;
+    }
+    pVisual = pmap->pVisual;
+
+    idef = 0;
+    if((class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor)
+    {
+	int numred, numgreen, numblue;
+	Pixel rgbbad;
+
+	numred = NUMRED(pVisual);
+	numgreen = NUMGREEN(pVisual);
+	numblue = NUMBLUE(pVisual);
+	rgbbad = ~RGBMASK(pVisual);
+        for (pdef = defs, n = 0; n < count; pdef++, n++)
+	{
+	    ok = TRUE;
+            (*pmap->pScreen->ResolveColor)
+	        (&pdef->red, &pdef->green, &pdef->blue, pmap->pVisual);
+
+	    if (pdef->pixel & rgbbad)
+	    {
+		errVal = BadValue;
+		client->errorValue = pdef->pixel;
+		continue;
+	    }
+	    pix = (pdef->pixel & pVisual->redMask) >> pVisual->offsetRed;
+	    if (pix >= numred)
+	    {
+		errVal = BadValue;
+		ok = FALSE;
+	    }
+	    else if (pmap->red[pix].refcnt != AllocPrivate)
+	    {
+		errVal = BadAccess;
+		ok = FALSE;
+	    }
+	    else if (pdef->flags & DoRed)
+	    {
+		pmap->red[pix].co.local.red = pdef->red;
+	    }
+	    else
+	    {
+		pdef->red = pmap->red[pix].co.local.red;
+	    }
+
+	    pix = (pdef->pixel & pVisual->greenMask) >> pVisual->offsetGreen;
+	    if (pix >= numgreen)
+	    {
+		errVal = BadValue;
+		ok = FALSE;
+	    }
+	    else if (pmap->green[pix].refcnt != AllocPrivate)
+	    {
+		errVal = BadAccess;
+		ok = FALSE;
+	    }
+	    else if (pdef->flags & DoGreen)
+	    {
+		pmap->green[pix].co.local.green = pdef->green;
+	    }
+	    else
+	    {
+		pdef->green = pmap->green[pix].co.local.green;
+	    }
+
+	    pix = (pdef->pixel & pVisual->blueMask) >> pVisual->offsetBlue;
+	    if (pix >= numblue)
+	    {
+		errVal = BadValue;
+		ok = FALSE;
+	    }
+	    else if (pmap->blue[pix].refcnt != AllocPrivate)
+	    {
+		errVal = BadAccess;
+		ok = FALSE;
+	    }
+	    else if (pdef->flags & DoBlue)
+	    {
+		pmap->blue[pix].co.local.blue = pdef->blue;
+	    }
+	    else
+	    {
+		pdef->blue = pmap->blue[pix].co.local.blue;
+	    }
+	    /* If this is an o.k. entry, then it gets added to the list
+	     * to be sent to the hardware.  If not, skip it.  Once we've
+	     * skipped one, we have to copy all the others.
+	     */
+	    if(ok)
+	    {
+		if(idef != n)
+		    defs[idef] = defs[n];
+		idef++;
+	    } else
+		client->errorValue = pdef->pixel;
+	}
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        for (pdef = defs, n = 0; n < count; pdef++, n++)
+	{
+
+	    ok = TRUE;
+	    if (pdef->pixel >= pVisual->ColormapEntries)
+	    {
+		client->errorValue = pdef->pixel;
+	        errVal = BadValue;
+		ok = FALSE;
+	    }
+	    else if (pmap->red[pdef->pixel].refcnt != AllocPrivate)
+	    {
+		errVal = BadAccess;
+		ok = FALSE;
+	    }
+
+	    /* If this is an o.k. entry, then it gets added to the list
+	     * to be sent to the hardware.  If not, skip it.  Once we've
+	     * skipped one, we have to copy all the others.
+	     */
+	    if(ok)
+	    {
+		if(idef != n)
+		    defs[idef] = defs[n];
+		idef++;
+	    }
+	    else
+		continue;
+
+            (*pmap->pScreen->ResolveColor)
+	        (&pdef->red, &pdef->green, &pdef->blue, pmap->pVisual);
+
+	    pent = &pmap->red[pdef->pixel];
+
+	    if(pdef->flags & DoRed)
+	    {
+		if(pent->fShared)
+		{
+		    pent->co.shco.red->color = pdef->red;
+		    if (pent->co.shco.red->refcnt > 1)
+			ok = FALSE;
+		}
+		else
+		    pent->co.local.red = pdef->red;
+	    }
+	    else
+	    {
+		if(pent->fShared)
+		    pdef->red = pent->co.shco.red->color;
+		else
+		    pdef->red = pent->co.local.red;
+	    }
+	    if(pdef->flags & DoGreen)
+	    {
+		if(pent->fShared)
+		{
+		    pent->co.shco.green->color = pdef->green;
+		    if (pent->co.shco.green->refcnt > 1)
+			ok = FALSE;
+		}
+		else
+		    pent->co.local.green = pdef->green;
+	    }
+	    else
+	    {
+		if(pent->fShared)
+		    pdef->green = pent->co.shco.green->color;
+		else
+		    pdef->green = pent->co.local.green;
+	    }
+	    if(pdef->flags & DoBlue)
+	    {
+		if(pent->fShared)
+		{
+		    pent->co.shco.blue->color = pdef->blue;
+		    if (pent->co.shco.blue->refcnt > 1)
+			ok = FALSE;
+		}
+		else
+		    pent->co.local.blue = pdef->blue;
+	    }
+	    else
+	    {
+		if(pent->fShared)
+		    pdef->blue = pent->co.shco.blue->color;
+		else
+		    pdef->blue = pent->co.local.blue;
+	    }
+
+	    if(!ok)
+	    {
+                /* have to run through the colormap and change anybody who
+		 * shares this value */
+	        pred = pent->co.shco.red;
+	        pgreen = pent->co.shco.green;
+	        pblue = pent->co.shco.blue;
+	        ChgRed = pdef->flags & DoRed;
+	        ChgGreen = pdef->flags & DoGreen;
+	        ChgBlue = pdef->flags & DoBlue;
+	        pentLast = pmap->red + pVisual->ColormapEntries;
+
+	        for(pentT = pmap->red; pentT < pentLast; pentT++)
+		{
+		    if(pentT->fShared && (pentT != pent))
+		    {
+			xColorItem	defChg;
+
+			/* There are, alas, devices in this world too dumb
+			 * to read their own hardware colormaps.  Sick, but
+			 * true.  So we're going to be really nice and load
+			 * the xColorItem with the proper value for all the
+			 * fields.  We will only set the flags for those
+			 * fields that actually change.  Smart devices can
+			 * arrange to change only those fields.  Dumb devices
+			 * can rest assured that we have provided for them,
+			 * and can change all three fields */
+
+			defChg.flags = 0;
+			if(ChgRed && pentT->co.shco.red == pred)
+			{
+			    defChg.flags |= DoRed;
+			}
+			if(ChgGreen && pentT->co.shco.green == pgreen)
+			{
+			    defChg.flags |= DoGreen;
+			}
+			if(ChgBlue && pentT->co.shco.blue == pblue)
+			{
+			    defChg.flags |= DoBlue;
+			}
+			if(defChg.flags != 0)
+			{
+			    defChg.pixel = pentT - pmap->red;
+			    defChg.red = pentT->co.shco.red->color;
+			    defChg.green = pentT->co.shco.green->color;
+			    defChg.blue = pentT->co.shco.blue->color;
+			    (*pmap->pScreen->StoreColors) (pmap, 1, &defChg);
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    /* Note that we use idef, the count of acceptable entries, and not
+     * count, the count of proposed entries */
+    if (idef != 0)
+	( *pmap->pScreen->StoreColors) (pmap, idef, defs);
+    return errVal;
+}
+
+int
+IsMapInstalled(Colormap map, WindowPtr pWin)
+{
+    Colormap	*pmaps;
+    int		imap, nummaps, found;
+
+    pmaps = malloc(pWin->drawable.pScreen->maxInstalledCmaps*sizeof(Colormap));
+    if(!pmaps)
+	return FALSE;
+    nummaps = (*pWin->drawable.pScreen->ListInstalledColormaps)
+        (pWin->drawable.pScreen, pmaps);
+    found = FALSE;
+    for(imap = 0; imap < nummaps; imap++)
+    {
+	if(pmaps[imap] == map)
+	{
+	    found = TRUE;
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+    free(pmaps);
+    return found;
+}
+
+struct colormap_lookup_data {
+    ScreenPtr pScreen;
+    VisualPtr visuals;
+};
+
+static void _colormap_find_resource(pointer value, XID id,
+				    pointer cdata)
+{
+    struct colormap_lookup_data *cmap_data = cdata;
+    VisualPtr visuals = cmap_data->visuals;
+    ScreenPtr pScreen = cmap_data->pScreen;
+    ColormapPtr cmap = value;
+    int j;
+
+    if (pScreen != cmap->pScreen)
+	return;
+
+    j = cmap->pVisual - pScreen->visuals;
+    cmap->pVisual = &visuals[j];
+}
+
+/* something has realloced the visuals, instead of breaking
+   ABI fix it up here - glx and compsite did this wrong */
+Bool
+ResizeVisualArray(ScreenPtr pScreen, int new_visual_count,
+		  DepthPtr depth)
+{
+    struct colormap_lookup_data cdata;
+    int numVisuals;
+    VisualPtr visuals;
+    XID *vids, vid;
+    int first_new_vid, first_new_visual, i;
+
+    first_new_vid = depth->numVids;
+    first_new_visual = pScreen->numVisuals;
+
+    vids = realloc(depth->vids, (depth->numVids + new_visual_count) * sizeof(XID));
+    if (!vids)
+        return FALSE;
+
+    /* its realloced now no going back if we fail the next one */
+    depth->vids = vids;
+
+    numVisuals = pScreen->numVisuals + new_visual_count;
+    visuals = realloc(pScreen->visuals, numVisuals * sizeof(VisualRec));
+    if (!visuals) {
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    cdata.visuals = visuals;
+    cdata.pScreen = pScreen;
+    FindClientResourcesByType(serverClient, RT_COLORMAP, _colormap_find_resource, &cdata);
+
+    pScreen->visuals = visuals;
+
+    for (i = 0; i < new_visual_count; i++) {
+	vid = FakeClientID(0);
+	pScreen->visuals[first_new_visual + i].vid = vid;
+	vids[first_new_vid + i] = vid;
+    }
+
+    depth->numVids += new_visual_count;
+    pScreen->numVisuals += new_visual_count;
+
+    return TRUE;
+}
diff --git a/xorg-server/dix/cursor.c b/xorg-server/dix/cursor.c
index 4d5d51619..c191c1e88 100644
--- a/xorg-server/dix/cursor.c
+++ b/xorg-server/dix/cursor.c
@@ -1,512 +1,512 @@
-/***********************************************************

-

-Copyright 1987, 1998  The Open Group

-

-Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its

-documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that

-the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that

-copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting

-documentation.

-

-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in

-all copies or substantial portions of the Software.

-

-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR

-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,

-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE

-OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN

-AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN

-CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

-

-Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be

-used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings

-in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.

-

-

-Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.

-

-                        All Rights Reserved

-

-Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its 

-documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, 

-provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that

-both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in 

-supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be

-used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the

-software without specific, written prior permission.  

-

-DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING

-ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL

-DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR

-ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,

-WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,

-ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS

-SOFTWARE.

-

-******************************************************************/

-

-

-

-#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H

-#include <dix-config.h>

-#endif

-

-#include <X11/X.h>

-#include <X11/Xmd.h>

-#include "servermd.h"

-#include "scrnintstr.h"

-#include "dixstruct.h"

-#include "cursorstr.h"

-#include "dixfontstr.h"

-#include "opaque.h"

-#include "inputstr.h"

-#include "xace.h"

-

-typedef struct _GlyphShare {

-    FontPtr font;

-    unsigned short sourceChar;

-    unsigned short maskChar;

-    CursorBitsPtr bits;

-    struct _GlyphShare *next;

-} GlyphShare, *GlyphSharePtr;

-

-static GlyphSharePtr sharedGlyphs = (GlyphSharePtr)NULL;

-

-DevPrivateKeyRec cursorScreenDevPriv[MAXSCREENS];

-

-#ifdef XFIXES

-static CARD32	cursorSerial;

-#endif

-

-static void

-FreeCursorBits(CursorBitsPtr bits)

-{

-    if (--bits->refcnt > 0)

-	return;

-    free(bits->source);

-    free(bits->mask);

-#ifdef ARGB_CURSOR

-    free(bits->argb);

-#endif

-    dixFiniPrivates(bits, PRIVATE_CURSOR_BITS);

-    if (bits->refcnt == 0)

-    {

-	GlyphSharePtr *prev, this;

-

-	for (prev = &sharedGlyphs;

-	     (this = *prev) && (this->bits != bits);

-	     prev = &this->next)

-	    ;

-	if (this)

-	{

-	    *prev = this->next;

-	    CloseFont(this->font, (Font)0);

-	    free(this);

-	}

-	free(bits);

-    }

-}

-

-/**

- * To be called indirectly by DeleteResource; must use exactly two args.

- *

- *  \param value must conform to DeleteType

- */

-int

-FreeCursor(pointer value, XID cid)

-{

-    int		nscr;

-    CursorPtr 	pCurs = (CursorPtr)value;

-

-    ScreenPtr	pscr;

-    DeviceIntPtr pDev = NULL; /* unused anyway */

-

-    if ( --pCurs->refcnt != 0)

-	return Success;

-

-    for (nscr = 0; nscr < screenInfo.numScreens; nscr++)

-    {

-	pscr = screenInfo.screens[nscr];

-        (void)( *pscr->UnrealizeCursor)(pDev, pscr, pCurs);

-    }

-    FreeCursorBits(pCurs->bits);

-    dixFiniPrivates(pCurs, PRIVATE_CURSOR);

-    free( pCurs);

-    return Success;

-}

-

-

-/*

- * We check for empty cursors so that we won't have to display them

- */

-static void

-CheckForEmptyMask(CursorBitsPtr bits)

-{

-    unsigned char *msk = bits->mask;

-    int n = BitmapBytePad(bits->width) * bits->height;

-

-    bits->emptyMask = FALSE;

-    while(n--) 

-	if(*(msk++) != 0) return;

-#ifdef ARGB_CURSOR

-    if (bits->argb)

-    {

-	CARD32 *argb = bits->argb;

-	int n = bits->width * bits->height;

-	while (n--)

-	    if (*argb++ & 0xff000000) return;

-    }

-#endif

-    bits->emptyMask = TRUE;

-}

-

-/**

- * realize the cursor for every screen. Do not change the refcnt, this will be

- * changed when ChangeToCursor actually changes the sprite.

- *

- * @return Success if all cursors realize on all screens, BadAlloc if realize

- * failed for a device on a given screen.

- */

-static int

-RealizeCursorAllScreens(CursorPtr pCurs)

-{

-    DeviceIntPtr pDev;

-    ScreenPtr   pscr;

-    int nscr;

-

-    for (nscr = 0; nscr < screenInfo.numScreens; nscr++)

-    {

-        pscr = screenInfo.screens[nscr];

-        for (pDev = inputInfo.devices; pDev; pDev = pDev->next)

-        {

-            if (DevHasCursor(pDev))

-            {

-                if (!( *pscr->RealizeCursor)(pDev, pscr, pCurs))

-                {

-                    /* Realize failed for device pDev on screen pscr.

-                     * We have to assume that for all devices before, realize

-                     * worked. We need to rollback all devices so far on the

-                     * current screen and then all devices on previous

-                     * screens.

-                     */

-                    DeviceIntPtr pDevIt = inputInfo.devices; /*dev iterator*/

-                    while(pDevIt && pDevIt != pDev)

-                    {

-                        if (DevHasCursor(pDevIt))

-                            ( *pscr->UnrealizeCursor)(pDevIt, pscr, pCurs);

-                        pDevIt = pDevIt->next;

-                    }

-                    while (--nscr >= 0)

-                    {

-                        pscr = screenInfo.screens[nscr];

-                        /* now unrealize all devices on previous screens */

-                        pDevIt = inputInfo.devices;

-                        while (pDevIt)

-                        {

-                            if (DevHasCursor(pDevIt))

-                                ( *pscr->UnrealizeCursor)(pDevIt, pscr, pCurs);

-                            pDevIt = pDevIt->next;

-                        }

-                        ( *pscr->UnrealizeCursor)(pDev, pscr, pCurs);

-                    }

-                    return BadAlloc;

-                }

-            }

-        }

-    }

-

-    return Success;

-}

-

-

-/**

- * does nothing about the resource table, just creates the data structure.

- * does not copy the src and mask bits

- *

- *  \param psrcbits  server-defined padding

- *  \param pmaskbits server-defined padding

- *  \param argb      no padding

- */

-int

-AllocARGBCursor(unsigned char *psrcbits, unsigned char *pmaskbits,

-		CARD32 *argb, CursorMetricPtr cm,

-		unsigned foreRed, unsigned foreGreen, unsigned foreBlue, 

-		unsigned backRed, unsigned backGreen, unsigned backBlue,

-		CursorPtr *ppCurs, ClientPtr client, XID cid)

-{

-    CursorBitsPtr  bits;

-    CursorPtr 	pCurs;

-    int rc;

-

-    *ppCurs = NULL;

-    pCurs = (CursorPtr)calloc(CURSOR_REC_SIZE + CURSOR_BITS_SIZE, 1);

-    if (!pCurs)

-	return BadAlloc;

-

-    bits = (CursorBitsPtr)((char *)pCurs + CURSOR_REC_SIZE);

-    dixInitPrivates(pCurs, pCurs + 1, PRIVATE_CURSOR);

-    dixInitPrivates(bits, bits + 1, PRIVATE_CURSOR_BITS)

-    bits->source = psrcbits;

-    bits->mask = pmaskbits;

-#ifdef ARGB_CURSOR

-    bits->argb = argb;

-#endif

-    bits->width = cm->width;

-    bits->height = cm->height;

-    bits->xhot = cm->xhot;

-    bits->yhot = cm->yhot;

-    pCurs->refcnt = 1;		

-    bits->refcnt = -1;

-    CheckForEmptyMask(bits);

-    pCurs->bits = bits;

-#ifdef XFIXES

-    pCurs->serialNumber = ++cursorSerial;

-    pCurs->name = None;

-#endif

-

-    pCurs->foreRed = foreRed;

-    pCurs->foreGreen = foreGreen;

-    pCurs->foreBlue = foreBlue;

-

-    pCurs->backRed = backRed;

-    pCurs->backGreen = backGreen;

-    pCurs->backBlue = backBlue;

-

-    pCurs->id = cid;

-

-    /* security creation/labeling check */

-    rc = XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, client, cid, RT_CURSOR,

-		  pCurs, RT_NONE, NULL, DixCreateAccess);

-    if (rc != Success)

-        goto error;

-

-    rc = RealizeCursorAllScreens(pCurs);

-    if (rc != Success)

-        goto error;

-

-    *ppCurs = pCurs;

-    return Success;

-

-error:

-    FreeCursorBits(bits);

-    dixFiniPrivates(pCurs, PRIVATE_CURSOR);

-    free(pCurs);

-

-    return rc;

-}

-

-int

-AllocGlyphCursor(Font source, unsigned sourceChar, Font mask, unsigned maskChar,

-                unsigned foreRed, unsigned foreGreen, unsigned foreBlue, 

-                unsigned backRed, unsigned backGreen, unsigned backBlue,

-		CursorPtr *ppCurs, ClientPtr client, XID cid)

-{

-    FontPtr  sourcefont, maskfont;

-    unsigned char   *srcbits;

-    unsigned char   *mskbits;

-    CursorMetricRec cm;

-    int rc;

-    CursorBitsPtr  bits;

-    CursorPtr 	pCurs;

-    GlyphSharePtr pShare;

-

-    rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&sourcefont, source, RT_FONT, client,

-				 DixUseAccess);

-    if (rc != Success)

-    {

-	client->errorValue = source;

-	return rc;

-    }

-    rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&maskfont, mask, RT_FONT, client,

-				 DixUseAccess);

-    if (rc != Success && mask != None)

-    {

-	client->errorValue = mask;

-	return rc;

-    }

-    if (sourcefont != maskfont)

-	pShare = (GlyphSharePtr)NULL;

-    else

-    {

-	for (pShare = sharedGlyphs;

-	     pShare &&

-	     ((pShare->font != sourcefont) ||

-	      (pShare->sourceChar != sourceChar) ||

-	      (pShare->maskChar != maskChar));

-	     pShare = pShare->next)

-	    ;

-    }

-    if (pShare)

-    {

-	pCurs = (CursorPtr)calloc(CURSOR_REC_SIZE, 1);

-	if (!pCurs)

-	    return BadAlloc;

-	dixInitPrivates(pCurs, pCurs + 1, PRIVATE_CURSOR);

-	bits = pShare->bits;

-	bits->refcnt++;

-    }

-    else

-    {

-	if (!CursorMetricsFromGlyph(sourcefont, sourceChar, &cm))

-	{

-	    client->errorValue = sourceChar;

-	    return BadValue;

-	}

-	if (!maskfont)

-	{

-	    long n;

-	    unsigned char *mskptr;

-

-	    n = BitmapBytePad(cm.width)*(long)cm.height;

-	    mskptr = mskbits = malloc(n);

-	    if (!mskptr)

-		return BadAlloc;

-	    while (--n >= 0)

-		*mskptr++ = ~0;

-	}

-	else

-	{

-	    if (!CursorMetricsFromGlyph(maskfont, maskChar, &cm))

-	    {

-		client->errorValue = maskChar;

-		return BadValue;

-	    }

-	    if ((rc = ServerBitsFromGlyph(maskfont, maskChar, &cm, &mskbits)))

-		return rc;

-	}

-	if ((rc = ServerBitsFromGlyph(sourcefont, sourceChar, &cm, &srcbits)))

-	{

-	    free(mskbits);

-	    return rc;

-	}

-	if (sourcefont != maskfont)

-	{

-	    pCurs = 

-                (CursorPtr)calloc(CURSOR_REC_SIZE + CURSOR_BITS_SIZE, 1);

-	    if (pCurs)

-		bits = (CursorBitsPtr)((char *)pCurs + CURSOR_REC_SIZE);

-	    else

-		bits = (CursorBitsPtr)NULL;

-	}

-	else

-	{

-	    pCurs = (CursorPtr)calloc(CURSOR_REC_SIZE, 1);

-	    if (pCurs)

-		bits = (CursorBitsPtr)calloc(CURSOR_BITS_SIZE, 1);

-	    else

-		bits = (CursorBitsPtr)NULL;

-	}

-	if (!bits)

-	{

-	    free(pCurs);

-	    free(mskbits);

-	    free(srcbits);

-	    return BadAlloc;

-	}

-	dixInitPrivates(pCurs, pCurs + 1, PRIVATE_CURSOR);

-	dixInitPrivates(bits, bits + 1, PRIVATE_CURSOR_BITS);

-	bits->source = srcbits;

-	bits->mask = mskbits;

-#ifdef ARGB_CURSOR

-	bits->argb = 0;

-#endif

-	bits->width = cm.width;

-	bits->height = cm.height;

-	bits->xhot = cm.xhot;

-	bits->yhot = cm.yhot;

-	if (sourcefont != maskfont)

-	    bits->refcnt = -1;

-	else

-	{

-	    bits->refcnt = 1;

-	    pShare = malloc(sizeof(GlyphShare));

-	    if (!pShare)

-	    {

-		FreeCursorBits(bits);

-		return BadAlloc;

-	    }

-	    pShare->font = sourcefont;

-	    sourcefont->refcnt++;

-	    pShare->sourceChar = sourceChar;

-	    pShare->maskChar = maskChar;

-	    pShare->bits = bits;

-	    pShare->next = sharedGlyphs;

-	    sharedGlyphs = pShare;

-	}

-    }

-

-    CheckForEmptyMask(bits);

-    pCurs->bits = bits;

-    pCurs->refcnt = 1;

-#ifdef XFIXES

-    pCurs->serialNumber = ++cursorSerial;

-    pCurs->name = None;

-#endif

-

-    pCurs->foreRed = foreRed;

-    pCurs->foreGreen = foreGreen;

-    pCurs->foreBlue = foreBlue;

-

-    pCurs->backRed = backRed;

-    pCurs->backGreen = backGreen;

-    pCurs->backBlue = backBlue;

-

-    pCurs->id = cid;

-

-    /* security creation/labeling check */

-    rc = XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, client, cid, RT_CURSOR,

-		  pCurs, RT_NONE, NULL, DixCreateAccess);

-    if (rc != Success)

-        goto error;

-

-    rc = RealizeCursorAllScreens(pCurs);

-    if (rc != Success)

-        goto error;

-

-    *ppCurs = pCurs;

-    return Success;

-

-error:

-    FreeCursorBits(bits);

-    dixFiniPrivates(pCurs, PRIVATE_CURSOR);

-    free(pCurs);

-

-    return rc;

-}

-

-/** CreateRootCursor

- *

- * look up the name of a font

- * open the font

- * add the font to the resource table

- * make a cursor from the glyphs

- * add the cursor to the resource table

- *************************************************************/

-

-CursorPtr

-CreateRootCursor(char *unused1, unsigned int unused2)

-{

-    CursorPtr 	curs;

-    FontPtr 	cursorfont;

-    int	err;

-    XID		fontID;

-

-    fontID = FakeClientID(0);

-    err = OpenFont(serverClient, fontID, FontLoadAll | FontOpenSync,

-	(unsigned)strlen(defaultCursorFont), defaultCursorFont);

-    if (err != Success)

-	return NullCursor;

-

-    err = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&cursorfont, fontID, RT_FONT,

-				  serverClient, DixReadAccess);

-    if (err != Success)

-	return NullCursor;

-    if (AllocGlyphCursor(fontID, 0, fontID, 1, 0, 0, 0, ~0, ~0, ~0,

-			 &curs, serverClient, (XID)0) != Success)

-	return NullCursor;

-

-    if (!AddResource(FakeClientID(0), RT_CURSOR, (pointer)curs))

-	return NullCursor;

-

-    return curs;

-}

+/***********************************************************
+
+Copyright 1987, 1998  The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+
+Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+                        All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its 
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, 
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in 
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.  
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <X11/X.h>
+#include <X11/Xmd.h>
+#include "servermd.h"
+#include "scrnintstr.h"
+#include "dixstruct.h"
+#include "cursorstr.h"
+#include "dixfontstr.h"
+#include "opaque.h"
+#include "inputstr.h"
+#include "xace.h"
+
+typedef struct _GlyphShare {
+    FontPtr font;
+    unsigned short sourceChar;
+    unsigned short maskChar;
+    CursorBitsPtr bits;
+    struct _GlyphShare *next;
+} GlyphShare, *GlyphSharePtr;
+
+static GlyphSharePtr sharedGlyphs = (GlyphSharePtr)NULL;
+
+DevPrivateKeyRec cursorScreenDevPriv[MAXSCREENS];
+
+#ifdef XFIXES
+static CARD32	cursorSerial;
+#endif
+
+static void
+FreeCursorBits(CursorBitsPtr bits)
+{
+    if (--bits->refcnt > 0)
+	return;
+    free(bits->source);
+    free(bits->mask);
+#ifdef ARGB_CURSOR
+    free(bits->argb);
+#endif
+    dixFiniPrivates(bits, PRIVATE_CURSOR_BITS);
+    if (bits->refcnt == 0)
+    {
+	GlyphSharePtr *prev, this;
+
+	for (prev = &sharedGlyphs;
+	     (this = *prev) && (this->bits != bits);
+	     prev = &this->next)
+	    ;
+	if (this)
+	{
+	    *prev = this->next;
+	    CloseFont(this->font, (Font)0);
+	    free(this);
+	}
+	free(bits);
+    }
+}
+
+/**
+ * To be called indirectly by DeleteResource; must use exactly two args.
+ *
+ *  \param value must conform to DeleteType
+ */
+int
+FreeCursor(pointer value, XID cid)
+{
+    int		nscr;
+    CursorPtr 	pCurs = (CursorPtr)value;
+
+    ScreenPtr	pscr;
+    DeviceIntPtr pDev = NULL; /* unused anyway */
+
+    if ( --pCurs->refcnt != 0)
+	return Success;
+
+    for (nscr = 0; nscr < screenInfo.numScreens; nscr++)
+    {
+	pscr = screenInfo.screens[nscr];
+        (void)( *pscr->UnrealizeCursor)(pDev, pscr, pCurs);
+    }
+    FreeCursorBits(pCurs->bits);
+    dixFiniPrivates(pCurs, PRIVATE_CURSOR);
+    free( pCurs);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * We check for empty cursors so that we won't have to display them
+ */
+static void
+CheckForEmptyMask(CursorBitsPtr bits)
+{
+    unsigned char *msk = bits->mask;
+    int n = BitmapBytePad(bits->width) * bits->height;
+
+    bits->emptyMask = FALSE;
+    while(n--) 
+	if(*(msk++) != 0) return;
+#ifdef ARGB_CURSOR
+    if (bits->argb)
+    {
+	CARD32 *argb = bits->argb;
+	int n = bits->width * bits->height;
+	while (n--)
+	    if (*argb++ & 0xff000000) return;
+    }
+#endif
+    bits->emptyMask = TRUE;
+}
+
+/**
+ * realize the cursor for every screen. Do not change the refcnt, this will be
+ * changed when ChangeToCursor actually changes the sprite.
+ *
+ * @return Success if all cursors realize on all screens, BadAlloc if realize
+ * failed for a device on a given screen.
+ */
+static int
+RealizeCursorAllScreens(CursorPtr pCurs)
+{
+    DeviceIntPtr pDev;
+    ScreenPtr   pscr;
+    int nscr;
+
+    for (nscr = 0; nscr < screenInfo.numScreens; nscr++)
+    {
+        pscr = screenInfo.screens[nscr];
+        for (pDev = inputInfo.devices; pDev; pDev = pDev->next)
+        {
+            if (DevHasCursor(pDev))
+            {
+                if (!( *pscr->RealizeCursor)(pDev, pscr, pCurs))
+                {
+                    /* Realize failed for device pDev on screen pscr.
+                     * We have to assume that for all devices before, realize
+                     * worked. We need to rollback all devices so far on the
+                     * current screen and then all devices on previous
+                     * screens.
+                     */
+                    DeviceIntPtr pDevIt = inputInfo.devices; /*dev iterator*/
+                    while(pDevIt && pDevIt != pDev)
+                    {
+                        if (DevHasCursor(pDevIt))
+                            ( *pscr->UnrealizeCursor)(pDevIt, pscr, pCurs);
+                        pDevIt = pDevIt->next;
+                    }
+                    while (--nscr >= 0)
+                    {
+                        pscr = screenInfo.screens[nscr];
+                        /* now unrealize all devices on previous screens */
+                        pDevIt = inputInfo.devices;
+                        while (pDevIt)
+                        {
+                            if (DevHasCursor(pDevIt))
+                                ( *pscr->UnrealizeCursor)(pDevIt, pscr, pCurs);
+                            pDevIt = pDevIt->next;
+                        }
+                        ( *pscr->UnrealizeCursor)(pDev, pscr, pCurs);
+                    }
+                    return BadAlloc;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    return Success;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * does nothing about the resource table, just creates the data structure.
+ * does not copy the src and mask bits
+ *
+ *  \param psrcbits  server-defined padding
+ *  \param pmaskbits server-defined padding
+ *  \param argb      no padding
+ */
+int
+AllocARGBCursor(unsigned char *psrcbits, unsigned char *pmaskbits,
+		CARD32 *argb, CursorMetricPtr cm,
+		unsigned foreRed, unsigned foreGreen, unsigned foreBlue, 
+		unsigned backRed, unsigned backGreen, unsigned backBlue,
+		CursorPtr *ppCurs, ClientPtr client, XID cid)
+{
+    CursorBitsPtr  bits;
+    CursorPtr 	pCurs;
+    int rc;
+
+    *ppCurs = NULL;
+    pCurs = (CursorPtr)calloc(CURSOR_REC_SIZE + CURSOR_BITS_SIZE, 1);
+    if (!pCurs)
+	return BadAlloc;
+
+    bits = (CursorBitsPtr)((char *)pCurs + CURSOR_REC_SIZE);
+    dixInitPrivates(pCurs, pCurs + 1, PRIVATE_CURSOR);
+    dixInitPrivates(bits, bits + 1, PRIVATE_CURSOR_BITS)
+    bits->source = psrcbits;
+    bits->mask = pmaskbits;
+#ifdef ARGB_CURSOR
+    bits->argb = argb;
+#endif
+    bits->width = cm->width;
+    bits->height = cm->height;
+    bits->xhot = cm->xhot;
+    bits->yhot = cm->yhot;
+    pCurs->refcnt = 1;		
+    bits->refcnt = -1;
+    CheckForEmptyMask(bits);
+    pCurs->bits = bits;
+#ifdef XFIXES
+    pCurs->serialNumber = ++cursorSerial;
+    pCurs->name = None;
+#endif
+
+    pCurs->foreRed = foreRed;
+    pCurs->foreGreen = foreGreen;
+    pCurs->foreBlue = foreBlue;
+
+    pCurs->backRed = backRed;
+    pCurs->backGreen = backGreen;
+    pCurs->backBlue = backBlue;
+
+    pCurs->id = cid;
+
+    /* security creation/labeling check */
+    rc = XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, client, cid, RT_CURSOR,
+		  pCurs, RT_NONE, NULL, DixCreateAccess);
+    if (rc != Success)
+        goto error;
+
+    rc = RealizeCursorAllScreens(pCurs);
+    if (rc != Success)
+        goto error;
+
+    *ppCurs = pCurs;
+    return Success;
+
+error:
+    FreeCursorBits(bits);
+    dixFiniPrivates(pCurs, PRIVATE_CURSOR);
+    free(pCurs);
+
+    return rc;
+}
+
+int
+AllocGlyphCursor(Font source, unsigned sourceChar, Font mask, unsigned maskChar,
+                unsigned foreRed, unsigned foreGreen, unsigned foreBlue, 
+                unsigned backRed, unsigned backGreen, unsigned backBlue,
+		CursorPtr *ppCurs, ClientPtr client, XID cid)
+{
+    FontPtr  sourcefont, maskfont;
+    unsigned char   *srcbits;
+    unsigned char   *mskbits;
+    CursorMetricRec cm;
+    int rc;
+    CursorBitsPtr  bits;
+    CursorPtr 	pCurs;
+    GlyphSharePtr pShare;
+
+    rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&sourcefont, source, RT_FONT, client,
+				 DixUseAccess);
+    if (rc != Success)
+    {
+	client->errorValue = source;
+	return rc;
+    }
+    rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&maskfont, mask, RT_FONT, client,
+				 DixUseAccess);
+    if (rc != Success && mask != None)
+    {
+	client->errorValue = mask;
+	return rc;
+    }
+    if (sourcefont != maskfont)
+	pShare = (GlyphSharePtr)NULL;
+    else
+    {
+	for (pShare = sharedGlyphs;
+	     pShare &&
+	     ((pShare->font != sourcefont) ||
+	      (pShare->sourceChar != sourceChar) ||
+	      (pShare->maskChar != maskChar));
+	     pShare = pShare->next)
+	    ;
+    }
+    if (pShare)
+    {
+	pCurs = (CursorPtr)calloc(CURSOR_REC_SIZE, 1);
+	if (!pCurs)
+	    return BadAlloc;
+	dixInitPrivates(pCurs, pCurs + 1, PRIVATE_CURSOR);
+	bits = pShare->bits;
+	bits->refcnt++;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+	if (!CursorMetricsFromGlyph(sourcefont, sourceChar, &cm))
+	{
+	    client->errorValue = sourceChar;
+	    return BadValue;
+	}
+	if (!maskfont)
+	{
+	    long n;
+	    unsigned char *mskptr;
+
+	    n = BitmapBytePad(cm.width)*(long)cm.height;
+	    mskptr = mskbits = malloc(n);
+	    if (!mskptr)
+		return BadAlloc;
+	    while (--n >= 0)
+		*mskptr++ = ~0;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+	    if (!CursorMetricsFromGlyph(maskfont, maskChar, &cm))
+	    {
+		client->errorValue = maskChar;
+		return BadValue;
+	    }
+	    if ((rc = ServerBitsFromGlyph(maskfont, maskChar, &cm, &mskbits)))
+		return rc;
+	}
+	if ((rc = ServerBitsFromGlyph(sourcefont, sourceChar, &cm, &srcbits)))
+	{
+	    free(mskbits);
+	    return rc;
+	}
+	if (sourcefont != maskfont)
+	{
+	    pCurs = 
+                (CursorPtr)calloc(CURSOR_REC_SIZE + CURSOR_BITS_SIZE, 1);
+	    if (pCurs)
+		bits = (CursorBitsPtr)((char *)pCurs + CURSOR_REC_SIZE);
+	    else
+		bits = (CursorBitsPtr)NULL;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+	    pCurs = (CursorPtr)calloc(CURSOR_REC_SIZE, 1);
+	    if (pCurs)
+		bits = (CursorBitsPtr)calloc(CURSOR_BITS_SIZE, 1);
+	    else
+		bits = (CursorBitsPtr)NULL;
+	}
+	if (!bits)
+	{
+	    free(pCurs);
+	    free(mskbits);
+	    free(srcbits);
+	    return BadAlloc;
+	}
+	dixInitPrivates(pCurs, pCurs + 1, PRIVATE_CURSOR);
+	dixInitPrivates(bits, bits + 1, PRIVATE_CURSOR_BITS);
+	bits->source = srcbits;
+	bits->mask = mskbits;
+#ifdef ARGB_CURSOR
+	bits->argb = 0;
+#endif
+	bits->width = cm.width;
+	bits->height = cm.height;
+	bits->xhot = cm.xhot;
+	bits->yhot = cm.yhot;
+	if (sourcefont != maskfont)
+	    bits->refcnt = -1;
+	else
+	{
+	    bits->refcnt = 1;
+	    pShare = malloc(sizeof(GlyphShare));
+	    if (!pShare)
+	    {
+		FreeCursorBits(bits);
+		return BadAlloc;
+	    }
+	    pShare->font = sourcefont;
+	    sourcefont->refcnt++;
+	    pShare->sourceChar = sourceChar;
+	    pShare->maskChar = maskChar;
+	    pShare->bits = bits;
+	    pShare->next = sharedGlyphs;
+	    sharedGlyphs = pShare;
+	}
+    }
+
+    CheckForEmptyMask(bits);
+    pCurs->bits = bits;
+    pCurs->refcnt = 1;
+#ifdef XFIXES
+    pCurs->serialNumber = ++cursorSerial;
+    pCurs->name = None;
+#endif
+
+    pCurs->foreRed = foreRed;
+    pCurs->foreGreen = foreGreen;
+    pCurs->foreBlue = foreBlue;
+
+    pCurs->backRed = backRed;
+    pCurs->backGreen = backGreen;
+    pCurs->backBlue = backBlue;
+
+    pCurs->id = cid;
+
+    /* security creation/labeling check */
+    rc = XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, client, cid, RT_CURSOR,
+		  pCurs, RT_NONE, NULL, DixCreateAccess);
+    if (rc != Success)
+        goto error;
+
+    rc = RealizeCursorAllScreens(pCurs);
+    if (rc != Success)
+        goto error;
+
+    *ppCurs = pCurs;
+    return Success;
+
+error:
+    FreeCursorBits(bits);
+    dixFiniPrivates(pCurs, PRIVATE_CURSOR);
+    free(pCurs);
+
+    return rc;
+}
+
+/** CreateRootCursor
+ *
+ * look up the name of a font
+ * open the font
+ * add the font to the resource table
+ * make a cursor from the glyphs
+ * add the cursor to the resource table
+ *************************************************************/
+
+CursorPtr
+CreateRootCursor(char *unused1, unsigned int unused2)
+{
+    CursorPtr 	curs;
+    FontPtr 	cursorfont;
+    int	err;
+    XID		fontID;
+
+    fontID = FakeClientID(0);
+    err = OpenFont(serverClient, fontID, FontLoadAll | FontOpenSync,
+	(unsigned)strlen(defaultCursorFont), defaultCursorFont);
+    if (err != Success)
+	return NullCursor;
+
+    err = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&cursorfont, fontID, RT_FONT,
+				  serverClient, DixReadAccess);
+    if (err != Success)
+	return NullCursor;
+    if (AllocGlyphCursor(fontID, 0, fontID, 1, 0, 0, 0, ~0, ~0, ~0,
+			 &curs, serverClient, (XID)0) != Success)
+	return NullCursor;
+
+    if (!AddResource(FakeClientID(0), RT_CURSOR, (pointer)curs))
+	return NullCursor;
+
+    return curs;
+}
diff --git a/xorg-server/dix/devices.c b/xorg-server/dix/devices.c
index 803f28a15..a6c1d507a 100644
--- a/xorg-server/dix/devices.c
+++ b/xorg-server/dix/devices.c
@@ -1,2630 +1,2630 @@
-/************************************************************

-

-Copyright 1987, 1998  The Open Group

-

-Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its

-documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that

-the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that

-copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting

-documentation.

-

-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in

-all copies or substantial portions of the Software.

-

-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR

-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,

-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE

-OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN

-AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN

-CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

-

-Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be

-used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings

-in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.

-

-

-Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.

-

-                        All Rights Reserved

-

-Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its

-documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,

-provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that

-both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in

-supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be

-used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the

-software without specific, written prior permission.

-

-DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING

-ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL

-DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR

-ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,

-WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,

-ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS

-SOFTWARE.

-

-********************************************************/

-

-

-

-#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H

-#include <dix-config.h>

-#endif

-

-#include <X11/X.h>

-#include "misc.h"

-#include "resource.h"

-#include <X11/Xproto.h>

-#include <X11/Xatom.h>

-#include "windowstr.h"

-#include "inputstr.h"

-#include "scrnintstr.h"

-#include "cursorstr.h"

-#include "dixstruct.h"

-#include "ptrveloc.h"

-#include "site.h"

-#include "xkbsrv.h"

-#include "privates.h"

-#include "xace.h"

-#include "mi.h"

-

-#include "dispatch.h"

-#include "swaprep.h"

-#include "dixevents.h"

-#include "mipointer.h"

-#include "eventstr.h"

-

-#include <X11/extensions/XI.h>

-#include <X11/extensions/XI2.h>

-#include <X11/extensions/XIproto.h>

-#include <math.h>

-#include <pixman.h>

-#include "exglobals.h"

-#include "exevents.h"

-#include "xiquerydevice.h" /* for SizeDeviceClasses */

-#include "xiproperty.h"

-#include "enterleave.h" /* for EnterWindow() */

-#include "xserver-properties.h"

-#include "xichangehierarchy.h" /* For XISendDeviceHierarchyEvent */

-

-#ifdef _MSC_VER

-#define isfinite(val) _finite(val)

-#endif

-

-/** @file

- * This file handles input device-related stuff.

- */

-

-static void RecalculateMasterButtons(DeviceIntPtr slave);

-

-static void

-DeviceSetTransform(DeviceIntPtr dev, float *transform)

-{

-    struct pixman_f_transform scale;

-    double sx, sy;

-    int x, y;

-

-    /**

-     * calculate combined transformation matrix:

-     *

-     * M = InvScale * Transform * Scale

-     *

-     * So we can later transform points using M * p

-     *

-     * Where:

-     *  Scale scales coordinates into 0..1 range

-     *  Transform is the user supplied (affine) transform

-     *  InvScale scales coordinates back up into their native range

-     */

-    sx = dev->valuator->axes[0].max_value - dev->valuator->axes[0].min_value;

-    sy = dev->valuator->axes[1].max_value - dev->valuator->axes[1].min_value;

-

-    /* invscale */

-    pixman_f_transform_init_scale(&scale, sx, sy);

-    scale.m[0][2] = dev->valuator->axes[0].min_value;

-    scale.m[1][2] = dev->valuator->axes[1].min_value;

-

-    /* transform */

-    for (y=0; y<3; y++)

-        for (x=0; x<3; x++)

-            dev->transform.m[y][x] = *transform++;

-

-    pixman_f_transform_multiply(&dev->transform, &scale, &dev->transform);

-

-    /* scale */

-    pixman_f_transform_init_scale(&scale, 1.0 / sx, 1.0 / sy);

-    scale.m[0][2] = -dev->valuator->axes[0].min_value / sx;

-    scale.m[1][2] = -dev->valuator->axes[1].min_value / sy;

-

-    pixman_f_transform_multiply(&dev->transform, &dev->transform, &scale);

-}

-

-/**

- * DIX property handler.

- */

-static int

-DeviceSetProperty(DeviceIntPtr dev, Atom property, XIPropertyValuePtr prop,

-                  BOOL checkonly)

-{

-    if (property == XIGetKnownProperty(XI_PROP_ENABLED))

-    {

-        if (prop->format != 8 || prop->type != XA_INTEGER || prop->size != 1)

-            return BadValue;

-

-        /* Don't allow disabling of VCP/VCK */

-        if ((dev == inputInfo.pointer || dev == inputInfo.keyboard) &&

-            !(*(CARD8*)prop->data))

-            return BadAccess;

-

-        if (!checkonly)

-        {

-            if ((*((CARD8*)prop->data)) && !dev->enabled)

-                EnableDevice(dev, TRUE);

-            else if (!(*((CARD8*)prop->data)) && dev->enabled)

-                DisableDevice(dev, TRUE);

-        }

-    } else if (property == XIGetKnownProperty(XI_PROP_TRANSFORM))

-    {

-        float *f = (float*)prop->data;

-        int i;

-

-        if (prop->format != 32 || prop->size != 9 ||

-            prop->type != XIGetKnownProperty(XATOM_FLOAT))

-            return BadValue;

-

-        for (i=0; i<9; i++)

-            if (!isfinite(f[i]))

-                return BadValue;

-

-        if (!checkonly)

-            DeviceSetTransform(dev, f);

-    }

-

-    return Success;

-}

-

-/* Pair the keyboard to the pointer device. Keyboard events will follow the

- * pointer sprite. Only applicable for master devices.

- * If the client is set, the request to pair comes from some client. In this

- * case, we need to check for access. If the client is NULL, it's from an

- * internal automatic pairing, we must always permit this.

- */

-static int

-PairDevices(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr ptr, DeviceIntPtr kbd)

-{

-    if (!ptr)

-        return BadDevice;

-

-    /* Don't allow pairing for slave devices */

-    if (!IsMaster(ptr) || !IsMaster(kbd))

-        return BadDevice;

-

-    if (ptr->spriteInfo->paired)

-        return BadDevice;

-

-    if (kbd->spriteInfo->spriteOwner)

-    {

-        free(kbd->spriteInfo->sprite);

-        kbd->spriteInfo->sprite = NULL;

-        kbd->spriteInfo->spriteOwner = FALSE;

-    }

-

-    kbd->spriteInfo->sprite = ptr->spriteInfo->sprite;

-    kbd->spriteInfo->paired = ptr;

-    ptr->spriteInfo->paired = kbd;

-    return Success;

-}

-

-

-/**

- * Find and return the next unpaired MD pointer device.

- */

-static DeviceIntPtr

-NextFreePointerDevice(void)

-{

-    DeviceIntPtr dev;

-    for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)

-        if (IsMaster(dev) &&

-                dev->spriteInfo->spriteOwner &&

-                !dev->spriteInfo->paired)

-            return dev;

-    return NULL;

-}

-

-/**

- * Create a new input device and init it to sane values. The device is added

- * to the server's off_devices list.

- *

- * @param deviceProc Callback for device control function (switch dev on/off).

- * @return The newly created device.

- */

-DeviceIntPtr

-AddInputDevice(ClientPtr client, DeviceProc deviceProc, Bool autoStart)

-{

-    DeviceIntPtr dev, *prev; /* not a typo */

-    DeviceIntPtr devtmp;

-    int devid;

-    char devind[MAXDEVICES];

-    BOOL enabled;

-    float transform[9];

-

-    /* Find next available id, 0 and 1 are reserved */

-    memset(devind, 0, sizeof(char)*MAXDEVICES);

-    for (devtmp = inputInfo.devices; devtmp; devtmp = devtmp->next)

-	devind[devtmp->id]++;

-    for (devtmp = inputInfo.off_devices; devtmp; devtmp = devtmp->next)

-	devind[devtmp->id]++;

-    for (devid = 2; devid < MAXDEVICES && devind[devid]; devid++)

-	;

-

-    if (devid >= MAXDEVICES)

-	return (DeviceIntPtr)NULL;

-    dev =  _dixAllocateObjectWithPrivates(sizeof(DeviceIntRec) + sizeof(SpriteInfoRec),

-					  sizeof(DeviceIntRec) + sizeof(SpriteInfoRec),

-					  offsetof(DeviceIntRec, devPrivates), PRIVATE_DEVICE);

-    if (!dev)

-	return (DeviceIntPtr)NULL;

-    dev->id = devid;

-    dev->public.processInputProc = ProcessOtherEvent;

-    dev->public.realInputProc = ProcessOtherEvent;

-    dev->public.enqueueInputProc = EnqueueEvent;

-    dev->deviceProc = deviceProc;

-    dev->startup = autoStart;

-

-    /* device grab defaults */

-    dev->deviceGrab.grabTime = currentTime;

-    dev->deviceGrab.ActivateGrab = ActivateKeyboardGrab;

-    dev->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab = DeactivateKeyboardGrab;

-

-    XkbSetExtension(dev, ProcessKeyboardEvent);

-

-    dev->coreEvents = TRUE;

-

-    /* sprite defaults */

-    dev->spriteInfo = (SpriteInfoPtr)&dev[1];

-

-    /*  security creation/labeling check

-     */

-    if (XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, DixCreateAccess)) {

-	free(dev);

-	return NULL;

-    }

-

-    inputInfo.numDevices++;

-

-    for (prev = &inputInfo.off_devices; *prev; prev = &(*prev)->next)

-        ;

-    *prev = dev;

-    dev->next = NULL;

-

-    enabled = FALSE;

-    XIChangeDeviceProperty(dev, XIGetKnownProperty(XI_PROP_ENABLED),

-                           XA_INTEGER, 8, PropModeReplace, 1, &enabled,

-                           FALSE);

-    XISetDevicePropertyDeletable(dev, XIGetKnownProperty(XI_PROP_ENABLED), FALSE);

-

-    /* unity matrix */

-    memset(transform, 0, sizeof(transform));

-    transform[0] = transform[4] = transform[8] = 1.0f;

-

-    XIChangeDeviceProperty(dev, XIGetKnownProperty(XI_PROP_TRANSFORM),

-                           XIGetKnownProperty(XATOM_FLOAT), 32,

-                           PropModeReplace, 9, transform, FALSE);

-    XISetDevicePropertyDeletable(dev, XIGetKnownProperty(XI_PROP_TRANSFORM),

-                                 FALSE);

-

-    XIRegisterPropertyHandler(dev, DeviceSetProperty, NULL, NULL);

-

-    return dev;

-}

-

-void

-SendDevicePresenceEvent(int deviceid, int type)

-{

-    DeviceIntRec dummyDev;

-    devicePresenceNotify ev;

-

-    memset(&dummyDev, 0, sizeof(DeviceIntRec));

-    ev.type = DevicePresenceNotify;

-    ev.time = currentTime.milliseconds;

-    ev.devchange = type;

-    ev.deviceid = deviceid;

-    dummyDev.id = XIAllDevices;

-    SendEventToAllWindows(&dummyDev, DevicePresenceNotifyMask,

-                          (xEvent*)&ev, 1);

-}

-

-/**

- * Enable the device through the driver, add the device to the device list.

- * Switch device ON through the driver and push it onto the global device

- * list. Initialize the DIX sprite or pair the device. All clients are

- * notified about the device being enabled.

- *

- * A master pointer device needs to be enabled before a master keyboard

- * device.

- *

- * @param The device to be enabled.

- * @param sendevent True if an XI2 event should be sent.

- * @return TRUE on success or FALSE otherwise.

- */

-Bool

-EnableDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev, BOOL sendevent)

-{

-    DeviceIntPtr *prev;

-    int ret;

-    DeviceIntPtr other;

-    BOOL enabled;

-    int flags[MAXDEVICES] = {0};

-

-    for (prev = &inputInfo.off_devices;

-	 *prev && (*prev != dev);

-	 prev = &(*prev)->next)

-	;

-

-    if (!dev->spriteInfo->sprite)

-    {

-        if (IsMaster(dev))

-        {

-            /* Sprites appear on first root window, so we can hardcode it */

-            if (dev->spriteInfo->spriteOwner)

-            {

-                InitializeSprite(dev, screenInfo.screens[0]->root);

-                                                 /* mode doesn't matter */

-                EnterWindow(dev, screenInfo.screens[0]->root, NotifyAncestor);

-            }

-            else if ((other = NextFreePointerDevice()) == NULL)

-            {

-                ErrorF("[dix] cannot find pointer to pair with. "

-                       "This is a bug.\n");

-                return FALSE;

-            } else

-                PairDevices(NULL, other, dev);

-        } else

-        {

-            if (dev->coreEvents)

-                other = (IsPointerDevice(dev)) ? inputInfo.pointer :

-                    inputInfo.keyboard;

-            else

-                other = NULL; /* auto-float non-core devices */

-            AttachDevice(NULL, dev, other);

-        }

-    }

-

-    if ((*prev != dev) || !dev->inited ||

-	((ret = (*dev->deviceProc)(dev, DEVICE_ON)) != Success)) {

-        ErrorF("[dix] couldn't enable device %d\n", dev->id);

-	return FALSE;

-    }

-    dev->enabled = TRUE;

-    *prev = dev->next;

-

-    for (prev = &inputInfo.devices; *prev; prev = &(*prev)->next)

-        ;

-    *prev = dev;

-    dev->next = NULL;

-

-    enabled = TRUE;

-    XIChangeDeviceProperty(dev, XIGetKnownProperty(XI_PROP_ENABLED),

-                           XA_INTEGER, 8, PropModeReplace, 1, &enabled,

-                           TRUE);

-

-    SendDevicePresenceEvent(dev->id, DeviceEnabled);

-    if (sendevent)

-    {

-        flags[dev->id] |= XIDeviceEnabled;

-        XISendDeviceHierarchyEvent(flags);

-    }

-

-    RecalculateMasterButtons(dev);

-

-    return TRUE;

-}

-

-/**

- * Switch a device off through the driver and push it onto the off_devices

- * list. A device will not send events while disabled. All clients are

- * notified about the device being disabled.

- *

- * Master keyboard devices have to be disabled before master pointer devices

- * otherwise things turn bad.

- *

- * @param sendevent True if an XI2 event should be sent.

- * @return TRUE on success or FALSE otherwise.

- */

-Bool

-DisableDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev, BOOL sendevent)

-{

-    DeviceIntPtr *prev, other;

-    BOOL enabled;

-    int flags[MAXDEVICES] = {0};

-

-    for (prev = &inputInfo.devices;

-	 *prev && (*prev != dev);

-	 prev = &(*prev)->next)

-	;

-    if (*prev != dev)

-	return FALSE;

-

-    /* float attached devices */

-    if (IsMaster(dev))

-    {

-        for (other = inputInfo.devices; other; other = other->next)

-        {

-            if (!IsMaster(other) && GetMaster(other, MASTER_ATTACHED) == dev)

-            {

-                AttachDevice(NULL, other, NULL);

-                flags[other->id] |= XISlaveDetached;

-            }

-        }

-    }

-    else

-    {

-        for (other = inputInfo.devices; other; other = other->next)

-        {

-	    if (IsMaster(other) && other->lastSlave == dev)

-		other->lastSlave = NULL;

-	}

-    }

-

-    if (IsMaster(dev) && dev->spriteInfo->sprite)

-    {

-        for (other = inputInfo.devices; other; other = other->next)

-        {

-            if (other->spriteInfo->paired == dev)

-            {

-                ErrorF("[dix] cannot disable device, still paired. "

-                        "This is a bug. \n");

-                return FALSE;

-            }

-        }

-    }

-

-    (void)(*dev->deviceProc)(dev, DEVICE_OFF);

-    dev->enabled = FALSE;

-

-    /* now that the device is disabled, we can reset the signal handler's

-     * last.slave */

-    OsBlockSignals();

-    for (other = inputInfo.devices; other; other = other->next)

-    {

-        if (other->last.slave == dev)

-            other->last.slave = NULL;

-    }

-    OsReleaseSignals();

-

-    LeaveWindow(dev);

-    SetFocusOut(dev);

-

-    *prev = dev->next;

-    dev->next = inputInfo.off_devices;

-    inputInfo.off_devices = dev;

-

-    enabled = FALSE;

-    XIChangeDeviceProperty(dev, XIGetKnownProperty(XI_PROP_ENABLED),

-                           XA_INTEGER, 8, PropModeReplace, 1, &enabled,

-                           TRUE);

-

-    SendDevicePresenceEvent(dev->id, DeviceDisabled);

-    if (sendevent)

-    {

-        flags[dev->id] = XIDeviceDisabled;

-        XISendDeviceHierarchyEvent(flags);

-    }

-

-    RecalculateMasterButtons(dev);

-

-    return TRUE;

-}

-

-/**

- * Initialise a new device through the driver and tell all clients about the

- * new device.

- *

- * Must be called before EnableDevice.

- * The device will NOT send events until it is enabled!

- *

- * @param sendevent True if an XI2 event should be sent.

- * @return Success or an error code on failure.

- */

-int

-ActivateDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev, BOOL sendevent)

-{

-    int ret = Success;

-    ScreenPtr pScreen = screenInfo.screens[0];

-

-    if (!dev || !dev->deviceProc)

-        return BadImplementation;

-

-    ret = (*dev->deviceProc) (dev, DEVICE_INIT);

-    dev->inited = (ret == Success);

-    if (!dev->inited)

-        return ret;

-

-    /* Initialize memory for sprites. */

-    if (IsMaster(dev) && dev->spriteInfo->spriteOwner)

-        if (!pScreen->DeviceCursorInitialize(dev, pScreen))

-            ret = BadAlloc;

-

-    SendDevicePresenceEvent(dev->id, DeviceAdded);

-    if (sendevent)

-    {

-        int flags[MAXDEVICES] = {0};

-        flags[dev->id] = XISlaveAdded;

-        XISendDeviceHierarchyEvent(flags);

-    }

-    return ret;

-}

-

-/**

- * Ring the bell.

- * The actual task of ringing the bell is the job of the DDX.

- */

-static void

-CoreKeyboardBell(int volume, DeviceIntPtr pDev, pointer arg, int something)

-{

-    KeybdCtrl *ctrl = arg;

-

-    DDXRingBell(volume, ctrl->bell_pitch, ctrl->bell_duration);

-}

-

-static void

-CoreKeyboardCtl(DeviceIntPtr pDev, KeybdCtrl *ctrl)

-{

-    return;

-}

-

-/**

- * Device control function for the Virtual Core Keyboard.

- */

-int

-CoreKeyboardProc(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int what)

-{

-

-    switch (what) {

-    case DEVICE_INIT:

-        if (!InitKeyboardDeviceStruct(pDev, NULL, CoreKeyboardBell,

-                                      CoreKeyboardCtl))

-        {

-            ErrorF("Keyboard initialization failed. This could be a missing "

-                   "or incorrect setup of xkeyboard-config.\n");

-            return BadValue;

-        }

-        return Success;

-

-    case DEVICE_ON:

-    case DEVICE_OFF:

-        return Success;

-

-    case DEVICE_CLOSE:

-        return Success;

-    }

-

-    return BadMatch;

-}

-

-/**

- * Device control function for the Virtual Core Pointer.

- */

-int

-CorePointerProc(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int what)

-{

-#define NBUTTONS 10

-#define NAXES 2

-    BYTE map[NBUTTONS + 1];

-    int i = 0;

-    Atom btn_labels[NBUTTONS] = {0};

-    Atom axes_labels[NAXES] = {0};

-

-    switch (what) {

-    case DEVICE_INIT:

-        for (i = 1; i <= NBUTTONS; i++)

-            map[i] = i;

-

-	btn_labels[0] = XIGetKnownProperty(BTN_LABEL_PROP_BTN_LEFT);

-	btn_labels[1] = XIGetKnownProperty(BTN_LABEL_PROP_BTN_MIDDLE);

-	btn_labels[2] = XIGetKnownProperty(BTN_LABEL_PROP_BTN_RIGHT);

-	btn_labels[3] = XIGetKnownProperty(BTN_LABEL_PROP_BTN_WHEEL_UP);

-	btn_labels[4] = XIGetKnownProperty(BTN_LABEL_PROP_BTN_WHEEL_DOWN);

-	btn_labels[5] = XIGetKnownProperty(BTN_LABEL_PROP_BTN_HWHEEL_LEFT);

-	btn_labels[6] = XIGetKnownProperty(BTN_LABEL_PROP_BTN_HWHEEL_RIGHT);

-	/* don't know about the rest */

-

-	axes_labels[0] = XIGetKnownProperty(AXIS_LABEL_PROP_REL_X);

-	axes_labels[1] = XIGetKnownProperty(AXIS_LABEL_PROP_REL_Y);

-

-        if (!InitPointerDeviceStruct((DevicePtr)pDev, map, NBUTTONS, btn_labels,

-                                (PtrCtrlProcPtr)NoopDDA,

-                                GetMotionHistorySize(), NAXES, axes_labels))

-        {

-            ErrorF("Could not initialize device '%s'. Out of memory.\n",

-                   pDev->name);

-            return BadAlloc; /* IPDS only fails on allocs */

-        }

-        pDev->valuator->axisVal[0] = screenInfo.screens[0]->width / 2;

-        pDev->last.valuators[0] = pDev->valuator->axisVal[0];

-        pDev->valuator->axisVal[1] = screenInfo.screens[0]->height / 2;

-        pDev->last.valuators[1] = pDev->valuator->axisVal[1];

-        break;

-

-    case DEVICE_CLOSE:

-        break;

-

-    default:

-        break;

-    }

-

-    return Success;

-

-#undef NBUTTONS

-#undef NAXES

-}

-

-/**

- * Initialise the two core devices, VCP and VCK (see events.c).

- * Both devices are not tied to physical devices, but guarantee that there is

- * always a keyboard and a pointer present and keep the protocol semantics.

- *

- * Note that the server MUST have two core devices at all times, even if there

- * is no physical device connected.

- */

-void

-InitCoreDevices(void)

-{

-    if (AllocDevicePair(serverClient, "Virtual core",

-                        &inputInfo.pointer, &inputInfo.keyboard,

-                        CorePointerProc, CoreKeyboardProc,

-                        TRUE) != Success)

-        FatalError("Failed to allocate core devices");

-

-    if (ActivateDevice(inputInfo.pointer, TRUE) != Success ||

-        ActivateDevice(inputInfo.keyboard, TRUE) != Success)

-        FatalError("Failed to activate core devices.");

-    if (!EnableDevice(inputInfo.pointer, TRUE) ||

-        !EnableDevice(inputInfo.keyboard, TRUE))

-        FatalError("Failed to enable core devices.");

-

-    InitXTestDevices();

-}

-

-/**

- * Activate all switched-off devices and then enable all those devices.

- *

- * Will return an error if no core keyboard or core pointer is present.

- * In theory this should never happen if you call InitCoreDevices() first.

- *

- * InitAndStartDevices needs to be called AFTER the windows are initialized.

- * Devices will start sending events after InitAndStartDevices() has

- * completed.

- *

- * @return Success or error code on failure.

- */

-int

-InitAndStartDevices(void)

-{

-    DeviceIntPtr dev, next;

-

-    for (dev = inputInfo.off_devices; dev; dev = dev->next) {

-        DebugF("(dix) initialising device %d\n", dev->id);

-        if (!dev->inited)

-            ActivateDevice(dev, TRUE);

-    }

-

-    /* enable real devices */

-    for (dev = inputInfo.off_devices; dev; dev = next)

-    {

-        DebugF("(dix) enabling device %d\n", dev->id);

-	next = dev->next;

-	if (dev->inited && dev->startup)

-	    EnableDevice(dev, TRUE);

-    }

-

-    return Success;

-}

-

-/**

- * Free the given device class and reset the pointer to NULL.

- */

-static void

-FreeDeviceClass(int type, pointer *class)

-{

-    if (!(*class))

-        return;

-

-    switch(type)

-    {

-        case KeyClass:

-            {

-                KeyClassPtr* k = (KeyClassPtr*)class;

-                if ((*k)->xkbInfo)

-                {

-                    XkbFreeInfo((*k)->xkbInfo);

-                    (*k)->xkbInfo = NULL;

-                }

-                free((*k));

-                break;

-            }

-        case ButtonClass:

-            {

-                ButtonClassPtr *b = (ButtonClassPtr*)class;

-                free((*b)->xkb_acts);

-                free((*b));

-                break;

-            }

-        case ValuatorClass:

-            {

-                ValuatorClassPtr *v = (ValuatorClassPtr*)class;

-

-                free((*v)->motion);

-                free((*v));

-                break;

-            }

-        case FocusClass:

-            {

-                FocusClassPtr *f = (FocusClassPtr*)class;

-                free((*f)->trace);

-                free((*f));

-                break;

-            }

-        case ProximityClass:

-            {

-                ProximityClassPtr *p = (ProximityClassPtr*)class;

-                free((*p));

-                break;

-            }

-    }

-    *class = NULL;

-}

-

-static void

-FreeFeedbackClass(int type, pointer *class)

-{

-    if (!(*class))

-        return;

-

-    switch(type)

-    {

-        case KbdFeedbackClass:

-            {

-                KbdFeedbackPtr *kbdfeed = (KbdFeedbackPtr*)class;

-                KbdFeedbackPtr k, knext;

-                for (k = (*kbdfeed); k; k = knext) {

-                    knext = k->next;

-                    if (k->xkb_sli)

-                        XkbFreeSrvLedInfo(k->xkb_sli);

-                    free(k);

-                }

-                break;

-            }

-        case PtrFeedbackClass:

-            {

-                PtrFeedbackPtr *ptrfeed = (PtrFeedbackPtr*)class;

-                PtrFeedbackPtr p, pnext;

-

-                for (p = (*ptrfeed); p; p = pnext) {

-                    pnext = p->next;

-                    free(p);

-                }

-                break;

-            }

-        case IntegerFeedbackClass:

-            {

-                IntegerFeedbackPtr *intfeed = (IntegerFeedbackPtr*)class;

-                IntegerFeedbackPtr i, inext;

-

-                for (i = (*intfeed); i; i = inext) {

-                    inext = i->next;

-                    free(i);

-                }

-                break;

-            }

-        case StringFeedbackClass:

-            {

-                StringFeedbackPtr *stringfeed = (StringFeedbackPtr*)class;

-                StringFeedbackPtr s, snext;

-

-                for (s = (*stringfeed); s; s = snext) {

-                    snext = s->next;

-                    free(s->ctrl.symbols_supported);

-                    free(s->ctrl.symbols_displayed);

-                    free(s);

-                }

-                break;

-            }

-        case BellFeedbackClass:

-            {

-                BellFeedbackPtr *bell = (BellFeedbackPtr*)class;

-                BellFeedbackPtr b, bnext;

-

-                for (b = (*bell); b; b = bnext) {

-                    bnext = b->next;

-                    free(b);

-                }

-                break;

-            }

-        case LedFeedbackClass:

-            {

-                LedFeedbackPtr *leds = (LedFeedbackPtr*)class;

-                LedFeedbackPtr l, lnext;

-

-                for (l = (*leds); l; l = lnext) {

-                    lnext = l->next;

-                    if (l->xkb_sli)

-                        XkbFreeSrvLedInfo(l->xkb_sli);

-                    free(l);

-                }

-                break;

-            }

-    }

-    *class = NULL;

-}

-

-static void

-FreeAllDeviceClasses(ClassesPtr classes)

-{

-    if (!classes)

-        return;

-

-    FreeDeviceClass(KeyClass, (pointer)&classes->key);

-    FreeDeviceClass(ValuatorClass, (pointer)&classes->valuator);

-    FreeDeviceClass(ButtonClass, (pointer)&classes->button);

-    FreeDeviceClass(FocusClass, (pointer)&classes->focus);

-    FreeDeviceClass(ProximityClass, (pointer)&classes->proximity);

-

-    FreeFeedbackClass(KbdFeedbackClass, (pointer)&classes->kbdfeed);

-    FreeFeedbackClass(PtrFeedbackClass, (pointer)&classes->ptrfeed);

-    FreeFeedbackClass(IntegerFeedbackClass, (pointer)&classes->intfeed);

-    FreeFeedbackClass(StringFeedbackClass, (pointer)&classes->stringfeed);

-    FreeFeedbackClass(BellFeedbackClass, (pointer)&classes->bell);

-    FreeFeedbackClass(LedFeedbackClass, (pointer)&classes->leds);

-

-}

-

-/**

- * Close down a device and free all resources.

- * Once closed down, the driver will probably not expect you that you'll ever

- * enable it again and free associated structs. If you want the device to just

- * be disabled, DisableDevice().

- * Don't call this function directly, use RemoveDevice() instead.

- */

-static void

-CloseDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev)

-{

-    ScreenPtr screen = screenInfo.screens[0];

-    ClassesPtr classes;

-    int j;

-

-    if (!dev)

-        return;

-

-    XIDeleteAllDeviceProperties(dev);

-

-    if (dev->inited)

-	(void)(*dev->deviceProc)(dev, DEVICE_CLOSE);

-

-    /* free sprite memory */

-    if (IsMaster(dev) && dev->spriteInfo->sprite)

-        screen->DeviceCursorCleanup(dev, screen);

-

-    /* free acceleration info */

-    if(dev->valuator && dev->valuator->accelScheme.AccelCleanupProc)

-	dev->valuator->accelScheme.AccelCleanupProc(dev);

-

-    while (dev->xkb_interest)

-	XkbRemoveResourceClient((DevicePtr)dev,dev->xkb_interest->resource);

-

-    free(dev->name);

-

-    classes = (ClassesPtr)&dev->key;

-    FreeAllDeviceClasses(classes);

-

-    if (IsMaster(dev))

-    {

-        classes = dev->unused_classes;

-        FreeAllDeviceClasses(classes);

-	free(classes);

-    }

-

-    if (DevHasCursor(dev) && dev->spriteInfo->sprite) {

-	if (dev->spriteInfo->sprite->current)

-	    FreeCursor(dev->spriteInfo->sprite->current, None);

-        free(dev->spriteInfo->sprite->spriteTrace);

-        free(dev->spriteInfo->sprite);

-    }

-

-    /* a client may have the device set as client pointer */

-    for (j = 0; j < currentMaxClients; j++)

-    {

-        if (clients[j] && clients[j]->clientPtr == dev)

-        {

-            clients[j]->clientPtr = NULL;

-            clients[j]->clientPtr = PickPointer(clients[j]);

-        }

-    }

-

-    free(dev->deviceGrab.sync.event);

-    free(dev->config_info);     /* Allocated in xf86ActivateDevice. */

-    dev->config_info = NULL;

-    dixFreeObjectWithPrivates(dev, PRIVATE_DEVICE);

-}

-

-/**

- * Shut down all devices of one list and free all resources.

- */

-static

-void

-CloseDeviceList(DeviceIntPtr *listHead)

-{

-    /* Used to mark devices that we tried to free */

-    Bool freedIds[MAXDEVICES];

-    DeviceIntPtr dev;

-    int i;

-

-    if (listHead == NULL)

-        return;

-

-    for (i = 0; i < MAXDEVICES; i++)

-        freedIds[i] = FALSE;

-

-    dev = *listHead;

-    while (dev != NULL)

-    {

-        freedIds[dev->id] = TRUE;

-        DeleteInputDeviceRequest(dev);

-

-        dev = *listHead;

-        while (dev != NULL && freedIds[dev->id])

-            dev = dev->next;

-    }

-}

-

-/**

- * Shut down all devices, free all resources, etc.

- * Only useful if you're shutting down the server!

- */

-void

-CloseDownDevices(void)

-{

-    DeviceIntPtr dev;

-

-    /* Float all SDs before closing them. Note that at this point resources

-     * (e.g. cursors) have been freed already, so we can't just call

-     * AttachDevice(NULL, dev, NULL). Instead, we have to forcibly set master

-     * to NULL and pretend nothing happened.

-     */

-    for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)

-    {

-        if (!IsMaster(dev) && !IsFloating(dev))

-            dev->master = NULL;

-        /* Initialise the sprite and paired members of all devices

-           to avoid crashes in CloseDevice later */

-        dev->spriteInfo->sprite=NULL;

-        dev->spriteInfo->paired=NULL;

-    }

-

-    CloseDeviceList(&inputInfo.devices);

-    CloseDeviceList(&inputInfo.off_devices);

-

-    CloseDevice(inputInfo.pointer);

-    CloseDevice(inputInfo.keyboard);

-

-    inputInfo.devices = NULL;

-    inputInfo.off_devices = NULL;

-    inputInfo.keyboard = NULL;

-    inputInfo.pointer = NULL;

-    XkbDeleteRulesDflts();

-}

-

-/**

- * Remove the cursor sprite for all devices. This needs to be done before any

- * resources are freed or any device is deleted.

- */

-void

-UndisplayDevices(void)

-{

-    DeviceIntPtr dev;

-    ScreenPtr screen = screenInfo.screens[0];

-

-    for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)

-        screen->DisplayCursor(dev, screen, NullCursor);

-}

-

-/**

- * Remove a device from the device list, closes it and thus frees all

- * resources.

- * Removes both enabled and disabled devices and notifies all devices about

- * the removal of the device.

- *

- * No PresenceNotify is sent for device that the client never saw. This can

- * happen if a malloc fails during the addition of master devices. If

- * dev->init is FALSE it means the client never received a DeviceAdded event,

- * so let's not send a DeviceRemoved event either.

- *

- * @param sendevent True if an XI2 event should be sent.

- */

-int

-RemoveDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev, BOOL sendevent)

-{

-    DeviceIntPtr prev,tmp,next;

-    int ret = BadMatch;

-    ScreenPtr screen = screenInfo.screens[0];

-    int deviceid;

-    int initialized;

-    int flags[MAXDEVICES] = {0};

-

-    DebugF("(dix) removing device %d\n", dev->id);

-

-    if (!dev || dev == inputInfo.keyboard || dev == inputInfo.pointer)

-        return BadImplementation;

-

-    initialized = dev->inited;

-    deviceid = dev->id;

-

-    if (initialized)

-    {

-        if (DevHasCursor(dev))

-            screen->DisplayCursor(dev, screen, NullCursor);

-

-        DisableDevice(dev, sendevent);

-        flags[dev->id] = XIDeviceDisabled;

-    }

-

-    prev = NULL;

-    for (tmp = inputInfo.devices; tmp; (prev = tmp), (tmp = next)) {

-	next = tmp->next;

-	if (tmp == dev) {

-

-	    if (prev==NULL)

-		inputInfo.devices = next;

-	    else

-		prev->next = next;

-

-	    flags[tmp->id] = IsMaster(tmp) ? XIMasterRemoved : XISlaveRemoved;

-	    CloseDevice(tmp);

-	    ret = Success;

-	}

-    }

-

-    prev = NULL;

-    for (tmp = inputInfo.off_devices; tmp; (prev = tmp), (tmp = next)) {

-	next = tmp->next;

-	if (tmp == dev) {

-	    flags[tmp->id] = IsMaster(tmp) ? XIMasterRemoved : XISlaveRemoved;

-	    CloseDevice(tmp);

-

-	    if (prev == NULL)

-		inputInfo.off_devices = next;

-	    else

-		prev->next = next;

-

-            ret = Success;

-	}

-    }

-

-    if (ret == Success && initialized) {

-        inputInfo.numDevices--;

-        SendDevicePresenceEvent(deviceid, DeviceRemoved);

-        if (sendevent)

-            XISendDeviceHierarchyEvent(flags);

-    }

-

-    return ret;

-}

-

-int

-NumMotionEvents(void)

-{

-    /* only called to fill data in initial connection reply.

-     * VCP is ok here, it is the only fixed device we have. */

-    return inputInfo.pointer->valuator->numMotionEvents;

-}

-

-int

-dixLookupDevice(DeviceIntPtr *pDev, int id, ClientPtr client, Mask access_mode)

-{

-    DeviceIntPtr dev;

-    int rc;

-    *pDev = NULL;

-

-    for (dev=inputInfo.devices; dev; dev=dev->next) {

-        if (dev->id == id)

-            goto found;

-    }

-    for (dev=inputInfo.off_devices; dev; dev=dev->next) {

-        if (dev->id == id)

-	    goto found;

-    }

-    return BadDevice;

-

-found:

-    rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, access_mode);

-    if (rc == Success)

-	*pDev = dev;

-    return rc;

-}

-

-void

-QueryMinMaxKeyCodes(KeyCode *minCode, KeyCode *maxCode)

-{

-    if (inputInfo.keyboard) {

-	*minCode = inputInfo.keyboard->key->xkbInfo->desc->min_key_code;

-	*maxCode = inputInfo.keyboard->key->xkbInfo->desc->max_key_code;

-    }

-}

-

-/* Notably, this function does not expand the destination's keycode range, or

- * notify clients. */

-Bool

-SetKeySymsMap(KeySymsPtr dst, KeySymsPtr src)

-{

-    int i, j;

-    KeySym *tmp;

-    int rowDif = src->minKeyCode - dst->minKeyCode;

-

-    /* if keysym map size changes, grow map first */

-    if (src->mapWidth < dst->mapWidth) {

-        for (i = src->minKeyCode; i <= src->maxKeyCode; i++) {

-#define SI(r, c) (((r - src->minKeyCode) * src->mapWidth) + (c))

-#define DI(r, c) (((r - dst->minKeyCode) * dst->mapWidth) + (c))

-	    for (j = 0; j < src->mapWidth; j++)

-		dst->map[DI(i, j)] = src->map[SI(i, j)];

-	    for (j = src->mapWidth; j < dst->mapWidth; j++)

-		dst->map[DI(i, j)] = NoSymbol;

-#undef SI

-#undef DI

-	}

-	return TRUE;

-    }

-    else if (src->mapWidth > dst->mapWidth) {

-        i = sizeof(KeySym) * src->mapWidth *

-             (dst->maxKeyCode - dst->minKeyCode + 1);

-        tmp = calloc(sizeof(KeySym), i);

-        if (!tmp)

-            return FALSE;

-

-        if (dst->map) {

-            for (i = 0; i <= dst->maxKeyCode-dst->minKeyCode; i++)

-                memmove(&tmp[i * src->mapWidth], &dst->map[i * dst->mapWidth],

-                        dst->mapWidth * sizeof(KeySym));

-            free(dst->map);

-        }

-        dst->mapWidth = src->mapWidth;

-        dst->map = tmp;

-    }

-    else if (!dst->map) {

-        i = sizeof(KeySym) * src->mapWidth *

-             (dst->maxKeyCode - dst->minKeyCode + 1);

-        tmp = calloc(sizeof(KeySym), i);

-        if (!tmp)

-            return FALSE;

-

-        dst->map = tmp;

-        dst->mapWidth = src->mapWidth;

-    }

-

-    memmove(&dst->map[rowDif * dst->mapWidth], src->map,

-            (src->maxKeyCode - src->minKeyCode + 1) *

-            dst->mapWidth * sizeof(KeySym));

-

-    return TRUE;

-}

-

-Bool

-InitButtonClassDeviceStruct(DeviceIntPtr dev, int numButtons, Atom* labels,

-                            CARD8 *map)

-{

-    ButtonClassPtr butc;

-    int i;

-

-    butc = calloc(1, sizeof(ButtonClassRec));

-    if (!butc)

-	return FALSE;

-    butc->numButtons = numButtons;

-    butc->sourceid = dev->id;

-    for (i = 1; i <= numButtons; i++)

-	butc->map[i] = map[i];

-    for (i = numButtons + 1; i < MAP_LENGTH; i++)

-        butc->map[i] = i;

-    memcpy(butc->labels, labels, numButtons * sizeof(Atom));

-    dev->button = butc;

-    return TRUE;

-}

-

-/**

- * Allocate a valuator class and set up the pointers for the axis values

- * appropriately.

- *

- * @param src If non-NULL, the memory is reallocated from src. If NULL, the

- * memory is calloc'd.

- * @parma numAxes Number of axes to allocate.

- * @return The allocated valuator struct.

- */

-ValuatorClassPtr

-AllocValuatorClass(ValuatorClassPtr src, int numAxes)

-{

-    ValuatorClassPtr v;

-    /* force alignment with double */

-    union align_u { ValuatorClassRec valc; double d; } *align;

-    int size;

-

-    size = sizeof(union align_u) + numAxes * (sizeof(double) + sizeof(AxisInfo));

-    align = (union align_u *) realloc(src, size);

-

-    if (!align)

-        return NULL;

-

-    if (!src)

-        memset(align, 0, size);

-

-    v = &align->valc;

-    v->numAxes = numAxes;

-    v->axisVal = (double*)(align + 1);

-    v->axes = (AxisInfoPtr)(v->axisVal + numAxes);

-

-    return v;

-}

-

-Bool

-InitValuatorClassDeviceStruct(DeviceIntPtr dev, int numAxes, Atom *labels,

-                              int numMotionEvents, int mode)

-{

-    int i;

-    ValuatorClassPtr valc;

-

-    if (!dev)

-        return FALSE;

-

-    if (numAxes > MAX_VALUATORS)

-    {

-        LogMessage(X_WARNING,

-                   "Device '%s' has %d axes, only using first %d.\n",

-                   dev->name, numAxes, MAX_VALUATORS);

-        numAxes = MAX_VALUATORS;

-    }

-

-    valc = AllocValuatorClass(NULL, numAxes);

-    if (!valc)

-        return FALSE;

-

-    valc->sourceid = dev->id;

-    valc->motion = NULL;

-    valc->first_motion = 0;

-    valc->last_motion = 0;

-

-    valc->numMotionEvents = numMotionEvents;

-    valc->motionHintWindow = NullWindow;

-

-    if (mode & OutOfProximity)

-        InitProximityClassDeviceStruct(dev);

-

-    dev->valuator = valc;

-

-    AllocateMotionHistory(dev);

-

-    for (i=0; i<numAxes; i++) {

-        InitValuatorAxisStruct(dev, i, labels[i], NO_AXIS_LIMITS, NO_AXIS_LIMITS,

-                               0, 0, 0, mode);

-	valc->axisVal[i]=0;

-    }

-

-    dev->last.numValuators = numAxes;

-

-    if (IsMaster(dev) || /* do not accelerate master or xtest devices */

-        IsXTestDevice(dev, NULL))

-	InitPointerAccelerationScheme(dev, PtrAccelNoOp);

-    else

-	InitPointerAccelerationScheme(dev, PtrAccelDefault);

-    return TRUE;

-}

-

-/* global list of acceleration schemes */

-ValuatorAccelerationRec pointerAccelerationScheme[] = {

-    {PtrAccelNoOp, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL},

-    {PtrAccelPredictable, acceleratePointerPredictable, NULL,

-        InitPredictableAccelerationScheme, AccelerationDefaultCleanup},

-    {PtrAccelLightweight, acceleratePointerLightweight, NULL, NULL, NULL},

-    {-1, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL} /* terminator */

-};

-

-/**

- * install an acceleration scheme. returns TRUE on success, and should not

- * change anything if unsuccessful.

- */

-Bool

-InitPointerAccelerationScheme(DeviceIntPtr dev,

-                              int scheme)

-{

-    int x, i = -1;

-    ValuatorClassPtr val;

-

-    val = dev->valuator;

-

-    if (!val)

-        return FALSE;

-

-    if (IsMaster(dev) && scheme != PtrAccelNoOp)

-        return FALSE;

-

-    for (x = 0; pointerAccelerationScheme[x].number >= 0; x++) {

-        if(pointerAccelerationScheme[x].number == scheme){

-            i = x;

-            break;

-        }

-    }

-

-    if (-1 == i)

-        return FALSE;

-

-    if (val->accelScheme.AccelCleanupProc)

-        val->accelScheme.AccelCleanupProc(dev);

-

-    if (pointerAccelerationScheme[i].AccelInitProc) {

-        if (!pointerAccelerationScheme[i].AccelInitProc(dev,

-                                            &pointerAccelerationScheme[i])) {

-            return FALSE;

-        }

-    } else {

-        val->accelScheme = pointerAccelerationScheme[i];

-    }

-    return TRUE;

-}

-

-Bool

-InitFocusClassDeviceStruct(DeviceIntPtr dev)

-{

-    FocusClassPtr focc;

-

-    focc = malloc(sizeof(FocusClassRec));

-    if (!focc)

-	return FALSE;

-    focc->win = PointerRootWin;

-    focc->revert = None;

-    focc->time = currentTime;

-    focc->trace = (WindowPtr *)NULL;

-    focc->traceSize = 0;

-    focc->traceGood = 0;

-    focc->sourceid = dev->id;

-    dev->focus = focc;

-    return TRUE;

-}

-

-Bool

-InitPtrFeedbackClassDeviceStruct(DeviceIntPtr dev, PtrCtrlProcPtr controlProc)

-{

-    PtrFeedbackPtr feedc;

-

-    feedc = malloc(sizeof(PtrFeedbackClassRec));

-    if (!feedc)

-	return FALSE;

-    feedc->CtrlProc = controlProc;

-    feedc->ctrl = defaultPointerControl;

-    feedc->ctrl.id = 0;

-    if ( (feedc->next = dev->ptrfeed) )

-        feedc->ctrl.id = dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.id + 1;

-    dev->ptrfeed = feedc;

-    (*controlProc)(dev, &feedc->ctrl);

-    return TRUE;

-}

-

-

-static LedCtrl defaultLedControl = {

-	DEFAULT_LEDS, DEFAULT_LEDS_MASK, 0};

-

-static BellCtrl defaultBellControl = {

-	DEFAULT_BELL,

-	DEFAULT_BELL_PITCH,

-	DEFAULT_BELL_DURATION,

-	0};

-

-static IntegerCtrl defaultIntegerControl = {

-	DEFAULT_INT_RESOLUTION,

-	DEFAULT_INT_MIN_VALUE,

-	DEFAULT_INT_MAX_VALUE,

-	DEFAULT_INT_DISPLAYED,

-	0};

-

-Bool

-InitStringFeedbackClassDeviceStruct (

-      DeviceIntPtr dev, StringCtrlProcPtr controlProc,

-      int max_symbols, int num_symbols_supported, KeySym *symbols)

-{

-    int i;

-    StringFeedbackPtr feedc;

-

-    feedc = malloc(sizeof(StringFeedbackClassRec));

-    if (!feedc)

-	return FALSE;

-    feedc->CtrlProc = controlProc;

-    feedc->ctrl.num_symbols_supported = num_symbols_supported;

-    feedc->ctrl.num_symbols_displayed = 0;

-    feedc->ctrl.max_symbols = max_symbols;

-    feedc->ctrl.symbols_supported = malloc(sizeof (KeySym) * num_symbols_supported);

-    feedc->ctrl.symbols_displayed = malloc(sizeof (KeySym) * max_symbols);

-    if (!feedc->ctrl.symbols_supported || !feedc->ctrl.symbols_displayed)

-    {

-	free(feedc->ctrl.symbols_supported);

-	free(feedc->ctrl.symbols_displayed);

-	free(feedc);

-	return FALSE;

-    }

-    for (i=0; i<num_symbols_supported; i++)

-	*(feedc->ctrl.symbols_supported+i) = *symbols++;

-    for (i=0; i<max_symbols; i++)

-	*(feedc->ctrl.symbols_displayed+i) = (KeySym) 0;

-    feedc->ctrl.id = 0;

-    if ( (feedc->next = dev->stringfeed) )

-	feedc->ctrl.id = dev->stringfeed->ctrl.id + 1;

-    dev->stringfeed = feedc;

-    (*controlProc)(dev, &feedc->ctrl);

-    return TRUE;

-}

-

-Bool

-InitBellFeedbackClassDeviceStruct (DeviceIntPtr dev, BellProcPtr bellProc,

-                                   BellCtrlProcPtr controlProc)

-{

-    BellFeedbackPtr feedc;

-

-    feedc = malloc(sizeof(BellFeedbackClassRec));

-    if (!feedc)

-	return FALSE;

-    feedc->CtrlProc = controlProc;

-    feedc->BellProc = bellProc;

-    feedc->ctrl = defaultBellControl;

-    feedc->ctrl.id = 0;

-    if ( (feedc->next = dev->bell) )

-	feedc->ctrl.id = dev->bell->ctrl.id + 1;

-    dev->bell = feedc;

-    (*controlProc)(dev, &feedc->ctrl);

-    return TRUE;

-}

-

-Bool

-InitLedFeedbackClassDeviceStruct (DeviceIntPtr dev, LedCtrlProcPtr controlProc)

-{

-    LedFeedbackPtr feedc;

-

-    feedc = malloc(sizeof(LedFeedbackClassRec));

-    if (!feedc)

-	return FALSE;

-    feedc->CtrlProc = controlProc;

-    feedc->ctrl = defaultLedControl;

-    feedc->ctrl.id = 0;

-    if ( (feedc->next = dev->leds) )

-	feedc->ctrl.id = dev->leds->ctrl.id + 1;

-    feedc->xkb_sli= NULL;

-    dev->leds = feedc;

-    (*controlProc)(dev, &feedc->ctrl);

-    return TRUE;

-}

-

-Bool

-InitIntegerFeedbackClassDeviceStruct (DeviceIntPtr dev, IntegerCtrlProcPtr controlProc)

-{

-    IntegerFeedbackPtr feedc;

-

-    feedc = malloc(sizeof(IntegerFeedbackClassRec));

-    if (!feedc)

-	return FALSE;

-    feedc->CtrlProc = controlProc;

-    feedc->ctrl = defaultIntegerControl;

-    feedc->ctrl.id = 0;

-    if ( (feedc->next = dev->intfeed) )

-	feedc->ctrl.id = dev->intfeed->ctrl.id + 1;

-    dev->intfeed = feedc;

-    (*controlProc)(dev, &feedc->ctrl);

-    return TRUE;

-}

-

-Bool

-InitPointerDeviceStruct(DevicePtr device, CARD8 *map, int numButtons, Atom* btn_labels,

-                        PtrCtrlProcPtr controlProc, int numMotionEvents,

-                        int numAxes, Atom *axes_labels)

-{

-    DeviceIntPtr dev = (DeviceIntPtr)device;

-

-    return(InitButtonClassDeviceStruct(dev, numButtons, btn_labels, map) &&

-	   InitValuatorClassDeviceStruct(dev, numAxes, axes_labels,

-					 numMotionEvents, Relative) &&

-	   InitPtrFeedbackClassDeviceStruct(dev, controlProc));

-}

-

-/*

- * Check if the given buffer contains elements between low (inclusive) and

- * high (inclusive) only.

- *

- * @return TRUE if the device map is invalid, FALSE otherwise.

- */

-Bool

-BadDeviceMap(BYTE *buff, int length, unsigned low, unsigned high, XID *errval)

-{

-    int i;

-

-    for (i = 0; i < length; i++)

-	if (buff[i])		       /* only check non-zero elements */

-	{

-	    if ((low > buff[i]) || (high < buff[i]))

-	    {

-		*errval = buff[i];

-		return TRUE;

-	    }

-	}

-    return FALSE;

-}

-

-int

-ProcSetModifierMapping(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    xSetModifierMappingReply rep;

-    int rc;

-    REQUEST(xSetModifierMappingReq);

-    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xSetModifierMappingReq);

-

-    if (client->req_len != ((stuff->numKeyPerModifier << 1) +

-                bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xSetModifierMappingReq))))

-	return BadLength;

-

-    rep.type = X_Reply;

-    rep.length = 0;

-    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

-

-    rc = change_modmap(client, PickKeyboard(client), (KeyCode *)&stuff[1],

-                       stuff->numKeyPerModifier);

-    if (rc == MappingFailed || rc == -1)

-        return BadValue;

-    if (rc != Success && rc != MappingSuccess && rc != MappingFailed &&

-        rc != MappingBusy)

-	return rc;

-

-    rep.success = rc;

-

-    WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xSetModifierMappingReply), &rep);

-    return Success;

-}

-

-int

-ProcGetModifierMapping(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    xGetModifierMappingReply rep;

-    int max_keys_per_mod = 0;

-    KeyCode *modkeymap = NULL;

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReq);

-

-    generate_modkeymap(client, PickKeyboard(client), &modkeymap,

-                       &max_keys_per_mod);

-

-    memset(&rep, 0, sizeof(xGetModifierMappingReply));

-    rep.type = X_Reply;

-    rep.numKeyPerModifier = max_keys_per_mod;

-    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

-    /* length counts 4 byte quantities - there are 8 modifiers 1 byte big */

-    rep.length = max_keys_per_mod << 1;

-

-    WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetModifierMappingReply), &rep);

-    (void)WriteToClient(client, max_keys_per_mod * 8, (char *) modkeymap);

-

-    free(modkeymap);

-

-    return Success;

-}

-

-int

-ProcChangeKeyboardMapping(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    REQUEST(xChangeKeyboardMappingReq);

-    unsigned len;

-    KeySymsRec keysyms;

-    DeviceIntPtr pDev, tmp;

-    int rc;

-    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xChangeKeyboardMappingReq);

-

-    len = client->req_len - bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xChangeKeyboardMappingReq));

-    if (len != (stuff->keyCodes * stuff->keySymsPerKeyCode))

-            return BadLength;

-

-    pDev = PickKeyboard(client);

-

-    if ((stuff->firstKeyCode < pDev->key->xkbInfo->desc->min_key_code) ||

-	(stuff->firstKeyCode > pDev->key->xkbInfo->desc->max_key_code)) {

-	    client->errorValue = stuff->firstKeyCode;

-	    return BadValue;

-

-    }

-    if (((unsigned)(stuff->firstKeyCode + stuff->keyCodes - 1) >

-          pDev->key->xkbInfo->desc->max_key_code) ||

-        (stuff->keySymsPerKeyCode == 0)) {

-	    client->errorValue = stuff->keySymsPerKeyCode;

-	    return BadValue;

-    }

-

-    keysyms.minKeyCode = stuff->firstKeyCode;

-    keysyms.maxKeyCode = stuff->firstKeyCode + stuff->keyCodes - 1;

-    keysyms.mapWidth = stuff->keySymsPerKeyCode;

-    keysyms.map = (KeySym *) &stuff[1];

-

-    rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, pDev, DixManageAccess);

-    if (rc != Success)

-        return rc;

-

-    XkbApplyMappingChange(pDev, &keysyms, stuff->firstKeyCode,

-                          stuff->keyCodes, NULL, client);

-

-    for (tmp = inputInfo.devices; tmp; tmp = tmp->next) {

-        if (IsMaster(tmp) || GetMaster(tmp, MASTER_KEYBOARD) != pDev)

-            continue;

-        if (!tmp->key)

-            continue;

-

-        rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, pDev, DixManageAccess);

-        if (rc != Success)

-            continue;

-

-        XkbApplyMappingChange(tmp, &keysyms, stuff->firstKeyCode,

-                              stuff->keyCodes, NULL, client);

-    }

-

-    return Success;

-}

-

-int

-ProcSetPointerMapping(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    BYTE *map;

-    int ret;

-    int i, j;

-    DeviceIntPtr ptr = PickPointer(client);

-    xSetPointerMappingReply rep;

-    REQUEST(xSetPointerMappingReq);

-    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xSetPointerMappingReq);

-

-    if (client->req_len !=

-            bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xSetPointerMappingReq) + stuff->nElts))

-	return BadLength;

-    rep.type = X_Reply;

-    rep.length = 0;

-    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

-    rep.success = MappingSuccess;

-    map = (BYTE *)&stuff[1];

-

-    /* So we're bounded here by the number of core buttons.  This check

-     * probably wants disabling through XFixes. */

-    /* MPX: With ClientPointer, we can return the right number of buttons.

-     * Let's just hope nobody changed ClientPointer between GetPointerMapping

-     * and SetPointerMapping

-     */

-    if (stuff->nElts != ptr->button->numButtons) {

-	client->errorValue = stuff->nElts;

-	return BadValue;

-    }

-

-    /* Core protocol specs don't allow for duplicate mappings; this check

-     * almost certainly wants disabling through XFixes too. */

-    for (i = 0; i < stuff->nElts; i++) {

-        for (j = i + 1; j < stuff->nElts; j++) {

-            if (map[i] && map[i] == map[j]) {

-                client->errorValue = map[i];

-                return BadValue;

-            }

-        }

-    }

-

-    ret = ApplyPointerMapping(ptr, map, stuff->nElts, client);

-    if (ret == MappingBusy)

-        rep.success = ret;

-    else if (ret == -1)

-        return BadValue;

-    else if (ret != Success)

-        return ret;

-

-    WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xSetPointerMappingReply), &rep);

-    return Success;

-}

-

-int

-ProcGetKeyboardMapping(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    xGetKeyboardMappingReply rep;

-    DeviceIntPtr kbd = PickKeyboard(client);

-    XkbDescPtr xkb;

-    KeySymsPtr syms;

-    int rc;

-    REQUEST(xGetKeyboardMappingReq);

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xGetKeyboardMappingReq);

-

-    rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, kbd, DixGetAttrAccess);

-    if (rc != Success)

-	return rc;

-

-    xkb = kbd->key->xkbInfo->desc;

-

-    if ((stuff->firstKeyCode < xkb->min_key_code) ||

-        (stuff->firstKeyCode > xkb->max_key_code)) {

-	client->errorValue = stuff->firstKeyCode;

-	return BadValue;

-    }

-    if (stuff->firstKeyCode + stuff->count > xkb->max_key_code + 1) {

-	client->errorValue = stuff->count;

-        return BadValue;

-    }

-

-    syms = XkbGetCoreMap(kbd);

-    if (!syms)

-        return BadAlloc;

-

-    memset(&rep, 0, sizeof(xGetKeyboardMappingReply));

-    rep.type = X_Reply;

-    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

-    rep.keySymsPerKeyCode = syms->mapWidth;

-    /* length is a count of 4 byte quantities and KeySyms are 4 bytes */

-    rep.length = syms->mapWidth * stuff->count;

-    WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetKeyboardMappingReply), &rep);

-    client->pSwapReplyFunc = (ReplySwapPtr) CopySwap32Write;

-    WriteSwappedDataToClient(client,

-                             syms->mapWidth * stuff->count * sizeof(KeySym),

-                             &syms->map[syms->mapWidth * (stuff->firstKeyCode -

-                                                          syms->minKeyCode)]);

-    free(syms->map);

-    free(syms);

-

-    return Success;

-}

-

-int

-ProcGetPointerMapping(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    xGetPointerMappingReply rep;

-    /* Apps may get different values each time they call GetPointerMapping as

-     * the ClientPointer could change. */

-    DeviceIntPtr ptr = PickPointer(client);

-    ButtonClassPtr butc = ptr->button;

-    int rc;

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReq);

-

-    rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, ptr, DixGetAttrAccess);

-    if (rc != Success)

-	return rc;

-

-    rep.type = X_Reply;

-    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

-    rep.nElts = (butc) ? butc->numButtons : 0;

-    rep.length = ((unsigned)rep.nElts + (4-1))/4;

-    WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetPointerMappingReply), &rep);

-    if (butc)

-        WriteToClient(client, (int)rep.nElts, (char *)&butc->map[1]);

-    return Success;

-}

-

-void

-NoteLedState(DeviceIntPtr keybd, int led, Bool on)

-{

-    KeybdCtrl *ctrl = &keybd->kbdfeed->ctrl;

-    if (on)

-	ctrl->leds |= ((Leds)1 << (led - 1));

-    else

-	ctrl->leds &= ~((Leds)1 << (led - 1));

-}

-

-int

-Ones(unsigned long mask)             /* HACKMEM 169 */

-{

-    unsigned long y;

-

-    y = (mask >> 1) &033333333333;

-    y = mask - y - ((y >>1) & 033333333333);

-    return (((y + (y >> 3)) & 030707070707) % 077);

-}

-

-static int

-DoChangeKeyboardControl (ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr keybd, XID *vlist,

-                         BITS32 vmask)

-{

-#define DO_ALL    (-1)

-    KeybdCtrl ctrl;

-    int t;

-    int led = DO_ALL;

-    int key = DO_ALL;

-    BITS32 index2;

-    int mask = vmask, i;

-    XkbEventCauseRec cause;

-

-    ctrl = keybd->kbdfeed->ctrl;

-    while (vmask) {

-	index2 = (BITS32) lowbit (vmask);

-	vmask &= ~index2;

-	switch (index2) {

-	case KBKeyClickPercent:

-	    t = *vlist;

-	    vlist++;

-	    if (t == -1) {

-		t = defaultKeyboardControl.click;

-            }

-	    else if (t < 0 || t > 100) {

-		client->errorValue = t;

-		return BadValue;

-	    }

-	    ctrl.click = t;

-	    break;

-	case KBBellPercent:

-	    t = (INT8)*vlist;

-	    vlist++;

-	    if (t == -1) {

-		t = defaultKeyboardControl.bell;

-            }

-	    else if (t < 0 || t > 100) {

-		client->errorValue = t;

-		return BadValue;

-	    }

-	    ctrl.bell = t;

-	    break;

-	case KBBellPitch:

-	    t = (INT16)*vlist;

-	    vlist++;

-	    if (t == -1) {

-		t = defaultKeyboardControl.bell_pitch;

-            }

-	    else if (t < 0) {

-		client->errorValue = t;

-		return BadValue;

-	    }

-	    ctrl.bell_pitch = t;

-	    break;

-	case KBBellDuration:

-	    t = (INT16)*vlist;

-	    vlist++;

-	    if (t == -1)

-		t = defaultKeyboardControl.bell_duration;

-	    else if (t < 0) {

-		client->errorValue = t;

-		return BadValue;

-	    }

-	    ctrl.bell_duration = t;

-	    break;

-	case KBLed:

-	    led = (CARD8)*vlist;

-	    vlist++;

-	    if (led < 1 || led > 32) {

-		client->errorValue = led;

-		return BadValue;

-	    }

-	    if (!(mask & KBLedMode))

-		return BadMatch;

-	    break;

-	case KBLedMode:

-	    t = (CARD8)*vlist;

-	    vlist++;

-	    if (t == LedModeOff) {

-		if (led == DO_ALL)

-		    ctrl.leds = 0x0;

-		else

-		    ctrl.leds &= ~(((Leds)(1)) << (led - 1));

-	    }

-	    else if (t == LedModeOn) {

-		if (led == DO_ALL)

-		    ctrl.leds = ~0L;

-		else

-		    ctrl.leds |= (((Leds)(1)) << (led - 1));

-	    }

-	    else {

-		client->errorValue = t;

-		return BadValue;

-	    }

-

-            XkbSetCauseCoreReq(&cause,X_ChangeKeyboardControl,client);

-            XkbSetIndicators(keybd,((led == DO_ALL) ? ~0L : (1L<<(led-1))),

- 			     ctrl.leds, &cause);

-            ctrl.leds = keybd->kbdfeed->ctrl.leds;

-

-	    break;

-	case KBKey:

-	    key = (KeyCode)*vlist;

-	    vlist++;

-	    if ((KeyCode)key < keybd->key->xkbInfo->desc->min_key_code ||

-		(KeyCode)key > keybd->key->xkbInfo->desc->max_key_code) {

-		client->errorValue = key;

-		return BadValue;

-	    }

-	    if (!(mask & KBAutoRepeatMode))

-		return BadMatch;

-	    break;

-	case KBAutoRepeatMode:

-	    i = (key >> 3);

-	    mask = (1 << (key & 7));

-	    t = (CARD8)*vlist;

-	    vlist++;

-            if (key != DO_ALL)

-                XkbDisableComputedAutoRepeats(keybd,key);

-	    if (t == AutoRepeatModeOff) {

-		if (key == DO_ALL)

-		    ctrl.autoRepeat = FALSE;

-		else

-		    ctrl.autoRepeats[i] &= ~mask;

-	    }

-	    else if (t == AutoRepeatModeOn) {

-		if (key == DO_ALL)

-		    ctrl.autoRepeat = TRUE;

-		else

-		    ctrl.autoRepeats[i] |= mask;

-	    }

-	    else if (t == AutoRepeatModeDefault) {

-		if (key == DO_ALL)

-		    ctrl.autoRepeat = defaultKeyboardControl.autoRepeat;

-		else

-		    ctrl.autoRepeats[i] =

-			    (ctrl.autoRepeats[i] & ~mask) |

-			    (defaultKeyboardControl.autoRepeats[i] & mask);

-	    }

-	    else {

-		client->errorValue = t;

-		return BadValue;

-	    }

-	    break;

-	default:

-	    client->errorValue = mask;

-	    return BadValue;

-	}

-    }

-    keybd->kbdfeed->ctrl = ctrl;

-

-    /* The XKB RepeatKeys control and core protocol global autorepeat */

-    /* value are linked	*/

-    XkbSetRepeatKeys(keybd, key, keybd->kbdfeed->ctrl.autoRepeat);

-

-    return Success;

-

-#undef DO_ALL

-}

-

-/**

- * Changes kbd control on the ClientPointer and all attached SDs.

- */

-int

-ProcChangeKeyboardControl (ClientPtr client)

-{

-    XID *vlist;

-    BITS32 vmask;

-    int ret = Success, error = Success;

-    DeviceIntPtr pDev = NULL, keyboard;

-    REQUEST(xChangeKeyboardControlReq);

-

-    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xChangeKeyboardControlReq);

-

-    vmask = stuff->mask;

-    vlist = (XID *)&stuff[1];

-

-    if (client->req_len != (sizeof(xChangeKeyboardControlReq)>>2)+Ones(vmask))

-	return BadLength;

-

-    keyboard = PickKeyboard(client);

-

-    for (pDev = inputInfo.devices; pDev; pDev = pDev->next) {

-        if ((pDev == keyboard ||

-	     (!IsMaster(pDev) && GetMaster(pDev, MASTER_KEYBOARD) == keyboard))

-	    && pDev->kbdfeed && pDev->kbdfeed->CtrlProc) {

-            ret = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, pDev, DixManageAccess);

-	    if (ret != Success)

-                return ret;

-        }

-    }

-

-    for (pDev = inputInfo.devices; pDev; pDev = pDev->next) {

-        if ((pDev == keyboard ||

-	     (!IsMaster(pDev) && GetMaster(pDev, MASTER_KEYBOARD) == keyboard))

-	    && pDev->kbdfeed && pDev->kbdfeed->CtrlProc) {

-            ret = DoChangeKeyboardControl(client, pDev, vlist, vmask);

-            if (ret != Success)

-                error = ret;

-        }

-    }

-

-    return error;

-}

-

-int

-ProcGetKeyboardControl (ClientPtr client)

-{

-    int rc, i;

-    DeviceIntPtr kbd = PickKeyboard(client);

-    KeybdCtrl *ctrl = &kbd->kbdfeed->ctrl;

-    xGetKeyboardControlReply rep;

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReq);

-

-    rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, kbd, DixGetAttrAccess);

-    if (rc != Success)

-	return rc;

-

-    rep.type = X_Reply;

-    rep.length = 5;

-    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

-    rep.globalAutoRepeat = ctrl->autoRepeat;

-    rep.keyClickPercent = ctrl->click;

-    rep.bellPercent = ctrl->bell;

-    rep.bellPitch = ctrl->bell_pitch;

-    rep.bellDuration = ctrl->bell_duration;

-    rep.ledMask = ctrl->leds;

-    for (i = 0; i < 32; i++)

-	rep.map[i] = ctrl->autoRepeats[i];

-    WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetKeyboardControlReply), &rep);

-    return Success;

-}

-

-int

-ProcBell(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    DeviceIntPtr dev, keybd = PickKeyboard(client);

-    int base = keybd->kbdfeed->ctrl.bell;

-    int newpercent;

-    int rc;

-    REQUEST(xBellReq);

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xBellReq);

-

-    if (stuff->percent < -100 || stuff->percent > 100) {

-	client->errorValue = stuff->percent;

-	return BadValue;

-    }

-

-    newpercent = (base * stuff->percent) / 100;

-    if (stuff->percent < 0)

-        newpercent = base + newpercent;

-    else

-	newpercent = base - newpercent + stuff->percent;

-

-    for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next) {

-        if ((dev == keybd ||

-	     (!IsMaster(dev) && GetMaster(dev, MASTER_KEYBOARD) == keybd)) &&

-            dev->kbdfeed && dev->kbdfeed->BellProc) {

-

-	    rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, DixBellAccess);

-	    if (rc != Success)

-		return rc;

-            XkbHandleBell(FALSE, FALSE, dev, newpercent,

-                          &dev->kbdfeed->ctrl, 0, None, NULL, client);

-        }

-    }

-

-    return Success;

-}

-

-int

-ProcChangePointerControl(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    DeviceIntPtr dev, mouse = PickPointer(client);

-    PtrCtrl ctrl;		/* might get BadValue part way through */

-    int rc;

-    REQUEST(xChangePointerControlReq);

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xChangePointerControlReq);

-

-    ctrl = mouse->ptrfeed->ctrl;

-    if ((stuff->doAccel != xTrue) && (stuff->doAccel != xFalse)) {

-	client->errorValue = stuff->doAccel;

-	return BadValue;

-    }

-    if ((stuff->doThresh != xTrue) && (stuff->doThresh != xFalse)) {

-	client->errorValue = stuff->doThresh;

-	return BadValue;

-    }

-    if (stuff->doAccel) {

-	if (stuff->accelNum == -1) {

-	    ctrl.num = defaultPointerControl.num;

-        }

-	else if (stuff->accelNum < 0) {

-	    client->errorValue = stuff->accelNum;

-	    return BadValue;

-	}

-	else {

-            ctrl.num = stuff->accelNum;

-        }

-

-	if (stuff->accelDenum == -1) {

-	    ctrl.den = defaultPointerControl.den;

-        }

-	else if (stuff->accelDenum <= 0) {

-	    client->errorValue = stuff->accelDenum;

-	    return BadValue;

-	}

-	else {

-            ctrl.den = stuff->accelDenum;

-        }

-    }

-    if (stuff->doThresh) {

-	if (stuff->threshold == -1) {

-	    ctrl.threshold = defaultPointerControl.threshold;

-        }

-	else if (stuff->threshold < 0) {

-	    client->errorValue = stuff->threshold;

-	    return BadValue;

-	}

-	else {

-            ctrl.threshold = stuff->threshold;

-        }

-    }

-

-    for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next) {

-        if ((dev == mouse ||

-	     (!IsMaster(dev) && GetMaster(dev, MASTER_POINTER) == mouse)) &&

-            dev->ptrfeed) {

-	    rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, DixManageAccess);

-	    if (rc != Success)

-		return rc;

-	}

-    }

-

-    for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next) {

-        if ((dev == mouse ||

-	     (!IsMaster(dev) && GetMaster(dev, MASTER_POINTER) == mouse)) &&

-            dev->ptrfeed) {

-            dev->ptrfeed->ctrl = ctrl;

-        }

-    }

-

-    return Success;

-}

-

-int

-ProcGetPointerControl(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    DeviceIntPtr ptr = PickPointer(client);

-    PtrCtrl *ctrl = &ptr->ptrfeed->ctrl;

-    xGetPointerControlReply rep;

-    int rc;

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReq);

-

-    rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, ptr, DixGetAttrAccess);

-    if (rc != Success)

-	return rc;

-

-    rep.type = X_Reply;

-    rep.length = 0;

-    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

-    rep.threshold = ctrl->threshold;

-    rep.accelNumerator = ctrl->num;

-    rep.accelDenominator = ctrl->den;

-    WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGenericReply), &rep);

-    return Success;

-}

-

-void

-MaybeStopHint(DeviceIntPtr dev, ClientPtr client)

-{

-    GrabPtr grab = dev->deviceGrab.grab;

-

-    if ((grab && SameClient(grab, client) &&

-	 ((grab->eventMask & PointerMotionHintMask) ||

-	  (grab->ownerEvents &&

-	   (EventMaskForClient(dev->valuator->motionHintWindow, client) &

-	    PointerMotionHintMask)))) ||

-	(!grab &&

-	 (EventMaskForClient(dev->valuator->motionHintWindow, client) &

-	  PointerMotionHintMask)))

-	dev->valuator->motionHintWindow = NullWindow;

-}

-

-int

-ProcGetMotionEvents(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    WindowPtr pWin;

-    xTimecoord * coords = (xTimecoord *) NULL;

-    xGetMotionEventsReply rep;

-    int i, count, xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax, rc;

-    unsigned long nEvents;

-    DeviceIntPtr mouse = PickPointer(client);

-    TimeStamp start, stop;

-    REQUEST(xGetMotionEventsReq);

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xGetMotionEventsReq);

-

-    rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->window, client, DixGetAttrAccess);

-    if (rc != Success)

-	return rc;

-    rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, mouse, DixReadAccess);

-    if (rc != Success)

-	return rc;

-

-    if (mouse->valuator->motionHintWindow)

-	MaybeStopHint(mouse, client);

-    rep.type = X_Reply;

-    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

-    nEvents = 0;

-    start = ClientTimeToServerTime(stuff->start);

-    stop = ClientTimeToServerTime(stuff->stop);

-    if ((CompareTimeStamps(start, stop) != LATER) &&

-	(CompareTimeStamps(start, currentTime) != LATER) &&

-	mouse->valuator->numMotionEvents)

-    {

-	if (CompareTimeStamps(stop, currentTime) == LATER)

-	    stop = currentTime;

-	count = GetMotionHistory(mouse, &coords, start.milliseconds,

-				 stop.milliseconds, pWin->drawable.pScreen,

-                                 TRUE);

-	xmin = pWin->drawable.x - wBorderWidth (pWin);

-	xmax = pWin->drawable.x + (int)pWin->drawable.width +

-		wBorderWidth (pWin);

-	ymin = pWin->drawable.y - wBorderWidth (pWin);

-	ymax = pWin->drawable.y + (int)pWin->drawable.height +

-		wBorderWidth (pWin);

-	for (i = 0; i < count; i++)

-	    if ((xmin <= coords[i].x) && (coords[i].x < xmax) &&

-		    (ymin <= coords[i].y) && (coords[i].y < ymax))

-	    {

-		coords[nEvents].time = coords[i].time;

-		coords[nEvents].x = coords[i].x - pWin->drawable.x;

-		coords[nEvents].y = coords[i].y - pWin->drawable.y;

-		nEvents++;

-	    }

-    }

-    rep.length = nEvents * bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xTimecoord));

-    rep.nEvents = nEvents;

-    WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetMotionEventsReply), &rep);

-    if (nEvents)

-    {

-	client->pSwapReplyFunc = (ReplySwapPtr) SwapTimeCoordWrite;

-	WriteSwappedDataToClient(client, nEvents * sizeof(xTimecoord),

-				 (char *)coords);

-    }

-    free(coords);

-    return Success;

-}

-

-int

-ProcQueryKeymap(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    xQueryKeymapReply rep;

-    int rc, i;

-    DeviceIntPtr keybd = PickKeyboard(client);

-    CARD8 *down = keybd->key->down;

-

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReq);

-    rep.type = X_Reply;

-    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

-    rep.length = 2;

-

-    rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, keybd, DixReadAccess);

-    if (rc != Success && rc != BadAccess)

-	return rc;

-

-    for (i = 0; i<32; i++)

-	rep.map[i] = down[i];

-

-    if (rc == BadAccess)

-	memset(rep.map, 0, 32);

-

-    WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xQueryKeymapReply), &rep);

-

-   return Success;

-}

-

-

-/**

- * Recalculate the number of buttons for the master device. The number of

- * buttons on the master device is equal to the number of buttons on the

- * slave device with the highest number of buttons.

- */

-static void

-RecalculateMasterButtons(DeviceIntPtr slave)

-{

-    DeviceIntPtr dev, master;

-    int maxbuttons = 0;

-

-    if (!slave->button || IsMaster(slave))

-        return;

-

-    master = GetMaster(slave, MASTER_POINTER);

-    if (!master)

-        return;

-

-    for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)

-    {

-        if (IsMaster(dev) ||

-            GetMaster(dev, MASTER_ATTACHED) != master ||

-            !dev->button)

-            continue;

-

-        maxbuttons = max(maxbuttons, dev->button->numButtons);

-    }

-

-    if (master->button && master->button->numButtons != maxbuttons)

-    {

-        int i;

-        DeviceChangedEvent event;

-

-        memset(&event, 0, sizeof(event));

-

-        master->button->numButtons = maxbuttons;

-

-        event.header = ET_Internal;

-        event.type = ET_DeviceChanged;

-        event.time = GetTimeInMillis();

-        event.deviceid = master->id;

-        event.flags = DEVCHANGE_POINTER_EVENT | DEVCHANGE_DEVICE_CHANGE;

-        event.buttons.num_buttons = maxbuttons;

-        memcpy(&event.buttons.names, master->button->labels, maxbuttons *

-                sizeof(Atom));

-

-        if (master->valuator)

-        {

-            event.num_valuators = master->valuator->numAxes;

-            for (i = 0; i < event.num_valuators; i++)

-            {

-                event.valuators[i].min = master->valuator->axes[i].min_value;

-                event.valuators[i].max = master->valuator->axes[i].max_value;

-                event.valuators[i].resolution = master->valuator->axes[i].resolution;

-                event.valuators[i].mode = master->valuator->axes[i].mode;

-                event.valuators[i].name = master->valuator->axes[i].label;

-            }

-        }

-

-        if (master->key)

-        {

-            event.keys.min_keycode = master->key->xkbInfo->desc->min_key_code;

-            event.keys.max_keycode = master->key->xkbInfo->desc->max_key_code;

-        }

-

-        XISendDeviceChangedEvent(master, master, &event);

-    }

-}

-

-/**

- * Generate release events for all keys/button currently down on this

- * device.

- */

-void

-ReleaseButtonsAndKeys(DeviceIntPtr dev)

-{

-    InternalEvent*      eventlist = InitEventList(GetMaximumEventsNum());

-    ButtonClassPtr      b = dev->button;

-    KeyClassPtr         k = dev->key;

-    int                 i, j, nevents;

-

-    if (!eventlist) /* no release events for you */

-        return;

-

-    /* Release all buttons */

-    for (i = 0; b && i < b->numButtons; i++)

-    {

-        if (BitIsOn(b->down, i))

-        {

-            nevents = GetPointerEvents(eventlist, dev, ButtonRelease, i, 0, NULL);

-            for (j = 0; j < nevents; j++)

-                mieqProcessDeviceEvent(dev, &eventlist[j], NULL);

-        }

-    }

-

-    /* Release all keys */

-    for (i = 0; k && i < MAP_LENGTH; i++)

-    {

-        if (BitIsOn(k->down, i))

-        {

-            nevents = GetKeyboardEvents(eventlist, dev, KeyRelease, i, NULL);

-            for (j = 0; j < nevents; j++)

-                mieqProcessDeviceEvent(dev, &eventlist[j], NULL);

-        }

-    }

-

-    FreeEventList(eventlist, GetMaximumEventsNum());

-}

-

-/**

- * Attach device 'dev' to device 'master'.

- * Client is set to the client that issued the request, or NULL if it comes

- * from some internal automatic pairing.

- *

- * Master may be NULL to set the device floating.

- *

- * We don't allow multi-layer hierarchies right now. You can't attach a slave

- * to another slave.

- */

-int

-AttachDevice(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, DeviceIntPtr master)

-{

-    ScreenPtr screen;

-    DeviceIntPtr oldmaster;

-    if (!dev || IsMaster(dev))

-        return BadDevice;

-

-    if (master && !IsMaster(master)) /* can't attach to slaves */

-        return BadDevice;

-

-    /* set from floating to floating? */

-    if (IsFloating(dev) && !master && dev->enabled)

-        return Success;

-

-    /* free the existing sprite. */

-    if (IsFloating(dev) && dev->spriteInfo->paired == dev)

-    {

-        screen = miPointerGetScreen(dev);

-        screen->DeviceCursorCleanup(dev, screen);

-        free(dev->spriteInfo->sprite);

-    }

-

-    oldmaster = GetMaster(dev, MASTER_ATTACHED);

-    dev->master = master;

-

-    /* If device is set to floating, we need to create a sprite for it,

-     * otherwise things go bad. However, we don't want to render the cursor,

-     * so we reset spriteOwner.

-     * Sprite has to be forced to NULL first, otherwise InitializeSprite won't

-     * alloc new memory but overwrite the previous one.

-     */

-    if (!master)

-    {

-        WindowPtr currentRoot;

-

-        if (dev->spriteInfo->sprite)

-            currentRoot = GetCurrentRootWindow(dev);

-        else /* new device auto-set to floating */

-            currentRoot = screenInfo.screens[0]->root;

-

-        /* we need to init a fake sprite */

-        screen = currentRoot->drawable.pScreen;

-        screen->DeviceCursorInitialize(dev, screen);

-        dev->spriteInfo->sprite = NULL;

-        InitializeSprite(dev, currentRoot);

-        dev->spriteInfo->spriteOwner = FALSE;

-        dev->spriteInfo->paired = dev;

-    } else

-    {

-        dev->spriteInfo->sprite = master->spriteInfo->sprite;

-        dev->spriteInfo->paired = master;

-        dev->spriteInfo->spriteOwner = FALSE;

-

-        RecalculateMasterButtons(master);

-    }

-

-    /* XXX: in theory, the MD should change back to its old, original

-     * classes when the last SD is detached. Thanks to the XTEST devices,

-     * we'll always have an SD attached until the MD is removed.

-     * So let's not worry about that.

-     */

-

-    return Success;

-}

-

-/**

- * Return the device paired with the given device or NULL.

- * Returns the device paired with the parent master if the given device is a

- * slave device.

- */

-DeviceIntPtr

-GetPairedDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev)

-{

-    if (!IsMaster(dev) && !IsFloating(dev))

-        dev = GetMaster(dev, MASTER_ATTACHED);

-

-    return dev->spriteInfo->paired;

-}

-

-

-/**

- * Returns the right master for the type of event needed. If the event is a

- * keyboard event.

- * This function may be called with a master device as argument. If so, the

- * returned master is either the device itself or the paired master device.

- * If dev is a floating slave device, NULL is returned.

- *

- * @type ::MASTER_KEYBOARD or ::MASTER_POINTER or ::MASTER_ATTACHED

- * @return The requested master device. In the case of MASTER_ATTACHED, this

- * is the directly attached master to this device, regardless of the type.

- * Otherwise, it is either the master keyboard or pointer for this device.

- */

-DeviceIntPtr

-GetMaster(DeviceIntPtr dev, int which)

-{

-    DeviceIntPtr master;

-

-    if (IsMaster(dev))

-        master = dev;

-    else

-        master = dev->master;

-

-    if (master && which != MASTER_ATTACHED)

-    {

-        if (which == MASTER_KEYBOARD)

-        {

-            if (master->type != MASTER_KEYBOARD)

-                master = GetPairedDevice(master);

-        } else

-        {

-            if (master->type != MASTER_POINTER)

-                master = GetPairedDevice(master);

-        }

-    }

-

-    return master;

-}

-

-/**

- * Create a new device pair (== one pointer, one keyboard device).

- * Only allocates the devices, you will need to call ActivateDevice() and

- * EnableDevice() manually.

- * Either a master or a slave device can be created depending on

- * the value for master.

- */

-int

-AllocDevicePair (ClientPtr client, char* name,

-                 DeviceIntPtr* ptr,

-                 DeviceIntPtr* keybd,

-                 DeviceProc ptr_proc,

-                 DeviceProc keybd_proc,

-                 Bool master)

-{

-    DeviceIntPtr pointer;

-    DeviceIntPtr keyboard;

-    *ptr = *keybd = NULL;

-

-    pointer = AddInputDevice(client, ptr_proc, TRUE);

-    if (!pointer)

-        return BadAlloc;

-

-    if (asprintf(&pointer->name, "%s pointer", name) == -1) {

-        pointer->name = NULL;

-        RemoveDevice(pointer, FALSE);

-        return BadAlloc;

-    }

-

-    pointer->public.processInputProc = ProcessOtherEvent;

-    pointer->public.realInputProc = ProcessOtherEvent;

-    XkbSetExtension(pointer, ProcessPointerEvent);

-    pointer->deviceGrab.ActivateGrab = ActivatePointerGrab;

-    pointer->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab = DeactivatePointerGrab;

-    pointer->coreEvents = TRUE;

-    pointer->spriteInfo->spriteOwner = TRUE;

-

-    pointer->lastSlave = NULL;

-    pointer->last.slave = NULL;

-    pointer->type = (master) ? MASTER_POINTER : SLAVE;

-

-    keyboard = AddInputDevice(client, keybd_proc, TRUE);

-    if (!keyboard)

-    {

-        RemoveDevice(pointer, FALSE);

-        return BadAlloc;

-    }

-

-    if (asprintf(&keyboard->name, "%s keyboard", name) == -1) {

-        keyboard->name = NULL;

-        RemoveDevice(keyboard, FALSE);

-        RemoveDevice(pointer, FALSE);

-        return BadAlloc;

-    }

-

-    keyboard->public.processInputProc = ProcessOtherEvent;

-    keyboard->public.realInputProc = ProcessOtherEvent;

-    XkbSetExtension(keyboard, ProcessKeyboardEvent);

-    keyboard->deviceGrab.ActivateGrab = ActivateKeyboardGrab;

-    keyboard->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab = DeactivateKeyboardGrab;

-    keyboard->coreEvents = TRUE;

-    keyboard->spriteInfo->spriteOwner = FALSE;

-

-    keyboard->lastSlave = NULL;

-    keyboard->last.slave = NULL;

-    keyboard->type = (master) ? MASTER_KEYBOARD : SLAVE;

-

-    /* The ClassesRec stores the device classes currently not used. */

-    pointer->unused_classes = calloc(1, sizeof(ClassesRec));

-    keyboard->unused_classes = calloc(1, sizeof(ClassesRec));

-

-    *ptr = pointer;

-    *keybd = keyboard;

-

-    return Success;

-}

-

-/**

- * Return Relative or Absolute for the device.

- */

-int valuator_get_mode(DeviceIntPtr dev, int axis)

-{

-    return (dev->valuator->axes[axis].mode & DeviceMode);

-}

-

-/**

- * Set the given mode for the axis. If axis is VALUATOR_MODE_ALL_AXES, then

- * set the mode for all axes.

- */

-void valuator_set_mode(DeviceIntPtr dev, int axis, int mode)

-{

-    if (axis != VALUATOR_MODE_ALL_AXES)

-        dev->valuator->axes[axis].mode = mode;

-    else {

-        int i;

-        for (i = 0; i < dev->valuator->numAxes; i++)

-            dev->valuator->axes[i].mode = mode;

-    }

-}

+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1987, 1998  The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+
+Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+                        All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <X11/X.h>
+#include "misc.h"
+#include "resource.h"
+#include <X11/Xproto.h>
+#include <X11/Xatom.h>
+#include "windowstr.h"
+#include "inputstr.h"
+#include "scrnintstr.h"
+#include "cursorstr.h"
+#include "dixstruct.h"
+#include "ptrveloc.h"
+#include "site.h"
+#include "xkbsrv.h"
+#include "privates.h"
+#include "xace.h"
+#include "mi.h"
+
+#include "dispatch.h"
+#include "swaprep.h"
+#include "dixevents.h"
+#include "mipointer.h"
+#include "eventstr.h"
+
+#include <X11/extensions/XI.h>
+#include <X11/extensions/XI2.h>
+#include <X11/extensions/XIproto.h>
+#include <math.h>
+#include <pixman.h>
+#include "exglobals.h"
+#include "exevents.h"
+#include "xiquerydevice.h" /* for SizeDeviceClasses */
+#include "xiproperty.h"
+#include "enterleave.h" /* for EnterWindow() */
+#include "xserver-properties.h"
+#include "xichangehierarchy.h" /* For XISendDeviceHierarchyEvent */
+
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+#define isfinite(val) _finite(val)
+#endif
+
+/** @file
+ * This file handles input device-related stuff.
+ */
+
+static void RecalculateMasterButtons(DeviceIntPtr slave);
+
+static void
+DeviceSetTransform(DeviceIntPtr dev, float *transform)
+{
+    struct pixman_f_transform scale;
+    double sx, sy;
+    int x, y;
+
+    /**
+     * calculate combined transformation matrix:
+     *
+     * M = InvScale * Transform * Scale
+     *
+     * So we can later transform points using M * p
+     *
+     * Where:
+     *  Scale scales coordinates into 0..1 range
+     *  Transform is the user supplied (affine) transform
+     *  InvScale scales coordinates back up into their native range
+     */
+    sx = dev->valuator->axes[0].max_value - dev->valuator->axes[0].min_value;
+    sy = dev->valuator->axes[1].max_value - dev->valuator->axes[1].min_value;
+
+    /* invscale */
+    pixman_f_transform_init_scale(&scale, sx, sy);
+    scale.m[0][2] = dev->valuator->axes[0].min_value;
+    scale.m[1][2] = dev->valuator->axes[1].min_value;
+
+    /* transform */
+    for (y=0; y<3; y++)
+        for (x=0; x<3; x++)
+            dev->transform.m[y][x] = *transform++;
+
+    pixman_f_transform_multiply(&dev->transform, &scale, &dev->transform);
+
+    /* scale */
+    pixman_f_transform_init_scale(&scale, 1.0 / sx, 1.0 / sy);
+    scale.m[0][2] = -dev->valuator->axes[0].min_value / sx;
+    scale.m[1][2] = -dev->valuator->axes[1].min_value / sy;
+
+    pixman_f_transform_multiply(&dev->transform, &dev->transform, &scale);
+}
+
+/**
+ * DIX property handler.
+ */
+static int
+DeviceSetProperty(DeviceIntPtr dev, Atom property, XIPropertyValuePtr prop,
+                  BOOL checkonly)
+{
+    if (property == XIGetKnownProperty(XI_PROP_ENABLED))
+    {
+        if (prop->format != 8 || prop->type != XA_INTEGER || prop->size != 1)
+            return BadValue;
+
+        /* Don't allow disabling of VCP/VCK */
+        if ((dev == inputInfo.pointer || dev == inputInfo.keyboard) &&
+            !(*(CARD8*)prop->data))
+            return BadAccess;
+
+        if (!checkonly)
+        {
+            if ((*((CARD8*)prop->data)) && !dev->enabled)
+                EnableDevice(dev, TRUE);
+            else if (!(*((CARD8*)prop->data)) && dev->enabled)
+                DisableDevice(dev, TRUE);
+        }
+    } else if (property == XIGetKnownProperty(XI_PROP_TRANSFORM))
+    {
+        float *f = (float*)prop->data;
+        int i;
+
+        if (prop->format != 32 || prop->size != 9 ||
+            prop->type != XIGetKnownProperty(XATOM_FLOAT))
+            return BadValue;
+
+        for (i=0; i<9; i++)
+            if (!isfinite(f[i]))
+                return BadValue;
+
+        if (!checkonly)
+            DeviceSetTransform(dev, f);
+    }
+
+    return Success;
+}
+
+/* Pair the keyboard to the pointer device. Keyboard events will follow the
+ * pointer sprite. Only applicable for master devices.
+ * If the client is set, the request to pair comes from some client. In this
+ * case, we need to check for access. If the client is NULL, it's from an
+ * internal automatic pairing, we must always permit this.
+ */
+static int
+PairDevices(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr ptr, DeviceIntPtr kbd)
+{
+    if (!ptr)
+        return BadDevice;
+
+    /* Don't allow pairing for slave devices */
+    if (!IsMaster(ptr) || !IsMaster(kbd))
+        return BadDevice;
+
+    if (ptr->spriteInfo->paired)
+        return BadDevice;
+
+    if (kbd->spriteInfo->spriteOwner)
+    {
+        free(kbd->spriteInfo->sprite);
+        kbd->spriteInfo->sprite = NULL;
+        kbd->spriteInfo->spriteOwner = FALSE;
+    }
+
+    kbd->spriteInfo->sprite = ptr->spriteInfo->sprite;
+    kbd->spriteInfo->paired = ptr;
+    ptr->spriteInfo->paired = kbd;
+    return Success;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Find and return the next unpaired MD pointer device.
+ */
+static DeviceIntPtr
+NextFreePointerDevice(void)
+{
+    DeviceIntPtr dev;
+    for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
+        if (IsMaster(dev) &&
+                dev->spriteInfo->spriteOwner &&
+                !dev->spriteInfo->paired)
+            return dev;
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Create a new input device and init it to sane values. The device is added
+ * to the server's off_devices list.
+ *
+ * @param deviceProc Callback for device control function (switch dev on/off).
+ * @return The newly created device.
+ */
+DeviceIntPtr
+AddInputDevice(ClientPtr client, DeviceProc deviceProc, Bool autoStart)
+{
+    DeviceIntPtr dev, *prev; /* not a typo */
+    DeviceIntPtr devtmp;
+    int devid;
+    char devind[MAXDEVICES];
+    BOOL enabled;
+    float transform[9];
+
+    /* Find next available id, 0 and 1 are reserved */
+    memset(devind, 0, sizeof(char)*MAXDEVICES);
+    for (devtmp = inputInfo.devices; devtmp; devtmp = devtmp->next)
+	devind[devtmp->id]++;
+    for (devtmp = inputInfo.off_devices; devtmp; devtmp = devtmp->next)
+	devind[devtmp->id]++;
+    for (devid = 2; devid < MAXDEVICES && devind[devid]; devid++)
+	;
+
+    if (devid >= MAXDEVICES)
+	return (DeviceIntPtr)NULL;
+    dev =  _dixAllocateObjectWithPrivates(sizeof(DeviceIntRec) + sizeof(SpriteInfoRec),
+					  sizeof(DeviceIntRec) + sizeof(SpriteInfoRec),
+					  offsetof(DeviceIntRec, devPrivates), PRIVATE_DEVICE);
+    if (!dev)
+	return (DeviceIntPtr)NULL;
+    dev->id = devid;
+    dev->public.processInputProc = ProcessOtherEvent;
+    dev->public.realInputProc = ProcessOtherEvent;
+    dev->public.enqueueInputProc = EnqueueEvent;
+    dev->deviceProc = deviceProc;
+    dev->startup = autoStart;
+
+    /* device grab defaults */
+    dev->deviceGrab.grabTime = currentTime;
+    dev->deviceGrab.ActivateGrab = ActivateKeyboardGrab;
+    dev->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab = DeactivateKeyboardGrab;
+
+    XkbSetExtension(dev, ProcessKeyboardEvent);
+
+    dev->coreEvents = TRUE;
+
+    /* sprite defaults */
+    dev->spriteInfo = (SpriteInfoPtr)&dev[1];
+
+    /*  security creation/labeling check
+     */
+    if (XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, DixCreateAccess)) {
+	free(dev);
+	return NULL;
+    }
+
+    inputInfo.numDevices++;
+
+    for (prev = &inputInfo.off_devices; *prev; prev = &(*prev)->next)
+        ;
+    *prev = dev;
+    dev->next = NULL;
+
+    enabled = FALSE;
+    XIChangeDeviceProperty(dev, XIGetKnownProperty(XI_PROP_ENABLED),
+                           XA_INTEGER, 8, PropModeReplace, 1, &enabled,
+                           FALSE);
+    XISetDevicePropertyDeletable(dev, XIGetKnownProperty(XI_PROP_ENABLED), FALSE);
+
+    /* unity matrix */
+    memset(transform, 0, sizeof(transform));
+    transform[0] = transform[4] = transform[8] = 1.0f;
+
+    XIChangeDeviceProperty(dev, XIGetKnownProperty(XI_PROP_TRANSFORM),
+                           XIGetKnownProperty(XATOM_FLOAT), 32,
+                           PropModeReplace, 9, transform, FALSE);
+    XISetDevicePropertyDeletable(dev, XIGetKnownProperty(XI_PROP_TRANSFORM),
+                                 FALSE);
+
+    XIRegisterPropertyHandler(dev, DeviceSetProperty, NULL, NULL);
+
+    return dev;
+}
+
+void
+SendDevicePresenceEvent(int deviceid, int type)
+{
+    DeviceIntRec dummyDev;
+    devicePresenceNotify ev;
+
+    memset(&dummyDev, 0, sizeof(DeviceIntRec));
+    ev.type = DevicePresenceNotify;
+    ev.time = currentTime.milliseconds;
+    ev.devchange = type;
+    ev.deviceid = deviceid;
+    dummyDev.id = XIAllDevices;
+    SendEventToAllWindows(&dummyDev, DevicePresenceNotifyMask,
+                          (xEvent*)&ev, 1);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Enable the device through the driver, add the device to the device list.
+ * Switch device ON through the driver and push it onto the global device
+ * list. Initialize the DIX sprite or pair the device. All clients are
+ * notified about the device being enabled.
+ *
+ * A master pointer device needs to be enabled before a master keyboard
+ * device.
+ *
+ * @param The device to be enabled.
+ * @param sendevent True if an XI2 event should be sent.
+ * @return TRUE on success or FALSE otherwise.
+ */
+Bool
+EnableDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev, BOOL sendevent)
+{
+    DeviceIntPtr *prev;
+    int ret;
+    DeviceIntPtr other;
+    BOOL enabled;
+    int flags[MAXDEVICES] = {0};
+
+    for (prev = &inputInfo.off_devices;
+	 *prev && (*prev != dev);
+	 prev = &(*prev)->next)
+	;
+
+    if (!dev->spriteInfo->sprite)
+    {
+        if (IsMaster(dev))
+        {
+            /* Sprites appear on first root window, so we can hardcode it */
+            if (dev->spriteInfo->spriteOwner)
+            {
+                InitializeSprite(dev, screenInfo.screens[0]->root);
+                                                 /* mode doesn't matter */
+                EnterWindow(dev, screenInfo.screens[0]->root, NotifyAncestor);
+            }
+            else if ((other = NextFreePointerDevice()) == NULL)
+            {
+                ErrorF("[dix] cannot find pointer to pair with. "
+                       "This is a bug.\n");
+                return FALSE;
+            } else
+                PairDevices(NULL, other, dev);
+        } else
+        {
+            if (dev->coreEvents)
+                other = (IsPointerDevice(dev)) ? inputInfo.pointer :
+                    inputInfo.keyboard;
+            else
+                other = NULL; /* auto-float non-core devices */
+            AttachDevice(NULL, dev, other);
+        }
+    }
+
+    if ((*prev != dev) || !dev->inited ||
+	((ret = (*dev->deviceProc)(dev, DEVICE_ON)) != Success)) {
+        ErrorF("[dix] couldn't enable device %d\n", dev->id);
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    dev->enabled = TRUE;
+    *prev = dev->next;
+
+    for (prev = &inputInfo.devices; *prev; prev = &(*prev)->next)
+        ;
+    *prev = dev;
+    dev->next = NULL;
+
+    enabled = TRUE;
+    XIChangeDeviceProperty(dev, XIGetKnownProperty(XI_PROP_ENABLED),
+                           XA_INTEGER, 8, PropModeReplace, 1, &enabled,
+                           TRUE);
+
+    SendDevicePresenceEvent(dev->id, DeviceEnabled);
+    if (sendevent)
+    {
+        flags[dev->id] |= XIDeviceEnabled;
+        XISendDeviceHierarchyEvent(flags);
+    }
+
+    RecalculateMasterButtons(dev);
+
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Switch a device off through the driver and push it onto the off_devices
+ * list. A device will not send events while disabled. All clients are
+ * notified about the device being disabled.
+ *
+ * Master keyboard devices have to be disabled before master pointer devices
+ * otherwise things turn bad.
+ *
+ * @param sendevent True if an XI2 event should be sent.
+ * @return TRUE on success or FALSE otherwise.
+ */
+Bool
+DisableDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev, BOOL sendevent)
+{
+    DeviceIntPtr *prev, other;
+    BOOL enabled;
+    int flags[MAXDEVICES] = {0};
+
+    for (prev = &inputInfo.devices;
+	 *prev && (*prev != dev);
+	 prev = &(*prev)->next)
+	;
+    if (*prev != dev)
+	return FALSE;
+
+    /* float attached devices */
+    if (IsMaster(dev))
+    {
+        for (other = inputInfo.devices; other; other = other->next)
+        {
+            if (!IsMaster(other) && GetMaster(other, MASTER_ATTACHED) == dev)
+            {
+                AttachDevice(NULL, other, NULL);
+                flags[other->id] |= XISlaveDetached;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        for (other = inputInfo.devices; other; other = other->next)
+        {
+	    if (IsMaster(other) && other->lastSlave == dev)
+		other->lastSlave = NULL;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (IsMaster(dev) && dev->spriteInfo->sprite)
+    {
+        for (other = inputInfo.devices; other; other = other->next)
+        {
+            if (other->spriteInfo->paired == dev)
+            {
+                ErrorF("[dix] cannot disable device, still paired. "
+                        "This is a bug. \n");
+                return FALSE;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    (void)(*dev->deviceProc)(dev, DEVICE_OFF);
+    dev->enabled = FALSE;
+
+    /* now that the device is disabled, we can reset the signal handler's
+     * last.slave */
+    OsBlockSignals();
+    for (other = inputInfo.devices; other; other = other->next)
+    {
+        if (other->last.slave == dev)
+            other->last.slave = NULL;
+    }
+    OsReleaseSignals();
+
+    LeaveWindow(dev);
+    SetFocusOut(dev);
+
+    *prev = dev->next;
+    dev->next = inputInfo.off_devices;
+    inputInfo.off_devices = dev;
+
+    enabled = FALSE;
+    XIChangeDeviceProperty(dev, XIGetKnownProperty(XI_PROP_ENABLED),
+                           XA_INTEGER, 8, PropModeReplace, 1, &enabled,
+                           TRUE);
+
+    SendDevicePresenceEvent(dev->id, DeviceDisabled);
+    if (sendevent)
+    {
+        flags[dev->id] = XIDeviceDisabled;
+        XISendDeviceHierarchyEvent(flags);
+    }
+
+    RecalculateMasterButtons(dev);
+
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Initialise a new device through the driver and tell all clients about the
+ * new device.
+ *
+ * Must be called before EnableDevice.
+ * The device will NOT send events until it is enabled!
+ *
+ * @param sendevent True if an XI2 event should be sent.
+ * @return Success or an error code on failure.
+ */
+int
+ActivateDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev, BOOL sendevent)
+{
+    int ret = Success;
+    ScreenPtr pScreen = screenInfo.screens[0];
+
+    if (!dev || !dev->deviceProc)
+        return BadImplementation;
+
+    ret = (*dev->deviceProc) (dev, DEVICE_INIT);
+    dev->inited = (ret == Success);
+    if (!dev->inited)
+        return ret;
+
+    /* Initialize memory for sprites. */
+    if (IsMaster(dev) && dev->spriteInfo->spriteOwner)
+        if (!pScreen->DeviceCursorInitialize(dev, pScreen))
+            ret = BadAlloc;
+
+    SendDevicePresenceEvent(dev->id, DeviceAdded);
+    if (sendevent)
+    {
+        int flags[MAXDEVICES] = {0};
+        flags[dev->id] = XISlaveAdded;
+        XISendDeviceHierarchyEvent(flags);
+    }
+    return ret;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Ring the bell.
+ * The actual task of ringing the bell is the job of the DDX.
+ */
+static void
+CoreKeyboardBell(int volume, DeviceIntPtr pDev, pointer arg, int something)
+{
+    KeybdCtrl *ctrl = arg;
+
+    DDXRingBell(volume, ctrl->bell_pitch, ctrl->bell_duration);
+}
+
+static void
+CoreKeyboardCtl(DeviceIntPtr pDev, KeybdCtrl *ctrl)
+{
+    return;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Device control function for the Virtual Core Keyboard.
+ */
+int
+CoreKeyboardProc(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int what)
+{
+
+    switch (what) {
+    case DEVICE_INIT:
+        if (!InitKeyboardDeviceStruct(pDev, NULL, CoreKeyboardBell,
+                                      CoreKeyboardCtl))
+        {
+            ErrorF("Keyboard initialization failed. This could be a missing "
+                   "or incorrect setup of xkeyboard-config.\n");
+            return BadValue;
+        }
+        return Success;
+
+    case DEVICE_ON:
+    case DEVICE_OFF:
+        return Success;
+
+    case DEVICE_CLOSE:
+        return Success;
+    }
+
+    return BadMatch;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Device control function for the Virtual Core Pointer.
+ */
+int
+CorePointerProc(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int what)
+{
+#define NBUTTONS 10
+#define NAXES 2
+    BYTE map[NBUTTONS + 1];
+    int i = 0;
+    Atom btn_labels[NBUTTONS] = {0};
+    Atom axes_labels[NAXES] = {0};
+
+    switch (what) {
+    case DEVICE_INIT:
+        for (i = 1; i <= NBUTTONS; i++)
+            map[i] = i;
+
+	btn_labels[0] = XIGetKnownProperty(BTN_LABEL_PROP_BTN_LEFT);
+	btn_labels[1] = XIGetKnownProperty(BTN_LABEL_PROP_BTN_MIDDLE);
+	btn_labels[2] = XIGetKnownProperty(BTN_LABEL_PROP_BTN_RIGHT);
+	btn_labels[3] = XIGetKnownProperty(BTN_LABEL_PROP_BTN_WHEEL_UP);
+	btn_labels[4] = XIGetKnownProperty(BTN_LABEL_PROP_BTN_WHEEL_DOWN);
+	btn_labels[5] = XIGetKnownProperty(BTN_LABEL_PROP_BTN_HWHEEL_LEFT);
+	btn_labels[6] = XIGetKnownProperty(BTN_LABEL_PROP_BTN_HWHEEL_RIGHT);
+	/* don't know about the rest */
+
+	axes_labels[0] = XIGetKnownProperty(AXIS_LABEL_PROP_REL_X);
+	axes_labels[1] = XIGetKnownProperty(AXIS_LABEL_PROP_REL_Y);
+
+        if (!InitPointerDeviceStruct((DevicePtr)pDev, map, NBUTTONS, btn_labels,
+                                (PtrCtrlProcPtr)NoopDDA,
+                                GetMotionHistorySize(), NAXES, axes_labels))
+        {
+            ErrorF("Could not initialize device '%s'. Out of memory.\n",
+                   pDev->name);
+            return BadAlloc; /* IPDS only fails on allocs */
+        }
+        pDev->valuator->axisVal[0] = screenInfo.screens[0]->width / 2;
+        pDev->last.valuators[0] = pDev->valuator->axisVal[0];
+        pDev->valuator->axisVal[1] = screenInfo.screens[0]->height / 2;
+        pDev->last.valuators[1] = pDev->valuator->axisVal[1];
+        break;
+
+    case DEVICE_CLOSE:
+        break;
+
+    default:
+        break;
+    }
+
+    return Success;
+
+#undef NBUTTONS
+#undef NAXES
+}
+
+/**
+ * Initialise the two core devices, VCP and VCK (see events.c).
+ * Both devices are not tied to physical devices, but guarantee that there is
+ * always a keyboard and a pointer present and keep the protocol semantics.
+ *
+ * Note that the server MUST have two core devices at all times, even if there
+ * is no physical device connected.
+ */
+void
+InitCoreDevices(void)
+{
+    if (AllocDevicePair(serverClient, "Virtual core",
+                        &inputInfo.pointer, &inputInfo.keyboard,
+                        CorePointerProc, CoreKeyboardProc,
+                        TRUE) != Success)
+        FatalError("Failed to allocate core devices");
+
+    if (ActivateDevice(inputInfo.pointer, TRUE) != Success ||
+        ActivateDevice(inputInfo.keyboard, TRUE) != Success)
+        FatalError("Failed to activate core devices.");
+    if (!EnableDevice(inputInfo.pointer, TRUE) ||
+        !EnableDevice(inputInfo.keyboard, TRUE))
+        FatalError("Failed to enable core devices.");
+
+    InitXTestDevices();
+}
+
+/**
+ * Activate all switched-off devices and then enable all those devices.
+ *
+ * Will return an error if no core keyboard or core pointer is present.
+ * In theory this should never happen if you call InitCoreDevices() first.
+ *
+ * InitAndStartDevices needs to be called AFTER the windows are initialized.
+ * Devices will start sending events after InitAndStartDevices() has
+ * completed.
+ *
+ * @return Success or error code on failure.
+ */
+int
+InitAndStartDevices(void)
+{
+    DeviceIntPtr dev, next;
+
+    for (dev = inputInfo.off_devices; dev; dev = dev->next) {
+        DebugF("(dix) initialising device %d\n", dev->id);
+        if (!dev->inited)
+            ActivateDevice(dev, TRUE);
+    }
+
+    /* enable real devices */
+    for (dev = inputInfo.off_devices; dev; dev = next)
+    {
+        DebugF("(dix) enabling device %d\n", dev->id);
+	next = dev->next;
+	if (dev->inited && dev->startup)
+	    EnableDevice(dev, TRUE);
+    }
+
+    return Success;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Free the given device class and reset the pointer to NULL.
+ */
+static void
+FreeDeviceClass(int type, pointer *class)
+{
+    if (!(*class))
+        return;
+
+    switch(type)
+    {
+        case KeyClass:
+            {
+                KeyClassPtr* k = (KeyClassPtr*)class;
+                if ((*k)->xkbInfo)
+                {
+                    XkbFreeInfo((*k)->xkbInfo);
+                    (*k)->xkbInfo = NULL;
+                }
+                free((*k));
+                break;
+            }
+        case ButtonClass:
+            {
+                ButtonClassPtr *b = (ButtonClassPtr*)class;
+                free((*b)->xkb_acts);
+                free((*b));
+                break;
+            }
+        case ValuatorClass:
+            {
+                ValuatorClassPtr *v = (ValuatorClassPtr*)class;
+
+                free((*v)->motion);
+                free((*v));
+                break;
+            }
+        case FocusClass:
+            {
+                FocusClassPtr *f = (FocusClassPtr*)class;
+                free((*f)->trace);
+                free((*f));
+                break;
+            }
+        case ProximityClass:
+            {
+                ProximityClassPtr *p = (ProximityClassPtr*)class;
+                free((*p));
+                break;
+            }
+    }
+    *class = NULL;
+}
+
+static void
+FreeFeedbackClass(int type, pointer *class)
+{
+    if (!(*class))
+        return;
+
+    switch(type)
+    {
+        case KbdFeedbackClass:
+            {
+                KbdFeedbackPtr *kbdfeed = (KbdFeedbackPtr*)class;
+                KbdFeedbackPtr k, knext;
+                for (k = (*kbdfeed); k; k = knext) {
+                    knext = k->next;
+                    if (k->xkb_sli)
+                        XkbFreeSrvLedInfo(k->xkb_sli);
+                    free(k);
+                }
+                break;
+            }
+        case PtrFeedbackClass:
+            {
+                PtrFeedbackPtr *ptrfeed = (PtrFeedbackPtr*)class;
+                PtrFeedbackPtr p, pnext;
+
+                for (p = (*ptrfeed); p; p = pnext) {
+                    pnext = p->next;
+                    free(p);
+                }
+                break;
+            }
+        case IntegerFeedbackClass:
+            {
+                IntegerFeedbackPtr *intfeed = (IntegerFeedbackPtr*)class;
+                IntegerFeedbackPtr i, inext;
+
+                for (i = (*intfeed); i; i = inext) {
+                    inext = i->next;
+                    free(i);
+                }
+                break;
+            }
+        case StringFeedbackClass:
+            {
+                StringFeedbackPtr *stringfeed = (StringFeedbackPtr*)class;
+                StringFeedbackPtr s, snext;
+
+                for (s = (*stringfeed); s; s = snext) {
+                    snext = s->next;
+                    free(s->ctrl.symbols_supported);
+                    free(s->ctrl.symbols_displayed);
+                    free(s);
+                }
+                break;
+            }
+        case BellFeedbackClass:
+            {
+                BellFeedbackPtr *bell = (BellFeedbackPtr*)class;
+                BellFeedbackPtr b, bnext;
+
+                for (b = (*bell); b; b = bnext) {
+                    bnext = b->next;
+                    free(b);
+                }
+                break;
+            }
+        case LedFeedbackClass:
+            {
+                LedFeedbackPtr *leds = (LedFeedbackPtr*)class;
+                LedFeedbackPtr l, lnext;
+
+                for (l = (*leds); l; l = lnext) {
+                    lnext = l->next;
+                    if (l->xkb_sli)
+                        XkbFreeSrvLedInfo(l->xkb_sli);
+                    free(l);
+                }
+                break;
+            }
+    }
+    *class = NULL;
+}
+
+static void
+FreeAllDeviceClasses(ClassesPtr classes)
+{
+    if (!classes)
+        return;
+
+    FreeDeviceClass(KeyClass, (pointer)&classes->key);
+    FreeDeviceClass(ValuatorClass, (pointer)&classes->valuator);
+    FreeDeviceClass(ButtonClass, (pointer)&classes->button);
+    FreeDeviceClass(FocusClass, (pointer)&classes->focus);
+    FreeDeviceClass(ProximityClass, (pointer)&classes->proximity);
+
+    FreeFeedbackClass(KbdFeedbackClass, (pointer)&classes->kbdfeed);
+    FreeFeedbackClass(PtrFeedbackClass, (pointer)&classes->ptrfeed);
+    FreeFeedbackClass(IntegerFeedbackClass, (pointer)&classes->intfeed);
+    FreeFeedbackClass(StringFeedbackClass, (pointer)&classes->stringfeed);
+    FreeFeedbackClass(BellFeedbackClass, (pointer)&classes->bell);
+    FreeFeedbackClass(LedFeedbackClass, (pointer)&classes->leds);
+
+}
+
+/**
+ * Close down a device and free all resources.
+ * Once closed down, the driver will probably not expect you that you'll ever
+ * enable it again and free associated structs. If you want the device to just
+ * be disabled, DisableDevice().
+ * Don't call this function directly, use RemoveDevice() instead.
+ */
+static void
+CloseDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev)
+{
+    ScreenPtr screen = screenInfo.screens[0];
+    ClassesPtr classes;
+    int j;
+
+    if (!dev)
+        return;
+
+    XIDeleteAllDeviceProperties(dev);
+
+    if (dev->inited)
+	(void)(*dev->deviceProc)(dev, DEVICE_CLOSE);
+
+    /* free sprite memory */
+    if (IsMaster(dev) && dev->spriteInfo->sprite)
+        screen->DeviceCursorCleanup(dev, screen);
+
+    /* free acceleration info */
+    if(dev->valuator && dev->valuator->accelScheme.AccelCleanupProc)
+	dev->valuator->accelScheme.AccelCleanupProc(dev);
+
+    while (dev->xkb_interest)
+	XkbRemoveResourceClient((DevicePtr)dev,dev->xkb_interest->resource);
+
+    free(dev->name);
+
+    classes = (ClassesPtr)&dev->key;
+    FreeAllDeviceClasses(classes);
+
+    if (IsMaster(dev))
+    {
+        classes = dev->unused_classes;
+        FreeAllDeviceClasses(classes);
+	free(classes);
+    }
+
+    if (DevHasCursor(dev) && dev->spriteInfo->sprite) {
+	if (dev->spriteInfo->sprite->current)
+	    FreeCursor(dev->spriteInfo->sprite->current, None);
+        free(dev->spriteInfo->sprite->spriteTrace);
+        free(dev->spriteInfo->sprite);
+    }
+
+    /* a client may have the device set as client pointer */
+    for (j = 0; j < currentMaxClients; j++)
+    {
+        if (clients[j] && clients[j]->clientPtr == dev)
+        {
+            clients[j]->clientPtr = NULL;
+            clients[j]->clientPtr = PickPointer(clients[j]);
+        }
+    }
+
+    free(dev->deviceGrab.sync.event);
+    free(dev->config_info);     /* Allocated in xf86ActivateDevice. */
+    dev->config_info = NULL;
+    dixFreeObjectWithPrivates(dev, PRIVATE_DEVICE);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Shut down all devices of one list and free all resources.
+ */
+static
+void
+CloseDeviceList(DeviceIntPtr *listHead)
+{
+    /* Used to mark devices that we tried to free */
+    Bool freedIds[MAXDEVICES];
+    DeviceIntPtr dev;
+    int i;
+
+    if (listHead == NULL)
+        return;
+
+    for (i = 0; i < MAXDEVICES; i++)
+        freedIds[i] = FALSE;
+
+    dev = *listHead;
+    while (dev != NULL)
+    {
+        freedIds[dev->id] = TRUE;
+        DeleteInputDeviceRequest(dev);
+
+        dev = *listHead;
+        while (dev != NULL && freedIds[dev->id])
+            dev = dev->next;
+    }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Shut down all devices, free all resources, etc.
+ * Only useful if you're shutting down the server!
+ */
+void
+CloseDownDevices(void)
+{
+    DeviceIntPtr dev;
+
+    /* Float all SDs before closing them. Note that at this point resources
+     * (e.g. cursors) have been freed already, so we can't just call
+     * AttachDevice(NULL, dev, NULL). Instead, we have to forcibly set master
+     * to NULL and pretend nothing happened.
+     */
+    for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
+    {
+        if (!IsMaster(dev) && !IsFloating(dev))
+            dev->master = NULL;
+        /* Initialise the sprite and paired members of all devices
+           to avoid crashes in CloseDevice later */
+        dev->spriteInfo->sprite=NULL;
+        dev->spriteInfo->paired=NULL;
+    }
+
+    CloseDeviceList(&inputInfo.devices);
+    CloseDeviceList(&inputInfo.off_devices);
+
+    CloseDevice(inputInfo.pointer);
+    CloseDevice(inputInfo.keyboard);
+
+    inputInfo.devices = NULL;
+    inputInfo.off_devices = NULL;
+    inputInfo.keyboard = NULL;
+    inputInfo.pointer = NULL;
+    XkbDeleteRulesDflts();
+}
+
+/**
+ * Remove the cursor sprite for all devices. This needs to be done before any
+ * resources are freed or any device is deleted.
+ */
+void
+UndisplayDevices(void)
+{
+    DeviceIntPtr dev;
+    ScreenPtr screen = screenInfo.screens[0];
+
+    for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
+        screen->DisplayCursor(dev, screen, NullCursor);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Remove a device from the device list, closes it and thus frees all
+ * resources.
+ * Removes both enabled and disabled devices and notifies all devices about
+ * the removal of the device.
+ *
+ * No PresenceNotify is sent for device that the client never saw. This can
+ * happen if a malloc fails during the addition of master devices. If
+ * dev->init is FALSE it means the client never received a DeviceAdded event,
+ * so let's not send a DeviceRemoved event either.
+ *
+ * @param sendevent True if an XI2 event should be sent.
+ */
+int
+RemoveDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev, BOOL sendevent)
+{
+    DeviceIntPtr prev,tmp,next;
+    int ret = BadMatch;
+    ScreenPtr screen = screenInfo.screens[0];
+    int deviceid;
+    int initialized;
+    int flags[MAXDEVICES] = {0};
+
+    DebugF("(dix) removing device %d\n", dev->id);
+
+    if (!dev || dev == inputInfo.keyboard || dev == inputInfo.pointer)
+        return BadImplementation;
+
+    initialized = dev->inited;
+    deviceid = dev->id;
+
+    if (initialized)
+    {
+        if (DevHasCursor(dev))
+            screen->DisplayCursor(dev, screen, NullCursor);
+
+        DisableDevice(dev, sendevent);
+        flags[dev->id] = XIDeviceDisabled;
+    }
+
+    prev = NULL;
+    for (tmp = inputInfo.devices; tmp; (prev = tmp), (tmp = next)) {
+	next = tmp->next;
+	if (tmp == dev) {
+
+	    if (prev==NULL)
+		inputInfo.devices = next;
+	    else
+		prev->next = next;
+
+	    flags[tmp->id] = IsMaster(tmp) ? XIMasterRemoved : XISlaveRemoved;
+	    CloseDevice(tmp);
+	    ret = Success;
+	}
+    }
+
+    prev = NULL;
+    for (tmp = inputInfo.off_devices; tmp; (prev = tmp), (tmp = next)) {
+	next = tmp->next;
+	if (tmp == dev) {
+	    flags[tmp->id] = IsMaster(tmp) ? XIMasterRemoved : XISlaveRemoved;
+	    CloseDevice(tmp);
+
+	    if (prev == NULL)
+		inputInfo.off_devices = next;
+	    else
+		prev->next = next;
+
+            ret = Success;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (ret == Success && initialized) {
+        inputInfo.numDevices--;
+        SendDevicePresenceEvent(deviceid, DeviceRemoved);
+        if (sendevent)
+            XISendDeviceHierarchyEvent(flags);
+    }
+
+    return ret;
+}
+
+int
+NumMotionEvents(void)
+{
+    /* only called to fill data in initial connection reply.
+     * VCP is ok here, it is the only fixed device we have. */
+    return inputInfo.pointer->valuator->numMotionEvents;
+}
+
+int
+dixLookupDevice(DeviceIntPtr *pDev, int id, ClientPtr client, Mask access_mode)
+{
+    DeviceIntPtr dev;
+    int rc;
+    *pDev = NULL;
+
+    for (dev=inputInfo.devices; dev; dev=dev->next) {
+        if (dev->id == id)
+            goto found;
+    }
+    for (dev=inputInfo.off_devices; dev; dev=dev->next) {
+        if (dev->id == id)
+	    goto found;
+    }
+    return BadDevice;
+
+found:
+    rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, access_mode);
+    if (rc == Success)
+	*pDev = dev;
+    return rc;
+}
+
+void
+QueryMinMaxKeyCodes(KeyCode *minCode, KeyCode *maxCode)
+{
+    if (inputInfo.keyboard) {
+	*minCode = inputInfo.keyboard->key->xkbInfo->desc->min_key_code;
+	*maxCode = inputInfo.keyboard->key->xkbInfo->desc->max_key_code;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Notably, this function does not expand the destination's keycode range, or
+ * notify clients. */
+Bool
+SetKeySymsMap(KeySymsPtr dst, KeySymsPtr src)
+{
+    int i, j;
+    KeySym *tmp;
+    int rowDif = src->minKeyCode - dst->minKeyCode;
+
+    /* if keysym map size changes, grow map first */
+    if (src->mapWidth < dst->mapWidth) {
+        for (i = src->minKeyCode; i <= src->maxKeyCode; i++) {
+#define SI(r, c) (((r - src->minKeyCode) * src->mapWidth) + (c))
+#define DI(r, c) (((r - dst->minKeyCode) * dst->mapWidth) + (c))
+	    for (j = 0; j < src->mapWidth; j++)
+		dst->map[DI(i, j)] = src->map[SI(i, j)];
+	    for (j = src->mapWidth; j < dst->mapWidth; j++)
+		dst->map[DI(i, j)] = NoSymbol;
+#undef SI
+#undef DI
+	}
+	return TRUE;
+    }
+    else if (src->mapWidth > dst->mapWidth) {
+        i = sizeof(KeySym) * src->mapWidth *
+             (dst->maxKeyCode - dst->minKeyCode + 1);
+        tmp = calloc(sizeof(KeySym), i);
+        if (!tmp)
+            return FALSE;
+
+        if (dst->map) {
+            for (i = 0; i <= dst->maxKeyCode-dst->minKeyCode; i++)
+                memmove(&tmp[i * src->mapWidth], &dst->map[i * dst->mapWidth],
+                        dst->mapWidth * sizeof(KeySym));
+            free(dst->map);
+        }
+        dst->mapWidth = src->mapWidth;
+        dst->map = tmp;
+    }
+    else if (!dst->map) {
+        i = sizeof(KeySym) * src->mapWidth *
+             (dst->maxKeyCode - dst->minKeyCode + 1);
+        tmp = calloc(sizeof(KeySym), i);
+        if (!tmp)
+            return FALSE;
+
+        dst->map = tmp;
+        dst->mapWidth = src->mapWidth;
+    }
+
+    memmove(&dst->map[rowDif * dst->mapWidth], src->map,
+            (src->maxKeyCode - src->minKeyCode + 1) *
+            dst->mapWidth * sizeof(KeySym));
+
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+Bool
+InitButtonClassDeviceStruct(DeviceIntPtr dev, int numButtons, Atom* labels,
+                            CARD8 *map)
+{
+    ButtonClassPtr butc;
+    int i;
+
+    butc = calloc(1, sizeof(ButtonClassRec));
+    if (!butc)
+	return FALSE;
+    butc->numButtons = numButtons;
+    butc->sourceid = dev->id;
+    for (i = 1; i <= numButtons; i++)
+	butc->map[i] = map[i];
+    for (i = numButtons + 1; i < MAP_LENGTH; i++)
+        butc->map[i] = i;
+    memcpy(butc->labels, labels, numButtons * sizeof(Atom));
+    dev->button = butc;
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a valuator class and set up the pointers for the axis values
+ * appropriately.
+ *
+ * @param src If non-NULL, the memory is reallocated from src. If NULL, the
+ * memory is calloc'd.
+ * @parma numAxes Number of axes to allocate.
+ * @return The allocated valuator struct.
+ */
+ValuatorClassPtr
+AllocValuatorClass(ValuatorClassPtr src, int numAxes)
+{
+    ValuatorClassPtr v;
+    /* force alignment with double */
+    union align_u { ValuatorClassRec valc; double d; } *align;
+    int size;
+
+    size = sizeof(union align_u) + numAxes * (sizeof(double) + sizeof(AxisInfo));
+    align = (union align_u *) realloc(src, size);
+
+    if (!align)
+        return NULL;
+
+    if (!src)
+        memset(align, 0, size);
+
+    v = &align->valc;
+    v->numAxes = numAxes;
+    v->axisVal = (double*)(align + 1);
+    v->axes = (AxisInfoPtr)(v->axisVal + numAxes);
+
+    return v;
+}
+
+Bool
+InitValuatorClassDeviceStruct(DeviceIntPtr dev, int numAxes, Atom *labels,
+                              int numMotionEvents, int mode)
+{
+    int i;
+    ValuatorClassPtr valc;
+
+    if (!dev)
+        return FALSE;
+
+    if (numAxes > MAX_VALUATORS)
+    {
+        LogMessage(X_WARNING,
+                   "Device '%s' has %d axes, only using first %d.\n",
+                   dev->name, numAxes, MAX_VALUATORS);
+        numAxes = MAX_VALUATORS;
+    }
+
+    valc = AllocValuatorClass(NULL, numAxes);
+    if (!valc)
+        return FALSE;
+
+    valc->sourceid = dev->id;
+    valc->motion = NULL;
+    valc->first_motion = 0;
+    valc->last_motion = 0;
+
+    valc->numMotionEvents = numMotionEvents;
+    valc->motionHintWindow = NullWindow;
+
+    if (mode & OutOfProximity)
+        InitProximityClassDeviceStruct(dev);
+
+    dev->valuator = valc;
+
+    AllocateMotionHistory(dev);
+
+    for (i=0; i<numAxes; i++) {
+        InitValuatorAxisStruct(dev, i, labels[i], NO_AXIS_LIMITS, NO_AXIS_LIMITS,
+                               0, 0, 0, mode);
+	valc->axisVal[i]=0;
+    }
+
+    dev->last.numValuators = numAxes;
+
+    if (IsMaster(dev) || /* do not accelerate master or xtest devices */
+        IsXTestDevice(dev, NULL))
+	InitPointerAccelerationScheme(dev, PtrAccelNoOp);
+    else
+	InitPointerAccelerationScheme(dev, PtrAccelDefault);
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/* global list of acceleration schemes */
+ValuatorAccelerationRec pointerAccelerationScheme[] = {
+    {PtrAccelNoOp, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL},
+    {PtrAccelPredictable, acceleratePointerPredictable, NULL,
+        InitPredictableAccelerationScheme, AccelerationDefaultCleanup},
+    {PtrAccelLightweight, acceleratePointerLightweight, NULL, NULL, NULL},
+    {-1, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL} /* terminator */
+};
+
+/**
+ * install an acceleration scheme. returns TRUE on success, and should not
+ * change anything if unsuccessful.
+ */
+Bool
+InitPointerAccelerationScheme(DeviceIntPtr dev,
+                              int scheme)
+{
+    int x, i = -1;
+    ValuatorClassPtr val;
+
+    val = dev->valuator;
+
+    if (!val)
+        return FALSE;
+
+    if (IsMaster(dev) && scheme != PtrAccelNoOp)
+        return FALSE;
+
+    for (x = 0; pointerAccelerationScheme[x].number >= 0; x++) {
+        if(pointerAccelerationScheme[x].number == scheme){
+            i = x;
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (-1 == i)
+        return FALSE;
+
+    if (val->accelScheme.AccelCleanupProc)
+        val->accelScheme.AccelCleanupProc(dev);
+
+    if (pointerAccelerationScheme[i].AccelInitProc) {
+        if (!pointerAccelerationScheme[i].AccelInitProc(dev,
+                                            &pointerAccelerationScheme[i])) {
+            return FALSE;
+        }
+    } else {
+        val->accelScheme = pointerAccelerationScheme[i];
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+Bool
+InitFocusClassDeviceStruct(DeviceIntPtr dev)
+{
+    FocusClassPtr focc;
+
+    focc = malloc(sizeof(FocusClassRec));
+    if (!focc)
+	return FALSE;
+    focc->win = PointerRootWin;
+    focc->revert = None;
+    focc->time = currentTime;
+    focc->trace = (WindowPtr *)NULL;
+    focc->traceSize = 0;
+    focc->traceGood = 0;
+    focc->sourceid = dev->id;
+    dev->focus = focc;
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+Bool
+InitPtrFeedbackClassDeviceStruct(DeviceIntPtr dev, PtrCtrlProcPtr controlProc)
+{
+    PtrFeedbackPtr feedc;
+
+    feedc = malloc(sizeof(PtrFeedbackClassRec));
+    if (!feedc)
+	return FALSE;
+    feedc->CtrlProc = controlProc;
+    feedc->ctrl = defaultPointerControl;
+    feedc->ctrl.id = 0;
+    if ( (feedc->next = dev->ptrfeed) )
+        feedc->ctrl.id = dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.id + 1;
+    dev->ptrfeed = feedc;
+    (*controlProc)(dev, &feedc->ctrl);
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+static LedCtrl defaultLedControl = {
+	DEFAULT_LEDS, DEFAULT_LEDS_MASK, 0};
+
+static BellCtrl defaultBellControl = {
+	DEFAULT_BELL,
+	DEFAULT_BELL_PITCH,
+	DEFAULT_BELL_DURATION,
+	0};
+
+static IntegerCtrl defaultIntegerControl = {
+	DEFAULT_INT_RESOLUTION,
+	DEFAULT_INT_MIN_VALUE,
+	DEFAULT_INT_MAX_VALUE,
+	DEFAULT_INT_DISPLAYED,
+	0};
+
+Bool
+InitStringFeedbackClassDeviceStruct (
+      DeviceIntPtr dev, StringCtrlProcPtr controlProc,
+      int max_symbols, int num_symbols_supported, KeySym *symbols)
+{
+    int i;
+    StringFeedbackPtr feedc;
+
+    feedc = malloc(sizeof(StringFeedbackClassRec));
+    if (!feedc)
+	return FALSE;
+    feedc->CtrlProc = controlProc;
+    feedc->ctrl.num_symbols_supported = num_symbols_supported;
+    feedc->ctrl.num_symbols_displayed = 0;
+    feedc->ctrl.max_symbols = max_symbols;
+    feedc->ctrl.symbols_supported = malloc(sizeof (KeySym) * num_symbols_supported);
+    feedc->ctrl.symbols_displayed = malloc(sizeof (KeySym) * max_symbols);
+    if (!feedc->ctrl.symbols_supported || !feedc->ctrl.symbols_displayed)
+    {
+	free(feedc->ctrl.symbols_supported);
+	free(feedc->ctrl.symbols_displayed);
+	free(feedc);
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    for (i=0; i<num_symbols_supported; i++)
+	*(feedc->ctrl.symbols_supported+i) = *symbols++;
+    for (i=0; i<max_symbols; i++)
+	*(feedc->ctrl.symbols_displayed+i) = (KeySym) 0;
+    feedc->ctrl.id = 0;
+    if ( (feedc->next = dev->stringfeed) )
+	feedc->ctrl.id = dev->stringfeed->ctrl.id + 1;
+    dev->stringfeed = feedc;
+    (*controlProc)(dev, &feedc->ctrl);
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+Bool
+InitBellFeedbackClassDeviceStruct (DeviceIntPtr dev, BellProcPtr bellProc,
+                                   BellCtrlProcPtr controlProc)
+{
+    BellFeedbackPtr feedc;
+
+    feedc = malloc(sizeof(BellFeedbackClassRec));
+    if (!feedc)
+	return FALSE;
+    feedc->CtrlProc = controlProc;
+    feedc->BellProc = bellProc;
+    feedc->ctrl = defaultBellControl;
+    feedc->ctrl.id = 0;
+    if ( (feedc->next = dev->bell) )
+	feedc->ctrl.id = dev->bell->ctrl.id + 1;
+    dev->bell = feedc;
+    (*controlProc)(dev, &feedc->ctrl);
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+Bool
+InitLedFeedbackClassDeviceStruct (DeviceIntPtr dev, LedCtrlProcPtr controlProc)
+{
+    LedFeedbackPtr feedc;
+
+    feedc = malloc(sizeof(LedFeedbackClassRec));
+    if (!feedc)
+	return FALSE;
+    feedc->CtrlProc = controlProc;
+    feedc->ctrl = defaultLedControl;
+    feedc->ctrl.id = 0;
+    if ( (feedc->next = dev->leds) )
+	feedc->ctrl.id = dev->leds->ctrl.id + 1;
+    feedc->xkb_sli= NULL;
+    dev->leds = feedc;
+    (*controlProc)(dev, &feedc->ctrl);
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+Bool
+InitIntegerFeedbackClassDeviceStruct (DeviceIntPtr dev, IntegerCtrlProcPtr controlProc)
+{
+    IntegerFeedbackPtr feedc;
+
+    feedc = malloc(sizeof(IntegerFeedbackClassRec));
+    if (!feedc)
+	return FALSE;
+    feedc->CtrlProc = controlProc;
+    feedc->ctrl = defaultIntegerControl;
+    feedc->ctrl.id = 0;
+    if ( (feedc->next = dev->intfeed) )
+	feedc->ctrl.id = dev->intfeed->ctrl.id + 1;
+    dev->intfeed = feedc;
+    (*controlProc)(dev, &feedc->ctrl);
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+Bool
+InitPointerDeviceStruct(DevicePtr device, CARD8 *map, int numButtons, Atom* btn_labels,
+                        PtrCtrlProcPtr controlProc, int numMotionEvents,
+                        int numAxes, Atom *axes_labels)
+{
+    DeviceIntPtr dev = (DeviceIntPtr)device;
+
+    return(InitButtonClassDeviceStruct(dev, numButtons, btn_labels, map) &&
+	   InitValuatorClassDeviceStruct(dev, numAxes, axes_labels,
+					 numMotionEvents, Relative) &&
+	   InitPtrFeedbackClassDeviceStruct(dev, controlProc));
+}
+
+/*
+ * Check if the given buffer contains elements between low (inclusive) and
+ * high (inclusive) only.
+ *
+ * @return TRUE if the device map is invalid, FALSE otherwise.
+ */
+Bool
+BadDeviceMap(BYTE *buff, int length, unsigned low, unsigned high, XID *errval)
+{
+    int i;
+
+    for (i = 0; i < length; i++)
+	if (buff[i])		       /* only check non-zero elements */
+	{
+	    if ((low > buff[i]) || (high < buff[i]))
+	    {
+		*errval = buff[i];
+		return TRUE;
+	    }
+	}
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+int
+ProcSetModifierMapping(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    xSetModifierMappingReply rep;
+    int rc;
+    REQUEST(xSetModifierMappingReq);
+    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xSetModifierMappingReq);
+
+    if (client->req_len != ((stuff->numKeyPerModifier << 1) +
+                bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xSetModifierMappingReq))))
+	return BadLength;
+
+    rep.type = X_Reply;
+    rep.length = 0;
+    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+
+    rc = change_modmap(client, PickKeyboard(client), (KeyCode *)&stuff[1],
+                       stuff->numKeyPerModifier);
+    if (rc == MappingFailed || rc == -1)
+        return BadValue;
+    if (rc != Success && rc != MappingSuccess && rc != MappingFailed &&
+        rc != MappingBusy)
+	return rc;
+
+    rep.success = rc;
+
+    WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xSetModifierMappingReply), &rep);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcGetModifierMapping(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    xGetModifierMappingReply rep;
+    int max_keys_per_mod = 0;
+    KeyCode *modkeymap = NULL;
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReq);
+
+    generate_modkeymap(client, PickKeyboard(client), &modkeymap,
+                       &max_keys_per_mod);
+
+    memset(&rep, 0, sizeof(xGetModifierMappingReply));
+    rep.type = X_Reply;
+    rep.numKeyPerModifier = max_keys_per_mod;
+    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+    /* length counts 4 byte quantities - there are 8 modifiers 1 byte big */
+    rep.length = max_keys_per_mod << 1;
+
+    WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetModifierMappingReply), &rep);
+    (void)WriteToClient(client, max_keys_per_mod * 8, (char *) modkeymap);
+
+    free(modkeymap);
+
+    return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcChangeKeyboardMapping(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xChangeKeyboardMappingReq);
+    unsigned len;
+    KeySymsRec keysyms;
+    DeviceIntPtr pDev, tmp;
+    int rc;
+    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xChangeKeyboardMappingReq);
+
+    len = client->req_len - bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xChangeKeyboardMappingReq));
+    if (len != (stuff->keyCodes * stuff->keySymsPerKeyCode))
+            return BadLength;
+
+    pDev = PickKeyboard(client);
+
+    if ((stuff->firstKeyCode < pDev->key->xkbInfo->desc->min_key_code) ||
+	(stuff->firstKeyCode > pDev->key->xkbInfo->desc->max_key_code)) {
+	    client->errorValue = stuff->firstKeyCode;
+	    return BadValue;
+
+    }
+    if (((unsigned)(stuff->firstKeyCode + stuff->keyCodes - 1) >
+          pDev->key->xkbInfo->desc->max_key_code) ||
+        (stuff->keySymsPerKeyCode == 0)) {
+	    client->errorValue = stuff->keySymsPerKeyCode;
+	    return BadValue;
+    }
+
+    keysyms.minKeyCode = stuff->firstKeyCode;
+    keysyms.maxKeyCode = stuff->firstKeyCode + stuff->keyCodes - 1;
+    keysyms.mapWidth = stuff->keySymsPerKeyCode;
+    keysyms.map = (KeySym *) &stuff[1];
+
+    rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, pDev, DixManageAccess);
+    if (rc != Success)
+        return rc;
+
+    XkbApplyMappingChange(pDev, &keysyms, stuff->firstKeyCode,
+                          stuff->keyCodes, NULL, client);
+
+    for (tmp = inputInfo.devices; tmp; tmp = tmp->next) {
+        if (IsMaster(tmp) || GetMaster(tmp, MASTER_KEYBOARD) != pDev)
+            continue;
+        if (!tmp->key)
+            continue;
+
+        rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, pDev, DixManageAccess);
+        if (rc != Success)
+            continue;
+
+        XkbApplyMappingChange(tmp, &keysyms, stuff->firstKeyCode,
+                              stuff->keyCodes, NULL, client);
+    }
+
+    return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcSetPointerMapping(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    BYTE *map;
+    int ret;
+    int i, j;
+    DeviceIntPtr ptr = PickPointer(client);
+    xSetPointerMappingReply rep;
+    REQUEST(xSetPointerMappingReq);
+    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xSetPointerMappingReq);
+
+    if (client->req_len !=
+            bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xSetPointerMappingReq) + stuff->nElts))
+	return BadLength;
+    rep.type = X_Reply;
+    rep.length = 0;
+    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+    rep.success = MappingSuccess;
+    map = (BYTE *)&stuff[1];
+
+    /* So we're bounded here by the number of core buttons.  This check
+     * probably wants disabling through XFixes. */
+    /* MPX: With ClientPointer, we can return the right number of buttons.
+     * Let's just hope nobody changed ClientPointer between GetPointerMapping
+     * and SetPointerMapping
+     */
+    if (stuff->nElts != ptr->button->numButtons) {
+	client->errorValue = stuff->nElts;
+	return BadValue;
+    }
+
+    /* Core protocol specs don't allow for duplicate mappings; this check
+     * almost certainly wants disabling through XFixes too. */
+    for (i = 0; i < stuff->nElts; i++) {
+        for (j = i + 1; j < stuff->nElts; j++) {
+            if (map[i] && map[i] == map[j]) {
+                client->errorValue = map[i];
+                return BadValue;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    ret = ApplyPointerMapping(ptr, map, stuff->nElts, client);
+    if (ret == MappingBusy)
+        rep.success = ret;
+    else if (ret == -1)
+        return BadValue;
+    else if (ret != Success)
+        return ret;
+
+    WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xSetPointerMappingReply), &rep);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcGetKeyboardMapping(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    xGetKeyboardMappingReply rep;
+    DeviceIntPtr kbd = PickKeyboard(client);
+    XkbDescPtr xkb;
+    KeySymsPtr syms;
+    int rc;
+    REQUEST(xGetKeyboardMappingReq);
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xGetKeyboardMappingReq);
+
+    rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, kbd, DixGetAttrAccess);
+    if (rc != Success)
+	return rc;
+
+    xkb = kbd->key->xkbInfo->desc;
+
+    if ((stuff->firstKeyCode < xkb->min_key_code) ||
+        (stuff->firstKeyCode > xkb->max_key_code)) {
+	client->errorValue = stuff->firstKeyCode;
+	return BadValue;
+    }
+    if (stuff->firstKeyCode + stuff->count > xkb->max_key_code + 1) {
+	client->errorValue = stuff->count;
+        return BadValue;
+    }
+
+    syms = XkbGetCoreMap(kbd);
+    if (!syms)
+        return BadAlloc;
+
+    memset(&rep, 0, sizeof(xGetKeyboardMappingReply));
+    rep.type = X_Reply;
+    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+    rep.keySymsPerKeyCode = syms->mapWidth;
+    /* length is a count of 4 byte quantities and KeySyms are 4 bytes */
+    rep.length = syms->mapWidth * stuff->count;
+    WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetKeyboardMappingReply), &rep);
+    client->pSwapReplyFunc = (ReplySwapPtr) CopySwap32Write;
+    WriteSwappedDataToClient(client,
+                             syms->mapWidth * stuff->count * sizeof(KeySym),
+                             &syms->map[syms->mapWidth * (stuff->firstKeyCode -
+                                                          syms->minKeyCode)]);
+    free(syms->map);
+    free(syms);
+
+    return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcGetPointerMapping(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    xGetPointerMappingReply rep;
+    /* Apps may get different values each time they call GetPointerMapping as
+     * the ClientPointer could change. */
+    DeviceIntPtr ptr = PickPointer(client);
+    ButtonClassPtr butc = ptr->button;
+    int rc;
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReq);
+
+    rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, ptr, DixGetAttrAccess);
+    if (rc != Success)
+	return rc;
+
+    rep.type = X_Reply;
+    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+    rep.nElts = (butc) ? butc->numButtons : 0;
+    rep.length = ((unsigned)rep.nElts + (4-1))/4;
+    WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetPointerMappingReply), &rep);
+    if (butc)
+        WriteToClient(client, (int)rep.nElts, (char *)&butc->map[1]);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+void
+NoteLedState(DeviceIntPtr keybd, int led, Bool on)
+{
+    KeybdCtrl *ctrl = &keybd->kbdfeed->ctrl;
+    if (on)
+	ctrl->leds |= ((Leds)1 << (led - 1));
+    else
+	ctrl->leds &= ~((Leds)1 << (led - 1));
+}
+
+int
+Ones(unsigned long mask)             /* HACKMEM 169 */
+{
+    unsigned long y;
+
+    y = (mask >> 1) &033333333333;
+    y = mask - y - ((y >>1) & 033333333333);
+    return (((y + (y >> 3)) & 030707070707) % 077);
+}
+
+static int
+DoChangeKeyboardControl (ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr keybd, XID *vlist,
+                         BITS32 vmask)
+{
+#define DO_ALL    (-1)
+    KeybdCtrl ctrl;
+    int t;
+    int led = DO_ALL;
+    int key = DO_ALL;
+    BITS32 index2;
+    int mask = vmask, i;
+    XkbEventCauseRec cause;
+
+    ctrl = keybd->kbdfeed->ctrl;
+    while (vmask) {
+	index2 = (BITS32) lowbit (vmask);
+	vmask &= ~index2;
+	switch (index2) {
+	case KBKeyClickPercent:
+	    t = *vlist;
+	    vlist++;
+	    if (t == -1) {
+		t = defaultKeyboardControl.click;
+            }
+	    else if (t < 0 || t > 100) {
+		client->errorValue = t;
+		return BadValue;
+	    }
+	    ctrl.click = t;
+	    break;
+	case KBBellPercent:
+	    t = (INT8)*vlist;
+	    vlist++;
+	    if (t == -1) {
+		t = defaultKeyboardControl.bell;
+            }
+	    else if (t < 0 || t > 100) {
+		client->errorValue = t;
+		return BadValue;
+	    }
+	    ctrl.bell = t;
+	    break;
+	case KBBellPitch:
+	    t = (INT16)*vlist;
+	    vlist++;
+	    if (t == -1) {
+		t = defaultKeyboardControl.bell_pitch;
+            }
+	    else if (t < 0) {
+		client->errorValue = t;
+		return BadValue;
+	    }
+	    ctrl.bell_pitch = t;
+	    break;
+	case KBBellDuration:
+	    t = (INT16)*vlist;
+	    vlist++;
+	    if (t == -1)
+		t = defaultKeyboardControl.bell_duration;
+	    else if (t < 0) {
+		client->errorValue = t;
+		return BadValue;
+	    }
+	    ctrl.bell_duration = t;
+	    break;
+	case KBLed:
+	    led = (CARD8)*vlist;
+	    vlist++;
+	    if (led < 1 || led > 32) {
+		client->errorValue = led;
+		return BadValue;
+	    }
+	    if (!(mask & KBLedMode))
+		return BadMatch;
+	    break;
+	case KBLedMode:
+	    t = (CARD8)*vlist;
+	    vlist++;
+	    if (t == LedModeOff) {
+		if (led == DO_ALL)
+		    ctrl.leds = 0x0;
+		else
+		    ctrl.leds &= ~(((Leds)(1)) << (led - 1));
+	    }
+	    else if (t == LedModeOn) {
+		if (led == DO_ALL)
+		    ctrl.leds = ~0L;
+		else
+		    ctrl.leds |= (((Leds)(1)) << (led - 1));
+	    }
+	    else {
+		client->errorValue = t;
+		return BadValue;
+	    }
+
+            XkbSetCauseCoreReq(&cause,X_ChangeKeyboardControl,client);
+            XkbSetIndicators(keybd,((led == DO_ALL) ? ~0L : (1L<<(led-1))),
+ 			     ctrl.leds, &cause);
+            ctrl.leds = keybd->kbdfeed->ctrl.leds;
+
+	    break;
+	case KBKey:
+	    key = (KeyCode)*vlist;
+	    vlist++;
+	    if ((KeyCode)key < keybd->key->xkbInfo->desc->min_key_code ||
+		(KeyCode)key > keybd->key->xkbInfo->desc->max_key_code) {
+		client->errorValue = key;
+		return BadValue;
+	    }
+	    if (!(mask & KBAutoRepeatMode))
+		return BadMatch;
+	    break;
+	case KBAutoRepeatMode:
+	    i = (key >> 3);
+	    mask = (1 << (key & 7));
+	    t = (CARD8)*vlist;
+	    vlist++;
+            if (key != DO_ALL)
+                XkbDisableComputedAutoRepeats(keybd,key);
+	    if (t == AutoRepeatModeOff) {
+		if (key == DO_ALL)
+		    ctrl.autoRepeat = FALSE;
+		else
+		    ctrl.autoRepeats[i] &= ~mask;
+	    }
+	    else if (t == AutoRepeatModeOn) {
+		if (key == DO_ALL)
+		    ctrl.autoRepeat = TRUE;
+		else
+		    ctrl.autoRepeats[i] |= mask;
+	    }
+	    else if (t == AutoRepeatModeDefault) {
+		if (key == DO_ALL)
+		    ctrl.autoRepeat = defaultKeyboardControl.autoRepeat;
+		else
+		    ctrl.autoRepeats[i] =
+			    (ctrl.autoRepeats[i] & ~mask) |
+			    (defaultKeyboardControl.autoRepeats[i] & mask);
+	    }
+	    else {
+		client->errorValue = t;
+		return BadValue;
+	    }
+	    break;
+	default:
+	    client->errorValue = mask;
+	    return BadValue;
+	}
+    }
+    keybd->kbdfeed->ctrl = ctrl;
+
+    /* The XKB RepeatKeys control and core protocol global autorepeat */
+    /* value are linked	*/
+    XkbSetRepeatKeys(keybd, key, keybd->kbdfeed->ctrl.autoRepeat);
+
+    return Success;
+
+#undef DO_ALL
+}
+
+/**
+ * Changes kbd control on the ClientPointer and all attached SDs.
+ */
+int
+ProcChangeKeyboardControl (ClientPtr client)
+{
+    XID *vlist;
+    BITS32 vmask;
+    int ret = Success, error = Success;
+    DeviceIntPtr pDev = NULL, keyboard;
+    REQUEST(xChangeKeyboardControlReq);
+
+    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xChangeKeyboardControlReq);
+
+    vmask = stuff->mask;
+    vlist = (XID *)&stuff[1];
+
+    if (client->req_len != (sizeof(xChangeKeyboardControlReq)>>2)+Ones(vmask))
+	return BadLength;
+
+    keyboard = PickKeyboard(client);
+
+    for (pDev = inputInfo.devices; pDev; pDev = pDev->next) {
+        if ((pDev == keyboard ||
+	     (!IsMaster(pDev) && GetMaster(pDev, MASTER_KEYBOARD) == keyboard))
+	    && pDev->kbdfeed && pDev->kbdfeed->CtrlProc) {
+            ret = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, pDev, DixManageAccess);
+	    if (ret != Success)
+                return ret;
+        }
+    }
+
+    for (pDev = inputInfo.devices; pDev; pDev = pDev->next) {
+        if ((pDev == keyboard ||
+	     (!IsMaster(pDev) && GetMaster(pDev, MASTER_KEYBOARD) == keyboard))
+	    && pDev->kbdfeed && pDev->kbdfeed->CtrlProc) {
+            ret = DoChangeKeyboardControl(client, pDev, vlist, vmask);
+            if (ret != Success)
+                error = ret;
+        }
+    }
+
+    return error;
+}
+
+int
+ProcGetKeyboardControl (ClientPtr client)
+{
+    int rc, i;
+    DeviceIntPtr kbd = PickKeyboard(client);
+    KeybdCtrl *ctrl = &kbd->kbdfeed->ctrl;
+    xGetKeyboardControlReply rep;
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReq);
+
+    rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, kbd, DixGetAttrAccess);
+    if (rc != Success)
+	return rc;
+
+    rep.type = X_Reply;
+    rep.length = 5;
+    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+    rep.globalAutoRepeat = ctrl->autoRepeat;
+    rep.keyClickPercent = ctrl->click;
+    rep.bellPercent = ctrl->bell;
+    rep.bellPitch = ctrl->bell_pitch;
+    rep.bellDuration = ctrl->bell_duration;
+    rep.ledMask = ctrl->leds;
+    for (i = 0; i < 32; i++)
+	rep.map[i] = ctrl->autoRepeats[i];
+    WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetKeyboardControlReply), &rep);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcBell(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    DeviceIntPtr dev, keybd = PickKeyboard(client);
+    int base = keybd->kbdfeed->ctrl.bell;
+    int newpercent;
+    int rc;
+    REQUEST(xBellReq);
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xBellReq);
+
+    if (stuff->percent < -100 || stuff->percent > 100) {
+	client->errorValue = stuff->percent;
+	return BadValue;
+    }
+
+    newpercent = (base * stuff->percent) / 100;
+    if (stuff->percent < 0)
+        newpercent = base + newpercent;
+    else
+	newpercent = base - newpercent + stuff->percent;
+
+    for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next) {
+        if ((dev == keybd ||
+	     (!IsMaster(dev) && GetMaster(dev, MASTER_KEYBOARD) == keybd)) &&
+            dev->kbdfeed && dev->kbdfeed->BellProc) {
+
+	    rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, DixBellAccess);
+	    if (rc != Success)
+		return rc;
+            XkbHandleBell(FALSE, FALSE, dev, newpercent,
+                          &dev->kbdfeed->ctrl, 0, None, NULL, client);
+        }
+    }
+
+    return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcChangePointerControl(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    DeviceIntPtr dev, mouse = PickPointer(client);
+    PtrCtrl ctrl;		/* might get BadValue part way through */
+    int rc;
+    REQUEST(xChangePointerControlReq);
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xChangePointerControlReq);
+
+    ctrl = mouse->ptrfeed->ctrl;
+    if ((stuff->doAccel != xTrue) && (stuff->doAccel != xFalse)) {
+	client->errorValue = stuff->doAccel;
+	return BadValue;
+    }
+    if ((stuff->doThresh != xTrue) && (stuff->doThresh != xFalse)) {
+	client->errorValue = stuff->doThresh;
+	return BadValue;
+    }
+    if (stuff->doAccel) {
+	if (stuff->accelNum == -1) {
+	    ctrl.num = defaultPointerControl.num;
+        }
+	else if (stuff->accelNum < 0) {
+	    client->errorValue = stuff->accelNum;
+	    return BadValue;
+	}
+	else {
+            ctrl.num = stuff->accelNum;
+        }
+
+	if (stuff->accelDenum == -1) {
+	    ctrl.den = defaultPointerControl.den;
+        }
+	else if (stuff->accelDenum <= 0) {
+	    client->errorValue = stuff->accelDenum;
+	    return BadValue;
+	}
+	else {
+            ctrl.den = stuff->accelDenum;
+        }
+    }
+    if (stuff->doThresh) {
+	if (stuff->threshold == -1) {
+	    ctrl.threshold = defaultPointerControl.threshold;
+        }
+	else if (stuff->threshold < 0) {
+	    client->errorValue = stuff->threshold;
+	    return BadValue;
+	}
+	else {
+            ctrl.threshold = stuff->threshold;
+        }
+    }
+
+    for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next) {
+        if ((dev == mouse ||
+	     (!IsMaster(dev) && GetMaster(dev, MASTER_POINTER) == mouse)) &&
+            dev->ptrfeed) {
+	    rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, DixManageAccess);
+	    if (rc != Success)
+		return rc;
+	}
+    }
+
+    for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next) {
+        if ((dev == mouse ||
+	     (!IsMaster(dev) && GetMaster(dev, MASTER_POINTER) == mouse)) &&
+            dev->ptrfeed) {
+            dev->ptrfeed->ctrl = ctrl;
+        }
+    }
+
+    return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcGetPointerControl(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    DeviceIntPtr ptr = PickPointer(client);
+    PtrCtrl *ctrl = &ptr->ptrfeed->ctrl;
+    xGetPointerControlReply rep;
+    int rc;
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReq);
+
+    rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, ptr, DixGetAttrAccess);
+    if (rc != Success)
+	return rc;
+
+    rep.type = X_Reply;
+    rep.length = 0;
+    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+    rep.threshold = ctrl->threshold;
+    rep.accelNumerator = ctrl->num;
+    rep.accelDenominator = ctrl->den;
+    WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGenericReply), &rep);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+void
+MaybeStopHint(DeviceIntPtr dev, ClientPtr client)
+{
+    GrabPtr grab = dev->deviceGrab.grab;
+
+    if ((grab && SameClient(grab, client) &&
+	 ((grab->eventMask & PointerMotionHintMask) ||
+	  (grab->ownerEvents &&
+	   (EventMaskForClient(dev->valuator->motionHintWindow, client) &
+	    PointerMotionHintMask)))) ||
+	(!grab &&
+	 (EventMaskForClient(dev->valuator->motionHintWindow, client) &
+	  PointerMotionHintMask)))
+	dev->valuator->motionHintWindow = NullWindow;
+}
+
+int
+ProcGetMotionEvents(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    WindowPtr pWin;
+    xTimecoord * coords = (xTimecoord *) NULL;
+    xGetMotionEventsReply rep;
+    int i, count, xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax, rc;
+    unsigned long nEvents;
+    DeviceIntPtr mouse = PickPointer(client);
+    TimeStamp start, stop;
+    REQUEST(xGetMotionEventsReq);
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xGetMotionEventsReq);
+
+    rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->window, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
+    if (rc != Success)
+	return rc;
+    rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, mouse, DixReadAccess);
+    if (rc != Success)
+	return rc;
+
+    if (mouse->valuator->motionHintWindow)
+	MaybeStopHint(mouse, client);
+    rep.type = X_Reply;
+    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+    nEvents = 0;
+    start = ClientTimeToServerTime(stuff->start);
+    stop = ClientTimeToServerTime(stuff->stop);
+    if ((CompareTimeStamps(start, stop) != LATER) &&
+	(CompareTimeStamps(start, currentTime) != LATER) &&
+	mouse->valuator->numMotionEvents)
+    {
+	if (CompareTimeStamps(stop, currentTime) == LATER)
+	    stop = currentTime;
+	count = GetMotionHistory(mouse, &coords, start.milliseconds,
+				 stop.milliseconds, pWin->drawable.pScreen,
+                                 TRUE);
+	xmin = pWin->drawable.x - wBorderWidth (pWin);
+	xmax = pWin->drawable.x + (int)pWin->drawable.width +
+		wBorderWidth (pWin);
+	ymin = pWin->drawable.y - wBorderWidth (pWin);
+	ymax = pWin->drawable.y + (int)pWin->drawable.height +
+		wBorderWidth (pWin);
+	for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
+	    if ((xmin <= coords[i].x) && (coords[i].x < xmax) &&
+		    (ymin <= coords[i].y) && (coords[i].y < ymax))
+	    {
+		coords[nEvents].time = coords[i].time;
+		coords[nEvents].x = coords[i].x - pWin->drawable.x;
+		coords[nEvents].y = coords[i].y - pWin->drawable.y;
+		nEvents++;
+	    }
+    }
+    rep.length = nEvents * bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xTimecoord));
+    rep.nEvents = nEvents;
+    WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetMotionEventsReply), &rep);
+    if (nEvents)
+    {
+	client->pSwapReplyFunc = (ReplySwapPtr) SwapTimeCoordWrite;
+	WriteSwappedDataToClient(client, nEvents * sizeof(xTimecoord),
+				 (char *)coords);
+    }
+    free(coords);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcQueryKeymap(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    xQueryKeymapReply rep;
+    int rc, i;
+    DeviceIntPtr keybd = PickKeyboard(client);
+    CARD8 *down = keybd->key->down;
+
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReq);
+    rep.type = X_Reply;
+    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+    rep.length = 2;
+
+    rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, keybd, DixReadAccess);
+    if (rc != Success && rc != BadAccess)
+	return rc;
+
+    for (i = 0; i<32; i++)
+	rep.map[i] = down[i];
+
+    if (rc == BadAccess)
+	memset(rep.map, 0, 32);
+
+    WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xQueryKeymapReply), &rep);
+
+   return Success;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Recalculate the number of buttons for the master device. The number of
+ * buttons on the master device is equal to the number of buttons on the
+ * slave device with the highest number of buttons.
+ */
+static void
+RecalculateMasterButtons(DeviceIntPtr slave)
+{
+    DeviceIntPtr dev, master;
+    int maxbuttons = 0;
+
+    if (!slave->button || IsMaster(slave))
+        return;
+
+    master = GetMaster(slave, MASTER_POINTER);
+    if (!master)
+        return;
+
+    for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
+    {
+        if (IsMaster(dev) ||
+            GetMaster(dev, MASTER_ATTACHED) != master ||
+            !dev->button)
+            continue;
+
+        maxbuttons = max(maxbuttons, dev->button->numButtons);
+    }
+
+    if (master->button && master->button->numButtons != maxbuttons)
+    {
+        int i;
+        DeviceChangedEvent event;
+
+        memset(&event, 0, sizeof(event));
+
+        master->button->numButtons = maxbuttons;
+
+        event.header = ET_Internal;
+        event.type = ET_DeviceChanged;
+        event.time = GetTimeInMillis();
+        event.deviceid = master->id;
+        event.flags = DEVCHANGE_POINTER_EVENT | DEVCHANGE_DEVICE_CHANGE;
+        event.buttons.num_buttons = maxbuttons;
+        memcpy(&event.buttons.names, master->button->labels, maxbuttons *
+                sizeof(Atom));
+
+        if (master->valuator)
+        {
+            event.num_valuators = master->valuator->numAxes;
+            for (i = 0; i < event.num_valuators; i++)
+            {
+                event.valuators[i].min = master->valuator->axes[i].min_value;
+                event.valuators[i].max = master->valuator->axes[i].max_value;
+                event.valuators[i].resolution = master->valuator->axes[i].resolution;
+                event.valuators[i].mode = master->valuator->axes[i].mode;
+                event.valuators[i].name = master->valuator->axes[i].label;
+            }
+        }
+
+        if (master->key)
+        {
+            event.keys.min_keycode = master->key->xkbInfo->desc->min_key_code;
+            event.keys.max_keycode = master->key->xkbInfo->desc->max_key_code;
+        }
+
+        XISendDeviceChangedEvent(master, master, &event);
+    }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Generate release events for all keys/button currently down on this
+ * device.
+ */
+void
+ReleaseButtonsAndKeys(DeviceIntPtr dev)
+{
+    InternalEvent*      eventlist = InitEventList(GetMaximumEventsNum());
+    ButtonClassPtr      b = dev->button;
+    KeyClassPtr         k = dev->key;
+    int                 i, j, nevents;
+
+    if (!eventlist) /* no release events for you */
+        return;
+
+    /* Release all buttons */
+    for (i = 0; b && i < b->numButtons; i++)
+    {
+        if (BitIsOn(b->down, i))
+        {
+            nevents = GetPointerEvents(eventlist, dev, ButtonRelease, i, 0, NULL);
+            for (j = 0; j < nevents; j++)
+                mieqProcessDeviceEvent(dev, &eventlist[j], NULL);
+        }
+    }
+
+    /* Release all keys */
+    for (i = 0; k && i < MAP_LENGTH; i++)
+    {
+        if (BitIsOn(k->down, i))
+        {
+            nevents = GetKeyboardEvents(eventlist, dev, KeyRelease, i, NULL);
+            for (j = 0; j < nevents; j++)
+                mieqProcessDeviceEvent(dev, &eventlist[j], NULL);
+        }
+    }
+
+    FreeEventList(eventlist, GetMaximumEventsNum());
+}
+
+/**
+ * Attach device 'dev' to device 'master'.
+ * Client is set to the client that issued the request, or NULL if it comes
+ * from some internal automatic pairing.
+ *
+ * Master may be NULL to set the device floating.
+ *
+ * We don't allow multi-layer hierarchies right now. You can't attach a slave
+ * to another slave.
+ */
+int
+AttachDevice(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, DeviceIntPtr master)
+{
+    ScreenPtr screen;
+    DeviceIntPtr oldmaster;
+    if (!dev || IsMaster(dev))
+        return BadDevice;
+
+    if (master && !IsMaster(master)) /* can't attach to slaves */
+        return BadDevice;
+
+    /* set from floating to floating? */
+    if (IsFloating(dev) && !master && dev->enabled)
+        return Success;
+
+    /* free the existing sprite. */
+    if (IsFloating(dev) && dev->spriteInfo->paired == dev)
+    {
+        screen = miPointerGetScreen(dev);
+        screen->DeviceCursorCleanup(dev, screen);
+        free(dev->spriteInfo->sprite);
+    }
+
+    oldmaster = GetMaster(dev, MASTER_ATTACHED);
+    dev->master = master;
+
+    /* If device is set to floating, we need to create a sprite for it,
+     * otherwise things go bad. However, we don't want to render the cursor,
+     * so we reset spriteOwner.
+     * Sprite has to be forced to NULL first, otherwise InitializeSprite won't
+     * alloc new memory but overwrite the previous one.
+     */
+    if (!master)
+    {
+        WindowPtr currentRoot;
+
+        if (dev->spriteInfo->sprite)
+            currentRoot = GetCurrentRootWindow(dev);
+        else /* new device auto-set to floating */
+            currentRoot = screenInfo.screens[0]->root;
+
+        /* we need to init a fake sprite */
+        screen = currentRoot->drawable.pScreen;
+        screen->DeviceCursorInitialize(dev, screen);
+        dev->spriteInfo->sprite = NULL;
+        InitializeSprite(dev, currentRoot);
+        dev->spriteInfo->spriteOwner = FALSE;
+        dev->spriteInfo->paired = dev;
+    } else
+    {
+        dev->spriteInfo->sprite = master->spriteInfo->sprite;
+        dev->spriteInfo->paired = master;
+        dev->spriteInfo->spriteOwner = FALSE;
+
+        RecalculateMasterButtons(master);
+    }
+
+    /* XXX: in theory, the MD should change back to its old, original
+     * classes when the last SD is detached. Thanks to the XTEST devices,
+     * we'll always have an SD attached until the MD is removed.
+     * So let's not worry about that.
+     */
+
+    return Success;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Return the device paired with the given device or NULL.
+ * Returns the device paired with the parent master if the given device is a
+ * slave device.
+ */
+DeviceIntPtr
+GetPairedDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev)
+{
+    if (!IsMaster(dev) && !IsFloating(dev))
+        dev = GetMaster(dev, MASTER_ATTACHED);
+
+    return dev->spriteInfo->paired;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Returns the right master for the type of event needed. If the event is a
+ * keyboard event.
+ * This function may be called with a master device as argument. If so, the
+ * returned master is either the device itself or the paired master device.
+ * If dev is a floating slave device, NULL is returned.
+ *
+ * @type ::MASTER_KEYBOARD or ::MASTER_POINTER or ::MASTER_ATTACHED
+ * @return The requested master device. In the case of MASTER_ATTACHED, this
+ * is the directly attached master to this device, regardless of the type.
+ * Otherwise, it is either the master keyboard or pointer for this device.
+ */
+DeviceIntPtr
+GetMaster(DeviceIntPtr dev, int which)
+{
+    DeviceIntPtr master;
+
+    if (IsMaster(dev))
+        master = dev;
+    else
+        master = dev->master;
+
+    if (master && which != MASTER_ATTACHED)
+    {
+        if (which == MASTER_KEYBOARD)
+        {
+            if (master->type != MASTER_KEYBOARD)
+                master = GetPairedDevice(master);
+        } else
+        {
+            if (master->type != MASTER_POINTER)
+                master = GetPairedDevice(master);
+        }
+    }
+
+    return master;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Create a new device pair (== one pointer, one keyboard device).
+ * Only allocates the devices, you will need to call ActivateDevice() and
+ * EnableDevice() manually.
+ * Either a master or a slave device can be created depending on
+ * the value for master.
+ */
+int
+AllocDevicePair (ClientPtr client, char* name,
+                 DeviceIntPtr* ptr,
+                 DeviceIntPtr* keybd,
+                 DeviceProc ptr_proc,
+                 DeviceProc keybd_proc,
+                 Bool master)
+{
+    DeviceIntPtr pointer;
+    DeviceIntPtr keyboard;
+    *ptr = *keybd = NULL;
+
+    pointer = AddInputDevice(client, ptr_proc, TRUE);
+    if (!pointer)
+        return BadAlloc;
+
+    if (asprintf(&pointer->name, "%s pointer", name) == -1) {
+        pointer->name = NULL;
+        RemoveDevice(pointer, FALSE);
+        return BadAlloc;
+    }
+
+    pointer->public.processInputProc = ProcessOtherEvent;
+    pointer->public.realInputProc = ProcessOtherEvent;
+    XkbSetExtension(pointer, ProcessPointerEvent);
+    pointer->deviceGrab.ActivateGrab = ActivatePointerGrab;
+    pointer->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab = DeactivatePointerGrab;
+    pointer->coreEvents = TRUE;
+    pointer->spriteInfo->spriteOwner = TRUE;
+
+    pointer->lastSlave = NULL;
+    pointer->last.slave = NULL;
+    pointer->type = (master) ? MASTER_POINTER : SLAVE;
+
+    keyboard = AddInputDevice(client, keybd_proc, TRUE);
+    if (!keyboard)
+    {
+        RemoveDevice(pointer, FALSE);
+        return BadAlloc;
+    }
+
+    if (asprintf(&keyboard->name, "%s keyboard", name) == -1) {
+        keyboard->name = NULL;
+        RemoveDevice(keyboard, FALSE);
+        RemoveDevice(pointer, FALSE);
+        return BadAlloc;
+    }
+
+    keyboard->public.processInputProc = ProcessOtherEvent;
+    keyboard->public.realInputProc = ProcessOtherEvent;
+    XkbSetExtension(keyboard, ProcessKeyboardEvent);
+    keyboard->deviceGrab.ActivateGrab = ActivateKeyboardGrab;
+    keyboard->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab = DeactivateKeyboardGrab;
+    keyboard->coreEvents = TRUE;
+    keyboard->spriteInfo->spriteOwner = FALSE;
+
+    keyboard->lastSlave = NULL;
+    keyboard->last.slave = NULL;
+    keyboard->type = (master) ? MASTER_KEYBOARD : SLAVE;
+
+    /* The ClassesRec stores the device classes currently not used. */
+    pointer->unused_classes = calloc(1, sizeof(ClassesRec));
+    keyboard->unused_classes = calloc(1, sizeof(ClassesRec));
+
+    *ptr = pointer;
+    *keybd = keyboard;
+
+    return Success;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Return Relative or Absolute for the device.
+ */
+int valuator_get_mode(DeviceIntPtr dev, int axis)
+{
+    return (dev->valuator->axes[axis].mode & DeviceMode);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Set the given mode for the axis. If axis is VALUATOR_MODE_ALL_AXES, then
+ * set the mode for all axes.
+ */
+void valuator_set_mode(DeviceIntPtr dev, int axis, int mode)
+{
+    if (axis != VALUATOR_MODE_ALL_AXES)
+        dev->valuator->axes[axis].mode = mode;
+    else {
+        int i;
+        for (i = 0; i < dev->valuator->numAxes; i++)
+            dev->valuator->axes[i].mode = mode;
+    }
+}
diff --git a/xorg-server/dix/dispatch.c b/xorg-server/dix/dispatch.c
index 14775c35c..b2820ebf1 100644
--- a/xorg-server/dix/dispatch.c
+++ b/xorg-server/dix/dispatch.c
@@ -1,3958 +1,3958 @@
-/************************************************************

-

-Copyright 1987, 1989, 1998  The Open Group

-

-Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its

-documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that

-the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that

-copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting

-documentation.

-

-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in

-all copies or substantial portions of the Software.

-

-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR

-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,

-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE

-OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN

-AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN

-CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

-

-Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be

-used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings

-in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.

-

-

-Copyright 1987, 1989 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.

-

-                        All Rights Reserved

-

-Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its 

-documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, 

-provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that

-both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in 

-supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be

-used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the

-software without specific, written prior permission.  

-

-DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING

-ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL

-DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR

-ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,

-WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,

-ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS

-SOFTWARE.

-

-********************************************************/

-

-/* The panoramix components contained the following notice */

-/*****************************************************************

-

-Copyright (c) 1991, 1997 Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.

-

-Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy

-of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal

-in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights

-to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell

-copies of the Software.

-

-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in

-all copies or substantial portions of the Software.

-

-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR

-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,

-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL

-DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES, INCLUDING,

-BUT NOT LIMITED TO CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, OR OTHER LIABILITY,

-WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR

-IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

-

-Except as contained in this notice, the name of Digital Equipment Corporation

-shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other

-dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from Digital

-Equipment Corporation.

-

-******************************************************************/

-

-/* XSERVER_DTRACE additions:

- * Copyright (c) 2005-2006, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

- *

- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a

- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),

- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation

- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,

- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the

- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:

- *

- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next

- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the

- * Software.

- *

- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR

- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,

- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL

- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER

- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING

- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER

- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

- */

-

-

-

-#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H

-#include <dix-config.h>

-#include <version-config.h>

-#endif

-

-#ifdef CreateWindow

-#undef CreateWindow

-#endif

-

-#ifdef PANORAMIX_DEBUG

-#include <stdio.h>

-int ProcInitialConnection();

-#endif

-

-#include "windowstr.h"

-#include <X11/fonts/fontstruct.h>

-#include "dixfontstr.h"

-#include "gcstruct.h"

-#include "selection.h"

-#include "colormapst.h"

-#include "cursorstr.h"

-#include "scrnintstr.h"

-#include "opaque.h"

-#include "input.h"

-#include "servermd.h"

-#include "extnsionst.h"

-#include "dixfont.h"

-#include "dispatch.h"

-#include "swaprep.h"

-#include "swapreq.h"

-#include "privates.h"

-#include "xace.h"

-#include "inputstr.h"

-#include "xkbsrv.h"

-#include "site.h"

-#include "client.h"

-

-#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE

-#include "registry.h"

-#include <sys/types.h>

-typedef const char *string;

-#include "Xserver-dtrace.h"

-#endif

-

-#define mskcnt ((MAXCLIENTS + 31) / 32)

-#define BITMASK(i) (1U << ((i) & 31))

-#define MASKIDX(i) ((i) >> 5)

-#define MASKWORD(buf, i) buf[MASKIDX(i)]

-#define BITSET(buf, i) MASKWORD(buf, i) |= BITMASK(i)

-#define BITCLEAR(buf, i) MASKWORD(buf, i) &= ~BITMASK(i)

-#define GETBIT(buf, i) (MASKWORD(buf, i) & BITMASK(i))

-

-xConnSetupPrefix connSetupPrefix;

-

-PaddingInfo PixmapWidthPaddingInfo[33];

-

-static ClientPtr grabClient;

-#define GrabNone 0

-#define GrabActive 1

-#define GrabKickout 2

-static int grabState = GrabNone;

-static long grabWaiters[mskcnt];

-CallbackListPtr ServerGrabCallback = NULL;

-HWEventQueuePtr checkForInput[2];

-int connBlockScreenStart;

-

-static void KillAllClients(void);

-

-static int nextFreeClientID; /* always MIN free client ID */

-

-static int	nClients;	/* number of authorized clients */

-

-CallbackListPtr ClientStateCallback;

-

-/* dispatchException & isItTimeToYield must be declared volatile since they

- * are modified by signal handlers - otherwise optimizer may assume it doesn't

- * need to actually check value in memory when used and may miss changes from

- * signal handlers.

- */

-volatile char dispatchException = 0;

-volatile char isItTimeToYield;

-

-#define SAME_SCREENS(a, b) (\

-    (a.pScreen == b.pScreen))

-

-void

-SetInputCheck(HWEventQueuePtr c0, HWEventQueuePtr c1)

-{

-    checkForInput[0] = c0;

-    checkForInput[1] = c1;

-}

-

-void

-UpdateCurrentTime(void)

-{

-    TimeStamp systime;

-

-    /* To avoid time running backwards, we must call GetTimeInMillis before

-     * calling ProcessInputEvents.

-     */

-    systime.months = currentTime.months;

-    systime.milliseconds = GetTimeInMillis();

-    if (systime.milliseconds < currentTime.milliseconds)

-	systime.months++;

-    if (*checkForInput[0] != *checkForInput[1])

-	ProcessInputEvents();

-    if (CompareTimeStamps(systime, currentTime) == LATER)

-	currentTime = systime;

-}

-

-/* Like UpdateCurrentTime, but can't call ProcessInputEvents */

-void

-UpdateCurrentTimeIf(void)

-{

-    TimeStamp systime;

-

-    systime.months = currentTime.months;

-    systime.milliseconds = GetTimeInMillis();

-    if (systime.milliseconds < currentTime.milliseconds)

-	systime.months++;

-    if (*checkForInput[0] == *checkForInput[1])

-	currentTime = systime;

-}

-

-

-#undef SMART_DEBUG

-

-#define SMART_SCHEDULE_DEFAULT_INTERVAL	20	    /* ms */

-#define SMART_SCHEDULE_MAX_SLICE	200	    /* ms */

-

-Bool SmartScheduleDisable = FALSE;

-long SmartScheduleSlice = SMART_SCHEDULE_DEFAULT_INTERVAL;

-long SmartScheduleInterval = SMART_SCHEDULE_DEFAULT_INTERVAL;

-long SmartScheduleMaxSlice = SMART_SCHEDULE_MAX_SLICE;

-long SmartScheduleTime;

-int SmartScheduleLatencyLimited = 0;

-static ClientPtr   SmartLastClient;

-static int	   SmartLastIndex[SMART_MAX_PRIORITY-SMART_MIN_PRIORITY+1];

-

-#ifdef SMART_DEBUG

-long	    SmartLastPrint;

-#endif

-

-void        Dispatch(void);

-

-static int

-SmartScheduleClient (int *clientReady, int nready)

-{

-    ClientPtr	pClient;

-    int		i;

-    int		client;

-    int		bestPrio, best = 0;

-    int		bestRobin, robin;

-    long	now = SmartScheduleTime;

-    long	idle;

-

-    bestPrio = -0x7fffffff;

-    bestRobin = 0;

-    idle = 2 * SmartScheduleSlice;

-    for (i = 0; i < nready; i++)

-    {

-	client = clientReady[i];

-	pClient = clients[client];

-	/* Praise clients which are idle */

-	if ((now - pClient->smart_check_tick) >= idle)

-	{

-	    if (pClient->smart_priority < 0)

-		pClient->smart_priority++;

-	}

-	pClient->smart_check_tick = now;

-	

-	/* check priority to select best client */

-	robin = (pClient->index - SmartLastIndex[pClient->smart_priority-SMART_MIN_PRIORITY]) & 0xff;

-	if (pClient->smart_priority > bestPrio ||

-	    (pClient->smart_priority == bestPrio && robin > bestRobin))

-	{

-	    bestPrio = pClient->smart_priority;

-	    bestRobin = robin;

-	    best = client;

-	}

-#ifdef SMART_DEBUG

-	if ((now - SmartLastPrint) >= 5000)

-	    fprintf (stderr, " %2d: %3d", client, pClient->smart_priority);

-#endif

-    }

-#ifdef SMART_DEBUG

-    if ((now - SmartLastPrint) >= 5000)

-    {

-	fprintf (stderr, " use %2d\n", best);

-	SmartLastPrint = now;

-    }

-#endif

-    pClient = clients[best];

-    SmartLastIndex[bestPrio-SMART_MIN_PRIORITY] = pClient->index;

-    /*

-     * Set current client pointer

-     */

-    if (SmartLastClient != pClient)

-    {

-	pClient->smart_start_tick = now;

-	SmartLastClient = pClient;

-    }

-    /*

-     * Adjust slice

-     */

-    if (nready == 1 && SmartScheduleLatencyLimited == 0)

-    {

-	/*

-	 * If it's been a long time since another client

-	 * has run, bump the slice up to get maximal

-	 * performance from a single client

-	 */

-	if ((now - pClient->smart_start_tick) > 1000 &&

-	    SmartScheduleSlice < SmartScheduleMaxSlice)

-	{

-	    SmartScheduleSlice += SmartScheduleInterval;

-	}

-    }

-    else

-    {

-	SmartScheduleSlice = SmartScheduleInterval;

-    }

-    return best;

-}

-

-void

-EnableLimitedSchedulingLatency(void)

-{

-    ++SmartScheduleLatencyLimited;

-    SmartScheduleSlice = SmartScheduleInterval;

-}

-

-void

-DisableLimitedSchedulingLatency(void)

-{

-    --SmartScheduleLatencyLimited;

-

-    /* protect against bugs */

-    if (SmartScheduleLatencyLimited < 0)

-	SmartScheduleLatencyLimited = 0;

-}

-

-#define MAJOROP ((xReq *)client->requestBuffer)->reqType

-

-void

-Dispatch(void)

-{

-    int        *clientReady;     /* array of request ready clients */

-    int	result;

-    ClientPtr	client;

-    int	nready;

-    HWEventQueuePtr* icheck = checkForInput;

-    long			start_tick;

-

-    nextFreeClientID = 1;

-    nClients = 0;

-

-    clientReady = malloc(sizeof(int) * MaxClients);

-    if (!clientReady)

-	return;

-

-    SmartScheduleSlice = SmartScheduleInterval;

-    while (!dispatchException)

-    {

-        if (*icheck[0] != *icheck[1])

-	{

-	    ProcessInputEvents();

-	    FlushIfCriticalOutputPending();

-	}

-

-	nready = WaitForSomething(clientReady);

-

-	if (nready && !SmartScheduleDisable)

-	{

-	    clientReady[0] = SmartScheduleClient (clientReady, nready);

-	    nready = 1;

-	}

-       /***************** 

-	*  Handle events in round robin fashion, doing input between 

-	*  each round 

-	*****************/

-

-	while (!dispatchException && (--nready >= 0))

-	{

-	    client = clients[clientReady[nready]];

-	    if (! client)

-	    {

-		/* KillClient can cause this to happen */

-		continue;

-	    }

-	    /* GrabServer activation can cause this to be true */

-	    if (grabState == GrabKickout)

-	    {

-		grabState = GrabActive;

-		break;

-	    }

-	    isItTimeToYield = FALSE;

- 

-	    start_tick = SmartScheduleTime;

-	    while (!isItTimeToYield)

-	    {

-#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE

-	      CARD8 StartMajorOp;

-#endif

-	        if (*icheck[0] != *icheck[1])

-		    ProcessInputEvents();

-		

-		FlushIfCriticalOutputPending();

-		if (!SmartScheduleDisable && 

-		    (SmartScheduleTime - start_tick) >= SmartScheduleSlice)

-		{

-		    /* Penalize clients which consume ticks */

-		    if (client->smart_priority > SMART_MIN_PRIORITY)

-			client->smart_priority--;

-		    break;

-		}

-		/* now, finally, deal with client requests */

-

-	        result = ReadRequestFromClient(client);

-	        if (result <= 0) 

-	        {

-		    if (result < 0)

-			CloseDownClient(client);

-		    break;

-	        }

-

-		client->sequence++;

-#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE

-		StartMajorOp=MAJOROP;

-		XSERVER_REQUEST_START(LookupMajorName(StartMajorOp), StartMajorOp,

-			      ((xReq *)client->requestBuffer)->length,

-			      client->index, client->requestBuffer);

-#endif

-		if (result > (maxBigRequestSize << 2))

-		    result = BadLength;

-		else {

-		    result = XaceHookDispatch(client, MAJOROP);

-		    if (result == Success)

-			result = (* client->requestVector[MAJOROP])(client);

-		    XaceHookAuditEnd(client, result);

-		}

-#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE

-		if (result!=Success)

-		{

-		  char Message[255];

-		  sprintf(Message,"ERROR: %s (0x%x)",LookupMajorName(StartMajorOp),client->errorValue);

-		  XSERVER_REQUEST_DONE(Message, MAJOROP,

-		                       client->sequence, client->index, result);

-		}

-		else

-		{

-		  if (StartMajorOp!=MAJOROP)

-		  {

-		    char Message[255];

-		    sprintf(Message,"Changed request: %s -> %s",LookupMajorName(StartMajorOp),LookupMajorName(MAJOROP));

-		    XSERVER_REQUEST_DONE(Message, MAJOROP,

-		                         client->sequence, client->index, result);

-		  }

-		  else

-		  {

-		    XSERVER_REQUEST_DONE(LookupMajorName(MAJOROP), MAJOROP,

-		                         client->sequence, client->index, result);

-		  }

-		}

-#endif

-

-		if (client->noClientException != Success)

-		{

-		    CloseDownClient(client);

-		    break;

-		}

-		else if (result != Success)

-		{

-		    SendErrorToClient(client, MAJOROP,

-				      MinorOpcodeOfRequest(client),

-				      client->errorValue, result);

-		    break;

-		}

-	    }

-	    FlushAllOutput();

-	    client = clients[clientReady[nready]];

-	    if (client)

-		client->smart_stop_tick = SmartScheduleTime;

-	}

-	dispatchException &= ~DE_PRIORITYCHANGE;

-    }

-#if defined(DDXBEFORERESET)

-    ddxBeforeReset ();

-#endif

-    KillAllClients();

-    free(clientReady);

-    dispatchException &= ~DE_RESET;

-    SmartScheduleLatencyLimited = 0;

-}

-

-#undef MAJOROP

-

-static int  VendorRelease = VENDOR_RELEASE;

-static char *VendorString = VENDOR_NAME;

-

-static const int padlength[4] = {0, 3, 2, 1};

-

-void

-SetVendorRelease(int release)

-{

-    VendorRelease = release;

-}

-

-void

-SetVendorString(char *string)

-{

-    VendorString = string;

-}

-

-Bool

-CreateConnectionBlock(void)

-{

-    xConnSetup setup;

-    xWindowRoot root;

-    xDepth	depth;

-    xVisualType visual;

-    xPixmapFormat format;

-    unsigned long vid;

-    int i, j, k,

-        lenofblock,

-        sizesofar = 0;

-    char *pBuf;

-

-

-    memset(&setup, 0, sizeof(xConnSetup));

-    /* Leave off the ridBase and ridMask, these must be sent with

-       connection */

-

-    setup.release = VendorRelease;

-    /*

-     * per-server image and bitmap parameters are defined in Xmd.h

-     */

-    setup.imageByteOrder = screenInfo.imageByteOrder;

-

-    setup.bitmapScanlineUnit = screenInfo.bitmapScanlineUnit;

-    setup.bitmapScanlinePad = screenInfo.bitmapScanlinePad;

-

-    setup.bitmapBitOrder = screenInfo.bitmapBitOrder;

-    setup.motionBufferSize = NumMotionEvents();

-    setup.numRoots = screenInfo.numScreens;

-    setup.nbytesVendor = strlen(VendorString);

-    setup.numFormats = screenInfo.numPixmapFormats;

-    setup.maxRequestSize = MAX_REQUEST_SIZE;

-    QueryMinMaxKeyCodes(&setup.minKeyCode, &setup.maxKeyCode);

-

-    lenofblock = sizeof(xConnSetup) +

-            pad_to_int32(setup.nbytesVendor) +

-	    (setup.numFormats * sizeof(xPixmapFormat)) +

-            (setup.numRoots * sizeof(xWindowRoot));

-    ConnectionInfo = malloc(lenofblock);

-    if (!ConnectionInfo)

-	return FALSE;

-

-    memmove(ConnectionInfo, (char *)&setup, sizeof(xConnSetup));

-    sizesofar = sizeof(xConnSetup);

-    pBuf = ConnectionInfo + sizeof(xConnSetup);

-

-    memmove(pBuf, VendorString, (int)setup.nbytesVendor);

-    sizesofar += setup.nbytesVendor;

-    pBuf += setup.nbytesVendor;

-    i = padlength[setup.nbytesVendor & 3];

-    sizesofar += i;

-    while (--i >= 0)

-	*pBuf++ = 0;

-

-    memset(&format, 0, sizeof(xPixmapFormat));

-    for (i=0; i<screenInfo.numPixmapFormats; i++)

-    {

-	format.depth = screenInfo.formats[i].depth;

-	format.bitsPerPixel = screenInfo.formats[i].bitsPerPixel;

-	format.scanLinePad = screenInfo.formats[i].scanlinePad;

-	memmove(pBuf, (char *)&format, sizeof(xPixmapFormat));

-	pBuf += sizeof(xPixmapFormat);

-	sizesofar += sizeof(xPixmapFormat);

-    }

-

-    connBlockScreenStart = sizesofar;

-    memset(&depth, 0, sizeof(xDepth));

-    memset(&visual, 0, sizeof(xVisualType));

-    for (i=0; i<screenInfo.numScreens; i++)

-    {

-	ScreenPtr	pScreen;

-	DepthPtr	pDepth;

-	VisualPtr	pVisual;

-

-	pScreen = screenInfo.screens[i];

-	root.windowId = pScreen->root->drawable.id;

-	root.defaultColormap = pScreen->defColormap;

-	root.whitePixel = pScreen->whitePixel;

-	root.blackPixel = pScreen->blackPixel;

-	root.currentInputMask = 0;    /* filled in when sent */

-	root.pixWidth = pScreen->width;

-	root.pixHeight = pScreen->height;

-	root.mmWidth = pScreen->mmWidth;

-	root.mmHeight = pScreen->mmHeight;

-	root.minInstalledMaps = pScreen->minInstalledCmaps;

-	root.maxInstalledMaps = pScreen->maxInstalledCmaps;

-	root.rootVisualID = pScreen->rootVisual;

-	root.backingStore = pScreen->backingStoreSupport;

-	root.saveUnders = FALSE;

-	root.rootDepth = pScreen->rootDepth;

-	root.nDepths = pScreen->numDepths;

-	memmove(pBuf, (char *)&root, sizeof(xWindowRoot));

-	sizesofar += sizeof(xWindowRoot);

-	pBuf += sizeof(xWindowRoot);

-

-	pDepth = pScreen->allowedDepths;

-	for(j = 0; j < pScreen->numDepths; j++, pDepth++)

-	{

-	    lenofblock += sizeof(xDepth) +

-		    (pDepth->numVids * sizeof(xVisualType));

-	    pBuf = (char *)realloc(ConnectionInfo, lenofblock);

-	    if (!pBuf)

-	    {

-		free(ConnectionInfo);

-		return FALSE;

-	    }

-	    ConnectionInfo = pBuf;

-	    pBuf += sizesofar;

-	    depth.depth = pDepth->depth;

-	    depth.nVisuals = pDepth->numVids;

-	    memmove(pBuf, (char *)&depth, sizeof(xDepth));

-	    pBuf += sizeof(xDepth);

-	    sizesofar += sizeof(xDepth);

-	    for(k = 0; k < pDepth->numVids; k++)

-	    {

-		vid = pDepth->vids[k];

-		for (pVisual = pScreen->visuals;

-		     pVisual->vid != vid;

-		     pVisual++)

-		    ;

-		visual.visualID = vid;

-		visual.class = pVisual->class;

-		visual.bitsPerRGB = pVisual->bitsPerRGBValue;

-		visual.colormapEntries = pVisual->ColormapEntries;

-		visual.redMask = pVisual->redMask;

-		visual.greenMask = pVisual->greenMask;

-		visual.blueMask = pVisual->blueMask;

-		memmove(pBuf, (char *)&visual, sizeof(xVisualType));

-		pBuf += sizeof(xVisualType);

-		sizesofar += sizeof(xVisualType);

-	    }

-	}

-    }

-    connSetupPrefix.success = xTrue;

-    connSetupPrefix.length = lenofblock/4;

-    connSetupPrefix.majorVersion = X_PROTOCOL;

-    connSetupPrefix.minorVersion = X_PROTOCOL_REVISION;

-    return TRUE;

-}

-

-

-int

-ProcBadRequest(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    return BadRequest;

-}

-

-int

-ProcCreateWindow(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    WindowPtr pParent, pWin;

-    REQUEST(xCreateWindowReq);

-    int len, rc;

-

-    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xCreateWindowReq);

-    

-    LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(stuff->wid, client);

-    rc = dixLookupWindow(&pParent, stuff->parent, client, DixAddAccess);

-    if (rc != Success)

-        return rc;

-    len = client->req_len - bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xCreateWindowReq));

-    if (Ones(stuff->mask) != len)

-        return BadLength;

-    if (!stuff->width || !stuff->height)

-    {

-	client->errorValue = 0;

-        return BadValue;

-    }

-    pWin = CreateWindow(stuff->wid, pParent, stuff->x,

-			      stuff->y, stuff->width, stuff->height, 

-			      stuff->borderWidth, stuff->class,

-			      stuff->mask, (XID *) &stuff[1], 

-			      (int)stuff->depth, 

-			      client, stuff->visual, &rc);

-    if (pWin)

-    {

-	Mask mask = pWin->eventMask;

-

-	pWin->eventMask = 0; /* subterfuge in case AddResource fails */

-	if (!AddResource(stuff->wid, RT_WINDOW, (pointer)pWin))

-	    return BadAlloc;

-	pWin->eventMask = mask;

-    }

-    return rc;

-}

-

-int

-ProcChangeWindowAttributes(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    WindowPtr pWin;

-    REQUEST(xChangeWindowAttributesReq);

-    int len, rc;

-    Mask access_mode = 0;

-

-    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xChangeWindowAttributesReq);

-    access_mode |= (stuff->valueMask & CWEventMask) ? DixReceiveAccess : 0;

-    access_mode |= (stuff->valueMask & ~CWEventMask) ? DixSetAttrAccess : 0;

-    rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->window, client, access_mode);

-    if (rc != Success)

-        return rc;

-    len = client->req_len - bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xChangeWindowAttributesReq));

-    if (len != Ones(stuff->valueMask))

-        return BadLength;

-    return ChangeWindowAttributes(pWin,

-				  stuff->valueMask, 

-				  (XID *) &stuff[1], 

-				  client);

-}

-

-int

-ProcGetWindowAttributes(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    WindowPtr pWin;

-    REQUEST(xResourceReq);

-    xGetWindowAttributesReply wa;

-    int rc;

-

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);

-    rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->id, client, DixGetAttrAccess);

-    if (rc != Success)

-	return rc;

-    memset(&wa, 0, sizeof(xGetWindowAttributesReply));

-    GetWindowAttributes(pWin, client, &wa);

-    WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetWindowAttributesReply), &wa);

-    return Success;

-}

-

-int

-ProcDestroyWindow(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    WindowPtr pWin;

-    REQUEST(xResourceReq);

-    int rc;

-

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);

-    rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->id, client, DixDestroyAccess);

-    if (rc != Success)

-	return rc;

-    if (pWin->parent) {

-	rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, pWin->parent->drawable.id, client,

-			     DixRemoveAccess);

-	if (rc != Success)

-	    return rc;

-	FreeResource(stuff->id, RT_NONE);

-    }

-    return Success;

-}

-

-int

-ProcDestroySubwindows(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    WindowPtr pWin;

-    REQUEST(xResourceReq);

-    int rc;

-

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);

-    rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->id, client, DixRemoveAccess);

-    if (rc != Success)

-	return rc;

-    DestroySubwindows(pWin, client);

-    return Success;

-}

-

-int

-ProcChangeSaveSet(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    WindowPtr pWin;

-    REQUEST(xChangeSaveSetReq);

-    int rc;

-		  

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xChangeSaveSetReq);

-    rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->window, client, DixManageAccess);

-    if (rc != Success)

-        return rc;

-    if (client->clientAsMask == (CLIENT_BITS(pWin->drawable.id)))

-        return BadMatch;

-    if ((stuff->mode == SetModeInsert) || (stuff->mode == SetModeDelete))

-        return AlterSaveSetForClient(client, pWin, stuff->mode, FALSE, TRUE);

-    client->errorValue = stuff->mode;

-    return BadValue;

-}

-

-int

-ProcReparentWindow(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    WindowPtr pWin, pParent;

-    REQUEST(xReparentWindowReq);

-    int rc;

-

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReparentWindowReq);

-    rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->window, client, DixManageAccess);

-    if (rc != Success)

-        return rc;

-    rc = dixLookupWindow(&pParent, stuff->parent, client, DixAddAccess);

-    if (rc != Success)

-        return rc;

-    if (!SAME_SCREENS(pWin->drawable, pParent->drawable))

-	return BadMatch;

-    if ((pWin->backgroundState == ParentRelative) &&

-	(pParent->drawable.depth != pWin->drawable.depth))

-	return BadMatch;

-    if ((pWin->drawable.class != InputOnly) &&

-	(pParent->drawable.class == InputOnly))

-	return BadMatch;

-    return ReparentWindow(pWin, pParent,

-		     (short)stuff->x, (short)stuff->y, client);

-}

-

-int

-ProcMapWindow(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    WindowPtr pWin;

-    REQUEST(xResourceReq);

-    int rc;

-

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);

-    rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->id, client, DixShowAccess);

-    if (rc != Success)

-        return rc;

-    MapWindow(pWin, client);

-           /* update cache to say it is mapped */

-    return Success;

-}

-

-int

-ProcMapSubwindows(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    WindowPtr pWin;

-    REQUEST(xResourceReq);

-    int rc;

-

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);

-    rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->id, client, DixListAccess);

-    if (rc != Success)

-        return rc;

-    MapSubwindows(pWin, client);

-           /* update cache to say it is mapped */

-    return Success;

-}

-

-int

-ProcUnmapWindow(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    WindowPtr pWin;

-    REQUEST(xResourceReq);

-    int rc;

-

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);

-    rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->id, client, DixHideAccess);

-    if (rc != Success)

-        return rc;

-    UnmapWindow(pWin, FALSE);

-           /* update cache to say it is mapped */

-    return Success;

-}

-

-int

-ProcUnmapSubwindows(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    WindowPtr pWin;

-    REQUEST(xResourceReq);

-    int rc;

-

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);

-    rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->id, client, DixListAccess);

-    if (rc != Success)

-        return rc;

-    UnmapSubwindows(pWin);

-    return Success;

-}

-

-int

-ProcConfigureWindow(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    WindowPtr pWin;

-    REQUEST(xConfigureWindowReq);

-    int len, rc;

-

-    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xConfigureWindowReq);

-    rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->window, client,

-			 DixManageAccess|DixSetAttrAccess);

-    if (rc != Success)

-        return rc;

-    len = client->req_len - bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xConfigureWindowReq));

-    if (Ones((Mask)stuff->mask) != len)

-        return BadLength;

-    return ConfigureWindow(pWin, (Mask)stuff->mask, (XID *) &stuff[1], client);

-}

-

-int

-ProcCirculateWindow(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    WindowPtr pWin;

-    REQUEST(xCirculateWindowReq);

-    int rc;

-

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xCirculateWindowReq);

-    if ((stuff->direction != RaiseLowest) &&

-	(stuff->direction != LowerHighest))

-    {

-	client->errorValue = stuff->direction;

-        return BadValue;

-    }

-    rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->window, client, DixManageAccess);

-    if (rc != Success)

-        return rc;

-    CirculateWindow(pWin, (int)stuff->direction, client);

-    return Success;

-}

-

-static int

-GetGeometry(ClientPtr client, xGetGeometryReply *rep)

-{

-    DrawablePtr pDraw;

-    int rc;

-    REQUEST(xResourceReq);

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);

-

-    rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, stuff->id, client, M_ANY, DixGetAttrAccess);

-    if (rc != Success)

-	return rc;

-

-    rep->type = X_Reply;

-    rep->length = 0;

-    rep->sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

-    rep->root = pDraw->pScreen->root->drawable.id;

-    rep->depth = pDraw->depth;

-    rep->width = pDraw->width;

-    rep->height = pDraw->height;

-

-    if (WindowDrawable(pDraw->type))

-    {

-        WindowPtr pWin = (WindowPtr)pDraw;

-	rep->x = pWin->origin.x - wBorderWidth (pWin);

-	rep->y = pWin->origin.y - wBorderWidth (pWin);

-	rep->borderWidth = pWin->borderWidth;

-    }

-    else /* DRAWABLE_PIXMAP */

-    {

-	rep->x = rep->y = rep->borderWidth = 0;

-    }

-

-    return Success;

-}

-

-

-int

-ProcGetGeometry(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    xGetGeometryReply rep;

-    int status;

-

-    memset(&rep, 0, sizeof(xGetGeometryReply));

-    if ((status = GetGeometry(client, &rep)) != Success)

-	return status;

-

-    WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetGeometryReply), &rep);

-    return Success;

-}

-

-#ifdef WIN32

-/* Do not return the clipboard window in ProcQueryTree, cause this may cause

-   the clipboard client being closed when connecting through xdmcp.

-*/

-extern Window g_iClipboardWindow;

-

-#endif

-

-int

-ProcQueryTree(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    xQueryTreeReply reply;

-    int rc, numChildren = 0;

-    WindowPtr pChild, pWin, pHead;

-    Window  *childIDs = (Window *)NULL;

-    REQUEST(xResourceReq);

-

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);

-    rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->id, client, DixListAccess);

-    if (rc != Success)

-        return rc;

-    memset(&reply, 0, sizeof(xQueryTreeReply));

-    reply.type = X_Reply;

-    reply.root = pWin->drawable.pScreen->root->drawable.id;

-    reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

-    if (pWin->parent)

-	reply.parent = pWin->parent->drawable.id;

-    else

-        reply.parent = (Window)None;

-    pHead = RealChildHead(pWin);

-    for (pChild = pWin->lastChild; pChild != pHead; pChild = pChild->prevSib)

-#ifdef WIN32

-	if (pChild->drawable.id!=g_iClipboardWindow)

-#endif

-	    numChildren++;

-    if (numChildren)

-    {

-	int curChild = 0;

-

-	childIDs = malloc(numChildren * sizeof(Window));

-	if (!childIDs)

-	    return BadAlloc;

-	for (pChild = pWin->lastChild; pChild != pHead; pChild = pChild->prevSib)

-#ifdef WIN32

-	    if (pChild->drawable.id!=g_iClipboardWindow)

-#endif

-		childIDs[curChild++] = pChild->drawable.id;

-    }

-    

-    reply.nChildren = numChildren;

-    reply.length = bytes_to_int32(numChildren * sizeof(Window));

-    

-    WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xQueryTreeReply), &reply);

-    if (numChildren)

-    {

-    	client->pSwapReplyFunc = (ReplySwapPtr) Swap32Write;

-	WriteSwappedDataToClient(client, numChildren * sizeof(Window), childIDs);

-	free(childIDs);

-    }

-

-    return Success;

-}

-

-int

-ProcInternAtom(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    Atom atom;

-    char *tchar;

-    REQUEST(xInternAtomReq);

-

-    REQUEST_FIXED_SIZE(xInternAtomReq, stuff->nbytes);

-    if ((stuff->onlyIfExists != xTrue) && (stuff->onlyIfExists != xFalse))

-    {

-	client->errorValue = stuff->onlyIfExists;

-        return BadValue;

-    }

-    tchar = (char *) &stuff[1];

-    atom = MakeAtom(tchar, stuff->nbytes, !stuff->onlyIfExists);

-    if (atom != BAD_RESOURCE)

-    {

-	xInternAtomReply reply;

-	memset(&reply, 0, sizeof(xInternAtomReply));

-	reply.type = X_Reply;

-	reply.length = 0;

-	reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

-	reply.atom = atom;

-	WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xInternAtomReply), &reply);

-	return Success;

-    }

-    else

-	return BadAlloc;

-}

-

-int

-ProcGetAtomName(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    const char *str;

-    xGetAtomNameReply reply;

-    int len;

-    REQUEST(xResourceReq);

-

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);

-    if ( (str = NameForAtom(stuff->id)) )

-    {

-	len = strlen(str);

-	memset(&reply, 0, sizeof(xGetAtomNameReply));

-	reply.type = X_Reply;

-	reply.length = bytes_to_int32(len);

-	reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

-	reply.nameLength = len;

-	WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetAtomNameReply), &reply);

-	(void)WriteToClient(client, len, str);

-	return Success;

-    }

-    else 

-    { 

-	client->errorValue = stuff->id;

-	return BadAtom;

-    }

-}

-

-int

-ProcGrabServer(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    int rc;

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReq);

-    if (grabState != GrabNone && client != grabClient)

-    {

-	ResetCurrentRequest(client);

-	client->sequence--;

-	BITSET(grabWaiters, client->index);

-	IgnoreClient(client);

-	return Success;

-    }

-    rc = OnlyListenToOneClient(client);

-    if (rc != Success)

-	return rc;

-    grabState = GrabKickout;

-    grabClient = client;

-

-    if (ServerGrabCallback)

-    {

-	ServerGrabInfoRec grabinfo;

-	grabinfo.client = client;

-	grabinfo.grabstate  = SERVER_GRABBED;

-	CallCallbacks(&ServerGrabCallback, (pointer)&grabinfo);

-    }

-

-    return Success;

-}

-

-static void

-UngrabServer(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    int i;

-

-    grabState = GrabNone;

-    ListenToAllClients();

-    for (i = mskcnt; --i >= 0 && !grabWaiters[i]; )

-	;

-    if (i >= 0)

-    {

-	i <<= 5;

-	while (!GETBIT(grabWaiters, i))

-	    i++;

-	BITCLEAR(grabWaiters, i);

-	AttendClient(clients[i]);

-    }

-

-    if (ServerGrabCallback)

-    {

-	ServerGrabInfoRec grabinfo;

-	grabinfo.client = client;

-	grabinfo.grabstate  = SERVER_UNGRABBED;

-	CallCallbacks(&ServerGrabCallback, (pointer)&grabinfo);

-    }

-}

-

-int

-ProcUngrabServer(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReq);

-    UngrabServer(client);

-    return Success;

-}

-

-int

-ProcTranslateCoords(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    REQUEST(xTranslateCoordsReq);

-

-    WindowPtr pWin, pDst;

-    xTranslateCoordsReply rep;

-    int rc;

-

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xTranslateCoordsReq);

-    rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->srcWid, client, DixGetAttrAccess);

-    if (rc != Success)

-        return rc;

-    rc = dixLookupWindow(&pDst, stuff->dstWid, client, DixGetAttrAccess);

-    if (rc != Success)

-        return rc;

-    memset(&rep, 0, sizeof(xTranslateCoordsReply));

-    rep.type = X_Reply;

-    rep.length = 0;

-    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

-    if (!SAME_SCREENS(pWin->drawable, pDst->drawable))

-    {

-	rep.sameScreen = xFalse;

-        rep.child = None;

-	rep.dstX = rep.dstY = 0;

-    }

-    else

-    {

-	INT16 x, y;

-	rep.sameScreen = xTrue;

-	rep.child = None;

-	/* computing absolute coordinates -- adjust to destination later */

-	x = pWin->drawable.x + stuff->srcX;

-	y = pWin->drawable.y + stuff->srcY;

-	pWin = pDst->firstChild;

-	while (pWin)

-	{

-	    BoxRec  box;

-	    if ((pWin->mapped) &&

-		(x >= pWin->drawable.x - wBorderWidth (pWin)) &&

-		(x < pWin->drawable.x + (int)pWin->drawable.width +

-		 wBorderWidth (pWin)) &&

-		(y >= pWin->drawable.y - wBorderWidth (pWin)) &&

-		(y < pWin->drawable.y + (int)pWin->drawable.height +

-		 wBorderWidth (pWin))

-		/* When a window is shaped, a further check

-		 * is made to see if the point is inside

-		 * borderSize

-		 */

-		&& (!wBoundingShape(pWin) ||

-		    RegionContainsPoint(&pWin->borderSize, x, y, &box))

-		

-		&& (!wInputShape(pWin) ||

-		    RegionContainsPoint(wInputShape(pWin),

-					x - pWin->drawable.x,

-					y - pWin->drawable.y, &box))

-		)

-            {

-		rep.child = pWin->drawable.id;

-		pWin = (WindowPtr) NULL;

-	    }

-	    else

-		pWin = pWin->nextSib;

-	}

-	/* adjust to destination coordinates */

-	rep.dstX = x - pDst->drawable.x;

-	rep.dstY = y - pDst->drawable.y;

-    }

-    WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xTranslateCoordsReply), &rep);

-    return Success;

-}

-

-int

-ProcOpenFont(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    int	err;

-    REQUEST(xOpenFontReq);

-

-    REQUEST_FIXED_SIZE(xOpenFontReq, stuff->nbytes);

-    client->errorValue = stuff->fid;

-    LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(stuff->fid, client);

-    err = OpenFont(client, stuff->fid, (Mask) 0,

-		stuff->nbytes, (char *)&stuff[1]);

-    if (err == Success)

-    {

-	return Success;

-    }

-    else

-	return err;

-}

-

-int

-ProcCloseFont(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    FontPtr pFont;

-    int rc;

-    REQUEST(xResourceReq);

-

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);

-    rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pFont, stuff->id, RT_FONT,

-				 client, DixDestroyAccess);

-    if (rc == Success)

-    {

-        FreeResource(stuff->id, RT_NONE);

-	return Success;

-    }

-    else

-    {

-	client->errorValue = stuff->id;

-        return rc;

-    }

-}

-

-int

-ProcQueryFont(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    xQueryFontReply	*reply;

-    FontPtr pFont;

-    int rc;

-    REQUEST(xResourceReq);

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);

-

-    rc = dixLookupFontable(&pFont, stuff->id, client, DixGetAttrAccess);

-    if (rc != Success)

-	return rc;

-

-    {

-	xCharInfo	*pmax = FONTINKMAX(pFont);

-	xCharInfo	*pmin = FONTINKMIN(pFont);

-	int		nprotoxcistructs;

-	int		rlength;

-

-	nprotoxcistructs = (

-	   pmax->rightSideBearing == pmin->rightSideBearing &&

-	   pmax->leftSideBearing == pmin->leftSideBearing &&

-	   pmax->descent == pmin->descent &&

-	   pmax->ascent == pmin->ascent &&

-	   pmax->characterWidth == pmin->characterWidth) ?

-		0 : N2dChars(pFont);

-

-	rlength = sizeof(xQueryFontReply) +

-	             FONTINFONPROPS(FONTCHARSET(pFont)) * sizeof(xFontProp)  +

-		     nprotoxcistructs * sizeof(xCharInfo);

-	reply = calloc(1, rlength);

-	if(!reply)

-	{

-	    return BadAlloc;

-	}

-

-	reply->type = X_Reply;

-	reply->length = bytes_to_int32(rlength - sizeof(xGenericReply));

-	reply->sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

-	QueryFont( pFont, reply, nprotoxcistructs);

-

-        WriteReplyToClient(client, rlength, reply);

-	free(reply);

-	return Success;

-    }

-}

-

-int

-ProcQueryTextExtents(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    xQueryTextExtentsReply reply;

-    FontPtr pFont;

-    ExtentInfoRec info;

-    unsigned long length;

-    int rc;

-    REQUEST(xQueryTextExtentsReq);

-    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xQueryTextExtentsReq);

-        

-    rc = dixLookupFontable(&pFont, stuff->fid, client, DixGetAttrAccess);

-    if (rc != Success)

-	return rc;

-

-    length = client->req_len - bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xQueryTextExtentsReq));

-    length = length << 1;

-    if (stuff->oddLength)

-    {

-	if (length == 0)

-	    return BadLength;

-        length--;

-    }

-    if (!QueryTextExtents(pFont, length, (unsigned char *)&stuff[1], &info))

-	return BadAlloc;

-    reply.type = X_Reply;

-    reply.length = 0;

-    reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

-    reply.drawDirection = info.drawDirection;

-    reply.fontAscent = info.fontAscent;

-    reply.fontDescent = info.fontDescent;

-    reply.overallAscent = info.overallAscent;

-    reply.overallDescent = info.overallDescent;

-    reply.overallWidth = info.overallWidth;

-    reply.overallLeft = info.overallLeft;

-    reply.overallRight = info.overallRight;

-    WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xQueryTextExtentsReply), &reply);

-    return Success;

-}

-

-int

-ProcListFonts(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    REQUEST(xListFontsReq);

-

-    REQUEST_FIXED_SIZE(xListFontsReq, stuff->nbytes);

-

-    return ListFonts(client, (unsigned char *) &stuff[1], stuff->nbytes, 

-	stuff->maxNames);

-}

-

-int

-ProcListFontsWithInfo(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    REQUEST(xListFontsWithInfoReq);

-

-    REQUEST_FIXED_SIZE(xListFontsWithInfoReq, stuff->nbytes);

-

-    return StartListFontsWithInfo(client, stuff->nbytes,

-				  (unsigned char *) &stuff[1], stuff->maxNames);

-}

-

-/**

- *

- *  \param value must conform to DeleteType

- */

-int

-dixDestroyPixmap(pointer value, XID pid)

-{

-    PixmapPtr pPixmap = (PixmapPtr)value;

-    return (*pPixmap->drawable.pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pPixmap);

-}

-

-int

-ProcCreatePixmap(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    PixmapPtr pMap;

-    DrawablePtr pDraw;

-    REQUEST(xCreatePixmapReq);

-    DepthPtr pDepth;

-    int i, rc;

-

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xCreatePixmapReq);

-    client->errorValue = stuff->pid;

-    LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(stuff->pid, client);

-    

-    rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, stuff->drawable, client, M_ANY,

-			   DixGetAttrAccess);

-    if (rc != Success)

-	return rc;

-

-    if (!stuff->width || !stuff->height)

-    {

-	client->errorValue = 0;

-        return BadValue;

-    }

-    if (stuff->width > 32767 || stuff->height > 32767)

-    {

-	/* It is allowed to try and allocate a pixmap which is larger than

-	 * 32767 in either dimension. However, all of the framebuffer code

-	 * is buggy and does not reliably draw to such big pixmaps, basically

-	 * because the Region data structure operates with signed shorts

-	 * for the rectangles in it.

-	 *

-	 * Furthermore, several places in the X server computes the

-	 * size in bytes of the pixmap and tries to store it in an

-	 * integer. This integer can overflow and cause the allocated size

-	 * to be much smaller.

-	 *

-	 * So, such big pixmaps are rejected here with a BadAlloc

-	 */

-	return BadAlloc;

-    }

-    if (stuff->depth != 1)

-    {

-        pDepth = pDraw->pScreen->allowedDepths;

-        for (i=0; i<pDraw->pScreen->numDepths; i++, pDepth++)

-	   if (pDepth->depth == stuff->depth)

-               goto CreatePmap;

-	client->errorValue = stuff->depth;

-        return BadValue;

-    }

-CreatePmap:

-    pMap = (PixmapPtr)(*pDraw->pScreen->CreatePixmap)

-		(pDraw->pScreen, stuff->width,

-		 stuff->height, stuff->depth, 0);

-    if (pMap)

-    {

-	pMap->drawable.serialNumber = NEXT_SERIAL_NUMBER;

-	pMap->drawable.id = stuff->pid;

-	/* security creation/labeling check */

-	rc = XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, client, stuff->pid, RT_PIXMAP,

-		      pMap, RT_NONE, NULL, DixCreateAccess);

-	if (rc != Success) {

-	    (*pDraw->pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pMap);

-	    return rc;

-	}

-	if (AddResource(stuff->pid, RT_PIXMAP, (pointer)pMap))

-	    return Success;

-	(*pDraw->pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pMap);

-    }

-    return BadAlloc;

-}

-

-int

-ProcFreePixmap(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    PixmapPtr pMap;

-    int rc;

-    REQUEST(xResourceReq);

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);

-

-    rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pMap, stuff->id, RT_PIXMAP, client,

-			   DixDestroyAccess);

-    if (rc == Success)

-    {

-	FreeResource(stuff->id, RT_NONE);

-	return Success;

-    }

-    else 

-    {

-	client->errorValue = stuff->id;

-	return rc;

-    }

-}

-

-int

-ProcCreateGC(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    int error, rc;

-    GC *pGC;

-    DrawablePtr pDraw;

-    unsigned len;

-    REQUEST(xCreateGCReq);

-

-    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xCreateGCReq);

-    client->errorValue = stuff->gc;

-    LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(stuff->gc, client);

-    rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, stuff->drawable, client, 0,

-			   DixGetAttrAccess);

-    if (rc != Success)

-	return rc;

-

-    len = client->req_len -  bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xCreateGCReq));

-    if (len != Ones(stuff->mask))

-        return BadLength;

-    pGC = (GC *)CreateGC(pDraw, stuff->mask, (XID *) &stuff[1], &error,

-			 stuff->gc, client);

-    if (error != Success)

-        return error;

-    if (!AddResource(stuff->gc, RT_GC, (pointer)pGC))

-	return BadAlloc;

-    return Success;

-}

-

-int

-ProcChangeGC(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    GC *pGC;

-    int result;

-    unsigned len;

-    REQUEST(xChangeGCReq);

-    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xChangeGCReq);

-

-    result = dixLookupGC(&pGC, stuff->gc, client, DixSetAttrAccess);

-    if (result != Success)

-	return result;

-

-    len = client->req_len -  bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xChangeGCReq));

-    if (len != Ones(stuff->mask))

-        return BadLength;

-

-    return ChangeGCXIDs(client, pGC, stuff->mask, (CARD32 *) &stuff[1]);

-}

-

-int

-ProcCopyGC(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    GC *dstGC;

-    GC *pGC;

-    int result;

-    REQUEST(xCopyGCReq);

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xCopyGCReq);

-

-    result = dixLookupGC(&pGC, stuff->srcGC, client, DixGetAttrAccess);

-    if (result != Success)

-	return result;

-    result = dixLookupGC(&dstGC, stuff->dstGC, client, DixSetAttrAccess);

-    if (result != Success)

-	return result;

-    if ((dstGC->pScreen != pGC->pScreen) || (dstGC->depth != pGC->depth))

-        return BadMatch;

-    if (stuff->mask & ~GCAllBits)

-    {

-	client->errorValue = stuff->mask;

-	return BadValue;

-    }

-    return CopyGC(pGC, dstGC, stuff->mask);

-}

-

-int

-ProcSetDashes(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    GC *pGC;

-    int result;

-    REQUEST(xSetDashesReq);

-

-    REQUEST_FIXED_SIZE(xSetDashesReq, stuff->nDashes);

-    if (stuff->nDashes == 0)

-    {

-	 client->errorValue = 0;

-         return BadValue;

-    }

-

-    result = dixLookupGC(&pGC,stuff->gc, client, DixSetAttrAccess);

-    if (result != Success)

-	return result;

-

-    /* If there's an error, either there's no sensible errorValue,

-     * or there was a dash segment of 0. */

-    client->errorValue = 0;

-    return SetDashes(pGC, stuff->dashOffset, stuff->nDashes,

-		       (unsigned char *)&stuff[1]);

-}

-

-int

-ProcSetClipRectangles(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    int	nr, result;

-    GC *pGC;

-    REQUEST(xSetClipRectanglesReq);

-

-    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xSetClipRectanglesReq);

-    if ((stuff->ordering != Unsorted) && (stuff->ordering != YSorted) &&

-	(stuff->ordering != YXSorted) && (stuff->ordering != YXBanded))

-    {

-	client->errorValue = stuff->ordering;

-        return BadValue;

-    }

-    result = dixLookupGC(&pGC,stuff->gc, client, DixSetAttrAccess);

-    if (result != Success)

-	return result;

-		 

-    nr = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xSetClipRectanglesReq);

-    if (nr & 4)

-	return BadLength;

-    nr >>= 3;

-    return SetClipRects(pGC, stuff->xOrigin, stuff->yOrigin,

-			  nr, (xRectangle *)&stuff[1], (int)stuff->ordering);

-}

-

-int

-ProcFreeGC(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    GC *pGC;

-    int rc;

-    REQUEST(xResourceReq);

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);

-

-    rc = dixLookupGC(&pGC, stuff->id, client, DixDestroyAccess);

-    if (rc != Success)

-	return rc;

-

-    FreeResource(stuff->id, RT_NONE);

-    return Success;

-}

-

-int

-ProcClearToBackground(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    REQUEST(xClearAreaReq);

-    WindowPtr pWin;

-    int rc;

-

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xClearAreaReq);

-    rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->window, client, DixWriteAccess);

-    if (rc != Success)

-        return rc;

-    if (pWin->drawable.class == InputOnly)

-    {

-	client->errorValue = stuff->window;

-	return BadMatch;

-    }		    

-    if ((stuff->exposures != xTrue) && (stuff->exposures != xFalse))

-    {

-	client->errorValue = stuff->exposures;

-        return BadValue;

-    }

-    (*pWin->drawable.pScreen->ClearToBackground)(pWin, stuff->x, stuff->y,

-			       stuff->width, stuff->height,

-			       (Bool)stuff->exposures);

-    return Success;

-}

-

-int

-ProcCopyArea(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    DrawablePtr pDst;

-    DrawablePtr pSrc;

-    GC *pGC;

-    REQUEST(xCopyAreaReq);

-    RegionPtr pRgn;

-    int rc;

-

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xCopyAreaReq);

-

-    VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->dstDrawable, pDst, DixWriteAccess); 

-    if (stuff->dstDrawable != stuff->srcDrawable)

-    {

-	rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pSrc, stuff->srcDrawable, client, 0,

-				 DixReadAccess);

-	if (rc != Success)

-	    return rc;

-	if ((pDst->pScreen != pSrc->pScreen) || (pDst->depth != pSrc->depth))

-	{

-	    client->errorValue = stuff->dstDrawable;

-	    return BadMatch;

-	}

-    }

-    else

-        pSrc = pDst;

-

-    pRgn = (*pGC->ops->CopyArea)(pSrc, pDst, pGC, stuff->srcX, stuff->srcY,

-				 stuff->width, stuff->height, 

-				 stuff->dstX, stuff->dstY);

-    if (pGC->graphicsExposures)

-    {

-	(*pDst->pScreen->SendGraphicsExpose)

- 		(client, pRgn, stuff->dstDrawable, X_CopyArea, 0);

-	if (pRgn)

-	    RegionDestroy(pRgn);

-    }

-

-    return Success;

-}

-

-int

-ProcCopyPlane(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    DrawablePtr psrcDraw, pdstDraw;

-    GC *pGC;

-    REQUEST(xCopyPlaneReq);

-    RegionPtr pRgn;

-    int rc;

-

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xCopyPlaneReq);

-

-    VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->dstDrawable, pdstDraw, DixWriteAccess);

-    if (stuff->dstDrawable != stuff->srcDrawable)

-    {

-	rc = dixLookupDrawable(&psrcDraw, stuff->srcDrawable, client, 0,

-			       DixReadAccess);

-	if (rc != Success)

-	    return rc;

-

-	if (pdstDraw->pScreen != psrcDraw->pScreen)

-	{

-	    client->errorValue = stuff->dstDrawable;

-	    return BadMatch;

-	}

-    }

-    else

-        psrcDraw = pdstDraw;

-

-    /* Check to see if stuff->bitPlane has exactly ONE good bit set */

-    if(stuff->bitPlane == 0 || (stuff->bitPlane & (stuff->bitPlane - 1)) ||

-       (stuff->bitPlane > (1L << (psrcDraw->depth - 1))))

-    {

-       client->errorValue = stuff->bitPlane;

-       return BadValue;

-    }

-

-    pRgn = (*pGC->ops->CopyPlane)(psrcDraw, pdstDraw, pGC, stuff->srcX, stuff->srcY,

-				 stuff->width, stuff->height, 

-				 stuff->dstX, stuff->dstY, stuff->bitPlane);

-    if (pGC->graphicsExposures)

-    {

-	(*pdstDraw->pScreen->SendGraphicsExpose)

- 		(client, pRgn, stuff->dstDrawable, X_CopyPlane, 0);

-	if (pRgn)

-	    RegionDestroy(pRgn);

-    }

-    return Success;

-}

-

-int

-ProcPolyPoint(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    int npoint;

-    GC *pGC;

-    DrawablePtr pDraw;

-    REQUEST(xPolyPointReq);

-

-    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xPolyPointReq);

-    if ((stuff->coordMode != CoordModeOrigin) && 

-	(stuff->coordMode != CoordModePrevious))

-    {

-	client->errorValue = stuff->coordMode;

-        return BadValue;

-    }

-    VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->drawable, pDraw, DixWriteAccess); 

-    npoint = bytes_to_int32((client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xPolyPointReq));

-    if (npoint)

-        (*pGC->ops->PolyPoint)(pDraw, pGC, stuff->coordMode, npoint,

-			  (xPoint *) &stuff[1]);

-    return Success;

-}

-

-int

-ProcPolyLine(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    int npoint;

-    GC *pGC;

-    DrawablePtr pDraw;

-    REQUEST(xPolyLineReq);

-

-    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xPolyLineReq);

-    if ((stuff->coordMode != CoordModeOrigin) && 

-	(stuff->coordMode != CoordModePrevious))

-    {

-	client->errorValue = stuff->coordMode;

-        return BadValue;

-    }

-    VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->drawable, pDraw, DixWriteAccess);

-    npoint = bytes_to_int32((client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xPolyLineReq));

-    if (npoint > 1)

-	(*pGC->ops->Polylines)(pDraw, pGC, stuff->coordMode, npoint, 

-			      (DDXPointPtr) &stuff[1]);

-    return Success;

-}

-

-int

-ProcPolySegment(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    int nsegs;

-    GC *pGC;

-    DrawablePtr pDraw;

-    REQUEST(xPolySegmentReq);

-

-    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xPolySegmentReq);

-    VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->drawable, pDraw, DixWriteAccess);

-    nsegs = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xPolySegmentReq);

-    if (nsegs & 4)

-	return BadLength;

-    nsegs >>= 3;

-    if (nsegs)

-        (*pGC->ops->PolySegment)(pDraw, pGC, nsegs, (xSegment *) &stuff[1]);

-    return Success;

-}

-

-int

-ProcPolyRectangle (ClientPtr client)

-{

-    int nrects;

-    GC *pGC;

-    DrawablePtr pDraw;

-    REQUEST(xPolyRectangleReq);

-

-    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xPolyRectangleReq);

-    VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->drawable, pDraw, DixWriteAccess);

-    nrects = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xPolyRectangleReq);

-    if (nrects & 4)

-	return BadLength;

-    nrects >>= 3;

-    if (nrects)

-        (*pGC->ops->PolyRectangle)(pDraw, pGC, 

-		    nrects, (xRectangle *) &stuff[1]);

-    return Success;

-}

-

-int

-ProcPolyArc(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    int		narcs;

-    GC *pGC;

-    DrawablePtr pDraw;

-    REQUEST(xPolyArcReq);

-

-    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xPolyArcReq);

-    VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->drawable, pDraw, DixWriteAccess);

-    narcs = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xPolyArcReq);

-    if (narcs % sizeof(xArc))

-	return BadLength;

-    narcs /= sizeof(xArc);

-    if (narcs)

-        (*pGC->ops->PolyArc)(pDraw, pGC, narcs, (xArc *) &stuff[1]);

-    return Success;

-}

-

-int

-ProcFillPoly(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    int          things;

-    GC *pGC;

-    DrawablePtr pDraw;

-    REQUEST(xFillPolyReq);

-

-    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xFillPolyReq);

-    if ((stuff->shape != Complex) && (stuff->shape != Nonconvex) &&  

-	(stuff->shape != Convex))

-    {

-	client->errorValue = stuff->shape;

-        return BadValue;

-    }

-    if ((stuff->coordMode != CoordModeOrigin) && 

-	(stuff->coordMode != CoordModePrevious))

-    {

-	client->errorValue = stuff->coordMode;

-        return BadValue;

-    }

-

-    VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->drawable, pDraw, DixWriteAccess);

-    things = bytes_to_int32((client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xFillPolyReq));

-    if (things)

-        (*pGC->ops->FillPolygon) (pDraw, pGC, stuff->shape,

-			 stuff->coordMode, things,

-			 (DDXPointPtr) &stuff[1]);

-    return Success;

-}

-

-int

-ProcPolyFillRectangle(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    int             things;

-    GC *pGC;

-    DrawablePtr pDraw;

-    REQUEST(xPolyFillRectangleReq);

-

-    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xPolyFillRectangleReq);

-    VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->drawable, pDraw, DixWriteAccess);

-    things = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xPolyFillRectangleReq);

-    if (things & 4)

-	return BadLength;

-    things >>= 3;

-

-    if (things)

-        (*pGC->ops->PolyFillRect) (pDraw, pGC, things,

-		      (xRectangle *) &stuff[1]);

-    return Success;

-}

-

-int

-ProcPolyFillArc(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    int		narcs;

-    GC *pGC;

-    DrawablePtr pDraw;

-    REQUEST(xPolyFillArcReq);

-

-    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xPolyFillArcReq);

-    VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->drawable, pDraw, DixWriteAccess);

-    narcs = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xPolyFillArcReq);

-    if (narcs % sizeof(xArc))

-	return BadLength;

-    narcs /= sizeof(xArc);

-    if (narcs)

-        (*pGC->ops->PolyFillArc) (pDraw, pGC, narcs, (xArc *) &stuff[1]);

-    return Success;

-}

-

-#ifdef MATCH_CLIENT_ENDIAN

-

-int

-ServerOrder (void)

-{

-    int	    whichbyte = 1;

-

-    if (*((char *) &whichbyte))

-	return LSBFirst;

-    return MSBFirst;

-}

-

-#define ClientOrder(client) ((client)->swapped ? !ServerOrder() : ServerOrder())

-

-void

-ReformatImage (char *base, int nbytes, int bpp, int order)

-{

-    switch (bpp) {

-    case 1:	/* yuck */

-	if (BITMAP_BIT_ORDER != order)

-	    BitOrderInvert ((unsigned char *) base, nbytes);

-#if IMAGE_BYTE_ORDER != BITMAP_BIT_ORDER && BITMAP_SCANLINE_UNIT != 8

-	ReformatImage (base, nbytes, BITMAP_SCANLINE_UNIT, order);

-#endif

-	break;

-    case 4:

-	break;  /* yuck */

-    case 8:

-	break;

-    case 16:

-	if (IMAGE_BYTE_ORDER != order)

-	    TwoByteSwap ((unsigned char *) base, nbytes);

-	break;

-    case 32:

-	if (IMAGE_BYTE_ORDER != order)

-	    FourByteSwap ((unsigned char *) base, nbytes);

-	break;

-    }

-}

-#else

-#define ReformatImage(b,n,bpp,o)

-#endif

-

-/* 64-bit server notes: the protocol restricts padding of images to

- * 8-, 16-, or 32-bits. We would like to have 64-bits for the server

- * to use internally. Removes need for internal alignment checking.

- * All of the PutImage functions could be changed individually, but

- * as currently written, they call other routines which require things

- * to be 64-bit padded on scanlines, so we changed things here.

- * If an image would be padded differently for 64- versus 32-, then

- * copy each scanline to a 64-bit padded scanline.

- * Also, we need to make sure that the image is aligned on a 64-bit

- * boundary, even if the scanlines are padded to our satisfaction.

- */

-int

-ProcPutImage(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    GC *pGC;

-    DrawablePtr pDraw;

-    long	length; 	/* length of scanline server padded */

-    long 	lengthProto; 	/* length of scanline protocol padded */

-    char	*tmpImage;

-    REQUEST(xPutImageReq);

-

-    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xPutImageReq);

-    VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->drawable, pDraw, DixWriteAccess);

-    if (stuff->format == XYBitmap)

-    {

-        if ((stuff->depth != 1) ||

-	    (stuff->leftPad >= (unsigned int)screenInfo.bitmapScanlinePad))

-            return BadMatch;

-        length 	    = BitmapBytePad(stuff->width + stuff->leftPad);

-    }

-    else if (stuff->format == XYPixmap)

-    {

-        if ((pDraw->depth != stuff->depth) || 

-	    (stuff->leftPad >= (unsigned int)screenInfo.bitmapScanlinePad))

-            return BadMatch;

-        length      = BitmapBytePad(stuff->width + stuff->leftPad);

-	length      *= stuff->depth;

-    }

-    else if (stuff->format == ZPixmap)

-    {

-        if ((pDraw->depth != stuff->depth) || (stuff->leftPad != 0))

-            return BadMatch;

-        length      = PixmapBytePad(stuff->width, stuff->depth);

-    }

-    else

-    {

-	client->errorValue = stuff->format;

-        return BadValue;

-    }

-

-    tmpImage = (char *)&stuff[1];

-    lengthProto = length;

-	

-    if ((bytes_to_int32(lengthProto * stuff->height) +

-	bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xPutImageReq))) != client->req_len)

-	return BadLength;

-

-    ReformatImage (tmpImage, lengthProto * stuff->height, 

-		   stuff->format == ZPixmap ? BitsPerPixel (stuff->depth) : 1,

-		   ClientOrder(client));

-    

-    (*pGC->ops->PutImage) (pDraw, pGC, stuff->depth, stuff->dstX, stuff->dstY,

-		  stuff->width, stuff->height, 

-		  stuff->leftPad, stuff->format, tmpImage);

-

-     return Success;

-}

-

-static int

-DoGetImage(ClientPtr client, int format, Drawable drawable, 

-           int x, int y, int width, int height, 

-           Mask planemask, xGetImageReply **im_return)

-{

-    DrawablePtr		pDraw, pBoundingDraw;

-    int			nlines, linesPerBuf, rc;

-    int			linesDone;

-    /* coordinates relative to the bounding drawable */

-    int			relx, rely;

-    long		widthBytesLine, length;

-    Mask		plane = 0;

-    char		*pBuf;

-    xGetImageReply	xgi;

-    RegionPtr pVisibleRegion = NULL;

-

-    if ((format != XYPixmap) && (format != ZPixmap))

-    {

-	client->errorValue = format;

-        return BadValue;

-    }

-    rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, drawable, client, 0, DixReadAccess);

-    if (rc != Success)

-	return rc;

-

-    memset(&xgi, 0, sizeof(xGetImageReply));

-

-    relx = x;

-    rely = y;

-

-    if(pDraw->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW)

-    {

-	WindowPtr pWin = (WindowPtr)pDraw;

-

-	/* "If the drawable is a window, the window must be viewable ... or a

-	 * BadMatch error results" */

-	if (!pWin->viewable)

-	    return BadMatch;

-

-	relx += pDraw->x;

-	rely += pDraw->y;

-

-	if (pDraw->pScreen->GetWindowPixmap) {

-	    PixmapPtr pPix = (*pDraw->pScreen->GetWindowPixmap) (pWin);

-

-	    pBoundingDraw = &pPix->drawable;

-#ifdef COMPOSITE

-	    relx -= pPix->screen_x;

-	    rely -= pPix->screen_y;

-#endif

-	}

-	else

-	{

-	    pBoundingDraw = (DrawablePtr)pDraw->pScreen->root;

-	}

-

-	xgi.visual = wVisual (pWin);

-    }

-    else

-    {

-	pBoundingDraw = pDraw;

-	xgi.visual = None;

-    }

-

-    /* "If the drawable is a pixmap, the given rectangle must be wholly

-     *  contained within the pixmap, or a BadMatch error results.  If the

-     *  drawable is a window [...] it must be the case that if there were no

-     *  inferiors or overlapping windows, the specified rectangle of the window

-     *  would be fully visible on the screen and wholly contained within the

-     *  outside edges of the window, or a BadMatch error results."

-     *

-     * We relax the window case slightly to mean that the rectangle must exist

-     * within the bounds of the window's backing pixmap.  In particular, this

-     * means that a GetImage request may succeed or fail with BadMatch depending

-     * on whether any of its ancestor windows are redirected.  */

-    if(relx < 0 || relx + width > (int)pBoundingDraw->width ||

-       rely < 0 || rely + height > (int)pBoundingDraw->height)

-	return BadMatch;

-

-    xgi.type = X_Reply;

-    xgi.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

-    xgi.depth = pDraw->depth;

-    if(format == ZPixmap)

-    {

-	widthBytesLine = PixmapBytePad(width, pDraw->depth);

-	length = widthBytesLine * height;

-

-    }

-    else 

-    {

-	widthBytesLine = BitmapBytePad(width);

-	plane = ((Mask)1) << (pDraw->depth - 1);

-	/* only planes asked for */

-	length = widthBytesLine * height *

-		 Ones(planemask & (plane | (plane - 1)));

-

-    }

-

-    xgi.length = length;

-

-    if (im_return) {

-	pBuf = calloc(1, sz_xGetImageReply + length);

-	if (!pBuf)

-	    return BadAlloc;

-	if (widthBytesLine == 0)

-	    linesPerBuf = 0;

-	else

-	    linesPerBuf = height;

-	*im_return = (xGetImageReply *)pBuf;

-	*(xGetImageReply *)pBuf = xgi;

-	pBuf += sz_xGetImageReply;

-    } else {

-	xgi.length = bytes_to_int32(xgi.length);

-	if (widthBytesLine == 0 || height == 0)

-	    linesPerBuf = 0;

-	else if (widthBytesLine >= IMAGE_BUFSIZE)

-	    linesPerBuf = 1;

-	else

-	{

-	    linesPerBuf = IMAGE_BUFSIZE / widthBytesLine;

-	    if (linesPerBuf > height)

-		linesPerBuf = height;

-	}

-	length = linesPerBuf * widthBytesLine;

-	if (linesPerBuf < height)

-	{

-	    /* we have to make sure intermediate buffers don't need padding */

-	    while ((linesPerBuf > 1) &&

-		   (length & ((1L << LOG2_BYTES_PER_SCANLINE_PAD)-1)))

-	    {

-		linesPerBuf--;

-		length -= widthBytesLine;

-	    }

-	    while (length & ((1L << LOG2_BYTES_PER_SCANLINE_PAD)-1))

-	    {

-		linesPerBuf++;

-		length += widthBytesLine;

-	    }

-	}

-	if(!(pBuf = calloc(1, length)))

-	    return BadAlloc;

-	WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof (xGetImageReply), &xgi);

-    }

-

-    if (pDraw->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW)

-    {

-	pVisibleRegion = NotClippedByChildren((WindowPtr)pDraw);

-	if (pVisibleRegion)

-	{

-	    RegionTranslate(pVisibleRegion, -pDraw->x, -pDraw->y);

-	}

-    }

-

-    if (linesPerBuf == 0)

-    {

-	/* nothing to do */

-    }

-    else if (format == ZPixmap)

-    {

-        linesDone = 0;

-        while (height - linesDone > 0)

-        {

-	    nlines = min(linesPerBuf, height - linesDone);

-	    (*pDraw->pScreen->GetImage) (pDraw,

-	                                 x,

-				         y + linesDone,

-				         width, 

-				         nlines,

-				         format,

-				         planemask,

-				         (pointer) pBuf);

-	    if (pVisibleRegion)

-		XaceCensorImage(client, pVisibleRegion, widthBytesLine,

-			pDraw, x, y + linesDone, width, 

-			nlines, format, pBuf);

-

-	    /* Note that this is NOT a call to WriteSwappedDataToClient,

-               as we do NOT byte swap */

-	    if (!im_return)

-	    {

-		ReformatImage (pBuf, (int)(nlines * widthBytesLine),

-			       BitsPerPixel (pDraw->depth),

-			       ClientOrder(client));

-

-/* Don't split me, gcc pukes when you do */

-		(void)WriteToClient(client,

-				    (int)(nlines * widthBytesLine),

-				    pBuf);

-	    }

-	    linesDone += nlines;

-        }

-    }

-    else /* XYPixmap */

-    {

-        for (; plane; plane >>= 1)

-	{

-	    if (planemask & plane)

-	    {

-	        linesDone = 0;

-	        while (height - linesDone > 0)

-	        {

-		    nlines = min(linesPerBuf, height - linesDone);

-	            (*pDraw->pScreen->GetImage) (pDraw,

-	                                         x,

-				                 y + linesDone,

-				                 width, 

-				                 nlines,

-				                 format,

-				                 plane,

-				                 (pointer)pBuf);

-		    if (pVisibleRegion)

-			XaceCensorImage(client, pVisibleRegion,

-				widthBytesLine,

-				pDraw, x, y + linesDone, width, 

-				nlines, format, pBuf);

-

-		    /* Note: NOT a call to WriteSwappedDataToClient,

-		       as we do NOT byte swap */

-		    if (im_return) {

-			pBuf += nlines * widthBytesLine;

-		    } else {

-			ReformatImage (pBuf, 

-				       (int)(nlines * widthBytesLine), 

-				       1,

-				       ClientOrder (client));

-

-/* Don't split me, gcc pukes when you do */

-			(void)WriteToClient(client,

-					(int)(nlines * widthBytesLine),

-					pBuf);

-		    }

-		    linesDone += nlines;

-		}

-            }

-	}

-    }

-    if (pVisibleRegion)

-	RegionDestroy(pVisibleRegion);

-    if (!im_return)

-	free(pBuf);

-    return Success;

-}

-

-int

-ProcGetImage(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    REQUEST(xGetImageReq);

-

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xGetImageReq);

-

-    return DoGetImage(client, stuff->format, stuff->drawable,

-		      stuff->x, stuff->y,

-		      (int)stuff->width, (int)stuff->height,

-		      stuff->planeMask, (xGetImageReply **)NULL);

-}

-

-int

-ProcPolyText(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    int	err;

-    REQUEST(xPolyTextReq);

-    DrawablePtr pDraw;

-    GC *pGC;

-

-    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xPolyTextReq);

-    VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->drawable, pDraw, DixWriteAccess);

-

-    err = PolyText(client,

-		   pDraw,

-		   pGC,

-		   (unsigned char *)&stuff[1],

-		   ((unsigned char *) stuff) + (client->req_len << 2),

-		   stuff->x,

-		   stuff->y,

-		   stuff->reqType,

-		   stuff->drawable);

-

-    if (err == Success)

-    {

-	return Success;

-    }

-    else

-	return err;

-}

-

-int

-ProcImageText8(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    int	err;

-    DrawablePtr pDraw;

-    GC *pGC;

-

-    REQUEST(xImageTextReq);

-

-    REQUEST_FIXED_SIZE(xImageTextReq, stuff->nChars);

-    VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->drawable, pDraw, DixWriteAccess);

-

-    err = ImageText(client,

-		    pDraw,

-		    pGC,

-		    stuff->nChars,

-		    (unsigned char *)&stuff[1],

-		    stuff->x,

-		    stuff->y,

-		    stuff->reqType,

-		    stuff->drawable);

-

-    if (err == Success)

-    {

-	return Success;

-    }

-    else

-	return err;

-}

-

-int

-ProcImageText16(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    int	err;

-    DrawablePtr pDraw;

-    GC *pGC;

-

-    REQUEST(xImageTextReq);

-

-    REQUEST_FIXED_SIZE(xImageTextReq, stuff->nChars << 1);

-    VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->drawable, pDraw, DixWriteAccess);

-

-    err = ImageText(client,

-		    pDraw,

-		    pGC,

-		    stuff->nChars,

-		    (unsigned char *)&stuff[1],

-		    stuff->x,

-		    stuff->y,

-		    stuff->reqType,

-		    stuff->drawable);

-

-    if (err == Success)

-    {

-	return Success;

-    }

-    else

-	return err;

-}

-

-

-int

-ProcCreateColormap(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    VisualPtr	pVisual;

-    ColormapPtr	pmap;

-    Colormap	mid;

-    WindowPtr   pWin;

-    ScreenPtr pScreen;

-    REQUEST(xCreateColormapReq);

-    int i, result;

-

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xCreateColormapReq);

-

-    if ((stuff->alloc != AllocNone) && (stuff->alloc != AllocAll))

-    {

-	client->errorValue = stuff->alloc;

-        return BadValue;

-    }

-    mid = stuff->mid;

-    LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(mid, client);

-    result = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->window, client, DixGetAttrAccess);

-    if (result != Success)

-        return result;

-

-    pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;

-    for (i = 0, pVisual = pScreen->visuals;

-	 i < pScreen->numVisuals;

-	 i++, pVisual++)

-    {

-	if (pVisual->vid != stuff->visual)

-	    continue;

-	return CreateColormap(mid, pScreen, pVisual, &pmap,

-				 (int)stuff->alloc, client->index);

-    }

-    client->errorValue = stuff->visual;

-    return BadMatch;

-}

-

-int

-ProcFreeColormap(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    ColormapPtr pmap;

-    int rc;

-    REQUEST(xResourceReq);

-

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);

-    rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pmap, stuff->id, RT_COLORMAP, client,

-			   DixDestroyAccess);

-    if (rc == Success)

-    {

-	/* Freeing a default colormap is a no-op */

-	if (!(pmap->flags & IsDefault))

-	    FreeResource(stuff->id, RT_NONE);

-	return Success;

-    }

-    else 

-    {

-	client->errorValue = stuff->id;

-	return rc;

-    }

-}

-

-

-int

-ProcCopyColormapAndFree(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    Colormap	mid;

-    ColormapPtr	pSrcMap;

-    REQUEST(xCopyColormapAndFreeReq);

-    int rc;

-

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xCopyColormapAndFreeReq);

-    mid = stuff->mid;

-    LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(mid, client);

-    rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pSrcMap, stuff->srcCmap, RT_COLORMAP,

-			   client, DixReadAccess|DixRemoveAccess);

-    if (rc == Success)

-	return CopyColormapAndFree(mid, pSrcMap, client->index);

-    client->errorValue = stuff->srcCmap;

-    return rc;

-}

-

-int

-ProcInstallColormap(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    ColormapPtr pcmp;

-    int rc;

-    REQUEST(xResourceReq);

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);

-

-    rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pcmp, stuff->id, RT_COLORMAP, client,

-			   DixInstallAccess);

-    if (rc != Success)

-	goto out;

-

-    rc = XaceHook(XACE_SCREEN_ACCESS, client, pcmp->pScreen, DixSetAttrAccess);

-    if (rc != Success) {

-	if (rc == BadValue)

-	    rc = BadColor;

-	goto out;

-    }

-

-    (*(pcmp->pScreen->InstallColormap)) (pcmp);

-    return Success;

-

-out:

-    client->errorValue = stuff->id;

-    return rc;

-}

-

-int

-ProcUninstallColormap(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    ColormapPtr pcmp;

-    int rc;

-    REQUEST(xResourceReq);

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);

-

-    rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pcmp, stuff->id, RT_COLORMAP, client,

-			   DixUninstallAccess);

-    if (rc != Success)

-	goto out;

-

-    rc = XaceHook(XACE_SCREEN_ACCESS, client, pcmp->pScreen, DixSetAttrAccess);

-    if (rc != Success) {

-	if (rc == BadValue)

-	    rc = BadColor;

-	goto out;

-    }

-

-    if(pcmp->mid != pcmp->pScreen->defColormap)

-	(*(pcmp->pScreen->UninstallColormap)) (pcmp);

-    return Success;

-

-out:

-    client->errorValue = stuff->id;

-    return rc;

-}

-

-int

-ProcListInstalledColormaps(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    xListInstalledColormapsReply *preply; 

-    int nummaps, rc;

-    WindowPtr pWin;

-    REQUEST(xResourceReq);

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);

-

-    rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->id, client, DixGetAttrAccess);

-    if (rc != Success)

-	return rc;

-

-    rc = XaceHook(XACE_SCREEN_ACCESS, client, pWin->drawable.pScreen,

-		  DixGetAttrAccess);

-    if (rc != Success)

-	return rc;

-

-    preply = malloc(sizeof(xListInstalledColormapsReply) +

-		     pWin->drawable.pScreen->maxInstalledCmaps *

-		     sizeof(Colormap));

-    if(!preply)

-        return BadAlloc;

-

-    preply->type = X_Reply;

-    preply->sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

-    nummaps = (*pWin->drawable.pScreen->ListInstalledColormaps)

-        (pWin->drawable.pScreen, (Colormap *)&preply[1]);

-    preply->nColormaps = nummaps;

-    preply->length = nummaps;

-    WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof (xListInstalledColormapsReply), preply);

-    client->pSwapReplyFunc = (ReplySwapPtr) Swap32Write;

-    WriteSwappedDataToClient(client, nummaps * sizeof(Colormap), &preply[1]);

-    free(preply);

-    return Success;

-}

-

-int

-ProcAllocColor (ClientPtr client)

-{

-    ColormapPtr pmap;

-    int rc;

-    xAllocColorReply acr;

-    REQUEST(xAllocColorReq);

-

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xAllocColorReq);

-    rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pmap, stuff->cmap, RT_COLORMAP, client,

-			   DixAddAccess);

-    if (rc == Success)

-    {

-	acr.type = X_Reply;

-	acr.length = 0;

-	acr.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

-	acr.red = stuff->red;

-	acr.green = stuff->green;

-	acr.blue = stuff->blue;

-	acr.pixel = 0;

-	if( (rc = AllocColor(pmap, &acr.red, &acr.green, &acr.blue,

-	                       &acr.pixel, client->index)) )

-	    return rc;

-#ifdef PANORAMIX

-	if (noPanoramiXExtension || !pmap->pScreen->myNum)

-#endif

-        WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xAllocColorReply), &acr);

-	return Success;

-

-    }

-    else

-    {

-        client->errorValue = stuff->cmap;

-        return rc;

-    }

-}

-

-int

-ProcAllocNamedColor (ClientPtr client)

-{

-    ColormapPtr pcmp;

-    int rc;

-    REQUEST(xAllocNamedColorReq);

-

-    REQUEST_FIXED_SIZE(xAllocNamedColorReq, stuff->nbytes);

-    rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pcmp, stuff->cmap, RT_COLORMAP, client,

-			   DixAddAccess);

-    if (rc == Success)

-    {

-	xAllocNamedColorReply ancr;

-

-	ancr.type = X_Reply;

-	ancr.length = 0;

-	ancr.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

-

-	if(OsLookupColor(pcmp->pScreen->myNum, (char *)&stuff[1], stuff->nbytes,

-	                 &ancr.exactRed, &ancr.exactGreen, &ancr.exactBlue))

-	{

-	    ancr.screenRed = ancr.exactRed;

-	    ancr.screenGreen = ancr.exactGreen;

-	    ancr.screenBlue = ancr.exactBlue;

-	    ancr.pixel = 0;

-	    if( (rc = AllocColor(pcmp,

-	                 &ancr.screenRed, &ancr.screenGreen, &ancr.screenBlue,

-			 &ancr.pixel, client->index)) )

-		return rc;

-#ifdef PANORAMIX

-	    if (noPanoramiXExtension || !pcmp->pScreen->myNum)

-#endif

-            WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof (xAllocNamedColorReply), &ancr);

-	    return Success;

-	}

-	else

-	    return BadName;

-	

-    }

-    else

-    {

-        client->errorValue = stuff->cmap;

-        return rc;

-    }

-}

-

-int

-ProcAllocColorCells (ClientPtr client)

-{

-    ColormapPtr pcmp;

-    int rc;

-    REQUEST(xAllocColorCellsReq);

-

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xAllocColorCellsReq);

-    rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pcmp, stuff->cmap, RT_COLORMAP, client,

-			   DixAddAccess);

-    if (rc == Success)

-    {

-	xAllocColorCellsReply	accr;

-	int			npixels, nmasks;

-	long			length;

-	Pixel			*ppixels, *pmasks;

-

-	npixels = stuff->colors;

-	if (!npixels)

-	{

-	    client->errorValue = npixels;

-	    return BadValue;

-	}

-	if (stuff->contiguous != xTrue && stuff->contiguous != xFalse)

-	{

-	    client->errorValue = stuff->contiguous;

-	    return BadValue;

-	}

-	nmasks = stuff->planes;

-	length = ((long)npixels + (long)nmasks) * sizeof(Pixel);

-	ppixels = malloc(length);

-	if(!ppixels)

-            return BadAlloc;

-	pmasks = ppixels + npixels;

-

-	if( (rc = AllocColorCells(client->index, pcmp, npixels, nmasks, 

-				    (Bool)stuff->contiguous, ppixels, pmasks)) )

-	{

-	    free(ppixels);

-	    return rc;

-	}

-#ifdef PANORAMIX

-	if (noPanoramiXExtension || !pcmp->pScreen->myNum)

-#endif

-	{

-	    accr.type = X_Reply;

-	    accr.length = bytes_to_int32(length);

-	    accr.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

-	    accr.nPixels = npixels;

-	    accr.nMasks = nmasks;

-	    WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof (xAllocColorCellsReply), &accr);

-	    client->pSwapReplyFunc = (ReplySwapPtr) Swap32Write;

-	    WriteSwappedDataToClient(client, length, ppixels);

-	}

-	free(ppixels);

-        return Success;

-    }

-    else

-    {

-        client->errorValue = stuff->cmap;

-        return rc;

-    }

-}

-

-int

-ProcAllocColorPlanes(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    ColormapPtr pcmp;

-    int rc;

-    REQUEST(xAllocColorPlanesReq);

-

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xAllocColorPlanesReq);

-    rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pcmp, stuff->cmap, RT_COLORMAP, client,

-			   DixAddAccess);

-    if (rc == Success)

-    {

-	xAllocColorPlanesReply	acpr;

-	int			npixels;

-	long			length;

-	Pixel			*ppixels;

-

-	npixels = stuff->colors;

-	if (!npixels)

-	{

-	    client->errorValue = npixels;

-	    return BadValue;

-	}

-	if (stuff->contiguous != xTrue && stuff->contiguous != xFalse)

-	{

-	    client->errorValue = stuff->contiguous;

-	    return BadValue;

-	}

-	acpr.type = X_Reply;

-	acpr.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

-	acpr.nPixels = npixels;

-	length = (long)npixels * sizeof(Pixel);

-	ppixels = malloc(length);

-	if(!ppixels)

-            return BadAlloc;

-	if( (rc = AllocColorPlanes(client->index, pcmp, npixels,

-	    (int)stuff->red, (int)stuff->green, (int)stuff->blue,

-	    (Bool)stuff->contiguous, ppixels,

-	    &acpr.redMask, &acpr.greenMask, &acpr.blueMask)) )

-	{

-            free(ppixels);

-	    return rc;

-	}

-	acpr.length = bytes_to_int32(length);

-#ifdef PANORAMIX

-	if (noPanoramiXExtension || !pcmp->pScreen->myNum)

-#endif

-	{

-	    WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xAllocColorPlanesReply), &acpr);

-	    client->pSwapReplyFunc = (ReplySwapPtr) Swap32Write;

-	    WriteSwappedDataToClient(client, length, ppixels);

-	}

-	free(ppixels);

-        return Success;

-    }

-    else

-    {

-        client->errorValue = stuff->cmap;

-        return rc;

-    }

-}

-

-int

-ProcFreeColors(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    ColormapPtr pcmp;

-    int rc;

-    REQUEST(xFreeColorsReq);

-

-    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xFreeColorsReq);

-    rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pcmp, stuff->cmap, RT_COLORMAP, client,

-			   DixRemoveAccess);

-    if (rc == Success)

-    {

-	int	count;

-

-	if(pcmp->flags & AllAllocated)

-	    return BadAccess;

-	count = bytes_to_int32((client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xFreeColorsReq));

-	return FreeColors(pcmp, client->index, count,

-	    (Pixel *)&stuff[1], (Pixel)stuff->planeMask);

-    }

-    else

-    {

-        client->errorValue = stuff->cmap;

-        return rc;

-    }

-}

-

-int

-ProcStoreColors (ClientPtr client)

-{

-    ColormapPtr pcmp;

-    int rc;

-    REQUEST(xStoreColorsReq);

-

-    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xStoreColorsReq);

-    rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pcmp, stuff->cmap, RT_COLORMAP, client,

-			   DixWriteAccess);

-    if (rc == Success)

-    {

-	int	count;

-

-        count = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xStoreColorsReq);

-	if (count % sizeof(xColorItem))

-	    return BadLength;

-	count /= sizeof(xColorItem);

-	return StoreColors(pcmp, count, (xColorItem *)&stuff[1], client);

-    }

-    else

-    {

-        client->errorValue = stuff->cmap;

-        return rc;

-    }

-}

-

-int

-ProcStoreNamedColor (ClientPtr client)

-{

-    ColormapPtr pcmp;

-    int rc;

-    REQUEST(xStoreNamedColorReq);

-

-    REQUEST_FIXED_SIZE(xStoreNamedColorReq, stuff->nbytes);

-    rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pcmp, stuff->cmap, RT_COLORMAP, client,

-			   DixWriteAccess);

-    if (rc == Success)

-    {

-	xColorItem	def;

-

-	if(OsLookupColor(pcmp->pScreen->myNum, (char *)&stuff[1],

-	                 stuff->nbytes, &def.red, &def.green, &def.blue))

-	{

-	    def.flags = stuff->flags;

-	    def.pixel = stuff->pixel;

-	    return StoreColors(pcmp, 1, &def, client);

-	}

-        return BadName;

-    }

-    else

-    {

-        client->errorValue = stuff->cmap;

-        return rc;

-    }

-}

-

-int

-ProcQueryColors(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    ColormapPtr pcmp;

-    int rc;

-    REQUEST(xQueryColorsReq);

-

-    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xQueryColorsReq);

-    rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pcmp, stuff->cmap, RT_COLORMAP, client,

-			   DixReadAccess);

-    if (rc == Success)

-    {

-	int			count;

-	xrgb 			*prgbs;

-	xQueryColorsReply	qcr;

-

-	count = bytes_to_int32((client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xQueryColorsReq));

-	prgbs = calloc(1, count * sizeof(xrgb));

-	if(!prgbs && count)

-            return BadAlloc;

-	if( (rc = QueryColors(pcmp, count, (Pixel *)&stuff[1], prgbs, client)) )

-	{

-	    free(prgbs);

-	    return rc;

-	}

-	memset(&qcr, 0, sizeof(xQueryColorsReply));

-	qcr.type = X_Reply;

-	qcr.length = bytes_to_int32(count * sizeof(xrgb));

-	qcr.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

-	qcr.nColors = count;

-	WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xQueryColorsReply), &qcr);

-	if (count)

-	{

-	    client->pSwapReplyFunc = (ReplySwapPtr) SQColorsExtend;

-	    WriteSwappedDataToClient(client, count * sizeof(xrgb), prgbs);

-	}

-	free(prgbs);

-	return Success;

-	

-    }

-    else

-    {

-        client->errorValue = stuff->cmap;

-        return rc;

-    }

-} 

-

-int

-ProcLookupColor(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    ColormapPtr pcmp;

-    int rc;

-    REQUEST(xLookupColorReq);

-

-    REQUEST_FIXED_SIZE(xLookupColorReq, stuff->nbytes);

-    rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pcmp, stuff->cmap, RT_COLORMAP, client,

-			   DixReadAccess);

-    if (rc == Success)

-    {

-	xLookupColorReply lcr;

-

-	if(OsLookupColor(pcmp->pScreen->myNum, (char *)&stuff[1], stuff->nbytes,

-	                 &lcr.exactRed, &lcr.exactGreen, &lcr.exactBlue))

-	{

-	    lcr.type = X_Reply;

-	    lcr.length = 0;

-	    lcr.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

-	    lcr.screenRed = lcr.exactRed;

-	    lcr.screenGreen = lcr.exactGreen;

-	    lcr.screenBlue = lcr.exactBlue;

-	    (*pcmp->pScreen->ResolveColor)(&lcr.screenRed,

-	                                   &lcr.screenGreen,

-					   &lcr.screenBlue,

-					   pcmp->pVisual);

-	    WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xLookupColorReply), &lcr);

-	    return Success;

-	}

-        return BadName;

-    }

-    else

-    {

-        client->errorValue = stuff->cmap;

-        return rc;

-    }

-}

-

-int

-ProcCreateCursor (ClientPtr client)

-{

-    CursorPtr		pCursor;

-    PixmapPtr 		src;

-    PixmapPtr 		msk;

-    unsigned char *	srcbits;

-    unsigned char *	mskbits;

-    unsigned short	width, height;

-    long		n;

-    CursorMetricRec 	cm;

-    int rc;

-

-    REQUEST(xCreateCursorReq);

-

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xCreateCursorReq);

-    LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(stuff->cid, client);

-

-    rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&src, stuff->source, RT_PIXMAP, client,

-			   DixReadAccess);

-    if (rc != Success) {

-	client->errorValue = stuff->source;

-	return rc;

-    }

-

-    rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&msk, stuff->mask, RT_PIXMAP, client,

-			   DixReadAccess);

-    if (rc != Success)

-    {

-	if (stuff->mask != None)

-	{

-	    client->errorValue = stuff->mask;

-	    return rc;

-	}

-    }

-    else if (  src->drawable.width != msk->drawable.width

-	    || src->drawable.height != msk->drawable.height

-	    || src->drawable.depth != 1

-	    || msk->drawable.depth != 1)

-	return BadMatch;

-

-    width = src->drawable.width;

-    height = src->drawable.height;

-

-    if ( stuff->x > width 

-      || stuff->y > height )

-	return BadMatch;

-

-    n = BitmapBytePad(width)*height;

-    srcbits = calloc(1, n);

-    if (!srcbits)

-	return BadAlloc;

-    mskbits = malloc(n);

-    if (!mskbits)

-    {

-	free(srcbits);

-	return BadAlloc;

-    }

-

-    (* src->drawable.pScreen->GetImage)( (DrawablePtr)src, 0, 0, width, height,

-					 XYPixmap, 1, (pointer)srcbits);

-    if ( msk == (PixmapPtr)NULL)

-    {

-	unsigned char *bits = mskbits;

-	while (--n >= 0)

-	    *bits++ = ~0;

-    }

-    else

-    {

-	/* zeroing the (pad) bits helps some ddx cursor handling */

-	memset((char *)mskbits, 0, n);

-	(* msk->drawable.pScreen->GetImage)( (DrawablePtr)msk, 0, 0, width,

-					height, XYPixmap, 1, (pointer)mskbits);

-    }

-    cm.width = width;

-    cm.height = height;

-    cm.xhot = stuff->x;

-    cm.yhot = stuff->y;

-    rc = AllocARGBCursor(srcbits, mskbits, NULL, &cm,

-			 stuff->foreRed, stuff->foreGreen, stuff->foreBlue,

-			 stuff->backRed, stuff->backGreen, stuff->backBlue,

-			 &pCursor, client, stuff->cid);

-

-    if (rc != Success)

-	goto bail;

-    if (!AddResource(stuff->cid, RT_CURSOR, (pointer)pCursor)) {

-	rc = BadAlloc;

-	goto bail;

-    }

-

-    return Success;

-bail:

-    free(srcbits);

-    free(mskbits);

-    return rc;

-}

-

-int

-ProcCreateGlyphCursor (ClientPtr client)

-{

-    CursorPtr pCursor;

-    int res;

-

-    REQUEST(xCreateGlyphCursorReq);

-

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xCreateGlyphCursorReq);

-    LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(stuff->cid, client);

-

-    res = AllocGlyphCursor(stuff->source, stuff->sourceChar,

-			   stuff->mask, stuff->maskChar,

-			   stuff->foreRed, stuff->foreGreen, stuff->foreBlue,

-			   stuff->backRed, stuff->backGreen, stuff->backBlue,

-			   &pCursor, client, stuff->cid);

-    if (res != Success)

-	return res;

-    if (AddResource(stuff->cid, RT_CURSOR, (pointer)pCursor))

-	return Success;

-    return BadAlloc;

-}

-

-

-int

-ProcFreeCursor (ClientPtr client)

-{

-    CursorPtr pCursor;

-    int rc;

-    REQUEST(xResourceReq);

-

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);

-    rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pCursor, stuff->id, RT_CURSOR, client,

-			   DixDestroyAccess);

-    if (rc == Success) 

-    {

-	FreeResource(stuff->id, RT_NONE);

-	return Success;

-    }

-    else 

-    {

-	client->errorValue = stuff->id;

-	return rc;

-    }

-}

-

-int

-ProcQueryBestSize (ClientPtr client)

-{

-    xQueryBestSizeReply	reply;

-    DrawablePtr pDraw;

-    ScreenPtr pScreen;

-    int rc;

-    REQUEST(xQueryBestSizeReq);

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xQueryBestSizeReq);

-

-    if ((stuff->class != CursorShape) && 

-	(stuff->class != TileShape) && 

-	(stuff->class != StippleShape))

-    {

-	client->errorValue = stuff->class;

-        return BadValue;

-    }

-

-    rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, stuff->drawable, client, M_ANY,

-			   DixGetAttrAccess);

-    if (rc != Success)

-	return rc;

-    if (stuff->class != CursorShape && pDraw->type == UNDRAWABLE_WINDOW)

-	return BadMatch;

-    pScreen = pDraw->pScreen;

-    rc = XaceHook(XACE_SCREEN_ACCESS, client, pScreen, DixGetAttrAccess);

-    if (rc != Success)

-	return rc;

-    (* pScreen->QueryBestSize)(stuff->class, &stuff->width,

-			       &stuff->height, pScreen);

-    memset(&reply, 0, sizeof(xQueryBestSizeReply));

-    reply.type = X_Reply;

-    reply.length = 0;

-    reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

-    reply.width = stuff->width;

-    reply.height = stuff->height;

-    WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xQueryBestSizeReply), &reply);

-    return Success;

-}

-

-

-int

-ProcSetScreenSaver (ClientPtr client)

-{

-    int rc, i, blankingOption, exposureOption;

-    REQUEST(xSetScreenSaverReq);

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSetScreenSaverReq);

-

-    for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++) {

-	rc = XaceHook(XACE_SCREENSAVER_ACCESS, client, screenInfo.screens[i],

-		      DixSetAttrAccess);

-	if (rc != Success)

-	    return rc;

-    }

-

-    blankingOption = stuff->preferBlank;

-    if ((blankingOption != DontPreferBlanking) &&

-        (blankingOption != PreferBlanking) &&

-        (blankingOption != DefaultBlanking))

-    {

-	client->errorValue = blankingOption;

-        return BadValue;

-    }

-    exposureOption = stuff->allowExpose;

-    if ((exposureOption != DontAllowExposures) &&

-        (exposureOption != AllowExposures) &&

-        (exposureOption != DefaultExposures))

-    {

-	client->errorValue = exposureOption;

-        return BadValue;

-    }

-    if (stuff->timeout < -1)

-    {

-	client->errorValue = stuff->timeout;

-        return BadValue;

-    }

-    if (stuff->interval < -1)

-    {

-	client->errorValue = stuff->interval;

-        return BadValue;

-    }

-

-    if (blankingOption == DefaultBlanking)

-	ScreenSaverBlanking = defaultScreenSaverBlanking;

-    else

-	ScreenSaverBlanking = blankingOption; 

-    if (exposureOption == DefaultExposures)

-	ScreenSaverAllowExposures = defaultScreenSaverAllowExposures;

-    else

-	ScreenSaverAllowExposures = exposureOption;

-

-    if (stuff->timeout >= 0)

-	ScreenSaverTime = stuff->timeout * MILLI_PER_SECOND;

-    else 

-	ScreenSaverTime = defaultScreenSaverTime;

-    if (stuff->interval >= 0)

-	ScreenSaverInterval = stuff->interval * MILLI_PER_SECOND;

-    else

-	ScreenSaverInterval = defaultScreenSaverInterval;

-

-    SetScreenSaverTimer();

-    return Success;

-}

-

-int

-ProcGetScreenSaver(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    xGetScreenSaverReply rep;

-    int rc, i;

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReq);

-

-    for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++) {

-	rc = XaceHook(XACE_SCREENSAVER_ACCESS, client, screenInfo.screens[i],

-		      DixGetAttrAccess);

-	if (rc != Success)

-	    return rc;

-    }

-

-    rep.type = X_Reply;

-    rep.length = 0;

-    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

-    rep.timeout = ScreenSaverTime / MILLI_PER_SECOND;

-    rep.interval = ScreenSaverInterval / MILLI_PER_SECOND;

-    rep.preferBlanking = ScreenSaverBlanking;

-    rep.allowExposures = ScreenSaverAllowExposures;

-    WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetScreenSaverReply), &rep);

-    return Success;

-}

-

-int

-ProcChangeHosts(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    REQUEST(xChangeHostsReq);

-

-    REQUEST_FIXED_SIZE(xChangeHostsReq, stuff->hostLength);

-

-    if(stuff->mode == HostInsert)

-	return AddHost(client, (int)stuff->hostFamily,

-			 stuff->hostLength, (pointer)&stuff[1]);

-    if (stuff->mode == HostDelete)

-	return RemoveHost(client, (int)stuff->hostFamily,

-			    stuff->hostLength, (pointer)&stuff[1]);  

-    client->errorValue = stuff->mode;

-    return BadValue;

-}

-

-int

-ProcListHosts(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    xListHostsReply reply;

-    int	len, nHosts, result;

-    pointer	pdata;

-    /* REQUEST(xListHostsReq); */

-

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xListHostsReq);

-

-    /* untrusted clients can't list hosts */

-    result = XaceHook(XACE_SERVER_ACCESS, client, DixReadAccess);

-    if (result != Success)

-	return result;

-

-    result = GetHosts(&pdata, &nHosts, &len, &reply.enabled);

-    if (result != Success)

-	return result;

-    reply.type = X_Reply;

-    reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

-    reply.nHosts = nHosts;

-    reply.length = bytes_to_int32(len);

-    WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xListHostsReply), &reply);

-    if (nHosts)

-    {

-	client->pSwapReplyFunc = (ReplySwapPtr) SLHostsExtend;

-	WriteSwappedDataToClient(client, len, pdata);

-    }

-    free(pdata);

-    return Success;

-}

-

-int

-ProcChangeAccessControl(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    REQUEST(xSetAccessControlReq);

-

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSetAccessControlReq);

-    if ((stuff->mode != EnableAccess) && (stuff->mode != DisableAccess))

-    {

-	client->errorValue = stuff->mode;

-        return BadValue;

-    }

-    return ChangeAccessControl(client, stuff->mode == EnableAccess);

-}

-

-/*********************

- * CloseDownRetainedResources

- *

- *    Find all clients that are gone and have terminated in RetainTemporary 

- *    and destroy their resources.

- *********************/

-

-static void

-CloseDownRetainedResources(void)

-{

-    int i;

-    ClientPtr client;

-

-    for (i=1; i<currentMaxClients; i++)

-    {

-        client = clients[i];

-        if (client && (client->closeDownMode == RetainTemporary)

-	    && (client->clientGone))

-	    CloseDownClient(client);

-    }

-}

-

-int

-ProcKillClient(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    REQUEST(xResourceReq);

-    ClientPtr killclient;

-    int rc;

-

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);

-    if (stuff->id == AllTemporary)

-    {

-	CloseDownRetainedResources();

-        return Success;

-    }

-

-    rc = dixLookupClient(&killclient, stuff->id, client, DixDestroyAccess);

-    if (rc == Success) {

-	CloseDownClient(killclient);

-	/* if an LBX proxy gets killed, isItTimeToYield will be set */

-	if (isItTimeToYield || (client == killclient))

-	{

-	    /* force yield and return Success, so that Dispatch()

-	     * doesn't try to touch client

-	     */

-	    isItTimeToYield = TRUE;

-	    return Success;

-	}

-	return Success;

-    }

-    else

-	return rc;

-}

-

-int

-ProcSetFontPath(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    unsigned char *ptr;

-    unsigned long nbytes, total;

-    long nfonts;

-    int n;

-    REQUEST(xSetFontPathReq);

-    

-    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xSetFontPathReq);

-    

-    nbytes = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xSetFontPathReq);

-    total = nbytes;

-    ptr = (unsigned char *)&stuff[1];

-    nfonts = stuff->nFonts;

-    while (--nfonts >= 0)

-    {

-	if ((total == 0) || (total < (n = (*ptr + 1))))

-	    return BadLength;

-	total -= n;

-	ptr += n;

-    }

-    if (total >= 4)

-	return BadLength;

-    return SetFontPath(client, stuff->nFonts, (unsigned char *)&stuff[1]);

-}

-

-int

-ProcGetFontPath(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    xGetFontPathReply reply;

-    int rc, stringLens, numpaths;

-    unsigned char *bufferStart;

-    /* REQUEST (xReq); */

-

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReq);

-    rc = GetFontPath(client, &numpaths, &stringLens, &bufferStart);

-    if (rc != Success)

-	return rc;

-

-    reply.type = X_Reply;

-    reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

-    reply.length = bytes_to_int32(stringLens + numpaths);

-    reply.nPaths = numpaths;

-

-    WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetFontPathReply), &reply);

-    if (stringLens || numpaths)

-	(void)WriteToClient(client, stringLens + numpaths, (char *)bufferStart);

-    return Success;

-}

-

-int

-ProcChangeCloseDownMode(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    int rc;

-    REQUEST(xSetCloseDownModeReq);

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSetCloseDownModeReq);

-

-    rc = XaceHook(XACE_CLIENT_ACCESS, client, client, DixManageAccess);

-    if (rc != Success)

-	return rc;

-

-    if ((stuff->mode == AllTemporary) ||

-	(stuff->mode == RetainPermanent) ||

-	(stuff->mode == RetainTemporary))

-    {

-	client->closeDownMode = stuff->mode;

-	return Success;

-    }

-    else   

-    {

-	client->errorValue = stuff->mode;

-	return BadValue;

-    }

-}

-

-int ProcForceScreenSaver(ClientPtr client)

-{    

-    int rc;

-    REQUEST(xForceScreenSaverReq);

-

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xForceScreenSaverReq);

-    

-    if ((stuff->mode != ScreenSaverReset) && 

-	(stuff->mode != ScreenSaverActive))

-    {

-	client->errorValue = stuff->mode;

-        return BadValue;

-    }

-    rc = dixSaveScreens(client, SCREEN_SAVER_FORCER, (int)stuff->mode);

-    if (rc != Success)

-	return rc;

-    return Success;

-}

-

-int ProcNoOperation(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xReq);

-    

-    /* noop -- don't do anything */

-    return Success;

-}

-

-/**********************

- * CloseDownClient

- *

- *  Client can either mark his resources destroy or retain.  If retained and

- *  then killed again, the client is really destroyed.

- *********************/

-

-char dispatchExceptionAtReset = DE_RESET;

-

-void

-CloseDownClient(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    Bool really_close_down = client->clientGone ||

-			     client->closeDownMode == DestroyAll;

-

-    if (!client->clientGone)

-    {

-	/* ungrab server if grabbing client dies */

-	if (grabState != GrabNone && grabClient == client)

-	{

-	    UngrabServer(client);

-	}

-	BITCLEAR(grabWaiters, client->index);

-	DeleteClientFromAnySelections(client);

-	ReleaseActiveGrabs(client);

-	DeleteClientFontStuff(client);

-	if (!really_close_down)

-	{

-	    /*  This frees resources that should never be retained

-	     *  no matter what the close down mode is.  Actually we

-	     *  could do this unconditionally, but it's probably

-	     *  better not to traverse all the client's resources

-	     *  twice (once here, once a few lines down in

-	     *  FreeClientResources) in the common case of

-	     *  really_close_down == TRUE.

-	     */

-	    FreeClientNeverRetainResources(client);

-	    client->clientState = ClientStateRetained;

-  	    if (ClientStateCallback)

-            {

-		NewClientInfoRec clientinfo;

-

-		clientinfo.client = client; 

-		clientinfo.prefix = (xConnSetupPrefix *)NULL;  

-		clientinfo.setup = (xConnSetup *) NULL;

-		CallCallbacks((&ClientStateCallback), (pointer)&clientinfo);

-            } 

-	}

-	client->clientGone = TRUE;  /* so events aren't sent to client */

-	if (ClientIsAsleep(client))

-	    ClientSignal (client);

-	ProcessWorkQueueZombies();

-	CloseDownConnection(client);

-

-	/* If the client made it to the Running stage, nClients has

-	 * been incremented on its behalf, so we need to decrement it

-	 * now.  If it hasn't gotten to Running, nClients has *not*

-	 * been incremented, so *don't* decrement it.

-	 */

-	if (client->clientState != ClientStateInitial &&

-	    client->clientState != ClientStateAuthenticating )

-	{

-	    --nClients;

-	}

-    }

-

-    if (really_close_down)

-    {

-	if (client->clientState == ClientStateRunning && nClients == 0)

-	    dispatchException |= dispatchExceptionAtReset;

-

-	client->clientState = ClientStateGone;

-	if (ClientStateCallback)

-	{

-	    NewClientInfoRec clientinfo;

-

-	    clientinfo.client = client; 

-	    clientinfo.prefix = (xConnSetupPrefix *)NULL;  

-	    clientinfo.setup = (xConnSetup *) NULL;

-	    CallCallbacks((&ClientStateCallback), (pointer)&clientinfo);

-	} 	    

-	FreeClientResources(client);

-	/* Disable client ID tracking. This must be done after

-	 * ClientStateCallback. */

-	ReleaseClientIds(client);

-#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE

-	XSERVER_CLIENT_DISCONNECT(client->index);

-#endif	

-	if (client->index < nextFreeClientID)

-	    nextFreeClientID = client->index;

-	clients[client->index] = NullClient;

-	SmartLastClient = NullClient;

-	dixFreeObjectWithPrivates(client, PRIVATE_CLIENT);

-

-	while (!clients[currentMaxClients-1])

-	    currentMaxClients--;

-    }

-}

-

-static void

-KillAllClients(void)

-{

-    int i;

-    for (i=1; i<currentMaxClients; i++)

-        if (clients[i]) {

-            /* Make sure Retained clients are released. */

-            clients[i]->closeDownMode = DestroyAll;

-            CloseDownClient(clients[i]);     

-        }

-}

-

-void InitClient(ClientPtr client, int i, pointer ospriv)

-{

-    client->index = i;

-    client->clientAsMask = ((Mask)i) << CLIENTOFFSET;

-    client->closeDownMode = i ? DestroyAll : RetainPermanent;

-    client->requestVector = InitialVector;

-    client->osPrivate = ospriv;

-    QueryMinMaxKeyCodes(&client->minKC,&client->maxKC);

-    client->smart_start_tick = SmartScheduleTime;

-    client->smart_stop_tick = SmartScheduleTime;

-    client->smart_check_tick = SmartScheduleTime;

-    client->clientIds = NULL;

-}

-

-/************************

- * int NextAvailableClient(ospriv)

- *

- * OS dependent portion can't assign client id's because of CloseDownModes.

- * Returns NULL if there are no free clients.

- *************************/

-

-ClientPtr NextAvailableClient(pointer ospriv)

-{

-    int i;

-    ClientPtr client;

-    xReq data;

-

-    i = nextFreeClientID;

-    if (i == MAXCLIENTS)

-	return (ClientPtr)NULL;

-    clients[i] = client = dixAllocateObjectWithPrivates(ClientRec, PRIVATE_CLIENT);

-    if (!client)

-	return (ClientPtr)NULL;

-    InitClient(client, i, ospriv);

-    if (!InitClientResources(client))

-    {

-	dixFreeObjectWithPrivates(client, PRIVATE_CLIENT);

-	return (ClientPtr)NULL;

-    }

-    data.reqType = 1;

-    data.length = bytes_to_int32(sz_xReq + sz_xConnClientPrefix);

-    if (!InsertFakeRequest(client, (char *)&data, sz_xReq))

-    {

-	FreeClientResources(client);

-	dixFreeObjectWithPrivates(client, PRIVATE_CLIENT);

-	return (ClientPtr)NULL;

-    }

-    if (i == currentMaxClients)

-	currentMaxClients++;

-    while ((nextFreeClientID < MAXCLIENTS) && clients[nextFreeClientID])

-	nextFreeClientID++;

-

-    /* Enable client ID tracking. This must be done before

-     * ClientStateCallback. */

-    ReserveClientIds(client);

-

-    if (ClientStateCallback)

-    {

-	NewClientInfoRec clientinfo;

-

-        clientinfo.client = client; 

-        clientinfo.prefix = (xConnSetupPrefix *)NULL;  

-        clientinfo.setup = (xConnSetup *) NULL;

-	CallCallbacks((&ClientStateCallback), (pointer)&clientinfo);

-    } 	

-    return client;

-}

-

-int

-ProcInitialConnection(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    REQUEST(xReq);

-    xConnClientPrefix *prefix;

-    int whichbyte = 1;

-

-    prefix = (xConnClientPrefix *)((char *)stuff + sz_xReq);

-    if ((prefix->byteOrder != 'l') && (prefix->byteOrder != 'B'))

-	return client->noClientException = -1;

-    if (((*(char *) &whichbyte) && (prefix->byteOrder == 'B')) ||

-	(!(*(char *) &whichbyte) && (prefix->byteOrder == 'l')))

-    {

-	client->swapped = TRUE;

-	SwapConnClientPrefix(prefix);

-    }

-    stuff->reqType = 2;

-    stuff->length += bytes_to_int32(prefix->nbytesAuthProto) +

-		     bytes_to_int32(prefix->nbytesAuthString);

-    if (client->swapped)

-    {

-	swaps(&stuff->length, whichbyte);

-    }

-    ResetCurrentRequest(client);

-    return Success;

-}

-

-static int

-SendConnSetup(ClientPtr client, char *reason)

-{

-    xWindowRoot *root;

-    int i;

-    int numScreens;

-    char* lConnectionInfo;

-    xConnSetupPrefix* lconnSetupPrefix;

-

-    if (reason)

-    {

-	xConnSetupPrefix csp;

-

-	csp.success = xFalse;

-	csp.lengthReason = strlen(reason);

-	csp.length = bytes_to_int32(csp.lengthReason);

-	csp.majorVersion = X_PROTOCOL;

-	csp.minorVersion = X_PROTOCOL_REVISION;

-	if (client->swapped)

-	    WriteSConnSetupPrefix(client, &csp);

-	else

-	    (void)WriteToClient(client, sz_xConnSetupPrefix, (char *) &csp);

-        (void)WriteToClient(client, (int)csp.lengthReason, reason);

-	return client->noClientException = -1;

-    }

-

-    numScreens = screenInfo.numScreens;

-    lConnectionInfo = ConnectionInfo;

-    lconnSetupPrefix = &connSetupPrefix;

-

-    /* We're about to start speaking X protocol back to the client by

-     * sending the connection setup info.  This means the authorization

-     * step is complete, and we can count the client as an

-     * authorized one.

-     */

-    nClients++;

-

-    client->requestVector = client->swapped ? SwappedProcVector : ProcVector;

-    client->sequence = 0;

-    ((xConnSetup *)lConnectionInfo)->ridBase = client->clientAsMask;

-    ((xConnSetup *)lConnectionInfo)->ridMask = RESOURCE_ID_MASK;

-#ifdef MATCH_CLIENT_ENDIAN

-    ((xConnSetup *)lConnectionInfo)->imageByteOrder = ClientOrder (client);

-    ((xConnSetup *)lConnectionInfo)->bitmapBitOrder = ClientOrder (client);

-#endif

-    /* fill in the "currentInputMask" */

-    root = (xWindowRoot *)(lConnectionInfo + connBlockScreenStart);

-#ifdef PANORAMIX

-    if (noPanoramiXExtension)

-	numScreens = screenInfo.numScreens;

-    else 

-        numScreens = ((xConnSetup *)ConnectionInfo)->numRoots;

-#endif

-

-    for (i=0; i<numScreens; i++) 

-    {

-	unsigned int j;

-	xDepth *pDepth;

-	WindowPtr pRoot = screenInfo.screens[i]->root;

-

-        root->currentInputMask = pRoot->eventMask | wOtherEventMasks(pRoot);

-	pDepth = (xDepth *)(root + 1);

-	for (j = 0; j < root->nDepths; j++)

-	{

-	    pDepth = (xDepth *)(((char *)(pDepth + 1)) +

-				pDepth->nVisuals * sizeof(xVisualType));

-	}

-	root = (xWindowRoot *)pDepth;

-    }

-

-    if (client->swapped)

-    {

-	WriteSConnSetupPrefix(client, lconnSetupPrefix);

-	WriteSConnectionInfo(client,

-			     (unsigned long)(lconnSetupPrefix->length << 2),

-			     lConnectionInfo);

-    }

-    else

-    {

-	(void)WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xConnSetupPrefix),

-			    (char *) lconnSetupPrefix);

-	(void)WriteToClient(client, (int)(lconnSetupPrefix->length << 2),

-			    lConnectionInfo);

-    }

-    client->clientState = ClientStateRunning;

-    if (ClientStateCallback)

-    {

-	NewClientInfoRec clientinfo;

-

-        clientinfo.client = client; 

-        clientinfo.prefix = lconnSetupPrefix;  

-        clientinfo.setup = (xConnSetup *)lConnectionInfo;

-	CallCallbacks((&ClientStateCallback), (pointer)&clientinfo);

-    } 	

-    return Success;

-}

-

-int

-ProcEstablishConnection(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    char *reason, *auth_proto, *auth_string;

-    xConnClientPrefix *prefix;

-    REQUEST(xReq);

-

-    prefix = (xConnClientPrefix *)((char *)stuff + sz_xReq);

-    auth_proto = (char *)prefix + sz_xConnClientPrefix;

-    auth_string = auth_proto + pad_to_int32(prefix->nbytesAuthProto);

-    if ((prefix->majorVersion != X_PROTOCOL) ||

-	(prefix->minorVersion != X_PROTOCOL_REVISION))

-	reason = "Protocol version mismatch";

-    else

-	reason = ClientAuthorized(client,

-				  (unsigned short)prefix->nbytesAuthProto,

-				  auth_proto,

-				  (unsigned short)prefix->nbytesAuthString,

-				  auth_string);

-    /*

-     * If Kerberos is being used for this client, the clientState

-     * will be set to ClientStateAuthenticating at this point.

-     * More messages need to be exchanged among the X server, Kerberos

-     * server, and client to figure out if everyone is authorized.

-     * So we don't want to send the connection setup info yet, since

-     * the auth step isn't really done.

-     */

-    if (client->clientState == ClientStateCheckingSecurity)

-	client->clientState = ClientStateCheckedSecurity;

-    else if (client->clientState != ClientStateAuthenticating)

-	return(SendConnSetup(client, reason));

-    return Success;

-}

-

-void

-SendErrorToClient(ClientPtr client, unsigned majorCode, unsigned minorCode, 

-                  XID resId, int errorCode)

-{

-    xError rep;

-

-    memset(&rep, 0, sizeof(xError));

-    rep.type = X_Error;

-    rep.errorCode = errorCode;

-    rep.majorCode = majorCode;

-    rep.minorCode = minorCode;

-    rep.resourceID = resId;

-

-    WriteEventsToClient (client, 1, (xEvent *)&rep);

-}

-

-void

-MarkClientException(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    client->noClientException = -1;

-}

-

-/*

- * This array encodes the answer to the question "what is the log base 2

- * of the number of pixels that fit in a scanline pad unit?"

- * Note that ~0 is an invalid entry (mostly for the benefit of the reader).

- */

-static int answer[6][4] = {

-	/* pad   pad   pad     pad*/

-	/*  8     16    32    64 */

-

-	{   3,     4,    5 ,   6 },	/* 1 bit per pixel */

-	{   1,     2,    3 ,   4 },	/* 4 bits per pixel */

-	{   0,     1,    2 ,   3 },	/* 8 bits per pixel */

-	{   ~0,    0,    1 ,   2 },	/* 16 bits per pixel */

-	{   ~0,    ~0,   0 ,   1 },	/* 24 bits per pixel */

-	{   ~0,    ~0,   0 ,   1 }	/* 32 bits per pixel */

-};

-

-/*

- * This array gives the answer to the question "what is the first index for

- * the answer array above given the number of bits per pixel?"

- * Note that ~0 is an invalid entry (mostly for the benefit of the reader).

- */

-static int indexForBitsPerPixel[ 33 ] = {

-	~0, 0, ~0, ~0,	/* 1 bit per pixel */

-	1, ~0, ~0, ~0,	/* 4 bits per pixel */

-	2, ~0, ~0, ~0,	/* 8 bits per pixel */

-	~0,~0, ~0, ~0,

-	3, ~0, ~0, ~0,	/* 16 bits per pixel */

-	~0,~0, ~0, ~0,

-	4, ~0, ~0, ~0,	/* 24 bits per pixel */

-	~0,~0, ~0, ~0,

-	5		/* 32 bits per pixel */

-};

-

-/*

- * This array gives the bytesperPixel value for cases where the number

- * of bits per pixel is a multiple of 8 but not a power of 2.

- */

-static int answerBytesPerPixel[ 33 ] = {

-	~0, 0, ~0, ~0,	/* 1 bit per pixel */

-	0, ~0, ~0, ~0,	/* 4 bits per pixel */

-	0, ~0, ~0, ~0,	/* 8 bits per pixel */

-	~0,~0, ~0, ~0,

-	0, ~0, ~0, ~0,	/* 16 bits per pixel */

-	~0,~0, ~0, ~0,

-	3, ~0, ~0, ~0,	/* 24 bits per pixel */

-	~0,~0, ~0, ~0,

-	0		/* 32 bits per pixel */

-};

-

-/*

- * This array gives the answer to the question "what is the second index for

- * the answer array above given the number of bits per scanline pad unit?"

- * Note that ~0 is an invalid entry (mostly for the benefit of the reader).

- */

-static int indexForScanlinePad[ 65 ] = {

-	~0, ~0, ~0, ~0,

-	~0, ~0, ~0, ~0,

-	 0, ~0, ~0, ~0,	/* 8 bits per scanline pad unit */

-	~0, ~0, ~0, ~0,

-	 1, ~0, ~0, ~0,	/* 16 bits per scanline pad unit */

-	~0, ~0, ~0, ~0,

-	~0, ~0, ~0, ~0,

-	~0, ~0, ~0, ~0,

-	 2, ~0, ~0, ~0,	/* 32 bits per scanline pad unit */

-	~0, ~0, ~0, ~0,

-	~0, ~0, ~0, ~0,

-	~0, ~0, ~0, ~0,

-	~0, ~0, ~0, ~0,

-	~0, ~0, ~0, ~0,

-	~0, ~0, ~0, ~0,

-	~0, ~0, ~0, ~0,

-	 3		/* 64 bits per scanline pad unit */

-};

-

-/*

-	grow the array of screenRecs if necessary.

-	call the device-supplied initialization procedure

-with its screen number, a pointer to its ScreenRec, argc, and argv.

-	return the number of successfully installed screens.

-

-*/

-

-int

-AddScreen(

-    Bool	(* pfnInit)(

-	int /*index*/,

-	ScreenPtr /*pScreen*/,

-	int /*argc*/,

-	char ** /*argv*/

-		),

-    int argc,

-    char **argv)

-{

-

-    int i;

-    int scanlinepad, format, depth, bitsPerPixel, j, k;

-    ScreenPtr pScreen;

-

-    i = screenInfo.numScreens;

-    if (i == MAXSCREENS)

-	return -1;

-

-    pScreen = (ScreenPtr) calloc(1, sizeof(ScreenRec));

-    if (!pScreen)

-	return -1;

-

-    if (!dixAllocatePrivates(&pScreen->devPrivates, PRIVATE_SCREEN)) {

-	free (pScreen);

-	return -1;

-    }

-    pScreen->myNum = i;

-    pScreen->totalPixmapSize = 0;	/* computed in CreateScratchPixmapForScreen */

-    pScreen->ClipNotify = 0;	/* for R4 ddx compatibility */

-    pScreen->CreateScreenResources = 0;

-

-    /*

-     * This loop gets run once for every Screen that gets added,

-     * but thats ok.  If the ddx layer initializes the formats

-     * one at a time calling AddScreen() after each, then each

-     * iteration will make it a little more accurate.  Worst case

-     * we do this loop N * numPixmapFormats where N is # of screens.

-     * Anyway, this must be called after InitOutput and before the

-     * screen init routine is called.

-     */

-    for (format=0; format<screenInfo.numPixmapFormats; format++)

-    {

-	depth = screenInfo.formats[format].depth;

-	bitsPerPixel = screenInfo.formats[format].bitsPerPixel;

-	scanlinepad = screenInfo.formats[format].scanlinePad;

-	j = indexForBitsPerPixel[ bitsPerPixel ];

-	k = indexForScanlinePad[ scanlinepad ];

-	PixmapWidthPaddingInfo[ depth ].padPixelsLog2 = answer[j][k];

-	PixmapWidthPaddingInfo[ depth ].padRoundUp =

-	    (scanlinepad/bitsPerPixel) - 1;

-	j = indexForBitsPerPixel[ 8 ]; /* bits per byte */

-	PixmapWidthPaddingInfo[ depth ].padBytesLog2 = answer[j][k];

-	PixmapWidthPaddingInfo[ depth ].bitsPerPixel = bitsPerPixel;

-	if (answerBytesPerPixel[bitsPerPixel])

-	{

-	    PixmapWidthPaddingInfo[ depth ].notPower2 = 1;

-	    PixmapWidthPaddingInfo[ depth ].bytesPerPixel =

-		answerBytesPerPixel[bitsPerPixel];

-	}

-	else

-	{

-	    PixmapWidthPaddingInfo[ depth ].notPower2 = 0;

-	}

-    }

-

-    /* This is where screen specific stuff gets initialized.  Load the

-       screen structure, call the hardware, whatever.

-       This is also where the default colormap should be allocated and

-       also pixel values for blackPixel, whitePixel, and the cursor

-       Note that InitScreen is NOT allowed to modify argc, argv, or

-       any of the strings pointed to by argv.  They may be passed to

-       multiple screens.

-    */

-    screenInfo.screens[i] = pScreen;

-    screenInfo.numScreens++;

-    if (!(*pfnInit)(i, pScreen, argc, argv))

-    {

-	dixFreePrivates(pScreen->devPrivates, PRIVATE_SCREEN);

-	free(pScreen);

-	screenInfo.numScreens--;

-	return -1;

-    }

-

-    dixRegisterPrivateKey(&cursorScreenDevPriv[i], PRIVATE_CURSOR, 0);

-

-    return i;

-}

+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1987, 1989, 1998  The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+
+Copyright 1987, 1989 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+                        All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its 
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, 
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in 
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.  
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+/* The panoramix components contained the following notice */
+/*****************************************************************
+
+Copyright (c) 1991, 1997 Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES, INCLUDING,
+BUT NOT LIMITED TO CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR
+IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of Digital Equipment Corporation
+shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
+dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from Digital
+Equipment Corporation.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+/* XSERVER_DTRACE additions:
+ * Copyright (c) 2005-2006, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+ * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+ * Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+ * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+ * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+ * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#include <version-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef CreateWindow
+#undef CreateWindow
+#endif
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX_DEBUG
+#include <stdio.h>
+int ProcInitialConnection();
+#endif
+
+#include "windowstr.h"
+#include <X11/fonts/fontstruct.h>
+#include "dixfontstr.h"
+#include "gcstruct.h"
+#include "selection.h"
+#include "colormapst.h"
+#include "cursorstr.h"
+#include "scrnintstr.h"
+#include "opaque.h"
+#include "input.h"
+#include "servermd.h"
+#include "extnsionst.h"
+#include "dixfont.h"
+#include "dispatch.h"
+#include "swaprep.h"
+#include "swapreq.h"
+#include "privates.h"
+#include "xace.h"
+#include "inputstr.h"
+#include "xkbsrv.h"
+#include "site.h"
+#include "client.h"
+
+#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE
+#include "registry.h"
+#include <sys/types.h>
+typedef const char *string;
+#include "Xserver-dtrace.h"
+#endif
+
+#define mskcnt ((MAXCLIENTS + 31) / 32)
+#define BITMASK(i) (1U << ((i) & 31))
+#define MASKIDX(i) ((i) >> 5)
+#define MASKWORD(buf, i) buf[MASKIDX(i)]
+#define BITSET(buf, i) MASKWORD(buf, i) |= BITMASK(i)
+#define BITCLEAR(buf, i) MASKWORD(buf, i) &= ~BITMASK(i)
+#define GETBIT(buf, i) (MASKWORD(buf, i) & BITMASK(i))
+
+xConnSetupPrefix connSetupPrefix;
+
+PaddingInfo PixmapWidthPaddingInfo[33];
+
+static ClientPtr grabClient;
+#define GrabNone 0
+#define GrabActive 1
+#define GrabKickout 2
+static int grabState = GrabNone;
+static long grabWaiters[mskcnt];
+CallbackListPtr ServerGrabCallback = NULL;
+HWEventQueuePtr checkForInput[2];
+int connBlockScreenStart;
+
+static void KillAllClients(void);
+
+static int nextFreeClientID; /* always MIN free client ID */
+
+static int	nClients;	/* number of authorized clients */
+
+CallbackListPtr ClientStateCallback;
+
+/* dispatchException & isItTimeToYield must be declared volatile since they
+ * are modified by signal handlers - otherwise optimizer may assume it doesn't
+ * need to actually check value in memory when used and may miss changes from
+ * signal handlers.
+ */
+volatile char dispatchException = 0;
+volatile char isItTimeToYield;
+
+#define SAME_SCREENS(a, b) (\
+    (a.pScreen == b.pScreen))
+
+void
+SetInputCheck(HWEventQueuePtr c0, HWEventQueuePtr c1)
+{
+    checkForInput[0] = c0;
+    checkForInput[1] = c1;
+}
+
+void
+UpdateCurrentTime(void)
+{
+    TimeStamp systime;
+
+    /* To avoid time running backwards, we must call GetTimeInMillis before
+     * calling ProcessInputEvents.
+     */
+    systime.months = currentTime.months;
+    systime.milliseconds = GetTimeInMillis();
+    if (systime.milliseconds < currentTime.milliseconds)
+	systime.months++;
+    if (*checkForInput[0] != *checkForInput[1])
+	ProcessInputEvents();
+    if (CompareTimeStamps(systime, currentTime) == LATER)
+	currentTime = systime;
+}
+
+/* Like UpdateCurrentTime, but can't call ProcessInputEvents */
+void
+UpdateCurrentTimeIf(void)
+{
+    TimeStamp systime;
+
+    systime.months = currentTime.months;
+    systime.milliseconds = GetTimeInMillis();
+    if (systime.milliseconds < currentTime.milliseconds)
+	systime.months++;
+    if (*checkForInput[0] == *checkForInput[1])
+	currentTime = systime;
+}
+
+
+#undef SMART_DEBUG
+
+#define SMART_SCHEDULE_DEFAULT_INTERVAL	20	    /* ms */
+#define SMART_SCHEDULE_MAX_SLICE	200	    /* ms */
+
+Bool SmartScheduleDisable = FALSE;
+long SmartScheduleSlice = SMART_SCHEDULE_DEFAULT_INTERVAL;
+long SmartScheduleInterval = SMART_SCHEDULE_DEFAULT_INTERVAL;
+long SmartScheduleMaxSlice = SMART_SCHEDULE_MAX_SLICE;
+long SmartScheduleTime;
+int SmartScheduleLatencyLimited = 0;
+static ClientPtr   SmartLastClient;
+static int	   SmartLastIndex[SMART_MAX_PRIORITY-SMART_MIN_PRIORITY+1];
+
+#ifdef SMART_DEBUG
+long	    SmartLastPrint;
+#endif
+
+void        Dispatch(void);
+
+static int
+SmartScheduleClient (int *clientReady, int nready)
+{
+    ClientPtr	pClient;
+    int		i;
+    int		client;
+    int		bestPrio, best = 0;
+    int		bestRobin, robin;
+    long	now = SmartScheduleTime;
+    long	idle;
+
+    bestPrio = -0x7fffffff;
+    bestRobin = 0;
+    idle = 2 * SmartScheduleSlice;
+    for (i = 0; i < nready; i++)
+    {
+	client = clientReady[i];
+	pClient = clients[client];
+	/* Praise clients which are idle */
+	if ((now - pClient->smart_check_tick) >= idle)
+	{
+	    if (pClient->smart_priority < 0)
+		pClient->smart_priority++;
+	}
+	pClient->smart_check_tick = now;
+	
+	/* check priority to select best client */
+	robin = (pClient->index - SmartLastIndex[pClient->smart_priority-SMART_MIN_PRIORITY]) & 0xff;
+	if (pClient->smart_priority > bestPrio ||
+	    (pClient->smart_priority == bestPrio && robin > bestRobin))
+	{
+	    bestPrio = pClient->smart_priority;
+	    bestRobin = robin;
+	    best = client;
+	}
+#ifdef SMART_DEBUG
+	if ((now - SmartLastPrint) >= 5000)
+	    fprintf (stderr, " %2d: %3d", client, pClient->smart_priority);
+#endif
+    }
+#ifdef SMART_DEBUG
+    if ((now - SmartLastPrint) >= 5000)
+    {
+	fprintf (stderr, " use %2d\n", best);
+	SmartLastPrint = now;
+    }
+#endif
+    pClient = clients[best];
+    SmartLastIndex[bestPrio-SMART_MIN_PRIORITY] = pClient->index;
+    /*
+     * Set current client pointer
+     */
+    if (SmartLastClient != pClient)
+    {
+	pClient->smart_start_tick = now;
+	SmartLastClient = pClient;
+    }
+    /*
+     * Adjust slice
+     */
+    if (nready == 1 && SmartScheduleLatencyLimited == 0)
+    {
+	/*
+	 * If it's been a long time since another client
+	 * has run, bump the slice up to get maximal
+	 * performance from a single client
+	 */
+	if ((now - pClient->smart_start_tick) > 1000 &&
+	    SmartScheduleSlice < SmartScheduleMaxSlice)
+	{
+	    SmartScheduleSlice += SmartScheduleInterval;
+	}
+    }
+    else
+    {
+	SmartScheduleSlice = SmartScheduleInterval;
+    }
+    return best;
+}
+
+void
+EnableLimitedSchedulingLatency(void)
+{
+    ++SmartScheduleLatencyLimited;
+    SmartScheduleSlice = SmartScheduleInterval;
+}
+
+void
+DisableLimitedSchedulingLatency(void)
+{
+    --SmartScheduleLatencyLimited;
+
+    /* protect against bugs */
+    if (SmartScheduleLatencyLimited < 0)
+	SmartScheduleLatencyLimited = 0;
+}
+
+#define MAJOROP ((xReq *)client->requestBuffer)->reqType
+
+void
+Dispatch(void)
+{
+    int        *clientReady;     /* array of request ready clients */
+    int	result;
+    ClientPtr	client;
+    int	nready;
+    HWEventQueuePtr* icheck = checkForInput;
+    long			start_tick;
+
+    nextFreeClientID = 1;
+    nClients = 0;
+
+    clientReady = malloc(sizeof(int) * MaxClients);
+    if (!clientReady)
+	return;
+
+    SmartScheduleSlice = SmartScheduleInterval;
+    while (!dispatchException)
+    {
+        if (*icheck[0] != *icheck[1])
+	{
+	    ProcessInputEvents();
+	    FlushIfCriticalOutputPending();
+	}
+
+	nready = WaitForSomething(clientReady);
+
+	if (nready && !SmartScheduleDisable)
+	{
+	    clientReady[0] = SmartScheduleClient (clientReady, nready);
+	    nready = 1;
+	}
+       /***************** 
+	*  Handle events in round robin fashion, doing input between 
+	*  each round 
+	*****************/
+
+	while (!dispatchException && (--nready >= 0))
+	{
+	    client = clients[clientReady[nready]];
+	    if (! client)
+	    {
+		/* KillClient can cause this to happen */
+		continue;
+	    }
+	    /* GrabServer activation can cause this to be true */
+	    if (grabState == GrabKickout)
+	    {
+		grabState = GrabActive;
+		break;
+	    }
+	    isItTimeToYield = FALSE;
+ 
+	    start_tick = SmartScheduleTime;
+	    while (!isItTimeToYield)
+	    {
+#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE
+	      CARD8 StartMajorOp;
+#endif
+	        if (*icheck[0] != *icheck[1])
+		    ProcessInputEvents();
+		
+		FlushIfCriticalOutputPending();
+		if (!SmartScheduleDisable && 
+		    (SmartScheduleTime - start_tick) >= SmartScheduleSlice)
+		{
+		    /* Penalize clients which consume ticks */
+		    if (client->smart_priority > SMART_MIN_PRIORITY)
+			client->smart_priority--;
+		    break;
+		}
+		/* now, finally, deal with client requests */
+
+	        result = ReadRequestFromClient(client);
+	        if (result <= 0) 
+	        {
+		    if (result < 0)
+			CloseDownClient(client);
+		    break;
+	        }
+
+		client->sequence++;
+#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE
+		StartMajorOp=MAJOROP;
+		XSERVER_REQUEST_START(LookupMajorName(StartMajorOp), StartMajorOp,
+			      ((xReq *)client->requestBuffer)->length,
+			      client->index, client->requestBuffer);
+#endif
+		if (result > (maxBigRequestSize << 2))
+		    result = BadLength;
+		else {
+		    result = XaceHookDispatch(client, MAJOROP);
+		    if (result == Success)
+			result = (* client->requestVector[MAJOROP])(client);
+		    XaceHookAuditEnd(client, result);
+		}
+#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE
+		if (result!=Success)
+		{
+		  char Message[255];
+		  sprintf(Message,"ERROR: %s (0x%x)",LookupMajorName(StartMajorOp),client->errorValue);
+		  XSERVER_REQUEST_DONE(Message, MAJOROP,
+		                       client->sequence, client->index, result);
+		}
+		else
+		{
+		  if (StartMajorOp!=MAJOROP)
+		  {
+		    char Message[255];
+		    sprintf(Message,"Changed request: %s -> %s",LookupMajorName(StartMajorOp),LookupMajorName(MAJOROP));
+		    XSERVER_REQUEST_DONE(Message, MAJOROP,
+		                         client->sequence, client->index, result);
+		  }
+		  else
+		  {
+		    XSERVER_REQUEST_DONE(LookupMajorName(MAJOROP), MAJOROP,
+		                         client->sequence, client->index, result);
+		  }
+		}
+#endif
+
+		if (client->noClientException != Success)
+		{
+		    CloseDownClient(client);
+		    break;
+		}
+		else if (result != Success)
+		{
+		    SendErrorToClient(client, MAJOROP,
+				      MinorOpcodeOfRequest(client),
+				      client->errorValue, result);
+		    break;
+		}
+	    }
+	    FlushAllOutput();
+	    client = clients[clientReady[nready]];
+	    if (client)
+		client->smart_stop_tick = SmartScheduleTime;
+	}
+	dispatchException &= ~DE_PRIORITYCHANGE;
+    }
+#if defined(DDXBEFORERESET)
+    ddxBeforeReset ();
+#endif
+    KillAllClients();
+    free(clientReady);
+    dispatchException &= ~DE_RESET;
+    SmartScheduleLatencyLimited = 0;
+}
+
+#undef MAJOROP
+
+static int  VendorRelease = VENDOR_RELEASE;
+static char *VendorString = VENDOR_NAME;
+
+static const int padlength[4] = {0, 3, 2, 1};
+
+void
+SetVendorRelease(int release)
+{
+    VendorRelease = release;
+}
+
+void
+SetVendorString(char *string)
+{
+    VendorString = string;
+}
+
+Bool
+CreateConnectionBlock(void)
+{
+    xConnSetup setup;
+    xWindowRoot root;
+    xDepth	depth;
+    xVisualType visual;
+    xPixmapFormat format;
+    unsigned long vid;
+    int i, j, k,
+        lenofblock,
+        sizesofar = 0;
+    char *pBuf;
+
+
+    memset(&setup, 0, sizeof(xConnSetup));
+    /* Leave off the ridBase and ridMask, these must be sent with
+       connection */
+
+    setup.release = VendorRelease;
+    /*
+     * per-server image and bitmap parameters are defined in Xmd.h
+     */
+    setup.imageByteOrder = screenInfo.imageByteOrder;
+
+    setup.bitmapScanlineUnit = screenInfo.bitmapScanlineUnit;
+    setup.bitmapScanlinePad = screenInfo.bitmapScanlinePad;
+
+    setup.bitmapBitOrder = screenInfo.bitmapBitOrder;
+    setup.motionBufferSize = NumMotionEvents();
+    setup.numRoots = screenInfo.numScreens;
+    setup.nbytesVendor = strlen(VendorString);
+    setup.numFormats = screenInfo.numPixmapFormats;
+    setup.maxRequestSize = MAX_REQUEST_SIZE;
+    QueryMinMaxKeyCodes(&setup.minKeyCode, &setup.maxKeyCode);
+
+    lenofblock = sizeof(xConnSetup) +
+            pad_to_int32(setup.nbytesVendor) +
+	    (setup.numFormats * sizeof(xPixmapFormat)) +
+            (setup.numRoots * sizeof(xWindowRoot));
+    ConnectionInfo = malloc(lenofblock);
+    if (!ConnectionInfo)
+	return FALSE;
+
+    memmove(ConnectionInfo, (char *)&setup, sizeof(xConnSetup));
+    sizesofar = sizeof(xConnSetup);
+    pBuf = ConnectionInfo + sizeof(xConnSetup);
+
+    memmove(pBuf, VendorString, (int)setup.nbytesVendor);
+    sizesofar += setup.nbytesVendor;
+    pBuf += setup.nbytesVendor;
+    i = padlength[setup.nbytesVendor & 3];
+    sizesofar += i;
+    while (--i >= 0)
+	*pBuf++ = 0;
+
+    memset(&format, 0, sizeof(xPixmapFormat));
+    for (i=0; i<screenInfo.numPixmapFormats; i++)
+    {
+	format.depth = screenInfo.formats[i].depth;
+	format.bitsPerPixel = screenInfo.formats[i].bitsPerPixel;
+	format.scanLinePad = screenInfo.formats[i].scanlinePad;
+	memmove(pBuf, (char *)&format, sizeof(xPixmapFormat));
+	pBuf += sizeof(xPixmapFormat);
+	sizesofar += sizeof(xPixmapFormat);
+    }
+
+    connBlockScreenStart = sizesofar;
+    memset(&depth, 0, sizeof(xDepth));
+    memset(&visual, 0, sizeof(xVisualType));
+    for (i=0; i<screenInfo.numScreens; i++)
+    {
+	ScreenPtr	pScreen;
+	DepthPtr	pDepth;
+	VisualPtr	pVisual;
+
+	pScreen = screenInfo.screens[i];
+	root.windowId = pScreen->root->drawable.id;
+	root.defaultColormap = pScreen->defColormap;
+	root.whitePixel = pScreen->whitePixel;
+	root.blackPixel = pScreen->blackPixel;
+	root.currentInputMask = 0;    /* filled in when sent */
+	root.pixWidth = pScreen->width;
+	root.pixHeight = pScreen->height;
+	root.mmWidth = pScreen->mmWidth;
+	root.mmHeight = pScreen->mmHeight;
+	root.minInstalledMaps = pScreen->minInstalledCmaps;
+	root.maxInstalledMaps = pScreen->maxInstalledCmaps;
+	root.rootVisualID = pScreen->rootVisual;
+	root.backingStore = pScreen->backingStoreSupport;
+	root.saveUnders = FALSE;
+	root.rootDepth = pScreen->rootDepth;
+	root.nDepths = pScreen->numDepths;
+	memmove(pBuf, (char *)&root, sizeof(xWindowRoot));
+	sizesofar += sizeof(xWindowRoot);
+	pBuf += sizeof(xWindowRoot);
+
+	pDepth = pScreen->allowedDepths;
+	for(j = 0; j < pScreen->numDepths; j++, pDepth++)
+	{
+	    lenofblock += sizeof(xDepth) +
+		    (pDepth->numVids * sizeof(xVisualType));
+	    pBuf = (char *)realloc(ConnectionInfo, lenofblock);
+	    if (!pBuf)
+	    {
+		free(ConnectionInfo);
+		return FALSE;
+	    }
+	    ConnectionInfo = pBuf;
+	    pBuf += sizesofar;
+	    depth.depth = pDepth->depth;
+	    depth.nVisuals = pDepth->numVids;
+	    memmove(pBuf, (char *)&depth, sizeof(xDepth));
+	    pBuf += sizeof(xDepth);
+	    sizesofar += sizeof(xDepth);
+	    for(k = 0; k < pDepth->numVids; k++)
+	    {
+		vid = pDepth->vids[k];
+		for (pVisual = pScreen->visuals;
+		     pVisual->vid != vid;
+		     pVisual++)
+		    ;
+		visual.visualID = vid;
+		visual.class = pVisual->class;
+		visual.bitsPerRGB = pVisual->bitsPerRGBValue;
+		visual.colormapEntries = pVisual->ColormapEntries;
+		visual.redMask = pVisual->redMask;
+		visual.greenMask = pVisual->greenMask;
+		visual.blueMask = pVisual->blueMask;
+		memmove(pBuf, (char *)&visual, sizeof(xVisualType));
+		pBuf += sizeof(xVisualType);
+		sizesofar += sizeof(xVisualType);
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    connSetupPrefix.success = xTrue;
+    connSetupPrefix.length = lenofblock/4;
+    connSetupPrefix.majorVersion = X_PROTOCOL;
+    connSetupPrefix.minorVersion = X_PROTOCOL_REVISION;
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+int
+ProcBadRequest(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    return BadRequest;
+}
+
+int
+ProcCreateWindow(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    WindowPtr pParent, pWin;
+    REQUEST(xCreateWindowReq);
+    int len, rc;
+
+    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xCreateWindowReq);
+    
+    LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(stuff->wid, client);
+    rc = dixLookupWindow(&pParent, stuff->parent, client, DixAddAccess);
+    if (rc != Success)
+        return rc;
+    len = client->req_len - bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xCreateWindowReq));
+    if (Ones(stuff->mask) != len)
+        return BadLength;
+    if (!stuff->width || !stuff->height)
+    {
+	client->errorValue = 0;
+        return BadValue;
+    }
+    pWin = CreateWindow(stuff->wid, pParent, stuff->x,
+			      stuff->y, stuff->width, stuff->height, 
+			      stuff->borderWidth, stuff->class,
+			      stuff->mask, (XID *) &stuff[1], 
+			      (int)stuff->depth, 
+			      client, stuff->visual, &rc);
+    if (pWin)
+    {
+	Mask mask = pWin->eventMask;
+
+	pWin->eventMask = 0; /* subterfuge in case AddResource fails */
+	if (!AddResource(stuff->wid, RT_WINDOW, (pointer)pWin))
+	    return BadAlloc;
+	pWin->eventMask = mask;
+    }
+    return rc;
+}
+
+int
+ProcChangeWindowAttributes(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    WindowPtr pWin;
+    REQUEST(xChangeWindowAttributesReq);
+    int len, rc;
+    Mask access_mode = 0;
+
+    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xChangeWindowAttributesReq);
+    access_mode |= (stuff->valueMask & CWEventMask) ? DixReceiveAccess : 0;
+    access_mode |= (stuff->valueMask & ~CWEventMask) ? DixSetAttrAccess : 0;
+    rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->window, client, access_mode);
+    if (rc != Success)
+        return rc;
+    len = client->req_len - bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xChangeWindowAttributesReq));
+    if (len != Ones(stuff->valueMask))
+        return BadLength;
+    return ChangeWindowAttributes(pWin,
+				  stuff->valueMask, 
+				  (XID *) &stuff[1], 
+				  client);
+}
+
+int
+ProcGetWindowAttributes(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    WindowPtr pWin;
+    REQUEST(xResourceReq);
+    xGetWindowAttributesReply wa;
+    int rc;
+
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
+    rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->id, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
+    if (rc != Success)
+	return rc;
+    memset(&wa, 0, sizeof(xGetWindowAttributesReply));
+    GetWindowAttributes(pWin, client, &wa);
+    WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetWindowAttributesReply), &wa);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcDestroyWindow(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    WindowPtr pWin;
+    REQUEST(xResourceReq);
+    int rc;
+
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
+    rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->id, client, DixDestroyAccess);
+    if (rc != Success)
+	return rc;
+    if (pWin->parent) {
+	rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, pWin->parent->drawable.id, client,
+			     DixRemoveAccess);
+	if (rc != Success)
+	    return rc;
+	FreeResource(stuff->id, RT_NONE);
+    }
+    return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcDestroySubwindows(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    WindowPtr pWin;
+    REQUEST(xResourceReq);
+    int rc;
+
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
+    rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->id, client, DixRemoveAccess);
+    if (rc != Success)
+	return rc;
+    DestroySubwindows(pWin, client);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcChangeSaveSet(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    WindowPtr pWin;
+    REQUEST(xChangeSaveSetReq);
+    int rc;
+		  
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xChangeSaveSetReq);
+    rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->window, client, DixManageAccess);
+    if (rc != Success)
+        return rc;
+    if (client->clientAsMask == (CLIENT_BITS(pWin->drawable.id)))
+        return BadMatch;
+    if ((stuff->mode == SetModeInsert) || (stuff->mode == SetModeDelete))
+        return AlterSaveSetForClient(client, pWin, stuff->mode, FALSE, TRUE);
+    client->errorValue = stuff->mode;
+    return BadValue;
+}
+
+int
+ProcReparentWindow(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    WindowPtr pWin, pParent;
+    REQUEST(xReparentWindowReq);
+    int rc;
+
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReparentWindowReq);
+    rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->window, client, DixManageAccess);
+    if (rc != Success)
+        return rc;
+    rc = dixLookupWindow(&pParent, stuff->parent, client, DixAddAccess);
+    if (rc != Success)
+        return rc;
+    if (!SAME_SCREENS(pWin->drawable, pParent->drawable))
+	return BadMatch;
+    if ((pWin->backgroundState == ParentRelative) &&
+	(pParent->drawable.depth != pWin->drawable.depth))
+	return BadMatch;
+    if ((pWin->drawable.class != InputOnly) &&
+	(pParent->drawable.class == InputOnly))
+	return BadMatch;
+    return ReparentWindow(pWin, pParent,
+		     (short)stuff->x, (short)stuff->y, client);
+}
+
+int
+ProcMapWindow(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    WindowPtr pWin;
+    REQUEST(xResourceReq);
+    int rc;
+
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
+    rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->id, client, DixShowAccess);
+    if (rc != Success)
+        return rc;
+    MapWindow(pWin, client);
+           /* update cache to say it is mapped */
+    return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcMapSubwindows(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    WindowPtr pWin;
+    REQUEST(xResourceReq);
+    int rc;
+
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
+    rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->id, client, DixListAccess);
+    if (rc != Success)
+        return rc;
+    MapSubwindows(pWin, client);
+           /* update cache to say it is mapped */
+    return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcUnmapWindow(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    WindowPtr pWin;
+    REQUEST(xResourceReq);
+    int rc;
+
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
+    rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->id, client, DixHideAccess);
+    if (rc != Success)
+        return rc;
+    UnmapWindow(pWin, FALSE);
+           /* update cache to say it is mapped */
+    return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcUnmapSubwindows(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    WindowPtr pWin;
+    REQUEST(xResourceReq);
+    int rc;
+
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
+    rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->id, client, DixListAccess);
+    if (rc != Success)
+        return rc;
+    UnmapSubwindows(pWin);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcConfigureWindow(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    WindowPtr pWin;
+    REQUEST(xConfigureWindowReq);
+    int len, rc;
+
+    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xConfigureWindowReq);
+    rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->window, client,
+			 DixManageAccess|DixSetAttrAccess);
+    if (rc != Success)
+        return rc;
+    len = client->req_len - bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xConfigureWindowReq));
+    if (Ones((Mask)stuff->mask) != len)
+        return BadLength;
+    return ConfigureWindow(pWin, (Mask)stuff->mask, (XID *) &stuff[1], client);
+}
+
+int
+ProcCirculateWindow(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    WindowPtr pWin;
+    REQUEST(xCirculateWindowReq);
+    int rc;
+
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xCirculateWindowReq);
+    if ((stuff->direction != RaiseLowest) &&
+	(stuff->direction != LowerHighest))
+    {
+	client->errorValue = stuff->direction;
+        return BadValue;
+    }
+    rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->window, client, DixManageAccess);
+    if (rc != Success)
+        return rc;
+    CirculateWindow(pWin, (int)stuff->direction, client);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+static int
+GetGeometry(ClientPtr client, xGetGeometryReply *rep)
+{
+    DrawablePtr pDraw;
+    int rc;
+    REQUEST(xResourceReq);
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
+
+    rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, stuff->id, client, M_ANY, DixGetAttrAccess);
+    if (rc != Success)
+	return rc;
+
+    rep->type = X_Reply;
+    rep->length = 0;
+    rep->sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+    rep->root = pDraw->pScreen->root->drawable.id;
+    rep->depth = pDraw->depth;
+    rep->width = pDraw->width;
+    rep->height = pDraw->height;
+
+    if (WindowDrawable(pDraw->type))
+    {
+        WindowPtr pWin = (WindowPtr)pDraw;
+	rep->x = pWin->origin.x - wBorderWidth (pWin);
+	rep->y = pWin->origin.y - wBorderWidth (pWin);
+	rep->borderWidth = pWin->borderWidth;
+    }
+    else /* DRAWABLE_PIXMAP */
+    {
+	rep->x = rep->y = rep->borderWidth = 0;
+    }
+
+    return Success;
+}
+
+
+int
+ProcGetGeometry(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    xGetGeometryReply rep;
+    int status;
+
+    memset(&rep, 0, sizeof(xGetGeometryReply));
+    if ((status = GetGeometry(client, &rep)) != Success)
+	return status;
+
+    WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetGeometryReply), &rep);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+#ifdef WIN32
+/* Do not return the clipboard window in ProcQueryTree, cause this may cause
+   the clipboard client being closed when connecting through xdmcp.
+*/
+extern Window g_iClipboardWindow;
+
+#endif
+
+int
+ProcQueryTree(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    xQueryTreeReply reply;
+    int rc, numChildren = 0;
+    WindowPtr pChild, pWin, pHead;
+    Window  *childIDs = (Window *)NULL;
+    REQUEST(xResourceReq);
+
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
+    rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->id, client, DixListAccess);
+    if (rc != Success)
+        return rc;
+    memset(&reply, 0, sizeof(xQueryTreeReply));
+    reply.type = X_Reply;
+    reply.root = pWin->drawable.pScreen->root->drawable.id;
+    reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+    if (pWin->parent)
+	reply.parent = pWin->parent->drawable.id;
+    else
+        reply.parent = (Window)None;
+    pHead = RealChildHead(pWin);
+    for (pChild = pWin->lastChild; pChild != pHead; pChild = pChild->prevSib)
+#ifdef WIN32
+	if (pChild->drawable.id!=g_iClipboardWindow)
+#endif
+	    numChildren++;
+    if (numChildren)
+    {
+	int curChild = 0;
+
+	childIDs = malloc(numChildren * sizeof(Window));
+	if (!childIDs)
+	    return BadAlloc;
+	for (pChild = pWin->lastChild; pChild != pHead; pChild = pChild->prevSib)
+#ifdef WIN32
+	    if (pChild->drawable.id!=g_iClipboardWindow)
+#endif
+		childIDs[curChild++] = pChild->drawable.id;
+    }
+    
+    reply.nChildren = numChildren;
+    reply.length = bytes_to_int32(numChildren * sizeof(Window));
+    
+    WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xQueryTreeReply), &reply);
+    if (numChildren)
+    {
+    	client->pSwapReplyFunc = (ReplySwapPtr) Swap32Write;
+	WriteSwappedDataToClient(client, numChildren * sizeof(Window), childIDs);
+	free(childIDs);
+    }
+
+    return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcInternAtom(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    Atom atom;
+    char *tchar;
+    REQUEST(xInternAtomReq);
+
+    REQUEST_FIXED_SIZE(xInternAtomReq, stuff->nbytes);
+    if ((stuff->onlyIfExists != xTrue) && (stuff->onlyIfExists != xFalse))
+    {
+	client->errorValue = stuff->onlyIfExists;
+        return BadValue;
+    }
+    tchar = (char *) &stuff[1];
+    atom = MakeAtom(tchar, stuff->nbytes, !stuff->onlyIfExists);
+    if (atom != BAD_RESOURCE)
+    {
+	xInternAtomReply reply;
+	memset(&reply, 0, sizeof(xInternAtomReply));
+	reply.type = X_Reply;
+	reply.length = 0;
+	reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+	reply.atom = atom;
+	WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xInternAtomReply), &reply);
+	return Success;
+    }
+    else
+	return BadAlloc;
+}
+
+int
+ProcGetAtomName(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    const char *str;
+    xGetAtomNameReply reply;
+    int len;
+    REQUEST(xResourceReq);
+
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
+    if ( (str = NameForAtom(stuff->id)) )
+    {
+	len = strlen(str);
+	memset(&reply, 0, sizeof(xGetAtomNameReply));
+	reply.type = X_Reply;
+	reply.length = bytes_to_int32(len);
+	reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+	reply.nameLength = len;
+	WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetAtomNameReply), &reply);
+	(void)WriteToClient(client, len, str);
+	return Success;
+    }
+    else 
+    { 
+	client->errorValue = stuff->id;
+	return BadAtom;
+    }
+}
+
+int
+ProcGrabServer(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    int rc;
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReq);
+    if (grabState != GrabNone && client != grabClient)
+    {
+	ResetCurrentRequest(client);
+	client->sequence--;
+	BITSET(grabWaiters, client->index);
+	IgnoreClient(client);
+	return Success;
+    }
+    rc = OnlyListenToOneClient(client);
+    if (rc != Success)
+	return rc;
+    grabState = GrabKickout;
+    grabClient = client;
+
+    if (ServerGrabCallback)
+    {
+	ServerGrabInfoRec grabinfo;
+	grabinfo.client = client;
+	grabinfo.grabstate  = SERVER_GRABBED;
+	CallCallbacks(&ServerGrabCallback, (pointer)&grabinfo);
+    }
+
+    return Success;
+}
+
+static void
+UngrabServer(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    int i;
+
+    grabState = GrabNone;
+    ListenToAllClients();
+    for (i = mskcnt; --i >= 0 && !grabWaiters[i]; )
+	;
+    if (i >= 0)
+    {
+	i <<= 5;
+	while (!GETBIT(grabWaiters, i))
+	    i++;
+	BITCLEAR(grabWaiters, i);
+	AttendClient(clients[i]);
+    }
+
+    if (ServerGrabCallback)
+    {
+	ServerGrabInfoRec grabinfo;
+	grabinfo.client = client;
+	grabinfo.grabstate  = SERVER_UNGRABBED;
+	CallCallbacks(&ServerGrabCallback, (pointer)&grabinfo);
+    }
+}
+
+int
+ProcUngrabServer(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReq);
+    UngrabServer(client);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcTranslateCoords(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xTranslateCoordsReq);
+
+    WindowPtr pWin, pDst;
+    xTranslateCoordsReply rep;
+    int rc;
+
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xTranslateCoordsReq);
+    rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->srcWid, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
+    if (rc != Success)
+        return rc;
+    rc = dixLookupWindow(&pDst, stuff->dstWid, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
+    if (rc != Success)
+        return rc;
+    memset(&rep, 0, sizeof(xTranslateCoordsReply));
+    rep.type = X_Reply;
+    rep.length = 0;
+    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+    if (!SAME_SCREENS(pWin->drawable, pDst->drawable))
+    {
+	rep.sameScreen = xFalse;
+        rep.child = None;
+	rep.dstX = rep.dstY = 0;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+	INT16 x, y;
+	rep.sameScreen = xTrue;
+	rep.child = None;
+	/* computing absolute coordinates -- adjust to destination later */
+	x = pWin->drawable.x + stuff->srcX;
+	y = pWin->drawable.y + stuff->srcY;
+	pWin = pDst->firstChild;
+	while (pWin)
+	{
+	    BoxRec  box;
+	    if ((pWin->mapped) &&
+		(x >= pWin->drawable.x - wBorderWidth (pWin)) &&
+		(x < pWin->drawable.x + (int)pWin->drawable.width +
+		 wBorderWidth (pWin)) &&
+		(y >= pWin->drawable.y - wBorderWidth (pWin)) &&
+		(y < pWin->drawable.y + (int)pWin->drawable.height +
+		 wBorderWidth (pWin))
+		/* When a window is shaped, a further check
+		 * is made to see if the point is inside
+		 * borderSize
+		 */
+		&& (!wBoundingShape(pWin) ||
+		    RegionContainsPoint(&pWin->borderSize, x, y, &box))
+		
+		&& (!wInputShape(pWin) ||
+		    RegionContainsPoint(wInputShape(pWin),
+					x - pWin->drawable.x,
+					y - pWin->drawable.y, &box))
+		)
+            {
+		rep.child = pWin->drawable.id;
+		pWin = (WindowPtr) NULL;
+	    }
+	    else
+		pWin = pWin->nextSib;
+	}
+	/* adjust to destination coordinates */
+	rep.dstX = x - pDst->drawable.x;
+	rep.dstY = y - pDst->drawable.y;
+    }
+    WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xTranslateCoordsReply), &rep);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcOpenFont(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    int	err;
+    REQUEST(xOpenFontReq);
+
+    REQUEST_FIXED_SIZE(xOpenFontReq, stuff->nbytes);
+    client->errorValue = stuff->fid;
+    LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(stuff->fid, client);
+    err = OpenFont(client, stuff->fid, (Mask) 0,
+		stuff->nbytes, (char *)&stuff[1]);
+    if (err == Success)
+    {
+	return Success;
+    }
+    else
+	return err;
+}
+
+int
+ProcCloseFont(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    FontPtr pFont;
+    int rc;
+    REQUEST(xResourceReq);
+
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
+    rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pFont, stuff->id, RT_FONT,
+				 client, DixDestroyAccess);
+    if (rc == Success)
+    {
+        FreeResource(stuff->id, RT_NONE);
+	return Success;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+	client->errorValue = stuff->id;
+        return rc;
+    }
+}
+
+int
+ProcQueryFont(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    xQueryFontReply	*reply;
+    FontPtr pFont;
+    int rc;
+    REQUEST(xResourceReq);
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
+
+    rc = dixLookupFontable(&pFont, stuff->id, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
+    if (rc != Success)
+	return rc;
+
+    {
+	xCharInfo	*pmax = FONTINKMAX(pFont);
+	xCharInfo	*pmin = FONTINKMIN(pFont);
+	int		nprotoxcistructs;
+	int		rlength;
+
+	nprotoxcistructs = (
+	   pmax->rightSideBearing == pmin->rightSideBearing &&
+	   pmax->leftSideBearing == pmin->leftSideBearing &&
+	   pmax->descent == pmin->descent &&
+	   pmax->ascent == pmin->ascent &&
+	   pmax->characterWidth == pmin->characterWidth) ?
+		0 : N2dChars(pFont);
+
+	rlength = sizeof(xQueryFontReply) +
+	             FONTINFONPROPS(FONTCHARSET(pFont)) * sizeof(xFontProp)  +
+		     nprotoxcistructs * sizeof(xCharInfo);
+	reply = calloc(1, rlength);
+	if(!reply)
+	{
+	    return BadAlloc;
+	}
+
+	reply->type = X_Reply;
+	reply->length = bytes_to_int32(rlength - sizeof(xGenericReply));
+	reply->sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+	QueryFont( pFont, reply, nprotoxcistructs);
+
+        WriteReplyToClient(client, rlength, reply);
+	free(reply);
+	return Success;
+    }
+}
+
+int
+ProcQueryTextExtents(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    xQueryTextExtentsReply reply;
+    FontPtr pFont;
+    ExtentInfoRec info;
+    unsigned long length;
+    int rc;
+    REQUEST(xQueryTextExtentsReq);
+    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xQueryTextExtentsReq);
+        
+    rc = dixLookupFontable(&pFont, stuff->fid, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
+    if (rc != Success)
+	return rc;
+
+    length = client->req_len - bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xQueryTextExtentsReq));
+    length = length << 1;
+    if (stuff->oddLength)
+    {
+	if (length == 0)
+	    return BadLength;
+        length--;
+    }
+    if (!QueryTextExtents(pFont, length, (unsigned char *)&stuff[1], &info))
+	return BadAlloc;
+    reply.type = X_Reply;
+    reply.length = 0;
+    reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+    reply.drawDirection = info.drawDirection;
+    reply.fontAscent = info.fontAscent;
+    reply.fontDescent = info.fontDescent;
+    reply.overallAscent = info.overallAscent;
+    reply.overallDescent = info.overallDescent;
+    reply.overallWidth = info.overallWidth;
+    reply.overallLeft = info.overallLeft;
+    reply.overallRight = info.overallRight;
+    WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xQueryTextExtentsReply), &reply);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcListFonts(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xListFontsReq);
+
+    REQUEST_FIXED_SIZE(xListFontsReq, stuff->nbytes);
+
+    return ListFonts(client, (unsigned char *) &stuff[1], stuff->nbytes, 
+	stuff->maxNames);
+}
+
+int
+ProcListFontsWithInfo(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xListFontsWithInfoReq);
+
+    REQUEST_FIXED_SIZE(xListFontsWithInfoReq, stuff->nbytes);
+
+    return StartListFontsWithInfo(client, stuff->nbytes,
+				  (unsigned char *) &stuff[1], stuff->maxNames);
+}
+
+/**
+ *
+ *  \param value must conform to DeleteType
+ */
+int
+dixDestroyPixmap(pointer value, XID pid)
+{
+    PixmapPtr pPixmap = (PixmapPtr)value;
+    return (*pPixmap->drawable.pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pPixmap);
+}
+
+int
+ProcCreatePixmap(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    PixmapPtr pMap;
+    DrawablePtr pDraw;
+    REQUEST(xCreatePixmapReq);
+    DepthPtr pDepth;
+    int i, rc;
+
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xCreatePixmapReq);
+    client->errorValue = stuff->pid;
+    LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(stuff->pid, client);
+    
+    rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, stuff->drawable, client, M_ANY,
+			   DixGetAttrAccess);
+    if (rc != Success)
+	return rc;
+
+    if (!stuff->width || !stuff->height)
+    {
+	client->errorValue = 0;
+        return BadValue;
+    }
+    if (stuff->width > 32767 || stuff->height > 32767)
+    {
+	/* It is allowed to try and allocate a pixmap which is larger than
+	 * 32767 in either dimension. However, all of the framebuffer code
+	 * is buggy and does not reliably draw to such big pixmaps, basically
+	 * because the Region data structure operates with signed shorts
+	 * for the rectangles in it.
+	 *
+	 * Furthermore, several places in the X server computes the
+	 * size in bytes of the pixmap and tries to store it in an
+	 * integer. This integer can overflow and cause the allocated size
+	 * to be much smaller.
+	 *
+	 * So, such big pixmaps are rejected here with a BadAlloc
+	 */
+	return BadAlloc;
+    }
+    if (stuff->depth != 1)
+    {
+        pDepth = pDraw->pScreen->allowedDepths;
+        for (i=0; i<pDraw->pScreen->numDepths; i++, pDepth++)
+	   if (pDepth->depth == stuff->depth)
+               goto CreatePmap;
+	client->errorValue = stuff->depth;
+        return BadValue;
+    }
+CreatePmap:
+    pMap = (PixmapPtr)(*pDraw->pScreen->CreatePixmap)
+		(pDraw->pScreen, stuff->width,
+		 stuff->height, stuff->depth, 0);
+    if (pMap)
+    {
+	pMap->drawable.serialNumber = NEXT_SERIAL_NUMBER;
+	pMap->drawable.id = stuff->pid;
+	/* security creation/labeling check */
+	rc = XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, client, stuff->pid, RT_PIXMAP,
+		      pMap, RT_NONE, NULL, DixCreateAccess);
+	if (rc != Success) {
+	    (*pDraw->pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pMap);
+	    return rc;
+	}
+	if (AddResource(stuff->pid, RT_PIXMAP, (pointer)pMap))
+	    return Success;
+	(*pDraw->pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pMap);
+    }
+    return BadAlloc;
+}
+
+int
+ProcFreePixmap(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    PixmapPtr pMap;
+    int rc;
+    REQUEST(xResourceReq);
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
+
+    rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pMap, stuff->id, RT_PIXMAP, client,
+			   DixDestroyAccess);
+    if (rc == Success)
+    {
+	FreeResource(stuff->id, RT_NONE);
+	return Success;
+    }
+    else 
+    {
+	client->errorValue = stuff->id;
+	return rc;
+    }
+}
+
+int
+ProcCreateGC(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    int error, rc;
+    GC *pGC;
+    DrawablePtr pDraw;
+    unsigned len;
+    REQUEST(xCreateGCReq);
+
+    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xCreateGCReq);
+    client->errorValue = stuff->gc;
+    LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(stuff->gc, client);
+    rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, stuff->drawable, client, 0,
+			   DixGetAttrAccess);
+    if (rc != Success)
+	return rc;
+
+    len = client->req_len -  bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xCreateGCReq));
+    if (len != Ones(stuff->mask))
+        return BadLength;
+    pGC = (GC *)CreateGC(pDraw, stuff->mask, (XID *) &stuff[1], &error,
+			 stuff->gc, client);
+    if (error != Success)
+        return error;
+    if (!AddResource(stuff->gc, RT_GC, (pointer)pGC))
+	return BadAlloc;
+    return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcChangeGC(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    GC *pGC;
+    int result;
+    unsigned len;
+    REQUEST(xChangeGCReq);
+    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xChangeGCReq);
+
+    result = dixLookupGC(&pGC, stuff->gc, client, DixSetAttrAccess);
+    if (result != Success)
+	return result;
+
+    len = client->req_len -  bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xChangeGCReq));
+    if (len != Ones(stuff->mask))
+        return BadLength;
+
+    return ChangeGCXIDs(client, pGC, stuff->mask, (CARD32 *) &stuff[1]);
+}
+
+int
+ProcCopyGC(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    GC *dstGC;
+    GC *pGC;
+    int result;
+    REQUEST(xCopyGCReq);
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xCopyGCReq);
+
+    result = dixLookupGC(&pGC, stuff->srcGC, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
+    if (result != Success)
+	return result;
+    result = dixLookupGC(&dstGC, stuff->dstGC, client, DixSetAttrAccess);
+    if (result != Success)
+	return result;
+    if ((dstGC->pScreen != pGC->pScreen) || (dstGC->depth != pGC->depth))
+        return BadMatch;
+    if (stuff->mask & ~GCAllBits)
+    {
+	client->errorValue = stuff->mask;
+	return BadValue;
+    }
+    return CopyGC(pGC, dstGC, stuff->mask);
+}
+
+int
+ProcSetDashes(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    GC *pGC;
+    int result;
+    REQUEST(xSetDashesReq);
+
+    REQUEST_FIXED_SIZE(xSetDashesReq, stuff->nDashes);
+    if (stuff->nDashes == 0)
+    {
+	 client->errorValue = 0;
+         return BadValue;
+    }
+
+    result = dixLookupGC(&pGC,stuff->gc, client, DixSetAttrAccess);
+    if (result != Success)
+	return result;
+
+    /* If there's an error, either there's no sensible errorValue,
+     * or there was a dash segment of 0. */
+    client->errorValue = 0;
+    return SetDashes(pGC, stuff->dashOffset, stuff->nDashes,
+		       (unsigned char *)&stuff[1]);
+}
+
+int
+ProcSetClipRectangles(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    int	nr, result;
+    GC *pGC;
+    REQUEST(xSetClipRectanglesReq);
+
+    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xSetClipRectanglesReq);
+    if ((stuff->ordering != Unsorted) && (stuff->ordering != YSorted) &&
+	(stuff->ordering != YXSorted) && (stuff->ordering != YXBanded))
+    {
+	client->errorValue = stuff->ordering;
+        return BadValue;
+    }
+    result = dixLookupGC(&pGC,stuff->gc, client, DixSetAttrAccess);
+    if (result != Success)
+	return result;
+		 
+    nr = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xSetClipRectanglesReq);
+    if (nr & 4)
+	return BadLength;
+    nr >>= 3;
+    return SetClipRects(pGC, stuff->xOrigin, stuff->yOrigin,
+			  nr, (xRectangle *)&stuff[1], (int)stuff->ordering);
+}
+
+int
+ProcFreeGC(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    GC *pGC;
+    int rc;
+    REQUEST(xResourceReq);
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
+
+    rc = dixLookupGC(&pGC, stuff->id, client, DixDestroyAccess);
+    if (rc != Success)
+	return rc;
+
+    FreeResource(stuff->id, RT_NONE);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcClearToBackground(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xClearAreaReq);
+    WindowPtr pWin;
+    int rc;
+
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xClearAreaReq);
+    rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->window, client, DixWriteAccess);
+    if (rc != Success)
+        return rc;
+    if (pWin->drawable.class == InputOnly)
+    {
+	client->errorValue = stuff->window;
+	return BadMatch;
+    }		    
+    if ((stuff->exposures != xTrue) && (stuff->exposures != xFalse))
+    {
+	client->errorValue = stuff->exposures;
+        return BadValue;
+    }
+    (*pWin->drawable.pScreen->ClearToBackground)(pWin, stuff->x, stuff->y,
+			       stuff->width, stuff->height,
+			       (Bool)stuff->exposures);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcCopyArea(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    DrawablePtr pDst;
+    DrawablePtr pSrc;
+    GC *pGC;
+    REQUEST(xCopyAreaReq);
+    RegionPtr pRgn;
+    int rc;
+
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xCopyAreaReq);
+
+    VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->dstDrawable, pDst, DixWriteAccess); 
+    if (stuff->dstDrawable != stuff->srcDrawable)
+    {
+	rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pSrc, stuff->srcDrawable, client, 0,
+				 DixReadAccess);
+	if (rc != Success)
+	    return rc;
+	if ((pDst->pScreen != pSrc->pScreen) || (pDst->depth != pSrc->depth))
+	{
+	    client->errorValue = stuff->dstDrawable;
+	    return BadMatch;
+	}
+    }
+    else
+        pSrc = pDst;
+
+    pRgn = (*pGC->ops->CopyArea)(pSrc, pDst, pGC, stuff->srcX, stuff->srcY,
+				 stuff->width, stuff->height, 
+				 stuff->dstX, stuff->dstY);
+    if (pGC->graphicsExposures)
+    {
+	(*pDst->pScreen->SendGraphicsExpose)
+ 		(client, pRgn, stuff->dstDrawable, X_CopyArea, 0);
+	if (pRgn)
+	    RegionDestroy(pRgn);
+    }
+
+    return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcCopyPlane(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    DrawablePtr psrcDraw, pdstDraw;
+    GC *pGC;
+    REQUEST(xCopyPlaneReq);
+    RegionPtr pRgn;
+    int rc;
+
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xCopyPlaneReq);
+
+    VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->dstDrawable, pdstDraw, DixWriteAccess);
+    if (stuff->dstDrawable != stuff->srcDrawable)
+    {
+	rc = dixLookupDrawable(&psrcDraw, stuff->srcDrawable, client, 0,
+			       DixReadAccess);
+	if (rc != Success)
+	    return rc;
+
+	if (pdstDraw->pScreen != psrcDraw->pScreen)
+	{
+	    client->errorValue = stuff->dstDrawable;
+	    return BadMatch;
+	}
+    }
+    else
+        psrcDraw = pdstDraw;
+
+    /* Check to see if stuff->bitPlane has exactly ONE good bit set */
+    if(stuff->bitPlane == 0 || (stuff->bitPlane & (stuff->bitPlane - 1)) ||
+       (stuff->bitPlane > (1L << (psrcDraw->depth - 1))))
+    {
+       client->errorValue = stuff->bitPlane;
+       return BadValue;
+    }
+
+    pRgn = (*pGC->ops->CopyPlane)(psrcDraw, pdstDraw, pGC, stuff->srcX, stuff->srcY,
+				 stuff->width, stuff->height, 
+				 stuff->dstX, stuff->dstY, stuff->bitPlane);
+    if (pGC->graphicsExposures)
+    {
+	(*pdstDraw->pScreen->SendGraphicsExpose)
+ 		(client, pRgn, stuff->dstDrawable, X_CopyPlane, 0);
+	if (pRgn)
+	    RegionDestroy(pRgn);
+    }
+    return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcPolyPoint(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    int npoint;
+    GC *pGC;
+    DrawablePtr pDraw;
+    REQUEST(xPolyPointReq);
+
+    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xPolyPointReq);
+    if ((stuff->coordMode != CoordModeOrigin) && 
+	(stuff->coordMode != CoordModePrevious))
+    {
+	client->errorValue = stuff->coordMode;
+        return BadValue;
+    }
+    VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->drawable, pDraw, DixWriteAccess); 
+    npoint = bytes_to_int32((client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xPolyPointReq));
+    if (npoint)
+        (*pGC->ops->PolyPoint)(pDraw, pGC, stuff->coordMode, npoint,
+			  (xPoint *) &stuff[1]);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcPolyLine(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    int npoint;
+    GC *pGC;
+    DrawablePtr pDraw;
+    REQUEST(xPolyLineReq);
+
+    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xPolyLineReq);
+    if ((stuff->coordMode != CoordModeOrigin) && 
+	(stuff->coordMode != CoordModePrevious))
+    {
+	client->errorValue = stuff->coordMode;
+        return BadValue;
+    }
+    VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->drawable, pDraw, DixWriteAccess);
+    npoint = bytes_to_int32((client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xPolyLineReq));
+    if (npoint > 1)
+	(*pGC->ops->Polylines)(pDraw, pGC, stuff->coordMode, npoint, 
+			      (DDXPointPtr) &stuff[1]);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcPolySegment(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    int nsegs;
+    GC *pGC;
+    DrawablePtr pDraw;
+    REQUEST(xPolySegmentReq);
+
+    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xPolySegmentReq);
+    VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->drawable, pDraw, DixWriteAccess);
+    nsegs = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xPolySegmentReq);
+    if (nsegs & 4)
+	return BadLength;
+    nsegs >>= 3;
+    if (nsegs)
+        (*pGC->ops->PolySegment)(pDraw, pGC, nsegs, (xSegment *) &stuff[1]);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcPolyRectangle (ClientPtr client)
+{
+    int nrects;
+    GC *pGC;
+    DrawablePtr pDraw;
+    REQUEST(xPolyRectangleReq);
+
+    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xPolyRectangleReq);
+    VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->drawable, pDraw, DixWriteAccess);
+    nrects = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xPolyRectangleReq);
+    if (nrects & 4)
+	return BadLength;
+    nrects >>= 3;
+    if (nrects)
+        (*pGC->ops->PolyRectangle)(pDraw, pGC, 
+		    nrects, (xRectangle *) &stuff[1]);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcPolyArc(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    int		narcs;
+    GC *pGC;
+    DrawablePtr pDraw;
+    REQUEST(xPolyArcReq);
+
+    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xPolyArcReq);
+    VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->drawable, pDraw, DixWriteAccess);
+    narcs = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xPolyArcReq);
+    if (narcs % sizeof(xArc))
+	return BadLength;
+    narcs /= sizeof(xArc);
+    if (narcs)
+        (*pGC->ops->PolyArc)(pDraw, pGC, narcs, (xArc *) &stuff[1]);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcFillPoly(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    int          things;
+    GC *pGC;
+    DrawablePtr pDraw;
+    REQUEST(xFillPolyReq);
+
+    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xFillPolyReq);
+    if ((stuff->shape != Complex) && (stuff->shape != Nonconvex) &&  
+	(stuff->shape != Convex))
+    {
+	client->errorValue = stuff->shape;
+        return BadValue;
+    }
+    if ((stuff->coordMode != CoordModeOrigin) && 
+	(stuff->coordMode != CoordModePrevious))
+    {
+	client->errorValue = stuff->coordMode;
+        return BadValue;
+    }
+
+    VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->drawable, pDraw, DixWriteAccess);
+    things = bytes_to_int32((client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xFillPolyReq));
+    if (things)
+        (*pGC->ops->FillPolygon) (pDraw, pGC, stuff->shape,
+			 stuff->coordMode, things,
+			 (DDXPointPtr) &stuff[1]);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcPolyFillRectangle(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    int             things;
+    GC *pGC;
+    DrawablePtr pDraw;
+    REQUEST(xPolyFillRectangleReq);
+
+    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xPolyFillRectangleReq);
+    VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->drawable, pDraw, DixWriteAccess);
+    things = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xPolyFillRectangleReq);
+    if (things & 4)
+	return BadLength;
+    things >>= 3;
+
+    if (things)
+        (*pGC->ops->PolyFillRect) (pDraw, pGC, things,
+		      (xRectangle *) &stuff[1]);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcPolyFillArc(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    int		narcs;
+    GC *pGC;
+    DrawablePtr pDraw;
+    REQUEST(xPolyFillArcReq);
+
+    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xPolyFillArcReq);
+    VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->drawable, pDraw, DixWriteAccess);
+    narcs = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xPolyFillArcReq);
+    if (narcs % sizeof(xArc))
+	return BadLength;
+    narcs /= sizeof(xArc);
+    if (narcs)
+        (*pGC->ops->PolyFillArc) (pDraw, pGC, narcs, (xArc *) &stuff[1]);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+#ifdef MATCH_CLIENT_ENDIAN
+
+int
+ServerOrder (void)
+{
+    int	    whichbyte = 1;
+
+    if (*((char *) &whichbyte))
+	return LSBFirst;
+    return MSBFirst;
+}
+
+#define ClientOrder(client) ((client)->swapped ? !ServerOrder() : ServerOrder())
+
+void
+ReformatImage (char *base, int nbytes, int bpp, int order)
+{
+    switch (bpp) {
+    case 1:	/* yuck */
+	if (BITMAP_BIT_ORDER != order)
+	    BitOrderInvert ((unsigned char *) base, nbytes);
+#if IMAGE_BYTE_ORDER != BITMAP_BIT_ORDER && BITMAP_SCANLINE_UNIT != 8
+	ReformatImage (base, nbytes, BITMAP_SCANLINE_UNIT, order);
+#endif
+	break;
+    case 4:
+	break;  /* yuck */
+    case 8:
+	break;
+    case 16:
+	if (IMAGE_BYTE_ORDER != order)
+	    TwoByteSwap ((unsigned char *) base, nbytes);
+	break;
+    case 32:
+	if (IMAGE_BYTE_ORDER != order)
+	    FourByteSwap ((unsigned char *) base, nbytes);
+	break;
+    }
+}
+#else
+#define ReformatImage(b,n,bpp,o)
+#endif
+
+/* 64-bit server notes: the protocol restricts padding of images to
+ * 8-, 16-, or 32-bits. We would like to have 64-bits for the server
+ * to use internally. Removes need for internal alignment checking.
+ * All of the PutImage functions could be changed individually, but
+ * as currently written, they call other routines which require things
+ * to be 64-bit padded on scanlines, so we changed things here.
+ * If an image would be padded differently for 64- versus 32-, then
+ * copy each scanline to a 64-bit padded scanline.
+ * Also, we need to make sure that the image is aligned on a 64-bit
+ * boundary, even if the scanlines are padded to our satisfaction.
+ */
+int
+ProcPutImage(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    GC *pGC;
+    DrawablePtr pDraw;
+    long	length; 	/* length of scanline server padded */
+    long 	lengthProto; 	/* length of scanline protocol padded */
+    char	*tmpImage;
+    REQUEST(xPutImageReq);
+
+    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xPutImageReq);
+    VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->drawable, pDraw, DixWriteAccess);
+    if (stuff->format == XYBitmap)
+    {
+        if ((stuff->depth != 1) ||
+	    (stuff->leftPad >= (unsigned int)screenInfo.bitmapScanlinePad))
+            return BadMatch;
+        length 	    = BitmapBytePad(stuff->width + stuff->leftPad);
+    }
+    else if (stuff->format == XYPixmap)
+    {
+        if ((pDraw->depth != stuff->depth) || 
+	    (stuff->leftPad >= (unsigned int)screenInfo.bitmapScanlinePad))
+            return BadMatch;
+        length      = BitmapBytePad(stuff->width + stuff->leftPad);
+	length      *= stuff->depth;
+    }
+    else if (stuff->format == ZPixmap)
+    {
+        if ((pDraw->depth != stuff->depth) || (stuff->leftPad != 0))
+            return BadMatch;
+        length      = PixmapBytePad(stuff->width, stuff->depth);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+	client->errorValue = stuff->format;
+        return BadValue;
+    }
+
+    tmpImage = (char *)&stuff[1];
+    lengthProto = length;
+	
+    if ((bytes_to_int32(lengthProto * stuff->height) +
+	bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xPutImageReq))) != client->req_len)
+	return BadLength;
+
+    ReformatImage (tmpImage, lengthProto * stuff->height, 
+		   stuff->format == ZPixmap ? BitsPerPixel (stuff->depth) : 1,
+		   ClientOrder(client));
+    
+    (*pGC->ops->PutImage) (pDraw, pGC, stuff->depth, stuff->dstX, stuff->dstY,
+		  stuff->width, stuff->height, 
+		  stuff->leftPad, stuff->format, tmpImage);
+
+     return Success;
+}
+
+static int
+DoGetImage(ClientPtr client, int format, Drawable drawable, 
+           int x, int y, int width, int height, 
+           Mask planemask, xGetImageReply **im_return)
+{
+    DrawablePtr		pDraw, pBoundingDraw;
+    int			nlines, linesPerBuf, rc;
+    int			linesDone;
+    /* coordinates relative to the bounding drawable */
+    int			relx, rely;
+    long		widthBytesLine, length;
+    Mask		plane = 0;
+    char		*pBuf;
+    xGetImageReply	xgi;
+    RegionPtr pVisibleRegion = NULL;
+
+    if ((format != XYPixmap) && (format != ZPixmap))
+    {
+	client->errorValue = format;
+        return BadValue;
+    }
+    rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, drawable, client, 0, DixReadAccess);
+    if (rc != Success)
+	return rc;
+
+    memset(&xgi, 0, sizeof(xGetImageReply));
+
+    relx = x;
+    rely = y;
+
+    if(pDraw->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW)
+    {
+	WindowPtr pWin = (WindowPtr)pDraw;
+
+	/* "If the drawable is a window, the window must be viewable ... or a
+	 * BadMatch error results" */
+	if (!pWin->viewable)
+	    return BadMatch;
+
+	relx += pDraw->x;
+	rely += pDraw->y;
+
+	if (pDraw->pScreen->GetWindowPixmap) {
+	    PixmapPtr pPix = (*pDraw->pScreen->GetWindowPixmap) (pWin);
+
+	    pBoundingDraw = &pPix->drawable;
+#ifdef COMPOSITE
+	    relx -= pPix->screen_x;
+	    rely -= pPix->screen_y;
+#endif
+	}
+	else
+	{
+	    pBoundingDraw = (DrawablePtr)pDraw->pScreen->root;
+	}
+
+	xgi.visual = wVisual (pWin);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+	pBoundingDraw = pDraw;
+	xgi.visual = None;
+    }
+
+    /* "If the drawable is a pixmap, the given rectangle must be wholly
+     *  contained within the pixmap, or a BadMatch error results.  If the
+     *  drawable is a window [...] it must be the case that if there were no
+     *  inferiors or overlapping windows, the specified rectangle of the window
+     *  would be fully visible on the screen and wholly contained within the
+     *  outside edges of the window, or a BadMatch error results."
+     *
+     * We relax the window case slightly to mean that the rectangle must exist
+     * within the bounds of the window's backing pixmap.  In particular, this
+     * means that a GetImage request may succeed or fail with BadMatch depending
+     * on whether any of its ancestor windows are redirected.  */
+    if(relx < 0 || relx + width > (int)pBoundingDraw->width ||
+       rely < 0 || rely + height > (int)pBoundingDraw->height)
+	return BadMatch;
+
+    xgi.type = X_Reply;
+    xgi.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+    xgi.depth = pDraw->depth;
+    if(format == ZPixmap)
+    {
+	widthBytesLine = PixmapBytePad(width, pDraw->depth);
+	length = widthBytesLine * height;
+
+    }
+    else 
+    {
+	widthBytesLine = BitmapBytePad(width);
+	plane = ((Mask)1) << (pDraw->depth - 1);
+	/* only planes asked for */
+	length = widthBytesLine * height *
+		 Ones(planemask & (plane | (plane - 1)));
+
+    }
+
+    xgi.length = length;
+
+    if (im_return) {
+	pBuf = calloc(1, sz_xGetImageReply + length);
+	if (!pBuf)
+	    return BadAlloc;
+	if (widthBytesLine == 0)
+	    linesPerBuf = 0;
+	else
+	    linesPerBuf = height;
+	*im_return = (xGetImageReply *)pBuf;
+	*(xGetImageReply *)pBuf = xgi;
+	pBuf += sz_xGetImageReply;
+    } else {
+	xgi.length = bytes_to_int32(xgi.length);
+	if (widthBytesLine == 0 || height == 0)
+	    linesPerBuf = 0;
+	else if (widthBytesLine >= IMAGE_BUFSIZE)
+	    linesPerBuf = 1;
+	else
+	{
+	    linesPerBuf = IMAGE_BUFSIZE / widthBytesLine;
+	    if (linesPerBuf > height)
+		linesPerBuf = height;
+	}
+	length = linesPerBuf * widthBytesLine;
+	if (linesPerBuf < height)
+	{
+	    /* we have to make sure intermediate buffers don't need padding */
+	    while ((linesPerBuf > 1) &&
+		   (length & ((1L << LOG2_BYTES_PER_SCANLINE_PAD)-1)))
+	    {
+		linesPerBuf--;
+		length -= widthBytesLine;
+	    }
+	    while (length & ((1L << LOG2_BYTES_PER_SCANLINE_PAD)-1))
+	    {
+		linesPerBuf++;
+		length += widthBytesLine;
+	    }
+	}
+	if(!(pBuf = calloc(1, length)))
+	    return BadAlloc;
+	WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof (xGetImageReply), &xgi);
+    }
+
+    if (pDraw->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW)
+    {
+	pVisibleRegion = NotClippedByChildren((WindowPtr)pDraw);
+	if (pVisibleRegion)
+	{
+	    RegionTranslate(pVisibleRegion, -pDraw->x, -pDraw->y);
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (linesPerBuf == 0)
+    {
+	/* nothing to do */
+    }
+    else if (format == ZPixmap)
+    {
+        linesDone = 0;
+        while (height - linesDone > 0)
+        {
+	    nlines = min(linesPerBuf, height - linesDone);
+	    (*pDraw->pScreen->GetImage) (pDraw,
+	                                 x,
+				         y + linesDone,
+				         width, 
+				         nlines,
+				         format,
+				         planemask,
+				         (pointer) pBuf);
+	    if (pVisibleRegion)
+		XaceCensorImage(client, pVisibleRegion, widthBytesLine,
+			pDraw, x, y + linesDone, width, 
+			nlines, format, pBuf);
+
+	    /* Note that this is NOT a call to WriteSwappedDataToClient,
+               as we do NOT byte swap */
+	    if (!im_return)
+	    {
+		ReformatImage (pBuf, (int)(nlines * widthBytesLine),
+			       BitsPerPixel (pDraw->depth),
+			       ClientOrder(client));
+
+/* Don't split me, gcc pukes when you do */
+		(void)WriteToClient(client,
+				    (int)(nlines * widthBytesLine),
+				    pBuf);
+	    }
+	    linesDone += nlines;
+        }
+    }
+    else /* XYPixmap */
+    {
+        for (; plane; plane >>= 1)
+	{
+	    if (planemask & plane)
+	    {
+	        linesDone = 0;
+	        while (height - linesDone > 0)
+	        {
+		    nlines = min(linesPerBuf, height - linesDone);
+	            (*pDraw->pScreen->GetImage) (pDraw,
+	                                         x,
+				                 y + linesDone,
+				                 width, 
+				                 nlines,
+				                 format,
+				                 plane,
+				                 (pointer)pBuf);
+		    if (pVisibleRegion)
+			XaceCensorImage(client, pVisibleRegion,
+				widthBytesLine,
+				pDraw, x, y + linesDone, width, 
+				nlines, format, pBuf);
+
+		    /* Note: NOT a call to WriteSwappedDataToClient,
+		       as we do NOT byte swap */
+		    if (im_return) {
+			pBuf += nlines * widthBytesLine;
+		    } else {
+			ReformatImage (pBuf, 
+				       (int)(nlines * widthBytesLine), 
+				       1,
+				       ClientOrder (client));
+
+/* Don't split me, gcc pukes when you do */
+			(void)WriteToClient(client,
+					(int)(nlines * widthBytesLine),
+					pBuf);
+		    }
+		    linesDone += nlines;
+		}
+            }
+	}
+    }
+    if (pVisibleRegion)
+	RegionDestroy(pVisibleRegion);
+    if (!im_return)
+	free(pBuf);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcGetImage(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xGetImageReq);
+
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xGetImageReq);
+
+    return DoGetImage(client, stuff->format, stuff->drawable,
+		      stuff->x, stuff->y,
+		      (int)stuff->width, (int)stuff->height,
+		      stuff->planeMask, (xGetImageReply **)NULL);
+}
+
+int
+ProcPolyText(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    int	err;
+    REQUEST(xPolyTextReq);
+    DrawablePtr pDraw;
+    GC *pGC;
+
+    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xPolyTextReq);
+    VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->drawable, pDraw, DixWriteAccess);
+
+    err = PolyText(client,
+		   pDraw,
+		   pGC,
+		   (unsigned char *)&stuff[1],
+		   ((unsigned char *) stuff) + (client->req_len << 2),
+		   stuff->x,
+		   stuff->y,
+		   stuff->reqType,
+		   stuff->drawable);
+
+    if (err == Success)
+    {
+	return Success;
+    }
+    else
+	return err;
+}
+
+int
+ProcImageText8(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    int	err;
+    DrawablePtr pDraw;
+    GC *pGC;
+
+    REQUEST(xImageTextReq);
+
+    REQUEST_FIXED_SIZE(xImageTextReq, stuff->nChars);
+    VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->drawable, pDraw, DixWriteAccess);
+
+    err = ImageText(client,
+		    pDraw,
+		    pGC,
+		    stuff->nChars,
+		    (unsigned char *)&stuff[1],
+		    stuff->x,
+		    stuff->y,
+		    stuff->reqType,
+		    stuff->drawable);
+
+    if (err == Success)
+    {
+	return Success;
+    }
+    else
+	return err;
+}
+
+int
+ProcImageText16(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    int	err;
+    DrawablePtr pDraw;
+    GC *pGC;
+
+    REQUEST(xImageTextReq);
+
+    REQUEST_FIXED_SIZE(xImageTextReq, stuff->nChars << 1);
+    VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->drawable, pDraw, DixWriteAccess);
+
+    err = ImageText(client,
+		    pDraw,
+		    pGC,
+		    stuff->nChars,
+		    (unsigned char *)&stuff[1],
+		    stuff->x,
+		    stuff->y,
+		    stuff->reqType,
+		    stuff->drawable);
+
+    if (err == Success)
+    {
+	return Success;
+    }
+    else
+	return err;
+}
+
+
+int
+ProcCreateColormap(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    VisualPtr	pVisual;
+    ColormapPtr	pmap;
+    Colormap	mid;
+    WindowPtr   pWin;
+    ScreenPtr pScreen;
+    REQUEST(xCreateColormapReq);
+    int i, result;
+
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xCreateColormapReq);
+
+    if ((stuff->alloc != AllocNone) && (stuff->alloc != AllocAll))
+    {
+	client->errorValue = stuff->alloc;
+        return BadValue;
+    }
+    mid = stuff->mid;
+    LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(mid, client);
+    result = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->window, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
+    if (result != Success)
+        return result;
+
+    pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
+    for (i = 0, pVisual = pScreen->visuals;
+	 i < pScreen->numVisuals;
+	 i++, pVisual++)
+    {
+	if (pVisual->vid != stuff->visual)
+	    continue;
+	return CreateColormap(mid, pScreen, pVisual, &pmap,
+				 (int)stuff->alloc, client->index);
+    }
+    client->errorValue = stuff->visual;
+    return BadMatch;
+}
+
+int
+ProcFreeColormap(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    ColormapPtr pmap;
+    int rc;
+    REQUEST(xResourceReq);
+
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
+    rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pmap, stuff->id, RT_COLORMAP, client,
+			   DixDestroyAccess);
+    if (rc == Success)
+    {
+	/* Freeing a default colormap is a no-op */
+	if (!(pmap->flags & IsDefault))
+	    FreeResource(stuff->id, RT_NONE);
+	return Success;
+    }
+    else 
+    {
+	client->errorValue = stuff->id;
+	return rc;
+    }
+}
+
+
+int
+ProcCopyColormapAndFree(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    Colormap	mid;
+    ColormapPtr	pSrcMap;
+    REQUEST(xCopyColormapAndFreeReq);
+    int rc;
+
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xCopyColormapAndFreeReq);
+    mid = stuff->mid;
+    LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(mid, client);
+    rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pSrcMap, stuff->srcCmap, RT_COLORMAP,
+			   client, DixReadAccess|DixRemoveAccess);
+    if (rc == Success)
+	return CopyColormapAndFree(mid, pSrcMap, client->index);
+    client->errorValue = stuff->srcCmap;
+    return rc;
+}
+
+int
+ProcInstallColormap(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    ColormapPtr pcmp;
+    int rc;
+    REQUEST(xResourceReq);
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
+
+    rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pcmp, stuff->id, RT_COLORMAP, client,
+			   DixInstallAccess);
+    if (rc != Success)
+	goto out;
+
+    rc = XaceHook(XACE_SCREEN_ACCESS, client, pcmp->pScreen, DixSetAttrAccess);
+    if (rc != Success) {
+	if (rc == BadValue)
+	    rc = BadColor;
+	goto out;
+    }
+
+    (*(pcmp->pScreen->InstallColormap)) (pcmp);
+    return Success;
+
+out:
+    client->errorValue = stuff->id;
+    return rc;
+}
+
+int
+ProcUninstallColormap(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    ColormapPtr pcmp;
+    int rc;
+    REQUEST(xResourceReq);
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
+
+    rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pcmp, stuff->id, RT_COLORMAP, client,
+			   DixUninstallAccess);
+    if (rc != Success)
+	goto out;
+
+    rc = XaceHook(XACE_SCREEN_ACCESS, client, pcmp->pScreen, DixSetAttrAccess);
+    if (rc != Success) {
+	if (rc == BadValue)
+	    rc = BadColor;
+	goto out;
+    }
+
+    if(pcmp->mid != pcmp->pScreen->defColormap)
+	(*(pcmp->pScreen->UninstallColormap)) (pcmp);
+    return Success;
+
+out:
+    client->errorValue = stuff->id;
+    return rc;
+}
+
+int
+ProcListInstalledColormaps(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    xListInstalledColormapsReply *preply; 
+    int nummaps, rc;
+    WindowPtr pWin;
+    REQUEST(xResourceReq);
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
+
+    rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->id, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
+    if (rc != Success)
+	return rc;
+
+    rc = XaceHook(XACE_SCREEN_ACCESS, client, pWin->drawable.pScreen,
+		  DixGetAttrAccess);
+    if (rc != Success)
+	return rc;
+
+    preply = malloc(sizeof(xListInstalledColormapsReply) +
+		     pWin->drawable.pScreen->maxInstalledCmaps *
+		     sizeof(Colormap));
+    if(!preply)
+        return BadAlloc;
+
+    preply->type = X_Reply;
+    preply->sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+    nummaps = (*pWin->drawable.pScreen->ListInstalledColormaps)
+        (pWin->drawable.pScreen, (Colormap *)&preply[1]);
+    preply->nColormaps = nummaps;
+    preply->length = nummaps;
+    WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof (xListInstalledColormapsReply), preply);
+    client->pSwapReplyFunc = (ReplySwapPtr) Swap32Write;
+    WriteSwappedDataToClient(client, nummaps * sizeof(Colormap), &preply[1]);
+    free(preply);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcAllocColor (ClientPtr client)
+{
+    ColormapPtr pmap;
+    int rc;
+    xAllocColorReply acr;
+    REQUEST(xAllocColorReq);
+
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xAllocColorReq);
+    rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pmap, stuff->cmap, RT_COLORMAP, client,
+			   DixAddAccess);
+    if (rc == Success)
+    {
+	acr.type = X_Reply;
+	acr.length = 0;
+	acr.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+	acr.red = stuff->red;
+	acr.green = stuff->green;
+	acr.blue = stuff->blue;
+	acr.pixel = 0;
+	if( (rc = AllocColor(pmap, &acr.red, &acr.green, &acr.blue,
+	                       &acr.pixel, client->index)) )
+	    return rc;
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+	if (noPanoramiXExtension || !pmap->pScreen->myNum)
+#endif
+        WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xAllocColorReply), &acr);
+	return Success;
+
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        client->errorValue = stuff->cmap;
+        return rc;
+    }
+}
+
+int
+ProcAllocNamedColor (ClientPtr client)
+{
+    ColormapPtr pcmp;
+    int rc;
+    REQUEST(xAllocNamedColorReq);
+
+    REQUEST_FIXED_SIZE(xAllocNamedColorReq, stuff->nbytes);
+    rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pcmp, stuff->cmap, RT_COLORMAP, client,
+			   DixAddAccess);
+    if (rc == Success)
+    {
+	xAllocNamedColorReply ancr;
+
+	ancr.type = X_Reply;
+	ancr.length = 0;
+	ancr.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+
+	if(OsLookupColor(pcmp->pScreen->myNum, (char *)&stuff[1], stuff->nbytes,
+	                 &ancr.exactRed, &ancr.exactGreen, &ancr.exactBlue))
+	{
+	    ancr.screenRed = ancr.exactRed;
+	    ancr.screenGreen = ancr.exactGreen;
+	    ancr.screenBlue = ancr.exactBlue;
+	    ancr.pixel = 0;
+	    if( (rc = AllocColor(pcmp,
+	                 &ancr.screenRed, &ancr.screenGreen, &ancr.screenBlue,
+			 &ancr.pixel, client->index)) )
+		return rc;
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+	    if (noPanoramiXExtension || !pcmp->pScreen->myNum)
+#endif
+            WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof (xAllocNamedColorReply), &ancr);
+	    return Success;
+	}
+	else
+	    return BadName;
+	
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        client->errorValue = stuff->cmap;
+        return rc;
+    }
+}
+
+int
+ProcAllocColorCells (ClientPtr client)
+{
+    ColormapPtr pcmp;
+    int rc;
+    REQUEST(xAllocColorCellsReq);
+
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xAllocColorCellsReq);
+    rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pcmp, stuff->cmap, RT_COLORMAP, client,
+			   DixAddAccess);
+    if (rc == Success)
+    {
+	xAllocColorCellsReply	accr;
+	int			npixels, nmasks;
+	long			length;
+	Pixel			*ppixels, *pmasks;
+
+	npixels = stuff->colors;
+	if (!npixels)
+	{
+	    client->errorValue = npixels;
+	    return BadValue;
+	}
+	if (stuff->contiguous != xTrue && stuff->contiguous != xFalse)
+	{
+	    client->errorValue = stuff->contiguous;
+	    return BadValue;
+	}
+	nmasks = stuff->planes;
+	length = ((long)npixels + (long)nmasks) * sizeof(Pixel);
+	ppixels = malloc(length);
+	if(!ppixels)
+            return BadAlloc;
+	pmasks = ppixels + npixels;
+
+	if( (rc = AllocColorCells(client->index, pcmp, npixels, nmasks, 
+				    (Bool)stuff->contiguous, ppixels, pmasks)) )
+	{
+	    free(ppixels);
+	    return rc;
+	}
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+	if (noPanoramiXExtension || !pcmp->pScreen->myNum)
+#endif
+	{
+	    accr.type = X_Reply;
+	    accr.length = bytes_to_int32(length);
+	    accr.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+	    accr.nPixels = npixels;
+	    accr.nMasks = nmasks;
+	    WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof (xAllocColorCellsReply), &accr);
+	    client->pSwapReplyFunc = (ReplySwapPtr) Swap32Write;
+	    WriteSwappedDataToClient(client, length, ppixels);
+	}
+	free(ppixels);
+        return Success;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        client->errorValue = stuff->cmap;
+        return rc;
+    }
+}
+
+int
+ProcAllocColorPlanes(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    ColormapPtr pcmp;
+    int rc;
+    REQUEST(xAllocColorPlanesReq);
+
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xAllocColorPlanesReq);
+    rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pcmp, stuff->cmap, RT_COLORMAP, client,
+			   DixAddAccess);
+    if (rc == Success)
+    {
+	xAllocColorPlanesReply	acpr;
+	int			npixels;
+	long			length;
+	Pixel			*ppixels;
+
+	npixels = stuff->colors;
+	if (!npixels)
+	{
+	    client->errorValue = npixels;
+	    return BadValue;
+	}
+	if (stuff->contiguous != xTrue && stuff->contiguous != xFalse)
+	{
+	    client->errorValue = stuff->contiguous;
+	    return BadValue;
+	}
+	acpr.type = X_Reply;
+	acpr.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+	acpr.nPixels = npixels;
+	length = (long)npixels * sizeof(Pixel);
+	ppixels = malloc(length);
+	if(!ppixels)
+            return BadAlloc;
+	if( (rc = AllocColorPlanes(client->index, pcmp, npixels,
+	    (int)stuff->red, (int)stuff->green, (int)stuff->blue,
+	    (Bool)stuff->contiguous, ppixels,
+	    &acpr.redMask, &acpr.greenMask, &acpr.blueMask)) )
+	{
+            free(ppixels);
+	    return rc;
+	}
+	acpr.length = bytes_to_int32(length);
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+	if (noPanoramiXExtension || !pcmp->pScreen->myNum)
+#endif
+	{
+	    WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xAllocColorPlanesReply), &acpr);
+	    client->pSwapReplyFunc = (ReplySwapPtr) Swap32Write;
+	    WriteSwappedDataToClient(client, length, ppixels);
+	}
+	free(ppixels);
+        return Success;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        client->errorValue = stuff->cmap;
+        return rc;
+    }
+}
+
+int
+ProcFreeColors(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    ColormapPtr pcmp;
+    int rc;
+    REQUEST(xFreeColorsReq);
+
+    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xFreeColorsReq);
+    rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pcmp, stuff->cmap, RT_COLORMAP, client,
+			   DixRemoveAccess);
+    if (rc == Success)
+    {
+	int	count;
+
+	if(pcmp->flags & AllAllocated)
+	    return BadAccess;
+	count = bytes_to_int32((client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xFreeColorsReq));
+	return FreeColors(pcmp, client->index, count,
+	    (Pixel *)&stuff[1], (Pixel)stuff->planeMask);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        client->errorValue = stuff->cmap;
+        return rc;
+    }
+}
+
+int
+ProcStoreColors (ClientPtr client)
+{
+    ColormapPtr pcmp;
+    int rc;
+    REQUEST(xStoreColorsReq);
+
+    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xStoreColorsReq);
+    rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pcmp, stuff->cmap, RT_COLORMAP, client,
+			   DixWriteAccess);
+    if (rc == Success)
+    {
+	int	count;
+
+        count = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xStoreColorsReq);
+	if (count % sizeof(xColorItem))
+	    return BadLength;
+	count /= sizeof(xColorItem);
+	return StoreColors(pcmp, count, (xColorItem *)&stuff[1], client);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        client->errorValue = stuff->cmap;
+        return rc;
+    }
+}
+
+int
+ProcStoreNamedColor (ClientPtr client)
+{
+    ColormapPtr pcmp;
+    int rc;
+    REQUEST(xStoreNamedColorReq);
+
+    REQUEST_FIXED_SIZE(xStoreNamedColorReq, stuff->nbytes);
+    rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pcmp, stuff->cmap, RT_COLORMAP, client,
+			   DixWriteAccess);
+    if (rc == Success)
+    {
+	xColorItem	def;
+
+	if(OsLookupColor(pcmp->pScreen->myNum, (char *)&stuff[1],
+	                 stuff->nbytes, &def.red, &def.green, &def.blue))
+	{
+	    def.flags = stuff->flags;
+	    def.pixel = stuff->pixel;
+	    return StoreColors(pcmp, 1, &def, client);
+	}
+        return BadName;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        client->errorValue = stuff->cmap;
+        return rc;
+    }
+}
+
+int
+ProcQueryColors(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    ColormapPtr pcmp;
+    int rc;
+    REQUEST(xQueryColorsReq);
+
+    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xQueryColorsReq);
+    rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pcmp, stuff->cmap, RT_COLORMAP, client,
+			   DixReadAccess);
+    if (rc == Success)
+    {
+	int			count;
+	xrgb 			*prgbs;
+	xQueryColorsReply	qcr;
+
+	count = bytes_to_int32((client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xQueryColorsReq));
+	prgbs = calloc(1, count * sizeof(xrgb));
+	if(!prgbs && count)
+            return BadAlloc;
+	if( (rc = QueryColors(pcmp, count, (Pixel *)&stuff[1], prgbs, client)) )
+	{
+	    free(prgbs);
+	    return rc;
+	}
+	memset(&qcr, 0, sizeof(xQueryColorsReply));
+	qcr.type = X_Reply;
+	qcr.length = bytes_to_int32(count * sizeof(xrgb));
+	qcr.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+	qcr.nColors = count;
+	WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xQueryColorsReply), &qcr);
+	if (count)
+	{
+	    client->pSwapReplyFunc = (ReplySwapPtr) SQColorsExtend;
+	    WriteSwappedDataToClient(client, count * sizeof(xrgb), prgbs);
+	}
+	free(prgbs);
+	return Success;
+	
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        client->errorValue = stuff->cmap;
+        return rc;
+    }
+} 
+
+int
+ProcLookupColor(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    ColormapPtr pcmp;
+    int rc;
+    REQUEST(xLookupColorReq);
+
+    REQUEST_FIXED_SIZE(xLookupColorReq, stuff->nbytes);
+    rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pcmp, stuff->cmap, RT_COLORMAP, client,
+			   DixReadAccess);
+    if (rc == Success)
+    {
+	xLookupColorReply lcr;
+
+	if(OsLookupColor(pcmp->pScreen->myNum, (char *)&stuff[1], stuff->nbytes,
+	                 &lcr.exactRed, &lcr.exactGreen, &lcr.exactBlue))
+	{
+	    lcr.type = X_Reply;
+	    lcr.length = 0;
+	    lcr.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+	    lcr.screenRed = lcr.exactRed;
+	    lcr.screenGreen = lcr.exactGreen;
+	    lcr.screenBlue = lcr.exactBlue;
+	    (*pcmp->pScreen->ResolveColor)(&lcr.screenRed,
+	                                   &lcr.screenGreen,
+					   &lcr.screenBlue,
+					   pcmp->pVisual);
+	    WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xLookupColorReply), &lcr);
+	    return Success;
+	}
+        return BadName;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        client->errorValue = stuff->cmap;
+        return rc;
+    }
+}
+
+int
+ProcCreateCursor (ClientPtr client)
+{
+    CursorPtr		pCursor;
+    PixmapPtr 		src;
+    PixmapPtr 		msk;
+    unsigned char *	srcbits;
+    unsigned char *	mskbits;
+    unsigned short	width, height;
+    long		n;
+    CursorMetricRec 	cm;
+    int rc;
+
+    REQUEST(xCreateCursorReq);
+
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xCreateCursorReq);
+    LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(stuff->cid, client);
+
+    rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&src, stuff->source, RT_PIXMAP, client,
+			   DixReadAccess);
+    if (rc != Success) {
+	client->errorValue = stuff->source;
+	return rc;
+    }
+
+    rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&msk, stuff->mask, RT_PIXMAP, client,
+			   DixReadAccess);
+    if (rc != Success)
+    {
+	if (stuff->mask != None)
+	{
+	    client->errorValue = stuff->mask;
+	    return rc;
+	}
+    }
+    else if (  src->drawable.width != msk->drawable.width
+	    || src->drawable.height != msk->drawable.height
+	    || src->drawable.depth != 1
+	    || msk->drawable.depth != 1)
+	return BadMatch;
+
+    width = src->drawable.width;
+    height = src->drawable.height;
+
+    if ( stuff->x > width 
+      || stuff->y > height )
+	return BadMatch;
+
+    n = BitmapBytePad(width)*height;
+    srcbits = calloc(1, n);
+    if (!srcbits)
+	return BadAlloc;
+    mskbits = malloc(n);
+    if (!mskbits)
+    {
+	free(srcbits);
+	return BadAlloc;
+    }
+
+    (* src->drawable.pScreen->GetImage)( (DrawablePtr)src, 0, 0, width, height,
+					 XYPixmap, 1, (pointer)srcbits);
+    if ( msk == (PixmapPtr)NULL)
+    {
+	unsigned char *bits = mskbits;
+	while (--n >= 0)
+	    *bits++ = ~0;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+	/* zeroing the (pad) bits helps some ddx cursor handling */
+	memset((char *)mskbits, 0, n);
+	(* msk->drawable.pScreen->GetImage)( (DrawablePtr)msk, 0, 0, width,
+					height, XYPixmap, 1, (pointer)mskbits);
+    }
+    cm.width = width;
+    cm.height = height;
+    cm.xhot = stuff->x;
+    cm.yhot = stuff->y;
+    rc = AllocARGBCursor(srcbits, mskbits, NULL, &cm,
+			 stuff->foreRed, stuff->foreGreen, stuff->foreBlue,
+			 stuff->backRed, stuff->backGreen, stuff->backBlue,
+			 &pCursor, client, stuff->cid);
+
+    if (rc != Success)
+	goto bail;
+    if (!AddResource(stuff->cid, RT_CURSOR, (pointer)pCursor)) {
+	rc = BadAlloc;
+	goto bail;
+    }
+
+    return Success;
+bail:
+    free(srcbits);
+    free(mskbits);
+    return rc;
+}
+
+int
+ProcCreateGlyphCursor (ClientPtr client)
+{
+    CursorPtr pCursor;
+    int res;
+
+    REQUEST(xCreateGlyphCursorReq);
+
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xCreateGlyphCursorReq);
+    LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(stuff->cid, client);
+
+    res = AllocGlyphCursor(stuff->source, stuff->sourceChar,
+			   stuff->mask, stuff->maskChar,
+			   stuff->foreRed, stuff->foreGreen, stuff->foreBlue,
+			   stuff->backRed, stuff->backGreen, stuff->backBlue,
+			   &pCursor, client, stuff->cid);
+    if (res != Success)
+	return res;
+    if (AddResource(stuff->cid, RT_CURSOR, (pointer)pCursor))
+	return Success;
+    return BadAlloc;
+}
+
+
+int
+ProcFreeCursor (ClientPtr client)
+{
+    CursorPtr pCursor;
+    int rc;
+    REQUEST(xResourceReq);
+
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
+    rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pCursor, stuff->id, RT_CURSOR, client,
+			   DixDestroyAccess);
+    if (rc == Success) 
+    {
+	FreeResource(stuff->id, RT_NONE);
+	return Success;
+    }
+    else 
+    {
+	client->errorValue = stuff->id;
+	return rc;
+    }
+}
+
+int
+ProcQueryBestSize (ClientPtr client)
+{
+    xQueryBestSizeReply	reply;
+    DrawablePtr pDraw;
+    ScreenPtr pScreen;
+    int rc;
+    REQUEST(xQueryBestSizeReq);
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xQueryBestSizeReq);
+
+    if ((stuff->class != CursorShape) && 
+	(stuff->class != TileShape) && 
+	(stuff->class != StippleShape))
+    {
+	client->errorValue = stuff->class;
+        return BadValue;
+    }
+
+    rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, stuff->drawable, client, M_ANY,
+			   DixGetAttrAccess);
+    if (rc != Success)
+	return rc;
+    if (stuff->class != CursorShape && pDraw->type == UNDRAWABLE_WINDOW)
+	return BadMatch;
+    pScreen = pDraw->pScreen;
+    rc = XaceHook(XACE_SCREEN_ACCESS, client, pScreen, DixGetAttrAccess);
+    if (rc != Success)
+	return rc;
+    (* pScreen->QueryBestSize)(stuff->class, &stuff->width,
+			       &stuff->height, pScreen);
+    memset(&reply, 0, sizeof(xQueryBestSizeReply));
+    reply.type = X_Reply;
+    reply.length = 0;
+    reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+    reply.width = stuff->width;
+    reply.height = stuff->height;
+    WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xQueryBestSizeReply), &reply);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+
+int
+ProcSetScreenSaver (ClientPtr client)
+{
+    int rc, i, blankingOption, exposureOption;
+    REQUEST(xSetScreenSaverReq);
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSetScreenSaverReq);
+
+    for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++) {
+	rc = XaceHook(XACE_SCREENSAVER_ACCESS, client, screenInfo.screens[i],
+		      DixSetAttrAccess);
+	if (rc != Success)
+	    return rc;
+    }
+
+    blankingOption = stuff->preferBlank;
+    if ((blankingOption != DontPreferBlanking) &&
+        (blankingOption != PreferBlanking) &&
+        (blankingOption != DefaultBlanking))
+    {
+	client->errorValue = blankingOption;
+        return BadValue;
+    }
+    exposureOption = stuff->allowExpose;
+    if ((exposureOption != DontAllowExposures) &&
+        (exposureOption != AllowExposures) &&
+        (exposureOption != DefaultExposures))
+    {
+	client->errorValue = exposureOption;
+        return BadValue;
+    }
+    if (stuff->timeout < -1)
+    {
+	client->errorValue = stuff->timeout;
+        return BadValue;
+    }
+    if (stuff->interval < -1)
+    {
+	client->errorValue = stuff->interval;
+        return BadValue;
+    }
+
+    if (blankingOption == DefaultBlanking)
+	ScreenSaverBlanking = defaultScreenSaverBlanking;
+    else
+	ScreenSaverBlanking = blankingOption; 
+    if (exposureOption == DefaultExposures)
+	ScreenSaverAllowExposures = defaultScreenSaverAllowExposures;
+    else
+	ScreenSaverAllowExposures = exposureOption;
+
+    if (stuff->timeout >= 0)
+	ScreenSaverTime = stuff->timeout * MILLI_PER_SECOND;
+    else 
+	ScreenSaverTime = defaultScreenSaverTime;
+    if (stuff->interval >= 0)
+	ScreenSaverInterval = stuff->interval * MILLI_PER_SECOND;
+    else
+	ScreenSaverInterval = defaultScreenSaverInterval;
+
+    SetScreenSaverTimer();
+    return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcGetScreenSaver(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    xGetScreenSaverReply rep;
+    int rc, i;
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReq);
+
+    for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++) {
+	rc = XaceHook(XACE_SCREENSAVER_ACCESS, client, screenInfo.screens[i],
+		      DixGetAttrAccess);
+	if (rc != Success)
+	    return rc;
+    }
+
+    rep.type = X_Reply;
+    rep.length = 0;
+    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+    rep.timeout = ScreenSaverTime / MILLI_PER_SECOND;
+    rep.interval = ScreenSaverInterval / MILLI_PER_SECOND;
+    rep.preferBlanking = ScreenSaverBlanking;
+    rep.allowExposures = ScreenSaverAllowExposures;
+    WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetScreenSaverReply), &rep);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcChangeHosts(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xChangeHostsReq);
+
+    REQUEST_FIXED_SIZE(xChangeHostsReq, stuff->hostLength);
+
+    if(stuff->mode == HostInsert)
+	return AddHost(client, (int)stuff->hostFamily,
+			 stuff->hostLength, (pointer)&stuff[1]);
+    if (stuff->mode == HostDelete)
+	return RemoveHost(client, (int)stuff->hostFamily,
+			    stuff->hostLength, (pointer)&stuff[1]);  
+    client->errorValue = stuff->mode;
+    return BadValue;
+}
+
+int
+ProcListHosts(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    xListHostsReply reply;
+    int	len, nHosts, result;
+    pointer	pdata;
+    /* REQUEST(xListHostsReq); */
+
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xListHostsReq);
+
+    /* untrusted clients can't list hosts */
+    result = XaceHook(XACE_SERVER_ACCESS, client, DixReadAccess);
+    if (result != Success)
+	return result;
+
+    result = GetHosts(&pdata, &nHosts, &len, &reply.enabled);
+    if (result != Success)
+	return result;
+    reply.type = X_Reply;
+    reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+    reply.nHosts = nHosts;
+    reply.length = bytes_to_int32(len);
+    WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xListHostsReply), &reply);
+    if (nHosts)
+    {
+	client->pSwapReplyFunc = (ReplySwapPtr) SLHostsExtend;
+	WriteSwappedDataToClient(client, len, pdata);
+    }
+    free(pdata);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcChangeAccessControl(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xSetAccessControlReq);
+
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSetAccessControlReq);
+    if ((stuff->mode != EnableAccess) && (stuff->mode != DisableAccess))
+    {
+	client->errorValue = stuff->mode;
+        return BadValue;
+    }
+    return ChangeAccessControl(client, stuff->mode == EnableAccess);
+}
+
+/*********************
+ * CloseDownRetainedResources
+ *
+ *    Find all clients that are gone and have terminated in RetainTemporary 
+ *    and destroy their resources.
+ *********************/
+
+static void
+CloseDownRetainedResources(void)
+{
+    int i;
+    ClientPtr client;
+
+    for (i=1; i<currentMaxClients; i++)
+    {
+        client = clients[i];
+        if (client && (client->closeDownMode == RetainTemporary)
+	    && (client->clientGone))
+	    CloseDownClient(client);
+    }
+}
+
+int
+ProcKillClient(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xResourceReq);
+    ClientPtr killclient;
+    int rc;
+
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
+    if (stuff->id == AllTemporary)
+    {
+	CloseDownRetainedResources();
+        return Success;
+    }
+
+    rc = dixLookupClient(&killclient, stuff->id, client, DixDestroyAccess);
+    if (rc == Success) {
+	CloseDownClient(killclient);
+	/* if an LBX proxy gets killed, isItTimeToYield will be set */
+	if (isItTimeToYield || (client == killclient))
+	{
+	    /* force yield and return Success, so that Dispatch()
+	     * doesn't try to touch client
+	     */
+	    isItTimeToYield = TRUE;
+	    return Success;
+	}
+	return Success;
+    }
+    else
+	return rc;
+}
+
+int
+ProcSetFontPath(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    unsigned char *ptr;
+    unsigned long nbytes, total;
+    long nfonts;
+    int n;
+    REQUEST(xSetFontPathReq);
+    
+    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xSetFontPathReq);
+    
+    nbytes = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xSetFontPathReq);
+    total = nbytes;
+    ptr = (unsigned char *)&stuff[1];
+    nfonts = stuff->nFonts;
+    while (--nfonts >= 0)
+    {
+	if ((total == 0) || (total < (n = (*ptr + 1))))
+	    return BadLength;
+	total -= n;
+	ptr += n;
+    }
+    if (total >= 4)
+	return BadLength;
+    return SetFontPath(client, stuff->nFonts, (unsigned char *)&stuff[1]);
+}
+
+int
+ProcGetFontPath(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    xGetFontPathReply reply;
+    int rc, stringLens, numpaths;
+    unsigned char *bufferStart;
+    /* REQUEST (xReq); */
+
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReq);
+    rc = GetFontPath(client, &numpaths, &stringLens, &bufferStart);
+    if (rc != Success)
+	return rc;
+
+    reply.type = X_Reply;
+    reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+    reply.length = bytes_to_int32(stringLens + numpaths);
+    reply.nPaths = numpaths;
+
+    WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetFontPathReply), &reply);
+    if (stringLens || numpaths)
+	(void)WriteToClient(client, stringLens + numpaths, (char *)bufferStart);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcChangeCloseDownMode(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    int rc;
+    REQUEST(xSetCloseDownModeReq);
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSetCloseDownModeReq);
+
+    rc = XaceHook(XACE_CLIENT_ACCESS, client, client, DixManageAccess);
+    if (rc != Success)
+	return rc;
+
+    if ((stuff->mode == AllTemporary) ||
+	(stuff->mode == RetainPermanent) ||
+	(stuff->mode == RetainTemporary))
+    {
+	client->closeDownMode = stuff->mode;
+	return Success;
+    }
+    else   
+    {
+	client->errorValue = stuff->mode;
+	return BadValue;
+    }
+}
+
+int ProcForceScreenSaver(ClientPtr client)
+{    
+    int rc;
+    REQUEST(xForceScreenSaverReq);
+
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xForceScreenSaverReq);
+    
+    if ((stuff->mode != ScreenSaverReset) && 
+	(stuff->mode != ScreenSaverActive))
+    {
+	client->errorValue = stuff->mode;
+        return BadValue;
+    }
+    rc = dixSaveScreens(client, SCREEN_SAVER_FORCER, (int)stuff->mode);
+    if (rc != Success)
+	return rc;
+    return Success;
+}
+
+int ProcNoOperation(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xReq);
+    
+    /* noop -- don't do anything */
+    return Success;
+}
+
+/**********************
+ * CloseDownClient
+ *
+ *  Client can either mark his resources destroy or retain.  If retained and
+ *  then killed again, the client is really destroyed.
+ *********************/
+
+char dispatchExceptionAtReset = DE_RESET;
+
+void
+CloseDownClient(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    Bool really_close_down = client->clientGone ||
+			     client->closeDownMode == DestroyAll;
+
+    if (!client->clientGone)
+    {
+	/* ungrab server if grabbing client dies */
+	if (grabState != GrabNone && grabClient == client)
+	{
+	    UngrabServer(client);
+	}
+	BITCLEAR(grabWaiters, client->index);
+	DeleteClientFromAnySelections(client);
+	ReleaseActiveGrabs(client);
+	DeleteClientFontStuff(client);
+	if (!really_close_down)
+	{
+	    /*  This frees resources that should never be retained
+	     *  no matter what the close down mode is.  Actually we
+	     *  could do this unconditionally, but it's probably
+	     *  better not to traverse all the client's resources
+	     *  twice (once here, once a few lines down in
+	     *  FreeClientResources) in the common case of
+	     *  really_close_down == TRUE.
+	     */
+	    FreeClientNeverRetainResources(client);
+	    client->clientState = ClientStateRetained;
+  	    if (ClientStateCallback)
+            {
+		NewClientInfoRec clientinfo;
+
+		clientinfo.client = client; 
+		clientinfo.prefix = (xConnSetupPrefix *)NULL;  
+		clientinfo.setup = (xConnSetup *) NULL;
+		CallCallbacks((&ClientStateCallback), (pointer)&clientinfo);
+            } 
+	}
+	client->clientGone = TRUE;  /* so events aren't sent to client */
+	if (ClientIsAsleep(client))
+	    ClientSignal (client);
+	ProcessWorkQueueZombies();
+	CloseDownConnection(client);
+
+	/* If the client made it to the Running stage, nClients has
+	 * been incremented on its behalf, so we need to decrement it
+	 * now.  If it hasn't gotten to Running, nClients has *not*
+	 * been incremented, so *don't* decrement it.
+	 */
+	if (client->clientState != ClientStateInitial &&
+	    client->clientState != ClientStateAuthenticating )
+	{
+	    --nClients;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (really_close_down)
+    {
+	if (client->clientState == ClientStateRunning && nClients == 0)
+	    dispatchException |= dispatchExceptionAtReset;
+
+	client->clientState = ClientStateGone;
+	if (ClientStateCallback)
+	{
+	    NewClientInfoRec clientinfo;
+
+	    clientinfo.client = client; 
+	    clientinfo.prefix = (xConnSetupPrefix *)NULL;  
+	    clientinfo.setup = (xConnSetup *) NULL;
+	    CallCallbacks((&ClientStateCallback), (pointer)&clientinfo);
+	} 	    
+	FreeClientResources(client);
+	/* Disable client ID tracking. This must be done after
+	 * ClientStateCallback. */
+	ReleaseClientIds(client);
+#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE
+	XSERVER_CLIENT_DISCONNECT(client->index);
+#endif	
+	if (client->index < nextFreeClientID)
+	    nextFreeClientID = client->index;
+	clients[client->index] = NullClient;
+	SmartLastClient = NullClient;
+	dixFreeObjectWithPrivates(client, PRIVATE_CLIENT);
+
+	while (!clients[currentMaxClients-1])
+	    currentMaxClients--;
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+KillAllClients(void)
+{
+    int i;
+    for (i=1; i<currentMaxClients; i++)
+        if (clients[i]) {
+            /* Make sure Retained clients are released. */
+            clients[i]->closeDownMode = DestroyAll;
+            CloseDownClient(clients[i]);     
+        }
+}
+
+void InitClient(ClientPtr client, int i, pointer ospriv)
+{
+    client->index = i;
+    client->clientAsMask = ((Mask)i) << CLIENTOFFSET;
+    client->closeDownMode = i ? DestroyAll : RetainPermanent;
+    client->requestVector = InitialVector;
+    client->osPrivate = ospriv;
+    QueryMinMaxKeyCodes(&client->minKC,&client->maxKC);
+    client->smart_start_tick = SmartScheduleTime;
+    client->smart_stop_tick = SmartScheduleTime;
+    client->smart_check_tick = SmartScheduleTime;
+    client->clientIds = NULL;
+}
+
+/************************
+ * int NextAvailableClient(ospriv)
+ *
+ * OS dependent portion can't assign client id's because of CloseDownModes.
+ * Returns NULL if there are no free clients.
+ *************************/
+
+ClientPtr NextAvailableClient(pointer ospriv)
+{
+    int i;
+    ClientPtr client;
+    xReq data;
+
+    i = nextFreeClientID;
+    if (i == MAXCLIENTS)
+	return (ClientPtr)NULL;
+    clients[i] = client = dixAllocateObjectWithPrivates(ClientRec, PRIVATE_CLIENT);
+    if (!client)
+	return (ClientPtr)NULL;
+    InitClient(client, i, ospriv);
+    if (!InitClientResources(client))
+    {
+	dixFreeObjectWithPrivates(client, PRIVATE_CLIENT);
+	return (ClientPtr)NULL;
+    }
+    data.reqType = 1;
+    data.length = bytes_to_int32(sz_xReq + sz_xConnClientPrefix);
+    if (!InsertFakeRequest(client, (char *)&data, sz_xReq))
+    {
+	FreeClientResources(client);
+	dixFreeObjectWithPrivates(client, PRIVATE_CLIENT);
+	return (ClientPtr)NULL;
+    }
+    if (i == currentMaxClients)
+	currentMaxClients++;
+    while ((nextFreeClientID < MAXCLIENTS) && clients[nextFreeClientID])
+	nextFreeClientID++;
+
+    /* Enable client ID tracking. This must be done before
+     * ClientStateCallback. */
+    ReserveClientIds(client);
+
+    if (ClientStateCallback)
+    {
+	NewClientInfoRec clientinfo;
+
+        clientinfo.client = client; 
+        clientinfo.prefix = (xConnSetupPrefix *)NULL;  
+        clientinfo.setup = (xConnSetup *) NULL;
+	CallCallbacks((&ClientStateCallback), (pointer)&clientinfo);
+    } 	
+    return client;
+}
+
+int
+ProcInitialConnection(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xReq);
+    xConnClientPrefix *prefix;
+    int whichbyte = 1;
+
+    prefix = (xConnClientPrefix *)((char *)stuff + sz_xReq);
+    if ((prefix->byteOrder != 'l') && (prefix->byteOrder != 'B'))
+	return client->noClientException = -1;
+    if (((*(char *) &whichbyte) && (prefix->byteOrder == 'B')) ||
+	(!(*(char *) &whichbyte) && (prefix->byteOrder == 'l')))
+    {
+	client->swapped = TRUE;
+	SwapConnClientPrefix(prefix);
+    }
+    stuff->reqType = 2;
+    stuff->length += bytes_to_int32(prefix->nbytesAuthProto) +
+		     bytes_to_int32(prefix->nbytesAuthString);
+    if (client->swapped)
+    {
+	swaps(&stuff->length, whichbyte);
+    }
+    ResetCurrentRequest(client);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+static int
+SendConnSetup(ClientPtr client, char *reason)
+{
+    xWindowRoot *root;
+    int i;
+    int numScreens;
+    char* lConnectionInfo;
+    xConnSetupPrefix* lconnSetupPrefix;
+
+    if (reason)
+    {
+	xConnSetupPrefix csp;
+
+	csp.success = xFalse;
+	csp.lengthReason = strlen(reason);
+	csp.length = bytes_to_int32(csp.lengthReason);
+	csp.majorVersion = X_PROTOCOL;
+	csp.minorVersion = X_PROTOCOL_REVISION;
+	if (client->swapped)
+	    WriteSConnSetupPrefix(client, &csp);
+	else
+	    (void)WriteToClient(client, sz_xConnSetupPrefix, (char *) &csp);
+        (void)WriteToClient(client, (int)csp.lengthReason, reason);
+	return client->noClientException = -1;
+    }
+
+    numScreens = screenInfo.numScreens;
+    lConnectionInfo = ConnectionInfo;
+    lconnSetupPrefix = &connSetupPrefix;
+
+    /* We're about to start speaking X protocol back to the client by
+     * sending the connection setup info.  This means the authorization
+     * step is complete, and we can count the client as an
+     * authorized one.
+     */
+    nClients++;
+
+    client->requestVector = client->swapped ? SwappedProcVector : ProcVector;
+    client->sequence = 0;
+    ((xConnSetup *)lConnectionInfo)->ridBase = client->clientAsMask;
+    ((xConnSetup *)lConnectionInfo)->ridMask = RESOURCE_ID_MASK;
+#ifdef MATCH_CLIENT_ENDIAN
+    ((xConnSetup *)lConnectionInfo)->imageByteOrder = ClientOrder (client);
+    ((xConnSetup *)lConnectionInfo)->bitmapBitOrder = ClientOrder (client);
+#endif
+    /* fill in the "currentInputMask" */
+    root = (xWindowRoot *)(lConnectionInfo + connBlockScreenStart);
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+    if (noPanoramiXExtension)
+	numScreens = screenInfo.numScreens;
+    else 
+        numScreens = ((xConnSetup *)ConnectionInfo)->numRoots;
+#endif
+
+    for (i=0; i<numScreens; i++) 
+    {
+	unsigned int j;
+	xDepth *pDepth;
+	WindowPtr pRoot = screenInfo.screens[i]->root;
+
+        root->currentInputMask = pRoot->eventMask | wOtherEventMasks(pRoot);
+	pDepth = (xDepth *)(root + 1);
+	for (j = 0; j < root->nDepths; j++)
+	{
+	    pDepth = (xDepth *)(((char *)(pDepth + 1)) +
+				pDepth->nVisuals * sizeof(xVisualType));
+	}
+	root = (xWindowRoot *)pDepth;
+    }
+
+    if (client->swapped)
+    {
+	WriteSConnSetupPrefix(client, lconnSetupPrefix);
+	WriteSConnectionInfo(client,
+			     (unsigned long)(lconnSetupPrefix->length << 2),
+			     lConnectionInfo);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+	(void)WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xConnSetupPrefix),
+			    (char *) lconnSetupPrefix);
+	(void)WriteToClient(client, (int)(lconnSetupPrefix->length << 2),
+			    lConnectionInfo);
+    }
+    client->clientState = ClientStateRunning;
+    if (ClientStateCallback)
+    {
+	NewClientInfoRec clientinfo;
+
+        clientinfo.client = client; 
+        clientinfo.prefix = lconnSetupPrefix;  
+        clientinfo.setup = (xConnSetup *)lConnectionInfo;
+	CallCallbacks((&ClientStateCallback), (pointer)&clientinfo);
+    } 	
+    return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcEstablishConnection(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    char *reason, *auth_proto, *auth_string;
+    xConnClientPrefix *prefix;
+    REQUEST(xReq);
+
+    prefix = (xConnClientPrefix *)((char *)stuff + sz_xReq);
+    auth_proto = (char *)prefix + sz_xConnClientPrefix;
+    auth_string = auth_proto + pad_to_int32(prefix->nbytesAuthProto);
+    if ((prefix->majorVersion != X_PROTOCOL) ||
+	(prefix->minorVersion != X_PROTOCOL_REVISION))
+	reason = "Protocol version mismatch";
+    else
+	reason = ClientAuthorized(client,
+				  (unsigned short)prefix->nbytesAuthProto,
+				  auth_proto,
+				  (unsigned short)prefix->nbytesAuthString,
+				  auth_string);
+    /*
+     * If Kerberos is being used for this client, the clientState
+     * will be set to ClientStateAuthenticating at this point.
+     * More messages need to be exchanged among the X server, Kerberos
+     * server, and client to figure out if everyone is authorized.
+     * So we don't want to send the connection setup info yet, since
+     * the auth step isn't really done.
+     */
+    if (client->clientState == ClientStateCheckingSecurity)
+	client->clientState = ClientStateCheckedSecurity;
+    else if (client->clientState != ClientStateAuthenticating)
+	return(SendConnSetup(client, reason));
+    return Success;
+}
+
+void
+SendErrorToClient(ClientPtr client, unsigned majorCode, unsigned minorCode, 
+                  XID resId, int errorCode)
+{
+    xError rep;
+
+    memset(&rep, 0, sizeof(xError));
+    rep.type = X_Error;
+    rep.errorCode = errorCode;
+    rep.majorCode = majorCode;
+    rep.minorCode = minorCode;
+    rep.resourceID = resId;
+
+    WriteEventsToClient (client, 1, (xEvent *)&rep);
+}
+
+void
+MarkClientException(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    client->noClientException = -1;
+}
+
+/*
+ * This array encodes the answer to the question "what is the log base 2
+ * of the number of pixels that fit in a scanline pad unit?"
+ * Note that ~0 is an invalid entry (mostly for the benefit of the reader).
+ */
+static int answer[6][4] = {
+	/* pad   pad   pad     pad*/
+	/*  8     16    32    64 */
+
+	{   3,     4,    5 ,   6 },	/* 1 bit per pixel */
+	{   1,     2,    3 ,   4 },	/* 4 bits per pixel */
+	{   0,     1,    2 ,   3 },	/* 8 bits per pixel */
+	{   ~0,    0,    1 ,   2 },	/* 16 bits per pixel */
+	{   ~0,    ~0,   0 ,   1 },	/* 24 bits per pixel */
+	{   ~0,    ~0,   0 ,   1 }	/* 32 bits per pixel */
+};
+
+/*
+ * This array gives the answer to the question "what is the first index for
+ * the answer array above given the number of bits per pixel?"
+ * Note that ~0 is an invalid entry (mostly for the benefit of the reader).
+ */
+static int indexForBitsPerPixel[ 33 ] = {
+	~0, 0, ~0, ~0,	/* 1 bit per pixel */
+	1, ~0, ~0, ~0,	/* 4 bits per pixel */
+	2, ~0, ~0, ~0,	/* 8 bits per pixel */
+	~0,~0, ~0, ~0,
+	3, ~0, ~0, ~0,	/* 16 bits per pixel */
+	~0,~0, ~0, ~0,
+	4, ~0, ~0, ~0,	/* 24 bits per pixel */
+	~0,~0, ~0, ~0,
+	5		/* 32 bits per pixel */
+};
+
+/*
+ * This array gives the bytesperPixel value for cases where the number
+ * of bits per pixel is a multiple of 8 but not a power of 2.
+ */
+static int answerBytesPerPixel[ 33 ] = {
+	~0, 0, ~0, ~0,	/* 1 bit per pixel */
+	0, ~0, ~0, ~0,	/* 4 bits per pixel */
+	0, ~0, ~0, ~0,	/* 8 bits per pixel */
+	~0,~0, ~0, ~0,
+	0, ~0, ~0, ~0,	/* 16 bits per pixel */
+	~0,~0, ~0, ~0,
+	3, ~0, ~0, ~0,	/* 24 bits per pixel */
+	~0,~0, ~0, ~0,
+	0		/* 32 bits per pixel */
+};
+
+/*
+ * This array gives the answer to the question "what is the second index for
+ * the answer array above given the number of bits per scanline pad unit?"
+ * Note that ~0 is an invalid entry (mostly for the benefit of the reader).
+ */
+static int indexForScanlinePad[ 65 ] = {
+	~0, ~0, ~0, ~0,
+	~0, ~0, ~0, ~0,
+	 0, ~0, ~0, ~0,	/* 8 bits per scanline pad unit */
+	~0, ~0, ~0, ~0,
+	 1, ~0, ~0, ~0,	/* 16 bits per scanline pad unit */
+	~0, ~0, ~0, ~0,
+	~0, ~0, ~0, ~0,
+	~0, ~0, ~0, ~0,
+	 2, ~0, ~0, ~0,	/* 32 bits per scanline pad unit */
+	~0, ~0, ~0, ~0,
+	~0, ~0, ~0, ~0,
+	~0, ~0, ~0, ~0,
+	~0, ~0, ~0, ~0,
+	~0, ~0, ~0, ~0,
+	~0, ~0, ~0, ~0,
+	~0, ~0, ~0, ~0,
+	 3		/* 64 bits per scanline pad unit */
+};
+
+/*
+	grow the array of screenRecs if necessary.
+	call the device-supplied initialization procedure
+with its screen number, a pointer to its ScreenRec, argc, and argv.
+	return the number of successfully installed screens.
+
+*/
+
+int
+AddScreen(
+    Bool	(* pfnInit)(
+	int /*index*/,
+	ScreenPtr /*pScreen*/,
+	int /*argc*/,
+	char ** /*argv*/
+		),
+    int argc,
+    char **argv)
+{
+
+    int i;
+    int scanlinepad, format, depth, bitsPerPixel, j, k;
+    ScreenPtr pScreen;
+
+    i = screenInfo.numScreens;
+    if (i == MAXSCREENS)
+	return -1;
+
+    pScreen = (ScreenPtr) calloc(1, sizeof(ScreenRec));
+    if (!pScreen)
+	return -1;
+
+    if (!dixAllocatePrivates(&pScreen->devPrivates, PRIVATE_SCREEN)) {
+	free (pScreen);
+	return -1;
+    }
+    pScreen->myNum = i;
+    pScreen->totalPixmapSize = 0;	/* computed in CreateScratchPixmapForScreen */
+    pScreen->ClipNotify = 0;	/* for R4 ddx compatibility */
+    pScreen->CreateScreenResources = 0;
+
+    /*
+     * This loop gets run once for every Screen that gets added,
+     * but thats ok.  If the ddx layer initializes the formats
+     * one at a time calling AddScreen() after each, then each
+     * iteration will make it a little more accurate.  Worst case
+     * we do this loop N * numPixmapFormats where N is # of screens.
+     * Anyway, this must be called after InitOutput and before the
+     * screen init routine is called.
+     */
+    for (format=0; format<screenInfo.numPixmapFormats; format++)
+    {
+	depth = screenInfo.formats[format].depth;
+	bitsPerPixel = screenInfo.formats[format].bitsPerPixel;
+	scanlinepad = screenInfo.formats[format].scanlinePad;
+	j = indexForBitsPerPixel[ bitsPerPixel ];
+	k = indexForScanlinePad[ scanlinepad ];
+	PixmapWidthPaddingInfo[ depth ].padPixelsLog2 = answer[j][k];
+	PixmapWidthPaddingInfo[ depth ].padRoundUp =
+	    (scanlinepad/bitsPerPixel) - 1;
+	j = indexForBitsPerPixel[ 8 ]; /* bits per byte */
+	PixmapWidthPaddingInfo[ depth ].padBytesLog2 = answer[j][k];
+	PixmapWidthPaddingInfo[ depth ].bitsPerPixel = bitsPerPixel;
+	if (answerBytesPerPixel[bitsPerPixel])
+	{
+	    PixmapWidthPaddingInfo[ depth ].notPower2 = 1;
+	    PixmapWidthPaddingInfo[ depth ].bytesPerPixel =
+		answerBytesPerPixel[bitsPerPixel];
+	}
+	else
+	{
+	    PixmapWidthPaddingInfo[ depth ].notPower2 = 0;
+	}
+    }
+
+    /* This is where screen specific stuff gets initialized.  Load the
+       screen structure, call the hardware, whatever.
+       This is also where the default colormap should be allocated and
+       also pixel values for blackPixel, whitePixel, and the cursor
+       Note that InitScreen is NOT allowed to modify argc, argv, or
+       any of the strings pointed to by argv.  They may be passed to
+       multiple screens.
+    */
+    screenInfo.screens[i] = pScreen;
+    screenInfo.numScreens++;
+    if (!(*pfnInit)(i, pScreen, argc, argv))
+    {
+	dixFreePrivates(pScreen->devPrivates, PRIVATE_SCREEN);
+	free(pScreen);
+	screenInfo.numScreens--;
+	return -1;
+    }
+
+    dixRegisterPrivateKey(&cursorScreenDevPriv[i], PRIVATE_CURSOR, 0);
+
+    return i;
+}
diff --git a/xorg-server/dix/dixfonts.c b/xorg-server/dix/dixfonts.c
index ea3d9e276..45655de78 100644
--- a/xorg-server/dix/dixfonts.c
+++ b/xorg-server/dix/dixfonts.c
@@ -1,2112 +1,2112 @@
-/************************************************************************

-Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.

-

-                        All Rights Reserved

-

-Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its

-documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,

-provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that

-both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in

-supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be

-used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the

-software without specific, written prior permission.

-

-DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING

-ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL

-DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR

-ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,

-WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,

-ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS

-SOFTWARE.

-

-************************************************************************/

-/* The panoramix components contained the following notice */

-/*

-Copyright (c) 1991, 1997 Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.

-

-Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy

-of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal

-in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights

-to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell

-copies of the Software.

-

-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in

-all copies or substantial portions of the Software.

-

-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR

-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,

-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL

-DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES, INCLUDING,

-BUT NOT LIMITED TO CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, OR OTHER LIABILITY,

-WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR

-IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

-

-Except as contained in this notice, the name of Digital Equipment Corporation

-shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other

-dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from Digital

-Equipment Corporation.

-

-******************************************************************/

-

-#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H

-#include <dix-config.h>

-#endif

-

-#include <X11/X.h>

-#include <X11/Xmd.h>

-#include <X11/Xproto.h>

-#include "scrnintstr.h"

-#include "resource.h"

-#include "dixstruct.h"

-#include "cursorstr.h"

-#include "misc.h"

-#include "opaque.h"

-#include "dixfontstr.h"

-#include "closestr.h"

-#include "dixfont.h"

-#include "xace.h"

-

-#ifdef XF86BIGFONT

-#include "xf86bigfontsrv.h"

-#endif

-

-extern pointer fosNaturalParams;

-extern FontPtr defaultFont;

-

-static FontPathElementPtr *font_path_elements = (FontPathElementPtr *) 0;

-static int  num_fpes = 0;

-static FPEFunctions *fpe_functions = (FPEFunctions *) 0;

-static int  num_fpe_types = 0;

-

-static unsigned char *font_path_string;

-

-static int  num_slept_fpes = 0;

-static int  size_slept_fpes = 0;

-static FontPathElementPtr *slept_fpes = (FontPathElementPtr *) 0;

-static FontPatternCachePtr patternCache;

-

-static int

-FontToXError(int err)

-{

-    switch (err) {

-    case Successful:

-	return Success;

-    case AllocError:

-	return BadAlloc;

-    case BadFontName:

-	return BadName;

-    case BadFontPath:

-    case BadFontFormat:	/* is there something better? */

-    case BadCharRange:

-	return BadValue;

-    default:

-	return err;

-    }

-}

-

-static int

-LoadGlyphs(ClientPtr client, FontPtr pfont, unsigned nchars, int item_size,

-	   unsigned char *data)

-{

-    if (fpe_functions[pfont->fpe->type].load_glyphs)

-	return (*fpe_functions[pfont->fpe->type].load_glyphs)

-	    (client, pfont, 0, nchars, item_size, data);

-    else

-	return Successful;

-}

-

-/*

- * adding RT_FONT prevents conflict with default cursor font

- */

-Bool

-SetDefaultFont(char *defaultfontname)

-{

-    int         err;

-    FontPtr     pf;

-    XID         fid;

-    static FontPtr last_pf;

-

-    fid = FakeClientID(0);

-    err = OpenFont(serverClient, fid, FontLoadAll | FontOpenSync,

-		   (unsigned) strlen(defaultfontname), defaultfontname);

-    if (err != Success)

-	return FALSE;

-    err = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pf, fid, RT_FONT, serverClient,

-				  DixReadAccess);

-    if (err == Success) last_pf = pf;

-    if (last_pf == (FontPtr) NULL)

-	return FALSE;

-    defaultFont = last_pf;

-    return TRUE;

-}

-

-/*

- * note that the font wakeup queue is not refcounted.  this is because

- * an fpe needs to be added when it's inited, and removed when it's finally

- * freed, in order to handle any data that isn't requested, like FS events.

- *

- * since the only thing that should call these routines is the renderer's

- * init_fpe() and free_fpe(), there shouldn't be any problem in using

- * freed data.

- */

-void

-QueueFontWakeup(FontPathElementPtr fpe)

-{

-    int         i;

-    FontPathElementPtr *new;

-

-    for (i = 0; i < num_slept_fpes; i++) {

-	if (slept_fpes[i] == fpe) {

-	    return;

-	}

-    }

-    if (num_slept_fpes == size_slept_fpes) {

-	new = (FontPathElementPtr *)

-	    realloc(slept_fpes,

-		     sizeof(FontPathElementPtr) * (size_slept_fpes + 4));

-	if (!new)

-	    return;

-	slept_fpes = new;

-	size_slept_fpes += 4;

-    }

-    slept_fpes[num_slept_fpes] = fpe;

-    num_slept_fpes++;

-}

-

-void

-RemoveFontWakeup(FontPathElementPtr fpe)

-{

-    int         i,

-                j;

-

-    for (i = 0; i < num_slept_fpes; i++) {

-	if (slept_fpes[i] == fpe) {

-	    for (j = i; j < num_slept_fpes; j++) {

-		slept_fpes[j] = slept_fpes[j + 1];

-	    }

-	    num_slept_fpes--;

-	    return;

-	}

-    }

-}

-

-void

-FontWakeup(pointer data, int count, pointer LastSelectMask)

-{

-    int         i;

-    FontPathElementPtr fpe;

-

-    if (count < 0)

-	return;

-    /* wake up any fpe's that may be waiting for information */

-    for (i = 0; i < num_slept_fpes; i++) {

-	fpe = slept_fpes[i];

-	(void) (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].wakeup_fpe) (fpe, LastSelectMask);

-    }

-}

-

-/* XXX -- these two funcs may want to be broken into macros */

-static void

-UseFPE(FontPathElementPtr fpe)

-{

-    fpe->refcount++;

-}

-

-static void

-FreeFPE (FontPathElementPtr fpe)

-{

-    fpe->refcount--;

-    if (fpe->refcount == 0) {

-	(*fpe_functions[fpe->type].free_fpe) (fpe);

-	free(fpe->name);

-	free(fpe);

-    }

-}

-

-static Bool

-doOpenFont(ClientPtr client, OFclosurePtr c)

-{

-    FontPtr     pfont = NullFont;

-    FontPathElementPtr fpe = NULL;

-    ScreenPtr   pScr;

-    int         err = Successful;

-    int         i;

-    char       *alias,

-               *newname;

-    int         newlen;

-    int		aliascount = 20;

-    Bool	fromDispatch = c->from_dispatch;

-    Bool        finished = FALSE;

-    /*

-     * Decide at runtime what FontFormat to use.

-     */

-    Mask FontFormat = 

-

-	((screenInfo.imageByteOrder == LSBFirst) ?

-	    BitmapFormatByteOrderLSB : BitmapFormatByteOrderMSB) |

-

-	((screenInfo.bitmapBitOrder == LSBFirst) ?

-	    BitmapFormatBitOrderLSB : BitmapFormatBitOrderMSB) |

-

-	BitmapFormatImageRectMin |

-

-#if GLYPHPADBYTES == 1

-	BitmapFormatScanlinePad8 |

-#endif

-

-#if GLYPHPADBYTES == 2

-	BitmapFormatScanlinePad16 |

-#endif

-

-#if GLYPHPADBYTES == 4

-	BitmapFormatScanlinePad32 |

-#endif

-

-#if GLYPHPADBYTES == 8

-	BitmapFormatScanlinePad64 |

-#endif

-

-	BitmapFormatScanlineUnit8;

-

-    c->from_dispatch = FALSE;

-

-    if (client->clientGone)

-    {

-	if (c->current_fpe < c->num_fpes)

-	{

-	    fpe = c->fpe_list[c->current_fpe];

-	    (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].client_died) ((pointer) client, fpe);

-	}

-	err = Successful;

-	goto bail;

-    }

-    while (c->current_fpe < c->num_fpes) {

-	fpe = c->fpe_list[c->current_fpe];

-	err = (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].open_font)

-	    ((pointer) client, fpe, c->flags,

-	     c->fontname, c->fnamelen, FontFormat,

-	     BitmapFormatMaskByte |

-	     BitmapFormatMaskBit |

-	     BitmapFormatMaskImageRectangle |

-	     BitmapFormatMaskScanLinePad |

-	     BitmapFormatMaskScanLineUnit,

-	     c->fontid, &pfont, &alias,

-	     c->non_cachable_font && c->non_cachable_font->fpe == fpe ?

-		 c->non_cachable_font :

-		 (FontPtr)0);

-

-	if (err == FontNameAlias && alias) {

-	    newlen = strlen(alias);

-	    newname = (char *) realloc(c->fontname, newlen);

-	    if (!newname) {

-		err = AllocError;

-		break;

-	    }

-	    memmove(newname, alias, newlen);

-	    c->fontname = newname;

-	    c->fnamelen = newlen;

-	    c->current_fpe = 0;

-	    if (--aliascount <= 0) {

-		/* We've tried resolving this alias 20 times, we're

- 		 * probably stuck in an infinite loop of aliases pointing

- 		 * to each other - time to take emergency exit!

- 		 */

- 		err = BadImplementation;

-		break;

-	    }

-	    continue;

-	}

-	if (err == BadFontName) {

-	    c->current_fpe++;

-	    continue;

-	}

-	if (err == Suspended) {

-	    if (!ClientIsAsleep(client))

-		ClientSleep(client, (ClientSleepProcPtr)doOpenFont, c);

-	    else

-		goto xinerama_sleep;

-	    return TRUE;

-	}

-	break;

-    }

-

-    if (err != Successful)

-	goto bail;

-    if (!pfont) {

-	err = BadFontName;

-	goto bail;

-    }

-    /* check values for firstCol, lastCol, firstRow, and lastRow */

-    if (pfont->info.firstCol > pfont->info.lastCol ||

-       pfont->info.firstRow > pfont->info.lastRow ||

-       pfont->info.lastCol - pfont->info.firstCol > 255) {

-       err = AllocError;

-       goto bail;

-    }

-    if (!pfont->fpe)

-	pfont->fpe = fpe;

-    pfont->refcnt++;

-    if (pfont->refcnt == 1) {

-	UseFPE(pfont->fpe);

-	for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++) {

-	    pScr = screenInfo.screens[i];

-	    if (pScr->RealizeFont)

-	    {

-		if (!(*pScr->RealizeFont) (pScr, pfont))

-		{

-		    CloseFont (pfont, (Font) 0);

-		    err = AllocError;

-		    goto bail;

-		}

-	    }

-	}

-    }

-    if (!AddResource(c->fontid, RT_FONT, (pointer) pfont)) {

-	err = AllocError;

-	goto bail;

-    }

-    if (patternCache && pfont != c->non_cachable_font)

-	CacheFontPattern(patternCache, c->origFontName, c->origFontNameLen,

-			 pfont);

-bail:

-    if (err != Successful && c->client != serverClient) {

-	SendErrorToClient(c->client, X_OpenFont, 0,

-			  c->fontid, FontToXError(err));

-    }

-    ClientWakeup(c->client);

-    finished = TRUE;

-xinerama_sleep:

-    if (finished || fromDispatch) {

-	for (i = 0; i < c->num_fpes; i++) {

-	    FreeFPE(c->fpe_list[i]);

-	}

-	free(c->fpe_list);

-	free(c->fontname);

-	free(c);

-    }

-    return TRUE;

-}

-

-int

-OpenFont(ClientPtr client, XID fid, Mask flags, unsigned lenfname, char *pfontname)

-{

-    OFclosurePtr c;

-    int         i;

-    FontPtr     cached = (FontPtr)0;

-

-    if (!lenfname || lenfname > XLFDMAXFONTNAMELEN)

-	return BadName;

-    if (patternCache)

-    {

-

-    /*

-    ** Check name cache.  If we find a cached version of this font that

-    ** is cachable, immediately satisfy the request with it.  If we find

-    ** a cached version of this font that is non-cachable, we do not

-    ** satisfy the request with it.  Instead, we pass the FontPtr to the

-    ** FPE's open_font code (the fontfile FPE in turn passes the

-    ** information to the rasterizer; the fserve FPE ignores it).

-    **

-    ** Presumably, the font is marked non-cachable because the FPE has

-    ** put some licensing restrictions on it.  If the FPE, using

-    ** whatever logic it relies on, determines that it is willing to

-    ** share this existing font with the client, then it has the option

-    ** to return the FontPtr we passed it as the newly-opened font.

-    ** This allows the FPE to exercise its licensing logic without

-    ** having to create another instance of a font that already exists.

-    */

-

-	cached = FindCachedFontPattern(patternCache, pfontname, lenfname);

-	if (cached && cached->info.cachable)

-	{

-	    if (!AddResource(fid, RT_FONT, (pointer) cached))

-		return BadAlloc;

-	    cached->refcnt++;

-	    return Success;

-	}

-    }

-    c = malloc(sizeof(OFclosureRec));

-    if (!c)

-	return BadAlloc;

-    c->fontname = malloc(lenfname);

-    c->origFontName = pfontname;

-    c->origFontNameLen = lenfname;

-    if (!c->fontname) {

-	free(c);

-	return BadAlloc;

-    }

-    /*

-     * copy the current FPE list, so that if it gets changed by another client

-     * while we're blocking, the request still appears atomic

-     */

-    c->fpe_list = malloc(sizeof(FontPathElementPtr) * num_fpes);

-    if (!c->fpe_list) {

-	free(c->fontname);

-	free(c);

-	return BadAlloc;

-    }

-    memmove(c->fontname, pfontname, lenfname);

-    for (i = 0; i < num_fpes; i++) {

-	c->fpe_list[i] = font_path_elements[i];

-	UseFPE(c->fpe_list[i]);

-    }

-    c->client = client;

-    c->fontid = fid;

-    c->current_fpe = 0;

-    c->num_fpes = num_fpes;

-    c->fnamelen = lenfname;

-    c->flags = flags;

-    c->from_dispatch = TRUE;

-    c->non_cachable_font = cached;

-

-    (void) doOpenFont(client, c);

-    return Success;

-}

-

-/**

- * Decrement font's ref count, and free storage if ref count equals zero

- *

- *  \param value must conform to DeleteType

- */

-int

-CloseFont(pointer value, XID fid)

-{

-    int         nscr;

-    ScreenPtr   pscr;

-    FontPathElementPtr fpe;

-    FontPtr     pfont = (FontPtr)value;

-

-    if (pfont == NullFont)

-	return Success;

-    if (--pfont->refcnt == 0) {

-	if (patternCache)

-	    RemoveCachedFontPattern (patternCache, pfont);

-	/*

-	 * since the last reference is gone, ask each screen to free any

-	 * storage it may have allocated locally for it.

-	 */

-	for (nscr = 0; nscr < screenInfo.numScreens; nscr++) {

-	    pscr = screenInfo.screens[nscr];

-	    if (pscr->UnrealizeFont)

-		(*pscr->UnrealizeFont) (pscr, pfont);

-	}

-	if (pfont == defaultFont)

-	    defaultFont = NULL;

-#ifdef XF86BIGFONT

-	XF86BigfontFreeFontShm(pfont);

-#endif

-	fpe = pfont->fpe;

-	(*fpe_functions[fpe->type].close_font) (fpe, pfont);

-	FreeFPE(fpe);

-    }

-    return Success;

-}

-

-

-/***====================================================================***/

-

-/**

- * Sets up pReply as the correct QueryFontReply for pFont with the first

- * nProtoCCIStructs char infos.

- *

- *  \param pReply caller must allocate this storage

-  */

-void

-QueryFont(FontPtr pFont, xQueryFontReply *pReply, int nProtoCCIStructs)

-{

-    FontPropPtr      pFP;

-    int              r,

-                     c,

-                     i;

-    xFontProp       *prFP;

-    xCharInfo       *prCI;

-    xCharInfo       *charInfos[256];

-    unsigned char    chars[512];

-    int              ninfos;

-    unsigned long    ncols;

-    unsigned long    count;

-

-    /* pr->length set in dispatch */

-    pReply->minCharOrByte2 = pFont->info.firstCol;

-    pReply->defaultChar = pFont->info.defaultCh;

-    pReply->maxCharOrByte2 = pFont->info.lastCol;

-    pReply->drawDirection = pFont->info.drawDirection;

-    pReply->allCharsExist = pFont->info.allExist;

-    pReply->minByte1 = pFont->info.firstRow;

-    pReply->maxByte1 = pFont->info.lastRow;

-    pReply->fontAscent = pFont->info.fontAscent;

-    pReply->fontDescent = pFont->info.fontDescent;

-

-    pReply->minBounds = pFont->info.ink_minbounds;

-    pReply->maxBounds = pFont->info.ink_maxbounds;

-

-    pReply->nFontProps = pFont->info.nprops;

-    pReply->nCharInfos = nProtoCCIStructs;

-

-    for (i = 0, pFP = pFont->info.props, prFP = (xFontProp *) (&pReply[1]);

-	    i < pFont->info.nprops;

-	    i++, pFP++, prFP++) {

-	prFP->name = pFP->name;

-	prFP->value = pFP->value;

-    }

-

-    ninfos = 0;

-    ncols = (unsigned long) (pFont->info.lastCol - pFont->info.firstCol + 1);

-    prCI = (xCharInfo *) (prFP);

-    for (r = pFont->info.firstRow;

-	    ninfos < nProtoCCIStructs && r <= (int)pFont->info.lastRow;

-	    r++) {

-	i = 0;

-	for (c = pFont->info.firstCol; c <= (int)pFont->info.lastCol; c++) {

-	    chars[i++] = r;

-	    chars[i++] = c;

-	}

-	(*pFont->get_metrics) (pFont, ncols, chars, 

-				TwoD16Bit, &count, charInfos);

-	i = 0;

-	for (i = 0; i < (int) count && ninfos < nProtoCCIStructs; i++) {

-	    *prCI = *charInfos[i];

-	    prCI++;

-	    ninfos++;

-	}

-    }

-    return;

-}

-

-static Bool

-doListFontsAndAliases(ClientPtr client, LFclosurePtr c)

-{

-    FontPathElementPtr fpe;

-    int         err = Successful;

-    FontNamesPtr names = NULL;

-    char       *name, *resolved=NULL;

-    int         namelen, resolvedlen;

-    int		nnames;

-    int         stringLens;

-    int         i;

-    xListFontsReply reply;

-    char	*bufptr;

-    char	*bufferStart;

-    int		aliascount = 0;

-    Bool	fromDispatch = c->from_dispatch;

-    Bool	finished = FALSE;

-

-    c->from_dispatch = FALSE;

-

-    if (client->clientGone)

-    {

-	if (c->current.current_fpe < c->num_fpes)

-	{

-	    fpe = c->fpe_list[c->current.current_fpe];

-	    (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].client_died) ((pointer) client, fpe);

-	}

-	err = Successful;

-	goto bail;

-    }

-

-    if (!c->current.patlen)

-	goto finish;

-

-    while (c->current.current_fpe < c->num_fpes) {

-	fpe = c->fpe_list[c->current.current_fpe];

-	err = Successful;

-

-	if (!fpe_functions[fpe->type].start_list_fonts_and_aliases)

-	{

-	    /* This FPE doesn't support/require list_fonts_and_aliases */

-

-	    err = (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].list_fonts)

-		((pointer) c->client, fpe, c->current.pattern,

-		 c->current.patlen, c->current.max_names - c->names->nnames,

-		 c->names);

-

-	    if (err == Suspended) {

-		if (!ClientIsAsleep(client))

-		    ClientSleep(client,

-				(ClientSleepProcPtr)doListFontsAndAliases,

-				c);

-		else

-		    goto xinerama_sleep;

-		return TRUE;

-	    }

-

-	    err = BadFontName;

-	}

-	else

-	{

-	    /* Start of list_fonts_and_aliases functionality.  Modeled

-	       after list_fonts_with_info in that it resolves aliases,

-	       except that the information collected from FPEs is just

-	       names, not font info.  Each list_next_font_or_alias()

-	       returns either a name into name/namelen or an alias into

-	       name/namelen and its target name into resolved/resolvedlen.

-	       The code at this level then resolves the alias by polling

-	       the FPEs.  */

-

-	    if (!c->current.list_started) {

-		err = (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].start_list_fonts_and_aliases)

-		    ((pointer) c->client, fpe, c->current.pattern,

-		     c->current.patlen, c->current.max_names - c->names->nnames,

-		     &c->current.private);

-		if (err == Suspended) {

-		    if (!ClientIsAsleep(client))

-			ClientSleep(client,

-				    (ClientSleepProcPtr)doListFontsAndAliases,

-				    c);

-		    else

-			goto xinerama_sleep;

-		    return TRUE;

-		}

-		if (err == Successful)

-		    c->current.list_started = TRUE;

-	    }

-	    if (err == Successful) {

-		char    *tmpname;

-		name = 0;

-		err = (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].list_next_font_or_alias)

-		    ((pointer) c->client, fpe, &name, &namelen, &tmpname,

-		     &resolvedlen, c->current.private);

-		if (err == Suspended) {

-		    if (!ClientIsAsleep(client))

-			ClientSleep(client,

-				    (ClientSleepProcPtr)doListFontsAndAliases,

-				    c);

-		    else

-			goto xinerama_sleep;

-		    return TRUE;

-		}

-		if (err == FontNameAlias) {

-		    free(resolved);

-		    resolved = malloc(resolvedlen + 1);

-		    if (resolved)

-			memmove(resolved, tmpname, resolvedlen + 1);

-		}

-	    }

-

-	    if (err == Successful)

-	    {

-		if (c->haveSaved)

-		{

-		    if (c->savedName)

-			(void)AddFontNamesName(c->names, c->savedName,

-					       c->savedNameLen);

-		}

-		else

-		    (void)AddFontNamesName(c->names, name, namelen);

-	    }

-

-	    /*

-	     * When we get an alias back, save our state and reset back to

-	     * the start of the FPE looking for the specified name.  As

-	     * soon as a real font is found for the alias, pop back to the

-	     * old state

-	     */

-	    else if (err == FontNameAlias) {

-		char	tmp_pattern[XLFDMAXFONTNAMELEN];

-		/*

-		 * when an alias recurses, we need to give

-		 * the last FPE a chance to clean up; so we call

-		 * it again, and assume that the error returned

-		 * is BadFontName, indicating the alias resolution

-		 * is complete.

-		 */

-		memmove(tmp_pattern, resolved, resolvedlen);

-		if (c->haveSaved)

-		{

-		    char    *tmpname;

-		    int     tmpnamelen;

-

-		    tmpname = 0;

-		    (void) (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].list_next_font_or_alias)

-			((pointer) c->client, fpe, &tmpname, &tmpnamelen,

-			 &tmpname, &tmpnamelen, c->current.private);

-		    if (--aliascount <= 0)

-		    {

-			err = BadFontName;

-			goto ContBadFontName;

-		    }

-		}

-		else

-		{

-		    c->saved = c->current;

-		    c->haveSaved = TRUE;

-		    free(c->savedName);

-		    c->savedName = malloc(namelen + 1);

-		    if (c->savedName)

-			memmove(c->savedName, name, namelen + 1);

-		    c->savedNameLen = namelen;

-		    aliascount = 20;

-		}

-		memmove(c->current.pattern, tmp_pattern, resolvedlen);

-		c->current.patlen = resolvedlen;

-		c->current.max_names = c->names->nnames + 1;

-		c->current.current_fpe = -1;

-		c->current.private = 0;

-		err = BadFontName;

-	    }

-	}

-	/*

-	 * At the end of this FPE, step to the next.  If we've finished

-	 * processing an alias, pop state back. If we've collected enough

-	 * font names, quit.

-	 */

-	if (err == BadFontName) {

-	  ContBadFontName: ;

-	    c->current.list_started = FALSE;

-	    c->current.current_fpe++;

-	    err = Successful;

-	    if (c->haveSaved)

-	    {

-		if (c->names->nnames == c->current.max_names ||

-			c->current.current_fpe == c->num_fpes) {

-		    c->haveSaved = FALSE;

-		    c->current = c->saved;

-		    /* Give the saved namelist a chance to clean itself up */

-		    continue;

-		}

-	    }

-	    if (c->names->nnames == c->current.max_names)

-		break;

-	}

-    }

-

-    /*

-     * send the reply

-     */

-    if (err != Successful) {

-	SendErrorToClient(client, X_ListFonts, 0, 0, FontToXError(err));

-	goto bail;

-    }

-

-finish:

-

-    names = c->names;

-    nnames = names->nnames;

-    client = c->client;

-    stringLens = 0;

-    for (i = 0; i < nnames; i++)

-	stringLens += (names->length[i] <= 255) ? names->length[i] : 0;

-

-    memset(&reply, 0, sizeof(xListFontsReply));

-    reply.type = X_Reply;

-    reply.length = bytes_to_int32(stringLens + nnames);

-    reply.nFonts = nnames;

-    reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

-

-    bufptr = bufferStart = malloc(reply.length << 2);

-

-    if (!bufptr && reply.length) {

-	SendErrorToClient(client, X_ListFonts, 0, 0, BadAlloc);

-	goto bail;

-    }

-    /*

-     * since WriteToClient long word aligns things, copy to temp buffer and

-     * write all at once

-     */

-    for (i = 0; i < nnames; i++) {

-	if (names->length[i] > 255)

-	    reply.nFonts--;

-	else

-	{

-	    *bufptr++ = names->length[i];

-	    memmove( bufptr, names->names[i], names->length[i]);

-	    bufptr += names->length[i];

-	}

-    }

-    nnames = reply.nFonts;

-    reply.length = bytes_to_int32(stringLens + nnames);

-    client->pSwapReplyFunc = ReplySwapVector[X_ListFonts];

-    WriteSwappedDataToClient(client, sizeof(xListFontsReply), &reply);

-    (void) WriteToClient(client, stringLens + nnames, bufferStart);

-    free(bufferStart);

-

-bail:

-    ClientWakeup(client);

-    finished = TRUE;

-xinerama_sleep:

-    if (finished || fromDispatch) {

-	for (i = 0; i < c->num_fpes; i++)

-	    FreeFPE(c->fpe_list[i]);

-	free(c->fpe_list);

-	free(c->savedName);

-	FreeFontNames(names);

-	free(c);

-    }

-    free(resolved);

-    return TRUE;

-}

-

-int

-ListFonts(ClientPtr client, unsigned char *pattern, unsigned length, 

-          unsigned max_names)

-{

-    int         i;

-    LFclosurePtr c;

-

-    /* 

-     * The right error to return here would be BadName, however the

-     * specification does not allow for a Name error on this request.

-     * Perhaps a better solution would be to return a nil list, i.e.

-     * a list containing zero fontnames.

-     */

-    if (length > XLFDMAXFONTNAMELEN)

-	return BadAlloc;

-

-    i = XaceHook(XACE_SERVER_ACCESS, client, DixGetAttrAccess);

-    if (i != Success)

-	return i;

-

-    if (!(c = malloc(sizeof *c)))

-	return BadAlloc;

-    c->fpe_list = malloc(sizeof(FontPathElementPtr) * num_fpes);

-    if (!c->fpe_list) {

-	free(c);

-	return BadAlloc;

-    }

-    c->names = MakeFontNamesRecord(max_names < 100 ? max_names : 100);

-    if (!c->names)

-    {

-	free(c->fpe_list);

-	free(c);

-	return BadAlloc;

-    }

-    memmove( c->current.pattern, pattern, length);

-    for (i = 0; i < num_fpes; i++) {

-	c->fpe_list[i] = font_path_elements[i];

-	UseFPE(c->fpe_list[i]);

-    }

-    c->client = client;

-    c->num_fpes = num_fpes;

-    c->current.patlen = length;

-    c->current.current_fpe = 0;

-    c->current.max_names = max_names;

-    c->current.list_started = FALSE;

-    c->current.private = 0;

-    c->haveSaved = FALSE;

-    c->from_dispatch = TRUE;

-    c->savedName = 0;

-    doListFontsAndAliases(client, c);

-    return Success;

-}

-

-int

-doListFontsWithInfo(ClientPtr client, LFWIclosurePtr c)

-{

-    FontPathElementPtr fpe;

-    int         err = Successful;

-    char       *name;

-    Bool        fromDispatch = c->from_dispatch;

-    Bool        finished = FALSE;

-    int         namelen;

-    int         numFonts;

-    FontInfoRec fontInfo,

-               *pFontInfo;

-    xListFontsWithInfoReply *reply;

-    int         length;

-    xFontProp  *pFP;

-    int         i;

-    int		aliascount = 0;

-    xListFontsWithInfoReply finalReply;

-

-    c->from_dispatch = FALSE;

-

-    if (client->clientGone)

-    {

-	if (c->current.current_fpe < c->num_fpes)

- 	{

-	    fpe = c->fpe_list[c->current.current_fpe];

-	    (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].client_died) ((pointer) client, fpe);

-	}

-	err = Successful;

-	goto bail;

-    }

-    client->pSwapReplyFunc = ReplySwapVector[X_ListFontsWithInfo];

-    if (!c->current.patlen)

-	goto finish;

-    while (c->current.current_fpe < c->num_fpes)

-    {

-	fpe = c->fpe_list[c->current.current_fpe];

-	err = Successful;

-	if (!c->current.list_started)

- 	{

-	    err = (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].start_list_fonts_with_info)

-		(client, fpe, c->current.pattern, c->current.patlen,

-		 c->current.max_names, &c->current.private);

-	    if (err == Suspended)

- 	    {

-		if (!ClientIsAsleep(client))

-		    ClientSleep(client,

-				(ClientSleepProcPtr)doListFontsWithInfo, c);

-		else

-		    goto xinerama_sleep;

-		return TRUE;

-	    }

-	    if (err == Successful)

-		c->current.list_started = TRUE;

-	}

-	if (err == Successful)

- 	{

-	    name = 0;

-	    pFontInfo = &fontInfo;

-	    err = (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].list_next_font_with_info)

-		(client, fpe, &name, &namelen, &pFontInfo,

-		 &numFonts, c->current.private);

-	    if (err == Suspended)

- 	    {

-		if (!ClientIsAsleep(client))

-		    ClientSleep(client,

-				(ClientSleepProcPtr)doListFontsWithInfo, c);

-		else

-		    goto xinerama_sleep;

-		return TRUE;

-	    }

-	}

-	/*

-	 * When we get an alias back, save our state and reset back to the

-	 * start of the FPE looking for the specified name.  As soon as a real

-	 * font is found for the alias, pop back to the old state

-	 */

-	if (err == FontNameAlias)

- 	{

-	    /*

-	     * when an alias recurses, we need to give

-	     * the last FPE a chance to clean up; so we call

-	     * it again, and assume that the error returned

-	     * is BadFontName, indicating the alias resolution

-	     * is complete.

-	     */

-	    if (c->haveSaved)

-	    {

-		char	*tmpname;

-		int	tmpnamelen;

-		FontInfoPtr tmpFontInfo;

-

-	    	tmpname = 0;

-	    	tmpFontInfo = &fontInfo;

-	    	(void) (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].list_next_font_with_info)

-		    (client, fpe, &tmpname, &tmpnamelen, &tmpFontInfo,

-		     &numFonts, c->current.private);

-		if (--aliascount <= 0)

-		{

-		    err = BadFontName;

-		    goto ContBadFontName;

-		}

-	    }

-	    else

-	    {

-		c->saved = c->current;

-		c->haveSaved = TRUE;

-		c->savedNumFonts = numFonts;

-		free(c->savedName);

-		c->savedName = malloc(namelen + 1);

-		if (c->savedName)

-		  memmove(c->savedName, name, namelen + 1);

-		aliascount = 20;

-	    }

-	    memmove(c->current.pattern, name, namelen);

-	    c->current.patlen = namelen;

-	    c->current.max_names = 1;

-	    c->current.current_fpe = 0;

-	    c->current.private = 0;

-	    c->current.list_started = FALSE;

-	}

-	/*

-	 * At the end of this FPE, step to the next.  If we've finished

-	 * processing an alias, pop state back.  If we've sent enough font

-	 * names, quit.  Always wait for BadFontName to let the FPE

-	 * have a chance to clean up.

-	 */

-	else if (err == BadFontName)

- 	{

-	  ContBadFontName: ;

-	    c->current.list_started = FALSE;

-	    c->current.current_fpe++;

-	    err = Successful;

-	    if (c->haveSaved)

- 	    {

-		if (c->current.max_names == 0 ||

-			c->current.current_fpe == c->num_fpes)

- 		{

-		    c->haveSaved = FALSE;

-		    c->saved.max_names -= (1 - c->current.max_names);

-		    c->current = c->saved;

-		}

-	    }

-	    else if (c->current.max_names == 0)

-		break;

-	}

- 	else if (err == Successful)

- 	{

-	    length = sizeof(*reply) + pFontInfo->nprops * sizeof(xFontProp);

-	    reply = c->reply;

-	    if (c->length < length)

- 	    {

-		reply = (xListFontsWithInfoReply *) realloc(c->reply, length);

-		if (!reply)

- 		{

-		    err = AllocError;

-		    break;

-		}

-		memset((char*)reply + c->length, 0, length - c->length);

-		c->reply = reply;

-		c->length = length;

-	    }

-	    if (c->haveSaved)

- 	    {

-		numFonts = c->savedNumFonts;

-		name = c->savedName;

-		namelen = strlen(name);

-	    }

-	    reply->type = X_Reply;

-	    reply->length = bytes_to_int32(sizeof *reply - sizeof(xGenericReply) +

-			     pFontInfo->nprops * sizeof(xFontProp) +

-			     namelen);

-	    reply->sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

-	    reply->nameLength = namelen;

-	    reply->minBounds = pFontInfo->ink_minbounds;

-	    reply->maxBounds = pFontInfo->ink_maxbounds;

-	    reply->minCharOrByte2 = pFontInfo->firstCol;

-	    reply->maxCharOrByte2 = pFontInfo->lastCol;

-	    reply->defaultChar = pFontInfo->defaultCh;

-	    reply->nFontProps = pFontInfo->nprops;

-	    reply->drawDirection = pFontInfo->drawDirection;

-	    reply->minByte1 = pFontInfo->firstRow;

-	    reply->maxByte1 = pFontInfo->lastRow;

-	    reply->allCharsExist = pFontInfo->allExist;

-	    reply->fontAscent = pFontInfo->fontAscent;

-	    reply->fontDescent = pFontInfo->fontDescent;

-	    reply->nReplies = numFonts;

-	    pFP = (xFontProp *) (reply + 1);

-	    for (i = 0; i < pFontInfo->nprops; i++)

- 	    {

-		pFP->name = pFontInfo->props[i].name;

-		pFP->value = pFontInfo->props[i].value;

-		pFP++;

-	    }

-	    WriteSwappedDataToClient(client, length, reply);

-	    (void) WriteToClient(client, namelen, name);

-	    if (pFontInfo == &fontInfo)

- 	    {

-		free(fontInfo.props);

-		free(fontInfo.isStringProp);

-	    }

-	    --c->current.max_names;

-	}

-    }

-finish:

-    length = sizeof(xListFontsWithInfoReply);

-    memset((char *) &finalReply, 0, sizeof(xListFontsWithInfoReply));

-    finalReply.type = X_Reply;

-    finalReply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

-    finalReply.length = bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xListFontsWithInfoReply)

-		     - sizeof(xGenericReply));

-    WriteSwappedDataToClient(client, length, &finalReply);

-bail:

-    ClientWakeup(client);

-    finished = TRUE;

-xinerama_sleep:

-    if (finished || fromDispatch) {

-	for (i = 0; i < c->num_fpes; i++)

-	    FreeFPE(c->fpe_list[i]);

-	free(c->reply);

-	free(c->fpe_list);

-	free(c->savedName);

-	free(c);

-    }

-    return TRUE;

-}

-

-int

-StartListFontsWithInfo(ClientPtr client, int length, unsigned char *pattern, 

-                       int max_names)

-{

-    int		    i;

-    LFWIclosurePtr  c;

-

-    /* 

-     * The right error to return here would be BadName, however the

-     * specification does not allow for a Name error on this request.

-     * Perhaps a better solution would be to return a nil list, i.e.

-     * a list containing zero fontnames.

-     */

-    if (length > XLFDMAXFONTNAMELEN)

-	return BadAlloc;

-

-    i = XaceHook(XACE_SERVER_ACCESS, client, DixGetAttrAccess);

-    if (i != Success)

-	return i;

-

-    if (!(c = malloc(sizeof *c)))

-	goto badAlloc;

-    c->fpe_list = malloc(sizeof(FontPathElementPtr) * num_fpes);

-    if (!c->fpe_list)

-    {

-	free(c);

-	goto badAlloc;

-    }

-    memmove(c->current.pattern, pattern, length);

-    for (i = 0; i < num_fpes; i++)

-    {

-	c->fpe_list[i] = font_path_elements[i];

-	UseFPE(c->fpe_list[i]);

-    }

-    c->client = client;

-    c->num_fpes = num_fpes;

-    c->reply = 0;

-    c->length = 0;

-    c->current.patlen = length;

-    c->current.current_fpe = 0;

-    c->current.max_names = max_names;

-    c->current.list_started = FALSE;

-    c->current.private = 0;

-    c->savedNumFonts = 0;

-    c->haveSaved = FALSE;

-    c->from_dispatch = TRUE;

-    c->savedName = 0;

-    doListFontsWithInfo(client, c);

-    return Success;

-badAlloc:

-    return BadAlloc;

-}

-

-#define TextEltHeader 2

-#define FontShiftSize 5

-static ChangeGCVal clearGC[] = { NullPixmap };

-#define clearGCmask (GCClipMask)

-

-int

-doPolyText(ClientPtr client, PTclosurePtr c)

-{

-    FontPtr pFont = c->pGC->font, oldpFont;

-    int err = Success, lgerr;	/* err is in X error, not font error, space */

-    enum { NEVER_SLEPT, START_SLEEP, SLEEPING } client_state = NEVER_SLEPT;

-    FontPathElementPtr fpe;

-    GC *origGC = NULL;

-    int itemSize = c->reqType == X_PolyText8 ? 1 : 2;

-    Bool fromDispatch = c->from_dispatch;

-    Bool finished = FALSE;

-

-    c->from_dispatch = FALSE;

-

-    if (client->clientGone)

-    {

-	fpe = c->pGC->font->fpe;

-	(*fpe_functions[fpe->type].client_died) ((pointer) client, fpe);

-

-	if (ClientIsAsleep(client))

-	{

-	    /* Client has died, but we cannot bail out right now.  We

-	       need to clean up after the work we did when going to

-	       sleep.  Setting the drawable pointer to 0 makes this

-	       happen without any attempts to render or perform other

-	       unnecessary activities.  */

-	    c->pDraw = (DrawablePtr)0;

-	}

-	else

-	{

-	    err = Success;

-	    goto bail;

-	}

-    }

-

-    /* Make sure our drawable hasn't disappeared while we slept. */

-    if (ClientIsAsleep(client) && c->pDraw)

-    {

-	DrawablePtr pDraw;

-	dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, c->did, client, 0, DixWriteAccess);

-	if (c->pDraw != pDraw) {

-	    /* Our drawable has disappeared.  Treat like client died... ask

-	       the FPE code to clean up after client and avoid further

-	       rendering while we clean up after ourself.  */

-	    fpe = c->pGC->font->fpe;

-	    (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].client_died) ((pointer) client, fpe);

-	    c->pDraw = (DrawablePtr)0;

-	}

-    }

-

-    client_state = ClientIsAsleep(client) ? SLEEPING : NEVER_SLEPT;

-

-    while (c->endReq - c->pElt > TextEltHeader)

-    {

-	if (*c->pElt == FontChange)

-        {

-	    Font fid;

-	    if (c->endReq - c->pElt < FontShiftSize)

-	    {

-		 err = BadLength;

-		 goto bail;

-	    }

-

-	    oldpFont = pFont;

-

-	    fid =  ((Font)*(c->pElt+4))		/* big-endian */

-		 | ((Font)*(c->pElt+3)) << 8

-		 | ((Font)*(c->pElt+2)) << 16

-		 | ((Font)*(c->pElt+1)) << 24;

-	    err = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pFont, fid, RT_FONT,

-					  client, DixUseAccess);

-	    if (err != Success)

-	    {

-		/* restore pFont for step 4 (described below) */

-		pFont = oldpFont;

-

-		/* If we're in START_SLEEP mode, the following step

-		   shortens the request...  in the unlikely event that

-		   the fid somehow becomes valid before we come through

-		   again to actually execute the polytext, which would

-		   then mess up our refcounting scheme badly.  */

-		c->err = err;

-		c->endReq = c->pElt;

-

-		goto bail;

-	    }

-

-	    /* Step 3 (described below) on our new font */

-	    if (client_state == START_SLEEP)

-		pFont->refcnt++;

-	    else

-	    {

-		if (pFont != c->pGC->font && c->pDraw)

-		{

-		    ChangeGCVal val;

-		    val.ptr = pFont;

-		    ChangeGC(NullClient, c->pGC, GCFont, &val);

-		    ValidateGC(c->pDraw, c->pGC);

-		}

-

-		/* Undo the refcnt++ we performed when going to sleep */

-		if (client_state == SLEEPING)

-		    (void)CloseFont(c->pGC->font, (Font)0);

-	    }

-	    c->pElt += FontShiftSize;

-	}

-	else	/* print a string */

-	{

-	    unsigned char *pNextElt;

-	    pNextElt = c->pElt + TextEltHeader + (*c->pElt) * itemSize;

-	    if ( pNextElt > c->endReq)

-	    {

-		err = BadLength;

-		goto bail;

-	    }

-	    if (client_state == START_SLEEP)

-	    {

-		c->pElt = pNextElt;

-		continue;

-	    }

-	    if (c->pDraw)

-	    {

-		lgerr = LoadGlyphs(client, c->pGC->font, *c->pElt, itemSize,

-				   c->pElt + TextEltHeader);

-	    }

-	    else lgerr = Successful;

-

-	    if (lgerr == Suspended)

-	    {

-		if (!ClientIsAsleep(client)) {

-		    int len;

-		    GC *pGC;

-		    PTclosurePtr new_closure;

-

-    /*  We're putting the client to sleep.  We need to do a few things

-	to ensure successful and atomic-appearing execution of the

-	remainder of the request.  First, copy the remainder of the

-	request into a safe malloc'd area.  Second, create a scratch GC

-	to use for the remainder of the request.  Third, mark all fonts

-	referenced in the remainder of the request to prevent their

-	deallocation.  Fourth, make the original GC look like the

-	request has completed...  set its font to the final font value

-	from this request.  These GC manipulations are for the unlikely

-	(but possible) event that some other client is using the GC.

-	Steps 3 and 4 are performed by running this procedure through

-	the remainder of the request in a special no-render mode

-	indicated by client_state = START_SLEEP.  */

-

-		    /* Step 1 */

-		    /* Allocate a malloc'd closure structure to replace

-		       the local one we were passed */

-		    new_closure = malloc(sizeof(PTclosureRec));

-		    if (!new_closure)

-		    {

-			err = BadAlloc;

-			goto bail;

-		    }

-		    *new_closure = *c;

-		    c = new_closure;

-

-		    len = c->endReq - c->pElt;

-		    c->data = malloc(len);

-		    if (!c->data)

-		    {

-			free(c);

-			err = BadAlloc;

-			goto bail;

-		    }

-		    memmove(c->data, c->pElt, len);

-		    c->pElt = c->data;

-		    c->endReq = c->pElt + len;

-

-		    /* Step 2 */

-

-		    pGC = GetScratchGC(c->pGC->depth, c->pGC->pScreen);

-		    if (!pGC)

-		    {

-			free(c->data);

-			free(c);

-			err = BadAlloc;

-			goto bail;

-		    }

-		    if ((err = CopyGC(c->pGC, pGC, GCFunction |

-				      GCPlaneMask | GCForeground |

-				      GCBackground | GCFillStyle |

-				      GCTile | GCStipple |

-				      GCTileStipXOrigin |

-				      GCTileStipYOrigin | GCFont |

-				      GCSubwindowMode | GCClipXOrigin |

-				      GCClipYOrigin | GCClipMask)) !=

-				      Success)

-		    {

-			FreeScratchGC(pGC);

-			free(c->data);

-			free(c);

-			err = BadAlloc;

-			goto bail;

-		    }

-		    origGC = c->pGC;

-		    c->pGC = pGC;

-		    ValidateGC(c->pDraw, c->pGC);

-		    

-		    ClientSleep(client, (ClientSleepProcPtr)doPolyText, c);

-

-		    /* Set up to perform steps 3 and 4 */

-		    client_state = START_SLEEP;

-		    continue;	/* on to steps 3 and 4 */

-		}

-		else

-		    goto xinerama_sleep;

-		return TRUE;

-	    }

-	    else if (lgerr != Successful)

-	    {

-		err = FontToXError(lgerr);

-		goto bail;

-	    }

-	    if (c->pDraw)

-	    {

-		c->xorg += *((INT8 *)(c->pElt + 1));	/* must be signed */

-		if (c->reqType == X_PolyText8)

-		    c->xorg = (* c->pGC->ops->PolyText8)(c->pDraw, c->pGC, c->xorg, c->yorg,

-			*c->pElt, (char *) (c->pElt + TextEltHeader));

-		else

-		    c->xorg = (* c->pGC->ops->PolyText16)(c->pDraw, c->pGC, c->xorg, c->yorg,

-			*c->pElt, (unsigned short *) (c->pElt + TextEltHeader));

-	    }

-	    c->pElt = pNextElt;

-	}

-    }

-

-bail:

-

-    if (client_state == START_SLEEP)

-    {

-	/* Step 4 */

-	if (pFont != origGC->font)

-	{

-	    ChangeGCVal val;

-	    val.ptr = pFont;

-	    ChangeGC(NullClient, origGC, GCFont, &val);

-	    ValidateGC(c->pDraw, origGC);

-	}

-

-	/* restore pElt pointer for execution of remainder of the request */

-	c->pElt = c->data;

-	return TRUE;

-    }

-

-    if (c->err != Success) err = c->err;

-    if (err != Success && c->client != serverClient) {

-#ifdef PANORAMIX

-        if (noPanoramiXExtension || !c->pGC->pScreen->myNum)

-#endif

-	    SendErrorToClient(c->client, c->reqType, 0, 0, err);

-    }

-    if (ClientIsAsleep(client))

-    {

-	ClientWakeup(c->client);

-	finished = TRUE;

-xinerama_sleep:

-	if (finished || fromDispatch) {

-	    ChangeGC(NullClient, c->pGC, clearGCmask, clearGC);

-

-	    /* Unreference the font from the scratch GC */

-	    CloseFont(c->pGC->font, (Font)0);

-	    c->pGC->font = NullFont;

-

-	    FreeScratchGC(c->pGC);

-	    free(c->data);

-	    free(c);

-	}

-    }

-    return TRUE;

-}

-

-int

-PolyText(ClientPtr client, DrawablePtr pDraw, GC *pGC, unsigned char *pElt, 

-         unsigned char *endReq, int xorg, int yorg, int reqType, XID did)

-{

-    PTclosureRec local_closure;

-

-    local_closure.pElt = pElt;

-    local_closure.endReq = endReq;

-    local_closure.client = client;

-    local_closure.pDraw = pDraw;

-    local_closure.xorg = xorg;

-    local_closure.yorg = yorg;

-    local_closure.reqType = reqType;

-    local_closure.pGC = pGC;

-    local_closure.did = did;

-    local_closure.err = Success;

-

-    (void) doPolyText(client, &local_closure);

-    return Success;

-}

-

-

-#undef TextEltHeader

-#undef FontShiftSize

-

-int

-doImageText(ClientPtr client, ITclosurePtr c)

-{

-    int err = Success, lgerr;	/* err is in X error, not font error, space */

-    FontPathElementPtr fpe;

-    int itemSize = c->reqType == X_ImageText8 ? 1 : 2;

-    Bool fromDispatch = c->from_dispatch;

-    Bool finished = FALSE;

-

-    c->from_dispatch = FALSE;

-

-    if (client->clientGone)

-    {

-	fpe = c->pGC->font->fpe;

-	(*fpe_functions[fpe->type].client_died) ((pointer) client, fpe);

-	err = Success;

-	goto bail;

-    }

-

-    /* Make sure our drawable hasn't disappeared while we slept. */

-    if (ClientIsAsleep(client) && c->pDraw)

-    {

-	DrawablePtr pDraw;

-	dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, c->did, client, 0, DixWriteAccess);

-	if (c->pDraw != pDraw) {

-	    /* Our drawable has disappeared.  Treat like client died... ask

-	       the FPE code to clean up after client. */

-	    fpe = c->pGC->font->fpe;

-	    (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].client_died) ((pointer) client, fpe);

-	    err = Success;

-	    goto bail;

-	}

-    }

-

-    lgerr = LoadGlyphs(client, c->pGC->font, c->nChars, itemSize, c->data);

-    if (lgerr == Suspended)

-    {

-        if (!ClientIsAsleep(client)) {

-	    GC *pGC;

-	    unsigned char *data;

-	    ITclosurePtr new_closure;

-

-	    /* We're putting the client to sleep.  We need to

-	       save some state.  Similar problem to that handled

-	       in doPolyText, but much simpler because the

-	       request structure is much simpler. */

-

-	    new_closure = malloc(sizeof(ITclosureRec));

-	    if (!new_closure)

-	    {

-		err = BadAlloc;

-		goto bail;

-	    }

-	    *new_closure = *c;

-	    c = new_closure;

-

-	    data = malloc(c->nChars * itemSize);

-	    if (!data)

-	    {

-		free(c);

-		err = BadAlloc;

-		goto bail;

-	    }

-	    memmove(data, c->data, c->nChars * itemSize);

-	    c->data = data;

-

-	    pGC = GetScratchGC(c->pGC->depth, c->pGC->pScreen);

-	    if (!pGC)

-	    {

-		free(c->data);

-		free(c);

-		err = BadAlloc;

-		goto bail;

-	    }

-	    if ((err = CopyGC(c->pGC, pGC, GCFunction | GCPlaneMask |

-			      GCForeground | GCBackground | GCFillStyle |

-			      GCTile | GCStipple | GCTileStipXOrigin |

-			      GCTileStipYOrigin | GCFont |

-			      GCSubwindowMode | GCClipXOrigin |

-			      GCClipYOrigin | GCClipMask)) != Success)

-	    {

-		FreeScratchGC(pGC);

-		free(c->data);

-		free(c);

-		err = BadAlloc;

-		goto bail;

-	    }

-	    c->pGC = pGC;

-	    ValidateGC(c->pDraw, c->pGC);

-

-            ClientSleep(client, (ClientSleepProcPtr)doImageText, c);

-        }

-	else

-	    goto xinerama_sleep;

-        return TRUE;

-    }

-    else if (lgerr != Successful)

-    {

-        err = FontToXError(lgerr);

-        goto bail;

-    }

-    if (c->pDraw)

-    {

-	if (c->reqType == X_ImageText8)

-	    (* c->pGC->ops->ImageText8)(c->pDraw, c->pGC, c->xorg, c->yorg,

-		c->nChars, (char *) c->data);

-	else

-	    (* c->pGC->ops->ImageText16)(c->pDraw, c->pGC, c->xorg, c->yorg,

-		c->nChars, (unsigned short *) c->data);

-    }

-

-bail:

-

-    if (err != Success && c->client != serverClient) {

-	SendErrorToClient(c->client, c->reqType, 0, 0, err);

-    }

-    if (ClientIsAsleep(client))

-    {

-	ClientWakeup(c->client);

-	finished = TRUE;

-xinerama_sleep:

-	if (finished || fromDispatch) {

-	    ChangeGC(NullClient, c->pGC, clearGCmask, clearGC);

-

-	    /* Unreference the font from the scratch GC */

-	    CloseFont(c->pGC->font, (Font)0);

-	    c->pGC->font = NullFont;

-

-	    FreeScratchGC(c->pGC);

-	    free(c->data);

-	    free(c);

-	}

-    }

-    return TRUE;

-}

-

-int

-ImageText(ClientPtr client, DrawablePtr pDraw, GC *pGC, int nChars, 

-          unsigned char *data, int xorg, int yorg, int reqType, XID did)

-{

-    ITclosureRec local_closure;

-

-    local_closure.client = client;

-    local_closure.pDraw = pDraw;

-    local_closure.pGC = pGC;

-    local_closure.nChars = nChars;

-    local_closure.data = data;

-    local_closure.xorg = xorg;

-    local_closure.yorg = yorg;

-    local_closure.reqType = reqType;

-    local_closure.did = did;

-

-    (void) doImageText(client, &local_closure);

-    return Success;

-}

-

-

-/* does the necessary magic to figure out the fpe type */

-static int

-DetermineFPEType(char *pathname)

-{

-    int         i;

-

-    for (i = 0; i < num_fpe_types; i++) {

-	if ((*fpe_functions[i].name_check) (pathname))

-	    return i;

-    }

-    return -1;

-}

-

-

-static void

-FreeFontPath(FontPathElementPtr *list, int n, Bool force)

-{

-    int         i;

-

-    for (i = 0; i < n; i++) {

-	if (force) {

-	    /* Sanity check that all refcounts will be 0 by the time

-	       we get to the end of the list. */

-	    int found = 1;	/* the first reference is us */

-	    int j;

-	    for (j = i+1; j < n; j++) {

-		if (list[j] == list[i])

-		    found++;

-	    }

-	    if (list[i]->refcount != found) {

-		list[i]->refcount = found; /* ensure it will get freed */

-	    }

-	}

-	FreeFPE(list[i]);

-    }

-    free(list);

-}

-

-static FontPathElementPtr

-find_existing_fpe(FontPathElementPtr *list, int num, unsigned char *name, int len)

-{

-    FontPathElementPtr fpe;

-    int         i;

-

-    for (i = 0; i < num; i++) {

-	fpe = list[i];

-	if (fpe->name_length == len && memcmp(name, fpe->name, len) == 0)

-	    return fpe;

-    }

-    return (FontPathElementPtr) 0;

-}

-

-

-static int

-SetFontPathElements(int npaths, unsigned char *paths, int *bad, Bool persist)

-{

-    int         i, err = 0;

-    int         valid_paths = 0;

-    unsigned int len;

-    unsigned char *cp = paths;

-    FontPathElementPtr fpe = NULL, *fplist;

-

-    fplist = malloc(sizeof(FontPathElementPtr) * npaths);

-    if (!fplist) {

-	*bad = 0;

-	return BadAlloc;

-    }

-    for (i = 0; i < num_fpe_types; i++) {

-	if (fpe_functions[i].set_path_hook)

-	    (*fpe_functions[i].set_path_hook) ();

-    }

-    for (i = 0; i < npaths; i++) 

-    {

-	len = (unsigned int) (*cp++);

-

-	if (len == 0) 

-	{

-	    if (persist)

-		ErrorF("[dix] Removing empty element from the valid list of fontpaths\n");

-	    err = BadValue;

-	}

-	else

-	{

-	    /* if it's already in our active list, just reset it */

-	    /*

-	     * note that this can miss FPE's in limbo -- may be worth catching

-	     * them, though it'd muck up refcounting

-	     */

-	    fpe = find_existing_fpe(font_path_elements, num_fpes, cp, len);

-	    if (fpe) 

-	    {

-		err = (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].reset_fpe) (fpe);

-		if (err == Successful) 

-		{

-		    UseFPE(fpe);/* since it'll be decref'd later when freed

-				 * from the old list */

-		}

-		else

-		    fpe = 0;

-	    }

-	    /* if error or can't do it, act like it's a new one */

-	    if (!fpe)

-	    {

-		fpe = malloc(sizeof(FontPathElementRec));

-		if (!fpe) 

-		{

-		    err = BadAlloc;

-		    goto bail;

-		}

-		fpe->name = malloc(len + 1);

-		if (!fpe->name) 

-		{

-		    free(fpe);

-		    err = BadAlloc;

-		    goto bail;

-		}

-		fpe->refcount = 1;

-    

-		strncpy(fpe->name, (char *) cp, (int) len);

-		fpe->name[len] = '\0';

-		fpe->name_length = len;

-		fpe->type = DetermineFPEType(fpe->name);

-		if (fpe->type == -1)

-		    err = BadValue;

-		else

-		    err = (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].init_fpe) (fpe);

-		if (err != Successful)

-		{

-		    if (persist)

-		    {

-			ErrorF("[dix] Could not init font path element %s, removing from list!\n",

-			       fpe->name);

-		    }

-		    free(fpe->name);

-		    free(fpe);

-		}

-	    }

-	}

-	if (err != Successful)

-	{

-	    if (!persist)

-		goto bail;

-	}

-	else

-	{

-	    fplist[valid_paths++] = fpe;

-	}

-	cp += len;

-    }

-

-    FreeFontPath(font_path_elements, num_fpes, FALSE);

-    font_path_elements = fplist;

-    if (patternCache)

-	EmptyFontPatternCache(patternCache);

-    num_fpes = valid_paths;

-

-    return Success;

-bail:

-    *bad = i;

-    while (--valid_paths >= 0)

-	FreeFPE(fplist[valid_paths]);

-    free(fplist);

-    return FontToXError(err);

-}

-

-int

-SetFontPath(ClientPtr client, int npaths, unsigned char *paths)

-{

-    int err = XaceHook(XACE_SERVER_ACCESS, client, DixManageAccess);

-    if (err != Success)

-	return err;

-

-    if (npaths == 0) {

-	if (SetDefaultFontPath(defaultFontPath) != Success)

-	    return BadValue;

-    } else {

-	int bad;

-	err = SetFontPathElements(npaths, paths, &bad, FALSE);

-	client->errorValue = bad;

-    }

-    return err;

-}

-

-int

-SetDefaultFontPath(char *path)

-{

-    char       *temp_path,

-               *start,

-               *end;

-    unsigned char *cp,

-               *pp,

-               *nump,

-               *newpath;

-    int         num = 1,

-                len,

-                err,

-                size = 0,

-                bad;

-

-    /* ensure temp_path contains "built-ins" */

-    start = path;

-    while (1) {

-	start = strstr(start, "built-ins");

-	if (start == NULL)

-	    break;

-	end = start + strlen("built-ins");

-	if ((start == path || start[-1] == ',') && (!*end || *end == ','))

-	    break;

-	start = end;

-    }

-    if (!start) {

-	if (asprintf(&temp_path, "%s%sbuilt-ins", path, *path ? "," : "")

-	    == -1)

-	    temp_path = NULL;

-    } else {

-	temp_path = strdup(path);

-    }

-    if (!temp_path)

-        return BadAlloc;

-

-    /* get enough for string, plus values -- use up commas */

-    len = strlen(temp_path) + 1;

-    nump = cp = newpath = malloc(len);

-    if (!newpath) {

-	free(temp_path);

-	return BadAlloc;

-    }

-    pp = (unsigned char *) temp_path;

-    cp++;

-    while (*pp) {

-	if (*pp == ',') {

-	    *nump = (unsigned char) size;

-	    nump = cp++;

-	    pp++;

-	    num++;

-	    size = 0;

-	} else {

-	    *cp++ = *pp++;

-	    size++;

-	}

-    }

-    *nump = (unsigned char) size;

-

-    err = SetFontPathElements(num, newpath, &bad, TRUE);

-

-    free(newpath);

-    free(temp_path);

-

-    return err;

-}

-

-int

-GetFontPath(ClientPtr client, int *count, int *length, unsigned char **result)

-{

-    int			i;

-    unsigned char       *c;

-    int			len;

-    FontPathElementPtr	fpe;

-

-    i = XaceHook(XACE_SERVER_ACCESS, client, DixGetAttrAccess);

-    if (i != Success)

-	return i;

-

-    len = 0;

-    for (i = 0; i < num_fpes; i++) {

-	fpe = font_path_elements[i];

-	len += fpe->name_length + 1;

-    }

-    font_path_string = (unsigned char *) realloc(font_path_string, len);

-    if (!font_path_string)

-	return BadAlloc;

-

-    c = font_path_string;

-    *length = 0;

-    for (i = 0; i < num_fpes; i++) {

-	fpe = font_path_elements[i];

-	*c = fpe->name_length;

-	*length += *c++;

-	memmove(c, fpe->name, fpe->name_length);

-	c += fpe->name_length;

-    }

-    *count = num_fpes;

-    *result = font_path_string;

-    return Success;

-}

-

-void

-DeleteClientFontStuff(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    int			i;

-    FontPathElementPtr	fpe;

-

-    for (i = 0; i < num_fpes; i++)

-    {

-	fpe = font_path_elements[i];

-	if (fpe_functions[fpe->type].client_died)

-	    (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].client_died) ((pointer) client, fpe);

-    }

-}

-

-void

-InitFonts (void)

-{

-    patternCache = MakeFontPatternCache();

-

-    register_fpe_functions();

-}

-

-int

-GetDefaultPointSize (void)

-{

-    return 120;

-}

-

-

-FontResolutionPtr

-GetClientResolutions (int *num)

-{

-    static struct _FontResolution res;

-    ScreenPtr   pScreen;

-

-    pScreen = screenInfo.screens[0];

-    res.x_resolution = (pScreen->width * 25.4) / pScreen->mmWidth;

-    /*

-     * XXX - we'll want this as long as bitmap instances are prevalent 

-     so that we can match them from scalable fonts

-     */

-    if (res.x_resolution < 88)

-	res.x_resolution = 75;

-    else

-	res.x_resolution = 100;

-    res.y_resolution = (pScreen->height * 25.4) / pScreen->mmHeight;

-    if (res.y_resolution < 88)

-	res.y_resolution = 75;

-    else

-	res.y_resolution = 100;

-    res.point_size = 120;

-    *num = 1;

-    return &res;

-}

-

-/*

- * returns the type index of the new fpe

- *

- * should be called (only once!) by each type of fpe when initialized

- */

-

-int

-RegisterFPEFunctions(NameCheckFunc name_func, 

-		     InitFpeFunc init_func, 

-		     FreeFpeFunc free_func, 

-		     ResetFpeFunc reset_func, 

-		     OpenFontFunc open_func, 

-		     CloseFontFunc close_func, 

-		     ListFontsFunc list_func, 

-		     StartLfwiFunc start_lfwi_func, 

-		     NextLfwiFunc next_lfwi_func, 

-		     WakeupFpeFunc wakeup_func, 

-		     ClientDiedFunc client_died, 

-		     LoadGlyphsFunc load_glyphs, 

-		     StartLaFunc start_list_alias_func, 

-		     NextLaFunc next_list_alias_func, 

-		     SetPathFunc set_path_func)

-{

-    FPEFunctions *new;

-

-    /* grow the list */

-    new = (FPEFunctions *) realloc(fpe_functions,

-				 (num_fpe_types + 1) * sizeof(FPEFunctions));

-    if (!new)

-	return -1;

-    fpe_functions = new;

-

-    fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].name_check = name_func;

-    fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].open_font = open_func;

-    fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].close_font = close_func;

-    fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].wakeup_fpe = wakeup_func;

-    fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].list_fonts = list_func;

-    fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].start_list_fonts_with_info =

-	start_lfwi_func;

-    fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].list_next_font_with_info =

-	next_lfwi_func;

-    fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].init_fpe = init_func;

-    fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].free_fpe = free_func;

-    fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].reset_fpe = reset_func;

-    fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].client_died = client_died;

-    fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].load_glyphs = load_glyphs;

-    fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].start_list_fonts_and_aliases =

-	start_list_alias_func;

-    fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].list_next_font_or_alias =

-	next_list_alias_func;

-    fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].set_path_hook = set_path_func;

-

-    return num_fpe_types++;

-}

-

-void

-FreeFonts(void)

-{

-    if (patternCache) {

-	FreeFontPatternCache(patternCache);

-	patternCache = 0;

-    }

-    FreeFontPath(font_path_elements, num_fpes, TRUE);

-    font_path_elements = 0;

-    num_fpes = 0;

-    free(fpe_functions);

-    num_fpe_types = 0;

-    fpe_functions = (FPEFunctions *) 0;

-}

-

-/* convenience functions for FS interface */

-

-FontPtr

-find_old_font(XID id)

-{

-    pointer pFont;

-    dixLookupResourceByType(&pFont, id, RT_NONE, serverClient, DixReadAccess);

-    return (FontPtr)pFont;

-}

-

-Font

-GetNewFontClientID(void)

-{

-    return FakeClientID(0);

-}

-

-int

-StoreFontClientFont(FontPtr pfont, Font id)

-{

-    return AddResource(id, RT_NONE, (pointer) pfont);

-}

-

-void

-DeleteFontClientID(Font id)

-{

-    FreeResource(id, RT_NONE);

-}

-

-int

-client_auth_generation(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    return 0;

-}

-

-static int  fs_handlers_installed = 0;

-static unsigned int last_server_gen;

-

-int

-init_fs_handlers(FontPathElementPtr fpe, BlockHandlerProcPtr block_handler)

-{

-    /* if server has reset, make sure the b&w handlers are reinstalled */

-    if (last_server_gen < serverGeneration) {

-	last_server_gen = serverGeneration;

-	fs_handlers_installed = 0;

-    }

-    if (fs_handlers_installed == 0) {

-	if (!RegisterBlockAndWakeupHandlers(block_handler,

-					    FontWakeup, (pointer) 0))

-	    return AllocError;

-	fs_handlers_installed++;

-    }

-    QueueFontWakeup(fpe);

-    return Successful;

-}

-

-void

-remove_fs_handlers(FontPathElementPtr fpe, BlockHandlerProcPtr block_handler, Bool all)

-{

-    if (all) {

-	/* remove the handlers if no one else is using them */

-	if (--fs_handlers_installed == 0) {

-	    RemoveBlockAndWakeupHandlers(block_handler, FontWakeup,

-					 (pointer) 0);

-	}

-    }

-    RemoveFontWakeup(fpe);

-}

+/************************************************************************
+Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+                        All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+************************************************************************/
+/* The panoramix components contained the following notice */
+/*
+Copyright (c) 1991, 1997 Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES, INCLUDING,
+BUT NOT LIMITED TO CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR
+IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of Digital Equipment Corporation
+shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
+dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from Digital
+Equipment Corporation.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <X11/X.h>
+#include <X11/Xmd.h>
+#include <X11/Xproto.h>
+#include "scrnintstr.h"
+#include "resource.h"
+#include "dixstruct.h"
+#include "cursorstr.h"
+#include "misc.h"
+#include "opaque.h"
+#include "dixfontstr.h"
+#include "closestr.h"
+#include "dixfont.h"
+#include "xace.h"
+
+#ifdef XF86BIGFONT
+#include "xf86bigfontsrv.h"
+#endif
+
+extern pointer fosNaturalParams;
+extern FontPtr defaultFont;
+
+static FontPathElementPtr *font_path_elements = (FontPathElementPtr *) 0;
+static int  num_fpes = 0;
+static FPEFunctions *fpe_functions = (FPEFunctions *) 0;
+static int  num_fpe_types = 0;
+
+static unsigned char *font_path_string;
+
+static int  num_slept_fpes = 0;
+static int  size_slept_fpes = 0;
+static FontPathElementPtr *slept_fpes = (FontPathElementPtr *) 0;
+static FontPatternCachePtr patternCache;
+
+static int
+FontToXError(int err)
+{
+    switch (err) {
+    case Successful:
+	return Success;
+    case AllocError:
+	return BadAlloc;
+    case BadFontName:
+	return BadName;
+    case BadFontPath:
+    case BadFontFormat:	/* is there something better? */
+    case BadCharRange:
+	return BadValue;
+    default:
+	return err;
+    }
+}
+
+static int
+LoadGlyphs(ClientPtr client, FontPtr pfont, unsigned nchars, int item_size,
+	   unsigned char *data)
+{
+    if (fpe_functions[pfont->fpe->type].load_glyphs)
+	return (*fpe_functions[pfont->fpe->type].load_glyphs)
+	    (client, pfont, 0, nchars, item_size, data);
+    else
+	return Successful;
+}
+
+/*
+ * adding RT_FONT prevents conflict with default cursor font
+ */
+Bool
+SetDefaultFont(char *defaultfontname)
+{
+    int         err;
+    FontPtr     pf;
+    XID         fid;
+    static FontPtr last_pf;
+
+    fid = FakeClientID(0);
+    err = OpenFont(serverClient, fid, FontLoadAll | FontOpenSync,
+		   (unsigned) strlen(defaultfontname), defaultfontname);
+    if (err != Success)
+	return FALSE;
+    err = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pf, fid, RT_FONT, serverClient,
+				  DixReadAccess);
+    if (err == Success) last_pf = pf;
+    if (last_pf == (FontPtr) NULL)
+	return FALSE;
+    defaultFont = last_pf;
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*
+ * note that the font wakeup queue is not refcounted.  this is because
+ * an fpe needs to be added when it's inited, and removed when it's finally
+ * freed, in order to handle any data that isn't requested, like FS events.
+ *
+ * since the only thing that should call these routines is the renderer's
+ * init_fpe() and free_fpe(), there shouldn't be any problem in using
+ * freed data.
+ */
+void
+QueueFontWakeup(FontPathElementPtr fpe)
+{
+    int         i;
+    FontPathElementPtr *new;
+
+    for (i = 0; i < num_slept_fpes; i++) {
+	if (slept_fpes[i] == fpe) {
+	    return;
+	}
+    }
+    if (num_slept_fpes == size_slept_fpes) {
+	new = (FontPathElementPtr *)
+	    realloc(slept_fpes,
+		     sizeof(FontPathElementPtr) * (size_slept_fpes + 4));
+	if (!new)
+	    return;
+	slept_fpes = new;
+	size_slept_fpes += 4;
+    }
+    slept_fpes[num_slept_fpes] = fpe;
+    num_slept_fpes++;
+}
+
+void
+RemoveFontWakeup(FontPathElementPtr fpe)
+{
+    int         i,
+                j;
+
+    for (i = 0; i < num_slept_fpes; i++) {
+	if (slept_fpes[i] == fpe) {
+	    for (j = i; j < num_slept_fpes; j++) {
+		slept_fpes[j] = slept_fpes[j + 1];
+	    }
+	    num_slept_fpes--;
+	    return;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+void
+FontWakeup(pointer data, int count, pointer LastSelectMask)
+{
+    int         i;
+    FontPathElementPtr fpe;
+
+    if (count < 0)
+	return;
+    /* wake up any fpe's that may be waiting for information */
+    for (i = 0; i < num_slept_fpes; i++) {
+	fpe = slept_fpes[i];
+	(void) (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].wakeup_fpe) (fpe, LastSelectMask);
+    }
+}
+
+/* XXX -- these two funcs may want to be broken into macros */
+static void
+UseFPE(FontPathElementPtr fpe)
+{
+    fpe->refcount++;
+}
+
+static void
+FreeFPE (FontPathElementPtr fpe)
+{
+    fpe->refcount--;
+    if (fpe->refcount == 0) {
+	(*fpe_functions[fpe->type].free_fpe) (fpe);
+	free(fpe->name);
+	free(fpe);
+    }
+}
+
+static Bool
+doOpenFont(ClientPtr client, OFclosurePtr c)
+{
+    FontPtr     pfont = NullFont;
+    FontPathElementPtr fpe = NULL;
+    ScreenPtr   pScr;
+    int         err = Successful;
+    int         i;
+    char       *alias,
+               *newname;
+    int         newlen;
+    int		aliascount = 20;
+    Bool	fromDispatch = c->from_dispatch;
+    Bool        finished = FALSE;
+    /*
+     * Decide at runtime what FontFormat to use.
+     */
+    Mask FontFormat = 
+
+	((screenInfo.imageByteOrder == LSBFirst) ?
+	    BitmapFormatByteOrderLSB : BitmapFormatByteOrderMSB) |
+
+	((screenInfo.bitmapBitOrder == LSBFirst) ?
+	    BitmapFormatBitOrderLSB : BitmapFormatBitOrderMSB) |
+
+	BitmapFormatImageRectMin |
+
+#if GLYPHPADBYTES == 1
+	BitmapFormatScanlinePad8 |
+#endif
+
+#if GLYPHPADBYTES == 2
+	BitmapFormatScanlinePad16 |
+#endif
+
+#if GLYPHPADBYTES == 4
+	BitmapFormatScanlinePad32 |
+#endif
+
+#if GLYPHPADBYTES == 8
+	BitmapFormatScanlinePad64 |
+#endif
+
+	BitmapFormatScanlineUnit8;
+
+    c->from_dispatch = FALSE;
+
+    if (client->clientGone)
+    {
+	if (c->current_fpe < c->num_fpes)
+	{
+	    fpe = c->fpe_list[c->current_fpe];
+	    (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].client_died) ((pointer) client, fpe);
+	}
+	err = Successful;
+	goto bail;
+    }
+    while (c->current_fpe < c->num_fpes) {
+	fpe = c->fpe_list[c->current_fpe];
+	err = (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].open_font)
+	    ((pointer) client, fpe, c->flags,
+	     c->fontname, c->fnamelen, FontFormat,
+	     BitmapFormatMaskByte |
+	     BitmapFormatMaskBit |
+	     BitmapFormatMaskImageRectangle |
+	     BitmapFormatMaskScanLinePad |
+	     BitmapFormatMaskScanLineUnit,
+	     c->fontid, &pfont, &alias,
+	     c->non_cachable_font && c->non_cachable_font->fpe == fpe ?
+		 c->non_cachable_font :
+		 (FontPtr)0);
+
+	if (err == FontNameAlias && alias) {
+	    newlen = strlen(alias);
+	    newname = (char *) realloc(c->fontname, newlen);
+	    if (!newname) {
+		err = AllocError;
+		break;
+	    }
+	    memmove(newname, alias, newlen);
+	    c->fontname = newname;
+	    c->fnamelen = newlen;
+	    c->current_fpe = 0;
+	    if (--aliascount <= 0) {
+		/* We've tried resolving this alias 20 times, we're
+ 		 * probably stuck in an infinite loop of aliases pointing
+ 		 * to each other - time to take emergency exit!
+ 		 */
+ 		err = BadImplementation;
+		break;
+	    }
+	    continue;
+	}
+	if (err == BadFontName) {
+	    c->current_fpe++;
+	    continue;
+	}
+	if (err == Suspended) {
+	    if (!ClientIsAsleep(client))
+		ClientSleep(client, (ClientSleepProcPtr)doOpenFont, c);
+	    else
+		goto xinerama_sleep;
+	    return TRUE;
+	}
+	break;
+    }
+
+    if (err != Successful)
+	goto bail;
+    if (!pfont) {
+	err = BadFontName;
+	goto bail;
+    }
+    /* check values for firstCol, lastCol, firstRow, and lastRow */
+    if (pfont->info.firstCol > pfont->info.lastCol ||
+       pfont->info.firstRow > pfont->info.lastRow ||
+       pfont->info.lastCol - pfont->info.firstCol > 255) {
+       err = AllocError;
+       goto bail;
+    }
+    if (!pfont->fpe)
+	pfont->fpe = fpe;
+    pfont->refcnt++;
+    if (pfont->refcnt == 1) {
+	UseFPE(pfont->fpe);
+	for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++) {
+	    pScr = screenInfo.screens[i];
+	    if (pScr->RealizeFont)
+	    {
+		if (!(*pScr->RealizeFont) (pScr, pfont))
+		{
+		    CloseFont (pfont, (Font) 0);
+		    err = AllocError;
+		    goto bail;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    if (!AddResource(c->fontid, RT_FONT, (pointer) pfont)) {
+	err = AllocError;
+	goto bail;
+    }
+    if (patternCache && pfont != c->non_cachable_font)
+	CacheFontPattern(patternCache, c->origFontName, c->origFontNameLen,
+			 pfont);
+bail:
+    if (err != Successful && c->client != serverClient) {
+	SendErrorToClient(c->client, X_OpenFont, 0,
+			  c->fontid, FontToXError(err));
+    }
+    ClientWakeup(c->client);
+    finished = TRUE;
+xinerama_sleep:
+    if (finished || fromDispatch) {
+	for (i = 0; i < c->num_fpes; i++) {
+	    FreeFPE(c->fpe_list[i]);
+	}
+	free(c->fpe_list);
+	free(c->fontname);
+	free(c);
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+int
+OpenFont(ClientPtr client, XID fid, Mask flags, unsigned lenfname, char *pfontname)
+{
+    OFclosurePtr c;
+    int         i;
+    FontPtr     cached = (FontPtr)0;
+
+    if (!lenfname || lenfname > XLFDMAXFONTNAMELEN)
+	return BadName;
+    if (patternCache)
+    {
+
+    /*
+    ** Check name cache.  If we find a cached version of this font that
+    ** is cachable, immediately satisfy the request with it.  If we find
+    ** a cached version of this font that is non-cachable, we do not
+    ** satisfy the request with it.  Instead, we pass the FontPtr to the
+    ** FPE's open_font code (the fontfile FPE in turn passes the
+    ** information to the rasterizer; the fserve FPE ignores it).
+    **
+    ** Presumably, the font is marked non-cachable because the FPE has
+    ** put some licensing restrictions on it.  If the FPE, using
+    ** whatever logic it relies on, determines that it is willing to
+    ** share this existing font with the client, then it has the option
+    ** to return the FontPtr we passed it as the newly-opened font.
+    ** This allows the FPE to exercise its licensing logic without
+    ** having to create another instance of a font that already exists.
+    */
+
+	cached = FindCachedFontPattern(patternCache, pfontname, lenfname);
+	if (cached && cached->info.cachable)
+	{
+	    if (!AddResource(fid, RT_FONT, (pointer) cached))
+		return BadAlloc;
+	    cached->refcnt++;
+	    return Success;
+	}
+    }
+    c = malloc(sizeof(OFclosureRec));
+    if (!c)
+	return BadAlloc;
+    c->fontname = malloc(lenfname);
+    c->origFontName = pfontname;
+    c->origFontNameLen = lenfname;
+    if (!c->fontname) {
+	free(c);
+	return BadAlloc;
+    }
+    /*
+     * copy the current FPE list, so that if it gets changed by another client
+     * while we're blocking, the request still appears atomic
+     */
+    c->fpe_list = malloc(sizeof(FontPathElementPtr) * num_fpes);
+    if (!c->fpe_list) {
+	free(c->fontname);
+	free(c);
+	return BadAlloc;
+    }
+    memmove(c->fontname, pfontname, lenfname);
+    for (i = 0; i < num_fpes; i++) {
+	c->fpe_list[i] = font_path_elements[i];
+	UseFPE(c->fpe_list[i]);
+    }
+    c->client = client;
+    c->fontid = fid;
+    c->current_fpe = 0;
+    c->num_fpes = num_fpes;
+    c->fnamelen = lenfname;
+    c->flags = flags;
+    c->from_dispatch = TRUE;
+    c->non_cachable_font = cached;
+
+    (void) doOpenFont(client, c);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Decrement font's ref count, and free storage if ref count equals zero
+ *
+ *  \param value must conform to DeleteType
+ */
+int
+CloseFont(pointer value, XID fid)
+{
+    int         nscr;
+    ScreenPtr   pscr;
+    FontPathElementPtr fpe;
+    FontPtr     pfont = (FontPtr)value;
+
+    if (pfont == NullFont)
+	return Success;
+    if (--pfont->refcnt == 0) {
+	if (patternCache)
+	    RemoveCachedFontPattern (patternCache, pfont);
+	/*
+	 * since the last reference is gone, ask each screen to free any
+	 * storage it may have allocated locally for it.
+	 */
+	for (nscr = 0; nscr < screenInfo.numScreens; nscr++) {
+	    pscr = screenInfo.screens[nscr];
+	    if (pscr->UnrealizeFont)
+		(*pscr->UnrealizeFont) (pscr, pfont);
+	}
+	if (pfont == defaultFont)
+	    defaultFont = NULL;
+#ifdef XF86BIGFONT
+	XF86BigfontFreeFontShm(pfont);
+#endif
+	fpe = pfont->fpe;
+	(*fpe_functions[fpe->type].close_font) (fpe, pfont);
+	FreeFPE(fpe);
+    }
+    return Success;
+}
+
+
+/***====================================================================***/
+
+/**
+ * Sets up pReply as the correct QueryFontReply for pFont with the first
+ * nProtoCCIStructs char infos.
+ *
+ *  \param pReply caller must allocate this storage
+  */
+void
+QueryFont(FontPtr pFont, xQueryFontReply *pReply, int nProtoCCIStructs)
+{
+    FontPropPtr      pFP;
+    int              r,
+                     c,
+                     i;
+    xFontProp       *prFP;
+    xCharInfo       *prCI;
+    xCharInfo       *charInfos[256];
+    unsigned char    chars[512];
+    int              ninfos;
+    unsigned long    ncols;
+    unsigned long    count;
+
+    /* pr->length set in dispatch */
+    pReply->minCharOrByte2 = pFont->info.firstCol;
+    pReply->defaultChar = pFont->info.defaultCh;
+    pReply->maxCharOrByte2 = pFont->info.lastCol;
+    pReply->drawDirection = pFont->info.drawDirection;
+    pReply->allCharsExist = pFont->info.allExist;
+    pReply->minByte1 = pFont->info.firstRow;
+    pReply->maxByte1 = pFont->info.lastRow;
+    pReply->fontAscent = pFont->info.fontAscent;
+    pReply->fontDescent = pFont->info.fontDescent;
+
+    pReply->minBounds = pFont->info.ink_minbounds;
+    pReply->maxBounds = pFont->info.ink_maxbounds;
+
+    pReply->nFontProps = pFont->info.nprops;
+    pReply->nCharInfos = nProtoCCIStructs;
+
+    for (i = 0, pFP = pFont->info.props, prFP = (xFontProp *) (&pReply[1]);
+	    i < pFont->info.nprops;
+	    i++, pFP++, prFP++) {
+	prFP->name = pFP->name;
+	prFP->value = pFP->value;
+    }
+
+    ninfos = 0;
+    ncols = (unsigned long) (pFont->info.lastCol - pFont->info.firstCol + 1);
+    prCI = (xCharInfo *) (prFP);
+    for (r = pFont->info.firstRow;
+	    ninfos < nProtoCCIStructs && r <= (int)pFont->info.lastRow;
+	    r++) {
+	i = 0;
+	for (c = pFont->info.firstCol; c <= (int)pFont->info.lastCol; c++) {
+	    chars[i++] = r;
+	    chars[i++] = c;
+	}
+	(*pFont->get_metrics) (pFont, ncols, chars, 
+				TwoD16Bit, &count, charInfos);
+	i = 0;
+	for (i = 0; i < (int) count && ninfos < nProtoCCIStructs; i++) {
+	    *prCI = *charInfos[i];
+	    prCI++;
+	    ninfos++;
+	}
+    }
+    return;
+}
+
+static Bool
+doListFontsAndAliases(ClientPtr client, LFclosurePtr c)
+{
+    FontPathElementPtr fpe;
+    int         err = Successful;
+    FontNamesPtr names = NULL;
+    char       *name, *resolved=NULL;
+    int         namelen, resolvedlen;
+    int		nnames;
+    int         stringLens;
+    int         i;
+    xListFontsReply reply;
+    char	*bufptr;
+    char	*bufferStart;
+    int		aliascount = 0;
+    Bool	fromDispatch = c->from_dispatch;
+    Bool	finished = FALSE;
+
+    c->from_dispatch = FALSE;
+
+    if (client->clientGone)
+    {
+	if (c->current.current_fpe < c->num_fpes)
+	{
+	    fpe = c->fpe_list[c->current.current_fpe];
+	    (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].client_died) ((pointer) client, fpe);
+	}
+	err = Successful;
+	goto bail;
+    }
+
+    if (!c->current.patlen)
+	goto finish;
+
+    while (c->current.current_fpe < c->num_fpes) {
+	fpe = c->fpe_list[c->current.current_fpe];
+	err = Successful;
+
+	if (!fpe_functions[fpe->type].start_list_fonts_and_aliases)
+	{
+	    /* This FPE doesn't support/require list_fonts_and_aliases */
+
+	    err = (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].list_fonts)
+		((pointer) c->client, fpe, c->current.pattern,
+		 c->current.patlen, c->current.max_names - c->names->nnames,
+		 c->names);
+
+	    if (err == Suspended) {
+		if (!ClientIsAsleep(client))
+		    ClientSleep(client,
+				(ClientSleepProcPtr)doListFontsAndAliases,
+				c);
+		else
+		    goto xinerama_sleep;
+		return TRUE;
+	    }
+
+	    err = BadFontName;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+	    /* Start of list_fonts_and_aliases functionality.  Modeled
+	       after list_fonts_with_info in that it resolves aliases,
+	       except that the information collected from FPEs is just
+	       names, not font info.  Each list_next_font_or_alias()
+	       returns either a name into name/namelen or an alias into
+	       name/namelen and its target name into resolved/resolvedlen.
+	       The code at this level then resolves the alias by polling
+	       the FPEs.  */
+
+	    if (!c->current.list_started) {
+		err = (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].start_list_fonts_and_aliases)
+		    ((pointer) c->client, fpe, c->current.pattern,
+		     c->current.patlen, c->current.max_names - c->names->nnames,
+		     &c->current.private);
+		if (err == Suspended) {
+		    if (!ClientIsAsleep(client))
+			ClientSleep(client,
+				    (ClientSleepProcPtr)doListFontsAndAliases,
+				    c);
+		    else
+			goto xinerama_sleep;
+		    return TRUE;
+		}
+		if (err == Successful)
+		    c->current.list_started = TRUE;
+	    }
+	    if (err == Successful) {
+		char    *tmpname;
+		name = 0;
+		err = (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].list_next_font_or_alias)
+		    ((pointer) c->client, fpe, &name, &namelen, &tmpname,
+		     &resolvedlen, c->current.private);
+		if (err == Suspended) {
+		    if (!ClientIsAsleep(client))
+			ClientSleep(client,
+				    (ClientSleepProcPtr)doListFontsAndAliases,
+				    c);
+		    else
+			goto xinerama_sleep;
+		    return TRUE;
+		}
+		if (err == FontNameAlias) {
+		    free(resolved);
+		    resolved = malloc(resolvedlen + 1);
+		    if (resolved)
+			memmove(resolved, tmpname, resolvedlen + 1);
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    if (err == Successful)
+	    {
+		if (c->haveSaved)
+		{
+		    if (c->savedName)
+			(void)AddFontNamesName(c->names, c->savedName,
+					       c->savedNameLen);
+		}
+		else
+		    (void)AddFontNamesName(c->names, name, namelen);
+	    }
+
+	    /*
+	     * When we get an alias back, save our state and reset back to
+	     * the start of the FPE looking for the specified name.  As
+	     * soon as a real font is found for the alias, pop back to the
+	     * old state
+	     */
+	    else if (err == FontNameAlias) {
+		char	tmp_pattern[XLFDMAXFONTNAMELEN];
+		/*
+		 * when an alias recurses, we need to give
+		 * the last FPE a chance to clean up; so we call
+		 * it again, and assume that the error returned
+		 * is BadFontName, indicating the alias resolution
+		 * is complete.
+		 */
+		memmove(tmp_pattern, resolved, resolvedlen);
+		if (c->haveSaved)
+		{
+		    char    *tmpname;
+		    int     tmpnamelen;
+
+		    tmpname = 0;
+		    (void) (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].list_next_font_or_alias)
+			((pointer) c->client, fpe, &tmpname, &tmpnamelen,
+			 &tmpname, &tmpnamelen, c->current.private);
+		    if (--aliascount <= 0)
+		    {
+			err = BadFontName;
+			goto ContBadFontName;
+		    }
+		}
+		else
+		{
+		    c->saved = c->current;
+		    c->haveSaved = TRUE;
+		    free(c->savedName);
+		    c->savedName = malloc(namelen + 1);
+		    if (c->savedName)
+			memmove(c->savedName, name, namelen + 1);
+		    c->savedNameLen = namelen;
+		    aliascount = 20;
+		}
+		memmove(c->current.pattern, tmp_pattern, resolvedlen);
+		c->current.patlen = resolvedlen;
+		c->current.max_names = c->names->nnames + 1;
+		c->current.current_fpe = -1;
+		c->current.private = 0;
+		err = BadFontName;
+	    }
+	}
+	/*
+	 * At the end of this FPE, step to the next.  If we've finished
+	 * processing an alias, pop state back. If we've collected enough
+	 * font names, quit.
+	 */
+	if (err == BadFontName) {
+	  ContBadFontName: ;
+	    c->current.list_started = FALSE;
+	    c->current.current_fpe++;
+	    err = Successful;
+	    if (c->haveSaved)
+	    {
+		if (c->names->nnames == c->current.max_names ||
+			c->current.current_fpe == c->num_fpes) {
+		    c->haveSaved = FALSE;
+		    c->current = c->saved;
+		    /* Give the saved namelist a chance to clean itself up */
+		    continue;
+		}
+	    }
+	    if (c->names->nnames == c->current.max_names)
+		break;
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * send the reply
+     */
+    if (err != Successful) {
+	SendErrorToClient(client, X_ListFonts, 0, 0, FontToXError(err));
+	goto bail;
+    }
+
+finish:
+
+    names = c->names;
+    nnames = names->nnames;
+    client = c->client;
+    stringLens = 0;
+    for (i = 0; i < nnames; i++)
+	stringLens += (names->length[i] <= 255) ? names->length[i] : 0;
+
+    memset(&reply, 0, sizeof(xListFontsReply));
+    reply.type = X_Reply;
+    reply.length = bytes_to_int32(stringLens + nnames);
+    reply.nFonts = nnames;
+    reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+
+    bufptr = bufferStart = malloc(reply.length << 2);
+
+    if (!bufptr && reply.length) {
+	SendErrorToClient(client, X_ListFonts, 0, 0, BadAlloc);
+	goto bail;
+    }
+    /*
+     * since WriteToClient long word aligns things, copy to temp buffer and
+     * write all at once
+     */
+    for (i = 0; i < nnames; i++) {
+	if (names->length[i] > 255)
+	    reply.nFonts--;
+	else
+	{
+	    *bufptr++ = names->length[i];
+	    memmove( bufptr, names->names[i], names->length[i]);
+	    bufptr += names->length[i];
+	}
+    }
+    nnames = reply.nFonts;
+    reply.length = bytes_to_int32(stringLens + nnames);
+    client->pSwapReplyFunc = ReplySwapVector[X_ListFonts];
+    WriteSwappedDataToClient(client, sizeof(xListFontsReply), &reply);
+    (void) WriteToClient(client, stringLens + nnames, bufferStart);
+    free(bufferStart);
+
+bail:
+    ClientWakeup(client);
+    finished = TRUE;
+xinerama_sleep:
+    if (finished || fromDispatch) {
+	for (i = 0; i < c->num_fpes; i++)
+	    FreeFPE(c->fpe_list[i]);
+	free(c->fpe_list);
+	free(c->savedName);
+	FreeFontNames(names);
+	free(c);
+    }
+    free(resolved);
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+int
+ListFonts(ClientPtr client, unsigned char *pattern, unsigned length, 
+          unsigned max_names)
+{
+    int         i;
+    LFclosurePtr c;
+
+    /* 
+     * The right error to return here would be BadName, however the
+     * specification does not allow for a Name error on this request.
+     * Perhaps a better solution would be to return a nil list, i.e.
+     * a list containing zero fontnames.
+     */
+    if (length > XLFDMAXFONTNAMELEN)
+	return BadAlloc;
+
+    i = XaceHook(XACE_SERVER_ACCESS, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
+    if (i != Success)
+	return i;
+
+    if (!(c = malloc(sizeof *c)))
+	return BadAlloc;
+    c->fpe_list = malloc(sizeof(FontPathElementPtr) * num_fpes);
+    if (!c->fpe_list) {
+	free(c);
+	return BadAlloc;
+    }
+    c->names = MakeFontNamesRecord(max_names < 100 ? max_names : 100);
+    if (!c->names)
+    {
+	free(c->fpe_list);
+	free(c);
+	return BadAlloc;
+    }
+    memmove( c->current.pattern, pattern, length);
+    for (i = 0; i < num_fpes; i++) {
+	c->fpe_list[i] = font_path_elements[i];
+	UseFPE(c->fpe_list[i]);
+    }
+    c->client = client;
+    c->num_fpes = num_fpes;
+    c->current.patlen = length;
+    c->current.current_fpe = 0;
+    c->current.max_names = max_names;
+    c->current.list_started = FALSE;
+    c->current.private = 0;
+    c->haveSaved = FALSE;
+    c->from_dispatch = TRUE;
+    c->savedName = 0;
+    doListFontsAndAliases(client, c);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+int
+doListFontsWithInfo(ClientPtr client, LFWIclosurePtr c)
+{
+    FontPathElementPtr fpe;
+    int         err = Successful;
+    char       *name;
+    Bool        fromDispatch = c->from_dispatch;
+    Bool        finished = FALSE;
+    int         namelen;
+    int         numFonts;
+    FontInfoRec fontInfo,
+               *pFontInfo;
+    xListFontsWithInfoReply *reply;
+    int         length;
+    xFontProp  *pFP;
+    int         i;
+    int		aliascount = 0;
+    xListFontsWithInfoReply finalReply;
+
+    c->from_dispatch = FALSE;
+
+    if (client->clientGone)
+    {
+	if (c->current.current_fpe < c->num_fpes)
+ 	{
+	    fpe = c->fpe_list[c->current.current_fpe];
+	    (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].client_died) ((pointer) client, fpe);
+	}
+	err = Successful;
+	goto bail;
+    }
+    client->pSwapReplyFunc = ReplySwapVector[X_ListFontsWithInfo];
+    if (!c->current.patlen)
+	goto finish;
+    while (c->current.current_fpe < c->num_fpes)
+    {
+	fpe = c->fpe_list[c->current.current_fpe];
+	err = Successful;
+	if (!c->current.list_started)
+ 	{
+	    err = (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].start_list_fonts_with_info)
+		(client, fpe, c->current.pattern, c->current.patlen,
+		 c->current.max_names, &c->current.private);
+	    if (err == Suspended)
+ 	    {
+		if (!ClientIsAsleep(client))
+		    ClientSleep(client,
+				(ClientSleepProcPtr)doListFontsWithInfo, c);
+		else
+		    goto xinerama_sleep;
+		return TRUE;
+	    }
+	    if (err == Successful)
+		c->current.list_started = TRUE;
+	}
+	if (err == Successful)
+ 	{
+	    name = 0;
+	    pFontInfo = &fontInfo;
+	    err = (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].list_next_font_with_info)
+		(client, fpe, &name, &namelen, &pFontInfo,
+		 &numFonts, c->current.private);
+	    if (err == Suspended)
+ 	    {
+		if (!ClientIsAsleep(client))
+		    ClientSleep(client,
+				(ClientSleepProcPtr)doListFontsWithInfo, c);
+		else
+		    goto xinerama_sleep;
+		return TRUE;
+	    }
+	}
+	/*
+	 * When we get an alias back, save our state and reset back to the
+	 * start of the FPE looking for the specified name.  As soon as a real
+	 * font is found for the alias, pop back to the old state
+	 */
+	if (err == FontNameAlias)
+ 	{
+	    /*
+	     * when an alias recurses, we need to give
+	     * the last FPE a chance to clean up; so we call
+	     * it again, and assume that the error returned
+	     * is BadFontName, indicating the alias resolution
+	     * is complete.
+	     */
+	    if (c->haveSaved)
+	    {
+		char	*tmpname;
+		int	tmpnamelen;
+		FontInfoPtr tmpFontInfo;
+
+	    	tmpname = 0;
+	    	tmpFontInfo = &fontInfo;
+	    	(void) (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].list_next_font_with_info)
+		    (client, fpe, &tmpname, &tmpnamelen, &tmpFontInfo,
+		     &numFonts, c->current.private);
+		if (--aliascount <= 0)
+		{
+		    err = BadFontName;
+		    goto ContBadFontName;
+		}
+	    }
+	    else
+	    {
+		c->saved = c->current;
+		c->haveSaved = TRUE;
+		c->savedNumFonts = numFonts;
+		free(c->savedName);
+		c->savedName = malloc(namelen + 1);
+		if (c->savedName)
+		  memmove(c->savedName, name, namelen + 1);
+		aliascount = 20;
+	    }
+	    memmove(c->current.pattern, name, namelen);
+	    c->current.patlen = namelen;
+	    c->current.max_names = 1;
+	    c->current.current_fpe = 0;
+	    c->current.private = 0;
+	    c->current.list_started = FALSE;
+	}
+	/*
+	 * At the end of this FPE, step to the next.  If we've finished
+	 * processing an alias, pop state back.  If we've sent enough font
+	 * names, quit.  Always wait for BadFontName to let the FPE
+	 * have a chance to clean up.
+	 */
+	else if (err == BadFontName)
+ 	{
+	  ContBadFontName: ;
+	    c->current.list_started = FALSE;
+	    c->current.current_fpe++;
+	    err = Successful;
+	    if (c->haveSaved)
+ 	    {
+		if (c->current.max_names == 0 ||
+			c->current.current_fpe == c->num_fpes)
+ 		{
+		    c->haveSaved = FALSE;
+		    c->saved.max_names -= (1 - c->current.max_names);
+		    c->current = c->saved;
+		}
+	    }
+	    else if (c->current.max_names == 0)
+		break;
+	}
+ 	else if (err == Successful)
+ 	{
+	    length = sizeof(*reply) + pFontInfo->nprops * sizeof(xFontProp);
+	    reply = c->reply;
+	    if (c->length < length)
+ 	    {
+		reply = (xListFontsWithInfoReply *) realloc(c->reply, length);
+		if (!reply)
+ 		{
+		    err = AllocError;
+		    break;
+		}
+		memset((char*)reply + c->length, 0, length - c->length);
+		c->reply = reply;
+		c->length = length;
+	    }
+	    if (c->haveSaved)
+ 	    {
+		numFonts = c->savedNumFonts;
+		name = c->savedName;
+		namelen = strlen(name);
+	    }
+	    reply->type = X_Reply;
+	    reply->length = bytes_to_int32(sizeof *reply - sizeof(xGenericReply) +
+			     pFontInfo->nprops * sizeof(xFontProp) +
+			     namelen);
+	    reply->sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+	    reply->nameLength = namelen;
+	    reply->minBounds = pFontInfo->ink_minbounds;
+	    reply->maxBounds = pFontInfo->ink_maxbounds;
+	    reply->minCharOrByte2 = pFontInfo->firstCol;
+	    reply->maxCharOrByte2 = pFontInfo->lastCol;
+	    reply->defaultChar = pFontInfo->defaultCh;
+	    reply->nFontProps = pFontInfo->nprops;
+	    reply->drawDirection = pFontInfo->drawDirection;
+	    reply->minByte1 = pFontInfo->firstRow;
+	    reply->maxByte1 = pFontInfo->lastRow;
+	    reply->allCharsExist = pFontInfo->allExist;
+	    reply->fontAscent = pFontInfo->fontAscent;
+	    reply->fontDescent = pFontInfo->fontDescent;
+	    reply->nReplies = numFonts;
+	    pFP = (xFontProp *) (reply + 1);
+	    for (i = 0; i < pFontInfo->nprops; i++)
+ 	    {
+		pFP->name = pFontInfo->props[i].name;
+		pFP->value = pFontInfo->props[i].value;
+		pFP++;
+	    }
+	    WriteSwappedDataToClient(client, length, reply);
+	    (void) WriteToClient(client, namelen, name);
+	    if (pFontInfo == &fontInfo)
+ 	    {
+		free(fontInfo.props);
+		free(fontInfo.isStringProp);
+	    }
+	    --c->current.max_names;
+	}
+    }
+finish:
+    length = sizeof(xListFontsWithInfoReply);
+    memset((char *) &finalReply, 0, sizeof(xListFontsWithInfoReply));
+    finalReply.type = X_Reply;
+    finalReply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+    finalReply.length = bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xListFontsWithInfoReply)
+		     - sizeof(xGenericReply));
+    WriteSwappedDataToClient(client, length, &finalReply);
+bail:
+    ClientWakeup(client);
+    finished = TRUE;
+xinerama_sleep:
+    if (finished || fromDispatch) {
+	for (i = 0; i < c->num_fpes; i++)
+	    FreeFPE(c->fpe_list[i]);
+	free(c->reply);
+	free(c->fpe_list);
+	free(c->savedName);
+	free(c);
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+int
+StartListFontsWithInfo(ClientPtr client, int length, unsigned char *pattern, 
+                       int max_names)
+{
+    int		    i;
+    LFWIclosurePtr  c;
+
+    /* 
+     * The right error to return here would be BadName, however the
+     * specification does not allow for a Name error on this request.
+     * Perhaps a better solution would be to return a nil list, i.e.
+     * a list containing zero fontnames.
+     */
+    if (length > XLFDMAXFONTNAMELEN)
+	return BadAlloc;
+
+    i = XaceHook(XACE_SERVER_ACCESS, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
+    if (i != Success)
+	return i;
+
+    if (!(c = malloc(sizeof *c)))
+	goto badAlloc;
+    c->fpe_list = malloc(sizeof(FontPathElementPtr) * num_fpes);
+    if (!c->fpe_list)
+    {
+	free(c);
+	goto badAlloc;
+    }
+    memmove(c->current.pattern, pattern, length);
+    for (i = 0; i < num_fpes; i++)
+    {
+	c->fpe_list[i] = font_path_elements[i];
+	UseFPE(c->fpe_list[i]);
+    }
+    c->client = client;
+    c->num_fpes = num_fpes;
+    c->reply = 0;
+    c->length = 0;
+    c->current.patlen = length;
+    c->current.current_fpe = 0;
+    c->current.max_names = max_names;
+    c->current.list_started = FALSE;
+    c->current.private = 0;
+    c->savedNumFonts = 0;
+    c->haveSaved = FALSE;
+    c->from_dispatch = TRUE;
+    c->savedName = 0;
+    doListFontsWithInfo(client, c);
+    return Success;
+badAlloc:
+    return BadAlloc;
+}
+
+#define TextEltHeader 2
+#define FontShiftSize 5
+static ChangeGCVal clearGC[] = { NullPixmap };
+#define clearGCmask (GCClipMask)
+
+int
+doPolyText(ClientPtr client, PTclosurePtr c)
+{
+    FontPtr pFont = c->pGC->font, oldpFont;
+    int err = Success, lgerr;	/* err is in X error, not font error, space */
+    enum { NEVER_SLEPT, START_SLEEP, SLEEPING } client_state = NEVER_SLEPT;
+    FontPathElementPtr fpe;
+    GC *origGC = NULL;
+    int itemSize = c->reqType == X_PolyText8 ? 1 : 2;
+    Bool fromDispatch = c->from_dispatch;
+    Bool finished = FALSE;
+
+    c->from_dispatch = FALSE;
+
+    if (client->clientGone)
+    {
+	fpe = c->pGC->font->fpe;
+	(*fpe_functions[fpe->type].client_died) ((pointer) client, fpe);
+
+	if (ClientIsAsleep(client))
+	{
+	    /* Client has died, but we cannot bail out right now.  We
+	       need to clean up after the work we did when going to
+	       sleep.  Setting the drawable pointer to 0 makes this
+	       happen without any attempts to render or perform other
+	       unnecessary activities.  */
+	    c->pDraw = (DrawablePtr)0;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+	    err = Success;
+	    goto bail;
+	}
+    }
+
+    /* Make sure our drawable hasn't disappeared while we slept. */
+    if (ClientIsAsleep(client) && c->pDraw)
+    {
+	DrawablePtr pDraw;
+	dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, c->did, client, 0, DixWriteAccess);
+	if (c->pDraw != pDraw) {
+	    /* Our drawable has disappeared.  Treat like client died... ask
+	       the FPE code to clean up after client and avoid further
+	       rendering while we clean up after ourself.  */
+	    fpe = c->pGC->font->fpe;
+	    (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].client_died) ((pointer) client, fpe);
+	    c->pDraw = (DrawablePtr)0;
+	}
+    }
+
+    client_state = ClientIsAsleep(client) ? SLEEPING : NEVER_SLEPT;
+
+    while (c->endReq - c->pElt > TextEltHeader)
+    {
+	if (*c->pElt == FontChange)
+        {
+	    Font fid;
+	    if (c->endReq - c->pElt < FontShiftSize)
+	    {
+		 err = BadLength;
+		 goto bail;
+	    }
+
+	    oldpFont = pFont;
+
+	    fid =  ((Font)*(c->pElt+4))		/* big-endian */
+		 | ((Font)*(c->pElt+3)) << 8
+		 | ((Font)*(c->pElt+2)) << 16
+		 | ((Font)*(c->pElt+1)) << 24;
+	    err = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pFont, fid, RT_FONT,
+					  client, DixUseAccess);
+	    if (err != Success)
+	    {
+		/* restore pFont for step 4 (described below) */
+		pFont = oldpFont;
+
+		/* If we're in START_SLEEP mode, the following step
+		   shortens the request...  in the unlikely event that
+		   the fid somehow becomes valid before we come through
+		   again to actually execute the polytext, which would
+		   then mess up our refcounting scheme badly.  */
+		c->err = err;
+		c->endReq = c->pElt;
+
+		goto bail;
+	    }
+
+	    /* Step 3 (described below) on our new font */
+	    if (client_state == START_SLEEP)
+		pFont->refcnt++;
+	    else
+	    {
+		if (pFont != c->pGC->font && c->pDraw)
+		{
+		    ChangeGCVal val;
+		    val.ptr = pFont;
+		    ChangeGC(NullClient, c->pGC, GCFont, &val);
+		    ValidateGC(c->pDraw, c->pGC);
+		}
+
+		/* Undo the refcnt++ we performed when going to sleep */
+		if (client_state == SLEEPING)
+		    (void)CloseFont(c->pGC->font, (Font)0);
+	    }
+	    c->pElt += FontShiftSize;
+	}
+	else	/* print a string */
+	{
+	    unsigned char *pNextElt;
+	    pNextElt = c->pElt + TextEltHeader + (*c->pElt) * itemSize;
+	    if ( pNextElt > c->endReq)
+	    {
+		err = BadLength;
+		goto bail;
+	    }
+	    if (client_state == START_SLEEP)
+	    {
+		c->pElt = pNextElt;
+		continue;
+	    }
+	    if (c->pDraw)
+	    {
+		lgerr = LoadGlyphs(client, c->pGC->font, *c->pElt, itemSize,
+				   c->pElt + TextEltHeader);
+	    }
+	    else lgerr = Successful;
+
+	    if (lgerr == Suspended)
+	    {
+		if (!ClientIsAsleep(client)) {
+		    int len;
+		    GC *pGC;
+		    PTclosurePtr new_closure;
+
+    /*  We're putting the client to sleep.  We need to do a few things
+	to ensure successful and atomic-appearing execution of the
+	remainder of the request.  First, copy the remainder of the
+	request into a safe malloc'd area.  Second, create a scratch GC
+	to use for the remainder of the request.  Third, mark all fonts
+	referenced in the remainder of the request to prevent their
+	deallocation.  Fourth, make the original GC look like the
+	request has completed...  set its font to the final font value
+	from this request.  These GC manipulations are for the unlikely
+	(but possible) event that some other client is using the GC.
+	Steps 3 and 4 are performed by running this procedure through
+	the remainder of the request in a special no-render mode
+	indicated by client_state = START_SLEEP.  */
+
+		    /* Step 1 */
+		    /* Allocate a malloc'd closure structure to replace
+		       the local one we were passed */
+		    new_closure = malloc(sizeof(PTclosureRec));
+		    if (!new_closure)
+		    {
+			err = BadAlloc;
+			goto bail;
+		    }
+		    *new_closure = *c;
+		    c = new_closure;
+
+		    len = c->endReq - c->pElt;
+		    c->data = malloc(len);
+		    if (!c->data)
+		    {
+			free(c);
+			err = BadAlloc;
+			goto bail;
+		    }
+		    memmove(c->data, c->pElt, len);
+		    c->pElt = c->data;
+		    c->endReq = c->pElt + len;
+
+		    /* Step 2 */
+
+		    pGC = GetScratchGC(c->pGC->depth, c->pGC->pScreen);
+		    if (!pGC)
+		    {
+			free(c->data);
+			free(c);
+			err = BadAlloc;
+			goto bail;
+		    }
+		    if ((err = CopyGC(c->pGC, pGC, GCFunction |
+				      GCPlaneMask | GCForeground |
+				      GCBackground | GCFillStyle |
+				      GCTile | GCStipple |
+				      GCTileStipXOrigin |
+				      GCTileStipYOrigin | GCFont |
+				      GCSubwindowMode | GCClipXOrigin |
+				      GCClipYOrigin | GCClipMask)) !=
+				      Success)
+		    {
+			FreeScratchGC(pGC);
+			free(c->data);
+			free(c);
+			err = BadAlloc;
+			goto bail;
+		    }
+		    origGC = c->pGC;
+		    c->pGC = pGC;
+		    ValidateGC(c->pDraw, c->pGC);
+		    
+		    ClientSleep(client, (ClientSleepProcPtr)doPolyText, c);
+
+		    /* Set up to perform steps 3 and 4 */
+		    client_state = START_SLEEP;
+		    continue;	/* on to steps 3 and 4 */
+		}
+		else
+		    goto xinerama_sleep;
+		return TRUE;
+	    }
+	    else if (lgerr != Successful)
+	    {
+		err = FontToXError(lgerr);
+		goto bail;
+	    }
+	    if (c->pDraw)
+	    {
+		c->xorg += *((INT8 *)(c->pElt + 1));	/* must be signed */
+		if (c->reqType == X_PolyText8)
+		    c->xorg = (* c->pGC->ops->PolyText8)(c->pDraw, c->pGC, c->xorg, c->yorg,
+			*c->pElt, (char *) (c->pElt + TextEltHeader));
+		else
+		    c->xorg = (* c->pGC->ops->PolyText16)(c->pDraw, c->pGC, c->xorg, c->yorg,
+			*c->pElt, (unsigned short *) (c->pElt + TextEltHeader));
+	    }
+	    c->pElt = pNextElt;
+	}
+    }
+
+bail:
+
+    if (client_state == START_SLEEP)
+    {
+	/* Step 4 */
+	if (pFont != origGC->font)
+	{
+	    ChangeGCVal val;
+	    val.ptr = pFont;
+	    ChangeGC(NullClient, origGC, GCFont, &val);
+	    ValidateGC(c->pDraw, origGC);
+	}
+
+	/* restore pElt pointer for execution of remainder of the request */
+	c->pElt = c->data;
+	return TRUE;
+    }
+
+    if (c->err != Success) err = c->err;
+    if (err != Success && c->client != serverClient) {
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+        if (noPanoramiXExtension || !c->pGC->pScreen->myNum)
+#endif
+	    SendErrorToClient(c->client, c->reqType, 0, 0, err);
+    }
+    if (ClientIsAsleep(client))
+    {
+	ClientWakeup(c->client);
+	finished = TRUE;
+xinerama_sleep:
+	if (finished || fromDispatch) {
+	    ChangeGC(NullClient, c->pGC, clearGCmask, clearGC);
+
+	    /* Unreference the font from the scratch GC */
+	    CloseFont(c->pGC->font, (Font)0);
+	    c->pGC->font = NullFont;
+
+	    FreeScratchGC(c->pGC);
+	    free(c->data);
+	    free(c);
+	}
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+int
+PolyText(ClientPtr client, DrawablePtr pDraw, GC *pGC, unsigned char *pElt, 
+         unsigned char *endReq, int xorg, int yorg, int reqType, XID did)
+{
+    PTclosureRec local_closure;
+
+    local_closure.pElt = pElt;
+    local_closure.endReq = endReq;
+    local_closure.client = client;
+    local_closure.pDraw = pDraw;
+    local_closure.xorg = xorg;
+    local_closure.yorg = yorg;
+    local_closure.reqType = reqType;
+    local_closure.pGC = pGC;
+    local_closure.did = did;
+    local_closure.err = Success;
+
+    (void) doPolyText(client, &local_closure);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+
+#undef TextEltHeader
+#undef FontShiftSize
+
+int
+doImageText(ClientPtr client, ITclosurePtr c)
+{
+    int err = Success, lgerr;	/* err is in X error, not font error, space */
+    FontPathElementPtr fpe;
+    int itemSize = c->reqType == X_ImageText8 ? 1 : 2;
+    Bool fromDispatch = c->from_dispatch;
+    Bool finished = FALSE;
+
+    c->from_dispatch = FALSE;
+
+    if (client->clientGone)
+    {
+	fpe = c->pGC->font->fpe;
+	(*fpe_functions[fpe->type].client_died) ((pointer) client, fpe);
+	err = Success;
+	goto bail;
+    }
+
+    /* Make sure our drawable hasn't disappeared while we slept. */
+    if (ClientIsAsleep(client) && c->pDraw)
+    {
+	DrawablePtr pDraw;
+	dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, c->did, client, 0, DixWriteAccess);
+	if (c->pDraw != pDraw) {
+	    /* Our drawable has disappeared.  Treat like client died... ask
+	       the FPE code to clean up after client. */
+	    fpe = c->pGC->font->fpe;
+	    (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].client_died) ((pointer) client, fpe);
+	    err = Success;
+	    goto bail;
+	}
+    }
+
+    lgerr = LoadGlyphs(client, c->pGC->font, c->nChars, itemSize, c->data);
+    if (lgerr == Suspended)
+    {
+        if (!ClientIsAsleep(client)) {
+	    GC *pGC;
+	    unsigned char *data;
+	    ITclosurePtr new_closure;
+
+	    /* We're putting the client to sleep.  We need to
+	       save some state.  Similar problem to that handled
+	       in doPolyText, but much simpler because the
+	       request structure is much simpler. */
+
+	    new_closure = malloc(sizeof(ITclosureRec));
+	    if (!new_closure)
+	    {
+		err = BadAlloc;
+		goto bail;
+	    }
+	    *new_closure = *c;
+	    c = new_closure;
+
+	    data = malloc(c->nChars * itemSize);
+	    if (!data)
+	    {
+		free(c);
+		err = BadAlloc;
+		goto bail;
+	    }
+	    memmove(data, c->data, c->nChars * itemSize);
+	    c->data = data;
+
+	    pGC = GetScratchGC(c->pGC->depth, c->pGC->pScreen);
+	    if (!pGC)
+	    {
+		free(c->data);
+		free(c);
+		err = BadAlloc;
+		goto bail;
+	    }
+	    if ((err = CopyGC(c->pGC, pGC, GCFunction | GCPlaneMask |
+			      GCForeground | GCBackground | GCFillStyle |
+			      GCTile | GCStipple | GCTileStipXOrigin |
+			      GCTileStipYOrigin | GCFont |
+			      GCSubwindowMode | GCClipXOrigin |
+			      GCClipYOrigin | GCClipMask)) != Success)
+	    {
+		FreeScratchGC(pGC);
+		free(c->data);
+		free(c);
+		err = BadAlloc;
+		goto bail;
+	    }
+	    c->pGC = pGC;
+	    ValidateGC(c->pDraw, c->pGC);
+
+            ClientSleep(client, (ClientSleepProcPtr)doImageText, c);
+        }
+	else
+	    goto xinerama_sleep;
+        return TRUE;
+    }
+    else if (lgerr != Successful)
+    {
+        err = FontToXError(lgerr);
+        goto bail;
+    }
+    if (c->pDraw)
+    {
+	if (c->reqType == X_ImageText8)
+	    (* c->pGC->ops->ImageText8)(c->pDraw, c->pGC, c->xorg, c->yorg,
+		c->nChars, (char *) c->data);
+	else
+	    (* c->pGC->ops->ImageText16)(c->pDraw, c->pGC, c->xorg, c->yorg,
+		c->nChars, (unsigned short *) c->data);
+    }
+
+bail:
+
+    if (err != Success && c->client != serverClient) {
+	SendErrorToClient(c->client, c->reqType, 0, 0, err);
+    }
+    if (ClientIsAsleep(client))
+    {
+	ClientWakeup(c->client);
+	finished = TRUE;
+xinerama_sleep:
+	if (finished || fromDispatch) {
+	    ChangeGC(NullClient, c->pGC, clearGCmask, clearGC);
+
+	    /* Unreference the font from the scratch GC */
+	    CloseFont(c->pGC->font, (Font)0);
+	    c->pGC->font = NullFont;
+
+	    FreeScratchGC(c->pGC);
+	    free(c->data);
+	    free(c);
+	}
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+int
+ImageText(ClientPtr client, DrawablePtr pDraw, GC *pGC, int nChars, 
+          unsigned char *data, int xorg, int yorg, int reqType, XID did)
+{
+    ITclosureRec local_closure;
+
+    local_closure.client = client;
+    local_closure.pDraw = pDraw;
+    local_closure.pGC = pGC;
+    local_closure.nChars = nChars;
+    local_closure.data = data;
+    local_closure.xorg = xorg;
+    local_closure.yorg = yorg;
+    local_closure.reqType = reqType;
+    local_closure.did = did;
+
+    (void) doImageText(client, &local_closure);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+
+/* does the necessary magic to figure out the fpe type */
+static int
+DetermineFPEType(char *pathname)
+{
+    int         i;
+
+    for (i = 0; i < num_fpe_types; i++) {
+	if ((*fpe_functions[i].name_check) (pathname))
+	    return i;
+    }
+    return -1;
+}
+
+
+static void
+FreeFontPath(FontPathElementPtr *list, int n, Bool force)
+{
+    int         i;
+
+    for (i = 0; i < n; i++) {
+	if (force) {
+	    /* Sanity check that all refcounts will be 0 by the time
+	       we get to the end of the list. */
+	    int found = 1;	/* the first reference is us */
+	    int j;
+	    for (j = i+1; j < n; j++) {
+		if (list[j] == list[i])
+		    found++;
+	    }
+	    if (list[i]->refcount != found) {
+		list[i]->refcount = found; /* ensure it will get freed */
+	    }
+	}
+	FreeFPE(list[i]);
+    }
+    free(list);
+}
+
+static FontPathElementPtr
+find_existing_fpe(FontPathElementPtr *list, int num, unsigned char *name, int len)
+{
+    FontPathElementPtr fpe;
+    int         i;
+
+    for (i = 0; i < num; i++) {
+	fpe = list[i];
+	if (fpe->name_length == len && memcmp(name, fpe->name, len) == 0)
+	    return fpe;
+    }
+    return (FontPathElementPtr) 0;
+}
+
+
+static int
+SetFontPathElements(int npaths, unsigned char *paths, int *bad, Bool persist)
+{
+    int         i, err = 0;
+    int         valid_paths = 0;
+    unsigned int len;
+    unsigned char *cp = paths;
+    FontPathElementPtr fpe = NULL, *fplist;
+
+    fplist = malloc(sizeof(FontPathElementPtr) * npaths);
+    if (!fplist) {
+	*bad = 0;
+	return BadAlloc;
+    }
+    for (i = 0; i < num_fpe_types; i++) {
+	if (fpe_functions[i].set_path_hook)
+	    (*fpe_functions[i].set_path_hook) ();
+    }
+    for (i = 0; i < npaths; i++) 
+    {
+	len = (unsigned int) (*cp++);
+
+	if (len == 0) 
+	{
+	    if (persist)
+		ErrorF("[dix] Removing empty element from the valid list of fontpaths\n");
+	    err = BadValue;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+	    /* if it's already in our active list, just reset it */
+	    /*
+	     * note that this can miss FPE's in limbo -- may be worth catching
+	     * them, though it'd muck up refcounting
+	     */
+	    fpe = find_existing_fpe(font_path_elements, num_fpes, cp, len);
+	    if (fpe) 
+	    {
+		err = (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].reset_fpe) (fpe);
+		if (err == Successful) 
+		{
+		    UseFPE(fpe);/* since it'll be decref'd later when freed
+				 * from the old list */
+		}
+		else
+		    fpe = 0;
+	    }
+	    /* if error or can't do it, act like it's a new one */
+	    if (!fpe)
+	    {
+		fpe = malloc(sizeof(FontPathElementRec));
+		if (!fpe) 
+		{
+		    err = BadAlloc;
+		    goto bail;
+		}
+		fpe->name = malloc(len + 1);
+		if (!fpe->name) 
+		{
+		    free(fpe);
+		    err = BadAlloc;
+		    goto bail;
+		}
+		fpe->refcount = 1;
+    
+		strncpy(fpe->name, (char *) cp, (int) len);
+		fpe->name[len] = '\0';
+		fpe->name_length = len;
+		fpe->type = DetermineFPEType(fpe->name);
+		if (fpe->type == -1)
+		    err = BadValue;
+		else
+		    err = (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].init_fpe) (fpe);
+		if (err != Successful)
+		{
+		    if (persist)
+		    {
+			ErrorF("[dix] Could not init font path element %s, removing from list!\n",
+			       fpe->name);
+		    }
+		    free(fpe->name);
+		    free(fpe);
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+	if (err != Successful)
+	{
+	    if (!persist)
+		goto bail;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+	    fplist[valid_paths++] = fpe;
+	}
+	cp += len;
+    }
+
+    FreeFontPath(font_path_elements, num_fpes, FALSE);
+    font_path_elements = fplist;
+    if (patternCache)
+	EmptyFontPatternCache(patternCache);
+    num_fpes = valid_paths;
+
+    return Success;
+bail:
+    *bad = i;
+    while (--valid_paths >= 0)
+	FreeFPE(fplist[valid_paths]);
+    free(fplist);
+    return FontToXError(err);
+}
+
+int
+SetFontPath(ClientPtr client, int npaths, unsigned char *paths)
+{
+    int err = XaceHook(XACE_SERVER_ACCESS, client, DixManageAccess);
+    if (err != Success)
+	return err;
+
+    if (npaths == 0) {
+	if (SetDefaultFontPath(defaultFontPath) != Success)
+	    return BadValue;
+    } else {
+	int bad;
+	err = SetFontPathElements(npaths, paths, &bad, FALSE);
+	client->errorValue = bad;
+    }
+    return err;
+}
+
+int
+SetDefaultFontPath(char *path)
+{
+    char       *temp_path,
+               *start,
+               *end;
+    unsigned char *cp,
+               *pp,
+               *nump,
+               *newpath;
+    int         num = 1,
+                len,
+                err,
+                size = 0,
+                bad;
+
+    /* ensure temp_path contains "built-ins" */
+    start = path;
+    while (1) {
+	start = strstr(start, "built-ins");
+	if (start == NULL)
+	    break;
+	end = start + strlen("built-ins");
+	if ((start == path || start[-1] == ',') && (!*end || *end == ','))
+	    break;
+	start = end;
+    }
+    if (!start) {
+	if (asprintf(&temp_path, "%s%sbuilt-ins", path, *path ? "," : "")
+	    == -1)
+	    temp_path = NULL;
+    } else {
+	temp_path = strdup(path);
+    }
+    if (!temp_path)
+        return BadAlloc;
+
+    /* get enough for string, plus values -- use up commas */
+    len = strlen(temp_path) + 1;
+    nump = cp = newpath = malloc(len);
+    if (!newpath) {
+	free(temp_path);
+	return BadAlloc;
+    }
+    pp = (unsigned char *) temp_path;
+    cp++;
+    while (*pp) {
+	if (*pp == ',') {
+	    *nump = (unsigned char) size;
+	    nump = cp++;
+	    pp++;
+	    num++;
+	    size = 0;
+	} else {
+	    *cp++ = *pp++;
+	    size++;
+	}
+    }
+    *nump = (unsigned char) size;
+
+    err = SetFontPathElements(num, newpath, &bad, TRUE);
+
+    free(newpath);
+    free(temp_path);
+
+    return err;
+}
+
+int
+GetFontPath(ClientPtr client, int *count, int *length, unsigned char **result)
+{
+    int			i;
+    unsigned char       *c;
+    int			len;
+    FontPathElementPtr	fpe;
+
+    i = XaceHook(XACE_SERVER_ACCESS, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
+    if (i != Success)
+	return i;
+
+    len = 0;
+    for (i = 0; i < num_fpes; i++) {
+	fpe = font_path_elements[i];
+	len += fpe->name_length + 1;
+    }
+    font_path_string = (unsigned char *) realloc(font_path_string, len);
+    if (!font_path_string)
+	return BadAlloc;
+
+    c = font_path_string;
+    *length = 0;
+    for (i = 0; i < num_fpes; i++) {
+	fpe = font_path_elements[i];
+	*c = fpe->name_length;
+	*length += *c++;
+	memmove(c, fpe->name, fpe->name_length);
+	c += fpe->name_length;
+    }
+    *count = num_fpes;
+    *result = font_path_string;
+    return Success;
+}
+
+void
+DeleteClientFontStuff(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    int			i;
+    FontPathElementPtr	fpe;
+
+    for (i = 0; i < num_fpes; i++)
+    {
+	fpe = font_path_elements[i];
+	if (fpe_functions[fpe->type].client_died)
+	    (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].client_died) ((pointer) client, fpe);
+    }
+}
+
+void
+InitFonts (void)
+{
+    patternCache = MakeFontPatternCache();
+
+    register_fpe_functions();
+}
+
+int
+GetDefaultPointSize (void)
+{
+    return 120;
+}
+
+
+FontResolutionPtr
+GetClientResolutions (int *num)
+{
+    static struct _FontResolution res;
+    ScreenPtr   pScreen;
+
+    pScreen = screenInfo.screens[0];
+    res.x_resolution = (pScreen->width * 25.4) / pScreen->mmWidth;
+    /*
+     * XXX - we'll want this as long as bitmap instances are prevalent 
+     so that we can match them from scalable fonts
+     */
+    if (res.x_resolution < 88)
+	res.x_resolution = 75;
+    else
+	res.x_resolution = 100;
+    res.y_resolution = (pScreen->height * 25.4) / pScreen->mmHeight;
+    if (res.y_resolution < 88)
+	res.y_resolution = 75;
+    else
+	res.y_resolution = 100;
+    res.point_size = 120;
+    *num = 1;
+    return &res;
+}
+
+/*
+ * returns the type index of the new fpe
+ *
+ * should be called (only once!) by each type of fpe when initialized
+ */
+
+int
+RegisterFPEFunctions(NameCheckFunc name_func, 
+		     InitFpeFunc init_func, 
+		     FreeFpeFunc free_func, 
+		     ResetFpeFunc reset_func, 
+		     OpenFontFunc open_func, 
+		     CloseFontFunc close_func, 
+		     ListFontsFunc list_func, 
+		     StartLfwiFunc start_lfwi_func, 
+		     NextLfwiFunc next_lfwi_func, 
+		     WakeupFpeFunc wakeup_func, 
+		     ClientDiedFunc client_died, 
+		     LoadGlyphsFunc load_glyphs, 
+		     StartLaFunc start_list_alias_func, 
+		     NextLaFunc next_list_alias_func, 
+		     SetPathFunc set_path_func)
+{
+    FPEFunctions *new;
+
+    /* grow the list */
+    new = (FPEFunctions *) realloc(fpe_functions,
+				 (num_fpe_types + 1) * sizeof(FPEFunctions));
+    if (!new)
+	return -1;
+    fpe_functions = new;
+
+    fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].name_check = name_func;
+    fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].open_font = open_func;
+    fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].close_font = close_func;
+    fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].wakeup_fpe = wakeup_func;
+    fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].list_fonts = list_func;
+    fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].start_list_fonts_with_info =
+	start_lfwi_func;
+    fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].list_next_font_with_info =
+	next_lfwi_func;
+    fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].init_fpe = init_func;
+    fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].free_fpe = free_func;
+    fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].reset_fpe = reset_func;
+    fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].client_died = client_died;
+    fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].load_glyphs = load_glyphs;
+    fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].start_list_fonts_and_aliases =
+	start_list_alias_func;
+    fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].list_next_font_or_alias =
+	next_list_alias_func;
+    fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].set_path_hook = set_path_func;
+
+    return num_fpe_types++;
+}
+
+void
+FreeFonts(void)
+{
+    if (patternCache) {
+	FreeFontPatternCache(patternCache);
+	patternCache = 0;
+    }
+    FreeFontPath(font_path_elements, num_fpes, TRUE);
+    font_path_elements = 0;
+    num_fpes = 0;
+    free(fpe_functions);
+    num_fpe_types = 0;
+    fpe_functions = (FPEFunctions *) 0;
+}
+
+/* convenience functions for FS interface */
+
+FontPtr
+find_old_font(XID id)
+{
+    pointer pFont;
+    dixLookupResourceByType(&pFont, id, RT_NONE, serverClient, DixReadAccess);
+    return (FontPtr)pFont;
+}
+
+Font
+GetNewFontClientID(void)
+{
+    return FakeClientID(0);
+}
+
+int
+StoreFontClientFont(FontPtr pfont, Font id)
+{
+    return AddResource(id, RT_NONE, (pointer) pfont);
+}
+
+void
+DeleteFontClientID(Font id)
+{
+    FreeResource(id, RT_NONE);
+}
+
+int
+client_auth_generation(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    return 0;
+}
+
+static int  fs_handlers_installed = 0;
+static unsigned int last_server_gen;
+
+int
+init_fs_handlers(FontPathElementPtr fpe, BlockHandlerProcPtr block_handler)
+{
+    /* if server has reset, make sure the b&w handlers are reinstalled */
+    if (last_server_gen < serverGeneration) {
+	last_server_gen = serverGeneration;
+	fs_handlers_installed = 0;
+    }
+    if (fs_handlers_installed == 0) {
+	if (!RegisterBlockAndWakeupHandlers(block_handler,
+					    FontWakeup, (pointer) 0))
+	    return AllocError;
+	fs_handlers_installed++;
+    }
+    QueueFontWakeup(fpe);
+    return Successful;
+}
+
+void
+remove_fs_handlers(FontPathElementPtr fpe, BlockHandlerProcPtr block_handler, Bool all)
+{
+    if (all) {
+	/* remove the handlers if no one else is using them */
+	if (--fs_handlers_installed == 0) {
+	    RemoveBlockAndWakeupHandlers(block_handler, FontWakeup,
+					 (pointer) 0);
+	}
+    }
+    RemoveFontWakeup(fpe);
+}
diff --git a/xorg-server/dix/eventconvert.c b/xorg-server/dix/eventconvert.c
index 5fbaa4cf9..dafe94207 100644
--- a/xorg-server/dix/eventconvert.c
+++ b/xorg-server/dix/eventconvert.c
@@ -1,763 +1,763 @@
-/*

- * Copyright © 2009 Red Hat, Inc.

- *

- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a

- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),

- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation

- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,

- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the

- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:

- *

- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next

- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the

- * Software.

- *

- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR

- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,

- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL

- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER

- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING

- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER

- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

- *

- */

-

-/**

- * @file eventconvert.c

- * This file contains event conversion routines from InternalEvent to the

- * matching protocol events.

- */

-

-#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H

-#include <dix-config.h>

-#endif

-

-#include <stdint.h>

-#include <X11/X.h>

-#include <X11/extensions/XIproto.h>

-#include <X11/extensions/XI2proto.h>

-#include <X11/extensions/XI.h>

-#include <X11/extensions/XI2.h>

-

-#include "dix.h"

-#include "inputstr.h"

-#include "misc.h"

-#include "eventstr.h"

-#include "exglobals.h"

-#include "eventconvert.h"

-#include "xiquerydevice.h"

-#include "xkbsrv.h"

-

-

-static int countValuators(DeviceEvent *ev, int *first);

-static int getValuatorEvents(DeviceEvent *ev, deviceValuator *xv);

-static int eventToKeyButtonPointer(DeviceEvent *ev, xEvent **xi, int *count);

-static int eventToDeviceChanged(DeviceChangedEvent *ev, xEvent **dcce);

-static int eventToDeviceEvent(DeviceEvent *ev, xEvent **xi);

-static int eventToRawEvent(RawDeviceEvent *ev, xEvent **xi);

-

-/* Do not use, read comments below */

-BOOL EventIsKeyRepeat(xEvent *event);

-

-/**

- * Hack to allow detectable autorepeat for core and XI1 events.

- * The sequence number is unused until we send to the client and can be

- * misused to store data. More or less, anyway.

- *

- * Do not use this. It may change any time without warning, eat your babies

- * and piss on your cat.

- */

-static void

-EventSetKeyRepeatFlag(xEvent *event, BOOL on)

-{

-    event->u.u.sequenceNumber = on;

-}

-

-/**

- * Check if the event was marked as a repeat event before.

- * NOTE: This is a nasty hack and should NOT be used by anyone else but

- * TryClientEvents.

- */

-BOOL

-EventIsKeyRepeat(xEvent *event)

-{

-    return !!event->u.u.sequenceNumber;

-}

-

-/**

- * Convert the given event to the respective core event.

- *

- * Return values:

- * Success ... core contains the matching core event.

- * BadValue .. One or more values in the internal event are invalid.

- * BadMatch .. The event has no core equivalent.

- *

- * @param[in] event The event to convert into a core event.

- * @param[in] core The memory location to store the core event at.

- * @return Success or the matching error code.

- */

-int

-EventToCore(InternalEvent *event, xEvent **core_out, int *count_out)

-{

-    xEvent *core = NULL;

-    int count = 0;

-    int ret = BadImplementation;

-

-    switch(event->any.type)

-    {

-        case ET_Motion:

-            {

-                DeviceEvent *e = &event->device_event;

-                /* Don't create core motion event if neither x nor y are

-                 * present */

-                if (!BitIsOn(e->valuators.mask, 0) &&

-                    !BitIsOn(e->valuators.mask, 1))

-                {

-                    ret = BadMatch;

-                    goto out;

-                }

-            }

-            /* fallthrough */

-        case ET_ButtonPress:

-        case ET_ButtonRelease:

-        case ET_KeyPress:

-        case ET_KeyRelease:

-            {

-                DeviceEvent *e = &event->device_event;

-

-                if (e->detail.key > 0xFF)

-                {

-                    ret = BadMatch;

-                    goto out;

-                }

-

-                core = calloc(1, sizeof(*core));

-                if (!core)

-                    return BadAlloc;

-                count = 1;

-                core->u.u.type = e->type - ET_KeyPress + KeyPress;

-                core->u.u.detail = e->detail.key & 0xFF;

-                core->u.keyButtonPointer.time = e->time;

-                core->u.keyButtonPointer.rootX = e->root_x;

-                core->u.keyButtonPointer.rootY = e->root_y;

-                core->u.keyButtonPointer.state = e->corestate&0xffff;

-                core->u.keyButtonPointer.root = e->root;

-                EventSetKeyRepeatFlag(core,

-                                      (e->type == ET_KeyPress &&

-                                       e->key_repeat));

-                ret = Success;

-            }

-            break;

-        case ET_ProximityIn:

-        case ET_ProximityOut:

-        case ET_RawKeyPress:

-        case ET_RawKeyRelease:

-        case ET_RawButtonPress:

-        case ET_RawButtonRelease:

-        case ET_RawMotion:

-            ret = BadMatch;

-            break;

-        default:

-            /* XXX: */

-            ErrorF("[dix] EventToCore: Not implemented yet \n");

-            ret = BadImplementation;

-    }

-

-out:

-    *core_out = core;

-    *count_out = count;

-    return ret;

-}

-

-/**

- * Convert the given event to the respective XI 1.x event and store it in

- * xi. xi is allocated on demand and must be freed by the caller.

- * count returns the number of events in xi. If count is 1, and the type of

- * xi is GenericEvent, then xi may be larger than 32 bytes.

- *

- * Return values:

- * Success ... core contains the matching core event.

- * BadValue .. One or more values in the internal event are invalid.

- * BadMatch .. The event has no XI equivalent.

- *

- * @param[in] ev The event to convert into an XI 1 event.

- * @param[out] xi Future memory location for the XI event.

- * @param[out] count Number of elements in xi.

- *

- * @return Success or the error code.

- */

-int

-EventToXI(InternalEvent *ev, xEvent **xi, int *count)

-{

-    switch (ev->any.type)

-    {

-        case ET_Motion:

-        case ET_ButtonPress:

-        case ET_ButtonRelease:

-        case ET_KeyPress:

-        case ET_KeyRelease:

-        case ET_ProximityIn:

-        case ET_ProximityOut:

-            return eventToKeyButtonPointer(&ev->device_event, xi, count);

-        case ET_DeviceChanged:

-        case ET_RawKeyPress:

-        case ET_RawKeyRelease:

-        case ET_RawButtonPress:

-        case ET_RawButtonRelease:

-        case ET_RawMotion:

-            *count = 0;

-            *xi = NULL;

-            return BadMatch;

-        default:

-            break;

-    }

-

-    ErrorF("[dix] EventToXI: Not implemented for %d \n", ev->any.type);

-    return BadImplementation;

-}

-

-/**

- * Convert the given event to the respective XI 2.x event and store it in xi.

- * xi is allocated on demand and must be freed by the caller.

- *

- * Return values:

- * Success ... core contains the matching core event.

- * BadValue .. One or more values in the internal event are invalid.

- * BadMatch .. The event has no XI2 equivalent.

- *

- * @param[in] ev The event to convert into an XI2 event

- * @param[out] xi Future memory location for the XI2 event.

- *

- * @return Success or the error code.

- */

-int

-EventToXI2(InternalEvent *ev, xEvent **xi)

-{

-    switch (ev->any.type)

-    {

-        /* Enter/FocusIn are for grabs. We don't need an actual event, since

-         * the real events delivered are triggered elsewhere */

-        case ET_Enter:

-        case ET_FocusIn:

-            *xi = NULL;

-            return Success;

-        case ET_Motion:

-        case ET_ButtonPress:

-        case ET_ButtonRelease:

-        case ET_KeyPress:

-        case ET_KeyRelease:

-            return eventToDeviceEvent(&ev->device_event, xi);

-        case ET_ProximityIn:

-        case ET_ProximityOut:

-            *xi = NULL;

-            return BadMatch;

-        case ET_DeviceChanged:

-            return eventToDeviceChanged(&ev->changed_event, xi);

-        case ET_RawKeyPress:

-        case ET_RawKeyRelease:

-        case ET_RawButtonPress:

-        case ET_RawButtonRelease:

-        case ET_RawMotion:

-            return eventToRawEvent(&ev->raw_event, xi);

-        default:

-            break;

-    }

-

-    ErrorF("[dix] EventToXI2: Not implemented for %d \n", ev->any.type);

-    return BadImplementation;

-}

-

-static int

-eventToKeyButtonPointer(DeviceEvent *ev, xEvent **xi, int *count)

-{

-    int num_events;

-    int first; /* dummy */

-    deviceKeyButtonPointer *kbp;

-

-    /* Sorry, XI 1.x protocol restrictions. */

-    if (ev->detail.button > 0xFF || ev->deviceid >= 0x80)

-    {

-        *count = 0;

-        return Success;

-    }

-

-    num_events = (countValuators(ev, &first) + 5)/6; /* valuator ev */

-    if (num_events <= 0)

-    {

-        switch (ev->type)

-        {

-            case ET_KeyPress:

-            case ET_KeyRelease:

-            case ET_ButtonPress:

-            case ET_ButtonRelease:

-                /* no axes is ok */

-                break;

-            case ET_Motion:

-            case ET_ProximityIn:

-            case ET_ProximityOut:

-                *count = 0;

-                return BadMatch;

-	    default:

-		*count = 0;

-		return BadImplementation;

-        }

-    }

-

-    num_events++; /* the actual event event */

-

-    *xi = calloc(num_events, sizeof(xEvent));

-    if (!(*xi))

-    {

-        return BadAlloc;

-    }

-

-    kbp           = (deviceKeyButtonPointer*)(*xi);

-    kbp->detail   = ev->detail.button;

-    kbp->time     = ev->time;

-    kbp->root     = ev->root;

-    kbp->root_x   = ev->root_x;

-    kbp->root_y   = ev->root_y;

-    kbp->deviceid = ev->deviceid;

-    kbp->state    = ev->corestate;

-    EventSetKeyRepeatFlag((xEvent*)kbp,

-                          (ev->type == ET_KeyPress && ev->key_repeat));

-

-    if (num_events > 1)

-        kbp->deviceid |= MORE_EVENTS;

-

-    switch(ev->type)

-    {

-        case ET_Motion:        kbp->type = DeviceMotionNotify;  break;

-        case ET_ButtonPress:   kbp->type = DeviceButtonPress;   break;

-        case ET_ButtonRelease: kbp->type = DeviceButtonRelease; break;

-        case ET_KeyPress:      kbp->type = DeviceKeyPress;      break;

-        case ET_KeyRelease:    kbp->type = DeviceKeyRelease;    break;

-        case ET_ProximityIn:   kbp->type = ProximityIn;         break;

-        case ET_ProximityOut:  kbp->type = ProximityOut;        break;

-        default:

-            break;

-    }

-

-    if (num_events > 1)

-    {

-        getValuatorEvents(ev, (deviceValuator*)(kbp + 1));

-    }

-

-    *count = num_events;

-    return Success;

-}

-

-

-/**

- * Set first to the first valuator in the event ev and return the number of

- * valuators from first to the last set valuator.

- */

-static int

-countValuators(DeviceEvent *ev, int *first)

-{

-    int first_valuator = -1, last_valuator = -1, num_valuators = 0;

-    int i;

-

-    for (i = 0; i < sizeof(ev->valuators.mask) * 8; i++)

-    {

-        if (BitIsOn(ev->valuators.mask, i))

-        {

-            if (first_valuator == -1)

-                first_valuator = i;

-            last_valuator = i;

-        }

-    }

-

-    if (first_valuator != -1)

-    {

-        num_valuators = last_valuator - first_valuator + 1;

-        *first = first_valuator;

-    }

-

-    return num_valuators;

-}

-

-static int

-getValuatorEvents(DeviceEvent *ev, deviceValuator *xv)

-{

-    int i;

-    int state = 0;

-    int first_valuator, num_valuators;

-

-

-    num_valuators = countValuators(ev, &first_valuator);

-    if (num_valuators > 0)

-    {

-        DeviceIntPtr dev = NULL;

-        dixLookupDevice(&dev, ev->deviceid, serverClient, DixUseAccess);

-        /* State needs to be assembled BEFORE the device is updated. */

-        state = (dev && dev->key) ? XkbStateFieldFromRec(&dev->key->xkbInfo->state) : 0;

-        state |= (dev && dev->button) ? (dev->button->state) : 0;

-    }

-

-    for (i = 0; i < num_valuators; i += 6, xv++) {

-        INT32 *valuators = &xv->valuator0; // Treat all 6 vals as an array

-        int j;

-

-        xv->type = DeviceValuator;

-        xv->first_valuator = first_valuator + i;

-        xv->num_valuators = ((num_valuators - i) > 6) ? 6 : (num_valuators - i);

-        xv->deviceid = ev->deviceid;

-        xv->device_state = state;

-

-        /* Unset valuators in masked valuator events have the proper data values

-         * in the case of an absolute axis in between two set valuators. */

-        for (j = 0; j < xv->num_valuators; j++)

-            valuators[j] = ev->valuators.data[xv->first_valuator + j];

-

-        if (i + 6 < num_valuators)

-            xv->deviceid |= MORE_EVENTS;

-    }

-

-    return (num_valuators + 5) / 6;

-}

-

-

-static int

-appendKeyInfo(DeviceChangedEvent *dce, xXIKeyInfo* info)

-{

-    uint32_t *kc;

-    int i;

-

-    info->type = XIKeyClass;

-    info->num_keycodes = dce->keys.max_keycode - dce->keys.min_keycode + 1;

-    info->length = sizeof(xXIKeyInfo)/4 + info->num_keycodes;

-    info->sourceid = dce->sourceid;

-

-    kc = (uint32_t*)&info[1];

-    for (i = 0; i < info->num_keycodes; i++)

-        *kc++ = i + dce->keys.min_keycode;

-

-    return info->length * 4;

-}

-

-static int

-appendButtonInfo(DeviceChangedEvent *dce, xXIButtonInfo *info)

-{

-    unsigned char *bits;

-    int mask_len;

-

-    mask_len = bytes_to_int32(bits_to_bytes(dce->buttons.num_buttons));

-

-    info->type = XIButtonClass;

-    info->num_buttons = dce->buttons.num_buttons;

-    info->length = bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xXIButtonInfo)) +

-                   info->num_buttons + mask_len;

-    info->sourceid = dce->sourceid;

-

-    bits = (unsigned char*)&info[1];

-    memset(bits, 0, mask_len * 4);

-    /* FIXME: is_down? */

-

-    bits += mask_len * 4;

-    memcpy(bits, dce->buttons.names, dce->buttons.num_buttons * sizeof(Atom));

-

-    return info->length * 4;

-}

-

-static int

-appendValuatorInfo(DeviceChangedEvent *dce, xXIValuatorInfo *info, int axisnumber)

-{

-    info->type = XIValuatorClass;

-    info->length = sizeof(xXIValuatorInfo)/4;

-    info->label = dce->valuators[axisnumber].name;

-    info->min.integral = dce->valuators[axisnumber].min;

-    info->min.frac = 0;

-    info->max.integral = dce->valuators[axisnumber].max;

-    info->max.frac = 0;

-    /* FIXME: value */

-    info->value.integral = 0;

-    info->value.frac = 0;

-    info->resolution = dce->valuators[axisnumber].resolution;

-    info->number = axisnumber;

-    info->mode = dce->valuators[axisnumber].mode;

-    info->sourceid = dce->sourceid;

-

-    return info->length * 4;

-}

-

-static int

-eventToDeviceChanged(DeviceChangedEvent *dce, xEvent **xi)

-{

-    xXIDeviceChangedEvent *dcce;

-    int len = sizeof(xXIDeviceChangedEvent);

-    int nkeys;

-    char *ptr;

-

-    if (dce->buttons.num_buttons)

-    {

-        len += sizeof(xXIButtonInfo);

-        len += dce->buttons.num_buttons * sizeof(Atom); /* button names */

-        len += pad_to_int32(bits_to_bytes(dce->buttons.num_buttons));

-    }

-    if (dce->num_valuators)

-        len += sizeof(xXIValuatorInfo) * dce->num_valuators;

-

-    nkeys = (dce->keys.max_keycode > 0) ?

-                dce->keys.max_keycode - dce->keys.min_keycode + 1 : 0;

-    if (nkeys > 0)

-    {

-        len += sizeof(xXIKeyInfo);

-        len += sizeof(CARD32) * nkeys; /* keycodes */

-    }

-

-    dcce = calloc(1, len);

-    if (!dcce)

-    {

-        ErrorF("[Xi] BadAlloc in SendDeviceChangedEvent.\n");

-        return BadAlloc;

-    }

-

-    dcce->type         = GenericEvent;

-    dcce->extension    = IReqCode;

-    dcce->evtype       = XI_DeviceChanged;

-    dcce->time         = dce->time;

-    dcce->deviceid     = dce->deviceid;

-    dcce->sourceid     = dce->sourceid;

-    dcce->reason       = (dce->flags & DEVCHANGE_DEVICE_CHANGE) ? XIDeviceChange : XISlaveSwitch;

-    dcce->num_classes  = 0;

-    dcce->length = bytes_to_int32(len - sizeof(xEvent));

-

-    ptr = (char*)&dcce[1];

-    if (dce->buttons.num_buttons)

-    {

-        dcce->num_classes++;

-        ptr += appendButtonInfo(dce, (xXIButtonInfo*)ptr);

-    }

-

-    if (nkeys)

-    {

-        dcce->num_classes++;

-        ptr += appendKeyInfo(dce, (xXIKeyInfo*)ptr);

-    }

-

-    if (dce->num_valuators)

-    {

-        int i;

-

-        dcce->num_classes += dce->num_valuators;

-        for (i = 0; i < dce->num_valuators; i++)

-            ptr += appendValuatorInfo(dce, (xXIValuatorInfo*)ptr, i);

-    }

-

-    *xi = (xEvent*)dcce;

-

-    return Success;

-}

-

-static int count_bits(unsigned char* ptr, int len)

-{

-    int bits = 0;

-    unsigned int i;

-    unsigned char x;

-

-    for (i = 0; i < len; i++)

-    {

-        x = ptr[i];

-        while(x > 0)

-        {

-            bits += (x & 0x1);

-            x >>= 1;

-        }

-    }

-    return bits;

-}

-

-static int

-eventToDeviceEvent(DeviceEvent *ev, xEvent **xi)

-{

-    int len = sizeof(xXIDeviceEvent);

-    xXIDeviceEvent *xde;

-    int i, btlen, vallen;

-    char *ptr;

-    FP3232 *axisval;

-

-    /* FIXME: this should just send the buttons we have, not MAX_BUTTONs. Same

-     * with MAX_VALUATORS below */

-    /* btlen is in 4 byte units */

-    btlen = bytes_to_int32(bits_to_bytes(MAX_BUTTONS));

-    len += btlen * 4; /* buttonmask len */

-

-

-    vallen = count_bits(ev->valuators.mask, sizeof(ev->valuators.mask)/sizeof(ev->valuators.mask[0]));

-    len += vallen * 2 * sizeof(uint32_t); /* axisvalues */

-    vallen = bytes_to_int32(bits_to_bytes(MAX_VALUATORS));

-    len += vallen * 4; /* valuators mask */

-

-    *xi = calloc(1, len);

-    xde = (xXIDeviceEvent*)*xi;

-    xde->type           = GenericEvent;

-    xde->extension      = IReqCode;

-    xde->evtype         = GetXI2Type((InternalEvent*)ev);

-    xde->time           = ev->time;

-    xde->length         = bytes_to_int32(len - sizeof(xEvent));

-    xde->detail         = ev->detail.button;

-    xde->root           = ev->root;

-    xde->buttons_len    = btlen;

-    xde->valuators_len  = vallen;

-    xde->deviceid       = ev->deviceid;

-    xde->sourceid       = ev->sourceid;

-    xde->root_x         = FP1616(ev->root_x, ev->root_x_frac);

-    xde->root_y         = FP1616(ev->root_y, ev->root_y_frac);

-

-    if (ev->key_repeat)

-        xde->flags      |= XIKeyRepeat;

-

-    xde->mods.base_mods         = ev->mods.base;

-    xde->mods.latched_mods      = ev->mods.latched;

-    xde->mods.locked_mods       = ev->mods.locked;

-    xde->mods.effective_mods    = ev->mods.effective;

-

-    xde->group.base_group       = ev->group.base;

-    xde->group.latched_group    = ev->group.latched;

-    xde->group.locked_group     = ev->group.locked;

-    xde->group.effective_group  = ev->group.effective;

-

-    ptr = (char*)&xde[1];

-    for (i = 0; i < sizeof(ev->buttons) * 8; i++)

-    {

-        if (BitIsOn(ev->buttons, i))

-            SetBit(ptr, i);

-    }

-

-    ptr += xde->buttons_len * 4;

-    axisval = (FP3232*)(ptr + xde->valuators_len * 4);

-    for (i = 0; i < sizeof(ev->valuators.mask) * 8; i++)

-    {

-        if (BitIsOn(ev->valuators.mask, i))

-        {

-            SetBit(ptr, i);

-            axisval->integral = ev->valuators.data[i];

-            axisval->frac = ev->valuators.data_frac[i];

-            axisval++;

-        }

-    }

-

-    return Success;

-}

-

-static int

-eventToRawEvent(RawDeviceEvent *ev, xEvent **xi)

-{

-    xXIRawEvent* raw;

-    int vallen, nvals;

-    int i, len = sizeof(xXIRawEvent);

-    char *ptr;

-    FP3232 *axisval;

-

-    nvals = count_bits(ev->valuators.mask, sizeof(ev->valuators.mask));

-    len += nvals * sizeof(FP3232) * 2; /* 8 byte per valuator, once

-                                    raw, once processed */

-    vallen = bytes_to_int32(bits_to_bytes(MAX_VALUATORS));

-    len += vallen * 4; /* valuators mask */

-

-    *xi = calloc(1, len);

-    raw = (xXIRawEvent*)*xi;

-    raw->type           = GenericEvent;

-    raw->extension      = IReqCode;

-    raw->evtype         = GetXI2Type((InternalEvent*)ev);

-    raw->time           = ev->time;

-    raw->length         = bytes_to_int32(len - sizeof(xEvent));

-    raw->detail         = ev->detail.button;

-    raw->deviceid       = ev->deviceid;

-    raw->valuators_len  = vallen;

-

-    ptr = (char*)&raw[1];

-    axisval = (FP3232*)(ptr + raw->valuators_len * 4);

-    for (i = 0; i < sizeof(ev->valuators.mask) * 8; i++)

-    {

-        if (BitIsOn(ev->valuators.mask, i))

-        {

-            SetBit(ptr, i);

-            axisval->integral = ev->valuators.data[i];

-            axisval->frac = ev->valuators.data_frac[i];

-            (axisval + nvals)->integral = ev->valuators.data_raw[i];

-            (axisval + nvals)->frac = ev->valuators.data_raw_frac[i];

-            axisval++;

-        }

-    }

-

-    return Success;

-}

-

-/**

- * Return the corresponding core type for the given event or 0 if no core

- * equivalent exists.

- */

-int

-GetCoreType(InternalEvent *event)

-{

-    int coretype = 0;

-    switch(event->any.type)

-    {

-        case ET_Motion:         coretype = MotionNotify;  break;

-        case ET_ButtonPress:    coretype = ButtonPress;   break;

-        case ET_ButtonRelease:  coretype = ButtonRelease; break;

-        case ET_KeyPress:       coretype = KeyPress;      break;

-        case ET_KeyRelease:     coretype = KeyRelease;    break;

-        default:

-            break;

-    }

-    return coretype;

-}

-

-/**

- * Return the corresponding XI 1.x type for the given event or 0 if no

- * equivalent exists.

- */

-int

-GetXIType(InternalEvent *event)

-{

-    int xitype = 0;

-    switch(event->any.type)

-    {

-        case ET_Motion:         xitype = DeviceMotionNotify;  break;

-        case ET_ButtonPress:    xitype = DeviceButtonPress;   break;

-        case ET_ButtonRelease:  xitype = DeviceButtonRelease; break;

-        case ET_KeyPress:       xitype = DeviceKeyPress;      break;

-        case ET_KeyRelease:     xitype = DeviceKeyRelease;    break;

-        case ET_ProximityIn:    xitype = ProximityIn;         break;

-        case ET_ProximityOut:   xitype = ProximityOut;        break;

-        default:

-            break;

-    }

-    return xitype;

-}

-

-/**

- * Return the corresponding XI 2.x type for the given event or 0 if no

- * equivalent exists.

- */

-int

-GetXI2Type(InternalEvent *event)

-{

-    int xi2type = 0;

-

-    switch(event->any.type)

-    {

-        case ET_Motion:         xi2type = XI_Motion;           break;

-        case ET_ButtonPress:    xi2type = XI_ButtonPress;      break;

-        case ET_ButtonRelease:  xi2type = XI_ButtonRelease;    break;

-        case ET_KeyPress:       xi2type = XI_KeyPress;         break;

-        case ET_KeyRelease:     xi2type = XI_KeyRelease;       break;

-        case ET_Enter:          xi2type = XI_Enter;            break;

-        case ET_Leave:          xi2type = XI_Leave;            break;

-        case ET_Hierarchy:      xi2type = XI_HierarchyChanged; break;

-        case ET_DeviceChanged:  xi2type = XI_DeviceChanged;    break;

-        case ET_RawKeyPress:    xi2type = XI_RawKeyPress;      break;

-        case ET_RawKeyRelease:  xi2type = XI_RawKeyRelease;    break;

-        case ET_RawButtonPress: xi2type = XI_RawButtonPress;   break;

-        case ET_RawButtonRelease: xi2type = XI_RawButtonRelease; break;

-        case ET_RawMotion:      xi2type = XI_RawMotion;        break;

-        case ET_FocusIn:        xi2type = XI_FocusIn;          break;

-        case ET_FocusOut:       xi2type = XI_FocusOut;         break;

-        default:

-            break;

-    }

-    return xi2type;

-}

+/*
+ * Copyright © 2009 Red Hat, Inc.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+ * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+ * Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+ * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+ * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+ * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file eventconvert.c
+ * This file contains event conversion routines from InternalEvent to the
+ * matching protocol events.
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <X11/X.h>
+#include <X11/extensions/XIproto.h>
+#include <X11/extensions/XI2proto.h>
+#include <X11/extensions/XI.h>
+#include <X11/extensions/XI2.h>
+
+#include "dix.h"
+#include "inputstr.h"
+#include "misc.h"
+#include "eventstr.h"
+#include "exglobals.h"
+#include "eventconvert.h"
+#include "xiquerydevice.h"
+#include "xkbsrv.h"
+
+
+static int countValuators(DeviceEvent *ev, int *first);
+static int getValuatorEvents(DeviceEvent *ev, deviceValuator *xv);
+static int eventToKeyButtonPointer(DeviceEvent *ev, xEvent **xi, int *count);
+static int eventToDeviceChanged(DeviceChangedEvent *ev, xEvent **dcce);
+static int eventToDeviceEvent(DeviceEvent *ev, xEvent **xi);
+static int eventToRawEvent(RawDeviceEvent *ev, xEvent **xi);
+
+/* Do not use, read comments below */
+BOOL EventIsKeyRepeat(xEvent *event);
+
+/**
+ * Hack to allow detectable autorepeat for core and XI1 events.
+ * The sequence number is unused until we send to the client and can be
+ * misused to store data. More or less, anyway.
+ *
+ * Do not use this. It may change any time without warning, eat your babies
+ * and piss on your cat.
+ */
+static void
+EventSetKeyRepeatFlag(xEvent *event, BOOL on)
+{
+    event->u.u.sequenceNumber = on;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Check if the event was marked as a repeat event before.
+ * NOTE: This is a nasty hack and should NOT be used by anyone else but
+ * TryClientEvents.
+ */
+BOOL
+EventIsKeyRepeat(xEvent *event)
+{
+    return !!event->u.u.sequenceNumber;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Convert the given event to the respective core event.
+ *
+ * Return values:
+ * Success ... core contains the matching core event.
+ * BadValue .. One or more values in the internal event are invalid.
+ * BadMatch .. The event has no core equivalent.
+ *
+ * @param[in] event The event to convert into a core event.
+ * @param[in] core The memory location to store the core event at.
+ * @return Success or the matching error code.
+ */
+int
+EventToCore(InternalEvent *event, xEvent **core_out, int *count_out)
+{
+    xEvent *core = NULL;
+    int count = 0;
+    int ret = BadImplementation;
+
+    switch(event->any.type)
+    {
+        case ET_Motion:
+            {
+                DeviceEvent *e = &event->device_event;
+                /* Don't create core motion event if neither x nor y are
+                 * present */
+                if (!BitIsOn(e->valuators.mask, 0) &&
+                    !BitIsOn(e->valuators.mask, 1))
+                {
+                    ret = BadMatch;
+                    goto out;
+                }
+            }
+            /* fallthrough */
+        case ET_ButtonPress:
+        case ET_ButtonRelease:
+        case ET_KeyPress:
+        case ET_KeyRelease:
+            {
+                DeviceEvent *e = &event->device_event;
+
+                if (e->detail.key > 0xFF)
+                {
+                    ret = BadMatch;
+                    goto out;
+                }
+
+                core = calloc(1, sizeof(*core));
+                if (!core)
+                    return BadAlloc;
+                count = 1;
+                core->u.u.type = e->type - ET_KeyPress + KeyPress;
+                core->u.u.detail = e->detail.key & 0xFF;
+                core->u.keyButtonPointer.time = e->time;
+                core->u.keyButtonPointer.rootX = e->root_x;
+                core->u.keyButtonPointer.rootY = e->root_y;
+                core->u.keyButtonPointer.state = e->corestate&0xffff;
+                core->u.keyButtonPointer.root = e->root;
+                EventSetKeyRepeatFlag(core,
+                                      (e->type == ET_KeyPress &&
+                                       e->key_repeat));
+                ret = Success;
+            }
+            break;
+        case ET_ProximityIn:
+        case ET_ProximityOut:
+        case ET_RawKeyPress:
+        case ET_RawKeyRelease:
+        case ET_RawButtonPress:
+        case ET_RawButtonRelease:
+        case ET_RawMotion:
+            ret = BadMatch;
+            break;
+        default:
+            /* XXX: */
+            ErrorF("[dix] EventToCore: Not implemented yet \n");
+            ret = BadImplementation;
+    }
+
+out:
+    *core_out = core;
+    *count_out = count;
+    return ret;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Convert the given event to the respective XI 1.x event and store it in
+ * xi. xi is allocated on demand and must be freed by the caller.
+ * count returns the number of events in xi. If count is 1, and the type of
+ * xi is GenericEvent, then xi may be larger than 32 bytes.
+ *
+ * Return values:
+ * Success ... core contains the matching core event.
+ * BadValue .. One or more values in the internal event are invalid.
+ * BadMatch .. The event has no XI equivalent.
+ *
+ * @param[in] ev The event to convert into an XI 1 event.
+ * @param[out] xi Future memory location for the XI event.
+ * @param[out] count Number of elements in xi.
+ *
+ * @return Success or the error code.
+ */
+int
+EventToXI(InternalEvent *ev, xEvent **xi, int *count)
+{
+    switch (ev->any.type)
+    {
+        case ET_Motion:
+        case ET_ButtonPress:
+        case ET_ButtonRelease:
+        case ET_KeyPress:
+        case ET_KeyRelease:
+        case ET_ProximityIn:
+        case ET_ProximityOut:
+            return eventToKeyButtonPointer(&ev->device_event, xi, count);
+        case ET_DeviceChanged:
+        case ET_RawKeyPress:
+        case ET_RawKeyRelease:
+        case ET_RawButtonPress:
+        case ET_RawButtonRelease:
+        case ET_RawMotion:
+            *count = 0;
+            *xi = NULL;
+            return BadMatch;
+        default:
+            break;
+    }
+
+    ErrorF("[dix] EventToXI: Not implemented for %d \n", ev->any.type);
+    return BadImplementation;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Convert the given event to the respective XI 2.x event and store it in xi.
+ * xi is allocated on demand and must be freed by the caller.
+ *
+ * Return values:
+ * Success ... core contains the matching core event.
+ * BadValue .. One or more values in the internal event are invalid.
+ * BadMatch .. The event has no XI2 equivalent.
+ *
+ * @param[in] ev The event to convert into an XI2 event
+ * @param[out] xi Future memory location for the XI2 event.
+ *
+ * @return Success or the error code.
+ */
+int
+EventToXI2(InternalEvent *ev, xEvent **xi)
+{
+    switch (ev->any.type)
+    {
+        /* Enter/FocusIn are for grabs. We don't need an actual event, since
+         * the real events delivered are triggered elsewhere */
+        case ET_Enter:
+        case ET_FocusIn:
+            *xi = NULL;
+            return Success;
+        case ET_Motion:
+        case ET_ButtonPress:
+        case ET_ButtonRelease:
+        case ET_KeyPress:
+        case ET_KeyRelease:
+            return eventToDeviceEvent(&ev->device_event, xi);
+        case ET_ProximityIn:
+        case ET_ProximityOut:
+            *xi = NULL;
+            return BadMatch;
+        case ET_DeviceChanged:
+            return eventToDeviceChanged(&ev->changed_event, xi);
+        case ET_RawKeyPress:
+        case ET_RawKeyRelease:
+        case ET_RawButtonPress:
+        case ET_RawButtonRelease:
+        case ET_RawMotion:
+            return eventToRawEvent(&ev->raw_event, xi);
+        default:
+            break;
+    }
+
+    ErrorF("[dix] EventToXI2: Not implemented for %d \n", ev->any.type);
+    return BadImplementation;
+}
+
+static int
+eventToKeyButtonPointer(DeviceEvent *ev, xEvent **xi, int *count)
+{
+    int num_events;
+    int first; /* dummy */
+    deviceKeyButtonPointer *kbp;
+
+    /* Sorry, XI 1.x protocol restrictions. */
+    if (ev->detail.button > 0xFF || ev->deviceid >= 0x80)
+    {
+        *count = 0;
+        return Success;
+    }
+
+    num_events = (countValuators(ev, &first) + 5)/6; /* valuator ev */
+    if (num_events <= 0)
+    {
+        switch (ev->type)
+        {
+            case ET_KeyPress:
+            case ET_KeyRelease:
+            case ET_ButtonPress:
+            case ET_ButtonRelease:
+                /* no axes is ok */
+                break;
+            case ET_Motion:
+            case ET_ProximityIn:
+            case ET_ProximityOut:
+                *count = 0;
+                return BadMatch;
+	    default:
+		*count = 0;
+		return BadImplementation;
+        }
+    }
+
+    num_events++; /* the actual event event */
+
+    *xi = calloc(num_events, sizeof(xEvent));
+    if (!(*xi))
+    {
+        return BadAlloc;
+    }
+
+    kbp           = (deviceKeyButtonPointer*)(*xi);
+    kbp->detail   = ev->detail.button;
+    kbp->time     = ev->time;
+    kbp->root     = ev->root;
+    kbp->root_x   = ev->root_x;
+    kbp->root_y   = ev->root_y;
+    kbp->deviceid = ev->deviceid;
+    kbp->state    = ev->corestate;
+    EventSetKeyRepeatFlag((xEvent*)kbp,
+                          (ev->type == ET_KeyPress && ev->key_repeat));
+
+    if (num_events > 1)
+        kbp->deviceid |= MORE_EVENTS;
+
+    switch(ev->type)
+    {
+        case ET_Motion:        kbp->type = DeviceMotionNotify;  break;
+        case ET_ButtonPress:   kbp->type = DeviceButtonPress;   break;
+        case ET_ButtonRelease: kbp->type = DeviceButtonRelease; break;
+        case ET_KeyPress:      kbp->type = DeviceKeyPress;      break;
+        case ET_KeyRelease:    kbp->type = DeviceKeyRelease;    break;
+        case ET_ProximityIn:   kbp->type = ProximityIn;         break;
+        case ET_ProximityOut:  kbp->type = ProximityOut;        break;
+        default:
+            break;
+    }
+
+    if (num_events > 1)
+    {
+        getValuatorEvents(ev, (deviceValuator*)(kbp + 1));
+    }
+
+    *count = num_events;
+    return Success;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Set first to the first valuator in the event ev and return the number of
+ * valuators from first to the last set valuator.
+ */
+static int
+countValuators(DeviceEvent *ev, int *first)
+{
+    int first_valuator = -1, last_valuator = -1, num_valuators = 0;
+    int i;
+
+    for (i = 0; i < sizeof(ev->valuators.mask) * 8; i++)
+    {
+        if (BitIsOn(ev->valuators.mask, i))
+        {
+            if (first_valuator == -1)
+                first_valuator = i;
+            last_valuator = i;
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (first_valuator != -1)
+    {
+        num_valuators = last_valuator - first_valuator + 1;
+        *first = first_valuator;
+    }
+
+    return num_valuators;
+}
+
+static int
+getValuatorEvents(DeviceEvent *ev, deviceValuator *xv)
+{
+    int i;
+    int state = 0;
+    int first_valuator, num_valuators;
+
+
+    num_valuators = countValuators(ev, &first_valuator);
+    if (num_valuators > 0)
+    {
+        DeviceIntPtr dev = NULL;
+        dixLookupDevice(&dev, ev->deviceid, serverClient, DixUseAccess);
+        /* State needs to be assembled BEFORE the device is updated. */
+        state = (dev && dev->key) ? XkbStateFieldFromRec(&dev->key->xkbInfo->state) : 0;
+        state |= (dev && dev->button) ? (dev->button->state) : 0;
+    }
+
+    for (i = 0; i < num_valuators; i += 6, xv++) {
+        INT32 *valuators = &xv->valuator0; // Treat all 6 vals as an array
+        int j;
+
+        xv->type = DeviceValuator;
+        xv->first_valuator = first_valuator + i;
+        xv->num_valuators = ((num_valuators - i) > 6) ? 6 : (num_valuators - i);
+        xv->deviceid = ev->deviceid;
+        xv->device_state = state;
+
+        /* Unset valuators in masked valuator events have the proper data values
+         * in the case of an absolute axis in between two set valuators. */
+        for (j = 0; j < xv->num_valuators; j++)
+            valuators[j] = ev->valuators.data[xv->first_valuator + j];
+
+        if (i + 6 < num_valuators)
+            xv->deviceid |= MORE_EVENTS;
+    }
+
+    return (num_valuators + 5) / 6;
+}
+
+
+static int
+appendKeyInfo(DeviceChangedEvent *dce, xXIKeyInfo* info)
+{
+    uint32_t *kc;
+    int i;
+
+    info->type = XIKeyClass;
+    info->num_keycodes = dce->keys.max_keycode - dce->keys.min_keycode + 1;
+    info->length = sizeof(xXIKeyInfo)/4 + info->num_keycodes;
+    info->sourceid = dce->sourceid;
+
+    kc = (uint32_t*)&info[1];
+    for (i = 0; i < info->num_keycodes; i++)
+        *kc++ = i + dce->keys.min_keycode;
+
+    return info->length * 4;
+}
+
+static int
+appendButtonInfo(DeviceChangedEvent *dce, xXIButtonInfo *info)
+{
+    unsigned char *bits;
+    int mask_len;
+
+    mask_len = bytes_to_int32(bits_to_bytes(dce->buttons.num_buttons));
+
+    info->type = XIButtonClass;
+    info->num_buttons = dce->buttons.num_buttons;
+    info->length = bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xXIButtonInfo)) +
+                   info->num_buttons + mask_len;
+    info->sourceid = dce->sourceid;
+
+    bits = (unsigned char*)&info[1];
+    memset(bits, 0, mask_len * 4);
+    /* FIXME: is_down? */
+
+    bits += mask_len * 4;
+    memcpy(bits, dce->buttons.names, dce->buttons.num_buttons * sizeof(Atom));
+
+    return info->length * 4;
+}
+
+static int
+appendValuatorInfo(DeviceChangedEvent *dce, xXIValuatorInfo *info, int axisnumber)
+{
+    info->type = XIValuatorClass;
+    info->length = sizeof(xXIValuatorInfo)/4;
+    info->label = dce->valuators[axisnumber].name;
+    info->min.integral = dce->valuators[axisnumber].min;
+    info->min.frac = 0;
+    info->max.integral = dce->valuators[axisnumber].max;
+    info->max.frac = 0;
+    /* FIXME: value */
+    info->value.integral = 0;
+    info->value.frac = 0;
+    info->resolution = dce->valuators[axisnumber].resolution;
+    info->number = axisnumber;
+    info->mode = dce->valuators[axisnumber].mode;
+    info->sourceid = dce->sourceid;
+
+    return info->length * 4;
+}
+
+static int
+eventToDeviceChanged(DeviceChangedEvent *dce, xEvent **xi)
+{
+    xXIDeviceChangedEvent *dcce;
+    int len = sizeof(xXIDeviceChangedEvent);
+    int nkeys;
+    char *ptr;
+
+    if (dce->buttons.num_buttons)
+    {
+        len += sizeof(xXIButtonInfo);
+        len += dce->buttons.num_buttons * sizeof(Atom); /* button names */
+        len += pad_to_int32(bits_to_bytes(dce->buttons.num_buttons));
+    }
+    if (dce->num_valuators)
+        len += sizeof(xXIValuatorInfo) * dce->num_valuators;
+
+    nkeys = (dce->keys.max_keycode > 0) ?
+                dce->keys.max_keycode - dce->keys.min_keycode + 1 : 0;
+    if (nkeys > 0)
+    {
+        len += sizeof(xXIKeyInfo);
+        len += sizeof(CARD32) * nkeys; /* keycodes */
+    }
+
+    dcce = calloc(1, len);
+    if (!dcce)
+    {
+        ErrorF("[Xi] BadAlloc in SendDeviceChangedEvent.\n");
+        return BadAlloc;
+    }
+
+    dcce->type         = GenericEvent;
+    dcce->extension    = IReqCode;
+    dcce->evtype       = XI_DeviceChanged;
+    dcce->time         = dce->time;
+    dcce->deviceid     = dce->deviceid;
+    dcce->sourceid     = dce->sourceid;
+    dcce->reason       = (dce->flags & DEVCHANGE_DEVICE_CHANGE) ? XIDeviceChange : XISlaveSwitch;
+    dcce->num_classes  = 0;
+    dcce->length = bytes_to_int32(len - sizeof(xEvent));
+
+    ptr = (char*)&dcce[1];
+    if (dce->buttons.num_buttons)
+    {
+        dcce->num_classes++;
+        ptr += appendButtonInfo(dce, (xXIButtonInfo*)ptr);
+    }
+
+    if (nkeys)
+    {
+        dcce->num_classes++;
+        ptr += appendKeyInfo(dce, (xXIKeyInfo*)ptr);
+    }
+
+    if (dce->num_valuators)
+    {
+        int i;
+
+        dcce->num_classes += dce->num_valuators;
+        for (i = 0; i < dce->num_valuators; i++)
+            ptr += appendValuatorInfo(dce, (xXIValuatorInfo*)ptr, i);
+    }
+
+    *xi = (xEvent*)dcce;
+
+    return Success;
+}
+
+static int count_bits(unsigned char* ptr, int len)
+{
+    int bits = 0;
+    unsigned int i;
+    unsigned char x;
+
+    for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
+    {
+        x = ptr[i];
+        while(x > 0)
+        {
+            bits += (x & 0x1);
+            x >>= 1;
+        }
+    }
+    return bits;
+}
+
+static int
+eventToDeviceEvent(DeviceEvent *ev, xEvent **xi)
+{
+    int len = sizeof(xXIDeviceEvent);
+    xXIDeviceEvent *xde;
+    int i, btlen, vallen;
+    char *ptr;
+    FP3232 *axisval;
+
+    /* FIXME: this should just send the buttons we have, not MAX_BUTTONs. Same
+     * with MAX_VALUATORS below */
+    /* btlen is in 4 byte units */
+    btlen = bytes_to_int32(bits_to_bytes(MAX_BUTTONS));
+    len += btlen * 4; /* buttonmask len */
+
+
+    vallen = count_bits(ev->valuators.mask, sizeof(ev->valuators.mask)/sizeof(ev->valuators.mask[0]));
+    len += vallen * 2 * sizeof(uint32_t); /* axisvalues */
+    vallen = bytes_to_int32(bits_to_bytes(MAX_VALUATORS));
+    len += vallen * 4; /* valuators mask */
+
+    *xi = calloc(1, len);
+    xde = (xXIDeviceEvent*)*xi;
+    xde->type           = GenericEvent;
+    xde->extension      = IReqCode;
+    xde->evtype         = GetXI2Type((InternalEvent*)ev);
+    xde->time           = ev->time;
+    xde->length         = bytes_to_int32(len - sizeof(xEvent));
+    xde->detail         = ev->detail.button;
+    xde->root           = ev->root;
+    xde->buttons_len    = btlen;
+    xde->valuators_len  = vallen;
+    xde->deviceid       = ev->deviceid;
+    xde->sourceid       = ev->sourceid;
+    xde->root_x         = FP1616(ev->root_x, ev->root_x_frac);
+    xde->root_y         = FP1616(ev->root_y, ev->root_y_frac);
+
+    if (ev->key_repeat)
+        xde->flags      |= XIKeyRepeat;
+
+    xde->mods.base_mods         = ev->mods.base;
+    xde->mods.latched_mods      = ev->mods.latched;
+    xde->mods.locked_mods       = ev->mods.locked;
+    xde->mods.effective_mods    = ev->mods.effective;
+
+    xde->group.base_group       = ev->group.base;
+    xde->group.latched_group    = ev->group.latched;
+    xde->group.locked_group     = ev->group.locked;
+    xde->group.effective_group  = ev->group.effective;
+
+    ptr = (char*)&xde[1];
+    for (i = 0; i < sizeof(ev->buttons) * 8; i++)
+    {
+        if (BitIsOn(ev->buttons, i))
+            SetBit(ptr, i);
+    }
+
+    ptr += xde->buttons_len * 4;
+    axisval = (FP3232*)(ptr + xde->valuators_len * 4);
+    for (i = 0; i < sizeof(ev->valuators.mask) * 8; i++)
+    {
+        if (BitIsOn(ev->valuators.mask, i))
+        {
+            SetBit(ptr, i);
+            axisval->integral = ev->valuators.data[i];
+            axisval->frac = ev->valuators.data_frac[i];
+            axisval++;
+        }
+    }
+
+    return Success;
+}
+
+static int
+eventToRawEvent(RawDeviceEvent *ev, xEvent **xi)
+{
+    xXIRawEvent* raw;
+    int vallen, nvals;
+    int i, len = sizeof(xXIRawEvent);
+    char *ptr;
+    FP3232 *axisval;
+
+    nvals = count_bits(ev->valuators.mask, sizeof(ev->valuators.mask));
+    len += nvals * sizeof(FP3232) * 2; /* 8 byte per valuator, once
+                                    raw, once processed */
+    vallen = bytes_to_int32(bits_to_bytes(MAX_VALUATORS));
+    len += vallen * 4; /* valuators mask */
+
+    *xi = calloc(1, len);
+    raw = (xXIRawEvent*)*xi;
+    raw->type           = GenericEvent;
+    raw->extension      = IReqCode;
+    raw->evtype         = GetXI2Type((InternalEvent*)ev);
+    raw->time           = ev->time;
+    raw->length         = bytes_to_int32(len - sizeof(xEvent));
+    raw->detail         = ev->detail.button;
+    raw->deviceid       = ev->deviceid;
+    raw->valuators_len  = vallen;
+
+    ptr = (char*)&raw[1];
+    axisval = (FP3232*)(ptr + raw->valuators_len * 4);
+    for (i = 0; i < sizeof(ev->valuators.mask) * 8; i++)
+    {
+        if (BitIsOn(ev->valuators.mask, i))
+        {
+            SetBit(ptr, i);
+            axisval->integral = ev->valuators.data[i];
+            axisval->frac = ev->valuators.data_frac[i];
+            (axisval + nvals)->integral = ev->valuators.data_raw[i];
+            (axisval + nvals)->frac = ev->valuators.data_raw_frac[i];
+            axisval++;
+        }
+    }
+
+    return Success;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Return the corresponding core type for the given event or 0 if no core
+ * equivalent exists.
+ */
+int
+GetCoreType(InternalEvent *event)
+{
+    int coretype = 0;
+    switch(event->any.type)
+    {
+        case ET_Motion:         coretype = MotionNotify;  break;
+        case ET_ButtonPress:    coretype = ButtonPress;   break;
+        case ET_ButtonRelease:  coretype = ButtonRelease; break;
+        case ET_KeyPress:       coretype = KeyPress;      break;
+        case ET_KeyRelease:     coretype = KeyRelease;    break;
+        default:
+            break;
+    }
+    return coretype;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Return the corresponding XI 1.x type for the given event or 0 if no
+ * equivalent exists.
+ */
+int
+GetXIType(InternalEvent *event)
+{
+    int xitype = 0;
+    switch(event->any.type)
+    {
+        case ET_Motion:         xitype = DeviceMotionNotify;  break;
+        case ET_ButtonPress:    xitype = DeviceButtonPress;   break;
+        case ET_ButtonRelease:  xitype = DeviceButtonRelease; break;
+        case ET_KeyPress:       xitype = DeviceKeyPress;      break;
+        case ET_KeyRelease:     xitype = DeviceKeyRelease;    break;
+        case ET_ProximityIn:    xitype = ProximityIn;         break;
+        case ET_ProximityOut:   xitype = ProximityOut;        break;
+        default:
+            break;
+    }
+    return xitype;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Return the corresponding XI 2.x type for the given event or 0 if no
+ * equivalent exists.
+ */
+int
+GetXI2Type(InternalEvent *event)
+{
+    int xi2type = 0;
+
+    switch(event->any.type)
+    {
+        case ET_Motion:         xi2type = XI_Motion;           break;
+        case ET_ButtonPress:    xi2type = XI_ButtonPress;      break;
+        case ET_ButtonRelease:  xi2type = XI_ButtonRelease;    break;
+        case ET_KeyPress:       xi2type = XI_KeyPress;         break;
+        case ET_KeyRelease:     xi2type = XI_KeyRelease;       break;
+        case ET_Enter:          xi2type = XI_Enter;            break;
+        case ET_Leave:          xi2type = XI_Leave;            break;
+        case ET_Hierarchy:      xi2type = XI_HierarchyChanged; break;
+        case ET_DeviceChanged:  xi2type = XI_DeviceChanged;    break;
+        case ET_RawKeyPress:    xi2type = XI_RawKeyPress;      break;
+        case ET_RawKeyRelease:  xi2type = XI_RawKeyRelease;    break;
+        case ET_RawButtonPress: xi2type = XI_RawButtonPress;   break;
+        case ET_RawButtonRelease: xi2type = XI_RawButtonRelease; break;
+        case ET_RawMotion:      xi2type = XI_RawMotion;        break;
+        case ET_FocusIn:        xi2type = XI_FocusIn;          break;
+        case ET_FocusOut:       xi2type = XI_FocusOut;         break;
+        default:
+            break;
+    }
+    return xi2type;
+}
diff --git a/xorg-server/dix/events.c b/xorg-server/dix/events.c
index 050bb96e4..d991abe95 100644
--- a/xorg-server/dix/events.c
+++ b/xorg-server/dix/events.c
@@ -1,6061 +1,6061 @@
-/************************************************************

-

-Copyright 1987, 1998  The Open Group

-

-Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its

-documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that

-the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that

-copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting

-documentation.

-

-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in

-all copies or substantial portions of the Software.

-

-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR

-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,

-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE

-OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN

-AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN

-CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

-

-Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be

-used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings

-in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.

-

-

-Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.

-

-                        All Rights Reserved

-

-Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its

-documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,

-provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that

-both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in

-supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be

-used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the

-software without specific, written prior permission.

-

-DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING

-ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL

-DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR

-ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,

-WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,

-ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS

-SOFTWARE.

-

-********************************************************/

-

-/* The panoramix components contained the following notice */

-/*****************************************************************

-

-Copyright (c) 1991, 1997 Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.

-

-Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy

-of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal

-in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights

-to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell

-copies of the Software.

-

-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in

-all copies or substantial portions of the Software.

-

-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR

-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,

-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL

-DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES, INCLUDING,

-BUT NOT LIMITED TO CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, OR OTHER LIABILITY,

-WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR

-IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

-

-Except as contained in this notice, the name of Digital Equipment Corporation

-shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other

-dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from Digital

-Equipment Corporation.

-

-******************************************************************/

-

-/*

- * Copyright (c) 2003-2005, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

- *

- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a

- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),

- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation

- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,

- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the

- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:

- *

- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next

- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the

- * Software.

- *

- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR

- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,

- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL

- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER

- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING

- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER

- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

- */

-

-/** @file events.c

- * This file handles event delivery and a big part of the server-side protocol

- * handling (the parts for input devices).

- */

-

-#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H

-#include <dix-config.h>

-#endif

-

-#include <X11/X.h>

-#include "misc.h"

-#include "resource.h"

-#include <X11/Xproto.h>

-#include "windowstr.h"

-#include "inputstr.h"

-#include "inpututils.h"

-#include "scrnintstr.h"

-#include "cursorstr.h"

-

-#include "dixstruct.h"

-#ifdef PANORAMIX

-#include "panoramiX.h"

-#include "panoramiXsrv.h"

-#endif

-#include "globals.h"

-

-#include <X11/extensions/XKBproto.h>

-#include "xkbsrv.h"

-#include "xace.h"

-

-#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE

-#include <sys/types.h>

-typedef const char *string;

-#include "Xserver-dtrace.h"

-#endif

-

-#include <X11/extensions/XIproto.h>

-#include <X11/extensions/XI2proto.h>

-#include <X11/extensions/XI.h>

-#include <X11/extensions/XI2.h>

-#include "exglobals.h"

-#include "exevents.h"

-#include "extnsionst.h"

-

-#include "dixevents.h"

-#include "dixgrabs.h"

-#include "dispatch.h"

-

-#include <X11/extensions/ge.h>

-#include "geext.h"

-#include "geint.h"

-

-#include "eventstr.h"

-#include "enterleave.h"

-#include "eventconvert.h"

-

-/* Extension events type numbering starts at EXTENSION_EVENT_BASE.  */

-#define NoSuchEvent 0x80000000	/* so doesn't match NoEventMask */

-#define StructureAndSubMask ( StructureNotifyMask | SubstructureNotifyMask )

-#define AllButtonsMask ( \

-	Button1Mask | Button2Mask | Button3Mask | Button4Mask | Button5Mask )

-#define MotionMask ( \

-	PointerMotionMask | Button1MotionMask | \

-	Button2MotionMask | Button3MotionMask | Button4MotionMask | \

-	Button5MotionMask | ButtonMotionMask )

-#define PropagateMask ( \

-	KeyPressMask | KeyReleaseMask | ButtonPressMask | ButtonReleaseMask | \

-	MotionMask )

-#define PointerGrabMask ( \

-	ButtonPressMask | ButtonReleaseMask | \

-	EnterWindowMask | LeaveWindowMask | \

-	PointerMotionHintMask | KeymapStateMask | \

-	MotionMask )

-#define AllModifiersMask ( \

-	ShiftMask | LockMask | ControlMask | Mod1Mask | Mod2Mask | \

-	Mod3Mask | Mod4Mask | Mod5Mask )

-#define LastEventMask OwnerGrabButtonMask

-#define AllEventMasks (LastEventMask|(LastEventMask-1))

-

-

-/* @return the core event type or 0 if the event is not a core event */

-static inline int

-core_get_type(const xEvent *event)

-{

-    int type = event->u.u.type;

-

-    return ((type & EXTENSION_EVENT_BASE) || type == GenericEvent) ? 0 : type;

-}

-

-/* @return the XI2 event type or 0 if the event is not a XI2 event */

-static inline int

-xi2_get_type(const xEvent *event)

-{

-    xGenericEvent* e = (xGenericEvent*)event;

-

-    return (e->type != GenericEvent || e->extension != IReqCode) ? 0 : e->evtype;

-}

-

-/**

- * Used to indicate a implicit passive grab created by a ButtonPress event.

- * See DeliverEventsToWindow().

- */

-#define ImplicitGrabMask (1 << 7)

-

-#define WID(w) ((w) ? ((w)->drawable.id) : 0)

-

-#define XE_KBPTR (xE->u.keyButtonPointer)

-

-

-CallbackListPtr EventCallback;

-CallbackListPtr DeviceEventCallback;

-

-#define DNPMCOUNT 8

-

-Mask DontPropagateMasks[DNPMCOUNT];

-static int DontPropagateRefCnts[DNPMCOUNT];

-

-static void CheckVirtualMotion( DeviceIntPtr pDev, QdEventPtr qe, WindowPtr pWin);

-static void CheckPhysLimits(DeviceIntPtr pDev,

-                            CursorPtr cursor,

-                            Bool generateEvents,

-                            Bool confineToScreen,

-                            ScreenPtr pScreen);

-

-/** Key repeat hack. Do not use but in TryClientEvents */

-extern BOOL EventIsKeyRepeat(xEvent *event);

-

-/**

- * Main input device struct.

- *     inputInfo.pointer

- *     is the core pointer. Referred to as "virtual core pointer", "VCP",

- *     "core pointer" or inputInfo.pointer. The VCP is the first master

- *     pointer device and cannot be deleted.

- *

- *     inputInfo.keyboard

- *     is the core keyboard ("virtual core keyboard", "VCK", "core keyboard").

- *     See inputInfo.pointer.

- *

- *     inputInfo.devices

- *     linked list containing all devices including VCP and VCK.

- *

- *     inputInfo.off_devices

- *     Devices that have not been initialized and are thus turned off.

- *

- *     inputInfo.numDevices

- *     Total number of devices.

- *

- *     inputInfo.all_devices

- *     Virtual device used for XIAllDevices passive grabs. This device is

- *     not part of the inputInfo.devices list and mostly unset except for

- *     the deviceid. It exists because passivegrabs need a valid device

- *     reference.

- *

- *     inputInfo.all_master_devices

- *     Virtual device used for XIAllMasterDevices passive grabs. This device

- *     is not part of the inputInfo.devices list and mostly unset except for

- *     the deviceid. It exists because passivegrabs need a valid device

- *     reference.

- */

-InputInfo inputInfo;

-

-EventSyncInfoRec syncEvents;

-

-/**

- * The root window the given device is currently on.

- */

-#define RootWindow(sprite) sprite->spriteTrace[0]

-

-static xEvent* swapEvent = NULL;

-static int swapEventLen = 0;

-

-void

-NotImplemented(xEvent *from, xEvent *to)

-{

-    FatalError("Not implemented");

-}

-

-/**

- * Convert the given event type from an XI event to a core event.

- * @param[in] The XI 1.x event type.

- * @return The matching core event type or 0 if there is none.

- */

-int

-XItoCoreType(int xitype)

-{

-    int coretype = 0;

-    if (xitype == DeviceMotionNotify)

-        coretype = MotionNotify;

-    else if (xitype == DeviceButtonPress)

-        coretype = ButtonPress;

-    else if (xitype == DeviceButtonRelease)

-        coretype = ButtonRelease;

-    else if (xitype == DeviceKeyPress)

-        coretype = KeyPress;

-    else if (xitype == DeviceKeyRelease)

-        coretype = KeyRelease;

-

-    return coretype;

-}

-

-/**

- * @return true if the device owns a cursor, false if device shares a cursor

- * sprite with another device.

- */

-Bool

-DevHasCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev)

-{

-    return pDev->spriteInfo->spriteOwner;

-}

-

-/*

- * @return true if a device is a pointer, check is the same as used by XI to

- * fill the 'use' field.

- */

-Bool

-IsPointerDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev)

-{

-    return (dev->type == MASTER_POINTER) ||

-            (dev->valuator && dev->button) ||

-            (dev->valuator && !dev->key);

-}

-

-/*

- * @return true if a device is a keyboard, check is the same as used by XI to

- * fill the 'use' field.

- *

- * Some pointer devices have keys as well (e.g. multimedia keys). Try to not

- * count them as keyboard devices.

- */

-Bool

-IsKeyboardDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev)

-{

-    return (dev->type == MASTER_KEYBOARD) ||

-            ((dev->key && dev->kbdfeed) && !IsPointerDevice(dev));

-}

-

-Bool

-IsMaster(DeviceIntPtr dev)

-{

-    return dev->type == MASTER_POINTER || dev->type == MASTER_KEYBOARD;

-}

-

-Bool

-IsFloating(DeviceIntPtr dev)

-{

-    return GetMaster(dev, MASTER_KEYBOARD) == NULL;

-}

-

-

-/**

- * Max event opcode.

- */

-extern int lastEvent;

-

-extern int DeviceMotionNotify;

-

-#define CantBeFiltered NoEventMask

-/**

- * Event masks for each event type.

- *

- * One set of filters for each device, initialized by memcpy of

- * default_filter in InitEvents.

- *

- * Filters are used whether a given event may be delivered to a client,

- * usually in the form of if (window-event-mask & filter); then deliver event.

- *

- * One notable filter is for PointerMotion/DevicePointerMotion events. Each

- * time a button is pressed, the filter is modified to also contain the

- * matching ButtonXMotion mask.

- */

-static Mask filters[MAXDEVICES][128];

-

-static const Mask default_filter[128] =

-{

-	NoSuchEvent,		       /* 0 */

-	NoSuchEvent,		       /* 1 */

-	KeyPressMask,		       /* KeyPress */

-	KeyReleaseMask,		       /* KeyRelease */

-	ButtonPressMask,	       /* ButtonPress */

-	ButtonReleaseMask,	       /* ButtonRelease */

-	PointerMotionMask,	       /* MotionNotify (initial state) */

-	EnterWindowMask,	       /* EnterNotify */

-	LeaveWindowMask,	       /* LeaveNotify */

-	FocusChangeMask,	       /* FocusIn */

-	FocusChangeMask,	       /* FocusOut */

-	KeymapStateMask,	       /* KeymapNotify */

-	ExposureMask,		       /* Expose */

-	CantBeFiltered,		       /* GraphicsExpose */

-	CantBeFiltered,		       /* NoExpose */

-	VisibilityChangeMask,	       /* VisibilityNotify */

-	SubstructureNotifyMask,	       /* CreateNotify */

-	StructureAndSubMask,	       /* DestroyNotify */

-	StructureAndSubMask,	       /* UnmapNotify */

-	StructureAndSubMask,	       /* MapNotify */

-	SubstructureRedirectMask,      /* MapRequest */

-	StructureAndSubMask,	       /* ReparentNotify */

-	StructureAndSubMask,	       /* ConfigureNotify */

-	SubstructureRedirectMask,      /* ConfigureRequest */

-	StructureAndSubMask,	       /* GravityNotify */

-	ResizeRedirectMask,	       /* ResizeRequest */

-	StructureAndSubMask,	       /* CirculateNotify */

-	SubstructureRedirectMask,      /* CirculateRequest */

-	PropertyChangeMask,	       /* PropertyNotify */

-	CantBeFiltered,		       /* SelectionClear */

-	CantBeFiltered,		       /* SelectionRequest */

-	CantBeFiltered,		       /* SelectionNotify */

-	ColormapChangeMask,	       /* ColormapNotify */

-	CantBeFiltered,		       /* ClientMessage */

-	CantBeFiltered		       /* MappingNotify */

-};

-

-/**

- * For the given event, return the matching event filter. This filter may then

- * be AND'ed with the selected event mask.

- *

- * For XI2 events, the returned filter is simply the byte containing the event

- * mask we're interested in. E.g. for a mask of (1 << 13), this would be

- * byte[1].

- *

- * @param[in] dev The device the event belongs to, may be NULL.

- * @param[in] event The event to get the filter for. Only the type of the

- *                  event matters, or the extension + evtype for GenericEvents.

- * @return The filter mask for the given event.

- *

- * @see GetEventMask

- */

-Mask

-GetEventFilter(DeviceIntPtr dev, xEvent *event)

-{

-    int evtype = 0;

-

-    if (event->u.u.type != GenericEvent)

-        return filters[dev ? dev->id : 0][event->u.u.type];

-    else if ((evtype = xi2_get_type(event)))

-        return (1 << (evtype % 8));

-    ErrorF("[dix] Unknown event type %d. No filter\n", event->u.u.type);

-    return 0;

-}

-

-/**

- * Return the windows complete XI2 mask for the given XI2 event type.

- */

-Mask

-GetWindowXI2Mask(DeviceIntPtr dev, WindowPtr win, xEvent* ev)

-{

-    OtherInputMasks *inputMasks = wOtherInputMasks(win);

-    int filter;

-    int evtype;

-

-    if (!inputMasks || xi2_get_type(ev) == 0)

-        return 0;

-

-    evtype = ((xGenericEvent*)ev)->evtype;

-    filter = GetEventFilter(dev, ev);

-

-    return ((inputMasks->xi2mask[dev->id][evtype/8] & filter) ||

-            inputMasks->xi2mask[XIAllDevices][evtype/8] ||

-            (inputMasks->xi2mask[XIAllMasterDevices][evtype/8] && IsMaster(dev)));

-}

-

-Mask

-GetEventMask(DeviceIntPtr dev, xEvent *event, InputClients* other)

-{

-    int evtype;

-

-    /* XI2 filters are only ever 8 bit, so let's return a 8 bit mask */

-    if ((evtype = xi2_get_type(event)))

-    {

-        int byte = evtype / 8;

-        return (other->xi2mask[dev->id][byte] |

-                other->xi2mask[XIAllDevices][byte] |

-                (IsMaster(dev)? other->xi2mask[XIAllMasterDevices][byte] : 0));

-    } else if (core_get_type(event) != 0)

-        return other->mask[XIAllDevices];

-    else

-        return other->mask[dev->id];

-}

-

-

-static CARD8 criticalEvents[32] =

-{

-    0x7c, 0x30, 0x40			/* key, button, expose, and configure events */

-};

-

-static void

-SyntheticMotion(DeviceIntPtr dev, int x, int y) {

-    int screenno = 0;

-

-#ifdef PANORAMIX

-    if (!noPanoramiXExtension)

-        screenno = dev->spriteInfo->sprite->screen->myNum;

-#endif

-    PostSyntheticMotion(dev, x, y, screenno,

-            (syncEvents.playingEvents) ?  syncEvents.time.milliseconds : currentTime.milliseconds);

-

-}

-

-#ifdef PANORAMIX

-static void PostNewCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev);

-

-static Bool

-pointOnScreen(ScreenPtr pScreen, int x, int y)

-{

-    return x >= pScreen->x && x < pScreen->x + pScreen->width &&

-           y >= pScreen->y && y < pScreen->y + pScreen->height;

-}

-

-static Bool

-XineramaSetCursorPosition(

-    DeviceIntPtr pDev,

-    int x,

-    int y,

-    Bool generateEvent

-){

-    ScreenPtr pScreen;

-    int i;

-    SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;

-

-    /* x,y are in Screen 0 coordinates.  We need to decide what Screen

-       to send the message too and what the coordinates relative to

-       that screen are. */

-

-    pScreen = pSprite->screen;

-    x += screenInfo.screens[0]->x;

-    y += screenInfo.screens[0]->y;

-

-    if(!pointOnScreen(pScreen, x, y))

-    {

-	FOR_NSCREENS(i)

-	{

-	    if(i == pScreen->myNum)

-		continue;

-	    if(pointOnScreen(screenInfo.screens[i], x, y))

-	    {

-		pScreen = screenInfo.screens[i];

-		break;

-	    }

-	}

-    }

-

-    pSprite->screen = pScreen;

-    pSprite->hotPhys.x = x - screenInfo.screens[0]->x;

-    pSprite->hotPhys.y = y - screenInfo.screens[0]->y;

-    x -= pScreen->x;

-    y -= pScreen->y;

-

-    return (*pScreen->SetCursorPosition)(pDev, pScreen, x, y, generateEvent);

-}

-

-

-static void

-XineramaConstrainCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev)

-{

-    SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;

-    ScreenPtr pScreen;

-    BoxRec newBox;

-

-    pScreen = pSprite->screen;

-    newBox = pSprite->physLimits;

-

-    /* Translate the constraining box to the screen

-       the sprite is actually on */

-    newBox.x1 += screenInfo.screens[0]->x - pScreen->x;

-    newBox.x2 += screenInfo.screens[0]->x - pScreen->x;

-    newBox.y1 += screenInfo.screens[0]->y - pScreen->y;

-    newBox.y2 += screenInfo.screens[0]->y - pScreen->y;

-

-    (* pScreen->ConstrainCursor)(pDev, pScreen, &newBox);

-}

-

-

-static Bool

-XineramaSetWindowPntrs(DeviceIntPtr pDev, WindowPtr pWin)

-{

-    SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;

-

-    if(pWin == screenInfo.screens[0]->root) {

-	int i;

-	FOR_NSCREENS(i)

-	    pSprite->windows[i] = screenInfo.screens[i]->root;

-    } else {

-	PanoramiXRes *win;

-	int rc, i;

-

-	rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&win, pWin->drawable.id,

-				     XRT_WINDOW, serverClient, DixReadAccess);

-	if (rc != Success)

-	    return FALSE;

-

-	FOR_NSCREENS(i) {

-	    rc = dixLookupWindow(pSprite->windows + i, win->info[i].id,

-				 serverClient, DixReadAccess);

-	    if (rc != Success)  /* window is being unmapped */

-		return FALSE;

-	}

-    }

-    return TRUE;

-}

-

-static void

-XineramaConfineCursorToWindow(DeviceIntPtr pDev,

-                              WindowPtr pWin,

-                              Bool generateEvents)

-{

-    SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;

-

-    int x, y, off_x, off_y, i;

-

-    if(!XineramaSetWindowPntrs(pDev, pWin))

-        return;

-

-    i = PanoramiXNumScreens - 1;

-

-    RegionCopy(&pSprite->Reg1,

-            &pSprite->windows[i]->borderSize);

-    off_x = screenInfo.screens[i]->x;

-    off_y = screenInfo.screens[i]->y;

-

-    while(i--) {

-        x = off_x - screenInfo.screens[i]->x;

-        y = off_y - screenInfo.screens[i]->y;

-

-        if(x || y)

-            RegionTranslate(&pSprite->Reg1, x, y);

-

-        RegionUnion(&pSprite->Reg1, &pSprite->Reg1,

-                &pSprite->windows[i]->borderSize);

-

-        off_x = screenInfo.screens[i]->x;

-        off_y = screenInfo.screens[i]->y;

-    }

-

-    pSprite->hotLimits = *RegionExtents(&pSprite->Reg1);

-

-    if(RegionNumRects(&pSprite->Reg1) > 1)

-        pSprite->hotShape = &pSprite->Reg1;

-    else

-        pSprite->hotShape = NullRegion;

-

-    pSprite->confined = FALSE;

-    pSprite->confineWin = (pWin == screenInfo.screens[0]->root) ? NullWindow : pWin;

-

-    CheckPhysLimits(pDev, pSprite->current, generateEvents, FALSE, NULL);

-}

-

-#endif  /* PANORAMIX */

-

-/**

- * Modifies the filter for the given protocol event type to the given masks.

- *

- * There's only two callers: UpdateDeviceState() and XI's SetMaskForExtEvent().

- * The latter initialises masks for the matching XI events, it's a once-off

- * setting.

- * UDS however changes the mask for MotionNotify and DeviceMotionNotify each

- * time a button is pressed to include the matching ButtonXMotion mask in the

- * filter.

- *

- * @param[in] deviceid The device to modify the filter for.

- * @param[in] mask The new filter mask.

- * @param[in] event Protocol event type.

- */

-void

-SetMaskForEvent(int deviceid, Mask mask, int event)

-{

-    if (deviceid < 0 || deviceid >= MAXDEVICES)

-        FatalError("SetMaskForEvent: bogus device id");

-    filters[deviceid][event] = mask;

-}

-

-void

-SetCriticalEvent(int event)

-{

-    if (event >= 128)

-	FatalError("SetCriticalEvent: bogus event number");

-    criticalEvents[event >> 3] |= 1 << (event & 7);

-}

-

-void

-ConfineToShape(DeviceIntPtr pDev, RegionPtr shape, int *px, int *py)

-{

-    BoxRec box;

-    int x = *px, y = *py;

-    int incx = 1, incy = 1;

-    SpritePtr pSprite;

-

-    pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;

-    if (RegionContainsPoint(shape, x, y, &box))

-	return;

-    box = *RegionExtents(shape);

-    /* this is rather crude */

-    do {

-	x += incx;

-	if (x >= box.x2)

-	{

-	    incx = -1;

-	    x = *px - 1;

-	}

-	else if (x < box.x1)

-	{

-	    incx = 1;

-	    x = *px;

-	    y += incy;

-	    if (y >= box.y2)

-	    {

-		incy = -1;

-		y = *py - 1;

-	    }

-	    else if (y < box.y1)

-		return; /* should never get here! */

-	}

-    } while (!RegionContainsPoint(shape, x, y, &box));

-    *px = x;

-    *py = y;

-}

-

-static void

-CheckPhysLimits(

-    DeviceIntPtr pDev,

-    CursorPtr cursor,

-    Bool generateEvents,

-    Bool confineToScreen, /* unused if PanoramiX on */

-    ScreenPtr pScreen)    /* unused if PanoramiX on */

-{

-    HotSpot new;

-    SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;

-

-    if (!cursor)

-	return;

-    new = pSprite->hotPhys;

-#ifdef PANORAMIX

-    if (!noPanoramiXExtension)

-        /* I don't care what the DDX has to say about it */

-        pSprite->physLimits = pSprite->hotLimits;

-    else

-#endif

-    {

-        if (pScreen)

-            new.pScreen = pScreen;

-        else

-            pScreen = new.pScreen;

-        (*pScreen->CursorLimits) (pDev, pScreen, cursor, &pSprite->hotLimits,

-                &pSprite->physLimits);

-        pSprite->confined = confineToScreen;

-        (* pScreen->ConstrainCursor)(pDev, pScreen, &pSprite->physLimits);

-    }

-

-    /* constrain the pointer to those limits */

-    if (new.x < pSprite->physLimits.x1)

-	new.x = pSprite->physLimits.x1;

-    else

-	if (new.x >= pSprite->physLimits.x2)

-	    new.x = pSprite->physLimits.x2 - 1;

-    if (new.y < pSprite->physLimits.y1)

-	new.y = pSprite->physLimits.y1;

-    else

-	if (new.y >= pSprite->physLimits.y2)

-	    new.y = pSprite->physLimits.y2 - 1;

-    if (pSprite->hotShape)

-	ConfineToShape(pDev, pSprite->hotShape, &new.x, &new.y);

-    if ((

-#ifdef PANORAMIX

-            noPanoramiXExtension &&

-#endif

-            (pScreen != pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen)) ||

-	(new.x != pSprite->hotPhys.x) || (new.y != pSprite->hotPhys.y))

-    {

-#ifdef PANORAMIX

-        if (!noPanoramiXExtension)

-        {

-            if (pScreen && ((new.x != pSprite->hotPhys.x) || (new.y != pSprite->hotPhys.y)))

-              XineramaSetCursorPosition (pDev, new.x, new.y, generateEvents);

-        }

-        else

-#endif

-        {

-            if (pScreen != pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen)

-                pSprite->hotPhys = new;

-            (*pScreen->SetCursorPosition)

-                (pDev, pScreen, new.x, new.y, generateEvents);

-        }

-        if (!generateEvents)

-            SyntheticMotion(pDev, new.x, new.y);

-    }

-

-#ifdef PANORAMIX

-    /* Tell DDX what the limits are */

-    if (!noPanoramiXExtension)

-        XineramaConstrainCursor(pDev);

-#endif

-}

-

-static void

-CheckVirtualMotion(

-    DeviceIntPtr pDev,

-    QdEventPtr qe,

-    WindowPtr pWin)

-{

-    SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;

-    RegionPtr reg = NULL;

-    DeviceEvent *ev = NULL;

-

-    if (qe)

-    {

-        ev = &qe->event->device_event;

-        switch(ev->type)

-        {

-            case ET_Motion:

-            case ET_ButtonPress:

-            case ET_ButtonRelease:

-            case ET_KeyPress:

-            case ET_KeyRelease:

-            case ET_ProximityIn:

-            case ET_ProximityOut:

-                pSprite->hot.pScreen = qe->pScreen;

-                pSprite->hot.x = ev->root_x;

-                pSprite->hot.y = ev->root_y;

-                pWin = pDev->deviceGrab.grab ? pDev->deviceGrab.grab->confineTo : NullWindow;

-                break;

-            default:

-                break;

-        }

-    }

-    if (pWin)

-    {

-	BoxRec lims;

-

-#ifdef PANORAMIX

-        if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {

-            int x, y, off_x, off_y, i;

-

-            if(!XineramaSetWindowPntrs(pDev, pWin))

-                return;

-

-            i = PanoramiXNumScreens - 1;

-

-            RegionCopy(&pSprite->Reg2,

-                    &pSprite->windows[i]->borderSize);

-            off_x = screenInfo.screens[i]->x;

-            off_y = screenInfo.screens[i]->y;

-

-            while(i--) {

-                x = off_x - screenInfo.screens[i]->x;

-                y = off_y - screenInfo.screens[i]->y;

-

-                if(x || y)

-                    RegionTranslate(&pSprite->Reg2, x, y);

-

-                RegionUnion(&pSprite->Reg2, &pSprite->Reg2,

-                        &pSprite->windows[i]->borderSize);

-

-                off_x = screenInfo.screens[i]->x;

-                off_y = screenInfo.screens[i]->y;

-            }

-        } else

-#endif

-        {

-            if (pSprite->hot.pScreen != pWin->drawable.pScreen)

-            {

-                pSprite->hot.pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;

-                pSprite->hot.x = pSprite->hot.y = 0;

-            }

-        }

-

-	lims = *RegionExtents(&pWin->borderSize);

-	if (pSprite->hot.x < lims.x1)

-	    pSprite->hot.x = lims.x1;

-	else if (pSprite->hot.x >= lims.x2)

-	    pSprite->hot.x = lims.x2 - 1;

-	if (pSprite->hot.y < lims.y1)

-	    pSprite->hot.y = lims.y1;

-	else if (pSprite->hot.y >= lims.y2)

-	    pSprite->hot.y = lims.y2 - 1;

-

-#ifdef PANORAMIX

-        if (!noPanoramiXExtension)

-        {

-            if (RegionNumRects(&pSprite->Reg2) > 1)

-                reg = &pSprite->Reg2;

-

-        } else

-#endif

-        {

-            if (wBoundingShape(pWin))

-                reg = &pWin->borderSize;

-        }

-

-        if (reg)

-            ConfineToShape(pDev, reg, &pSprite->hot.x, &pSprite->hot.y);

-

-	if (qe && ev)

-	{

-	    qe->pScreen = pSprite->hot.pScreen;

-	    ev->root_x = pSprite->hot.x;

-	    ev->root_y = pSprite->hot.y;

-	}

-    }

-#ifdef PANORAMIX

-    if (noPanoramiXExtension) /* No typo. Only set the root win if disabled */

-#endif

-        RootWindow(pDev->spriteInfo->sprite) = pSprite->hot.pScreen->root;

-}

-

-static void

-ConfineCursorToWindow(DeviceIntPtr pDev, WindowPtr pWin, Bool generateEvents, Bool confineToScreen)

-{

-    SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;

-

-    if (syncEvents.playingEvents)

-    {

-	CheckVirtualMotion(pDev, (QdEventPtr)NULL, pWin);

-	SyntheticMotion(pDev, pSprite->hot.x, pSprite->hot.y);

-    }

-    else

-    {

-#ifdef PANORAMIX

-        if(!noPanoramiXExtension) {

-            XineramaConfineCursorToWindow(pDev, pWin, generateEvents);

-            return;

-        }

-#endif

-	pSprite->hotLimits = *RegionExtents(&pWin->borderSize);

-	pSprite->hotShape = wBoundingShape(pWin) ? &pWin->borderSize

-					       : NullRegion;

-        CheckPhysLimits(pDev, pSprite->current, generateEvents,

-                        confineToScreen, pWin->drawable.pScreen);

-    }

-}

-

-Bool

-PointerConfinedToScreen(DeviceIntPtr pDev)

-{

-    return pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->confined;

-}

-

-/**

- * Update the sprite cursor to the given cursor.

- *

- * ChangeToCursor() will display the new cursor and free the old cursor (if

- * applicable). If the provided cursor is already the updated cursor, nothing

- * happens.

- */

-static void

-ChangeToCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev, CursorPtr cursor)

-{

-    SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;

-    ScreenPtr pScreen;

-

-    if (cursor != pSprite->current)

-    {

-	if ((pSprite->current->bits->xhot != cursor->bits->xhot) ||

-		(pSprite->current->bits->yhot != cursor->bits->yhot))

-	    CheckPhysLimits(pDev, cursor, FALSE, pSprite->confined,

-			    (ScreenPtr)NULL);

-#ifdef PANORAMIX

-        /* XXX: is this really necessary?? (whot) */

-        if (!noPanoramiXExtension)

-            pScreen = pSprite->screen;

-        else

-#endif

-            pScreen = pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen;

-

-        (*pScreen->DisplayCursor)(pDev, pScreen, cursor);

-	FreeCursor(pSprite->current, (Cursor)0);

-	pSprite->current = cursor;

-	pSprite->current->refcnt++;

-    }

-}

-

-/**

- * @returns true if b is a descendent of a

- */

-Bool

-IsParent(WindowPtr a, WindowPtr b)

-{

-    for (b = b->parent; b; b = b->parent)

-	if (b == a) return TRUE;

-    return FALSE;

-}

-

-/**

- * Update the cursor displayed on the screen.

- *

- * Called whenever a cursor may have changed shape or position.

- */

-static void

-PostNewCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev)

-{

-    WindowPtr win;

-    GrabPtr grab = pDev->deviceGrab.grab;

-    SpritePtr   pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;

-    CursorPtr   pCursor;

-

-    if (syncEvents.playingEvents)

-	return;

-    if (grab)

-    {

-	if (grab->cursor)

-	{

-	    ChangeToCursor(pDev, grab->cursor);

-	    return;

-	}

-	if (IsParent(grab->window, pSprite->win))

-	    win = pSprite->win;

-	else

-	    win = grab->window;

-    }

-    else

-	win = pSprite->win;

-    for (; win; win = win->parent)

-    {

-	if (win->optional)

-        {

-            pCursor = WindowGetDeviceCursor(win, pDev);

-            if (!pCursor && win->optional->cursor != NullCursor)

-                pCursor = win->optional->cursor;

-            if (pCursor)

-            {

-                ChangeToCursor(pDev, pCursor);

-                return;

-            }

-	}

-    }

-}

-

-

-/**

- * @param dev device which you want to know its current root window

- * @return root window where dev's sprite is located

- */

-WindowPtr

-GetCurrentRootWindow(DeviceIntPtr dev)

-{

-    return RootWindow(dev->spriteInfo->sprite);

-}

-

-/**

- * @return window underneath the cursor sprite.

- */

-WindowPtr

-GetSpriteWindow(DeviceIntPtr pDev)

-{

-    return pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->win;

-}

-

-/**

- * @return current sprite cursor.

- */

-CursorPtr

-GetSpriteCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev)

-{

-    return pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->current;

-}

-

-/**

- * Set x/y current sprite position in screen coordinates.

- */

-void

-GetSpritePosition(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int *px, int *py)

-{

-    SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;

-    *px = pSprite->hotPhys.x;

-    *py = pSprite->hotPhys.y;

-}

-

-#ifdef PANORAMIX

-int

-XineramaGetCursorScreen(DeviceIntPtr pDev)

-{

-    if(!noPanoramiXExtension) {

-	return pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->screen->myNum;

-    } else {

-	return 0;

-    }

-}

-#endif /* PANORAMIX */

-

-#define TIMESLOP (5 * 60 * 1000) /* 5 minutes */

-

-static void

-MonthChangedOrBadTime(InternalEvent *ev)

-{

-    /* If the ddx/OS is careless about not processing timestamped events from

-     * different sources in sorted order, then it's possible for time to go

-     * backwards when it should not.  Here we ensure a decent time.

-     */

-    if ((currentTime.milliseconds - ev->any.time) > TIMESLOP)

-	currentTime.months++;

-    else

-        ev->any.time = currentTime.milliseconds;

-}

-

-static void

-NoticeTime(InternalEvent *ev)

-{

-    if (ev->any.time < currentTime.milliseconds)

-        MonthChangedOrBadTime(ev);

-    currentTime.milliseconds = ev->any.time;

-    lastDeviceEventTime = currentTime;

-}

-

-void

-NoticeEventTime(InternalEvent *ev)

-{

-    if (!syncEvents.playingEvents)

-	NoticeTime(ev);

-}

-

-/**************************************************************************

- *            The following procedures deal with synchronous events       *

- **************************************************************************/

-

-/**

- * EnqueueEvent is a device's processInputProc if a device is frozen.

- * Instead of delivering the events to the client, the event is tacked onto a

- * linked list for later delivery.

- */

-void

-EnqueueEvent(InternalEvent *ev, DeviceIntPtr device)

-{

-    QdEventPtr	tail = *syncEvents.pendtail;

-    QdEventPtr	qe;

-    SpritePtr	pSprite = device->spriteInfo->sprite;

-    int		eventlen;

-    DeviceEvent *event = &ev->device_event;

-

-    NoticeTime((InternalEvent*)event);

-

-    /* Fix for key repeating bug. */

-    if (device->key != NULL && device->key->xkbInfo != NULL &&

-        event->type == ET_KeyRelease)

-	AccessXCancelRepeatKey(device->key->xkbInfo, event->detail.key);

-

-    if (DeviceEventCallback)

-    {

-	DeviceEventInfoRec eventinfo;

-

-	/*  The RECORD spec says that the root window field of motion events

-	 *  must be valid.  At this point, it hasn't been filled in yet, so

-	 *  we do it here.  The long expression below is necessary to get

-	 *  the current root window; the apparently reasonable alternative

-	 *  GetCurrentRootWindow()->drawable.id doesn't give you the right

-	 *  answer on the first motion event after a screen change because

-	 *  the data that GetCurrentRootWindow relies on hasn't been

-	 *  updated yet.

-	 */

-	if (ev->any.type == ET_Motion)

-	    ev->device_event.root = pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen->root->drawable.id;

-

-	eventinfo.event = ev;

-	eventinfo.device = device;

-	CallCallbacks(&DeviceEventCallback, (pointer)&eventinfo);

-    }

-

-    if (event->type == ET_Motion)

-    {

-#ifdef PANORAMIX

-	if(!noPanoramiXExtension) {

-	    event->root_x += pSprite->screen->x - screenInfo.screens[0]->x;

-	    event->root_y += pSprite->screen->y - screenInfo.screens[0]->y;

-	}

-#endif

-	pSprite->hotPhys.x = event->root_x;

-	pSprite->hotPhys.y = event->root_y;

-	/* do motion compression, but not if from different devices */

-	if (tail &&

-	    (tail->event->any.type == ET_Motion) &&

-            (tail->device == device) &&

-	    (tail->pScreen == pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen))

-	{

-            DeviceEvent *tailev = &tail->event->device_event;

-	    tailev->root_x = pSprite->hotPhys.x;

-	    tailev->root_y = pSprite->hotPhys.y;

-	    tailev->time = event->time;

-	    tail->months = currentTime.months;

-	    return;

-	}

-    }

-

-    eventlen = event->length;

-

-    qe = malloc(sizeof(QdEventRec) + eventlen);

-    if (!qe)

-	return;

-    qe->next = (QdEventPtr)NULL;

-    qe->device = device;

-    qe->pScreen = pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen;

-    qe->months = currentTime.months;

-    qe->event = (InternalEvent *)(qe + 1);

-    memcpy(qe->event, event, eventlen);

-    if (tail)

-	syncEvents.pendtail = &tail->next;

-    *syncEvents.pendtail = qe;

-}

-

-/**

- * Run through the list of events queued up in syncEvents.

- * For each event do:

- * If the device for this event is not frozen anymore, take it and process it

- * as usually.

- * After that, check if there's any devices in the list that are not frozen.

- * If there is none, we're done. If there is at least one device that is not

- * frozen, then re-run from the beginning of the event queue.

- */

-static void

-PlayReleasedEvents(void)

-{

-    QdEventPtr *prev, qe;

-    DeviceIntPtr dev;

-    DeviceIntPtr pDev;

-

-    prev = &syncEvents.pending;

-    while ( (qe = *prev) )

-    {

-	if (!qe->device->deviceGrab.sync.frozen)

-	{

-	    *prev = qe->next;

-            pDev = qe->device;

-	    if (*syncEvents.pendtail == *prev)

-		syncEvents.pendtail = prev;

-	    if (qe->event->any.type == ET_Motion)

-		CheckVirtualMotion(pDev, qe, NullWindow);

-	    syncEvents.time.months = qe->months;

-            syncEvents.time.milliseconds = qe->event->any.time;

-#ifdef PANORAMIX

-	   /* Translate back to the sprite screen since processInputProc

-	      will translate from sprite screen to screen 0 upon reentry

-	      to the DIX layer */

-	    if(!noPanoramiXExtension) {

-                DeviceEvent *ev = &qe->event->device_event;

-                switch(ev->type)

-                {

-                    case ET_Motion:

-                    case ET_ButtonPress:

-                    case ET_ButtonRelease:

-                    case ET_KeyPress:

-                    case ET_KeyRelease:

-                    case ET_ProximityIn:

-                    case ET_ProximityOut:

-                        ev->root_x += screenInfo.screens[0]->x -

-                            pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->screen->x;

-                        ev->root_y += screenInfo.screens[0]->y -

-                            pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->screen->y;

-                        break;

-                    default:

-                        break;

-                }

-

-	    }

-#endif

-	    (*qe->device->public.processInputProc)(qe->event, qe->device);

-	    free(qe);

-	    for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev && dev->deviceGrab.sync.frozen; dev = dev->next)

-		;

-	    if (!dev)

-		break;

-	    /* Playing the event may have unfrozen another device. */

-	    /* So to play it safe, restart at the head of the queue */

-	    prev = &syncEvents.pending;

-	}

-	else

-	    prev = &qe->next;

-    }

-}

-

-/**

- * Freeze or thaw the given devices. The device's processing proc is

- * switched to either the real processing proc (in case of thawing) or an

- * enqueuing processing proc (usually EnqueueEvent()).

- *

- * @param dev The device to freeze/thaw

- * @param frozen True to freeze or false to thaw.

- */

-static void

-FreezeThaw(DeviceIntPtr dev, Bool frozen)

-{

-    dev->deviceGrab.sync.frozen = frozen;

-    if (frozen)

-	dev->public.processInputProc = dev->public.enqueueInputProc;

-    else

-	dev->public.processInputProc = dev->public.realInputProc;

-}

-

-/**

- * Unfreeze devices and replay all events to the respective clients.

- *

- * ComputeFreezes takes the first event in the device's frozen event queue. It

- * runs up the sprite tree (spriteTrace) and searches for the window to replay

- * the events from. If it is found, it checks for passive grabs one down from

- * the window or delivers the events.

- */

-static void

-ComputeFreezes(void)

-{

-    DeviceIntPtr replayDev = syncEvents.replayDev;

-    WindowPtr w;

-    GrabPtr grab;

-    DeviceIntPtr dev;

-

-    for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)

-	FreezeThaw(dev, dev->deviceGrab.sync.other ||

-                (dev->deviceGrab.sync.state >= FROZEN));

-    if (syncEvents.playingEvents || (!replayDev && !syncEvents.pending))

-	return;

-    syncEvents.playingEvents = TRUE;

-    if (replayDev)

-    {

-        DeviceEvent* event = replayDev->deviceGrab.sync.event;

-

-	syncEvents.replayDev = (DeviceIntPtr)NULL;

-

-        w = XYToWindow(replayDev->spriteInfo->sprite,

-                       event->root_x, event->root_y);

-        if (!CheckDeviceGrabs(replayDev, event, syncEvents.replayWin))

-        {

-            if (replayDev->focus && !IsPointerEvent((InternalEvent*)event))

-                DeliverFocusedEvent(replayDev, (InternalEvent*)event, w);

-            else

-                DeliverDeviceEvents(w, (InternalEvent*)event, NullGrab,

-                                    NullWindow, replayDev);

-        }

-    }

-    for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)

-    {

-	if (!dev->deviceGrab.sync.frozen)

-	{

-	    PlayReleasedEvents();

-	    break;

-	}

-    }

-    syncEvents.playingEvents = FALSE;

-    for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)

-    {

-        if (DevHasCursor(dev))

-        {

-            /* the following may have been skipped during replay,

-              so do it now */

-            if ((grab = dev->deviceGrab.grab) && grab->confineTo)

-            {

-                if (grab->confineTo->drawable.pScreen !=

-                        dev->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.pScreen)

-                    dev->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.x =

-                        dev->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.y = 0;

-                ConfineCursorToWindow(dev, grab->confineTo, TRUE, TRUE);

-            }

-            else

-                ConfineCursorToWindow(dev,

-                        dev->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.pScreen->root,

-                        TRUE, FALSE);

-            PostNewCursor(dev);

-        }

-    }

-}

-

-#ifdef RANDR

-void

-ScreenRestructured (ScreenPtr pScreen)

-{

-    GrabPtr grab;

-    DeviceIntPtr pDev;

-

-    for (pDev = inputInfo.devices; pDev; pDev = pDev->next)

-    {

-        if (!DevHasCursor(pDev))

-            continue;

-

-        /* GrabDevice doesn't have a confineTo field, so we don't need to

-         * worry about it. */

-        if ((grab = pDev->deviceGrab.grab) && grab->confineTo)

-        {

-            if (grab->confineTo->drawable.pScreen

-                    != pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.pScreen)

-                pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.x = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.y = 0;

-            ConfineCursorToWindow(pDev, grab->confineTo, TRUE, TRUE);

-        }

-        else

-            ConfineCursorToWindow(pDev,

-                    pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.pScreen->root,

-                    TRUE, FALSE);

-    }

-}

-#endif

-

-static void

-CheckGrabForSyncs(DeviceIntPtr thisDev, Bool thisMode, Bool otherMode)

-{

-    GrabPtr grab = thisDev->deviceGrab.grab;

-    DeviceIntPtr dev;

-

-    if (thisMode == GrabModeSync)

-	thisDev->deviceGrab.sync.state = FROZEN_NO_EVENT;

-    else

-    {	/* free both if same client owns both */

-	thisDev->deviceGrab.sync.state = THAWED;

-	if (thisDev->deviceGrab.sync.other &&

-	    (CLIENT_BITS(thisDev->deviceGrab.sync.other->resource) ==

-	     CLIENT_BITS(grab->resource)))

-	    thisDev->deviceGrab.sync.other = NullGrab;

-    }

-

-    if (IsMaster(thisDev))

-    {

-        dev = GetPairedDevice(thisDev);

-        if (otherMode == GrabModeSync)

-            dev->deviceGrab.sync.other = grab;

-        else

-        {	/* free both if same client owns both */

-            if (dev->deviceGrab.sync.other &&

-                    (CLIENT_BITS(dev->deviceGrab.sync.other->resource) ==

-                     CLIENT_BITS(grab->resource)))

-                dev->deviceGrab.sync.other = NullGrab;

-        }

-    }

-    ComputeFreezes();

-}

-

-/**

- * Save the device's master device id. This needs to be done

- * if a client directly grabs a slave device that is attached to a master. For

- * the duration of the grab, the device is detached, ungrabbing re-attaches it

- * though.

- *

- * We store the ID of the master device only in case the master disappears

- * while the device has a grab.

- */

-static void

-DetachFromMaster(DeviceIntPtr dev)

-{

-    if (IsFloating(dev))

-        return;

-

-    dev->saved_master_id = GetMaster(dev, MASTER_ATTACHED)->id;

-

-    AttachDevice(NULL, dev, NULL);

-}

-

-static void

-ReattachToOldMaster(DeviceIntPtr dev)

-{

-    DeviceIntPtr master = NULL;

-

-    if (IsMaster(dev))

-        return;

-

-    dixLookupDevice(&master, dev->saved_master_id, serverClient, DixUseAccess);

-

-    if (master)

-    {

-        AttachDevice(serverClient, dev, master);

-	dev->saved_master_id = 0;

-    }

-}

-

-/**

- * Activate a pointer grab on the given device. A pointer grab will cause all

- * core pointer events of this device to be delivered to the grabbing client only.

- * No other device will send core events to the grab client while the grab is

- * on, but core events will be sent to other clients.

- * Can cause the cursor to change if a grab cursor is set.

- *

- * Note that parameter autoGrab may be (True & ImplicitGrabMask) if the grab

- * is an implicit grab caused by a ButtonPress event.

- *

- * @param mouse The device to grab.

- * @param grab The grab structure, needs to be setup.

- * @param autoGrab True if the grab was caused by a button down event and not

- * explicitely by a client.

- */

-void

-ActivatePointerGrab(DeviceIntPtr mouse, GrabPtr grab,

-                    TimeStamp time, Bool autoGrab)

-{

-    GrabInfoPtr grabinfo = &mouse->deviceGrab;

-    WindowPtr oldWin = (grabinfo->grab) ?

-                        grabinfo->grab->window

-                        : mouse->spriteInfo->sprite->win;

-    Bool isPassive = autoGrab & ~ImplicitGrabMask;

-

-    /* slave devices need to float for the duration of the grab. */

-    if (grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_XI2 &&

-        !(autoGrab & ImplicitGrabMask) && !IsMaster(mouse))

-        DetachFromMaster(mouse);

-

-    if (grab->confineTo)

-    {

-	if (grab->confineTo->drawable.pScreen

-                != mouse->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.pScreen)

-	    mouse->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.x =

-                mouse->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.y = 0;

-	ConfineCursorToWindow(mouse, grab->confineTo, FALSE, TRUE);

-    }

-    DoEnterLeaveEvents(mouse, mouse->id, oldWin, grab->window, NotifyGrab);

-    mouse->valuator->motionHintWindow = NullWindow;

-    if (syncEvents.playingEvents)

-        grabinfo->grabTime = syncEvents.time;

-    else

-	grabinfo->grabTime = time;

-    if (grab->cursor)

-	grab->cursor->refcnt++;

-    grabinfo->activeGrab = *grab;

-    grabinfo->grab = &grabinfo->activeGrab;

-    grabinfo->fromPassiveGrab = isPassive;

-    grabinfo->implicitGrab = autoGrab & ImplicitGrabMask;

-    PostNewCursor(mouse);

-    CheckGrabForSyncs(mouse,(Bool)grab->pointerMode, (Bool)grab->keyboardMode);

-}

-

-/**

- * Delete grab on given device, update the sprite.

- *

- * Extension devices are set up for ActivateKeyboardGrab().

- */

-void

-DeactivatePointerGrab(DeviceIntPtr mouse)

-{

-    GrabPtr grab = mouse->deviceGrab.grab;

-    DeviceIntPtr dev;

-    Bool wasImplicit = (mouse->deviceGrab.fromPassiveGrab &&

-                        mouse->deviceGrab.implicitGrab);

-

-    mouse->valuator->motionHintWindow = NullWindow;

-    mouse->deviceGrab.grab = NullGrab;

-    mouse->deviceGrab.sync.state = NOT_GRABBED;

-    mouse->deviceGrab.fromPassiveGrab = FALSE;

-

-    for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)

-    {

-	if (dev->deviceGrab.sync.other == grab)

-	    dev->deviceGrab.sync.other = NullGrab;

-    }

-    DoEnterLeaveEvents(mouse, mouse->id, grab->window,

-                       mouse->spriteInfo->sprite->win, NotifyUngrab);

-    if (grab->confineTo)

-	ConfineCursorToWindow(mouse, GetCurrentRootWindow(mouse), FALSE, FALSE);

-    PostNewCursor(mouse);

-    if (grab->cursor)

-	FreeCursor(grab->cursor, (Cursor)0);

-

-    if (!wasImplicit && grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_XI2)

-        ReattachToOldMaster(mouse);

-

-    ComputeFreezes();

-}

-

-/**

- * Activate a keyboard grab on the given device.

- *

- * Extension devices have ActivateKeyboardGrab() set as their grabbing proc.

- */

-void

-ActivateKeyboardGrab(DeviceIntPtr keybd, GrabPtr grab, TimeStamp time, Bool passive)

-{

-    GrabInfoPtr grabinfo = &keybd->deviceGrab;

-    WindowPtr oldWin;

-

-    /* slave devices need to float for the duration of the grab. */

-    if (grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_XI2 &&

-        !(passive & ImplicitGrabMask) &&

-        !IsMaster(keybd))

-        DetachFromMaster(keybd);

-

-    if (grabinfo->grab)

-	oldWin = grabinfo->grab->window;

-    else if (keybd->focus)

-	oldWin = keybd->focus->win;

-    else

-	oldWin = keybd->spriteInfo->sprite->win;

-    if (oldWin == FollowKeyboardWin)

-	oldWin = keybd->focus->win;

-    if (keybd->valuator)

-	keybd->valuator->motionHintWindow = NullWindow;

-    DoFocusEvents(keybd, oldWin, grab->window, NotifyGrab);

-    if (syncEvents.playingEvents)

-	grabinfo->grabTime = syncEvents.time;

-    else

-	grabinfo->grabTime = time;

-    grabinfo->activeGrab = *grab;

-    grabinfo->grab = &grabinfo->activeGrab;

-    grabinfo->fromPassiveGrab = passive;

-    grabinfo->implicitGrab = passive & ImplicitGrabMask;

-    CheckGrabForSyncs(keybd, (Bool)grab->keyboardMode, (Bool)grab->pointerMode);

-}

-

-/**

- * Delete keyboard grab for the given device.

- */

-void

-DeactivateKeyboardGrab(DeviceIntPtr keybd)

-{

-    GrabPtr grab = keybd->deviceGrab.grab;

-    DeviceIntPtr dev;

-    WindowPtr focusWin = keybd->focus ? keybd->focus->win

-                                           : keybd->spriteInfo->sprite->win;

-    Bool wasImplicit = (keybd->deviceGrab.fromPassiveGrab &&

-                        keybd->deviceGrab.implicitGrab);

-

-    if (focusWin == FollowKeyboardWin)

-	focusWin = inputInfo.keyboard->focus->win;

-    if (keybd->valuator)

-	keybd->valuator->motionHintWindow = NullWindow;

-    keybd->deviceGrab.grab = NullGrab;

-    keybd->deviceGrab.sync.state = NOT_GRABBED;

-    keybd->deviceGrab.fromPassiveGrab = FALSE;

-

-    for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)

-    {

-	if (dev->deviceGrab.sync.other == grab)

-	    dev->deviceGrab.sync.other = NullGrab;

-    }

-    DoFocusEvents(keybd, grab->window, focusWin, NotifyUngrab);

-

-    if (!wasImplicit && grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_XI2)

-        ReattachToOldMaster(keybd);

-

-    ComputeFreezes();

-}

-

-void

-AllowSome(ClientPtr client,

-          TimeStamp time,

-          DeviceIntPtr thisDev,

-          int newState)

-{

-    Bool thisGrabbed, otherGrabbed, othersFrozen, thisSynced;

-    TimeStamp grabTime;

-    DeviceIntPtr dev;

-    GrabInfoPtr devgrabinfo,

-                grabinfo = &thisDev->deviceGrab;

-

-    thisGrabbed = grabinfo->grab && SameClient(grabinfo->grab, client);

-    thisSynced = FALSE;

-    otherGrabbed = FALSE;

-    othersFrozen = FALSE;

-    grabTime = grabinfo->grabTime;

-    for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)

-    {

-        devgrabinfo = &dev->deviceGrab;

-

-	if (dev == thisDev)

-	    continue;

-	if (devgrabinfo->grab && SameClient(devgrabinfo->grab, client))

-	{

-	    if (!(thisGrabbed || otherGrabbed) ||

-		(CompareTimeStamps(devgrabinfo->grabTime, grabTime) == LATER))

-		grabTime = devgrabinfo->grabTime;

-	    otherGrabbed = TRUE;

-	    if (grabinfo->sync.other == devgrabinfo->grab)

-		thisSynced = TRUE;

-	    if (devgrabinfo->sync.state >= FROZEN)

-		othersFrozen = TRUE;

-	}

-    }

-    if (!((thisGrabbed && grabinfo->sync.state >= FROZEN) || thisSynced))

-	return;

-    if ((CompareTimeStamps(time, currentTime) == LATER) ||

-	(CompareTimeStamps(time, grabTime) == EARLIER))

-	return;

-    switch (newState)

-    {

-	case THAWED:		       /* Async */

-	    if (thisGrabbed)

-		grabinfo->sync.state = THAWED;

-	    if (thisSynced)

-		grabinfo->sync.other = NullGrab;

-	    ComputeFreezes();

-	    break;

-	case FREEZE_NEXT_EVENT:		/* Sync */

-	    if (thisGrabbed)

-	    {

-		grabinfo->sync.state = FREEZE_NEXT_EVENT;

-		if (thisSynced)

-		    grabinfo->sync.other = NullGrab;

-		ComputeFreezes();

-	    }

-	    break;

-	case THAWED_BOTH:		/* AsyncBoth */

-	    if (othersFrozen)

-	    {

-		for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)

-		{

-                    devgrabinfo = &dev->deviceGrab;

-		    if (devgrabinfo->grab

-                            && SameClient(devgrabinfo->grab, client))

-			devgrabinfo->sync.state = THAWED;

-		    if (devgrabinfo->sync.other &&

-                            SameClient(devgrabinfo->sync.other, client))

-			devgrabinfo->sync.other = NullGrab;

-		}

-		ComputeFreezes();

-	    }

-	    break;

-	case FREEZE_BOTH_NEXT_EVENT:	/* SyncBoth */

-	    if (othersFrozen)

-	    {

-		for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)

-		{

-                    devgrabinfo = &dev->deviceGrab;

-		    if (devgrabinfo->grab

-                            && SameClient(devgrabinfo->grab, client))

-			devgrabinfo->sync.state = FREEZE_BOTH_NEXT_EVENT;

-		    if (devgrabinfo->sync.other

-                            && SameClient(devgrabinfo->sync.other, client))

-			devgrabinfo->sync.other = NullGrab;

-		}

-		ComputeFreezes();

-	    }

-	    break;

-	case NOT_GRABBED:		/* Replay */

-	    if (thisGrabbed && grabinfo->sync.state == FROZEN_WITH_EVENT)

-	    {

-		if (thisSynced)

-		    grabinfo->sync.other = NullGrab;

-		syncEvents.replayDev = thisDev;

-		syncEvents.replayWin = grabinfo->grab->window;

-		(*grabinfo->DeactivateGrab)(thisDev);

-		syncEvents.replayDev = (DeviceIntPtr)NULL;

-	    }

-	    break;

-	case THAW_OTHERS:		/* AsyncOthers */

-	    if (othersFrozen)

-	    {

-		for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)

-		{

-		    if (dev == thisDev)

-			continue;

-                    devgrabinfo = &dev->deviceGrab;

-		    if (devgrabinfo->grab

-                            && SameClient(devgrabinfo->grab, client))

-			devgrabinfo->sync.state = THAWED;

-		    if (devgrabinfo->sync.other

-                            && SameClient(devgrabinfo->sync.other, client))

-			devgrabinfo->sync.other = NullGrab;

-		}

-		ComputeFreezes();

-	    }

-	    break;

-    }

-}

-

-/**

- * Server-side protocol handling for AllowEvents request.

- *

- * Release some events from a frozen device.

- */

-int

-ProcAllowEvents(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    TimeStamp		time;

-    DeviceIntPtr	mouse = NULL;

-    DeviceIntPtr	keybd = NULL;

-    REQUEST(xAllowEventsReq);

-

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xAllowEventsReq);

-    time = ClientTimeToServerTime(stuff->time);

-

-    mouse = PickPointer(client);

-    keybd = PickKeyboard(client);

-

-    switch (stuff->mode)

-    {

-	case ReplayPointer:

-	    AllowSome(client, time, mouse, NOT_GRABBED);

-	    break;

-	case SyncPointer:

-	    AllowSome(client, time, mouse, FREEZE_NEXT_EVENT);

-	    break;

-	case AsyncPointer:

-	    AllowSome(client, time, mouse, THAWED);

-	    break;

-	case ReplayKeyboard:

-	    AllowSome(client, time, keybd, NOT_GRABBED);

-	    break;

-	case SyncKeyboard:

-	    AllowSome(client, time, keybd, FREEZE_NEXT_EVENT);

-	    break;

-	case AsyncKeyboard:

-	    AllowSome(client, time, keybd, THAWED);

-	    break;

-	case SyncBoth:

-	    AllowSome(client, time, keybd, FREEZE_BOTH_NEXT_EVENT);

-	    break;

-	case AsyncBoth:

-	    AllowSome(client, time, keybd, THAWED_BOTH);

-	    break;

-	default:

-	    client->errorValue = stuff->mode;

-	    return BadValue;

-    }

-    return Success;

-}

-

-/**

- * Deactivate grabs from any device that has been grabbed by the client.

- */

-void

-ReleaseActiveGrabs(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    DeviceIntPtr dev;

-    Bool    done;

-

-    /* XXX CloseDownClient should remove passive grabs before

-     * releasing active grabs.

-     */

-    do {

-	done = TRUE;

-	for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)

-	{

-	    if (dev->deviceGrab.grab && SameClient(dev->deviceGrab.grab, client))

-	    {

-		(*dev->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab)(dev);

-		done = FALSE;

-	    }

-	}

-    } while (!done);

-}

-

-/**************************************************************************

- *            The following procedures deal with delivering events        *

- **************************************************************************/

-

-/**

- * Deliver the given events to the given client.

- *

- * More than one event may be delivered at a time. This is the case with

- * DeviceMotionNotifies which may be followed by DeviceValuator events.

- *

- * TryClientEvents() is the last station before actually writing the events to

- * the socket. Anything that is not filtered here, will get delivered to the

- * client.

- * An event is only delivered if

- *   - mask and filter match up.

- *   - no other client has a grab on the device that caused the event.

- *

- *

- * @param client The target client to deliver to.

- * @param dev The device the event came from. May be NULL.

- * @param pEvents The events to be delivered.

- * @param count Number of elements in pEvents.

- * @param mask Event mask as set by the window.

- * @param filter Mask based on event type.

- * @param grab Possible grab on the device that caused the event.

- *

- * @return 1 if event was delivered, 0 if not or -1 if grab was not set by the

- * client.

- */

-int

-TryClientEvents (ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, xEvent *pEvents,

-                 int count, Mask mask, Mask filter, GrabPtr grab)

-{

-    int type;

-

-#ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS

-    ErrorF("[dix] Event([%d, %d], mask=0x%lx), client=%d%s",

-           pEvents->u.u.type, pEvents->u.u.detail, mask,

-           client ? client->index : -1,

-           (client && client->clientGone) ? " (gone)" : "");

-#endif

-

-    if (!client || client == serverClient || client->clientGone) {

-#ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS

-        ErrorF(" not delivered to fake/dead client\n");

-#endif

-        return 0;

-    }

-

-    if (filter != CantBeFiltered && !(mask & filter))

-    {

- #ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS

-        ErrorF(" filtered\n");

- #endif

-        return 0;

-    }

-

-    if (grab && !SameClient(grab, client))

-    {

-#ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS

-        ErrorF(" not delivered due to grab\n");

-#endif

-        return -1; /* don't send, but notify caller */

-    }

-

-    type = pEvents->u.u.type;

-    if (type == MotionNotify)

-    {

-        if (mask & PointerMotionHintMask)

-        {

-            if (WID(dev->valuator->motionHintWindow) ==

-                    pEvents->u.keyButtonPointer.event)

-            {

-#ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS

-                ErrorF("[dix] \n");

-                ErrorF("[dix] motionHintWindow == keyButtonPointer.event\n");

-#endif

-                return 1; /* don't send, but pretend we did */

-            }

-            pEvents->u.u.detail = NotifyHint;

-        }

-        else

-        {

-            pEvents->u.u.detail = NotifyNormal;

-        }

-    }

-    else if (type == DeviceMotionNotify)

-    {

-        if (MaybeSendDeviceMotionNotifyHint((deviceKeyButtonPointer*)pEvents,

-                                            mask) != 0)

-            return 1;

-    } else if (type == KeyPress)

-    {

-        if (EventIsKeyRepeat(pEvents))

-        {

-            if (!_XkbWantsDetectableAutoRepeat(client))

-            {

-                xEvent release = *pEvents;

-                release.u.u.type = KeyRelease;

-                WriteEventsToClient(client, 1, &release);

-#ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS

-                ErrorF(" (plus fake core release for repeat)");

-#endif

-            } else

-            {

-#ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS

-                ErrorF(" (detectable autorepeat for core)");

-#endif

-            }

-        }

-

-    } else if (type == DeviceKeyPress)

-    {

-        if (EventIsKeyRepeat(pEvents))

-        {

-            if (!_XkbWantsDetectableAutoRepeat(client))

-            {

-                deviceKeyButtonPointer release = *(deviceKeyButtonPointer *)pEvents;

-                release.type = DeviceKeyRelease;

-#ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS

-                ErrorF(" (plus fake xi1 release for repeat)");

-#endif

-                WriteEventsToClient(client, 1, (xEvent *) &release);

-            }

-            else {

-#ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS

-                ErrorF(" (detectable autorepeat for core)");

-#endif

-            }

-        }

-    }

-

-    if (BitIsOn(criticalEvents, type))

-    {

-        if (client->smart_priority < SMART_MAX_PRIORITY)

-            client->smart_priority++;

-        SetCriticalOutputPending();

-    }

-

-    WriteEventsToClient(client, count, pEvents);

-#ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS

-    ErrorF("[dix]  delivered\n");

-#endif

-    return 1;

-}

-

-static BOOL

-ActivateImplicitGrab(DeviceIntPtr dev, ClientPtr client, WindowPtr win,

-                     xEvent *event, Mask deliveryMask)

-{

-    GrabRec tempGrab;

-    OtherInputMasks *inputMasks;

-    CARD8 type = event->u.u.type;

-    GrabType grabtype;

-

-    if (type == ButtonPress)

-        grabtype = GRABTYPE_CORE;

-    else if (type == DeviceButtonPress)

-        grabtype = GRABTYPE_XI;

-    else if ((type = xi2_get_type(event)) == XI_ButtonPress)

-        grabtype = GRABTYPE_XI2;

-    else

-        return FALSE;

-

-    memset(&tempGrab, 0, sizeof(GrabRec));

-    tempGrab.next = NULL;

-    tempGrab.device = dev;

-    tempGrab.resource = client->clientAsMask;

-    tempGrab.window = win;

-    tempGrab.ownerEvents = (deliveryMask & OwnerGrabButtonMask) ? TRUE : FALSE;

-    tempGrab.eventMask = deliveryMask;

-    tempGrab.keyboardMode = GrabModeAsync;

-    tempGrab.pointerMode = GrabModeAsync;

-    tempGrab.confineTo = NullWindow;

-    tempGrab.cursor = NullCursor;

-    tempGrab.type = type;

-    tempGrab.grabtype = grabtype;

-

-    /* get the XI and XI2 device mask */

-    inputMasks = wOtherInputMasks(win);

-    tempGrab.deviceMask = (inputMasks) ? inputMasks->inputEvents[dev->id]: 0;

-

-    if (inputMasks)

-        memcpy(tempGrab.xi2mask, inputMasks->xi2mask,

-               sizeof(tempGrab.xi2mask));

-

-    (*dev->deviceGrab.ActivateGrab)(dev, &tempGrab,

-                                    currentTime, TRUE | ImplicitGrabMask);

-    return TRUE;

-}

-

-enum EventDeliveryState {

-    EVENT_DELIVERED,     /**< Event has been delivered to a client  */

-    EVENT_NOT_DELIVERED, /**< Event was not delivered to any client */

-    EVENT_SKIP,          /**< Event can be discarded by the caller  */

-    EVENT_REJECTED,      /**< Event was rejected for delivery to the client */

-};

-

-/**

- * Attempt event delivery to the client owning the window.

- */

-static enum EventDeliveryState

-DeliverToWindowOwner(DeviceIntPtr dev, WindowPtr win,

-                     xEvent *events, int count, Mask filter,

-                     GrabPtr grab)

-{

-    /* if nobody ever wants to see this event, skip some work */

-    if (filter != CantBeFiltered &&

-            !((wOtherEventMasks(win)|win->eventMask) & filter))

-        return EVENT_SKIP;

-

-    if (IsInterferingGrab(wClient(win), dev, events))

-        return EVENT_SKIP;

-

-    if (!XaceHook(XACE_RECEIVE_ACCESS, wClient(win), win, events, count))

-    {

-        int attempt = TryClientEvents(wClient(win), dev, events,

-                                      count, win->eventMask,

-                                      filter, grab);

-        if (attempt > 0)

-            return EVENT_DELIVERED;

-        if (attempt < 0)

-            return EVENT_REJECTED;

-    }

-

-    return EVENT_NOT_DELIVERED;

-}

-

-

-/**

- * Get the list of clients that should be tried for event delivery on the

- * given window.

- *

- * @return 1 if the client list should be traversed, zero if the event

- * should be skipped.

- */

-static Bool

-GetClientsForDelivery(DeviceIntPtr dev, WindowPtr win,

-                      xEvent *events, Mask filter, InputClients **clients)

-{

-    int rc = 0;

-

-    if (core_get_type(events) != 0)

-        *clients = (InputClients *)wOtherClients(win);

-    else if (xi2_get_type(events) != 0)

-    {

-        OtherInputMasks *inputMasks = wOtherInputMasks(win);

-        /* Has any client selected for the event? */

-        if (!GetWindowXI2Mask(dev, win, events))

-            goto out;

-        *clients = inputMasks->inputClients;

-    } else {

-        OtherInputMasks *inputMasks = wOtherInputMasks(win);

-        /* Has any client selected for the event? */

-        if (!inputMasks ||

-            !(inputMasks->inputEvents[dev->id] & filter))

-            goto out;

-

-        *clients = inputMasks->inputClients;

-    }

-

-    rc = 1;

-out:

-    return rc;

-}

-

-/**

- * Try delivery on each client in inputclients, provided the event mask

- * accepts it and there is no interfering core grab..

- */

-static enum EventDeliveryState

-DeliverEventToInputClients(DeviceIntPtr dev, InputClients *inputclients,

-                           WindowPtr win, xEvent *events,

-                           int count, Mask filter, GrabPtr grab,

-                           ClientPtr *client_return, Mask *mask_return)

-{

-    int attempt;

-    enum EventDeliveryState rc = EVENT_NOT_DELIVERED;

-

-    for (; inputclients; inputclients = inputclients->next)

-    {

-        Mask mask;

-        ClientPtr client = rClient(inputclients);

-

-        if (IsInterferingGrab(client, dev, events))

-            continue;

-

-        mask = GetEventMask(dev, events, inputclients);

-

-        if (XaceHook(XACE_RECEIVE_ACCESS, client, win,

-                    events, count))

-            /* do nothing */;

-        else if ( (attempt = TryClientEvents(client, dev,

-                        events, count,

-                        mask, filter, grab)) )

-        {

-            if (attempt > 0)

-            {

-                rc = EVENT_DELIVERED;

-                *client_return = client;

-                *mask_return = mask;

-                /* Success overrides non-success, so if we've been

-                 * successful on one client, return that */

-            } else if (rc == EVENT_NOT_DELIVERED)

-                rc = EVENT_REJECTED;

-        }

-    }

-

-    return rc;

-}

-

-

-/**

- * Deliver events to clients registered on the window.

- *

- * @param client_return On successful delivery, set to the recipient.

- * @param mask_return On successful delivery, set to the recipient's event

- * mask for this event.

- */

-static enum EventDeliveryState

-DeliverEventToWindowMask(DeviceIntPtr dev, WindowPtr win, xEvent *events,

-                         int count, Mask filter, GrabPtr grab,

-                         ClientPtr *client_return, Mask *mask_return)

-{

-    InputClients *clients;

-

-    if (!GetClientsForDelivery(dev, win, events, filter, &clients))

-        return EVENT_SKIP;

-

-    return DeliverEventToInputClients(dev, clients, win, events, count, filter,

-                                      grab, client_return, mask_return);

-

-}

-

-

-/**

- * Deliver events to a window. At this point, we do not yet know if the event

- * actually needs to be delivered. May activate a grab if the event is a

- * button press.

- *

- * Core events are always delivered to the window owner. If the filter is

- * something other than CantBeFiltered, the event is also delivered to other

- * clients with the matching mask on the window.

- *

- * More than one event may be delivered at a time. This is the case with

- * DeviceMotionNotifies which may be followed by DeviceValuator events.

- *

- * @param pWin The window that would get the event.

- * @param pEvents The events to be delivered.

- * @param count Number of elements in pEvents.

- * @param filter Mask based on event type.

- * @param grab Possible grab on the device that caused the event.

- *

- * @return a positive number if at least one successful delivery has been

- * made, 0 if no events were delivered, or a negative number if the event

- * has not been delivered _and_ rejected by at least one client.

- */

-int

-DeliverEventsToWindow(DeviceIntPtr pDev, WindowPtr pWin, xEvent

-        *pEvents, int count, Mask filter, GrabPtr grab)

-{

-    int deliveries = 0, nondeliveries = 0;

-    ClientPtr client = NullClient;

-    Mask deliveryMask = 0; /* If a grab occurs due to a button press, then

-		              this mask is the mask of the grab. */

-    int type = pEvents->u.u.type;

-

-    /* Deliver to window owner */

-    if ((filter == CantBeFiltered) || core_get_type(pEvents) != 0)

-    {

-        enum EventDeliveryState rc;

-

-        rc = DeliverToWindowOwner(pDev, pWin, pEvents, count, filter, grab);

-

-        switch(rc)

-        {

-            case EVENT_SKIP:

-                return 0;

-            case EVENT_REJECTED:

-                nondeliveries--;

-                break;

-            case EVENT_DELIVERED:

-                /* We delivered to the owner, with our event mask */

-                deliveries++;

-                client = wClient(pWin);

-                deliveryMask = pWin->eventMask;

-                break;

-            case EVENT_NOT_DELIVERED:

-                break;

-        }

-    }

-

-    /* CantBeFiltered means only window owner gets the event */

-    if (filter != CantBeFiltered)

-    {

-        enum EventDeliveryState rc;

-

-        rc = DeliverEventToWindowMask(pDev, pWin, pEvents, count, filter,

-                                      grab, &client, &deliveryMask);

-

-        switch(rc)

-        {

-            case EVENT_SKIP:

-                return 0;

-            case EVENT_REJECTED:

-                nondeliveries--;

-                break;

-            case EVENT_DELIVERED:

-                deliveries++;

-                break;

-            case EVENT_NOT_DELIVERED:

-                break;

-        }

-    }

-

-    if (deliveries)

-    {

-        /*

-         * Note that since core events are delivered first, an implicit grab may

-         * be activated on a core grab, stopping the XI events.

-         */

-        if (!grab && ActivateImplicitGrab(pDev, client, pWin, pEvents, deliveryMask))

-            /* grab activated */;

-        else if (type == MotionNotify)

-            pDev->valuator->motionHintWindow = pWin;

-        else if (type == DeviceMotionNotify || type == DeviceButtonPress)

-                CheckDeviceGrabAndHintWindow (pWin, type,

-                                              (deviceKeyButtonPointer*) pEvents,

-                                              grab, client, deliveryMask);

-	return deliveries;

-    }

-    return nondeliveries;

-}

-

-void

-DeliverRawEvent(RawDeviceEvent *ev, DeviceIntPtr device)

-{

-    GrabPtr grab = device->deviceGrab.grab;

-

-    if (grab)

-        DeliverGrabbedEvent((InternalEvent*)ev, device, FALSE);

-    else { /* deliver to all root windows */

-        xEvent *xi;

-        int i;

-        int filter;

-

-        i = EventToXI2((InternalEvent*)ev, (xEvent**)&xi);

-        if (i != Success)

-        {

-            ErrorF("[Xi] %s: XI2 conversion failed in %s (%d)\n",

-                    __FUNCTION__, device->name, i);

-            return;

-        }

-

-        filter = GetEventFilter(device, xi);

-

-        for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++)

-            DeliverEventsToWindow(device, screenInfo.screens[i]->root, xi, 1,

-                                  filter, NullGrab);

-        free(xi);

-    }

-}

-

-/* If the event goes to dontClient, don't send it and return 0.  if

-   send works,  return 1 or if send didn't work, return 2.

-   Only works for core events.

-*/

-

-#ifdef PANORAMIX

-static int

-XineramaTryClientEventsResult(

-    ClientPtr client,

-    GrabPtr grab,

-    Mask mask,

-    Mask filter

-){

-    if ((client) && (client != serverClient) && (!client->clientGone) &&

-        ((filter == CantBeFiltered) || (mask & filter)))

-    {

-        if (grab && !SameClient(grab, client)) return -1;

-	else return 1;

-    }

-    return 0;

-}

-#endif

-

-/**

- * Try to deliver events to the interested parties.

- *

- * @param pWin The window that would get the event.

- * @param pEvents The events to be delivered.

- * @param count Number of elements in pEvents.

- * @param filter Mask based on event type.

- * @param dontClient Don't deliver to the dontClient.

- */

-int

-MaybeDeliverEventsToClient(WindowPtr pWin, xEvent *pEvents,

-                           int count, Mask filter, ClientPtr dontClient)

-{

-    OtherClients *other;

-

-

-    if (pWin->eventMask & filter)

-    {

-        if (wClient(pWin) == dontClient)

-	    return 0;

-#ifdef PANORAMIX

-	if(!noPanoramiXExtension && pWin->drawable.pScreen->myNum)

-	    return XineramaTryClientEventsResult(

-			wClient(pWin), NullGrab, pWin->eventMask, filter);

-#endif

-	if (XaceHook(XACE_RECEIVE_ACCESS, wClient(pWin), pWin, pEvents, count))

-	    return 1; /* don't send, but pretend we did */

-	return TryClientEvents(wClient(pWin), NULL, pEvents, count,

-			       pWin->eventMask, filter, NullGrab);

-    }

-    for (other = wOtherClients(pWin); other; other = other->next)

-    {

-	if (other->mask & filter)

-	{

-            if (SameClient(other, dontClient))

-		return 0;

-#ifdef PANORAMIX

-	    if(!noPanoramiXExtension && pWin->drawable.pScreen->myNum)

-	      return XineramaTryClientEventsResult(

-			rClient(other), NullGrab, other->mask, filter);

-#endif

-	    if (XaceHook(XACE_RECEIVE_ACCESS, rClient(other), pWin, pEvents,

-			 count))

-		return 1; /* don't send, but pretend we did */

-	    return TryClientEvents(rClient(other), NULL, pEvents, count,

-				   other->mask, filter, NullGrab);

-	}

-    }

-    return 2;

-}

-

-static Window FindChildForEvent(SpritePtr pSprite, WindowPtr event)

-{

-    WindowPtr w = DeepestSpriteWin(pSprite);

-    Window child = None;

-

-    /* If the search ends up past the root should the child field be

-       set to none or should the value in the argument be passed

-       through. It probably doesn't matter since everyone calls

-       this function with child == None anyway. */

-    while (w)

-    {

-        /* If the source window is same as event window, child should be

-           none.  Don't bother going all all the way back to the root. */

-

-        if (w == event)

-        {

-            child = None;

-            break;

-        }

-

-        if (w->parent == event)

-        {

-            child = w->drawable.id;

-            break;

-        }

-        w = w->parent;

-    }

-    return child;

-}

-

-/**

- * Adjust event fields to comply with the window properties.

- *

- * @param xE Event to be modified in place

- * @param pWin The window to get the information from.

- * @param child Child window setting for event (if applicable)

- * @param calcChild If True, calculate the child window.

- */

-void

-FixUpEventFromWindow(

-    SpritePtr pSprite,

-    xEvent *xE,

-    WindowPtr pWin,

-    Window child,

-    Bool calcChild)

-{

-    int evtype;

-

-    if (calcChild)

-        child = FindChildForEvent(pSprite, pWin);

-

-    if ((evtype = xi2_get_type(xE)))

-    {

-        xXIDeviceEvent* event = (xXIDeviceEvent*)xE;

-

-        switch (evtype)

-        {

-            case XI_RawKeyPress:

-            case XI_RawKeyRelease:

-            case XI_RawButtonPress:

-            case XI_RawButtonRelease:

-            case XI_RawMotion:

-            case XI_DeviceChanged:

-            case XI_HierarchyChanged:

-            case XI_PropertyEvent:

-                return;

-            default:

-                break;

-        }

-

-        event->root = RootWindow(pSprite)->drawable.id;

-        event->event = pWin->drawable.id;

-        if (pSprite->hot.pScreen == pWin->drawable.pScreen)

-        {

-            event->event_x = event->root_x - FP1616(pWin->drawable.x, 0);

-            event->event_y = event->root_y - FP1616(pWin->drawable.y, 0);

-            event->child = child;

-        } else

-        {

-            event->event_x = 0;

-            event->event_y = 0;

-            event->child = None;

-        }

-

-        if (event->evtype == XI_Enter || event->evtype == XI_Leave ||

-            event->evtype == XI_FocusIn || event->evtype == XI_FocusOut)

-            ((xXIEnterEvent*)event)->same_screen =

-                (pSprite->hot.pScreen == pWin->drawable.pScreen);

-

-    } else

-    {

-        XE_KBPTR.root = RootWindow(pSprite)->drawable.id;

-        XE_KBPTR.event = pWin->drawable.id;

-        if (pSprite->hot.pScreen == pWin->drawable.pScreen)

-        {

-            XE_KBPTR.sameScreen = xTrue;

-            XE_KBPTR.child = child;

-            XE_KBPTR.eventX =

-                XE_KBPTR.rootX - pWin->drawable.x;

-            XE_KBPTR.eventY =

-                XE_KBPTR.rootY - pWin->drawable.y;

-        }

-        else

-        {

-            XE_KBPTR.sameScreen = xFalse;

-            XE_KBPTR.child = None;

-            XE_KBPTR.eventX = 0;

-            XE_KBPTR.eventY = 0;

-        }

-    }

-}

-

-/**

- * Check if a given event is deliverable at all on a given window.

- *

- * This function only checks if any client wants it, not for a specific

- * client.

- *

- * @param[in] dev The device this event is being sent for.

- * @param[in] event The event that is to be sent.

- * @param[in] win The current event window.

- *

- * @return Bitmask of ::EVENT_XI2_MASK, ::EVENT_XI1_MASK, ::EVENT_CORE_MASK, and

- *         ::EVENT_DONT_PROPAGATE_MASK.

- */

-int

-EventIsDeliverable(DeviceIntPtr dev, InternalEvent* event, WindowPtr win)

-{

-    int rc = 0;

-    int filter = 0;

-    int type;

-    OtherInputMasks *inputMasks = wOtherInputMasks(win);

-    xEvent ev;

-

-    /* XXX: this makes me gag */

-    type = GetXI2Type(event);

-    ev.u.u.type = GenericEvent; /* GetEventFilter only cares about type and evtype*/

-    ((xGenericEvent*)&ev)->extension = IReqCode;

-    ((xGenericEvent*)&ev)->evtype = type;

-    filter = GetEventFilter(dev, &ev);

-    if (type && inputMasks &&

-        ((inputMasks->xi2mask[XIAllDevices][type/8] & filter) ||

-         ((inputMasks->xi2mask[XIAllMasterDevices][type/8] & filter) && IsMaster(dev)) ||

-         (inputMasks->xi2mask[dev->id][type/8] & filter)))

-        rc |= EVENT_XI2_MASK;

-

-    type = GetXIType(event);

-    ev.u.u.type = type;

-    filter = GetEventFilter(dev, &ev);

-

-    /* Check for XI mask */

-    if (type && inputMasks &&

-        (inputMasks->deliverableEvents[dev->id] & filter) &&

-        (inputMasks->inputEvents[dev->id] & filter))

-        rc |= EVENT_XI1_MASK;

-

-    /* Check for XI DontPropagate mask */

-    if (type && inputMasks &&

-        (inputMasks->dontPropagateMask[dev->id] & filter))

-        rc |= EVENT_DONT_PROPAGATE_MASK;

-

-    /* Check for core mask */

-    type = GetCoreType(event);

-    if (type && (win->deliverableEvents & filter) &&

-        ((wOtherEventMasks(win) | win->eventMask) & filter))

-        rc |= EVENT_CORE_MASK;

-

-    /* Check for core DontPropagate mask */

-    if (type && (filter & wDontPropagateMask(win)))

-        rc |= EVENT_DONT_PROPAGATE_MASK;

-

-    return rc;

-}

-

-/**

- * Deliver events caused by input devices.

- *

- * For events from a non-grabbed, non-focus device, DeliverDeviceEvents is

- * called directly from the processInputProc.

- * For grabbed devices, DeliverGrabbedEvent is called first, and _may_ call

- * DeliverDeviceEvents.

- * For focused events, DeliverFocusedEvent is called first, and _may_ call

- * DeliverDeviceEvents.

- *

- * @param pWin Window to deliver event to.

- * @param event The events to deliver, not yet in wire format.

- * @param grab Possible grab on a device.

- * @param stopAt Don't recurse up to the root window.

- * @param dev The device that is responsible for the event.

- *

- * @see DeliverGrabbedEvent

- * @see DeliverFocusedEvent

- */

-int

-DeliverDeviceEvents(WindowPtr pWin, InternalEvent *event, GrabPtr grab,

-                    WindowPtr stopAt, DeviceIntPtr dev)

-{

-    SpritePtr pSprite = dev->spriteInfo->sprite;

-    Window child = None;

-    Mask filter;

-    int deliveries = 0;

-    xEvent *xE = NULL, *core = NULL;

-    int rc, mask, count = 0;

-

-    verify_internal_event(event);

-

-    while (pWin)

-    {

-        if ((mask = EventIsDeliverable(dev, event, pWin)))

-        {

-            /* XI2 events first */

-            if (mask & EVENT_XI2_MASK)

-            {

-                xEvent *xi2 = NULL;

-                rc = EventToXI2(event, &xi2);

-                if (rc == Success)

-                {

-                    /* XXX: XACE */

-                    filter = GetEventFilter(dev, xi2);

-                    FixUpEventFromWindow(pSprite, xi2, pWin, child, FALSE);

-                    deliveries = DeliverEventsToWindow(dev, pWin, xi2, 1,

-                                                       filter, grab);

-                    free(xi2);

-                    if (deliveries > 0)

-                        goto unwind;

-                } else if (rc != BadMatch)

-                    ErrorF("[dix] %s: XI2 conversion failed in DDE (%d).\n",

-                            dev->name, rc);

-            }

-

-            /* XI events */

-            if (mask & EVENT_XI1_MASK)

-            {

-                rc = EventToXI(event, &xE, &count);

-                if (rc == Success) {

-                    if (XaceHook(XACE_SEND_ACCESS, NULL, dev, pWin, xE, count) == Success) {

-                        filter = GetEventFilter(dev, xE);

-                        FixUpEventFromWindow(pSprite, xE, pWin, child, FALSE);

-                        deliveries = DeliverEventsToWindow(dev, pWin, xE, count,

-                                                           filter, grab);

-                        if (deliveries > 0)

-                            goto unwind;

-                    }

-                } else if (rc != BadMatch)

-                    ErrorF("[dix] %s: XI conversion failed in DDE (%d, %d). Skipping delivery.\n",

-                            dev->name, event->any.type, rc);

-            }

-

-            /* Core event */

-            if ((mask & EVENT_CORE_MASK) && IsMaster(dev) && dev->coreEvents)

-            {

-                rc = EventToCore(event, &core, &count);

-                if (rc == Success) {

-                    if (XaceHook(XACE_SEND_ACCESS, NULL, dev, pWin, core, count) == Success) {

-                        filter = GetEventFilter(dev, core);

-                        FixUpEventFromWindow(pSprite, core, pWin, child, FALSE);

-                        deliveries = DeliverEventsToWindow(dev, pWin, core,

-                                                           count, filter, grab);

-                        if (deliveries > 0)

-                            goto unwind;

-                    }

-                } else if (rc != BadMatch)

-                        ErrorF("[dix] %s: Core conversion failed in DDE (%d, %d).\n",

-                                dev->name, event->any.type, rc);

-            }

-

-            if ((deliveries < 0) || (pWin == stopAt) ||

-                (mask & EVENT_DONT_PROPAGATE_MASK))

-            {

-                deliveries = 0;

-                goto unwind;

-            }

-        }

-

-        child = pWin->drawable.id;

-        pWin = pWin->parent;

-    }

-

-unwind:

-    free(core);

-    free(xE);

-    return deliveries;

-}

-

-/**

- * Deliver event to a window and it's immediate parent. Used for most window

- * events (CreateNotify, ConfigureNotify, etc.). Not useful for events that

- * propagate up the tree or extension events

- *

- * In case of a ReparentNotify event, the event will be delivered to the

- * otherParent as well.

- *

- * @param pWin Window to deliver events to.

- * @param xE Events to deliver.

- * @param count number of events in xE.

- * @param otherParent Used for ReparentNotify events.

- */

-int

-DeliverEvents(WindowPtr pWin, xEvent *xE, int count,

-              WindowPtr otherParent)

-{

-    DeviceIntRec dummy;

-    int     deliveries;

-

-#ifdef PANORAMIX

-    if(!noPanoramiXExtension && pWin->drawable.pScreen->myNum)

-	return count;

-#endif

-

-    if (!count)

-	return 0;

-

-    dummy.id = XIAllDevices;

-

-    switch (xE->u.u.type)

-    {

-        case DestroyNotify:

-        case UnmapNotify:

-        case MapNotify:

-        case MapRequest:

-        case ReparentNotify:

-        case ConfigureNotify:

-        case ConfigureRequest:

-        case GravityNotify:

-        case CirculateNotify:

-        case CirculateRequest:

-            xE->u.destroyNotify.event = pWin->drawable.id;

-            break;

-    }

-

-    switch (xE->u.u.type)

-    {

-        case DestroyNotify:

-        case UnmapNotify:

-        case MapNotify:

-        case ReparentNotify:

-        case ConfigureNotify:

-        case GravityNotify:

-        case CirculateNotify:

-            break;

-        default:

-        {

-            Mask filter;

-            filter = GetEventFilter(&dummy, xE);

-            return DeliverEventsToWindow(&dummy, pWin, xE, count, filter,

-                                         NullGrab);

-        }

-    }

-

-    deliveries = DeliverEventsToWindow(&dummy, pWin, xE, count,

-                                       StructureNotifyMask, NullGrab);

-    if (pWin->parent)

-    {

-	xE->u.destroyNotify.event = pWin->parent->drawable.id;

-	deliveries += DeliverEventsToWindow(&dummy, pWin->parent, xE, count,

-					    SubstructureNotifyMask, NullGrab);

-	if (xE->u.u.type == ReparentNotify)

-	{

-	    xE->u.destroyNotify.event = otherParent->drawable.id;

-            deliveries += DeliverEventsToWindow(&dummy,

-                    otherParent, xE, count, SubstructureNotifyMask,

-						NullGrab);

-	}

-    }

-    return deliveries;

-}

-

-

-static Bool

-PointInBorderSize(WindowPtr pWin, int x, int y)

-{

-    BoxRec box;

-

-    if(RegionContainsPoint(&pWin->borderSize, x, y, &box))

-	return TRUE;

-

-#ifdef PANORAMIX

-    if(!noPanoramiXExtension &&

-            XineramaSetWindowPntrs(inputInfo.pointer, pWin)) {

-	SpritePtr pSprite = inputInfo.pointer->spriteInfo->sprite;

-	int i;

-

-	FOR_NSCREENS_FORWARD_SKIP(i) {

-	   if(RegionContainsPoint(&pSprite->windows[i]->borderSize,

-				  x + screenInfo.screens[0]->x - screenInfo.screens[i]->x,

-				  y + screenInfo.screens[0]->y - screenInfo.screens[i]->y,

-				  &box))

-		return TRUE;

-	}

-    }

-#endif

-    return FALSE;

-}

-

-/**

- * Traversed from the root window to the window at the position x/y. While

- * traversing, it sets up the traversal history in the spriteTrace array.

- * After completing, the spriteTrace history is set in the following way:

- *   spriteTrace[0] ... root window

- *   spriteTrace[1] ... top level window that encloses x/y

- *       ...

- *   spriteTrace[spriteTraceGood - 1] ... window at x/y

- *

- * @returns the window at the given coordinates.

- */

-WindowPtr

-XYToWindow(SpritePtr pSprite, int x, int y)

-{

-    WindowPtr  pWin;

-    BoxRec		box;

-

-    pSprite->spriteTraceGood = 1;	/* root window still there */

-    pWin = RootWindow(pSprite)->firstChild;

-    while (pWin)

-    {

-	if ((pWin->mapped) &&

-	    (x >= pWin->drawable.x - wBorderWidth (pWin)) &&

-	    (x < pWin->drawable.x + (int)pWin->drawable.width +

-	     wBorderWidth(pWin)) &&

-	    (y >= pWin->drawable.y - wBorderWidth (pWin)) &&

-	    (y < pWin->drawable.y + (int)pWin->drawable.height +

-	     wBorderWidth (pWin))

-	    /* When a window is shaped, a further check

-	     * is made to see if the point is inside

-	     * borderSize

-	     */

-	    && (!wBoundingShape(pWin) || PointInBorderSize(pWin, x, y))

-	    && (!wInputShape(pWin) ||

-		RegionContainsPoint(wInputShape(pWin),

-				    x - pWin->drawable.x,

-				    y - pWin->drawable.y, &box))

-#ifdef ROOTLESS

-    /* In rootless mode windows may be offscreen, even when

-     * they're in X's stack. (E.g. if the native window system

-     * implements some form of virtual desktop system).

-     */

-		&& !pWin->rootlessUnhittable

-#endif

-	    )

-	{

-	    if (pSprite->spriteTraceGood >= pSprite->spriteTraceSize)

-	    {

-		pSprite->spriteTraceSize += 10;

-		pSprite->spriteTrace = realloc(pSprite->spriteTrace,

-		                    pSprite->spriteTraceSize*sizeof(WindowPtr));

-	    }

-	    pSprite->spriteTrace[pSprite->spriteTraceGood++] = pWin;

-	    pWin = pWin->firstChild;

-	}

-	else

-	    pWin = pWin->nextSib;

-    }

-    return DeepestSpriteWin(pSprite);

-}

-

-/**

- * Ungrab a currently FocusIn grabbed device and grab the device on the

- * given window. If the win given is the NoneWin, the device is ungrabbed if

- * applicable and FALSE is returned.

- *

- * @returns TRUE if the device has been grabbed, or FALSE otherwise.

- */

-BOOL

-ActivateFocusInGrab(DeviceIntPtr dev, WindowPtr old, WindowPtr win)

-{

-    BOOL rc = FALSE;

-    DeviceEvent event;

-

-    if (dev->deviceGrab.grab)

-    {

-        if (!dev->deviceGrab.fromPassiveGrab ||

-            dev->deviceGrab.grab->type != XI_Enter ||

-            dev->deviceGrab.grab->window == win ||

-            IsParent(dev->deviceGrab.grab->window, win))

-            return FALSE;

-        DoEnterLeaveEvents(dev, dev->id, old, win, XINotifyPassiveUngrab);

-        (*dev->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab)(dev);

-    }

-

-    if (win == NoneWin || win == PointerRootWin)

-        return FALSE;

-

-    memset(&event, 0, sizeof(DeviceEvent));

-    event.header = ET_Internal;

-    event.type = ET_FocusIn;

-    event.length = sizeof(DeviceEvent);

-    event.time = GetTimeInMillis();

-    event.deviceid = dev->id;

-    event.sourceid = dev->id;

-    event.detail.button = 0;

-    rc = (CheckPassiveGrabsOnWindow(win, dev, (InternalEvent *) &event, FALSE,

-                                    TRUE) != NULL);

-    if (rc)

-        DoEnterLeaveEvents(dev, dev->id, old, win, XINotifyPassiveUngrab);

-    return rc;

-}

-

-/**

- * Ungrab a currently Enter grabbed device and grab the device for the given

- * window.

- *

- * @returns TRUE if the device has been grabbed, or FALSE otherwise.

- */

-static BOOL

-ActivateEnterGrab(DeviceIntPtr dev, WindowPtr old, WindowPtr win)

-{

-    BOOL rc = FALSE;

-    DeviceEvent event;

-

-    if (dev->deviceGrab.grab)

-    {

-        if (!dev->deviceGrab.fromPassiveGrab ||

-            dev->deviceGrab.grab->type != XI_Enter ||

-            dev->deviceGrab.grab->window == win ||

-            IsParent(dev->deviceGrab.grab->window, win))

-            return FALSE;

-        DoEnterLeaveEvents(dev, dev->id, old, win, XINotifyPassiveUngrab);

-        (*dev->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab)(dev);

-    }

-

-    memset(&event, 0, sizeof(DeviceEvent));

-    event.header = ET_Internal;

-    event.type = ET_Enter;

-    event.length = sizeof(DeviceEvent);

-    event.time = GetTimeInMillis();

-    event.deviceid = dev->id;

-    event.sourceid = dev->id;

-    event.detail.button = 0;

-    rc = (CheckPassiveGrabsOnWindow(win, dev, (InternalEvent *) &event, FALSE,

-                                    TRUE) != NULL);

-    if (rc)

-        DoEnterLeaveEvents(dev, dev->id, old, win, XINotifyPassiveGrab);

-    return rc;

-}

-

-/**

- * Update the sprite coordinates based on the event. Update the cursor

- * position, then update the event with the new coordinates that may have been

- * changed. If the window underneath the sprite has changed, change to new

- * cursor and send enter/leave events.

- *

- * CheckMotion() will not do anything and return FALSE if the event is not a

- * pointer event.

- *

- * @return TRUE if the sprite has moved or FALSE otherwise.

- */

-Bool

-CheckMotion(DeviceEvent *ev, DeviceIntPtr pDev)

-{

-    WindowPtr prevSpriteWin, newSpriteWin;

-    SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;

-

-    verify_internal_event((InternalEvent *)ev);

-

-    if (!pSprite)

-      return FALSE;

-

-    prevSpriteWin = pSprite->win;

-

-    if (ev && !syncEvents.playingEvents)

-    {

-        /* GetPointerEvents() guarantees that pointer events have the correct

-           rootX/Y set already. */

-        switch (ev->type)

-        {

-            case ET_ButtonPress:

-            case ET_ButtonRelease:

-            case ET_Motion:

-                break;

-            default:

-                /* all other events return FALSE */

-                return FALSE;

-        }

-

-

-#ifdef PANORAMIX

-        if (!noPanoramiXExtension)

-        {

-            /* Motion events entering DIX get translated to Screen 0

-               coordinates.  Replayed events have already been

-               translated since they've entered DIX before */

-            ev->root_x += pSprite->screen->x - screenInfo.screens[0]->x;

-            ev->root_y += pSprite->screen->y - screenInfo.screens[0]->y;

-        } else

-#endif

-        {

-            if (pSprite->hot.pScreen != pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen)

-            {

-                pSprite->hot.pScreen = pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen;

-                RootWindow(pDev->spriteInfo->sprite) =

-                    pSprite->hot.pScreen->root;

-            }

-        }

-

-        pSprite->hot.x = ev->root_x;

-        pSprite->hot.y = ev->root_y;

-        if (pSprite->hot.x < pSprite->physLimits.x1)

-            pSprite->hot.x = pSprite->physLimits.x1;

-        else if (pSprite->hot.x >= pSprite->physLimits.x2)

-            pSprite->hot.x = pSprite->physLimits.x2 - 1;

-        if (pSprite->hot.y < pSprite->physLimits.y1)

-            pSprite->hot.y = pSprite->physLimits.y1;

-        else if (pSprite->hot.y >= pSprite->physLimits.y2)

-            pSprite->hot.y = pSprite->physLimits.y2 - 1;

-	if (pSprite->hotShape)

-	    ConfineToShape(pDev, pSprite->hotShape, &pSprite->hot.x, &pSprite->hot.y);

-	pSprite->hotPhys = pSprite->hot;

-

-	if ((pSprite->hotPhys.x != ev->root_x) ||

-	    (pSprite->hotPhys.y != ev->root_y))

-	{

-#ifdef PANORAMIX

-            if (!noPanoramiXExtension)

-            {

-                XineramaSetCursorPosition(

-                        pDev, pSprite->hotPhys.x, pSprite->hotPhys.y, FALSE);

-            } else

-#endif

-            {

-                (*pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen->SetCursorPosition)(

-                        pDev, pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen,

-                        pSprite->hotPhys.x, pSprite->hotPhys.y, FALSE);

-            }

-	}

-

-	ev->root_x = pSprite->hot.x;

-	ev->root_y = pSprite->hot.y;

-    }

-

-    newSpriteWin = XYToWindow(pSprite, pSprite->hot.x, pSprite->hot.y);

-

-    if (newSpriteWin != prevSpriteWin)

-    {

-        int sourceid;

-        if (!ev) {

-            UpdateCurrentTimeIf();

-            sourceid = pDev->id; /* when from WindowsRestructured */

-        } else

-            sourceid = ev->sourceid;

-

-	if (prevSpriteWin != NullWindow) {

-            if (!ActivateEnterGrab(pDev, prevSpriteWin, newSpriteWin))

-                DoEnterLeaveEvents(pDev, sourceid, prevSpriteWin,

-                                   newSpriteWin, NotifyNormal);

-        }

-        /* set pSprite->win after ActivateEnterGrab, otherwise

-           sprite window == grab_window and no enter/leave events are

-           sent. */

-        pSprite->win = newSpriteWin;

-        PostNewCursor(pDev);

-        return FALSE;

-    }

-    return TRUE;

-}

-

-/**

- * Windows have restructured, we need to update the sprite position and the

- * sprite's cursor.

- */

-void

-WindowsRestructured(void)

-{

-    DeviceIntPtr pDev = inputInfo.devices;

-    while(pDev)

-    {

-        if (IsMaster(pDev) || IsFloating(pDev))

-            CheckMotion(NULL, pDev);

-        pDev = pDev->next;

-    }

-}

-

-#ifdef PANORAMIX

-/* This was added to support reconfiguration under Xdmx.  The problem is

- * that if the 0th screen (i.e., screenInfo.screens[0]) is moved to an origin

- * other than 0,0, the information in the private sprite structure must

- * be updated accordingly, or XYToWindow (and other routines) will not

- * compute correctly. */

-void ReinitializeRootWindow(WindowPtr win, int xoff, int yoff)

-{

-    GrabPtr   grab;

-    DeviceIntPtr pDev;

-    SpritePtr pSprite;

-

-    if (noPanoramiXExtension) return;

-

-    pDev = inputInfo.devices;

-    while(pDev)

-    {

-        if (DevHasCursor(pDev))

-        {

-            pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;

-            pSprite->hot.x        -= xoff;

-            pSprite->hot.y        -= yoff;

-

-            pSprite->hotPhys.x    -= xoff;

-            pSprite->hotPhys.y    -= yoff;

-

-            pSprite->hotLimits.x1 -= xoff;

-            pSprite->hotLimits.y1 -= yoff;

-            pSprite->hotLimits.x2 -= xoff;

-            pSprite->hotLimits.y2 -= yoff;

-

-            if (RegionNotEmpty(&pSprite->Reg1))

-                RegionTranslate(&pSprite->Reg1, xoff, yoff);

-            if (RegionNotEmpty(&pSprite->Reg2))

-                RegionTranslate(&pSprite->Reg2, xoff, yoff);

-

-            /* FIXME: if we call ConfineCursorToWindow, must we do anything else? */

-            if ((grab = pDev->deviceGrab.grab) && grab->confineTo) {

-                if (grab->confineTo->drawable.pScreen

-                        != pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen)

-                    pSprite->hotPhys.x = pSprite->hotPhys.y = 0;

-                ConfineCursorToWindow(pDev, grab->confineTo, TRUE, TRUE);

-            } else

-                ConfineCursorToWindow(

-                        pDev,

-                        pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen->root,

-                        TRUE, FALSE);

-

-        }

-        pDev = pDev->next;

-    }

-}

-#endif

-

-/**

- * Initialize a sprite for the given device and set it to some sane values. If

- * the device already has a sprite alloc'd, don't realloc but just reset to

- * default values.

- * If a window is supplied, the sprite will be initialized with the window's

- * cursor and positioned in the center of the window's screen. The root window

- * is a good choice to pass in here.

- *

- * It's a good idea to call it only for pointer devices, unless you have a

- * really talented keyboard.

- *

- * @param pDev The device to initialize.

- * @param pWin The window where to generate the sprite in.

- *

- */

-void

-InitializeSprite(DeviceIntPtr pDev, WindowPtr pWin)

-{

-    SpritePtr pSprite;

-    ScreenPtr pScreen;

-    CursorPtr pCursor;

-

-    if (!pDev->spriteInfo->sprite)

-    {

-        DeviceIntPtr it;

-

-        pDev->spriteInfo->sprite = (SpritePtr)calloc(1, sizeof(SpriteRec));

-        if (!pDev->spriteInfo->sprite)

-            FatalError("InitializeSprite: failed to allocate sprite struct");

-

-        /* We may have paired another device with this device before our

-         * device had a actual sprite. We need to check for this and reset the

-         * sprite field for all paired devices.

-         *

-         * The VCK is always paired with the VCP before the VCP has a sprite.

-         */

-        for (it = inputInfo.devices; it; it = it->next)

-        {

-            if (it->spriteInfo->paired == pDev)

-                it->spriteInfo->sprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;

-        }

-        if (inputInfo.keyboard->spriteInfo->paired == pDev)

-            inputInfo.keyboard->spriteInfo->sprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;

-    }

-

-    pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;

-    pDev->spriteInfo->spriteOwner = TRUE;

-

-    pScreen = (pWin) ? pWin->drawable.pScreen : (ScreenPtr)NULL;

-    pSprite->hot.pScreen = pScreen;

-    pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen = pScreen;

-    if (pScreen)

-    {

-        pSprite->hotPhys.x = pScreen->width / 2;

-        pSprite->hotPhys.y = pScreen->height / 2;

-        pSprite->hotLimits.x2 = pScreen->width;

-        pSprite->hotLimits.y2 = pScreen->height;

-    }

-

-    pSprite->hot = pSprite->hotPhys;

-    pSprite->win = pWin;

-

-    if (pWin)

-    {

-	pCursor = wCursor(pWin);

-	pSprite->spriteTrace = (WindowPtr *)calloc(1, 32*sizeof(WindowPtr));

-	if (!pSprite->spriteTrace)

-	    FatalError("Failed to allocate spriteTrace");

-	pSprite->spriteTraceSize = 32;

-

-	RootWindow(pDev->spriteInfo->sprite) = pWin;

-	pSprite->spriteTraceGood = 1;

-

-	pSprite->pEnqueueScreen = pScreen;

-	pSprite->pDequeueScreen = pSprite->pEnqueueScreen;

-

-    } else {

-        pCursor = NullCursor;

-	pSprite->spriteTrace = NULL;

-	pSprite->spriteTraceSize = 0;

-	pSprite->spriteTraceGood = 0;

-	pSprite->pEnqueueScreen = screenInfo.screens[0];

-	pSprite->pDequeueScreen = pSprite->pEnqueueScreen;

-    }

-    if (pCursor)

-	pCursor->refcnt++;

-    if (pSprite->current)

-	FreeCursor(pSprite->current, None);

-    pSprite->current = pCursor;

-

-    if (pScreen)

-    {

-        (*pScreen->RealizeCursor) ( pDev, pScreen, pSprite->current);

-        (*pScreen->CursorLimits) ( pDev, pScreen, pSprite->current,

-                                   &pSprite->hotLimits, &pSprite->physLimits);

-        pSprite->confined = FALSE;

-

-        (*pScreen->ConstrainCursor) (pDev, pScreen,

-                                     &pSprite->physLimits);

-        (*pScreen->SetCursorPosition) (pDev, pScreen, pSprite->hot.x,

-                                       pSprite->hot.y,

-                                       FALSE);

-        (*pScreen->DisplayCursor) (pDev, pScreen, pSprite->current);

-    }

-#ifdef PANORAMIX

-    if(!noPanoramiXExtension) {

-        pSprite->hotLimits.x1 = -screenInfo.screens[0]->x;

-        pSprite->hotLimits.y1 = -screenInfo.screens[0]->y;

-        pSprite->hotLimits.x2 = PanoramiXPixWidth  - screenInfo.screens[0]->x;

-        pSprite->hotLimits.y2 = PanoramiXPixHeight - screenInfo.screens[0]->y;

-        pSprite->physLimits = pSprite->hotLimits;

-        pSprite->confineWin = NullWindow;

-        pSprite->hotShape = NullRegion;

-        pSprite->screen = pScreen;

-        /* gotta UNINIT these someplace */

-        RegionNull(&pSprite->Reg1);

-        RegionNull(&pSprite->Reg2);

-    }

-#endif

-}

-

-/**

- * Update the mouse sprite info when the server switches from a pScreen to another.

- * Otherwise, the pScreen of the mouse sprite is never updated when we switch

- * from a pScreen to another. Never updating the pScreen of the mouse sprite

- * implies that windows that are in pScreen whose pScreen->myNum >0 will never

- * get pointer events. This is  because in CheckMotion(), sprite.hotPhys.pScreen

- * always points to the first pScreen it has been set by

- * DefineInitialRootWindow().

- *

- * Calling this function is useful for use cases where the server

- * has more than one pScreen.

- * This function is similar to DefineInitialRootWindow() but it does not

- * reset the mouse pointer position.

- * @param win must be the new pScreen we are switching to.

- */

-void

-UpdateSpriteForScreen(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen)

-{

-    SpritePtr pSprite = NULL;

-    WindowPtr win = NULL;

-    CursorPtr pCursor;

-    if (!pScreen)

-        return ;

-

-    if (!pDev->spriteInfo->sprite)

-        return;

-

-    pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;

-

-    win = pScreen->root;

-

-    pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen = pScreen;

-    pSprite->hot = pSprite->hotPhys;

-    pSprite->hotLimits.x2 = pScreen->width;

-    pSprite->hotLimits.y2 = pScreen->height;

-    pSprite->win = win;

-    pCursor = wCursor(win);

-    if (pCursor)

-	pCursor->refcnt++;

-    if (pSprite->current)

-	FreeCursor(pSprite->current, 0);

-    pSprite->current = pCursor;

-    pSprite->spriteTraceGood = 1;

-    pSprite->spriteTrace[0] = win;

-    (*pScreen->CursorLimits) (pDev,

-                              pScreen,

-                              pSprite->current,

-                              &pSprite->hotLimits,

-                              &pSprite->physLimits);

-    pSprite->confined = FALSE;

-    (*pScreen->ConstrainCursor) (pDev, pScreen, &pSprite->physLimits);

-    (*pScreen->DisplayCursor) (pDev, pScreen, pSprite->current);

-

-#ifdef PANORAMIX

-    if(!noPanoramiXExtension) {

-        pSprite->hotLimits.x1 = -screenInfo.screens[0]->x;

-        pSprite->hotLimits.y1 = -screenInfo.screens[0]->y;

-        pSprite->hotLimits.x2 = PanoramiXPixWidth  - screenInfo.screens[0]->x;

-        pSprite->hotLimits.y2 = PanoramiXPixHeight - screenInfo.screens[0]->y;

-        pSprite->physLimits = pSprite->hotLimits;

-        pSprite->screen = pScreen;

-    }

-#endif

-}

-

-/*

- * This does not take any shortcuts, and even ignores its argument, since

- * it does not happen very often, and one has to walk up the tree since

- * this might be a newly instantiated cursor for an intermediate window

- * between the one the pointer is in and the one that the last cursor was

- * instantiated from.

- */

-void

-WindowHasNewCursor(WindowPtr pWin)

-{

-    DeviceIntPtr pDev;

-

-    for(pDev = inputInfo.devices; pDev; pDev = pDev->next)

-        if (DevHasCursor(pDev))

-            PostNewCursor(pDev);

-}

-

-void

-NewCurrentScreen(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr newScreen, int x, int y)

-{

-    SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;

-

-    pSprite->hotPhys.x = x;

-    pSprite->hotPhys.y = y;

-#ifdef PANORAMIX

-    if(!noPanoramiXExtension) {

-	pSprite->hotPhys.x += newScreen->x - screenInfo.screens[0]->x;

-	pSprite->hotPhys.y += newScreen->y - screenInfo.screens[0]->y;

-	if (newScreen != pSprite->screen) {

-	    pSprite->screen = newScreen;

-	    /* Make sure we tell the DDX to update its copy of the screen */

-	    if(pSprite->confineWin)

-		XineramaConfineCursorToWindow(pDev,

-                        pSprite->confineWin, TRUE);

-	    else

-		XineramaConfineCursorToWindow(pDev, screenInfo.screens[0]->root, TRUE);

-	    /* if the pointer wasn't confined, the DDX won't get

-	       told of the pointer warp so we reposition it here */

-	    if(!syncEvents.playingEvents)

-		(*pSprite->screen->SetCursorPosition)(

-                                                      pDev,

-                                                      pSprite->screen,

-		    pSprite->hotPhys.x + screenInfo.screens[0]->x -

-			pSprite->screen->x,

-		    pSprite->hotPhys.y + screenInfo.screens[0]->y -

-			pSprite->screen->y, FALSE);

-	}

-    } else

-#endif

-    if (newScreen != pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen)

-	ConfineCursorToWindow(pDev, newScreen->root, TRUE, FALSE);

-}

-

-#ifdef PANORAMIX

-

-static Bool

-XineramaPointInWindowIsVisible(

-    WindowPtr pWin,

-    int x,

-    int y

-)

-{

-    BoxRec box;

-    int i, xoff, yoff;

-

-    if (!pWin->realized) return FALSE;

-

-    if (RegionContainsPoint(&pWin->borderClip, x, y, &box))

-        return TRUE;

-

-    if(!XineramaSetWindowPntrs(inputInfo.pointer, pWin)) return FALSE;

-

-    xoff = x + screenInfo.screens[0]->x;

-    yoff = y + screenInfo.screens[0]->y;

-

-    FOR_NSCREENS_FORWARD_SKIP(i) {

-	pWin = inputInfo.pointer->spriteInfo->sprite->windows[i];

-	x = xoff - screenInfo.screens[i]->x;

-	y = yoff - screenInfo.screens[i]->y;

-

-	if(RegionContainsPoint(&pWin->borderClip, x, y, &box)

-	   && (!wInputShape(pWin) ||

-	       RegionContainsPoint(wInputShape(pWin),

-				   x - pWin->drawable.x,

-				   y - pWin->drawable.y, &box)))

-            return TRUE;

-

-    }

-

-    return FALSE;

-}

-

-static int

-XineramaWarpPointer(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    WindowPtr	dest = NULL;

-    int		x, y, rc;

-    SpritePtr   pSprite = PickPointer(client)->spriteInfo->sprite;

-

-    REQUEST(xWarpPointerReq);

-

-

-    if (stuff->dstWid != None) {

-	rc = dixLookupWindow(&dest, stuff->dstWid, client, DixReadAccess);

-	if (rc != Success)

-	    return rc;

-    }

-    x = pSprite->hotPhys.x;

-    y = pSprite->hotPhys.y;

-

-    if (stuff->srcWid != None)

-    {

-	int     winX, winY;

-	XID	winID = stuff->srcWid;

-        WindowPtr source;

-

-	rc = dixLookupWindow(&source, winID, client, DixReadAccess);

-	if (rc != Success)

-	    return rc;

-

-	winX = source->drawable.x;

-	winY = source->drawable.y;

-	if(source == screenInfo.screens[0]->root) {

-	    winX -= screenInfo.screens[0]->x;

-	    winY -= screenInfo.screens[0]->y;

-	}

-	if (x < winX + stuff->srcX ||

-	    y < winY + stuff->srcY ||

-	    (stuff->srcWidth != 0 &&

-	     winX + stuff->srcX + (int)stuff->srcWidth < x) ||

-	    (stuff->srcHeight != 0 &&

-	     winY + stuff->srcY + (int)stuff->srcHeight < y) ||

-	    !XineramaPointInWindowIsVisible(source, x, y))

-	    return Success;

-    }

-    if (dest) {

-	x = dest->drawable.x;

-	y = dest->drawable.y;

-	if(dest == screenInfo.screens[0]->root) {

-	    x -= screenInfo.screens[0]->x;

-	    y -= screenInfo.screens[0]->y;

-	}

-    }

-

-    x += stuff->dstX;

-    y += stuff->dstY;

-

-    if (x < pSprite->physLimits.x1)

-	x = pSprite->physLimits.x1;

-    else if (x >= pSprite->physLimits.x2)

-	x = pSprite->physLimits.x2 - 1;

-    if (y < pSprite->physLimits.y1)

-	y = pSprite->physLimits.y1;

-    else if (y >= pSprite->physLimits.y2)

-	y = pSprite->physLimits.y2 - 1;

-    if (pSprite->hotShape)

-	ConfineToShape(PickPointer(client), pSprite->hotShape, &x, &y);

-

-    XineramaSetCursorPosition(PickPointer(client), x, y, TRUE);

-

-    return Success;

-}

-

-#endif

-

-

-/**

- * Server-side protocol handling for WarpPointer request.

- * Warps the cursor position to the coordinates given in the request.

- */

-int

-ProcWarpPointer(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    WindowPtr	dest = NULL;

-    int		x, y, rc;

-    ScreenPtr	newScreen;

-    DeviceIntPtr dev, tmp;

-    SpritePtr   pSprite;

-

-    REQUEST(xWarpPointerReq);

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xWarpPointerReq);

-

-    dev = PickPointer(client);

-

-    for (tmp = inputInfo.devices; tmp; tmp = tmp->next) {

-        if (GetMaster(tmp, MASTER_ATTACHED) == dev) {

-	    rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, DixWriteAccess);

-	    if (rc != Success)

-		return rc;

-	}

-    }

-

-    if (dev->lastSlave)

-        dev = dev->lastSlave;

-    pSprite = dev->spriteInfo->sprite;

-

-#ifdef PANORAMIX

-    if(!noPanoramiXExtension)

-	return XineramaWarpPointer(client);

-#endif

-

-    if (stuff->dstWid != None) {

-	rc = dixLookupWindow(&dest, stuff->dstWid, client, DixGetAttrAccess);

-	if (rc != Success)

-	    return rc;

-    }

-    x = pSprite->hotPhys.x;

-    y = pSprite->hotPhys.y;

-

-    if (stuff->srcWid != None)

-    {

-	int     winX, winY;

-	XID	winID = stuff->srcWid;

-        WindowPtr source;

-

-	rc = dixLookupWindow(&source, winID, client, DixGetAttrAccess);

-	if (rc != Success)

-	    return rc;

-

-	winX = source->drawable.x;

-	winY = source->drawable.y;

-	if (source->drawable.pScreen != pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen ||

-	    x < winX + stuff->srcX ||

-	    y < winY + stuff->srcY ||

-	    (stuff->srcWidth != 0 &&

-	     winX + stuff->srcX + (int)stuff->srcWidth < x) ||

-	    (stuff->srcHeight != 0 &&

-	     winY + stuff->srcY + (int)stuff->srcHeight < y) ||

-	    !PointInWindowIsVisible(source, x, y))

-	    return Success;

-    }

-    if (dest)

-    {

-	x = dest->drawable.x;

-	y = dest->drawable.y;

-	newScreen = dest->drawable.pScreen;

-    } else

-	newScreen = pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen;

-

-    x += stuff->dstX;

-    y += stuff->dstY;

-

-    if (x < 0)

-	x = 0;

-    else if (x >= newScreen->width)

-	x = newScreen->width - 1;

-    if (y < 0)

-	y = 0;

-    else if (y >= newScreen->height)

-	y = newScreen->height - 1;

-

-    if (newScreen == pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen)

-    {

-	if (x < pSprite->physLimits.x1)

-	    x = pSprite->physLimits.x1;

-	else if (x >= pSprite->physLimits.x2)

-	    x = pSprite->physLimits.x2 - 1;

-	if (y < pSprite->physLimits.y1)

-	    y = pSprite->physLimits.y1;

-	else if (y >= pSprite->physLimits.y2)

-	    y = pSprite->physLimits.y2 - 1;

-	if (pSprite->hotShape)

-	    ConfineToShape(dev, pSprite->hotShape, &x, &y);

-        (*newScreen->SetCursorPosition)(dev, newScreen, x, y, TRUE);

-    }

-    else if (!PointerConfinedToScreen(dev))

-    {

-	NewCurrentScreen(dev, newScreen, x, y);

-    }

-    return Success;

-}

-

-static Bool

-BorderSizeNotEmpty(DeviceIntPtr pDev, WindowPtr pWin)

-{

-     if(RegionNotEmpty(&pWin->borderSize))

-	return TRUE;

-

-#ifdef PANORAMIX

-     if(!noPanoramiXExtension && XineramaSetWindowPntrs(pDev, pWin)) {

-	int i;

-

-	FOR_NSCREENS_FORWARD_SKIP(i) {

-	    if(RegionNotEmpty(&pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->windows[i]->borderSize))

-		return TRUE;

-	}

-     }

-#endif

-     return FALSE;

-}

-

-/**

- * "CheckPassiveGrabsOnWindow" checks to see if the event passed in causes a

- * passive grab set on the window to be activated.

- * If activate is true and a passive grab is found, it will be activated,

- * and the event will be delivered to the client.

- *

- * @param pWin The window that may be subject to a passive grab.

- * @param device Device that caused the event.

- * @param event The current device event.

- * @param checkCore Check for core grabs too.

- * @param activate If a grab is found, activate it and deliver the event.

- */

-

-GrabPtr

-CheckPassiveGrabsOnWindow(

-    WindowPtr pWin,

-    DeviceIntPtr device,

-    InternalEvent *event,

-    BOOL checkCore,

-    BOOL activate)

-{

-    SpritePtr pSprite = device->spriteInfo->sprite;

-    GrabPtr grab = wPassiveGrabs(pWin);

-    GrabRec tempGrab;

-    GrabInfoPtr grabinfo;

-#define CORE_MATCH      0x1

-#define XI_MATCH        0x2

-#define XI2_MATCH        0x4

-    int match = 0;

-

-    if (!grab)

-	return NULL;

-    /* Fill out the grab details, but leave the type for later before

-     * comparing */

-    switch (event->any.type)

-    {

-        case ET_KeyPress:

-        case ET_KeyRelease:

-            tempGrab.detail.exact = event->device_event.detail.key;

-            break;

-        case ET_ButtonPress:

-        case ET_ButtonRelease:

-            tempGrab.detail.exact = event->device_event.detail.button;

-            break;

-        default:

-            tempGrab.detail.exact = 0;

-            break;

-    }

-    tempGrab.window = pWin;

-    tempGrab.device = device;

-    tempGrab.detail.pMask = NULL;

-    tempGrab.modifiersDetail.pMask = NULL;

-    tempGrab.next = NULL;

-    for (; grab; grab = grab->next)

-    {

-	DeviceIntPtr	gdev;

-	XkbSrvInfoPtr	xkbi = NULL;

-	xEvent *xE = NULL;

-        int count, rc;

-

-	gdev= grab->modifierDevice;

-        if (grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_CORE)

-        {

-            if (IsPointerDevice(device))

-                gdev = GetPairedDevice(device);

-            else

-                gdev = device;

-        } else if (grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_XI2)

-        {

-            /* if the device is an attached slave device, gdev must be the

-             * attached master keyboard. Since the slave may have been

-             * reattached after the grab, the modifier device may not be the

-             * same. */

-            if (!IsMaster(grab->device) && !IsFloating(device))

-                gdev = GetMaster(device, MASTER_KEYBOARD);

-        }

-

-

-        if (gdev && gdev->key)

-            xkbi= gdev->key->xkbInfo;

-	tempGrab.modifierDevice = grab->modifierDevice;

-        tempGrab.modifiersDetail.exact = xkbi ? xkbi->state.grab_mods : 0;

-

-        /* Check for XI2 and XI grabs first */

-        tempGrab.type = GetXI2Type(event);

-        tempGrab.grabtype = GRABTYPE_XI2;

-        if (GrabMatchesSecond(&tempGrab, grab, FALSE))

-            match = XI2_MATCH;

-

-        if (!match)

-        {

-            tempGrab.grabtype = GRABTYPE_XI;

-            if ((tempGrab.type = GetXIType(event)) &&

-                (GrabMatchesSecond(&tempGrab, grab, FALSE)))

-                match = XI_MATCH;

-        }

-

-        /* Check for a core grab (ignore the device when comparing) */

-        if (!match && checkCore)

-        {

-            tempGrab.grabtype = GRABTYPE_CORE;

-            if ((tempGrab.type = GetCoreType(event)) &&

-                (GrabMatchesSecond(&tempGrab, grab, TRUE)))

-                match = CORE_MATCH;

-        }

-

-        if (!match || (grab->confineTo &&

-                       (!grab->confineTo->realized ||

-                        !BorderSizeNotEmpty(device, grab->confineTo))))

-            continue;

-

-        grabinfo = &device->deviceGrab;

-        /* In some cases a passive core grab may exist, but the client

-         * already has a core grab on some other device. In this case we

-         * must not get the grab, otherwise we may never ungrab the

-         * device.

-         */

-

-        if (grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_CORE)

-        {

-            DeviceIntPtr other;

-            BOOL interfering = FALSE;

-

-            /* A passive grab may have been created for a different device

-               than it is assigned to at this point in time.

-               Update the grab's device and modifier device to reflect the

-               current state.

-               Since XGrabDeviceButton requires to specify the

-               modifierDevice explicitly, we don't override this choice.

-               */

-            if (tempGrab.type < GenericEvent)

-            {

-                grab->device = device;

-                grab->modifierDevice = GetPairedDevice(device);

-            }

-

-            for (other = inputInfo.devices; other; other = other->next)

-            {

-                GrabPtr othergrab = other->deviceGrab.grab;

-                if (othergrab && othergrab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_CORE &&

-                    SameClient(grab, rClient(othergrab)) &&

-                    ((IsPointerDevice(grab->device) &&

-                     IsPointerDevice(othergrab->device)) ||

-                     (IsKeyboardDevice(grab->device) &&

-                      IsKeyboardDevice(othergrab->device))))

-                {

-                    interfering = TRUE;

-                    break;

-                }

-            }

-            if (interfering)

-                continue;

-        }

-

-        if (!activate)

-        {

-            return grab;

-        }

-        else if (!GetXIType(event) && !GetCoreType(event))

-        {

-            ErrorF("Event type %d in CheckPassiveGrabsOnWindow is neither"

-                   " XI 1.x nor core\n", event->any.type);

-            return NULL;

-        }

-

-        /* The only consumers of corestate are Xi 1.x and core events, which

-         * are guaranteed to come from DeviceEvents. */

-        if (match & (XI_MATCH | CORE_MATCH))

-        {

-            event->device_event.corestate &= 0x1f00;

-            event->device_event.corestate |= tempGrab.modifiersDetail.exact &

-                                              (~0x1f00);

-        }

-

-        if (match & CORE_MATCH)

-        {

-            rc = EventToCore(event, &xE, &count);

-            if (rc != Success)

-            {

-                if (rc != BadMatch)

-                    ErrorF("[dix] %s: core conversion failed in CPGFW "

-                            "(%d, %d).\n", device->name, event->any.type, rc);

-                continue;

-            }

-        } else if (match & XI2_MATCH)

-        {

-            rc = EventToXI2(event, &xE);

-            if (rc != Success)

-            {

-                if (rc != BadMatch)

-                    ErrorF("[dix] %s: XI2 conversion failed in CPGFW "

-                            "(%d, %d).\n", device->name, event->any.type, rc);

-                continue;

-            }

-            count = 1;

-        } else

-        {

-            rc = EventToXI(event, &xE, &count);

-            if (rc != Success)

-            {

-                if (rc != BadMatch)

-                    ErrorF("[dix] %s: XI conversion failed in CPGFW "

-                            "(%d, %d).\n", device->name, event->any.type, rc);

-                continue;

-            }

-        }

-

-        (*grabinfo->ActivateGrab)(device, grab, currentTime, TRUE);

-

-        if (xE)

-        {

-            FixUpEventFromWindow(pSprite, xE, grab->window, None, TRUE);

-

-            /* XXX: XACE? */

-            TryClientEvents(rClient(grab), device, xE, count,

-                            GetEventFilter(device, xE),

-                            GetEventFilter(device, xE), grab);

-        }

-

-        if (grabinfo->sync.state == FROZEN_NO_EVENT)

-        {

-            if (!grabinfo->sync.event)

-                grabinfo->sync.event = calloc(1, sizeof(DeviceEvent));

-            *grabinfo->sync.event = event->device_event;

-            grabinfo->sync.state = FROZEN_WITH_EVENT;

-        }

-

-        free(xE);

-        return grab;

-    }

-    return NULL;

-#undef CORE_MATCH

-#undef XI_MATCH

-#undef XI2_MATCH

-}

-

-/**

- * CheckDeviceGrabs handles both keyboard and pointer events that may cause

- * a passive grab to be activated.

- *

- * If the event is a keyboard event, the ancestors of the focus window are

- * traced down and tried to see if they have any passive grabs to be

- * activated.  If the focus window itself is reached and it's descendants

- * contain the pointer, the ancestors of the window that the pointer is in

- * are then traced down starting at the focus window, otherwise no grabs are

- * activated.

- * If the event is a pointer event, the ancestors of the window that the

- * pointer is in are traced down starting at the root until CheckPassiveGrabs

- * causes a passive grab to activate or all the windows are

- * tried. PRH

- *

- * If a grab is activated, the event has been sent to the client already!

- *

- * The event we pass in must always be an XI event. From this, we then emulate

- * the core event and then check for grabs.

- *

- * @param device The device that caused the event.

- * @param xE The event to handle (Device{Button|Key}Press).

- * @param count Number of events in list.

- * @return TRUE if a grab has been activated or false otherwise.

-*/

-

-Bool

-CheckDeviceGrabs(DeviceIntPtr device, DeviceEvent *event, WindowPtr ancestor)

-{

-    int i;

-    WindowPtr pWin = NULL;

-    FocusClassPtr focus = IsPointerEvent((InternalEvent*)event) ? NULL : device->focus;

-    BOOL sendCore = (IsMaster(device) && device->coreEvents);

-    Bool ret = FALSE;

-

-    if (event->type != ET_ButtonPress &&

-        event->type != ET_KeyPress)

-        return FALSE;

-

-    if (event->type == ET_ButtonPress

-        && (device->button->buttonsDown != 1))

-	return FALSE;

-

-    if (device->deviceGrab.grab)

-        return FALSE;

-

-    i = 0;

-    if (ancestor)

-    {

-        while (i < device->spriteInfo->sprite->spriteTraceGood)

-            if (device->spriteInfo->sprite->spriteTrace[i++] == ancestor)

-                break;

-        if (i == device->spriteInfo->sprite->spriteTraceGood)

-            goto out;

-    }

-

-    if (focus)

-    {

-	for (; i < focus->traceGood; i++)

-	{

-	    pWin = focus->trace[i];

-	    if (CheckPassiveGrabsOnWindow(pWin, device, (InternalEvent *) event,

-                                          sendCore, TRUE))

-	    {

-		ret = TRUE;

-		goto out;

-	    }

-	}

-

-	if ((focus->win == NoneWin) ||

-	    (i >= device->spriteInfo->sprite->spriteTraceGood) ||

-	    (pWin && pWin != device->spriteInfo->sprite->spriteTrace[i-1]))

-	    goto out;

-    }

-

-    for (; i < device->spriteInfo->sprite->spriteTraceGood; i++)

-    {

-	pWin = device->spriteInfo->sprite->spriteTrace[i];

-	if (CheckPassiveGrabsOnWindow(pWin, device, (InternalEvent *) event,

-	                              sendCore, TRUE))

-	{

-	    ret = TRUE;

-	    goto out;

-	}

-    }

-

-out:

-    if (ret == TRUE && event->type == ET_KeyPress)

-        device->deviceGrab.activatingKey = event->detail.key;

-    return ret;

-}

-

-/**

- * Called for keyboard events to deliver event to whatever client owns the

- * focus.

- *

- * The event is delivered to the keyboard's focus window, the root window or

- * to the window owning the input focus.

- *

- * @param keybd The keyboard originating the event.

- * @param event The event, not yet in wire format.

- * @param window Window underneath the sprite.

- */

-void

-DeliverFocusedEvent(DeviceIntPtr keybd, InternalEvent *event, WindowPtr window)

-{

-    DeviceIntPtr ptr;

-    WindowPtr focus = keybd->focus->win;

-    BOOL sendCore = (IsMaster(keybd) && keybd->coreEvents);

-    xEvent *core = NULL, *xE = NULL, *xi2 = NULL;

-    int count, rc;

-    int deliveries = 0;

-

-    if (focus == FollowKeyboardWin)

-	focus = inputInfo.keyboard->focus->win;

-    if (!focus)

-	return;

-    if (focus == PointerRootWin)

-    {

-	DeliverDeviceEvents(window, event, NullGrab, NullWindow, keybd);

-	return;

-    }

-    if ((focus == window) || IsParent(focus, window))

-    {

-	if (DeliverDeviceEvents(window, event, NullGrab, focus, keybd))

-	    return;

-    }

-

-    /* just deliver it to the focus window */

-    ptr = GetPairedDevice(keybd);

-

-

-    rc = EventToXI2(event, &xi2);

-    if (rc == Success)

-    {

-        /* XXX: XACE */

-        int filter = GetEventFilter(keybd, xi2);

-        FixUpEventFromWindow(ptr->spriteInfo->sprite, xi2, focus, None, FALSE);

-        deliveries = DeliverEventsToWindow(keybd, focus, xi2, 1,

-                                           filter, NullGrab);

-        if (deliveries > 0)

-            goto unwind;

-    } else if (rc != BadMatch)

-        ErrorF("[dix] %s: XI2 conversion failed in DFE (%d, %d). Skipping delivery.\n",

-               keybd->name, event->any.type, rc);

-

-    rc = EventToXI(event, &xE, &count);

-    if (rc == Success &&

-        XaceHook(XACE_SEND_ACCESS, NULL, keybd, focus, xE, count) == Success)

-    {

-        FixUpEventFromWindow(ptr->spriteInfo->sprite, xE, focus, None, FALSE);

-        deliveries = DeliverEventsToWindow(keybd, focus, xE, count,

-                GetEventFilter(keybd, xE),

-                NullGrab);

-

-        if (deliveries > 0)

-            goto unwind;

-    } else if (rc != BadMatch)

-        ErrorF("[dix] %s: XI conversion failed in DFE (%d, %d). Skipping delivery.\n",

-               keybd->name, event->any.type, rc);

-

-    if (sendCore)

-    {

-        rc = EventToCore(event, &core, &count);

-        if (rc == Success) {

-            if (XaceHook(XACE_SEND_ACCESS, NULL, keybd, focus, core, count) == Success) {

-                FixUpEventFromWindow(keybd->spriteInfo->sprite, core, focus,

-                                     None, FALSE);

-                deliveries = DeliverEventsToWindow(keybd, focus, core, count,

-                                                   GetEventFilter(keybd, core),

-                                                   NullGrab);

-            }

-        } else if (rc != BadMatch)

-            ErrorF("[dix] %s: core conversion failed DFE (%d, %d). Skipping delivery.\n",

-                    keybd->name, event->any.type, rc);

-    }

-

-unwind:

-    free(core);

-    free(xE);

-    free(xi2);

-    return;

-}

-

-/**

- * Deliver an event from a device that is currently grabbed. Uses

- * DeliverDeviceEvents() for further delivery if a ownerEvents is set on the

- * grab. If not, TryClientEvents() is used.

- *

- * @param deactivateGrab True if the device's grab should be deactivated.

- *

- * @return The number of events delivered.

- */

-int

-DeliverGrabbedEvent(InternalEvent *event, DeviceIntPtr thisDev,

-                    Bool deactivateGrab)

-{

-    GrabPtr grab;

-    GrabInfoPtr grabinfo;

-    int deliveries = 0;

-    DeviceIntPtr dev;

-    SpritePtr pSprite = thisDev->spriteInfo->sprite;

-    BOOL sendCore = FALSE;

-    int rc, count = 0;

-    xEvent *xi = NULL;

-    xEvent *xi2 = NULL;

-    xEvent *core = NULL;

-

-    grabinfo = &thisDev->deviceGrab;

-    grab = grabinfo->grab;

-

-    if (grab->ownerEvents)

-    {

-	WindowPtr focus;

-

-        /* Hack: Some pointer device have a focus class. So we need to check

-         * for the type of event, to see if we really want to deliver it to

-         * the focus window. For pointer events, the answer is no.

-         */

-        if (IsPointerEvent(event))

-            focus = PointerRootWin;

-        else if (thisDev->focus)

-	{

-	    focus = thisDev->focus->win;

-	    if (focus == FollowKeyboardWin)

-		focus = inputInfo.keyboard->focus->win;

-	}

-	else

-	    focus = PointerRootWin;

-	if (focus == PointerRootWin)

-	    deliveries = DeliverDeviceEvents(pSprite->win, event, grab,

-                                             NullWindow, thisDev);

-	else if (focus && (focus == pSprite->win ||

-                    IsParent(focus, pSprite->win)))

-	    deliveries = DeliverDeviceEvents(pSprite->win, event, grab, focus,

-					     thisDev);

-	else if (focus)

-	    deliveries = DeliverDeviceEvents(focus, event, grab, focus,

-					     thisDev);

-    }

-    if (!deliveries)

-    {

-        Mask mask;

-

-        /* XXX: In theory, we could pass the internal events through to

-         * everything and only convert just before hitting the wire. We can't

-         * do that yet, so DGE is the last stop for internal events. From here

-         * onwards, we deal with core/XI events.

-         */

-

-        mask = grab->eventMask;

-

-        sendCore = (IsMaster(thisDev) && thisDev->coreEvents);

-        /* try core event */

-        if (sendCore && grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_CORE)

-        {

-            rc = EventToCore(event, &core, &count);

-            if (rc == Success)

-            {

-                FixUpEventFromWindow(pSprite, core, grab->window, None, TRUE);

-                if (XaceHook(XACE_SEND_ACCESS, 0, thisDev,

-                            grab->window, core, count) ||

-                        XaceHook(XACE_RECEIVE_ACCESS, rClient(grab),

-                            grab->window, core, count))

-                    deliveries = 1; /* don't send, but pretend we did */

-                else if (!IsInterferingGrab(rClient(grab), thisDev, core))

-                {

-                    deliveries = TryClientEvents(rClient(grab), thisDev,

-                            core, count, mask,

-                            GetEventFilter(thisDev, core),

-                            grab);

-                }

-            } else if (rc != BadMatch)

-                ErrorF("[dix] DeliverGrabbedEvent. Core conversion failed.\n");

-        }

-

-        if (!deliveries)

-        {

-            rc = EventToXI2(event, &xi2);

-            if (rc == Success)

-            {

-                int evtype = xi2_get_type(xi2);

-                mask = grab->xi2mask[XIAllDevices][evtype/8] |

-                    grab->xi2mask[XIAllMasterDevices][evtype/8] |

-                    grab->xi2mask[thisDev->id][evtype/8];

-                /* try XI2 event */

-                FixUpEventFromWindow(pSprite, xi2, grab->window, None, TRUE);

-                /* XXX: XACE */

-                deliveries = TryClientEvents(rClient(grab), thisDev, xi2, 1, mask,

-                        GetEventFilter(thisDev, xi2), grab);

-            } else if (rc != BadMatch)

-                ErrorF("[dix] %s: XI2 conversion failed in DGE (%d, %d). Skipping delivery.\n",

-                        thisDev->name, event->any.type, rc);

-        }

-

-        if (!deliveries)

-        {

-            rc = EventToXI(event, &xi, &count);

-            if (rc == Success)

-            {

-                /* try XI event */

-                if (grabinfo->fromPassiveGrab  &&

-                        grabinfo->implicitGrab)

-                    mask = grab->deviceMask;

-                else

-                    mask = grab->eventMask;

-

-                FixUpEventFromWindow(pSprite, xi, grab->window, None, TRUE);

-

-                if (XaceHook(XACE_SEND_ACCESS, 0, thisDev,

-                            grab->window, xi, count) ||

-                        XaceHook(XACE_RECEIVE_ACCESS, rClient(grab),

-                            grab->window, xi, count))

-                    deliveries = 1; /* don't send, but pretend we did */

-                else

-                {

-                    deliveries =

-                        TryClientEvents(rClient(grab), thisDev,

-                                xi, count,

-                                mask,

-                                GetEventFilter(thisDev, xi),

-                                grab);

-                }

-            } else if (rc != BadMatch)

-                ErrorF("[dix] %s: XI conversion failed in DGE (%d, %d). Skipping delivery.\n",

-                        thisDev->name, event->any.type, rc);

-        }

-

-        if (deliveries && (event->any.type == ET_Motion))

-            thisDev->valuator->motionHintWindow = grab->window;

-    }

-    if (deliveries && !deactivateGrab && event->any.type != ET_Motion)

-    {

-	switch (grabinfo->sync.state)

-	{

-	case FREEZE_BOTH_NEXT_EVENT:

-	    dev = GetPairedDevice(thisDev);

-	    if (dev)

-	    {

-		FreezeThaw(dev, TRUE);

-		if ((dev->deviceGrab.sync.state == FREEZE_BOTH_NEXT_EVENT) &&

-		    (CLIENT_BITS(grab->resource) ==

-		     CLIENT_BITS(dev->deviceGrab.grab->resource)))

-		    dev->deviceGrab.sync.state = FROZEN_NO_EVENT;

-		else

-                    dev->deviceGrab.sync.other = grab;

-	    }

-	    /* fall through */

-	case FREEZE_NEXT_EVENT:

-	    grabinfo->sync.state = FROZEN_WITH_EVENT;

-	    FreezeThaw(thisDev, TRUE);

-	    if (!grabinfo->sync.event)

-		grabinfo->sync.event = calloc(1, sizeof(InternalEvent));

-	    *grabinfo->sync.event = event->device_event;

-	    break;

-	}

-    }

-

-    free(core);

-    free(xi);

-    free(xi2);

-

-    return deliveries;

-}

-

-/* This function is used to set the key pressed or key released state -

-   this is only used when the pressing of keys does not cause

-   the device's processInputProc to be called, as in for example Mouse Keys.

-*/

-void

-FixKeyState (DeviceEvent *event, DeviceIntPtr keybd)

-{

-    int key = event->detail.key;

-

-    if (event->type == ET_KeyPress) {

-	DebugF("FixKeyState: Key %d %s\n",key,

-               ((event->type == ET_KeyPress) ? "down" : "up"));

-    }

-

-    if (event->type == ET_KeyPress)

-        set_key_down(keybd, key, KEY_PROCESSED);

-    else if (event->type == ET_KeyRelease)

-        set_key_up(keybd, key, KEY_PROCESSED);

-    else

-        FatalError("Impossible keyboard event");

-}

-

-#define AtMostOneClient \

-	(SubstructureRedirectMask | ResizeRedirectMask | ButtonPressMask)

-#define ManagerMask \

-	(SubstructureRedirectMask | ResizeRedirectMask)

-

-/**

- * Recalculate which events may be deliverable for the given window.

- * Recalculated mask is used for quicker determination which events may be

- * delivered to a window.

- *

- * The otherEventMasks on a WindowOptional is the combination of all event

- * masks set by all clients on the window.

- * deliverableEventMask is the combination of the eventMask and the

- * otherEventMask plus the events that may be propagated to the parent.

- *

- * Traverses to siblings and parents of the window.

- */

-void

-RecalculateDeliverableEvents(WindowPtr pWin)

-{

-    OtherClients *others;

-    WindowPtr pChild;

-

-    pChild = pWin;

-    while (1)

-    {

-	if (pChild->optional)

-	{

-	    pChild->optional->otherEventMasks = 0;

-	    for (others = wOtherClients(pChild); others; others = others->next)

-	    {

-		pChild->optional->otherEventMasks |= others->mask;

-	    }

-	}

-	pChild->deliverableEvents = pChild->eventMask|

-				    wOtherEventMasks(pChild);

-	if (pChild->parent)

-	    pChild->deliverableEvents |=

-		(pChild->parent->deliverableEvents &

-		 ~wDontPropagateMask(pChild) & PropagateMask);

-	if (pChild->firstChild)

-	{

-	    pChild = pChild->firstChild;

-	    continue;

-	}

-	while (!pChild->nextSib && (pChild != pWin))

-	    pChild = pChild->parent;

-	if (pChild == pWin)

-	    break;

-	pChild = pChild->nextSib;

-    }

-}

-

-/**

- *

- *  \param value must conform to DeleteType

- */

-int

-OtherClientGone(pointer value, XID id)

-{

-    OtherClientsPtr other, prev;

-    WindowPtr pWin = (WindowPtr)value;

-

-    prev = 0;

-    for (other = wOtherClients(pWin); other; other = other->next)

-    {

-	if (other->resource == id)

-	{

-	    if (prev)

-		prev->next = other->next;

-	    else

-	    {

-		if (!(pWin->optional->otherClients = other->next))

-		    CheckWindowOptionalNeed (pWin);

-	    }

-	    free(other);

-	    RecalculateDeliverableEvents(pWin);

-	    return Success;

-	}

-	prev = other;

-    }

-    FatalError("client not on event list");

-    /*NOTREACHED*/

-    return -1; /* make compiler happy */

-}

-

-int

-EventSelectForWindow(WindowPtr pWin, ClientPtr client, Mask mask)

-{

-    Mask check;

-    OtherClients * others;

-    DeviceIntPtr dev;

-    int rc;

-

-    if (mask & ~AllEventMasks)

-    {

-	client->errorValue = mask;

-	return BadValue;

-    }

-    check = (mask & ManagerMask);

-    if (check) {

-	rc = XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, client, pWin->drawable.id,

-		      RT_WINDOW, pWin, RT_NONE, NULL, DixManageAccess);

-	if (rc != Success)

-	    return rc;

-    }

-    check = (mask & AtMostOneClient);

-    if (check & (pWin->eventMask|wOtherEventMasks(pWin)))

-    {				       /* It is illegal for two different

-				          clients to select on any of the

-				          events for AtMostOneClient. However,

-				          it is OK, for some client to

-				          continue selecting on one of those

-				          events.  */

-	if ((wClient(pWin) != client) && (check & pWin->eventMask))

-	    return BadAccess;

-	for (others = wOtherClients (pWin); others; others = others->next)

-	{

-	    if (!SameClient(others, client) && (check & others->mask))

-		return BadAccess;

-	}

-    }

-    if (wClient (pWin) == client)

-    {

-	check = pWin->eventMask;

-	pWin->eventMask = mask;

-    }

-    else

-    {

-	for (others = wOtherClients (pWin); others; others = others->next)

-	{

-	    if (SameClient(others, client))

-	    {

-		check = others->mask;

-		if (mask == 0)

-		{

-		    FreeResource(others->resource, RT_NONE);

-		    return Success;

-		}

-		else

-		    others->mask = mask;

-		goto maskSet;

-	    }

-	}

-	check = 0;

-	if (!pWin->optional && !MakeWindowOptional (pWin))

-	    return BadAlloc;

-	others = malloc(sizeof(OtherClients));

-	if (!others)

-	    return BadAlloc;

-	others->mask = mask;

-	others->resource = FakeClientID(client->index);

-	others->next = pWin->optional->otherClients;

-	pWin->optional->otherClients = others;

-	if (!AddResource(others->resource, RT_OTHERCLIENT, (pointer)pWin))

-	    return BadAlloc;

-    }

-maskSet:

-    if ((mask & PointerMotionHintMask) && !(check & PointerMotionHintMask))

-    {

-        for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)

-        {

-            if (dev->valuator && dev->valuator->motionHintWindow == pWin)

-                dev->valuator->motionHintWindow = NullWindow;

-        }

-    }

-    RecalculateDeliverableEvents(pWin);

-    return Success;

-}

-

-int

-EventSuppressForWindow(WindowPtr pWin, ClientPtr client,

-                       Mask mask, Bool *checkOptional)

-{

-    int i, free;

-

-    if (mask & ~PropagateMask)

-    {

-	client->errorValue = mask;

-	return BadValue;

-    }

-    if (pWin->dontPropagate)

-	DontPropagateRefCnts[pWin->dontPropagate]--;

-    if (!mask)

-	i = 0;

-    else

-    {

-	for (i = DNPMCOUNT, free = 0; --i > 0; )

-	{

-	    if (!DontPropagateRefCnts[i])

-		free = i;

-	    else if (mask == DontPropagateMasks[i])

-		break;

-	}

-	if (!i && free)

-	{

-	    i = free;

-	    DontPropagateMasks[i] = mask;

-	}

-    }

-    if (i || !mask)

-    {

-	pWin->dontPropagate = i;

-	if (i)

-	    DontPropagateRefCnts[i]++;

-	if (pWin->optional)

-	{

-	    pWin->optional->dontPropagateMask = mask;

-	    *checkOptional = TRUE;

-	}

-    }

-    else

-    {

-	if (!pWin->optional && !MakeWindowOptional (pWin))

-	{

-	    if (pWin->dontPropagate)

-		DontPropagateRefCnts[pWin->dontPropagate]++;

-	    return BadAlloc;

-	}

-	pWin->dontPropagate = 0;

-        pWin->optional->dontPropagateMask = mask;

-    }

-    RecalculateDeliverableEvents(pWin);

-    return Success;

-}

-

-/**

- * Assembles an EnterNotify or LeaveNotify and sends it event to the client.

- * Uses the paired keyboard to get some additional information.

- */

-void

-CoreEnterLeaveEvent(

-    DeviceIntPtr mouse,

-    int type,

-    int mode,

-    int detail,

-    WindowPtr pWin,

-    Window child)

-{

-    xEvent              event;

-    WindowPtr		focus;

-    DeviceIntPtr        keybd;

-    GrabPtr	        grab = mouse->deviceGrab.grab;

-    Mask		mask;

-

-    keybd = GetPairedDevice(mouse);

-

-    if ((pWin == mouse->valuator->motionHintWindow) &&

-	(detail != NotifyInferior))

-	mouse->valuator->motionHintWindow = NullWindow;

-    if (grab)

-    {

-	mask = (pWin == grab->window) ? grab->eventMask : 0;

-	if (grab->ownerEvents)

-	    mask |= EventMaskForClient(pWin, rClient(grab));

-    }

-    else

-    {

-	mask = pWin->eventMask | wOtherEventMasks(pWin);

-    }

-

-    memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent));

-    event.u.u.type = type;

-    event.u.u.detail = detail;

-    event.u.enterLeave.time = currentTime.milliseconds;

-    event.u.enterLeave.rootX = mouse->spriteInfo->sprite->hot.x;

-    event.u.enterLeave.rootY = mouse->spriteInfo->sprite->hot.y;

-    /* Counts on the same initial structure of crossing & button events! */

-    FixUpEventFromWindow(mouse->spriteInfo->sprite, &event, pWin, None, FALSE);

-    /* Enter/Leave events always set child */

-    event.u.enterLeave.child = child;

-    event.u.enterLeave.flags = event.u.keyButtonPointer.sameScreen ?

-        ELFlagSameScreen : 0;

-    event.u.enterLeave.state = mouse->button ? (mouse->button->state & 0x1f00) : 0;

-    if (keybd)

-        event.u.enterLeave.state |=

-                XkbGrabStateFromRec(&keybd->key->xkbInfo->state);

-    event.u.enterLeave.mode = mode;

-    focus = (keybd) ? keybd->focus->win : None;

-    if ((focus != NoneWin) &&

-            ((pWin == focus) || (focus == PointerRootWin) ||

-             IsParent(focus, pWin)))

-        event.u.enterLeave.flags |= ELFlagFocus;

-

-    if ((mask & GetEventFilter(mouse, &event)))

-    {

-        if (grab)

-            TryClientEvents(rClient(grab), mouse, &event, 1, mask,

-                            GetEventFilter(mouse, &event), grab);

-        else

-            DeliverEventsToWindow(mouse, pWin, &event, 1,

-                                  GetEventFilter(mouse, &event),

-                                  NullGrab);

-    }

-

-    if ((type == EnterNotify) && (mask & KeymapStateMask))

-    {

-        xKeymapEvent ke;

-        ClientPtr client = grab ? rClient(grab) : wClient(pWin);

-        if (XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, keybd, DixReadAccess))

-            memset((char *)&ke.map[0], 0, 31);

-        else

-            memmove((char *)&ke.map[0], (char *)&keybd->key->down[1], 31);

-

-        ke.type = KeymapNotify;

-        if (grab)

-            TryClientEvents(rClient(grab), keybd, (xEvent *)&ke, 1,

-                            mask, KeymapStateMask, grab);

-        else

-            DeliverEventsToWindow(mouse, pWin, (xEvent *)&ke, 1,

-                                  KeymapStateMask, NullGrab);

-    }

-}

-

-void

-DeviceEnterLeaveEvent(

-    DeviceIntPtr mouse,

-    int sourceid,

-    int type,

-    int mode,

-    int detail,

-    WindowPtr pWin,

-    Window child)

-{

-    GrabPtr             grab = mouse->deviceGrab.grab;

-    xXIEnterEvent       *event;

-    int                 filter;

-    int                 btlen, len, i;

-    DeviceIntPtr        kbd;

-

-    if ((mode == XINotifyPassiveGrab && type == XI_Leave) ||

-        (mode == XINotifyPassiveUngrab && type == XI_Enter))

-        return;

-

-    btlen = (mouse->button) ? bits_to_bytes(mouse->button->numButtons) : 0;

-    btlen = bytes_to_int32(btlen);

-    len = sizeof(xXIEnterEvent) + btlen * 4;

-

-    event = calloc(1, len);

-    event->type         = GenericEvent;

-    event->extension    = IReqCode;

-    event->evtype       = type;

-    event->length       = (len - sizeof(xEvent))/4;

-    event->buttons_len  = btlen;

-    event->detail       = detail;

-    event->time         = currentTime.milliseconds;

-    event->deviceid     = mouse->id;

-    event->sourceid     = sourceid;

-    event->mode         = mode;

-    event->root_x       = FP1616(mouse->spriteInfo->sprite->hot.x, 0);

-    event->root_y       = FP1616(mouse->spriteInfo->sprite->hot.y, 0);

-

-    for (i = 0; mouse && mouse->button && i < mouse->button->numButtons; i++)

-        if (BitIsOn(mouse->button->down, i))

-            SetBit(&event[1], i);

-

-    kbd = GetMaster(mouse, MASTER_KEYBOARD);

-    if (kbd && kbd->key)

-    {

-        event->mods.base_mods = kbd->key->xkbInfo->state.base_mods;

-        event->mods.latched_mods = kbd->key->xkbInfo->state.latched_mods;

-        event->mods.locked_mods = kbd->key->xkbInfo->state.locked_mods;

-

-        event->group.base_group = kbd->key->xkbInfo->state.base_group;

-        event->group.latched_group = kbd->key->xkbInfo->state.latched_group;

-        event->group.locked_group = kbd->key->xkbInfo->state.locked_group;

-    }

-

-    FixUpEventFromWindow(mouse->spriteInfo->sprite, (xEvent*)event, pWin,

-                         None, FALSE);

-

-    filter = GetEventFilter(mouse, (xEvent*)event);

-

-    if (grab)

-    {

-        Mask mask;

-        mask = grab->xi2mask[XIAllDevices][type/8] |

-               grab->xi2mask[XIAllMasterDevices][type/8] |

-               grab->xi2mask[mouse->id][type/8];

-        TryClientEvents(rClient(grab), mouse, (xEvent*)event, 1, mask,

-                        filter, grab);

-    } else {

-        if (!GetWindowXI2Mask(mouse, pWin, (xEvent*)event))

-            goto out;

-        DeliverEventsToWindow(mouse, pWin, (xEvent*)event, 1, filter,

-                              NullGrab);

-    }

-

-out:

-    free(event);

-}

-

-void

-CoreFocusEvent(DeviceIntPtr dev, int type, int mode, int detail, WindowPtr pWin)

-{

-    xEvent event;

-

-    memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent));

-    event.u.focus.mode = mode;

-    event.u.u.type = type;

-    event.u.u.detail = detail;

-    event.u.focus.window = pWin->drawable.id;

-

-    DeliverEventsToWindow(dev, pWin, &event, 1,

-                          GetEventFilter(dev, &event), NullGrab);

-    if ((type == FocusIn) &&

-            ((pWin->eventMask | wOtherEventMasks(pWin)) & KeymapStateMask))

-    {

-        xKeymapEvent ke;

-        ClientPtr client = wClient(pWin);

-        if (XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, DixReadAccess))

-            memset((char *)&ke.map[0], 0, 31);

-        else

-            memmove((char *)&ke.map[0], (char *)&dev->key->down[1], 31);

-

-        ke.type = KeymapNotify;

-        DeliverEventsToWindow(dev, pWin, (xEvent *)&ke, 1,

-                KeymapStateMask, NullGrab);

-    }

-}

-

-/**

- * Set the input focus to the given window. Subsequent keyboard events will be

- * delivered to the given window.

- *

- * Usually called from ProcSetInputFocus as result of a client request. If so,

- * the device is the inputInfo.keyboard.

- * If called from ProcXSetInputFocus as result of a client xinput request, the

- * device is set to the device specified by the client.

- *

- * @param client Client that requested input focus change.

- * @param dev Focus device.

- * @param focusID The window to obtain the focus. Can be PointerRoot or None.

- * @param revertTo Specifies where the focus reverts to when window becomes

- * unviewable.

- * @param ctime Specifies the time.

- * @param followOK True if pointer is allowed to follow the keyboard.

- */

-int

-SetInputFocus(

-    ClientPtr client,

-    DeviceIntPtr dev,

-    Window focusID,

-    CARD8 revertTo,

-    Time ctime,

-    Bool followOK)

-{

-    FocusClassPtr focus;

-    WindowPtr focusWin;

-    int mode, rc;

-    TimeStamp time;

-    DeviceIntPtr keybd; /* used for FollowKeyboard or FollowKeyboardWin */

-

-

-    UpdateCurrentTime();

-    if ((revertTo != RevertToParent) &&

-	(revertTo != RevertToPointerRoot) &&

-	(revertTo != RevertToNone) &&

-	((revertTo != RevertToFollowKeyboard) || !followOK))

-    {

-	client->errorValue = revertTo;

-	return BadValue;

-    }

-    time = ClientTimeToServerTime(ctime);

-

-    if (IsKeyboardDevice(dev))

-        keybd = dev;

-    else

-        keybd = GetPairedDevice(dev);

-

-    if ((focusID == None) || (focusID == PointerRoot))

-	focusWin = (WindowPtr)(long)focusID;

-    else if ((focusID == FollowKeyboard) && followOK)

-    {

-	focusWin = keybd->focus->win;

-    }

-    else {

-	rc = dixLookupWindow(&focusWin, focusID, client, DixSetAttrAccess);

-	if (rc != Success)

-	    return rc;

-	/* It is a match error to try to set the input focus to an

-	unviewable window. */

-	if(!focusWin->realized)

-	    return BadMatch;

-    }

-    rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, DixSetFocusAccess);

-    if (rc != Success)

-	return Success;

-

-    focus = dev->focus;

-    if ((CompareTimeStamps(time, currentTime) == LATER) ||

-	(CompareTimeStamps(time, focus->time) == EARLIER))

-	return Success;

-    mode = (dev->deviceGrab.grab) ? NotifyWhileGrabbed : NotifyNormal;

-    if (focus->win == FollowKeyboardWin)

-    {

-        if (!ActivateFocusInGrab(dev, keybd->focus->win, focusWin))

-            DoFocusEvents(dev, keybd->focus->win, focusWin, mode);

-    } else

-    {

-        if (!ActivateFocusInGrab(dev, focus->win, focusWin))

-            DoFocusEvents(dev, focus->win, focusWin, mode);

-    }

-    focus->time = time;

-    focus->revert = revertTo;

-    if (focusID == FollowKeyboard)

-	focus->win = FollowKeyboardWin;

-    else

-	focus->win = focusWin;

-    if ((focusWin == NoneWin) || (focusWin == PointerRootWin))

-	focus->traceGood = 0;

-    else

-    {

-        int depth = 0;

-	WindowPtr pWin;

-

-        for (pWin = focusWin; pWin; pWin = pWin->parent) depth++;

-        if (depth > focus->traceSize)

-        {

-	    focus->traceSize = depth+1;

-	    focus->trace = realloc(focus->trace,

-				    focus->traceSize * sizeof(WindowPtr));

-	}

-	focus->traceGood = depth;

-        for (pWin = focusWin, depth--; pWin; pWin = pWin->parent, depth--)

-	    focus->trace[depth] = pWin;

-    }

-    return Success;

-}

-

-/**

- * Server-side protocol handling for SetInputFocus request.

- *

- * Sets the input focus for the virtual core keyboard.

- */

-int

-ProcSetInputFocus(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    DeviceIntPtr kbd = PickKeyboard(client);

-    REQUEST(xSetInputFocusReq);

-

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSetInputFocusReq);

-

-    return SetInputFocus(client, kbd, stuff->focus,

-			 stuff->revertTo, stuff->time, FALSE);

-}

-

-/**

- * Server-side protocol handling for GetInputFocus request.

- *

- * Sends the current input focus for the client's keyboard back to the

- * client.

- */

-int

-ProcGetInputFocus(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    DeviceIntPtr kbd = PickKeyboard(client);

-    xGetInputFocusReply rep;

-    FocusClassPtr focus = kbd->focus;

-    int rc;

-    /* REQUEST(xReq); */

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReq);

-

-    rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, kbd, DixGetFocusAccess);

-    if (rc != Success)

-	return rc;

-

-    memset(&rep, 0, sizeof(xGetInputFocusReply));

-    rep.type = X_Reply;

-    rep.length = 0;

-    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

-    if (focus->win == NoneWin)

-	rep.focus = None;

-    else if (focus->win == PointerRootWin)

-	rep.focus = PointerRoot;

-    else rep.focus = focus->win->drawable.id;

-    rep.revertTo = focus->revert;

-    WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetInputFocusReply), &rep);

-    return Success;

-}

-

-/**

- * Server-side protocol handling for GrabPointer request.

- *

- * Sets an active grab on the client's ClientPointer and returns success

- * status to client.

- */

-int

-ProcGrabPointer(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    xGrabPointerReply rep;

-    DeviceIntPtr device = PickPointer(client);

-    GrabPtr grab;

-    GrabMask mask;

-    WindowPtr confineTo;

-    CursorPtr oldCursor;

-    REQUEST(xGrabPointerReq);

-    TimeStamp time;

-    int rc;

-

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xGrabPointerReq);

-    UpdateCurrentTime();

-

-    if (stuff->eventMask & ~PointerGrabMask)

-    {

-	client->errorValue = stuff->eventMask;

-        return BadValue;

-    }

-

-    if (stuff->confineTo == None)

-	confineTo = NullWindow;

-    else

-    {

-	rc = dixLookupWindow(&confineTo, stuff->confineTo, client,

-			     DixSetAttrAccess);

-	if (rc != Success)

-	    return rc;

-    }

-

-    memset(&rep, 0, sizeof(xGrabPointerReply));

-    oldCursor = NullCursor;

-    grab = device->deviceGrab.grab;

-

-    if (grab)

-    {

-        if (grab->confineTo && !confineTo)

-            ConfineCursorToWindow(device, GetCurrentRootWindow(device), FALSE,

-                                  FALSE);

-        oldCursor = grab->cursor;

-    }

-

-    mask.core = stuff->eventMask;

-

-    rc = GrabDevice(client, device, stuff->pointerMode, stuff->keyboardMode,

-                    stuff->grabWindow, stuff->ownerEvents, stuff->time,

-                    &mask, GRABTYPE_CORE, stuff->cursor,

-                    stuff->confineTo, &rep.status);

-    if (rc != Success)

-        return rc;

-

-    if (oldCursor && rep.status == GrabSuccess)

-        FreeCursor (oldCursor, (Cursor)0);

-

-    time = ClientTimeToServerTime(stuff->time);

-    rep.type = X_Reply;

-    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

-    rep.length = 0;

-    WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGrabPointerReply), &rep);

-    return Success;

-}

-

-/**

- * Server-side protocol handling for ChangeActivePointerGrab request.

- *

- * Changes properties of the grab hold by the client. If the client does not

- * hold an active grab on the device, nothing happens.

- */

-int

-ProcChangeActivePointerGrab(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    DeviceIntPtr device;

-    GrabPtr      grab;

-    CursorPtr newCursor, oldCursor;

-    REQUEST(xChangeActivePointerGrabReq);

-    TimeStamp time;

-

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xChangeActivePointerGrabReq);

-    if (stuff->eventMask & ~PointerGrabMask)

-    {

-	client->errorValue = stuff->eventMask;

-        return BadValue;

-    }

-    if (stuff->cursor == None)

-	newCursor = NullCursor;

-    else

-    {

-	int rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&newCursor, stuff->cursor,

-					 RT_CURSOR, client, DixUseAccess);

-	if (rc != Success)

-	{

-	    client->errorValue = stuff->cursor;

-	    return rc;

-	}

-    }

-

-    device = PickPointer(client);

-    grab = device->deviceGrab.grab;

-

-    if (!grab)

-	return Success;

-    if (!SameClient(grab, client))

-	return Success;

-    time = ClientTimeToServerTime(stuff->time);

-    if ((CompareTimeStamps(time, currentTime) == LATER) ||

-	     (CompareTimeStamps(time, device->deviceGrab.grabTime) == EARLIER))

-	return Success;

-    oldCursor = grab->cursor;

-    grab->cursor = newCursor;

-    if (newCursor)

-	newCursor->refcnt++;

-    PostNewCursor(device);

-    if (oldCursor)

-	FreeCursor(oldCursor, (Cursor)0);

-    grab->eventMask = stuff->eventMask;

-    return Success;

-}

-

-/**

- * Server-side protocol handling for UngrabPointer request.

- *

- * Deletes a pointer grab on a device the client has grabbed.

- */

-int

-ProcUngrabPointer(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    DeviceIntPtr device = PickPointer(client);

-    GrabPtr grab;

-    TimeStamp time;

-    REQUEST(xResourceReq);

-

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);

-    UpdateCurrentTime();

-    grab = device->deviceGrab.grab;

-

-    time = ClientTimeToServerTime(stuff->id);

-    if ((CompareTimeStamps(time, currentTime) != LATER) &&

-	    (CompareTimeStamps(time, device->deviceGrab.grabTime) != EARLIER) &&

-	    (grab) && SameClient(grab, client))

-	(*device->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab)(device);

-    return Success;

-}

-

-/**

- * Sets a grab on the given device.

- *

- * Called from ProcGrabKeyboard to work on the client's keyboard.

- * Called from ProcXGrabDevice to work on the device specified by the client.

- *

- * The parameters this_mode and other_mode represent the keyboard_mode and

- * pointer_mode parameters of XGrabKeyboard().

- * See man page for details on all the parameters

- *

- * @param client Client that owns the grab.

- * @param dev The device to grab.

- * @param this_mode GrabModeSync or GrabModeAsync

- * @param other_mode GrabModeSync or GrabModeAsync

- * @param status Return code to be returned to the caller.

- *

- * @returns Success or BadValue.

- */

-int

-GrabDevice(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev,

-           unsigned pointer_mode, unsigned keyboard_mode, Window grabWindow,

-           unsigned ownerEvents, Time ctime, GrabMask *mask,

-           int grabtype, Cursor curs, Window confineToWin, CARD8 *status)

-{

-    WindowPtr pWin, confineTo;

-    GrabPtr grab;

-    TimeStamp time;

-    Mask access_mode = DixGrabAccess;

-    int rc;

-    GrabInfoPtr grabInfo = &dev->deviceGrab;

-    CursorPtr cursor;

-

-    UpdateCurrentTime();

-    if ((keyboard_mode != GrabModeSync) && (keyboard_mode != GrabModeAsync))

-    {

-	client->errorValue = keyboard_mode;

-        return BadValue;

-    }

-    if ((pointer_mode != GrabModeSync) && (pointer_mode != GrabModeAsync))

-    {

-	client->errorValue = pointer_mode;

-        return BadValue;

-    }

-    if ((ownerEvents != xFalse) && (ownerEvents != xTrue))

-    {

-	client->errorValue = ownerEvents;

-        return BadValue;

-    }

-

-    rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, grabWindow, client, DixSetAttrAccess);

-    if (rc != Success)

-	return rc;

-

-    if (confineToWin == None)

-	confineTo = NullWindow;

-    else

-    {

-	rc = dixLookupWindow(&confineTo, confineToWin, client,

-			     DixSetAttrAccess);

-	if (rc != Success)

-	    return rc;

-    }

-

-    if (curs == None)

-	cursor = NullCursor;

-    else

-    {

-	rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&cursor, curs, RT_CURSOR,

-			       client, DixUseAccess);

-	if (rc != Success)

-	{

-	    client->errorValue = curs;

-	    return rc;

-	}

-	access_mode |= DixForceAccess;

-    }

-

-    if (keyboard_mode == GrabModeSync || pointer_mode == GrabModeSync)

-	access_mode |= DixFreezeAccess;

-    rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, access_mode);

-    if (rc != Success)

-	return rc;

-

-    time = ClientTimeToServerTime(ctime);

-    grab = grabInfo->grab;

-    if (grab && grab->grabtype != grabtype)

-        *status = AlreadyGrabbed;

-    if (grab && !SameClient(grab, client))

-	*status = AlreadyGrabbed;

-    else if ((!pWin->realized) ||

-             (confineTo &&

-                !(confineTo->realized

-                    && BorderSizeNotEmpty(dev, confineTo))))

-	*status = GrabNotViewable;

-    else if ((CompareTimeStamps(time, currentTime) == LATER) ||

-	     (CompareTimeStamps(time, grabInfo->grabTime) == EARLIER))

-	*status = GrabInvalidTime;

-    else if (grabInfo->sync.frozen &&

-	     grabInfo->sync.other && !SameClient(grabInfo->sync.other, client))

-	*status = GrabFrozen;

-    else

-    {

-	GrabRec tempGrab;

-

-        /* Otherwise segfaults happen on grabbed MPX devices */

-        memset(&tempGrab, 0, sizeof(GrabRec));

-

-        tempGrab.next = NULL;

-	tempGrab.window = pWin;

-	tempGrab.resource = client->clientAsMask;

-	tempGrab.ownerEvents = ownerEvents;

-	tempGrab.keyboardMode = keyboard_mode;

-	tempGrab.pointerMode = pointer_mode;

-	if (grabtype == GRABTYPE_CORE)

-	    tempGrab.eventMask = mask->core;

-	else if (grabtype == GRABTYPE_XI)

-	    tempGrab.eventMask = mask->xi;

-	else

-	    memcpy(tempGrab.xi2mask, mask->xi2mask, sizeof(tempGrab.xi2mask));

-	tempGrab.device = dev;

-	tempGrab.cursor = cursor;

-	tempGrab.confineTo = confineTo;

-	tempGrab.grabtype = grabtype;

-	(*grabInfo->ActivateGrab)(dev, &tempGrab, time, FALSE);

-	*status = GrabSuccess;

-    }

-    return Success;

-}

-

-/**

- * Server-side protocol handling for GrabKeyboard request.

- *

- * Grabs the client's keyboard and returns success status to client.

- */

-int

-ProcGrabKeyboard(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    xGrabKeyboardReply rep;

-    REQUEST(xGrabKeyboardReq);

-    int result;

-    DeviceIntPtr keyboard = PickKeyboard(client);

-    GrabMask mask;

-

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xGrabKeyboardReq);

-

-    memset(&rep, 0, sizeof(xGrabKeyboardReply));

-    mask.core = KeyPressMask | KeyReleaseMask;

-

-    result = GrabDevice(client, keyboard, stuff->pointerMode,

-            stuff->keyboardMode, stuff->grabWindow, stuff->ownerEvents,

-            stuff->time, &mask, GRABTYPE_CORE, None, None,

-            &rep.status);

-

-    if (result != Success)

-	return result;

-    rep.type = X_Reply;

-    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

-    rep.length = 0;

-    WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGrabKeyboardReply), &rep);

-    return Success;

-}

-

-/**

- * Server-side protocol handling for UngrabKeyboard request.

- *

- * Deletes a possible grab on the client's keyboard.

- */

-int

-ProcUngrabKeyboard(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    DeviceIntPtr device = PickKeyboard(client);

-    GrabPtr grab;

-    TimeStamp time;

-    REQUEST(xResourceReq);

-

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);

-    UpdateCurrentTime();

-

-    grab = device->deviceGrab.grab;

-

-    time = ClientTimeToServerTime(stuff->id);

-    if ((CompareTimeStamps(time, currentTime) != LATER) &&

-	(CompareTimeStamps(time, device->deviceGrab.grabTime) != EARLIER) &&

-	(grab) && SameClient(grab, client) && grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_CORE)

-	(*device->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab)(device);

-    return Success;

-}

-

-/**

- * Server-side protocol handling for QueryPointer request.

- *

- * Returns the current state and position of the client's ClientPointer to the

- * client.

- */

-int

-ProcQueryPointer(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    xQueryPointerReply rep;

-    WindowPtr pWin, t;

-    DeviceIntPtr mouse = PickPointer(client);

-    DeviceIntPtr keyboard;

-    SpritePtr pSprite;

-    int rc;

-    REQUEST(xResourceReq);

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);

-

-    rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->id, client, DixGetAttrAccess);

-    if (rc != Success)

-	return rc;

-    rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, mouse, DixReadAccess);

-    if (rc != Success && rc != BadAccess)

-	return rc;

-

-    keyboard = GetPairedDevice(mouse);

-

-    pSprite = mouse->spriteInfo->sprite;

-    if (mouse->valuator->motionHintWindow)

-	MaybeStopHint(mouse, client);

-    memset(&rep, 0, sizeof(xQueryPointerReply));

-    rep.type = X_Reply;

-    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

-    rep.mask = mouse->button ? (mouse->button->state) : 0;

-    rep.mask |= XkbStateFieldFromRec(&keyboard->key->xkbInfo->state);

-    rep.length = 0;

-    rep.root = (GetCurrentRootWindow(mouse))->drawable.id;

-    rep.rootX = pSprite->hot.x;

-    rep.rootY = pSprite->hot.y;

-    rep.child = None;

-    if (pSprite->hot.pScreen == pWin->drawable.pScreen)

-    {

-	rep.sameScreen = xTrue;

-	rep.winX = pSprite->hot.x - pWin->drawable.x;

-	rep.winY = pSprite->hot.y - pWin->drawable.y;

-	for (t = pSprite->win; t; t = t->parent)

-	    if (t->parent == pWin)

-	    {

-		rep.child = t->drawable.id;

-		break;

-	    }

-    }

-    else

-    {

-	rep.sameScreen = xFalse;

-	rep.winX = 0;

-	rep.winY = 0;

-    }

-

-#ifdef PANORAMIX

-    if(!noPanoramiXExtension) {

-	rep.rootX += screenInfo.screens[0]->x;

-	rep.rootY += screenInfo.screens[0]->y;

-	if(stuff->id == rep.root) {

-	    rep.winX += screenInfo.screens[0]->x;

-	    rep.winY += screenInfo.screens[0]->y;

-	}

-    }

-#endif

-

-    if (rc == BadAccess) {

-	rep.mask = 0;

-	rep.child = None;

-	rep.rootX = 0;

-	rep.rootY = 0;

-	rep.winX = 0;

-	rep.winY = 0;

-    }

-

-    WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xQueryPointerReply), &rep);

-

-    return Success;

-}

-

-/**

- * Initializes the device list and the DIX sprite to sane values. Allocates

- * trace memory used for quick window traversal.

- */

-void

-InitEvents(void)

-{

-    int i;

-

-    inputInfo.numDevices = 0;

-    inputInfo.devices = (DeviceIntPtr)NULL;

-    inputInfo.off_devices = (DeviceIntPtr)NULL;

-    inputInfo.keyboard = (DeviceIntPtr)NULL;

-    inputInfo.pointer = (DeviceIntPtr)NULL;

-    for (i = 0; i < MAXDEVICES; i++)

-    {

-        memcpy(&filters[i], default_filter, sizeof(default_filter));

-    }

-

-    syncEvents.replayDev = (DeviceIntPtr)NULL;

-    syncEvents.replayWin = NullWindow;

-    while (syncEvents.pending)

-    {

-	QdEventPtr next = syncEvents.pending->next;

-	free(syncEvents.pending);

-	syncEvents.pending = next;

-    }

-    syncEvents.pendtail = &syncEvents.pending;

-    syncEvents.playingEvents = FALSE;

-    syncEvents.time.months = 0;

-    syncEvents.time.milliseconds = 0;	/* hardly matters */

-    currentTime.months = 0;

-    currentTime.milliseconds = GetTimeInMillis();

-    lastDeviceEventTime = currentTime;

-    for (i = 0; i < DNPMCOUNT; i++)

-    {

-	DontPropagateMasks[i] = 0;

-	DontPropagateRefCnts[i] = 0;

-    }

-

-    InputEventList = InitEventList(GetMaximumEventsNum());

-    if (!InputEventList)

-        FatalError("[dix] Failed to allocate input event list.\n");

-}

-

-void

-CloseDownEvents(void)

-{

-    FreeEventList(InputEventList, GetMaximumEventsNum());

-    InputEventList = NULL;

-}

-

-/**

- * Server-side protocol handling for SendEvent request.

- *

- * Locates the window to send the event to and forwards the event.

- */

-int

-ProcSendEvent(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    WindowPtr pWin;

-    WindowPtr effectiveFocus = NullWindow; /* only set if dest==InputFocus */

-    DeviceIntPtr dev = PickPointer(client);

-    DeviceIntPtr keybd = GetPairedDevice(dev);

-    SpritePtr pSprite = dev->spriteInfo->sprite;

-    REQUEST(xSendEventReq);

-

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSendEventReq);

-

-    /* The client's event type must be a core event type or one defined by an

-	extension. */

-

-    if ( ! ((stuff->event.u.u.type > X_Reply &&

-	     stuff->event.u.u.type < LASTEvent) ||

-	    (stuff->event.u.u.type >= EXTENSION_EVENT_BASE &&

-	     stuff->event.u.u.type < (unsigned)lastEvent)))

-    {

-	client->errorValue = stuff->event.u.u.type;

-	return BadValue;

-    }

-    if (stuff->event.u.u.type == ClientMessage &&

-	stuff->event.u.u.detail != 8 &&

-	stuff->event.u.u.detail != 16 &&

-	stuff->event.u.u.detail != 32)

-    {

-	client->errorValue = stuff->event.u.u.detail;

-	return BadValue;

-    }

-    if (stuff->eventMask & ~AllEventMasks)

-    {

-	client->errorValue = stuff->eventMask;

-	return BadValue;

-    }

-

-    if (stuff->destination == PointerWindow)

-	pWin = pSprite->win;

-    else if (stuff->destination == InputFocus)

-    {

-	WindowPtr inputFocus = (keybd) ? keybd->focus->win : NoneWin;

-

-	if (inputFocus == NoneWin)

-	    return Success;

-

-	/* If the input focus is PointerRootWin, send the event to where

-	the pointer is if possible, then perhaps propogate up to root. */

-	if (inputFocus == PointerRootWin)

-	    inputFocus = GetCurrentRootWindow(dev);

-

-	if (IsParent(inputFocus, pSprite->win))

-	{

-	    effectiveFocus = inputFocus;

-	    pWin = pSprite->win;

-	}

-	else

-	    effectiveFocus = pWin = inputFocus;

-    }

-    else

-	dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->destination, client, DixSendAccess);

-

-    if (!pWin)

-	return BadWindow;

-    if ((stuff->propagate != xFalse) && (stuff->propagate != xTrue))

-    {

-	client->errorValue = stuff->propagate;

-	return BadValue;

-    }

-    stuff->event.u.u.type |= 0x80;

-    if (stuff->propagate)

-    {

-	for (;pWin; pWin = pWin->parent)

-	{

-	    if (XaceHook(XACE_SEND_ACCESS, client, NULL, pWin,

-			 &stuff->event, 1))

-		return Success;

-            if (DeliverEventsToWindow(dev, pWin,

-                        &stuff->event, 1, stuff->eventMask, NullGrab))

-		return Success;

-	    if (pWin == effectiveFocus)

-		return Success;

-	    stuff->eventMask &= ~wDontPropagateMask(pWin);

-	    if (!stuff->eventMask)

-		break;

-	}

-    }

-    else if (!XaceHook(XACE_SEND_ACCESS, client, NULL, pWin, &stuff->event, 1))

-        DeliverEventsToWindow(dev, pWin, &stuff->event,

-                                    1, stuff->eventMask, NullGrab);

-    return Success;

-}

-

-/**

- * Server-side protocol handling for UngrabKey request.

- *

- * Deletes a passive grab for the given key. Works on the

- * client's keyboard.

- */

-int

-ProcUngrabKey(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    REQUEST(xUngrabKeyReq);

-    WindowPtr pWin;

-    GrabRec tempGrab;

-    DeviceIntPtr keybd = PickKeyboard(client);

-    int rc;

-

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xUngrabKeyReq);

-    rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->grabWindow, client, DixGetAttrAccess);

-    if (rc != Success)

-	return rc;

-

-    if (((stuff->key > keybd->key->xkbInfo->desc->max_key_code) ||

-	 (stuff->key < keybd->key->xkbInfo->desc->min_key_code))

-	&& (stuff->key != AnyKey))

-    {

-	client->errorValue = stuff->key;

-        return BadValue;

-    }

-    if ((stuff->modifiers != AnyModifier) &&

-	(stuff->modifiers & ~AllModifiersMask))

-    {

-	client->errorValue = stuff->modifiers;

-	return BadValue;

-    }

-    tempGrab.resource = client->clientAsMask;

-    tempGrab.device = keybd;

-    tempGrab.window = pWin;

-    tempGrab.modifiersDetail.exact = stuff->modifiers;

-    tempGrab.modifiersDetail.pMask = NULL;

-    tempGrab.modifierDevice = GetPairedDevice(keybd);

-    tempGrab.type = KeyPress;

-    tempGrab.grabtype = GRABTYPE_CORE;

-    tempGrab.detail.exact = stuff->key;

-    tempGrab.detail.pMask = NULL;

-    tempGrab.next = NULL;

-

-    if (!DeletePassiveGrabFromList(&tempGrab))

-	return BadAlloc;

-    return Success;

-}

-

-/**

- * Server-side protocol handling for GrabKey request.

- *

- * Creates a grab for the client's keyboard and adds it to the list of passive

- * grabs.

- */

-int

-ProcGrabKey(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    WindowPtr pWin;

-    REQUEST(xGrabKeyReq);

-    GrabPtr grab;

-    DeviceIntPtr keybd = PickKeyboard(client);

-    int rc;

-    GrabParameters param;

-    GrabMask mask;

-

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xGrabKeyReq);

-

-    memset(&param, 0, sizeof(param));

-    param.grabtype = GRABTYPE_CORE;

-    param.ownerEvents = stuff->ownerEvents;

-    param.this_device_mode = stuff->keyboardMode;

-    param.other_devices_mode = stuff->pointerMode;

-    param.modifiers = stuff->modifiers;

-

-    rc = CheckGrabValues(client, &param);

-    if (rc != Success)

-        return rc;

-

-    if (((stuff->key > keybd->key->xkbInfo->desc->max_key_code) ||

-	 (stuff->key < keybd->key->xkbInfo->desc->min_key_code))

-	&& (stuff->key != AnyKey))

-    {

-	client->errorValue = stuff->key;

-        return BadValue;

-    }

-    rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->grabWindow, client, DixSetAttrAccess);

-    if (rc != Success)

-	return rc;

-

-

-    mask.core = (KeyPressMask | KeyReleaseMask);

-

-    grab = CreateGrab(client->index, keybd, keybd, pWin, GRABTYPE_CORE, &mask,

-                      &param, KeyPress, stuff->key, NullWindow, NullCursor);

-    if (!grab)

-	return BadAlloc;

-    return AddPassiveGrabToList(client, grab);

-}

-

-

-/**

- * Server-side protocol handling for GrabButton request.

- *

- * Creates a grab for the client's ClientPointer and adds it as a passive grab

- * to the list.

- */

-int

-ProcGrabButton(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    WindowPtr pWin, confineTo;

-    REQUEST(xGrabButtonReq);

-    CursorPtr cursor;

-    GrabPtr grab;

-    DeviceIntPtr ptr, modifierDevice;

-    Mask access_mode = DixGrabAccess;

-    GrabMask mask;

-    GrabParameters param;

-    int rc;

-

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xGrabButtonReq);

-    if ((stuff->pointerMode != GrabModeSync) &&

-	(stuff->pointerMode != GrabModeAsync))

-    {

-	client->errorValue = stuff->pointerMode;

-        return BadValue;

-    }

-    if ((stuff->keyboardMode != GrabModeSync) &&

-	(stuff->keyboardMode != GrabModeAsync))

-    {

-	client->errorValue = stuff->keyboardMode;

-        return BadValue;

-    }

-    if ((stuff->modifiers != AnyModifier) &&

-	(stuff->modifiers & ~AllModifiersMask))

-    {

-	client->errorValue = stuff->modifiers;

-	return BadValue;

-    }

-    if ((stuff->ownerEvents != xFalse) && (stuff->ownerEvents != xTrue))

-    {

-	client->errorValue = stuff->ownerEvents;

-	return BadValue;

-    }

-    if (stuff->eventMask & ~PointerGrabMask)

-    {

-	client->errorValue = stuff->eventMask;

-        return BadValue;

-    }

-    rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->grabWindow, client, DixSetAttrAccess);

-    if (rc != Success)

-	return rc;

-    if (stuff->confineTo == None)

-       confineTo = NullWindow;

-    else {

-	rc = dixLookupWindow(&confineTo, stuff->confineTo, client,

-			     DixSetAttrAccess);

-	if (rc != Success)

-	    return rc;

-    }

-    if (stuff->cursor == None)

-	cursor = NullCursor;

-    else

-    {

-	rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&cursor, stuff->cursor, RT_CURSOR,

-			       client, DixUseAccess);

-	if (rc != Success)

-	{

-	    client->errorValue = stuff->cursor;

-	    return rc;

-	}

-	access_mode |= DixForceAccess;

-    }

-

-    ptr = PickPointer(client);

-    modifierDevice = GetPairedDevice(ptr);

-    if (stuff->pointerMode == GrabModeSync ||

-	stuff->keyboardMode == GrabModeSync)

-	access_mode |= DixFreezeAccess;

-    rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, ptr, access_mode);

-    if (rc != Success)

-	return rc;

-

-    memset(&param, 0, sizeof(param));

-    param.grabtype = GRABTYPE_CORE;

-    param.ownerEvents = stuff->ownerEvents;

-    param.this_device_mode = stuff->keyboardMode;

-    param.other_devices_mode = stuff->pointerMode;

-    param.modifiers = stuff->modifiers;

-

-    mask.core = stuff->eventMask;

-

-    grab = CreateGrab(client->index, ptr, modifierDevice, pWin,

-                      GRABTYPE_CORE, &mask, &param, ButtonPress,

-                      stuff->button, confineTo, cursor);

-    if (!grab)

-	return BadAlloc;

-    return AddPassiveGrabToList(client, grab);

-}

-

-/**

- * Server-side protocol handling for UngrabButton request.

- *

- * Deletes a passive grab on the client's ClientPointer from the list.

- */

-int

-ProcUngrabButton(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    REQUEST(xUngrabButtonReq);

-    WindowPtr pWin;

-    GrabRec tempGrab;

-    int rc;

-    DeviceIntPtr ptr;

-

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xUngrabButtonReq);

-    if ((stuff->modifiers != AnyModifier) &&

-	(stuff->modifiers & ~AllModifiersMask))

-    {

-	client->errorValue = stuff->modifiers;

-	return BadValue;

-    }

-    rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->grabWindow, client, DixReadAccess);

-    if (rc != Success)

-	return rc;

-

-    ptr = PickPointer(client);

-

-    tempGrab.resource = client->clientAsMask;

-    tempGrab.device = ptr;

-    tempGrab.window = pWin;

-    tempGrab.modifiersDetail.exact = stuff->modifiers;

-    tempGrab.modifiersDetail.pMask = NULL;

-    tempGrab.modifierDevice = GetPairedDevice(ptr);

-    tempGrab.type = ButtonPress;

-    tempGrab.detail.exact = stuff->button;

-    tempGrab.grabtype = GRABTYPE_CORE;

-    tempGrab.detail.pMask = NULL;

-    tempGrab.next = NULL;

-

-    if (!DeletePassiveGrabFromList(&tempGrab))

-	return BadAlloc;

-    return Success;

-}

-

-/**

- * Deactivate any grab that may be on the window, remove the focus.

- * Delete any XInput extension events from the window too. Does not change the

- * window mask. Use just before the window is deleted.

- *

- * If freeResources is set, passive grabs on the window are deleted.

- *

- * @param pWin The window to delete events from.

- * @param freeResources True if resources associated with the window should be

- * deleted.

- */

-void

-DeleteWindowFromAnyEvents(WindowPtr pWin, Bool freeResources)

-{

-    WindowPtr		parent;

-    DeviceIntPtr	mouse = inputInfo.pointer;

-    DeviceIntPtr	keybd = inputInfo.keyboard;

-    FocusClassPtr	focus;

-    OtherClientsPtr	oc;

-    GrabPtr		passive;

-    GrabPtr             grab;

-

-

-    /* Deactivate any grabs performed on this window, before making any

-	input focus changes. */

-    grab = mouse->deviceGrab.grab;

-    if (grab &&

-	((grab->window == pWin) || (grab->confineTo == pWin)))

-	(*mouse->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab)(mouse);

-

-

-    /* Deactivating a keyboard grab should cause focus events. */

-    grab = keybd->deviceGrab.grab;

-    if (grab && (grab->window == pWin))

-	(*keybd->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab)(keybd);

-

-    /* And now the real devices */

-    for (mouse = inputInfo.devices; mouse; mouse = mouse->next)

-    {

-        grab = mouse->deviceGrab.grab;

-        if (grab && ((grab->window == pWin) || (grab->confineTo == pWin)))

-            (*mouse->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab)(mouse);

-    }

-

-

-    for (keybd = inputInfo.devices; keybd; keybd = keybd->next)

-    {

-        if (IsKeyboardDevice(keybd))

-        {

-            focus = keybd->focus;

-

-            /* If the focus window is a root window (ie. has no parent) then don't

-               delete the focus from it. */

-

-            if ((pWin == focus->win) && (pWin->parent != NullWindow))

-            {

-                int focusEventMode = NotifyNormal;

-

-                /* If a grab is in progress, then alter the mode of focus events. */

-

-                if (keybd->deviceGrab.grab)

-                    focusEventMode = NotifyWhileGrabbed;

-

-                switch (focus->revert)

-                {

-                    case RevertToNone:

-                        DoFocusEvents(keybd, pWin, NoneWin, focusEventMode);

-                        focus->win = NoneWin;

-                        focus->traceGood = 0;

-                        break;

-                    case RevertToParent:

-                        parent = pWin;

-                        do

-                        {

-                            parent = parent->parent;

-                            focus->traceGood--;

-                        } while (!parent->realized

-                                /* This would be a good protocol change -- windows being reparented

-                                   during SaveSet processing would cause the focus to revert to the

-                                   nearest enclosing window which will survive the death of the exiting

-                                   client, instead of ending up reverting to a dying window and thence

-                                   to None

-                                 */

-#ifdef NOTDEF

-				 || wClient(parent)->clientGone

-#endif

-                                );

-                        if (!ActivateFocusInGrab(keybd, pWin, parent))

-                            DoFocusEvents(keybd, pWin, parent, focusEventMode);

-                        focus->win = parent;

-                        focus->revert = RevertToNone;

-                        break;

-                    case RevertToPointerRoot:

-                        if (!ActivateFocusInGrab(keybd, pWin, PointerRootWin))

-                            DoFocusEvents(keybd, pWin, PointerRootWin, focusEventMode);

-                        focus->win = PointerRootWin;

-                        focus->traceGood = 0;

-                        break;

-                }

-            }

-        }

-

-        if (IsPointerDevice(keybd))

-        {

-            if (keybd->valuator->motionHintWindow == pWin)

-                keybd->valuator->motionHintWindow = NullWindow;

-        }

-    }

-

-    if (freeResources)

-    {

-	if (pWin->dontPropagate)

-	    DontPropagateRefCnts[pWin->dontPropagate]--;

-	while ( (oc = wOtherClients(pWin)) )

-	    FreeResource(oc->resource, RT_NONE);

-	while ( (passive = wPassiveGrabs(pWin)) )

-	    FreeResource(passive->resource, RT_NONE);

-     }

-

-    DeleteWindowFromAnyExtEvents(pWin, freeResources);

-}

-

-/**

- * Call this whenever some window at or below pWin has changed geometry. If

- * there is a grab on the window, the cursor will be re-confined into the

- * window.

- */

-void

-CheckCursorConfinement(WindowPtr pWin)

-{

-    GrabPtr grab;

-    WindowPtr confineTo;

-    DeviceIntPtr pDev;

-

-#ifdef PANORAMIX

-    if(!noPanoramiXExtension && pWin->drawable.pScreen->myNum) return;

-#endif

-

-    for (pDev = inputInfo.devices; pDev; pDev = pDev->next)

-    {

-        if (DevHasCursor(pDev))

-        {

-            grab = pDev->deviceGrab.grab;

-            if (grab && (confineTo = grab->confineTo))

-            {

-                if (!BorderSizeNotEmpty(pDev, confineTo))

-                    (*pDev->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab)(pDev);

-                else if ((pWin == confineTo) || IsParent(pWin, confineTo))

-                    ConfineCursorToWindow(pDev, confineTo, TRUE, TRUE);

-            }

-        }

-    }

-}

-

-Mask

-EventMaskForClient(WindowPtr pWin, ClientPtr client)

-{

-    OtherClientsPtr	other;

-

-    if (wClient (pWin) == client)

-	return pWin->eventMask;

-    for (other = wOtherClients(pWin); other; other = other->next)

-    {

-	if (SameClient(other, client))

-	    return other->mask;

-    }

-    return 0;

-}

-

-/**

- * Server-side protocol handling for RecolorCursor request.

- */

-int

-ProcRecolorCursor(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    CursorPtr pCursor;

-    int		rc, nscr;

-    ScreenPtr	pscr;

-    Bool	displayed;

-    SpritePtr   pSprite = PickPointer(client)->spriteInfo->sprite;

-    REQUEST(xRecolorCursorReq);

-

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xRecolorCursorReq);

-    rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pCursor, stuff->cursor, RT_CURSOR,

-			   client, DixWriteAccess);

-    if (rc != Success)

-    {

-	client->errorValue = stuff->cursor;

-	return rc;

-    }

-

-    pCursor->foreRed = stuff->foreRed;

-    pCursor->foreGreen = stuff->foreGreen;

-    pCursor->foreBlue = stuff->foreBlue;

-

-    pCursor->backRed = stuff->backRed;

-    pCursor->backGreen = stuff->backGreen;

-    pCursor->backBlue = stuff->backBlue;

-

-    for (nscr = 0; nscr < screenInfo.numScreens; nscr++)

-    {

-	pscr = screenInfo.screens[nscr];

-#ifdef PANORAMIX

-	if(!noPanoramiXExtension)

-	    displayed = (pscr == pSprite->screen);

-	else

-#endif

-	    displayed = (pscr == pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen);

-	( *pscr->RecolorCursor)(PickPointer(client), pscr, pCursor,

-				(pCursor == pSprite->current) && displayed);

-    }

-    return Success;

-}

-

-/**

- * Write the given events to a client, swapping the byte order if necessary.

- * To swap the byte ordering, a callback is called that has to be set up for

- * the given event type.

- *

- * In the case of DeviceMotionNotify trailed by DeviceValuators, the events

- * can be more than one. Usually it's just one event.

- *

- * Do not modify the event structure passed in. See comment below.

- *

- * @param pClient Client to send events to.

- * @param count Number of events.

- * @param events The event list.

- */

-void

-WriteEventsToClient(ClientPtr pClient, int count, xEvent *events)

-{

-#ifdef PANORAMIX

-    xEvent    eventCopy;

-#endif

-    xEvent    *eventTo, *eventFrom;

-    int       i,

-              eventlength = sizeof(xEvent);

-

-    if (!pClient || pClient == serverClient || pClient->clientGone)

-	return;

-

-    for (i = 0; i < count; i++)

-	if ((events[i].u.u.type & 0x7f) != KeymapNotify)

-	    events[i].u.u.sequenceNumber = pClient->sequence;

-

-    /* Let XKB rewrite the state, as it depends on client preferences. */

-    XkbFilterEvents(pClient, count, events);

-

-#ifdef PANORAMIX

-    if(!noPanoramiXExtension &&

-       (screenInfo.screens[0]->x || screenInfo.screens[0]->y))

-    {

-	switch(events->u.u.type) {

-	case MotionNotify:

-	case ButtonPress:

-	case ButtonRelease:

-	case KeyPress:

-	case KeyRelease:

-	case EnterNotify:

-	case LeaveNotify:

-	/*

-	   When multiple clients want the same event DeliverEventsToWindow

-	   passes the same event structure multiple times so we can't

-	   modify the one passed to us

-        */

-	    count = 1;  /* should always be 1 */

-	    memcpy(&eventCopy, events, sizeof(xEvent));

-	    eventCopy.u.keyButtonPointer.rootX += screenInfo.screens[0]->x;

-	    eventCopy.u.keyButtonPointer.rootY += screenInfo.screens[0]->y;

-	    if(eventCopy.u.keyButtonPointer.event ==

-	       eventCopy.u.keyButtonPointer.root)

-	    {

-		eventCopy.u.keyButtonPointer.eventX += screenInfo.screens[0]->x;

-		eventCopy.u.keyButtonPointer.eventY += screenInfo.screens[0]->y;

-	    }

-	    events = &eventCopy;

-	    break;

-	default: break;

-	}

-    }

-#endif

-

-    if (EventCallback)

-    {

-	EventInfoRec eventinfo;

-	eventinfo.client = pClient;

-	eventinfo.events = events;

-	eventinfo.count = count;

-	CallCallbacks(&EventCallback, (pointer)&eventinfo);

-    }

-#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE

-    if (XSERVER_SEND_EVENT_ENABLED()) {

-	for (i = 0; i < count; i++)

-	{

-	    XSERVER_SEND_EVENT(pClient->index, events[i].u.u.type, &events[i]);

-	}

-    }

-#endif

-    /* Just a safety check to make sure we only have one GenericEvent, it just

-     * makes things easier for me right now. (whot) */

-    for (i = 1; i < count; i++)

-    {

-        if (events[i].u.u.type == GenericEvent)

-        {

-            ErrorF("[dix] TryClientEvents: Only one GenericEvent at a time.\n");

-            return;

-        }

-    }

-

-    if (events->u.u.type == GenericEvent)

-    {

-        eventlength += ((xGenericEvent*)events)->length * 4;

-    }

-

-    if(pClient->swapped)

-    {

-        if (eventlength > swapEventLen)

-        {

-            swapEventLen = eventlength;

-            swapEvent = realloc(swapEvent, swapEventLen);

-            if (!swapEvent)

-            {

-                FatalError("WriteEventsToClient: Out of memory.\n");

-                return;

-            }

-        }

-

-	for(i = 0; i < count; i++)

-	{

-	    eventFrom = &events[i];

-            eventTo = swapEvent;

-

-	    /* Remember to strip off the leading bit of type in case

-	       this event was sent with "SendEvent." */

-	    (*EventSwapVector[eventFrom->u.u.type & 0177])

-		(eventFrom, eventTo);

-

-	    WriteToClient(pClient, eventlength, (char *)eventTo);

-	}

-    }

-    else

-    {

-        /* only one GenericEvent, remember? that means either count is 1 and

-         * eventlength is arbitrary or eventlength is 32 and count doesn't

-         * matter. And we're all set. Woohoo. */

-	WriteToClient(pClient, count * eventlength, (char *) events);

-    }

-}

-

-/*

- * Set the client pointer for the given client.

- *

- * A client can have exactly one ClientPointer. Each time a

- * request/reply/event is processed and the choice of devices is ambiguous

- * (e.g. QueryPointer request), the server will pick the ClientPointer (see

- * PickPointer()).

- * If a keyboard is needed, the first keyboard paired with the CP is used.

- */

-int

-SetClientPointer(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr device)

-{

-    int rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, device, DixUseAccess);

-    if (rc != Success)

-	return rc;

-

-    if (!IsMaster(device))

-    {

-        ErrorF("[dix] Need master device for ClientPointer. This is a bug.\n");

-        return BadDevice;

-    } else if (!device->spriteInfo->spriteOwner)

-    {

-        ErrorF("[dix] Device %d does not have a sprite. "

-                "Cannot be ClientPointer\n", device->id);

-        return BadDevice;

-    }

-    client->clientPtr = device;

-    return Success;

-}

-

-/* PickPointer will pick an appropriate pointer for the given client.

- *

- * An "appropriate device" is (in order of priority):

- *  1) A device the given client has a core grab on.

- *  2) A device set as ClientPointer for the given client.

- *  3) The first master device.

- */

-DeviceIntPtr

-PickPointer(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    DeviceIntPtr it = inputInfo.devices;

-

-    /* First, check if the client currently has a grab on a device. Even

-     * keyboards count. */

-    for(it = inputInfo.devices; it; it = it->next)

-    {

-        GrabPtr grab = it->deviceGrab.grab;

-        if (grab && grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_CORE && SameClient(grab, client))

-        {

-            it = GetMaster(it, MASTER_POINTER);

-            return it; /* Always return a core grabbed device */

-        }

-    }

-

-    if (!client->clientPtr)

-    {

-        it = inputInfo.devices;

-        while (it)

-        {

-            if (IsMaster(it) && it->spriteInfo->spriteOwner)

-            {

-                client->clientPtr = it;

-                break;

-            }

-            it = it->next;

-        }

-    }

-    return client->clientPtr;

-}

-

-/* PickKeyboard will pick an appropriate keyboard for the given client by

- * searching the list of devices for the keyboard device that is paired with

- * the client's pointer.

- */

-DeviceIntPtr

-PickKeyboard(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    DeviceIntPtr ptr = PickPointer(client);

-    DeviceIntPtr kbd = GetMaster(ptr, MASTER_KEYBOARD);

-

-    if (!kbd)

-    {

-        ErrorF("[dix] ClientPointer not paired with a keyboard. This "

-                "is a bug.\n");

-    }

-

-    return kbd;

-}

-

-/* A client that has one or more core grabs does not get core events from

- * devices it does not have a grab on. Legacy applications behave bad

- * otherwise because they are not used to it and the events interfere.

- * Only applies for core events.

- *

- * Return true if a core event from the device would interfere and should not

- * be delivered.

- */

-Bool

-IsInterferingGrab(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, xEvent* event)

-{

-    DeviceIntPtr it = inputInfo.devices;

-

-    switch(event->u.u.type)

-    {

-        case KeyPress:

-        case KeyRelease:

-        case ButtonPress:

-        case ButtonRelease:

-        case MotionNotify:

-        case EnterNotify:

-        case LeaveNotify:

-            break;

-        default:

-            return FALSE;

-    }

-

-    if (dev->deviceGrab.grab && SameClient(dev->deviceGrab.grab, client))

-        return FALSE;

-

-    while(it)

-    {

-        if (it != dev)

-        {

-            if (it->deviceGrab.grab && SameClient(it->deviceGrab.grab, client)

-                        && !it->deviceGrab.fromPassiveGrab)

-            {

-                if ((IsPointerDevice(it) && IsPointerDevice(dev)) ||

-                        (IsKeyboardDevice(it) && IsKeyboardDevice(dev)))

-                    return TRUE;

-            }

-        }

-        it = it->next;

-    }

-

-    return FALSE;

-}

-

+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1987, 1998  The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+
+Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+                        All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+/* The panoramix components contained the following notice */
+/*****************************************************************
+
+Copyright (c) 1991, 1997 Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES, INCLUDING,
+BUT NOT LIMITED TO CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR
+IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of Digital Equipment Corporation
+shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
+dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from Digital
+Equipment Corporation.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2003-2005, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+ * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+ * Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+ * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+ * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+ * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+/** @file events.c
+ * This file handles event delivery and a big part of the server-side protocol
+ * handling (the parts for input devices).
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <X11/X.h>
+#include "misc.h"
+#include "resource.h"
+#include <X11/Xproto.h>
+#include "windowstr.h"
+#include "inputstr.h"
+#include "inpututils.h"
+#include "scrnintstr.h"
+#include "cursorstr.h"
+
+#include "dixstruct.h"
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+#include "panoramiX.h"
+#include "panoramiXsrv.h"
+#endif
+#include "globals.h"
+
+#include <X11/extensions/XKBproto.h>
+#include "xkbsrv.h"
+#include "xace.h"
+
+#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE
+#include <sys/types.h>
+typedef const char *string;
+#include "Xserver-dtrace.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <X11/extensions/XIproto.h>
+#include <X11/extensions/XI2proto.h>
+#include <X11/extensions/XI.h>
+#include <X11/extensions/XI2.h>
+#include "exglobals.h"
+#include "exevents.h"
+#include "extnsionst.h"
+
+#include "dixevents.h"
+#include "dixgrabs.h"
+#include "dispatch.h"
+
+#include <X11/extensions/ge.h>
+#include "geext.h"
+#include "geint.h"
+
+#include "eventstr.h"
+#include "enterleave.h"
+#include "eventconvert.h"
+
+/* Extension events type numbering starts at EXTENSION_EVENT_BASE.  */
+#define NoSuchEvent 0x80000000	/* so doesn't match NoEventMask */
+#define StructureAndSubMask ( StructureNotifyMask | SubstructureNotifyMask )
+#define AllButtonsMask ( \
+	Button1Mask | Button2Mask | Button3Mask | Button4Mask | Button5Mask )
+#define MotionMask ( \
+	PointerMotionMask | Button1MotionMask | \
+	Button2MotionMask | Button3MotionMask | Button4MotionMask | \
+	Button5MotionMask | ButtonMotionMask )
+#define PropagateMask ( \
+	KeyPressMask | KeyReleaseMask | ButtonPressMask | ButtonReleaseMask | \
+	MotionMask )
+#define PointerGrabMask ( \
+	ButtonPressMask | ButtonReleaseMask | \
+	EnterWindowMask | LeaveWindowMask | \
+	PointerMotionHintMask | KeymapStateMask | \
+	MotionMask )
+#define AllModifiersMask ( \
+	ShiftMask | LockMask | ControlMask | Mod1Mask | Mod2Mask | \
+	Mod3Mask | Mod4Mask | Mod5Mask )
+#define LastEventMask OwnerGrabButtonMask
+#define AllEventMasks (LastEventMask|(LastEventMask-1))
+
+
+/* @return the core event type or 0 if the event is not a core event */
+static inline int
+core_get_type(const xEvent *event)
+{
+    int type = event->u.u.type;
+
+    return ((type & EXTENSION_EVENT_BASE) || type == GenericEvent) ? 0 : type;
+}
+
+/* @return the XI2 event type or 0 if the event is not a XI2 event */
+static inline int
+xi2_get_type(const xEvent *event)
+{
+    xGenericEvent* e = (xGenericEvent*)event;
+
+    return (e->type != GenericEvent || e->extension != IReqCode) ? 0 : e->evtype;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Used to indicate a implicit passive grab created by a ButtonPress event.
+ * See DeliverEventsToWindow().
+ */
+#define ImplicitGrabMask (1 << 7)
+
+#define WID(w) ((w) ? ((w)->drawable.id) : 0)
+
+#define XE_KBPTR (xE->u.keyButtonPointer)
+
+
+CallbackListPtr EventCallback;
+CallbackListPtr DeviceEventCallback;
+
+#define DNPMCOUNT 8
+
+Mask DontPropagateMasks[DNPMCOUNT];
+static int DontPropagateRefCnts[DNPMCOUNT];
+
+static void CheckVirtualMotion( DeviceIntPtr pDev, QdEventPtr qe, WindowPtr pWin);
+static void CheckPhysLimits(DeviceIntPtr pDev,
+                            CursorPtr cursor,
+                            Bool generateEvents,
+                            Bool confineToScreen,
+                            ScreenPtr pScreen);
+
+/** Key repeat hack. Do not use but in TryClientEvents */
+extern BOOL EventIsKeyRepeat(xEvent *event);
+
+/**
+ * Main input device struct.
+ *     inputInfo.pointer
+ *     is the core pointer. Referred to as "virtual core pointer", "VCP",
+ *     "core pointer" or inputInfo.pointer. The VCP is the first master
+ *     pointer device and cannot be deleted.
+ *
+ *     inputInfo.keyboard
+ *     is the core keyboard ("virtual core keyboard", "VCK", "core keyboard").
+ *     See inputInfo.pointer.
+ *
+ *     inputInfo.devices
+ *     linked list containing all devices including VCP and VCK.
+ *
+ *     inputInfo.off_devices
+ *     Devices that have not been initialized and are thus turned off.
+ *
+ *     inputInfo.numDevices
+ *     Total number of devices.
+ *
+ *     inputInfo.all_devices
+ *     Virtual device used for XIAllDevices passive grabs. This device is
+ *     not part of the inputInfo.devices list and mostly unset except for
+ *     the deviceid. It exists because passivegrabs need a valid device
+ *     reference.
+ *
+ *     inputInfo.all_master_devices
+ *     Virtual device used for XIAllMasterDevices passive grabs. This device
+ *     is not part of the inputInfo.devices list and mostly unset except for
+ *     the deviceid. It exists because passivegrabs need a valid device
+ *     reference.
+ */
+InputInfo inputInfo;
+
+EventSyncInfoRec syncEvents;
+
+/**
+ * The root window the given device is currently on.
+ */
+#define RootWindow(sprite) sprite->spriteTrace[0]
+
+static xEvent* swapEvent = NULL;
+static int swapEventLen = 0;
+
+void
+NotImplemented(xEvent *from, xEvent *to)
+{
+    FatalError("Not implemented");
+}
+
+/**
+ * Convert the given event type from an XI event to a core event.
+ * @param[in] The XI 1.x event type.
+ * @return The matching core event type or 0 if there is none.
+ */
+int
+XItoCoreType(int xitype)
+{
+    int coretype = 0;
+    if (xitype == DeviceMotionNotify)
+        coretype = MotionNotify;
+    else if (xitype == DeviceButtonPress)
+        coretype = ButtonPress;
+    else if (xitype == DeviceButtonRelease)
+        coretype = ButtonRelease;
+    else if (xitype == DeviceKeyPress)
+        coretype = KeyPress;
+    else if (xitype == DeviceKeyRelease)
+        coretype = KeyRelease;
+
+    return coretype;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @return true if the device owns a cursor, false if device shares a cursor
+ * sprite with another device.
+ */
+Bool
+DevHasCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev)
+{
+    return pDev->spriteInfo->spriteOwner;
+}
+
+/*
+ * @return true if a device is a pointer, check is the same as used by XI to
+ * fill the 'use' field.
+ */
+Bool
+IsPointerDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev)
+{
+    return (dev->type == MASTER_POINTER) ||
+            (dev->valuator && dev->button) ||
+            (dev->valuator && !dev->key);
+}
+
+/*
+ * @return true if a device is a keyboard, check is the same as used by XI to
+ * fill the 'use' field.
+ *
+ * Some pointer devices have keys as well (e.g. multimedia keys). Try to not
+ * count them as keyboard devices.
+ */
+Bool
+IsKeyboardDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev)
+{
+    return (dev->type == MASTER_KEYBOARD) ||
+            ((dev->key && dev->kbdfeed) && !IsPointerDevice(dev));
+}
+
+Bool
+IsMaster(DeviceIntPtr dev)
+{
+    return dev->type == MASTER_POINTER || dev->type == MASTER_KEYBOARD;
+}
+
+Bool
+IsFloating(DeviceIntPtr dev)
+{
+    return GetMaster(dev, MASTER_KEYBOARD) == NULL;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Max event opcode.
+ */
+extern int lastEvent;
+
+extern int DeviceMotionNotify;
+
+#define CantBeFiltered NoEventMask
+/**
+ * Event masks for each event type.
+ *
+ * One set of filters for each device, initialized by memcpy of
+ * default_filter in InitEvents.
+ *
+ * Filters are used whether a given event may be delivered to a client,
+ * usually in the form of if (window-event-mask & filter); then deliver event.
+ *
+ * One notable filter is for PointerMotion/DevicePointerMotion events. Each
+ * time a button is pressed, the filter is modified to also contain the
+ * matching ButtonXMotion mask.
+ */
+static Mask filters[MAXDEVICES][128];
+
+static const Mask default_filter[128] =
+{
+	NoSuchEvent,		       /* 0 */
+	NoSuchEvent,		       /* 1 */
+	KeyPressMask,		       /* KeyPress */
+	KeyReleaseMask,		       /* KeyRelease */
+	ButtonPressMask,	       /* ButtonPress */
+	ButtonReleaseMask,	       /* ButtonRelease */
+	PointerMotionMask,	       /* MotionNotify (initial state) */
+	EnterWindowMask,	       /* EnterNotify */
+	LeaveWindowMask,	       /* LeaveNotify */
+	FocusChangeMask,	       /* FocusIn */
+	FocusChangeMask,	       /* FocusOut */
+	KeymapStateMask,	       /* KeymapNotify */
+	ExposureMask,		       /* Expose */
+	CantBeFiltered,		       /* GraphicsExpose */
+	CantBeFiltered,		       /* NoExpose */
+	VisibilityChangeMask,	       /* VisibilityNotify */
+	SubstructureNotifyMask,	       /* CreateNotify */
+	StructureAndSubMask,	       /* DestroyNotify */
+	StructureAndSubMask,	       /* UnmapNotify */
+	StructureAndSubMask,	       /* MapNotify */
+	SubstructureRedirectMask,      /* MapRequest */
+	StructureAndSubMask,	       /* ReparentNotify */
+	StructureAndSubMask,	       /* ConfigureNotify */
+	SubstructureRedirectMask,      /* ConfigureRequest */
+	StructureAndSubMask,	       /* GravityNotify */
+	ResizeRedirectMask,	       /* ResizeRequest */
+	StructureAndSubMask,	       /* CirculateNotify */
+	SubstructureRedirectMask,      /* CirculateRequest */
+	PropertyChangeMask,	       /* PropertyNotify */
+	CantBeFiltered,		       /* SelectionClear */
+	CantBeFiltered,		       /* SelectionRequest */
+	CantBeFiltered,		       /* SelectionNotify */
+	ColormapChangeMask,	       /* ColormapNotify */
+	CantBeFiltered,		       /* ClientMessage */
+	CantBeFiltered		       /* MappingNotify */
+};
+
+/**
+ * For the given event, return the matching event filter. This filter may then
+ * be AND'ed with the selected event mask.
+ *
+ * For XI2 events, the returned filter is simply the byte containing the event
+ * mask we're interested in. E.g. for a mask of (1 << 13), this would be
+ * byte[1].
+ *
+ * @param[in] dev The device the event belongs to, may be NULL.
+ * @param[in] event The event to get the filter for. Only the type of the
+ *                  event matters, or the extension + evtype for GenericEvents.
+ * @return The filter mask for the given event.
+ *
+ * @see GetEventMask
+ */
+Mask
+GetEventFilter(DeviceIntPtr dev, xEvent *event)
+{
+    int evtype = 0;
+
+    if (event->u.u.type != GenericEvent)
+        return filters[dev ? dev->id : 0][event->u.u.type];
+    else if ((evtype = xi2_get_type(event)))
+        return (1 << (evtype % 8));
+    ErrorF("[dix] Unknown event type %d. No filter\n", event->u.u.type);
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Return the windows complete XI2 mask for the given XI2 event type.
+ */
+Mask
+GetWindowXI2Mask(DeviceIntPtr dev, WindowPtr win, xEvent* ev)
+{
+    OtherInputMasks *inputMasks = wOtherInputMasks(win);
+    int filter;
+    int evtype;
+
+    if (!inputMasks || xi2_get_type(ev) == 0)
+        return 0;
+
+    evtype = ((xGenericEvent*)ev)->evtype;
+    filter = GetEventFilter(dev, ev);
+
+    return ((inputMasks->xi2mask[dev->id][evtype/8] & filter) ||
+            inputMasks->xi2mask[XIAllDevices][evtype/8] ||
+            (inputMasks->xi2mask[XIAllMasterDevices][evtype/8] && IsMaster(dev)));
+}
+
+Mask
+GetEventMask(DeviceIntPtr dev, xEvent *event, InputClients* other)
+{
+    int evtype;
+
+    /* XI2 filters are only ever 8 bit, so let's return a 8 bit mask */
+    if ((evtype = xi2_get_type(event)))
+    {
+        int byte = evtype / 8;
+        return (other->xi2mask[dev->id][byte] |
+                other->xi2mask[XIAllDevices][byte] |
+                (IsMaster(dev)? other->xi2mask[XIAllMasterDevices][byte] : 0));
+    } else if (core_get_type(event) != 0)
+        return other->mask[XIAllDevices];
+    else
+        return other->mask[dev->id];
+}
+
+
+static CARD8 criticalEvents[32] =
+{
+    0x7c, 0x30, 0x40			/* key, button, expose, and configure events */
+};
+
+static void
+SyntheticMotion(DeviceIntPtr dev, int x, int y) {
+    int screenno = 0;
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+    if (!noPanoramiXExtension)
+        screenno = dev->spriteInfo->sprite->screen->myNum;
+#endif
+    PostSyntheticMotion(dev, x, y, screenno,
+            (syncEvents.playingEvents) ?  syncEvents.time.milliseconds : currentTime.milliseconds);
+
+}
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+static void PostNewCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev);
+
+static Bool
+pointOnScreen(ScreenPtr pScreen, int x, int y)
+{
+    return x >= pScreen->x && x < pScreen->x + pScreen->width &&
+           y >= pScreen->y && y < pScreen->y + pScreen->height;
+}
+
+static Bool
+XineramaSetCursorPosition(
+    DeviceIntPtr pDev,
+    int x,
+    int y,
+    Bool generateEvent
+){
+    ScreenPtr pScreen;
+    int i;
+    SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
+
+    /* x,y are in Screen 0 coordinates.  We need to decide what Screen
+       to send the message too and what the coordinates relative to
+       that screen are. */
+
+    pScreen = pSprite->screen;
+    x += screenInfo.screens[0]->x;
+    y += screenInfo.screens[0]->y;
+
+    if(!pointOnScreen(pScreen, x, y))
+    {
+	FOR_NSCREENS(i)
+	{
+	    if(i == pScreen->myNum)
+		continue;
+	    if(pointOnScreen(screenInfo.screens[i], x, y))
+	    {
+		pScreen = screenInfo.screens[i];
+		break;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    pSprite->screen = pScreen;
+    pSprite->hotPhys.x = x - screenInfo.screens[0]->x;
+    pSprite->hotPhys.y = y - screenInfo.screens[0]->y;
+    x -= pScreen->x;
+    y -= pScreen->y;
+
+    return (*pScreen->SetCursorPosition)(pDev, pScreen, x, y, generateEvent);
+}
+
+
+static void
+XineramaConstrainCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev)
+{
+    SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
+    ScreenPtr pScreen;
+    BoxRec newBox;
+
+    pScreen = pSprite->screen;
+    newBox = pSprite->physLimits;
+
+    /* Translate the constraining box to the screen
+       the sprite is actually on */
+    newBox.x1 += screenInfo.screens[0]->x - pScreen->x;
+    newBox.x2 += screenInfo.screens[0]->x - pScreen->x;
+    newBox.y1 += screenInfo.screens[0]->y - pScreen->y;
+    newBox.y2 += screenInfo.screens[0]->y - pScreen->y;
+
+    (* pScreen->ConstrainCursor)(pDev, pScreen, &newBox);
+}
+
+
+static Bool
+XineramaSetWindowPntrs(DeviceIntPtr pDev, WindowPtr pWin)
+{
+    SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
+
+    if(pWin == screenInfo.screens[0]->root) {
+	int i;
+	FOR_NSCREENS(i)
+	    pSprite->windows[i] = screenInfo.screens[i]->root;
+    } else {
+	PanoramiXRes *win;
+	int rc, i;
+
+	rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&win, pWin->drawable.id,
+				     XRT_WINDOW, serverClient, DixReadAccess);
+	if (rc != Success)
+	    return FALSE;
+
+	FOR_NSCREENS(i) {
+	    rc = dixLookupWindow(pSprite->windows + i, win->info[i].id,
+				 serverClient, DixReadAccess);
+	    if (rc != Success)  /* window is being unmapped */
+		return FALSE;
+	}
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+static void
+XineramaConfineCursorToWindow(DeviceIntPtr pDev,
+                              WindowPtr pWin,
+                              Bool generateEvents)
+{
+    SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
+
+    int x, y, off_x, off_y, i;
+
+    if(!XineramaSetWindowPntrs(pDev, pWin))
+        return;
+
+    i = PanoramiXNumScreens - 1;
+
+    RegionCopy(&pSprite->Reg1,
+            &pSprite->windows[i]->borderSize);
+    off_x = screenInfo.screens[i]->x;
+    off_y = screenInfo.screens[i]->y;
+
+    while(i--) {
+        x = off_x - screenInfo.screens[i]->x;
+        y = off_y - screenInfo.screens[i]->y;
+
+        if(x || y)
+            RegionTranslate(&pSprite->Reg1, x, y);
+
+        RegionUnion(&pSprite->Reg1, &pSprite->Reg1,
+                &pSprite->windows[i]->borderSize);
+
+        off_x = screenInfo.screens[i]->x;
+        off_y = screenInfo.screens[i]->y;
+    }
+
+    pSprite->hotLimits = *RegionExtents(&pSprite->Reg1);
+
+    if(RegionNumRects(&pSprite->Reg1) > 1)
+        pSprite->hotShape = &pSprite->Reg1;
+    else
+        pSprite->hotShape = NullRegion;
+
+    pSprite->confined = FALSE;
+    pSprite->confineWin = (pWin == screenInfo.screens[0]->root) ? NullWindow : pWin;
+
+    CheckPhysLimits(pDev, pSprite->current, generateEvents, FALSE, NULL);
+}
+
+#endif  /* PANORAMIX */
+
+/**
+ * Modifies the filter for the given protocol event type to the given masks.
+ *
+ * There's only two callers: UpdateDeviceState() and XI's SetMaskForExtEvent().
+ * The latter initialises masks for the matching XI events, it's a once-off
+ * setting.
+ * UDS however changes the mask for MotionNotify and DeviceMotionNotify each
+ * time a button is pressed to include the matching ButtonXMotion mask in the
+ * filter.
+ *
+ * @param[in] deviceid The device to modify the filter for.
+ * @param[in] mask The new filter mask.
+ * @param[in] event Protocol event type.
+ */
+void
+SetMaskForEvent(int deviceid, Mask mask, int event)
+{
+    if (deviceid < 0 || deviceid >= MAXDEVICES)
+        FatalError("SetMaskForEvent: bogus device id");
+    filters[deviceid][event] = mask;
+}
+
+void
+SetCriticalEvent(int event)
+{
+    if (event >= 128)
+	FatalError("SetCriticalEvent: bogus event number");
+    criticalEvents[event >> 3] |= 1 << (event & 7);
+}
+
+void
+ConfineToShape(DeviceIntPtr pDev, RegionPtr shape, int *px, int *py)
+{
+    BoxRec box;
+    int x = *px, y = *py;
+    int incx = 1, incy = 1;
+    SpritePtr pSprite;
+
+    pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
+    if (RegionContainsPoint(shape, x, y, &box))
+	return;
+    box = *RegionExtents(shape);
+    /* this is rather crude */
+    do {
+	x += incx;
+	if (x >= box.x2)
+	{
+	    incx = -1;
+	    x = *px - 1;
+	}
+	else if (x < box.x1)
+	{
+	    incx = 1;
+	    x = *px;
+	    y += incy;
+	    if (y >= box.y2)
+	    {
+		incy = -1;
+		y = *py - 1;
+	    }
+	    else if (y < box.y1)
+		return; /* should never get here! */
+	}
+    } while (!RegionContainsPoint(shape, x, y, &box));
+    *px = x;
+    *py = y;
+}
+
+static void
+CheckPhysLimits(
+    DeviceIntPtr pDev,
+    CursorPtr cursor,
+    Bool generateEvents,
+    Bool confineToScreen, /* unused if PanoramiX on */
+    ScreenPtr pScreen)    /* unused if PanoramiX on */
+{
+    HotSpot new;
+    SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
+
+    if (!cursor)
+	return;
+    new = pSprite->hotPhys;
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+    if (!noPanoramiXExtension)
+        /* I don't care what the DDX has to say about it */
+        pSprite->physLimits = pSprite->hotLimits;
+    else
+#endif
+    {
+        if (pScreen)
+            new.pScreen = pScreen;
+        else
+            pScreen = new.pScreen;
+        (*pScreen->CursorLimits) (pDev, pScreen, cursor, &pSprite->hotLimits,
+                &pSprite->physLimits);
+        pSprite->confined = confineToScreen;
+        (* pScreen->ConstrainCursor)(pDev, pScreen, &pSprite->physLimits);
+    }
+
+    /* constrain the pointer to those limits */
+    if (new.x < pSprite->physLimits.x1)
+	new.x = pSprite->physLimits.x1;
+    else
+	if (new.x >= pSprite->physLimits.x2)
+	    new.x = pSprite->physLimits.x2 - 1;
+    if (new.y < pSprite->physLimits.y1)
+	new.y = pSprite->physLimits.y1;
+    else
+	if (new.y >= pSprite->physLimits.y2)
+	    new.y = pSprite->physLimits.y2 - 1;
+    if (pSprite->hotShape)
+	ConfineToShape(pDev, pSprite->hotShape, &new.x, &new.y);
+    if ((
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+            noPanoramiXExtension &&
+#endif
+            (pScreen != pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen)) ||
+	(new.x != pSprite->hotPhys.x) || (new.y != pSprite->hotPhys.y))
+    {
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+        if (!noPanoramiXExtension)
+        {
+            if (pScreen && ((new.x != pSprite->hotPhys.x) || (new.y != pSprite->hotPhys.y)))
+              XineramaSetCursorPosition (pDev, new.x, new.y, generateEvents);
+        }
+        else
+#endif
+        {
+            if (pScreen != pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen)
+                pSprite->hotPhys = new;
+            (*pScreen->SetCursorPosition)
+                (pDev, pScreen, new.x, new.y, generateEvents);
+        }
+        if (!generateEvents)
+            SyntheticMotion(pDev, new.x, new.y);
+    }
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+    /* Tell DDX what the limits are */
+    if (!noPanoramiXExtension)
+        XineramaConstrainCursor(pDev);
+#endif
+}
+
+static void
+CheckVirtualMotion(
+    DeviceIntPtr pDev,
+    QdEventPtr qe,
+    WindowPtr pWin)
+{
+    SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
+    RegionPtr reg = NULL;
+    DeviceEvent *ev = NULL;
+
+    if (qe)
+    {
+        ev = &qe->event->device_event;
+        switch(ev->type)
+        {
+            case ET_Motion:
+            case ET_ButtonPress:
+            case ET_ButtonRelease:
+            case ET_KeyPress:
+            case ET_KeyRelease:
+            case ET_ProximityIn:
+            case ET_ProximityOut:
+                pSprite->hot.pScreen = qe->pScreen;
+                pSprite->hot.x = ev->root_x;
+                pSprite->hot.y = ev->root_y;
+                pWin = pDev->deviceGrab.grab ? pDev->deviceGrab.grab->confineTo : NullWindow;
+                break;
+            default:
+                break;
+        }
+    }
+    if (pWin)
+    {
+	BoxRec lims;
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+        if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
+            int x, y, off_x, off_y, i;
+
+            if(!XineramaSetWindowPntrs(pDev, pWin))
+                return;
+
+            i = PanoramiXNumScreens - 1;
+
+            RegionCopy(&pSprite->Reg2,
+                    &pSprite->windows[i]->borderSize);
+            off_x = screenInfo.screens[i]->x;
+            off_y = screenInfo.screens[i]->y;
+
+            while(i--) {
+                x = off_x - screenInfo.screens[i]->x;
+                y = off_y - screenInfo.screens[i]->y;
+
+                if(x || y)
+                    RegionTranslate(&pSprite->Reg2, x, y);
+
+                RegionUnion(&pSprite->Reg2, &pSprite->Reg2,
+                        &pSprite->windows[i]->borderSize);
+
+                off_x = screenInfo.screens[i]->x;
+                off_y = screenInfo.screens[i]->y;
+            }
+        } else
+#endif
+        {
+            if (pSprite->hot.pScreen != pWin->drawable.pScreen)
+            {
+                pSprite->hot.pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
+                pSprite->hot.x = pSprite->hot.y = 0;
+            }
+        }
+
+	lims = *RegionExtents(&pWin->borderSize);
+	if (pSprite->hot.x < lims.x1)
+	    pSprite->hot.x = lims.x1;
+	else if (pSprite->hot.x >= lims.x2)
+	    pSprite->hot.x = lims.x2 - 1;
+	if (pSprite->hot.y < lims.y1)
+	    pSprite->hot.y = lims.y1;
+	else if (pSprite->hot.y >= lims.y2)
+	    pSprite->hot.y = lims.y2 - 1;
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+        if (!noPanoramiXExtension)
+        {
+            if (RegionNumRects(&pSprite->Reg2) > 1)
+                reg = &pSprite->Reg2;
+
+        } else
+#endif
+        {
+            if (wBoundingShape(pWin))
+                reg = &pWin->borderSize;
+        }
+
+        if (reg)
+            ConfineToShape(pDev, reg, &pSprite->hot.x, &pSprite->hot.y);
+
+	if (qe && ev)
+	{
+	    qe->pScreen = pSprite->hot.pScreen;
+	    ev->root_x = pSprite->hot.x;
+	    ev->root_y = pSprite->hot.y;
+	}
+    }
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+    if (noPanoramiXExtension) /* No typo. Only set the root win if disabled */
+#endif
+        RootWindow(pDev->spriteInfo->sprite) = pSprite->hot.pScreen->root;
+}
+
+static void
+ConfineCursorToWindow(DeviceIntPtr pDev, WindowPtr pWin, Bool generateEvents, Bool confineToScreen)
+{
+    SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
+
+    if (syncEvents.playingEvents)
+    {
+	CheckVirtualMotion(pDev, (QdEventPtr)NULL, pWin);
+	SyntheticMotion(pDev, pSprite->hot.x, pSprite->hot.y);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+        if(!noPanoramiXExtension) {
+            XineramaConfineCursorToWindow(pDev, pWin, generateEvents);
+            return;
+        }
+#endif
+	pSprite->hotLimits = *RegionExtents(&pWin->borderSize);
+	pSprite->hotShape = wBoundingShape(pWin) ? &pWin->borderSize
+					       : NullRegion;
+        CheckPhysLimits(pDev, pSprite->current, generateEvents,
+                        confineToScreen, pWin->drawable.pScreen);
+    }
+}
+
+Bool
+PointerConfinedToScreen(DeviceIntPtr pDev)
+{
+    return pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->confined;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Update the sprite cursor to the given cursor.
+ *
+ * ChangeToCursor() will display the new cursor and free the old cursor (if
+ * applicable). If the provided cursor is already the updated cursor, nothing
+ * happens.
+ */
+static void
+ChangeToCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev, CursorPtr cursor)
+{
+    SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
+    ScreenPtr pScreen;
+
+    if (cursor != pSprite->current)
+    {
+	if ((pSprite->current->bits->xhot != cursor->bits->xhot) ||
+		(pSprite->current->bits->yhot != cursor->bits->yhot))
+	    CheckPhysLimits(pDev, cursor, FALSE, pSprite->confined,
+			    (ScreenPtr)NULL);
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+        /* XXX: is this really necessary?? (whot) */
+        if (!noPanoramiXExtension)
+            pScreen = pSprite->screen;
+        else
+#endif
+            pScreen = pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen;
+
+        (*pScreen->DisplayCursor)(pDev, pScreen, cursor);
+	FreeCursor(pSprite->current, (Cursor)0);
+	pSprite->current = cursor;
+	pSprite->current->refcnt++;
+    }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @returns true if b is a descendent of a
+ */
+Bool
+IsParent(WindowPtr a, WindowPtr b)
+{
+    for (b = b->parent; b; b = b->parent)
+	if (b == a) return TRUE;
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Update the cursor displayed on the screen.
+ *
+ * Called whenever a cursor may have changed shape or position.
+ */
+static void
+PostNewCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev)
+{
+    WindowPtr win;
+    GrabPtr grab = pDev->deviceGrab.grab;
+    SpritePtr   pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
+    CursorPtr   pCursor;
+
+    if (syncEvents.playingEvents)
+	return;
+    if (grab)
+    {
+	if (grab->cursor)
+	{
+	    ChangeToCursor(pDev, grab->cursor);
+	    return;
+	}
+	if (IsParent(grab->window, pSprite->win))
+	    win = pSprite->win;
+	else
+	    win = grab->window;
+    }
+    else
+	win = pSprite->win;
+    for (; win; win = win->parent)
+    {
+	if (win->optional)
+        {
+            pCursor = WindowGetDeviceCursor(win, pDev);
+            if (!pCursor && win->optional->cursor != NullCursor)
+                pCursor = win->optional->cursor;
+            if (pCursor)
+            {
+                ChangeToCursor(pDev, pCursor);
+                return;
+            }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @param dev device which you want to know its current root window
+ * @return root window where dev's sprite is located
+ */
+WindowPtr
+GetCurrentRootWindow(DeviceIntPtr dev)
+{
+    return RootWindow(dev->spriteInfo->sprite);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @return window underneath the cursor sprite.
+ */
+WindowPtr
+GetSpriteWindow(DeviceIntPtr pDev)
+{
+    return pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->win;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @return current sprite cursor.
+ */
+CursorPtr
+GetSpriteCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev)
+{
+    return pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->current;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Set x/y current sprite position in screen coordinates.
+ */
+void
+GetSpritePosition(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int *px, int *py)
+{
+    SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
+    *px = pSprite->hotPhys.x;
+    *py = pSprite->hotPhys.y;
+}
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+int
+XineramaGetCursorScreen(DeviceIntPtr pDev)
+{
+    if(!noPanoramiXExtension) {
+	return pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->screen->myNum;
+    } else {
+	return 0;
+    }
+}
+#endif /* PANORAMIX */
+
+#define TIMESLOP (5 * 60 * 1000) /* 5 minutes */
+
+static void
+MonthChangedOrBadTime(InternalEvent *ev)
+{
+    /* If the ddx/OS is careless about not processing timestamped events from
+     * different sources in sorted order, then it's possible for time to go
+     * backwards when it should not.  Here we ensure a decent time.
+     */
+    if ((currentTime.milliseconds - ev->any.time) > TIMESLOP)
+	currentTime.months++;
+    else
+        ev->any.time = currentTime.milliseconds;
+}
+
+static void
+NoticeTime(InternalEvent *ev)
+{
+    if (ev->any.time < currentTime.milliseconds)
+        MonthChangedOrBadTime(ev);
+    currentTime.milliseconds = ev->any.time;
+    lastDeviceEventTime = currentTime;
+}
+
+void
+NoticeEventTime(InternalEvent *ev)
+{
+    if (!syncEvents.playingEvents)
+	NoticeTime(ev);
+}
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ *            The following procedures deal with synchronous events       *
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+/**
+ * EnqueueEvent is a device's processInputProc if a device is frozen.
+ * Instead of delivering the events to the client, the event is tacked onto a
+ * linked list for later delivery.
+ */
+void
+EnqueueEvent(InternalEvent *ev, DeviceIntPtr device)
+{
+    QdEventPtr	tail = *syncEvents.pendtail;
+    QdEventPtr	qe;
+    SpritePtr	pSprite = device->spriteInfo->sprite;
+    int		eventlen;
+    DeviceEvent *event = &ev->device_event;
+
+    NoticeTime((InternalEvent*)event);
+
+    /* Fix for key repeating bug. */
+    if (device->key != NULL && device->key->xkbInfo != NULL &&
+        event->type == ET_KeyRelease)
+	AccessXCancelRepeatKey(device->key->xkbInfo, event->detail.key);
+
+    if (DeviceEventCallback)
+    {
+	DeviceEventInfoRec eventinfo;
+
+	/*  The RECORD spec says that the root window field of motion events
+	 *  must be valid.  At this point, it hasn't been filled in yet, so
+	 *  we do it here.  The long expression below is necessary to get
+	 *  the current root window; the apparently reasonable alternative
+	 *  GetCurrentRootWindow()->drawable.id doesn't give you the right
+	 *  answer on the first motion event after a screen change because
+	 *  the data that GetCurrentRootWindow relies on hasn't been
+	 *  updated yet.
+	 */
+	if (ev->any.type == ET_Motion)
+	    ev->device_event.root = pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen->root->drawable.id;
+
+	eventinfo.event = ev;
+	eventinfo.device = device;
+	CallCallbacks(&DeviceEventCallback, (pointer)&eventinfo);
+    }
+
+    if (event->type == ET_Motion)
+    {
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+	if(!noPanoramiXExtension) {
+	    event->root_x += pSprite->screen->x - screenInfo.screens[0]->x;
+	    event->root_y += pSprite->screen->y - screenInfo.screens[0]->y;
+	}
+#endif
+	pSprite->hotPhys.x = event->root_x;
+	pSprite->hotPhys.y = event->root_y;
+	/* do motion compression, but not if from different devices */
+	if (tail &&
+	    (tail->event->any.type == ET_Motion) &&
+            (tail->device == device) &&
+	    (tail->pScreen == pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen))
+	{
+            DeviceEvent *tailev = &tail->event->device_event;
+	    tailev->root_x = pSprite->hotPhys.x;
+	    tailev->root_y = pSprite->hotPhys.y;
+	    tailev->time = event->time;
+	    tail->months = currentTime.months;
+	    return;
+	}
+    }
+
+    eventlen = event->length;
+
+    qe = malloc(sizeof(QdEventRec) + eventlen);
+    if (!qe)
+	return;
+    qe->next = (QdEventPtr)NULL;
+    qe->device = device;
+    qe->pScreen = pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen;
+    qe->months = currentTime.months;
+    qe->event = (InternalEvent *)(qe + 1);
+    memcpy(qe->event, event, eventlen);
+    if (tail)
+	syncEvents.pendtail = &tail->next;
+    *syncEvents.pendtail = qe;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Run through the list of events queued up in syncEvents.
+ * For each event do:
+ * If the device for this event is not frozen anymore, take it and process it
+ * as usually.
+ * After that, check if there's any devices in the list that are not frozen.
+ * If there is none, we're done. If there is at least one device that is not
+ * frozen, then re-run from the beginning of the event queue.
+ */
+static void
+PlayReleasedEvents(void)
+{
+    QdEventPtr *prev, qe;
+    DeviceIntPtr dev;
+    DeviceIntPtr pDev;
+
+    prev = &syncEvents.pending;
+    while ( (qe = *prev) )
+    {
+	if (!qe->device->deviceGrab.sync.frozen)
+	{
+	    *prev = qe->next;
+            pDev = qe->device;
+	    if (*syncEvents.pendtail == *prev)
+		syncEvents.pendtail = prev;
+	    if (qe->event->any.type == ET_Motion)
+		CheckVirtualMotion(pDev, qe, NullWindow);
+	    syncEvents.time.months = qe->months;
+            syncEvents.time.milliseconds = qe->event->any.time;
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+	   /* Translate back to the sprite screen since processInputProc
+	      will translate from sprite screen to screen 0 upon reentry
+	      to the DIX layer */
+	    if(!noPanoramiXExtension) {
+                DeviceEvent *ev = &qe->event->device_event;
+                switch(ev->type)
+                {
+                    case ET_Motion:
+                    case ET_ButtonPress:
+                    case ET_ButtonRelease:
+                    case ET_KeyPress:
+                    case ET_KeyRelease:
+                    case ET_ProximityIn:
+                    case ET_ProximityOut:
+                        ev->root_x += screenInfo.screens[0]->x -
+                            pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->screen->x;
+                        ev->root_y += screenInfo.screens[0]->y -
+                            pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->screen->y;
+                        break;
+                    default:
+                        break;
+                }
+
+	    }
+#endif
+	    (*qe->device->public.processInputProc)(qe->event, qe->device);
+	    free(qe);
+	    for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev && dev->deviceGrab.sync.frozen; dev = dev->next)
+		;
+	    if (!dev)
+		break;
+	    /* Playing the event may have unfrozen another device. */
+	    /* So to play it safe, restart at the head of the queue */
+	    prev = &syncEvents.pending;
+	}
+	else
+	    prev = &qe->next;
+    }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Freeze or thaw the given devices. The device's processing proc is
+ * switched to either the real processing proc (in case of thawing) or an
+ * enqueuing processing proc (usually EnqueueEvent()).
+ *
+ * @param dev The device to freeze/thaw
+ * @param frozen True to freeze or false to thaw.
+ */
+static void
+FreezeThaw(DeviceIntPtr dev, Bool frozen)
+{
+    dev->deviceGrab.sync.frozen = frozen;
+    if (frozen)
+	dev->public.processInputProc = dev->public.enqueueInputProc;
+    else
+	dev->public.processInputProc = dev->public.realInputProc;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Unfreeze devices and replay all events to the respective clients.
+ *
+ * ComputeFreezes takes the first event in the device's frozen event queue. It
+ * runs up the sprite tree (spriteTrace) and searches for the window to replay
+ * the events from. If it is found, it checks for passive grabs one down from
+ * the window or delivers the events.
+ */
+static void
+ComputeFreezes(void)
+{
+    DeviceIntPtr replayDev = syncEvents.replayDev;
+    WindowPtr w;
+    GrabPtr grab;
+    DeviceIntPtr dev;
+
+    for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
+	FreezeThaw(dev, dev->deviceGrab.sync.other ||
+                (dev->deviceGrab.sync.state >= FROZEN));
+    if (syncEvents.playingEvents || (!replayDev && !syncEvents.pending))
+	return;
+    syncEvents.playingEvents = TRUE;
+    if (replayDev)
+    {
+        DeviceEvent* event = replayDev->deviceGrab.sync.event;
+
+	syncEvents.replayDev = (DeviceIntPtr)NULL;
+
+        w = XYToWindow(replayDev->spriteInfo->sprite,
+                       event->root_x, event->root_y);
+        if (!CheckDeviceGrabs(replayDev, event, syncEvents.replayWin))
+        {
+            if (replayDev->focus && !IsPointerEvent((InternalEvent*)event))
+                DeliverFocusedEvent(replayDev, (InternalEvent*)event, w);
+            else
+                DeliverDeviceEvents(w, (InternalEvent*)event, NullGrab,
+                                    NullWindow, replayDev);
+        }
+    }
+    for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
+    {
+	if (!dev->deviceGrab.sync.frozen)
+	{
+	    PlayReleasedEvents();
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+    syncEvents.playingEvents = FALSE;
+    for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
+    {
+        if (DevHasCursor(dev))
+        {
+            /* the following may have been skipped during replay,
+              so do it now */
+            if ((grab = dev->deviceGrab.grab) && grab->confineTo)
+            {
+                if (grab->confineTo->drawable.pScreen !=
+                        dev->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.pScreen)
+                    dev->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.x =
+                        dev->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.y = 0;
+                ConfineCursorToWindow(dev, grab->confineTo, TRUE, TRUE);
+            }
+            else
+                ConfineCursorToWindow(dev,
+                        dev->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.pScreen->root,
+                        TRUE, FALSE);
+            PostNewCursor(dev);
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+#ifdef RANDR
+void
+ScreenRestructured (ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+    GrabPtr grab;
+    DeviceIntPtr pDev;
+
+    for (pDev = inputInfo.devices; pDev; pDev = pDev->next)
+    {
+        if (!DevHasCursor(pDev))
+            continue;
+
+        /* GrabDevice doesn't have a confineTo field, so we don't need to
+         * worry about it. */
+        if ((grab = pDev->deviceGrab.grab) && grab->confineTo)
+        {
+            if (grab->confineTo->drawable.pScreen
+                    != pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.pScreen)
+                pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.x = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.y = 0;
+            ConfineCursorToWindow(pDev, grab->confineTo, TRUE, TRUE);
+        }
+        else
+            ConfineCursorToWindow(pDev,
+                    pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.pScreen->root,
+                    TRUE, FALSE);
+    }
+}
+#endif
+
+static void
+CheckGrabForSyncs(DeviceIntPtr thisDev, Bool thisMode, Bool otherMode)
+{
+    GrabPtr grab = thisDev->deviceGrab.grab;
+    DeviceIntPtr dev;
+
+    if (thisMode == GrabModeSync)
+	thisDev->deviceGrab.sync.state = FROZEN_NO_EVENT;
+    else
+    {	/* free both if same client owns both */
+	thisDev->deviceGrab.sync.state = THAWED;
+	if (thisDev->deviceGrab.sync.other &&
+	    (CLIENT_BITS(thisDev->deviceGrab.sync.other->resource) ==
+	     CLIENT_BITS(grab->resource)))
+	    thisDev->deviceGrab.sync.other = NullGrab;
+    }
+
+    if (IsMaster(thisDev))
+    {
+        dev = GetPairedDevice(thisDev);
+        if (otherMode == GrabModeSync)
+            dev->deviceGrab.sync.other = grab;
+        else
+        {	/* free both if same client owns both */
+            if (dev->deviceGrab.sync.other &&
+                    (CLIENT_BITS(dev->deviceGrab.sync.other->resource) ==
+                     CLIENT_BITS(grab->resource)))
+                dev->deviceGrab.sync.other = NullGrab;
+        }
+    }
+    ComputeFreezes();
+}
+
+/**
+ * Save the device's master device id. This needs to be done
+ * if a client directly grabs a slave device that is attached to a master. For
+ * the duration of the grab, the device is detached, ungrabbing re-attaches it
+ * though.
+ *
+ * We store the ID of the master device only in case the master disappears
+ * while the device has a grab.
+ */
+static void
+DetachFromMaster(DeviceIntPtr dev)
+{
+    if (IsFloating(dev))
+        return;
+
+    dev->saved_master_id = GetMaster(dev, MASTER_ATTACHED)->id;
+
+    AttachDevice(NULL, dev, NULL);
+}
+
+static void
+ReattachToOldMaster(DeviceIntPtr dev)
+{
+    DeviceIntPtr master = NULL;
+
+    if (IsMaster(dev))
+        return;
+
+    dixLookupDevice(&master, dev->saved_master_id, serverClient, DixUseAccess);
+
+    if (master)
+    {
+        AttachDevice(serverClient, dev, master);
+	dev->saved_master_id = 0;
+    }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Activate a pointer grab on the given device. A pointer grab will cause all
+ * core pointer events of this device to be delivered to the grabbing client only.
+ * No other device will send core events to the grab client while the grab is
+ * on, but core events will be sent to other clients.
+ * Can cause the cursor to change if a grab cursor is set.
+ *
+ * Note that parameter autoGrab may be (True & ImplicitGrabMask) if the grab
+ * is an implicit grab caused by a ButtonPress event.
+ *
+ * @param mouse The device to grab.
+ * @param grab The grab structure, needs to be setup.
+ * @param autoGrab True if the grab was caused by a button down event and not
+ * explicitely by a client.
+ */
+void
+ActivatePointerGrab(DeviceIntPtr mouse, GrabPtr grab,
+                    TimeStamp time, Bool autoGrab)
+{
+    GrabInfoPtr grabinfo = &mouse->deviceGrab;
+    WindowPtr oldWin = (grabinfo->grab) ?
+                        grabinfo->grab->window
+                        : mouse->spriteInfo->sprite->win;
+    Bool isPassive = autoGrab & ~ImplicitGrabMask;
+
+    /* slave devices need to float for the duration of the grab. */
+    if (grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_XI2 &&
+        !(autoGrab & ImplicitGrabMask) && !IsMaster(mouse))
+        DetachFromMaster(mouse);
+
+    if (grab->confineTo)
+    {
+	if (grab->confineTo->drawable.pScreen
+                != mouse->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.pScreen)
+	    mouse->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.x =
+                mouse->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.y = 0;
+	ConfineCursorToWindow(mouse, grab->confineTo, FALSE, TRUE);
+    }
+    DoEnterLeaveEvents(mouse, mouse->id, oldWin, grab->window, NotifyGrab);
+    mouse->valuator->motionHintWindow = NullWindow;
+    if (syncEvents.playingEvents)
+        grabinfo->grabTime = syncEvents.time;
+    else
+	grabinfo->grabTime = time;
+    if (grab->cursor)
+	grab->cursor->refcnt++;
+    grabinfo->activeGrab = *grab;
+    grabinfo->grab = &grabinfo->activeGrab;
+    grabinfo->fromPassiveGrab = isPassive;
+    grabinfo->implicitGrab = autoGrab & ImplicitGrabMask;
+    PostNewCursor(mouse);
+    CheckGrabForSyncs(mouse,(Bool)grab->pointerMode, (Bool)grab->keyboardMode);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Delete grab on given device, update the sprite.
+ *
+ * Extension devices are set up for ActivateKeyboardGrab().
+ */
+void
+DeactivatePointerGrab(DeviceIntPtr mouse)
+{
+    GrabPtr grab = mouse->deviceGrab.grab;
+    DeviceIntPtr dev;
+    Bool wasImplicit = (mouse->deviceGrab.fromPassiveGrab &&
+                        mouse->deviceGrab.implicitGrab);
+
+    mouse->valuator->motionHintWindow = NullWindow;
+    mouse->deviceGrab.grab = NullGrab;
+    mouse->deviceGrab.sync.state = NOT_GRABBED;
+    mouse->deviceGrab.fromPassiveGrab = FALSE;
+
+    for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
+    {
+	if (dev->deviceGrab.sync.other == grab)
+	    dev->deviceGrab.sync.other = NullGrab;
+    }
+    DoEnterLeaveEvents(mouse, mouse->id, grab->window,
+                       mouse->spriteInfo->sprite->win, NotifyUngrab);
+    if (grab->confineTo)
+	ConfineCursorToWindow(mouse, GetCurrentRootWindow(mouse), FALSE, FALSE);
+    PostNewCursor(mouse);
+    if (grab->cursor)
+	FreeCursor(grab->cursor, (Cursor)0);
+
+    if (!wasImplicit && grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_XI2)
+        ReattachToOldMaster(mouse);
+
+    ComputeFreezes();
+}
+
+/**
+ * Activate a keyboard grab on the given device.
+ *
+ * Extension devices have ActivateKeyboardGrab() set as their grabbing proc.
+ */
+void
+ActivateKeyboardGrab(DeviceIntPtr keybd, GrabPtr grab, TimeStamp time, Bool passive)
+{
+    GrabInfoPtr grabinfo = &keybd->deviceGrab;
+    WindowPtr oldWin;
+
+    /* slave devices need to float for the duration of the grab. */
+    if (grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_XI2 &&
+        !(passive & ImplicitGrabMask) &&
+        !IsMaster(keybd))
+        DetachFromMaster(keybd);
+
+    if (grabinfo->grab)
+	oldWin = grabinfo->grab->window;
+    else if (keybd->focus)
+	oldWin = keybd->focus->win;
+    else
+	oldWin = keybd->spriteInfo->sprite->win;
+    if (oldWin == FollowKeyboardWin)
+	oldWin = keybd->focus->win;
+    if (keybd->valuator)
+	keybd->valuator->motionHintWindow = NullWindow;
+    DoFocusEvents(keybd, oldWin, grab->window, NotifyGrab);
+    if (syncEvents.playingEvents)
+	grabinfo->grabTime = syncEvents.time;
+    else
+	grabinfo->grabTime = time;
+    grabinfo->activeGrab = *grab;
+    grabinfo->grab = &grabinfo->activeGrab;
+    grabinfo->fromPassiveGrab = passive;
+    grabinfo->implicitGrab = passive & ImplicitGrabMask;
+    CheckGrabForSyncs(keybd, (Bool)grab->keyboardMode, (Bool)grab->pointerMode);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Delete keyboard grab for the given device.
+ */
+void
+DeactivateKeyboardGrab(DeviceIntPtr keybd)
+{
+    GrabPtr grab = keybd->deviceGrab.grab;
+    DeviceIntPtr dev;
+    WindowPtr focusWin = keybd->focus ? keybd->focus->win
+                                           : keybd->spriteInfo->sprite->win;
+    Bool wasImplicit = (keybd->deviceGrab.fromPassiveGrab &&
+                        keybd->deviceGrab.implicitGrab);
+
+    if (focusWin == FollowKeyboardWin)
+	focusWin = inputInfo.keyboard->focus->win;
+    if (keybd->valuator)
+	keybd->valuator->motionHintWindow = NullWindow;
+    keybd->deviceGrab.grab = NullGrab;
+    keybd->deviceGrab.sync.state = NOT_GRABBED;
+    keybd->deviceGrab.fromPassiveGrab = FALSE;
+
+    for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
+    {
+	if (dev->deviceGrab.sync.other == grab)
+	    dev->deviceGrab.sync.other = NullGrab;
+    }
+    DoFocusEvents(keybd, grab->window, focusWin, NotifyUngrab);
+
+    if (!wasImplicit && grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_XI2)
+        ReattachToOldMaster(keybd);
+
+    ComputeFreezes();
+}
+
+void
+AllowSome(ClientPtr client,
+          TimeStamp time,
+          DeviceIntPtr thisDev,
+          int newState)
+{
+    Bool thisGrabbed, otherGrabbed, othersFrozen, thisSynced;
+    TimeStamp grabTime;
+    DeviceIntPtr dev;
+    GrabInfoPtr devgrabinfo,
+                grabinfo = &thisDev->deviceGrab;
+
+    thisGrabbed = grabinfo->grab && SameClient(grabinfo->grab, client);
+    thisSynced = FALSE;
+    otherGrabbed = FALSE;
+    othersFrozen = FALSE;
+    grabTime = grabinfo->grabTime;
+    for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
+    {
+        devgrabinfo = &dev->deviceGrab;
+
+	if (dev == thisDev)
+	    continue;
+	if (devgrabinfo->grab && SameClient(devgrabinfo->grab, client))
+	{
+	    if (!(thisGrabbed || otherGrabbed) ||
+		(CompareTimeStamps(devgrabinfo->grabTime, grabTime) == LATER))
+		grabTime = devgrabinfo->grabTime;
+	    otherGrabbed = TRUE;
+	    if (grabinfo->sync.other == devgrabinfo->grab)
+		thisSynced = TRUE;
+	    if (devgrabinfo->sync.state >= FROZEN)
+		othersFrozen = TRUE;
+	}
+    }
+    if (!((thisGrabbed && grabinfo->sync.state >= FROZEN) || thisSynced))
+	return;
+    if ((CompareTimeStamps(time, currentTime) == LATER) ||
+	(CompareTimeStamps(time, grabTime) == EARLIER))
+	return;
+    switch (newState)
+    {
+	case THAWED:		       /* Async */
+	    if (thisGrabbed)
+		grabinfo->sync.state = THAWED;
+	    if (thisSynced)
+		grabinfo->sync.other = NullGrab;
+	    ComputeFreezes();
+	    break;
+	case FREEZE_NEXT_EVENT:		/* Sync */
+	    if (thisGrabbed)
+	    {
+		grabinfo->sync.state = FREEZE_NEXT_EVENT;
+		if (thisSynced)
+		    grabinfo->sync.other = NullGrab;
+		ComputeFreezes();
+	    }
+	    break;
+	case THAWED_BOTH:		/* AsyncBoth */
+	    if (othersFrozen)
+	    {
+		for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
+		{
+                    devgrabinfo = &dev->deviceGrab;
+		    if (devgrabinfo->grab
+                            && SameClient(devgrabinfo->grab, client))
+			devgrabinfo->sync.state = THAWED;
+		    if (devgrabinfo->sync.other &&
+                            SameClient(devgrabinfo->sync.other, client))
+			devgrabinfo->sync.other = NullGrab;
+		}
+		ComputeFreezes();
+	    }
+	    break;
+	case FREEZE_BOTH_NEXT_EVENT:	/* SyncBoth */
+	    if (othersFrozen)
+	    {
+		for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
+		{
+                    devgrabinfo = &dev->deviceGrab;
+		    if (devgrabinfo->grab
+                            && SameClient(devgrabinfo->grab, client))
+			devgrabinfo->sync.state = FREEZE_BOTH_NEXT_EVENT;
+		    if (devgrabinfo->sync.other
+                            && SameClient(devgrabinfo->sync.other, client))
+			devgrabinfo->sync.other = NullGrab;
+		}
+		ComputeFreezes();
+	    }
+	    break;
+	case NOT_GRABBED:		/* Replay */
+	    if (thisGrabbed && grabinfo->sync.state == FROZEN_WITH_EVENT)
+	    {
+		if (thisSynced)
+		    grabinfo->sync.other = NullGrab;
+		syncEvents.replayDev = thisDev;
+		syncEvents.replayWin = grabinfo->grab->window;
+		(*grabinfo->DeactivateGrab)(thisDev);
+		syncEvents.replayDev = (DeviceIntPtr)NULL;
+	    }
+	    break;
+	case THAW_OTHERS:		/* AsyncOthers */
+	    if (othersFrozen)
+	    {
+		for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
+		{
+		    if (dev == thisDev)
+			continue;
+                    devgrabinfo = &dev->deviceGrab;
+		    if (devgrabinfo->grab
+                            && SameClient(devgrabinfo->grab, client))
+			devgrabinfo->sync.state = THAWED;
+		    if (devgrabinfo->sync.other
+                            && SameClient(devgrabinfo->sync.other, client))
+			devgrabinfo->sync.other = NullGrab;
+		}
+		ComputeFreezes();
+	    }
+	    break;
+    }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Server-side protocol handling for AllowEvents request.
+ *
+ * Release some events from a frozen device.
+ */
+int
+ProcAllowEvents(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    TimeStamp		time;
+    DeviceIntPtr	mouse = NULL;
+    DeviceIntPtr	keybd = NULL;
+    REQUEST(xAllowEventsReq);
+
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xAllowEventsReq);
+    time = ClientTimeToServerTime(stuff->time);
+
+    mouse = PickPointer(client);
+    keybd = PickKeyboard(client);
+
+    switch (stuff->mode)
+    {
+	case ReplayPointer:
+	    AllowSome(client, time, mouse, NOT_GRABBED);
+	    break;
+	case SyncPointer:
+	    AllowSome(client, time, mouse, FREEZE_NEXT_EVENT);
+	    break;
+	case AsyncPointer:
+	    AllowSome(client, time, mouse, THAWED);
+	    break;
+	case ReplayKeyboard:
+	    AllowSome(client, time, keybd, NOT_GRABBED);
+	    break;
+	case SyncKeyboard:
+	    AllowSome(client, time, keybd, FREEZE_NEXT_EVENT);
+	    break;
+	case AsyncKeyboard:
+	    AllowSome(client, time, keybd, THAWED);
+	    break;
+	case SyncBoth:
+	    AllowSome(client, time, keybd, FREEZE_BOTH_NEXT_EVENT);
+	    break;
+	case AsyncBoth:
+	    AllowSome(client, time, keybd, THAWED_BOTH);
+	    break;
+	default:
+	    client->errorValue = stuff->mode;
+	    return BadValue;
+    }
+    return Success;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Deactivate grabs from any device that has been grabbed by the client.
+ */
+void
+ReleaseActiveGrabs(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    DeviceIntPtr dev;
+    Bool    done;
+
+    /* XXX CloseDownClient should remove passive grabs before
+     * releasing active grabs.
+     */
+    do {
+	done = TRUE;
+	for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
+	{
+	    if (dev->deviceGrab.grab && SameClient(dev->deviceGrab.grab, client))
+	    {
+		(*dev->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab)(dev);
+		done = FALSE;
+	    }
+	}
+    } while (!done);
+}
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ *            The following procedures deal with delivering events        *
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+/**
+ * Deliver the given events to the given client.
+ *
+ * More than one event may be delivered at a time. This is the case with
+ * DeviceMotionNotifies which may be followed by DeviceValuator events.
+ *
+ * TryClientEvents() is the last station before actually writing the events to
+ * the socket. Anything that is not filtered here, will get delivered to the
+ * client.
+ * An event is only delivered if
+ *   - mask and filter match up.
+ *   - no other client has a grab on the device that caused the event.
+ *
+ *
+ * @param client The target client to deliver to.
+ * @param dev The device the event came from. May be NULL.
+ * @param pEvents The events to be delivered.
+ * @param count Number of elements in pEvents.
+ * @param mask Event mask as set by the window.
+ * @param filter Mask based on event type.
+ * @param grab Possible grab on the device that caused the event.
+ *
+ * @return 1 if event was delivered, 0 if not or -1 if grab was not set by the
+ * client.
+ */
+int
+TryClientEvents (ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, xEvent *pEvents,
+                 int count, Mask mask, Mask filter, GrabPtr grab)
+{
+    int type;
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS
+    ErrorF("[dix] Event([%d, %d], mask=0x%lx), client=%d%s",
+           pEvents->u.u.type, pEvents->u.u.detail, mask,
+           client ? client->index : -1,
+           (client && client->clientGone) ? " (gone)" : "");
+#endif
+
+    if (!client || client == serverClient || client->clientGone) {
+#ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS
+        ErrorF(" not delivered to fake/dead client\n");
+#endif
+        return 0;
+    }
+
+    if (filter != CantBeFiltered && !(mask & filter))
+    {
+ #ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS
+        ErrorF(" filtered\n");
+ #endif
+        return 0;
+    }
+
+    if (grab && !SameClient(grab, client))
+    {
+#ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS
+        ErrorF(" not delivered due to grab\n");
+#endif
+        return -1; /* don't send, but notify caller */
+    }
+
+    type = pEvents->u.u.type;
+    if (type == MotionNotify)
+    {
+        if (mask & PointerMotionHintMask)
+        {
+            if (WID(dev->valuator->motionHintWindow) ==
+                    pEvents->u.keyButtonPointer.event)
+            {
+#ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS
+                ErrorF("[dix] \n");
+                ErrorF("[dix] motionHintWindow == keyButtonPointer.event\n");
+#endif
+                return 1; /* don't send, but pretend we did */
+            }
+            pEvents->u.u.detail = NotifyHint;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            pEvents->u.u.detail = NotifyNormal;
+        }
+    }
+    else if (type == DeviceMotionNotify)
+    {
+        if (MaybeSendDeviceMotionNotifyHint((deviceKeyButtonPointer*)pEvents,
+                                            mask) != 0)
+            return 1;
+    } else if (type == KeyPress)
+    {
+        if (EventIsKeyRepeat(pEvents))
+        {
+            if (!_XkbWantsDetectableAutoRepeat(client))
+            {
+                xEvent release = *pEvents;
+                release.u.u.type = KeyRelease;
+                WriteEventsToClient(client, 1, &release);
+#ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS
+                ErrorF(" (plus fake core release for repeat)");
+#endif
+            } else
+            {
+#ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS
+                ErrorF(" (detectable autorepeat for core)");
+#endif
+            }
+        }
+
+    } else if (type == DeviceKeyPress)
+    {
+        if (EventIsKeyRepeat(pEvents))
+        {
+            if (!_XkbWantsDetectableAutoRepeat(client))
+            {
+                deviceKeyButtonPointer release = *(deviceKeyButtonPointer *)pEvents;
+                release.type = DeviceKeyRelease;
+#ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS
+                ErrorF(" (plus fake xi1 release for repeat)");
+#endif
+                WriteEventsToClient(client, 1, (xEvent *) &release);
+            }
+            else {
+#ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS
+                ErrorF(" (detectable autorepeat for core)");
+#endif
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (BitIsOn(criticalEvents, type))
+    {
+        if (client->smart_priority < SMART_MAX_PRIORITY)
+            client->smart_priority++;
+        SetCriticalOutputPending();
+    }
+
+    WriteEventsToClient(client, count, pEvents);
+#ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS
+    ErrorF("[dix]  delivered\n");
+#endif
+    return 1;
+}
+
+static BOOL
+ActivateImplicitGrab(DeviceIntPtr dev, ClientPtr client, WindowPtr win,
+                     xEvent *event, Mask deliveryMask)
+{
+    GrabRec tempGrab;
+    OtherInputMasks *inputMasks;
+    CARD8 type = event->u.u.type;
+    GrabType grabtype;
+
+    if (type == ButtonPress)
+        grabtype = GRABTYPE_CORE;
+    else if (type == DeviceButtonPress)
+        grabtype = GRABTYPE_XI;
+    else if ((type = xi2_get_type(event)) == XI_ButtonPress)
+        grabtype = GRABTYPE_XI2;
+    else
+        return FALSE;
+
+    memset(&tempGrab, 0, sizeof(GrabRec));
+    tempGrab.next = NULL;
+    tempGrab.device = dev;
+    tempGrab.resource = client->clientAsMask;
+    tempGrab.window = win;
+    tempGrab.ownerEvents = (deliveryMask & OwnerGrabButtonMask) ? TRUE : FALSE;
+    tempGrab.eventMask = deliveryMask;
+    tempGrab.keyboardMode = GrabModeAsync;
+    tempGrab.pointerMode = GrabModeAsync;
+    tempGrab.confineTo = NullWindow;
+    tempGrab.cursor = NullCursor;
+    tempGrab.type = type;
+    tempGrab.grabtype = grabtype;
+
+    /* get the XI and XI2 device mask */
+    inputMasks = wOtherInputMasks(win);
+    tempGrab.deviceMask = (inputMasks) ? inputMasks->inputEvents[dev->id]: 0;
+
+    if (inputMasks)
+        memcpy(tempGrab.xi2mask, inputMasks->xi2mask,
+               sizeof(tempGrab.xi2mask));
+
+    (*dev->deviceGrab.ActivateGrab)(dev, &tempGrab,
+                                    currentTime, TRUE | ImplicitGrabMask);
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+enum EventDeliveryState {
+    EVENT_DELIVERED,     /**< Event has been delivered to a client  */
+    EVENT_NOT_DELIVERED, /**< Event was not delivered to any client */
+    EVENT_SKIP,          /**< Event can be discarded by the caller  */
+    EVENT_REJECTED,      /**< Event was rejected for delivery to the client */
+};
+
+/**
+ * Attempt event delivery to the client owning the window.
+ */
+static enum EventDeliveryState
+DeliverToWindowOwner(DeviceIntPtr dev, WindowPtr win,
+                     xEvent *events, int count, Mask filter,
+                     GrabPtr grab)
+{
+    /* if nobody ever wants to see this event, skip some work */
+    if (filter != CantBeFiltered &&
+            !((wOtherEventMasks(win)|win->eventMask) & filter))
+        return EVENT_SKIP;
+
+    if (IsInterferingGrab(wClient(win), dev, events))
+        return EVENT_SKIP;
+
+    if (!XaceHook(XACE_RECEIVE_ACCESS, wClient(win), win, events, count))
+    {
+        int attempt = TryClientEvents(wClient(win), dev, events,
+                                      count, win->eventMask,
+                                      filter, grab);
+        if (attempt > 0)
+            return EVENT_DELIVERED;
+        if (attempt < 0)
+            return EVENT_REJECTED;
+    }
+
+    return EVENT_NOT_DELIVERED;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Get the list of clients that should be tried for event delivery on the
+ * given window.
+ *
+ * @return 1 if the client list should be traversed, zero if the event
+ * should be skipped.
+ */
+static Bool
+GetClientsForDelivery(DeviceIntPtr dev, WindowPtr win,
+                      xEvent *events, Mask filter, InputClients **clients)
+{
+    int rc = 0;
+
+    if (core_get_type(events) != 0)
+        *clients = (InputClients *)wOtherClients(win);
+    else if (xi2_get_type(events) != 0)
+    {
+        OtherInputMasks *inputMasks = wOtherInputMasks(win);
+        /* Has any client selected for the event? */
+        if (!GetWindowXI2Mask(dev, win, events))
+            goto out;
+        *clients = inputMasks->inputClients;
+    } else {
+        OtherInputMasks *inputMasks = wOtherInputMasks(win);
+        /* Has any client selected for the event? */
+        if (!inputMasks ||
+            !(inputMasks->inputEvents[dev->id] & filter))
+            goto out;
+
+        *clients = inputMasks->inputClients;
+    }
+
+    rc = 1;
+out:
+    return rc;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Try delivery on each client in inputclients, provided the event mask
+ * accepts it and there is no interfering core grab..
+ */
+static enum EventDeliveryState
+DeliverEventToInputClients(DeviceIntPtr dev, InputClients *inputclients,
+                           WindowPtr win, xEvent *events,
+                           int count, Mask filter, GrabPtr grab,
+                           ClientPtr *client_return, Mask *mask_return)
+{
+    int attempt;
+    enum EventDeliveryState rc = EVENT_NOT_DELIVERED;
+
+    for (; inputclients; inputclients = inputclients->next)
+    {
+        Mask mask;
+        ClientPtr client = rClient(inputclients);
+
+        if (IsInterferingGrab(client, dev, events))
+            continue;
+
+        mask = GetEventMask(dev, events, inputclients);
+
+        if (XaceHook(XACE_RECEIVE_ACCESS, client, win,
+                    events, count))
+            /* do nothing */;
+        else if ( (attempt = TryClientEvents(client, dev,
+                        events, count,
+                        mask, filter, grab)) )
+        {
+            if (attempt > 0)
+            {
+                rc = EVENT_DELIVERED;
+                *client_return = client;
+                *mask_return = mask;
+                /* Success overrides non-success, so if we've been
+                 * successful on one client, return that */
+            } else if (rc == EVENT_NOT_DELIVERED)
+                rc = EVENT_REJECTED;
+        }
+    }
+
+    return rc;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Deliver events to clients registered on the window.
+ *
+ * @param client_return On successful delivery, set to the recipient.
+ * @param mask_return On successful delivery, set to the recipient's event
+ * mask for this event.
+ */
+static enum EventDeliveryState
+DeliverEventToWindowMask(DeviceIntPtr dev, WindowPtr win, xEvent *events,
+                         int count, Mask filter, GrabPtr grab,
+                         ClientPtr *client_return, Mask *mask_return)
+{
+    InputClients *clients;
+
+    if (!GetClientsForDelivery(dev, win, events, filter, &clients))
+        return EVENT_SKIP;
+
+    return DeliverEventToInputClients(dev, clients, win, events, count, filter,
+                                      grab, client_return, mask_return);
+
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Deliver events to a window. At this point, we do not yet know if the event
+ * actually needs to be delivered. May activate a grab if the event is a
+ * button press.
+ *
+ * Core events are always delivered to the window owner. If the filter is
+ * something other than CantBeFiltered, the event is also delivered to other
+ * clients with the matching mask on the window.
+ *
+ * More than one event may be delivered at a time. This is the case with
+ * DeviceMotionNotifies which may be followed by DeviceValuator events.
+ *
+ * @param pWin The window that would get the event.
+ * @param pEvents The events to be delivered.
+ * @param count Number of elements in pEvents.
+ * @param filter Mask based on event type.
+ * @param grab Possible grab on the device that caused the event.
+ *
+ * @return a positive number if at least one successful delivery has been
+ * made, 0 if no events were delivered, or a negative number if the event
+ * has not been delivered _and_ rejected by at least one client.
+ */
+int
+DeliverEventsToWindow(DeviceIntPtr pDev, WindowPtr pWin, xEvent
+        *pEvents, int count, Mask filter, GrabPtr grab)
+{
+    int deliveries = 0, nondeliveries = 0;
+    ClientPtr client = NullClient;
+    Mask deliveryMask = 0; /* If a grab occurs due to a button press, then
+		              this mask is the mask of the grab. */
+    int type = pEvents->u.u.type;
+
+    /* Deliver to window owner */
+    if ((filter == CantBeFiltered) || core_get_type(pEvents) != 0)
+    {
+        enum EventDeliveryState rc;
+
+        rc = DeliverToWindowOwner(pDev, pWin, pEvents, count, filter, grab);
+
+        switch(rc)
+        {
+            case EVENT_SKIP:
+                return 0;
+            case EVENT_REJECTED:
+                nondeliveries--;
+                break;
+            case EVENT_DELIVERED:
+                /* We delivered to the owner, with our event mask */
+                deliveries++;
+                client = wClient(pWin);
+                deliveryMask = pWin->eventMask;
+                break;
+            case EVENT_NOT_DELIVERED:
+                break;
+        }
+    }
+
+    /* CantBeFiltered means only window owner gets the event */
+    if (filter != CantBeFiltered)
+    {
+        enum EventDeliveryState rc;
+
+        rc = DeliverEventToWindowMask(pDev, pWin, pEvents, count, filter,
+                                      grab, &client, &deliveryMask);
+
+        switch(rc)
+        {
+            case EVENT_SKIP:
+                return 0;
+            case EVENT_REJECTED:
+                nondeliveries--;
+                break;
+            case EVENT_DELIVERED:
+                deliveries++;
+                break;
+            case EVENT_NOT_DELIVERED:
+                break;
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (deliveries)
+    {
+        /*
+         * Note that since core events are delivered first, an implicit grab may
+         * be activated on a core grab, stopping the XI events.
+         */
+        if (!grab && ActivateImplicitGrab(pDev, client, pWin, pEvents, deliveryMask))
+            /* grab activated */;
+        else if (type == MotionNotify)
+            pDev->valuator->motionHintWindow = pWin;
+        else if (type == DeviceMotionNotify || type == DeviceButtonPress)
+                CheckDeviceGrabAndHintWindow (pWin, type,
+                                              (deviceKeyButtonPointer*) pEvents,
+                                              grab, client, deliveryMask);
+	return deliveries;
+    }
+    return nondeliveries;
+}
+
+void
+DeliverRawEvent(RawDeviceEvent *ev, DeviceIntPtr device)
+{
+    GrabPtr grab = device->deviceGrab.grab;
+
+    if (grab)
+        DeliverGrabbedEvent((InternalEvent*)ev, device, FALSE);
+    else { /* deliver to all root windows */
+        xEvent *xi;
+        int i;
+        int filter;
+
+        i = EventToXI2((InternalEvent*)ev, (xEvent**)&xi);
+        if (i != Success)
+        {
+            ErrorF("[Xi] %s: XI2 conversion failed in %s (%d)\n",
+                    __FUNCTION__, device->name, i);
+            return;
+        }
+
+        filter = GetEventFilter(device, xi);
+
+        for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++)
+            DeliverEventsToWindow(device, screenInfo.screens[i]->root, xi, 1,
+                                  filter, NullGrab);
+        free(xi);
+    }
+}
+
+/* If the event goes to dontClient, don't send it and return 0.  if
+   send works,  return 1 or if send didn't work, return 2.
+   Only works for core events.
+*/
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+static int
+XineramaTryClientEventsResult(
+    ClientPtr client,
+    GrabPtr grab,
+    Mask mask,
+    Mask filter
+){
+    if ((client) && (client != serverClient) && (!client->clientGone) &&
+        ((filter == CantBeFiltered) || (mask & filter)))
+    {
+        if (grab && !SameClient(grab, client)) return -1;
+	else return 1;
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Try to deliver events to the interested parties.
+ *
+ * @param pWin The window that would get the event.
+ * @param pEvents The events to be delivered.
+ * @param count Number of elements in pEvents.
+ * @param filter Mask based on event type.
+ * @param dontClient Don't deliver to the dontClient.
+ */
+int
+MaybeDeliverEventsToClient(WindowPtr pWin, xEvent *pEvents,
+                           int count, Mask filter, ClientPtr dontClient)
+{
+    OtherClients *other;
+
+
+    if (pWin->eventMask & filter)
+    {
+        if (wClient(pWin) == dontClient)
+	    return 0;
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+	if(!noPanoramiXExtension && pWin->drawable.pScreen->myNum)
+	    return XineramaTryClientEventsResult(
+			wClient(pWin), NullGrab, pWin->eventMask, filter);
+#endif
+	if (XaceHook(XACE_RECEIVE_ACCESS, wClient(pWin), pWin, pEvents, count))
+	    return 1; /* don't send, but pretend we did */
+	return TryClientEvents(wClient(pWin), NULL, pEvents, count,
+			       pWin->eventMask, filter, NullGrab);
+    }
+    for (other = wOtherClients(pWin); other; other = other->next)
+    {
+	if (other->mask & filter)
+	{
+            if (SameClient(other, dontClient))
+		return 0;
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+	    if(!noPanoramiXExtension && pWin->drawable.pScreen->myNum)
+	      return XineramaTryClientEventsResult(
+			rClient(other), NullGrab, other->mask, filter);
+#endif
+	    if (XaceHook(XACE_RECEIVE_ACCESS, rClient(other), pWin, pEvents,
+			 count))
+		return 1; /* don't send, but pretend we did */
+	    return TryClientEvents(rClient(other), NULL, pEvents, count,
+				   other->mask, filter, NullGrab);
+	}
+    }
+    return 2;
+}
+
+static Window FindChildForEvent(SpritePtr pSprite, WindowPtr event)
+{
+    WindowPtr w = DeepestSpriteWin(pSprite);
+    Window child = None;
+
+    /* If the search ends up past the root should the child field be
+       set to none or should the value in the argument be passed
+       through. It probably doesn't matter since everyone calls
+       this function with child == None anyway. */
+    while (w)
+    {
+        /* If the source window is same as event window, child should be
+           none.  Don't bother going all all the way back to the root. */
+
+        if (w == event)
+        {
+            child = None;
+            break;
+        }
+
+        if (w->parent == event)
+        {
+            child = w->drawable.id;
+            break;
+        }
+        w = w->parent;
+    }
+    return child;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Adjust event fields to comply with the window properties.
+ *
+ * @param xE Event to be modified in place
+ * @param pWin The window to get the information from.
+ * @param child Child window setting for event (if applicable)
+ * @param calcChild If True, calculate the child window.
+ */
+void
+FixUpEventFromWindow(
+    SpritePtr pSprite,
+    xEvent *xE,
+    WindowPtr pWin,
+    Window child,
+    Bool calcChild)
+{
+    int evtype;
+
+    if (calcChild)
+        child = FindChildForEvent(pSprite, pWin);
+
+    if ((evtype = xi2_get_type(xE)))
+    {
+        xXIDeviceEvent* event = (xXIDeviceEvent*)xE;
+
+        switch (evtype)
+        {
+            case XI_RawKeyPress:
+            case XI_RawKeyRelease:
+            case XI_RawButtonPress:
+            case XI_RawButtonRelease:
+            case XI_RawMotion:
+            case XI_DeviceChanged:
+            case XI_HierarchyChanged:
+            case XI_PropertyEvent:
+                return;
+            default:
+                break;
+        }
+
+        event->root = RootWindow(pSprite)->drawable.id;
+        event->event = pWin->drawable.id;
+        if (pSprite->hot.pScreen == pWin->drawable.pScreen)
+        {
+            event->event_x = event->root_x - FP1616(pWin->drawable.x, 0);
+            event->event_y = event->root_y - FP1616(pWin->drawable.y, 0);
+            event->child = child;
+        } else
+        {
+            event->event_x = 0;
+            event->event_y = 0;
+            event->child = None;
+        }
+
+        if (event->evtype == XI_Enter || event->evtype == XI_Leave ||
+            event->evtype == XI_FocusIn || event->evtype == XI_FocusOut)
+            ((xXIEnterEvent*)event)->same_screen =
+                (pSprite->hot.pScreen == pWin->drawable.pScreen);
+
+    } else
+    {
+        XE_KBPTR.root = RootWindow(pSprite)->drawable.id;
+        XE_KBPTR.event = pWin->drawable.id;
+        if (pSprite->hot.pScreen == pWin->drawable.pScreen)
+        {
+            XE_KBPTR.sameScreen = xTrue;
+            XE_KBPTR.child = child;
+            XE_KBPTR.eventX =
+                XE_KBPTR.rootX - pWin->drawable.x;
+            XE_KBPTR.eventY =
+                XE_KBPTR.rootY - pWin->drawable.y;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            XE_KBPTR.sameScreen = xFalse;
+            XE_KBPTR.child = None;
+            XE_KBPTR.eventX = 0;
+            XE_KBPTR.eventY = 0;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Check if a given event is deliverable at all on a given window.
+ *
+ * This function only checks if any client wants it, not for a specific
+ * client.
+ *
+ * @param[in] dev The device this event is being sent for.
+ * @param[in] event The event that is to be sent.
+ * @param[in] win The current event window.
+ *
+ * @return Bitmask of ::EVENT_XI2_MASK, ::EVENT_XI1_MASK, ::EVENT_CORE_MASK, and
+ *         ::EVENT_DONT_PROPAGATE_MASK.
+ */
+int
+EventIsDeliverable(DeviceIntPtr dev, InternalEvent* event, WindowPtr win)
+{
+    int rc = 0;
+    int filter = 0;
+    int type;
+    OtherInputMasks *inputMasks = wOtherInputMasks(win);
+    xEvent ev;
+
+    /* XXX: this makes me gag */
+    type = GetXI2Type(event);
+    ev.u.u.type = GenericEvent; /* GetEventFilter only cares about type and evtype*/
+    ((xGenericEvent*)&ev)->extension = IReqCode;
+    ((xGenericEvent*)&ev)->evtype = type;
+    filter = GetEventFilter(dev, &ev);
+    if (type && inputMasks &&
+        ((inputMasks->xi2mask[XIAllDevices][type/8] & filter) ||
+         ((inputMasks->xi2mask[XIAllMasterDevices][type/8] & filter) && IsMaster(dev)) ||
+         (inputMasks->xi2mask[dev->id][type/8] & filter)))
+        rc |= EVENT_XI2_MASK;
+
+    type = GetXIType(event);
+    ev.u.u.type = type;
+    filter = GetEventFilter(dev, &ev);
+
+    /* Check for XI mask */
+    if (type && inputMasks &&
+        (inputMasks->deliverableEvents[dev->id] & filter) &&
+        (inputMasks->inputEvents[dev->id] & filter))
+        rc |= EVENT_XI1_MASK;
+
+    /* Check for XI DontPropagate mask */
+    if (type && inputMasks &&
+        (inputMasks->dontPropagateMask[dev->id] & filter))
+        rc |= EVENT_DONT_PROPAGATE_MASK;
+
+    /* Check for core mask */
+    type = GetCoreType(event);
+    if (type && (win->deliverableEvents & filter) &&
+        ((wOtherEventMasks(win) | win->eventMask) & filter))
+        rc |= EVENT_CORE_MASK;
+
+    /* Check for core DontPropagate mask */
+    if (type && (filter & wDontPropagateMask(win)))
+        rc |= EVENT_DONT_PROPAGATE_MASK;
+
+    return rc;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Deliver events caused by input devices.
+ *
+ * For events from a non-grabbed, non-focus device, DeliverDeviceEvents is
+ * called directly from the processInputProc.
+ * For grabbed devices, DeliverGrabbedEvent is called first, and _may_ call
+ * DeliverDeviceEvents.
+ * For focused events, DeliverFocusedEvent is called first, and _may_ call
+ * DeliverDeviceEvents.
+ *
+ * @param pWin Window to deliver event to.
+ * @param event The events to deliver, not yet in wire format.
+ * @param grab Possible grab on a device.
+ * @param stopAt Don't recurse up to the root window.
+ * @param dev The device that is responsible for the event.
+ *
+ * @see DeliverGrabbedEvent
+ * @see DeliverFocusedEvent
+ */
+int
+DeliverDeviceEvents(WindowPtr pWin, InternalEvent *event, GrabPtr grab,
+                    WindowPtr stopAt, DeviceIntPtr dev)
+{
+    SpritePtr pSprite = dev->spriteInfo->sprite;
+    Window child = None;
+    Mask filter;
+    int deliveries = 0;
+    xEvent *xE = NULL, *core = NULL;
+    int rc, mask, count = 0;
+
+    verify_internal_event(event);
+
+    while (pWin)
+    {
+        if ((mask = EventIsDeliverable(dev, event, pWin)))
+        {
+            /* XI2 events first */
+            if (mask & EVENT_XI2_MASK)
+            {
+                xEvent *xi2 = NULL;
+                rc = EventToXI2(event, &xi2);
+                if (rc == Success)
+                {
+                    /* XXX: XACE */
+                    filter = GetEventFilter(dev, xi2);
+                    FixUpEventFromWindow(pSprite, xi2, pWin, child, FALSE);
+                    deliveries = DeliverEventsToWindow(dev, pWin, xi2, 1,
+                                                       filter, grab);
+                    free(xi2);
+                    if (deliveries > 0)
+                        goto unwind;
+                } else if (rc != BadMatch)
+                    ErrorF("[dix] %s: XI2 conversion failed in DDE (%d).\n",
+                            dev->name, rc);
+            }
+
+            /* XI events */
+            if (mask & EVENT_XI1_MASK)
+            {
+                rc = EventToXI(event, &xE, &count);
+                if (rc == Success) {
+                    if (XaceHook(XACE_SEND_ACCESS, NULL, dev, pWin, xE, count) == Success) {
+                        filter = GetEventFilter(dev, xE);
+                        FixUpEventFromWindow(pSprite, xE, pWin, child, FALSE);
+                        deliveries = DeliverEventsToWindow(dev, pWin, xE, count,
+                                                           filter, grab);
+                        if (deliveries > 0)
+                            goto unwind;
+                    }
+                } else if (rc != BadMatch)
+                    ErrorF("[dix] %s: XI conversion failed in DDE (%d, %d). Skipping delivery.\n",
+                            dev->name, event->any.type, rc);
+            }
+
+            /* Core event */
+            if ((mask & EVENT_CORE_MASK) && IsMaster(dev) && dev->coreEvents)
+            {
+                rc = EventToCore(event, &core, &count);
+                if (rc == Success) {
+                    if (XaceHook(XACE_SEND_ACCESS, NULL, dev, pWin, core, count) == Success) {
+                        filter = GetEventFilter(dev, core);
+                        FixUpEventFromWindow(pSprite, core, pWin, child, FALSE);
+                        deliveries = DeliverEventsToWindow(dev, pWin, core,
+                                                           count, filter, grab);
+                        if (deliveries > 0)
+                            goto unwind;
+                    }
+                } else if (rc != BadMatch)
+                        ErrorF("[dix] %s: Core conversion failed in DDE (%d, %d).\n",
+                                dev->name, event->any.type, rc);
+            }
+
+            if ((deliveries < 0) || (pWin == stopAt) ||
+                (mask & EVENT_DONT_PROPAGATE_MASK))
+            {
+                deliveries = 0;
+                goto unwind;
+            }
+        }
+
+        child = pWin->drawable.id;
+        pWin = pWin->parent;
+    }
+
+unwind:
+    free(core);
+    free(xE);
+    return deliveries;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Deliver event to a window and it's immediate parent. Used for most window
+ * events (CreateNotify, ConfigureNotify, etc.). Not useful for events that
+ * propagate up the tree or extension events
+ *
+ * In case of a ReparentNotify event, the event will be delivered to the
+ * otherParent as well.
+ *
+ * @param pWin Window to deliver events to.
+ * @param xE Events to deliver.
+ * @param count number of events in xE.
+ * @param otherParent Used for ReparentNotify events.
+ */
+int
+DeliverEvents(WindowPtr pWin, xEvent *xE, int count,
+              WindowPtr otherParent)
+{
+    DeviceIntRec dummy;
+    int     deliveries;
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+    if(!noPanoramiXExtension && pWin->drawable.pScreen->myNum)
+	return count;
+#endif
+
+    if (!count)
+	return 0;
+
+    dummy.id = XIAllDevices;
+
+    switch (xE->u.u.type)
+    {
+        case DestroyNotify:
+        case UnmapNotify:
+        case MapNotify:
+        case MapRequest:
+        case ReparentNotify:
+        case ConfigureNotify:
+        case ConfigureRequest:
+        case GravityNotify:
+        case CirculateNotify:
+        case CirculateRequest:
+            xE->u.destroyNotify.event = pWin->drawable.id;
+            break;
+    }
+
+    switch (xE->u.u.type)
+    {
+        case DestroyNotify:
+        case UnmapNotify:
+        case MapNotify:
+        case ReparentNotify:
+        case ConfigureNotify:
+        case GravityNotify:
+        case CirculateNotify:
+            break;
+        default:
+        {
+            Mask filter;
+            filter = GetEventFilter(&dummy, xE);
+            return DeliverEventsToWindow(&dummy, pWin, xE, count, filter,
+                                         NullGrab);
+        }
+    }
+
+    deliveries = DeliverEventsToWindow(&dummy, pWin, xE, count,
+                                       StructureNotifyMask, NullGrab);
+    if (pWin->parent)
+    {
+	xE->u.destroyNotify.event = pWin->parent->drawable.id;
+	deliveries += DeliverEventsToWindow(&dummy, pWin->parent, xE, count,
+					    SubstructureNotifyMask, NullGrab);
+	if (xE->u.u.type == ReparentNotify)
+	{
+	    xE->u.destroyNotify.event = otherParent->drawable.id;
+            deliveries += DeliverEventsToWindow(&dummy,
+                    otherParent, xE, count, SubstructureNotifyMask,
+						NullGrab);
+	}
+    }
+    return deliveries;
+}
+
+
+static Bool
+PointInBorderSize(WindowPtr pWin, int x, int y)
+{
+    BoxRec box;
+
+    if(RegionContainsPoint(&pWin->borderSize, x, y, &box))
+	return TRUE;
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+    if(!noPanoramiXExtension &&
+            XineramaSetWindowPntrs(inputInfo.pointer, pWin)) {
+	SpritePtr pSprite = inputInfo.pointer->spriteInfo->sprite;
+	int i;
+
+	FOR_NSCREENS_FORWARD_SKIP(i) {
+	   if(RegionContainsPoint(&pSprite->windows[i]->borderSize,
+				  x + screenInfo.screens[0]->x - screenInfo.screens[i]->x,
+				  y + screenInfo.screens[0]->y - screenInfo.screens[i]->y,
+				  &box))
+		return TRUE;
+	}
+    }
+#endif
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Traversed from the root window to the window at the position x/y. While
+ * traversing, it sets up the traversal history in the spriteTrace array.
+ * After completing, the spriteTrace history is set in the following way:
+ *   spriteTrace[0] ... root window
+ *   spriteTrace[1] ... top level window that encloses x/y
+ *       ...
+ *   spriteTrace[spriteTraceGood - 1] ... window at x/y
+ *
+ * @returns the window at the given coordinates.
+ */
+WindowPtr
+XYToWindow(SpritePtr pSprite, int x, int y)
+{
+    WindowPtr  pWin;
+    BoxRec		box;
+
+    pSprite->spriteTraceGood = 1;	/* root window still there */
+    pWin = RootWindow(pSprite)->firstChild;
+    while (pWin)
+    {
+	if ((pWin->mapped) &&
+	    (x >= pWin->drawable.x - wBorderWidth (pWin)) &&
+	    (x < pWin->drawable.x + (int)pWin->drawable.width +
+	     wBorderWidth(pWin)) &&
+	    (y >= pWin->drawable.y - wBorderWidth (pWin)) &&
+	    (y < pWin->drawable.y + (int)pWin->drawable.height +
+	     wBorderWidth (pWin))
+	    /* When a window is shaped, a further check
+	     * is made to see if the point is inside
+	     * borderSize
+	     */
+	    && (!wBoundingShape(pWin) || PointInBorderSize(pWin, x, y))
+	    && (!wInputShape(pWin) ||
+		RegionContainsPoint(wInputShape(pWin),
+				    x - pWin->drawable.x,
+				    y - pWin->drawable.y, &box))
+#ifdef ROOTLESS
+    /* In rootless mode windows may be offscreen, even when
+     * they're in X's stack. (E.g. if the native window system
+     * implements some form of virtual desktop system).
+     */
+		&& !pWin->rootlessUnhittable
+#endif
+	    )
+	{
+	    if (pSprite->spriteTraceGood >= pSprite->spriteTraceSize)
+	    {
+		pSprite->spriteTraceSize += 10;
+		pSprite->spriteTrace = realloc(pSprite->spriteTrace,
+		                    pSprite->spriteTraceSize*sizeof(WindowPtr));
+	    }
+	    pSprite->spriteTrace[pSprite->spriteTraceGood++] = pWin;
+	    pWin = pWin->firstChild;
+	}
+	else
+	    pWin = pWin->nextSib;
+    }
+    return DeepestSpriteWin(pSprite);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Ungrab a currently FocusIn grabbed device and grab the device on the
+ * given window. If the win given is the NoneWin, the device is ungrabbed if
+ * applicable and FALSE is returned.
+ *
+ * @returns TRUE if the device has been grabbed, or FALSE otherwise.
+ */
+BOOL
+ActivateFocusInGrab(DeviceIntPtr dev, WindowPtr old, WindowPtr win)
+{
+    BOOL rc = FALSE;
+    DeviceEvent event;
+
+    if (dev->deviceGrab.grab)
+    {
+        if (!dev->deviceGrab.fromPassiveGrab ||
+            dev->deviceGrab.grab->type != XI_Enter ||
+            dev->deviceGrab.grab->window == win ||
+            IsParent(dev->deviceGrab.grab->window, win))
+            return FALSE;
+        DoEnterLeaveEvents(dev, dev->id, old, win, XINotifyPassiveUngrab);
+        (*dev->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab)(dev);
+    }
+
+    if (win == NoneWin || win == PointerRootWin)
+        return FALSE;
+
+    memset(&event, 0, sizeof(DeviceEvent));
+    event.header = ET_Internal;
+    event.type = ET_FocusIn;
+    event.length = sizeof(DeviceEvent);
+    event.time = GetTimeInMillis();
+    event.deviceid = dev->id;
+    event.sourceid = dev->id;
+    event.detail.button = 0;
+    rc = (CheckPassiveGrabsOnWindow(win, dev, (InternalEvent *) &event, FALSE,
+                                    TRUE) != NULL);
+    if (rc)
+        DoEnterLeaveEvents(dev, dev->id, old, win, XINotifyPassiveUngrab);
+    return rc;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Ungrab a currently Enter grabbed device and grab the device for the given
+ * window.
+ *
+ * @returns TRUE if the device has been grabbed, or FALSE otherwise.
+ */
+static BOOL
+ActivateEnterGrab(DeviceIntPtr dev, WindowPtr old, WindowPtr win)
+{
+    BOOL rc = FALSE;
+    DeviceEvent event;
+
+    if (dev->deviceGrab.grab)
+    {
+        if (!dev->deviceGrab.fromPassiveGrab ||
+            dev->deviceGrab.grab->type != XI_Enter ||
+            dev->deviceGrab.grab->window == win ||
+            IsParent(dev->deviceGrab.grab->window, win))
+            return FALSE;
+        DoEnterLeaveEvents(dev, dev->id, old, win, XINotifyPassiveUngrab);
+        (*dev->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab)(dev);
+    }
+
+    memset(&event, 0, sizeof(DeviceEvent));
+    event.header = ET_Internal;
+    event.type = ET_Enter;
+    event.length = sizeof(DeviceEvent);
+    event.time = GetTimeInMillis();
+    event.deviceid = dev->id;
+    event.sourceid = dev->id;
+    event.detail.button = 0;
+    rc = (CheckPassiveGrabsOnWindow(win, dev, (InternalEvent *) &event, FALSE,
+                                    TRUE) != NULL);
+    if (rc)
+        DoEnterLeaveEvents(dev, dev->id, old, win, XINotifyPassiveGrab);
+    return rc;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Update the sprite coordinates based on the event. Update the cursor
+ * position, then update the event with the new coordinates that may have been
+ * changed. If the window underneath the sprite has changed, change to new
+ * cursor and send enter/leave events.
+ *
+ * CheckMotion() will not do anything and return FALSE if the event is not a
+ * pointer event.
+ *
+ * @return TRUE if the sprite has moved or FALSE otherwise.
+ */
+Bool
+CheckMotion(DeviceEvent *ev, DeviceIntPtr pDev)
+{
+    WindowPtr prevSpriteWin, newSpriteWin;
+    SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
+
+    verify_internal_event((InternalEvent *)ev);
+
+    if (!pSprite)
+      return FALSE;
+
+    prevSpriteWin = pSprite->win;
+
+    if (ev && !syncEvents.playingEvents)
+    {
+        /* GetPointerEvents() guarantees that pointer events have the correct
+           rootX/Y set already. */
+        switch (ev->type)
+        {
+            case ET_ButtonPress:
+            case ET_ButtonRelease:
+            case ET_Motion:
+                break;
+            default:
+                /* all other events return FALSE */
+                return FALSE;
+        }
+
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+        if (!noPanoramiXExtension)
+        {
+            /* Motion events entering DIX get translated to Screen 0
+               coordinates.  Replayed events have already been
+               translated since they've entered DIX before */
+            ev->root_x += pSprite->screen->x - screenInfo.screens[0]->x;
+            ev->root_y += pSprite->screen->y - screenInfo.screens[0]->y;
+        } else
+#endif
+        {
+            if (pSprite->hot.pScreen != pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen)
+            {
+                pSprite->hot.pScreen = pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen;
+                RootWindow(pDev->spriteInfo->sprite) =
+                    pSprite->hot.pScreen->root;
+            }
+        }
+
+        pSprite->hot.x = ev->root_x;
+        pSprite->hot.y = ev->root_y;
+        if (pSprite->hot.x < pSprite->physLimits.x1)
+            pSprite->hot.x = pSprite->physLimits.x1;
+        else if (pSprite->hot.x >= pSprite->physLimits.x2)
+            pSprite->hot.x = pSprite->physLimits.x2 - 1;
+        if (pSprite->hot.y < pSprite->physLimits.y1)
+            pSprite->hot.y = pSprite->physLimits.y1;
+        else if (pSprite->hot.y >= pSprite->physLimits.y2)
+            pSprite->hot.y = pSprite->physLimits.y2 - 1;
+	if (pSprite->hotShape)
+	    ConfineToShape(pDev, pSprite->hotShape, &pSprite->hot.x, &pSprite->hot.y);
+	pSprite->hotPhys = pSprite->hot;
+
+	if ((pSprite->hotPhys.x != ev->root_x) ||
+	    (pSprite->hotPhys.y != ev->root_y))
+	{
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+            if (!noPanoramiXExtension)
+            {
+                XineramaSetCursorPosition(
+                        pDev, pSprite->hotPhys.x, pSprite->hotPhys.y, FALSE);
+            } else
+#endif
+            {
+                (*pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen->SetCursorPosition)(
+                        pDev, pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen,
+                        pSprite->hotPhys.x, pSprite->hotPhys.y, FALSE);
+            }
+	}
+
+	ev->root_x = pSprite->hot.x;
+	ev->root_y = pSprite->hot.y;
+    }
+
+    newSpriteWin = XYToWindow(pSprite, pSprite->hot.x, pSprite->hot.y);
+
+    if (newSpriteWin != prevSpriteWin)
+    {
+        int sourceid;
+        if (!ev) {
+            UpdateCurrentTimeIf();
+            sourceid = pDev->id; /* when from WindowsRestructured */
+        } else
+            sourceid = ev->sourceid;
+
+	if (prevSpriteWin != NullWindow) {
+            if (!ActivateEnterGrab(pDev, prevSpriteWin, newSpriteWin))
+                DoEnterLeaveEvents(pDev, sourceid, prevSpriteWin,
+                                   newSpriteWin, NotifyNormal);
+        }
+        /* set pSprite->win after ActivateEnterGrab, otherwise
+           sprite window == grab_window and no enter/leave events are
+           sent. */
+        pSprite->win = newSpriteWin;
+        PostNewCursor(pDev);
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Windows have restructured, we need to update the sprite position and the
+ * sprite's cursor.
+ */
+void
+WindowsRestructured(void)
+{
+    DeviceIntPtr pDev = inputInfo.devices;
+    while(pDev)
+    {
+        if (IsMaster(pDev) || IsFloating(pDev))
+            CheckMotion(NULL, pDev);
+        pDev = pDev->next;
+    }
+}
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+/* This was added to support reconfiguration under Xdmx.  The problem is
+ * that if the 0th screen (i.e., screenInfo.screens[0]) is moved to an origin
+ * other than 0,0, the information in the private sprite structure must
+ * be updated accordingly, or XYToWindow (and other routines) will not
+ * compute correctly. */
+void ReinitializeRootWindow(WindowPtr win, int xoff, int yoff)
+{
+    GrabPtr   grab;
+    DeviceIntPtr pDev;
+    SpritePtr pSprite;
+
+    if (noPanoramiXExtension) return;
+
+    pDev = inputInfo.devices;
+    while(pDev)
+    {
+        if (DevHasCursor(pDev))
+        {
+            pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
+            pSprite->hot.x        -= xoff;
+            pSprite->hot.y        -= yoff;
+
+            pSprite->hotPhys.x    -= xoff;
+            pSprite->hotPhys.y    -= yoff;
+
+            pSprite->hotLimits.x1 -= xoff;
+            pSprite->hotLimits.y1 -= yoff;
+            pSprite->hotLimits.x2 -= xoff;
+            pSprite->hotLimits.y2 -= yoff;
+
+            if (RegionNotEmpty(&pSprite->Reg1))
+                RegionTranslate(&pSprite->Reg1, xoff, yoff);
+            if (RegionNotEmpty(&pSprite->Reg2))
+                RegionTranslate(&pSprite->Reg2, xoff, yoff);
+
+            /* FIXME: if we call ConfineCursorToWindow, must we do anything else? */
+            if ((grab = pDev->deviceGrab.grab) && grab->confineTo) {
+                if (grab->confineTo->drawable.pScreen
+                        != pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen)
+                    pSprite->hotPhys.x = pSprite->hotPhys.y = 0;
+                ConfineCursorToWindow(pDev, grab->confineTo, TRUE, TRUE);
+            } else
+                ConfineCursorToWindow(
+                        pDev,
+                        pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen->root,
+                        TRUE, FALSE);
+
+        }
+        pDev = pDev->next;
+    }
+}
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Initialize a sprite for the given device and set it to some sane values. If
+ * the device already has a sprite alloc'd, don't realloc but just reset to
+ * default values.
+ * If a window is supplied, the sprite will be initialized with the window's
+ * cursor and positioned in the center of the window's screen. The root window
+ * is a good choice to pass in here.
+ *
+ * It's a good idea to call it only for pointer devices, unless you have a
+ * really talented keyboard.
+ *
+ * @param pDev The device to initialize.
+ * @param pWin The window where to generate the sprite in.
+ *
+ */
+void
+InitializeSprite(DeviceIntPtr pDev, WindowPtr pWin)
+{
+    SpritePtr pSprite;
+    ScreenPtr pScreen;
+    CursorPtr pCursor;
+
+    if (!pDev->spriteInfo->sprite)
+    {
+        DeviceIntPtr it;
+
+        pDev->spriteInfo->sprite = (SpritePtr)calloc(1, sizeof(SpriteRec));
+        if (!pDev->spriteInfo->sprite)
+            FatalError("InitializeSprite: failed to allocate sprite struct");
+
+        /* We may have paired another device with this device before our
+         * device had a actual sprite. We need to check for this and reset the
+         * sprite field for all paired devices.
+         *
+         * The VCK is always paired with the VCP before the VCP has a sprite.
+         */
+        for (it = inputInfo.devices; it; it = it->next)
+        {
+            if (it->spriteInfo->paired == pDev)
+                it->spriteInfo->sprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
+        }
+        if (inputInfo.keyboard->spriteInfo->paired == pDev)
+            inputInfo.keyboard->spriteInfo->sprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
+    }
+
+    pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
+    pDev->spriteInfo->spriteOwner = TRUE;
+
+    pScreen = (pWin) ? pWin->drawable.pScreen : (ScreenPtr)NULL;
+    pSprite->hot.pScreen = pScreen;
+    pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen = pScreen;
+    if (pScreen)
+    {
+        pSprite->hotPhys.x = pScreen->width / 2;
+        pSprite->hotPhys.y = pScreen->height / 2;
+        pSprite->hotLimits.x2 = pScreen->width;
+        pSprite->hotLimits.y2 = pScreen->height;
+    }
+
+    pSprite->hot = pSprite->hotPhys;
+    pSprite->win = pWin;
+
+    if (pWin)
+    {
+	pCursor = wCursor(pWin);
+	pSprite->spriteTrace = (WindowPtr *)calloc(1, 32*sizeof(WindowPtr));
+	if (!pSprite->spriteTrace)
+	    FatalError("Failed to allocate spriteTrace");
+	pSprite->spriteTraceSize = 32;
+
+	RootWindow(pDev->spriteInfo->sprite) = pWin;
+	pSprite->spriteTraceGood = 1;
+
+	pSprite->pEnqueueScreen = pScreen;
+	pSprite->pDequeueScreen = pSprite->pEnqueueScreen;
+
+    } else {
+        pCursor = NullCursor;
+	pSprite->spriteTrace = NULL;
+	pSprite->spriteTraceSize = 0;
+	pSprite->spriteTraceGood = 0;
+	pSprite->pEnqueueScreen = screenInfo.screens[0];
+	pSprite->pDequeueScreen = pSprite->pEnqueueScreen;
+    }
+    if (pCursor)
+	pCursor->refcnt++;
+    if (pSprite->current)
+	FreeCursor(pSprite->current, None);
+    pSprite->current = pCursor;
+
+    if (pScreen)
+    {
+        (*pScreen->RealizeCursor) ( pDev, pScreen, pSprite->current);
+        (*pScreen->CursorLimits) ( pDev, pScreen, pSprite->current,
+                                   &pSprite->hotLimits, &pSprite->physLimits);
+        pSprite->confined = FALSE;
+
+        (*pScreen->ConstrainCursor) (pDev, pScreen,
+                                     &pSprite->physLimits);
+        (*pScreen->SetCursorPosition) (pDev, pScreen, pSprite->hot.x,
+                                       pSprite->hot.y,
+                                       FALSE);
+        (*pScreen->DisplayCursor) (pDev, pScreen, pSprite->current);
+    }
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+    if(!noPanoramiXExtension) {
+        pSprite->hotLimits.x1 = -screenInfo.screens[0]->x;
+        pSprite->hotLimits.y1 = -screenInfo.screens[0]->y;
+        pSprite->hotLimits.x2 = PanoramiXPixWidth  - screenInfo.screens[0]->x;
+        pSprite->hotLimits.y2 = PanoramiXPixHeight - screenInfo.screens[0]->y;
+        pSprite->physLimits = pSprite->hotLimits;
+        pSprite->confineWin = NullWindow;
+        pSprite->hotShape = NullRegion;
+        pSprite->screen = pScreen;
+        /* gotta UNINIT these someplace */
+        RegionNull(&pSprite->Reg1);
+        RegionNull(&pSprite->Reg2);
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+/**
+ * Update the mouse sprite info when the server switches from a pScreen to another.
+ * Otherwise, the pScreen of the mouse sprite is never updated when we switch
+ * from a pScreen to another. Never updating the pScreen of the mouse sprite
+ * implies that windows that are in pScreen whose pScreen->myNum >0 will never
+ * get pointer events. This is  because in CheckMotion(), sprite.hotPhys.pScreen
+ * always points to the first pScreen it has been set by
+ * DefineInitialRootWindow().
+ *
+ * Calling this function is useful for use cases where the server
+ * has more than one pScreen.
+ * This function is similar to DefineInitialRootWindow() but it does not
+ * reset the mouse pointer position.
+ * @param win must be the new pScreen we are switching to.
+ */
+void
+UpdateSpriteForScreen(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+    SpritePtr pSprite = NULL;
+    WindowPtr win = NULL;
+    CursorPtr pCursor;
+    if (!pScreen)
+        return ;
+
+    if (!pDev->spriteInfo->sprite)
+        return;
+
+    pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
+
+    win = pScreen->root;
+
+    pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen = pScreen;
+    pSprite->hot = pSprite->hotPhys;
+    pSprite->hotLimits.x2 = pScreen->width;
+    pSprite->hotLimits.y2 = pScreen->height;
+    pSprite->win = win;
+    pCursor = wCursor(win);
+    if (pCursor)
+	pCursor->refcnt++;
+    if (pSprite->current)
+	FreeCursor(pSprite->current, 0);
+    pSprite->current = pCursor;
+    pSprite->spriteTraceGood = 1;
+    pSprite->spriteTrace[0] = win;
+    (*pScreen->CursorLimits) (pDev,
+                              pScreen,
+                              pSprite->current,
+                              &pSprite->hotLimits,
+                              &pSprite->physLimits);
+    pSprite->confined = FALSE;
+    (*pScreen->ConstrainCursor) (pDev, pScreen, &pSprite->physLimits);
+    (*pScreen->DisplayCursor) (pDev, pScreen, pSprite->current);
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+    if(!noPanoramiXExtension) {
+        pSprite->hotLimits.x1 = -screenInfo.screens[0]->x;
+        pSprite->hotLimits.y1 = -screenInfo.screens[0]->y;
+        pSprite->hotLimits.x2 = PanoramiXPixWidth  - screenInfo.screens[0]->x;
+        pSprite->hotLimits.y2 = PanoramiXPixHeight - screenInfo.screens[0]->y;
+        pSprite->physLimits = pSprite->hotLimits;
+        pSprite->screen = pScreen;
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+ * This does not take any shortcuts, and even ignores its argument, since
+ * it does not happen very often, and one has to walk up the tree since
+ * this might be a newly instantiated cursor for an intermediate window
+ * between the one the pointer is in and the one that the last cursor was
+ * instantiated from.
+ */
+void
+WindowHasNewCursor(WindowPtr pWin)
+{
+    DeviceIntPtr pDev;
+
+    for(pDev = inputInfo.devices; pDev; pDev = pDev->next)
+        if (DevHasCursor(pDev))
+            PostNewCursor(pDev);
+}
+
+void
+NewCurrentScreen(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr newScreen, int x, int y)
+{
+    SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
+
+    pSprite->hotPhys.x = x;
+    pSprite->hotPhys.y = y;
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+    if(!noPanoramiXExtension) {
+	pSprite->hotPhys.x += newScreen->x - screenInfo.screens[0]->x;
+	pSprite->hotPhys.y += newScreen->y - screenInfo.screens[0]->y;
+	if (newScreen != pSprite->screen) {
+	    pSprite->screen = newScreen;
+	    /* Make sure we tell the DDX to update its copy of the screen */
+	    if(pSprite->confineWin)
+		XineramaConfineCursorToWindow(pDev,
+                        pSprite->confineWin, TRUE);
+	    else
+		XineramaConfineCursorToWindow(pDev, screenInfo.screens[0]->root, TRUE);
+	    /* if the pointer wasn't confined, the DDX won't get
+	       told of the pointer warp so we reposition it here */
+	    if(!syncEvents.playingEvents)
+		(*pSprite->screen->SetCursorPosition)(
+                                                      pDev,
+                                                      pSprite->screen,
+		    pSprite->hotPhys.x + screenInfo.screens[0]->x -
+			pSprite->screen->x,
+		    pSprite->hotPhys.y + screenInfo.screens[0]->y -
+			pSprite->screen->y, FALSE);
+	}
+    } else
+#endif
+    if (newScreen != pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen)
+	ConfineCursorToWindow(pDev, newScreen->root, TRUE, FALSE);
+}
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+
+static Bool
+XineramaPointInWindowIsVisible(
+    WindowPtr pWin,
+    int x,
+    int y
+)
+{
+    BoxRec box;
+    int i, xoff, yoff;
+
+    if (!pWin->realized) return FALSE;
+
+    if (RegionContainsPoint(&pWin->borderClip, x, y, &box))
+        return TRUE;
+
+    if(!XineramaSetWindowPntrs(inputInfo.pointer, pWin)) return FALSE;
+
+    xoff = x + screenInfo.screens[0]->x;
+    yoff = y + screenInfo.screens[0]->y;
+
+    FOR_NSCREENS_FORWARD_SKIP(i) {
+	pWin = inputInfo.pointer->spriteInfo->sprite->windows[i];
+	x = xoff - screenInfo.screens[i]->x;
+	y = yoff - screenInfo.screens[i]->y;
+
+	if(RegionContainsPoint(&pWin->borderClip, x, y, &box)
+	   && (!wInputShape(pWin) ||
+	       RegionContainsPoint(wInputShape(pWin),
+				   x - pWin->drawable.x,
+				   y - pWin->drawable.y, &box)))
+            return TRUE;
+
+    }
+
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+static int
+XineramaWarpPointer(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    WindowPtr	dest = NULL;
+    int		x, y, rc;
+    SpritePtr   pSprite = PickPointer(client)->spriteInfo->sprite;
+
+    REQUEST(xWarpPointerReq);
+
+
+    if (stuff->dstWid != None) {
+	rc = dixLookupWindow(&dest, stuff->dstWid, client, DixReadAccess);
+	if (rc != Success)
+	    return rc;
+    }
+    x = pSprite->hotPhys.x;
+    y = pSprite->hotPhys.y;
+
+    if (stuff->srcWid != None)
+    {
+	int     winX, winY;
+	XID	winID = stuff->srcWid;
+        WindowPtr source;
+
+	rc = dixLookupWindow(&source, winID, client, DixReadAccess);
+	if (rc != Success)
+	    return rc;
+
+	winX = source->drawable.x;
+	winY = source->drawable.y;
+	if(source == screenInfo.screens[0]->root) {
+	    winX -= screenInfo.screens[0]->x;
+	    winY -= screenInfo.screens[0]->y;
+	}
+	if (x < winX + stuff->srcX ||
+	    y < winY + stuff->srcY ||
+	    (stuff->srcWidth != 0 &&
+	     winX + stuff->srcX + (int)stuff->srcWidth < x) ||
+	    (stuff->srcHeight != 0 &&
+	     winY + stuff->srcY + (int)stuff->srcHeight < y) ||
+	    !XineramaPointInWindowIsVisible(source, x, y))
+	    return Success;
+    }
+    if (dest) {
+	x = dest->drawable.x;
+	y = dest->drawable.y;
+	if(dest == screenInfo.screens[0]->root) {
+	    x -= screenInfo.screens[0]->x;
+	    y -= screenInfo.screens[0]->y;
+	}
+    }
+
+    x += stuff->dstX;
+    y += stuff->dstY;
+
+    if (x < pSprite->physLimits.x1)
+	x = pSprite->physLimits.x1;
+    else if (x >= pSprite->physLimits.x2)
+	x = pSprite->physLimits.x2 - 1;
+    if (y < pSprite->physLimits.y1)
+	y = pSprite->physLimits.y1;
+    else if (y >= pSprite->physLimits.y2)
+	y = pSprite->physLimits.y2 - 1;
+    if (pSprite->hotShape)
+	ConfineToShape(PickPointer(client), pSprite->hotShape, &x, &y);
+
+    XineramaSetCursorPosition(PickPointer(client), x, y, TRUE);
+
+    return Success;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+
+/**
+ * Server-side protocol handling for WarpPointer request.
+ * Warps the cursor position to the coordinates given in the request.
+ */
+int
+ProcWarpPointer(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    WindowPtr	dest = NULL;
+    int		x, y, rc;
+    ScreenPtr	newScreen;
+    DeviceIntPtr dev, tmp;
+    SpritePtr   pSprite;
+
+    REQUEST(xWarpPointerReq);
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xWarpPointerReq);
+
+    dev = PickPointer(client);
+
+    for (tmp = inputInfo.devices; tmp; tmp = tmp->next) {
+        if (GetMaster(tmp, MASTER_ATTACHED) == dev) {
+	    rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, DixWriteAccess);
+	    if (rc != Success)
+		return rc;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (dev->lastSlave)
+        dev = dev->lastSlave;
+    pSprite = dev->spriteInfo->sprite;
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+    if(!noPanoramiXExtension)
+	return XineramaWarpPointer(client);
+#endif
+
+    if (stuff->dstWid != None) {
+	rc = dixLookupWindow(&dest, stuff->dstWid, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
+	if (rc != Success)
+	    return rc;
+    }
+    x = pSprite->hotPhys.x;
+    y = pSprite->hotPhys.y;
+
+    if (stuff->srcWid != None)
+    {
+	int     winX, winY;
+	XID	winID = stuff->srcWid;
+        WindowPtr source;
+
+	rc = dixLookupWindow(&source, winID, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
+	if (rc != Success)
+	    return rc;
+
+	winX = source->drawable.x;
+	winY = source->drawable.y;
+	if (source->drawable.pScreen != pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen ||
+	    x < winX + stuff->srcX ||
+	    y < winY + stuff->srcY ||
+	    (stuff->srcWidth != 0 &&
+	     winX + stuff->srcX + (int)stuff->srcWidth < x) ||
+	    (stuff->srcHeight != 0 &&
+	     winY + stuff->srcY + (int)stuff->srcHeight < y) ||
+	    !PointInWindowIsVisible(source, x, y))
+	    return Success;
+    }
+    if (dest)
+    {
+	x = dest->drawable.x;
+	y = dest->drawable.y;
+	newScreen = dest->drawable.pScreen;
+    } else
+	newScreen = pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen;
+
+    x += stuff->dstX;
+    y += stuff->dstY;
+
+    if (x < 0)
+	x = 0;
+    else if (x >= newScreen->width)
+	x = newScreen->width - 1;
+    if (y < 0)
+	y = 0;
+    else if (y >= newScreen->height)
+	y = newScreen->height - 1;
+
+    if (newScreen == pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen)
+    {
+	if (x < pSprite->physLimits.x1)
+	    x = pSprite->physLimits.x1;
+	else if (x >= pSprite->physLimits.x2)
+	    x = pSprite->physLimits.x2 - 1;
+	if (y < pSprite->physLimits.y1)
+	    y = pSprite->physLimits.y1;
+	else if (y >= pSprite->physLimits.y2)
+	    y = pSprite->physLimits.y2 - 1;
+	if (pSprite->hotShape)
+	    ConfineToShape(dev, pSprite->hotShape, &x, &y);
+        (*newScreen->SetCursorPosition)(dev, newScreen, x, y, TRUE);
+    }
+    else if (!PointerConfinedToScreen(dev))
+    {
+	NewCurrentScreen(dev, newScreen, x, y);
+    }
+    return Success;
+}
+
+static Bool
+BorderSizeNotEmpty(DeviceIntPtr pDev, WindowPtr pWin)
+{
+     if(RegionNotEmpty(&pWin->borderSize))
+	return TRUE;
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+     if(!noPanoramiXExtension && XineramaSetWindowPntrs(pDev, pWin)) {
+	int i;
+
+	FOR_NSCREENS_FORWARD_SKIP(i) {
+	    if(RegionNotEmpty(&pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->windows[i]->borderSize))
+		return TRUE;
+	}
+     }
+#endif
+     return FALSE;
+}
+
+/**
+ * "CheckPassiveGrabsOnWindow" checks to see if the event passed in causes a
+ * passive grab set on the window to be activated.
+ * If activate is true and a passive grab is found, it will be activated,
+ * and the event will be delivered to the client.
+ *
+ * @param pWin The window that may be subject to a passive grab.
+ * @param device Device that caused the event.
+ * @param event The current device event.
+ * @param checkCore Check for core grabs too.
+ * @param activate If a grab is found, activate it and deliver the event.
+ */
+
+GrabPtr
+CheckPassiveGrabsOnWindow(
+    WindowPtr pWin,
+    DeviceIntPtr device,
+    InternalEvent *event,
+    BOOL checkCore,
+    BOOL activate)
+{
+    SpritePtr pSprite = device->spriteInfo->sprite;
+    GrabPtr grab = wPassiveGrabs(pWin);
+    GrabRec tempGrab;
+    GrabInfoPtr grabinfo;
+#define CORE_MATCH      0x1
+#define XI_MATCH        0x2
+#define XI2_MATCH        0x4
+    int match = 0;
+
+    if (!grab)
+	return NULL;
+    /* Fill out the grab details, but leave the type for later before
+     * comparing */
+    switch (event->any.type)
+    {
+        case ET_KeyPress:
+        case ET_KeyRelease:
+            tempGrab.detail.exact = event->device_event.detail.key;
+            break;
+        case ET_ButtonPress:
+        case ET_ButtonRelease:
+            tempGrab.detail.exact = event->device_event.detail.button;
+            break;
+        default:
+            tempGrab.detail.exact = 0;
+            break;
+    }
+    tempGrab.window = pWin;
+    tempGrab.device = device;
+    tempGrab.detail.pMask = NULL;
+    tempGrab.modifiersDetail.pMask = NULL;
+    tempGrab.next = NULL;
+    for (; grab; grab = grab->next)
+    {
+	DeviceIntPtr	gdev;
+	XkbSrvInfoPtr	xkbi = NULL;
+	xEvent *xE = NULL;
+        int count, rc;
+
+	gdev= grab->modifierDevice;
+        if (grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_CORE)
+        {
+            if (IsPointerDevice(device))
+                gdev = GetPairedDevice(device);
+            else
+                gdev = device;
+        } else if (grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_XI2)
+        {
+            /* if the device is an attached slave device, gdev must be the
+             * attached master keyboard. Since the slave may have been
+             * reattached after the grab, the modifier device may not be the
+             * same. */
+            if (!IsMaster(grab->device) && !IsFloating(device))
+                gdev = GetMaster(device, MASTER_KEYBOARD);
+        }
+
+
+        if (gdev && gdev->key)
+            xkbi= gdev->key->xkbInfo;
+	tempGrab.modifierDevice = grab->modifierDevice;
+        tempGrab.modifiersDetail.exact = xkbi ? xkbi->state.grab_mods : 0;
+
+        /* Check for XI2 and XI grabs first */
+        tempGrab.type = GetXI2Type(event);
+        tempGrab.grabtype = GRABTYPE_XI2;
+        if (GrabMatchesSecond(&tempGrab, grab, FALSE))
+            match = XI2_MATCH;
+
+        if (!match)
+        {
+            tempGrab.grabtype = GRABTYPE_XI;
+            if ((tempGrab.type = GetXIType(event)) &&
+                (GrabMatchesSecond(&tempGrab, grab, FALSE)))
+                match = XI_MATCH;
+        }
+
+        /* Check for a core grab (ignore the device when comparing) */
+        if (!match && checkCore)
+        {
+            tempGrab.grabtype = GRABTYPE_CORE;
+            if ((tempGrab.type = GetCoreType(event)) &&
+                (GrabMatchesSecond(&tempGrab, grab, TRUE)))
+                match = CORE_MATCH;
+        }
+
+        if (!match || (grab->confineTo &&
+                       (!grab->confineTo->realized ||
+                        !BorderSizeNotEmpty(device, grab->confineTo))))
+            continue;
+
+        grabinfo = &device->deviceGrab;
+        /* In some cases a passive core grab may exist, but the client
+         * already has a core grab on some other device. In this case we
+         * must not get the grab, otherwise we may never ungrab the
+         * device.
+         */
+
+        if (grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_CORE)
+        {
+            DeviceIntPtr other;
+            BOOL interfering = FALSE;
+
+            /* A passive grab may have been created for a different device
+               than it is assigned to at this point in time.
+               Update the grab's device and modifier device to reflect the
+               current state.
+               Since XGrabDeviceButton requires to specify the
+               modifierDevice explicitly, we don't override this choice.
+               */
+            if (tempGrab.type < GenericEvent)
+            {
+                grab->device = device;
+                grab->modifierDevice = GetPairedDevice(device);
+            }
+
+            for (other = inputInfo.devices; other; other = other->next)
+            {
+                GrabPtr othergrab = other->deviceGrab.grab;
+                if (othergrab && othergrab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_CORE &&
+                    SameClient(grab, rClient(othergrab)) &&
+                    ((IsPointerDevice(grab->device) &&
+                     IsPointerDevice(othergrab->device)) ||
+                     (IsKeyboardDevice(grab->device) &&
+                      IsKeyboardDevice(othergrab->device))))
+                {
+                    interfering = TRUE;
+                    break;
+                }
+            }
+            if (interfering)
+                continue;
+        }
+
+        if (!activate)
+        {
+            return grab;
+        }
+        else if (!GetXIType(event) && !GetCoreType(event))
+        {
+            ErrorF("Event type %d in CheckPassiveGrabsOnWindow is neither"
+                   " XI 1.x nor core\n", event->any.type);
+            return NULL;
+        }
+
+        /* The only consumers of corestate are Xi 1.x and core events, which
+         * are guaranteed to come from DeviceEvents. */
+        if (match & (XI_MATCH | CORE_MATCH))
+        {
+            event->device_event.corestate &= 0x1f00;
+            event->device_event.corestate |= tempGrab.modifiersDetail.exact &
+                                              (~0x1f00);
+        }
+
+        if (match & CORE_MATCH)
+        {
+            rc = EventToCore(event, &xE, &count);
+            if (rc != Success)
+            {
+                if (rc != BadMatch)
+                    ErrorF("[dix] %s: core conversion failed in CPGFW "
+                            "(%d, %d).\n", device->name, event->any.type, rc);
+                continue;
+            }
+        } else if (match & XI2_MATCH)
+        {
+            rc = EventToXI2(event, &xE);
+            if (rc != Success)
+            {
+                if (rc != BadMatch)
+                    ErrorF("[dix] %s: XI2 conversion failed in CPGFW "
+                            "(%d, %d).\n", device->name, event->any.type, rc);
+                continue;
+            }
+            count = 1;
+        } else
+        {
+            rc = EventToXI(event, &xE, &count);
+            if (rc != Success)
+            {
+                if (rc != BadMatch)
+                    ErrorF("[dix] %s: XI conversion failed in CPGFW "
+                            "(%d, %d).\n", device->name, event->any.type, rc);
+                continue;
+            }
+        }
+
+        (*grabinfo->ActivateGrab)(device, grab, currentTime, TRUE);
+
+        if (xE)
+        {
+            FixUpEventFromWindow(pSprite, xE, grab->window, None, TRUE);
+
+            /* XXX: XACE? */
+            TryClientEvents(rClient(grab), device, xE, count,
+                            GetEventFilter(device, xE),
+                            GetEventFilter(device, xE), grab);
+        }
+
+        if (grabinfo->sync.state == FROZEN_NO_EVENT)
+        {
+            if (!grabinfo->sync.event)
+                grabinfo->sync.event = calloc(1, sizeof(DeviceEvent));
+            *grabinfo->sync.event = event->device_event;
+            grabinfo->sync.state = FROZEN_WITH_EVENT;
+        }
+
+        free(xE);
+        return grab;
+    }
+    return NULL;
+#undef CORE_MATCH
+#undef XI_MATCH
+#undef XI2_MATCH
+}
+
+/**
+ * CheckDeviceGrabs handles both keyboard and pointer events that may cause
+ * a passive grab to be activated.
+ *
+ * If the event is a keyboard event, the ancestors of the focus window are
+ * traced down and tried to see if they have any passive grabs to be
+ * activated.  If the focus window itself is reached and it's descendants
+ * contain the pointer, the ancestors of the window that the pointer is in
+ * are then traced down starting at the focus window, otherwise no grabs are
+ * activated.
+ * If the event is a pointer event, the ancestors of the window that the
+ * pointer is in are traced down starting at the root until CheckPassiveGrabs
+ * causes a passive grab to activate or all the windows are
+ * tried. PRH
+ *
+ * If a grab is activated, the event has been sent to the client already!
+ *
+ * The event we pass in must always be an XI event. From this, we then emulate
+ * the core event and then check for grabs.
+ *
+ * @param device The device that caused the event.
+ * @param xE The event to handle (Device{Button|Key}Press).
+ * @param count Number of events in list.
+ * @return TRUE if a grab has been activated or false otherwise.
+*/
+
+Bool
+CheckDeviceGrabs(DeviceIntPtr device, DeviceEvent *event, WindowPtr ancestor)
+{
+    int i;
+    WindowPtr pWin = NULL;
+    FocusClassPtr focus = IsPointerEvent((InternalEvent*)event) ? NULL : device->focus;
+    BOOL sendCore = (IsMaster(device) && device->coreEvents);
+    Bool ret = FALSE;
+
+    if (event->type != ET_ButtonPress &&
+        event->type != ET_KeyPress)
+        return FALSE;
+
+    if (event->type == ET_ButtonPress
+        && (device->button->buttonsDown != 1))
+	return FALSE;
+
+    if (device->deviceGrab.grab)
+        return FALSE;
+
+    i = 0;
+    if (ancestor)
+    {
+        while (i < device->spriteInfo->sprite->spriteTraceGood)
+            if (device->spriteInfo->sprite->spriteTrace[i++] == ancestor)
+                break;
+        if (i == device->spriteInfo->sprite->spriteTraceGood)
+            goto out;
+    }
+
+    if (focus)
+    {
+	for (; i < focus->traceGood; i++)
+	{
+	    pWin = focus->trace[i];
+	    if (CheckPassiveGrabsOnWindow(pWin, device, (InternalEvent *) event,
+                                          sendCore, TRUE))
+	    {
+		ret = TRUE;
+		goto out;
+	    }
+	}
+
+	if ((focus->win == NoneWin) ||
+	    (i >= device->spriteInfo->sprite->spriteTraceGood) ||
+	    (pWin && pWin != device->spriteInfo->sprite->spriteTrace[i-1]))
+	    goto out;
+    }
+
+    for (; i < device->spriteInfo->sprite->spriteTraceGood; i++)
+    {
+	pWin = device->spriteInfo->sprite->spriteTrace[i];
+	if (CheckPassiveGrabsOnWindow(pWin, device, (InternalEvent *) event,
+	                              sendCore, TRUE))
+	{
+	    ret = TRUE;
+	    goto out;
+	}
+    }
+
+out:
+    if (ret == TRUE && event->type == ET_KeyPress)
+        device->deviceGrab.activatingKey = event->detail.key;
+    return ret;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Called for keyboard events to deliver event to whatever client owns the
+ * focus.
+ *
+ * The event is delivered to the keyboard's focus window, the root window or
+ * to the window owning the input focus.
+ *
+ * @param keybd The keyboard originating the event.
+ * @param event The event, not yet in wire format.
+ * @param window Window underneath the sprite.
+ */
+void
+DeliverFocusedEvent(DeviceIntPtr keybd, InternalEvent *event, WindowPtr window)
+{
+    DeviceIntPtr ptr;
+    WindowPtr focus = keybd->focus->win;
+    BOOL sendCore = (IsMaster(keybd) && keybd->coreEvents);
+    xEvent *core = NULL, *xE = NULL, *xi2 = NULL;
+    int count, rc;
+    int deliveries = 0;
+
+    if (focus == FollowKeyboardWin)
+	focus = inputInfo.keyboard->focus->win;
+    if (!focus)
+	return;
+    if (focus == PointerRootWin)
+    {
+	DeliverDeviceEvents(window, event, NullGrab, NullWindow, keybd);
+	return;
+    }
+    if ((focus == window) || IsParent(focus, window))
+    {
+	if (DeliverDeviceEvents(window, event, NullGrab, focus, keybd))
+	    return;
+    }
+
+    /* just deliver it to the focus window */
+    ptr = GetPairedDevice(keybd);
+
+
+    rc = EventToXI2(event, &xi2);
+    if (rc == Success)
+    {
+        /* XXX: XACE */
+        int filter = GetEventFilter(keybd, xi2);
+        FixUpEventFromWindow(ptr->spriteInfo->sprite, xi2, focus, None, FALSE);
+        deliveries = DeliverEventsToWindow(keybd, focus, xi2, 1,
+                                           filter, NullGrab);
+        if (deliveries > 0)
+            goto unwind;
+    } else if (rc != BadMatch)
+        ErrorF("[dix] %s: XI2 conversion failed in DFE (%d, %d). Skipping delivery.\n",
+               keybd->name, event->any.type, rc);
+
+    rc = EventToXI(event, &xE, &count);
+    if (rc == Success &&
+        XaceHook(XACE_SEND_ACCESS, NULL, keybd, focus, xE, count) == Success)
+    {
+        FixUpEventFromWindow(ptr->spriteInfo->sprite, xE, focus, None, FALSE);
+        deliveries = DeliverEventsToWindow(keybd, focus, xE, count,
+                GetEventFilter(keybd, xE),
+                NullGrab);
+
+        if (deliveries > 0)
+            goto unwind;
+    } else if (rc != BadMatch)
+        ErrorF("[dix] %s: XI conversion failed in DFE (%d, %d). Skipping delivery.\n",
+               keybd->name, event->any.type, rc);
+
+    if (sendCore)
+    {
+        rc = EventToCore(event, &core, &count);
+        if (rc == Success) {
+            if (XaceHook(XACE_SEND_ACCESS, NULL, keybd, focus, core, count) == Success) {
+                FixUpEventFromWindow(keybd->spriteInfo->sprite, core, focus,
+                                     None, FALSE);
+                deliveries = DeliverEventsToWindow(keybd, focus, core, count,
+                                                   GetEventFilter(keybd, core),
+                                                   NullGrab);
+            }
+        } else if (rc != BadMatch)
+            ErrorF("[dix] %s: core conversion failed DFE (%d, %d). Skipping delivery.\n",
+                    keybd->name, event->any.type, rc);
+    }
+
+unwind:
+    free(core);
+    free(xE);
+    free(xi2);
+    return;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Deliver an event from a device that is currently grabbed. Uses
+ * DeliverDeviceEvents() for further delivery if a ownerEvents is set on the
+ * grab. If not, TryClientEvents() is used.
+ *
+ * @param deactivateGrab True if the device's grab should be deactivated.
+ *
+ * @return The number of events delivered.
+ */
+int
+DeliverGrabbedEvent(InternalEvent *event, DeviceIntPtr thisDev,
+                    Bool deactivateGrab)
+{
+    GrabPtr grab;
+    GrabInfoPtr grabinfo;
+    int deliveries = 0;
+    DeviceIntPtr dev;
+    SpritePtr pSprite = thisDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
+    BOOL sendCore = FALSE;
+    int rc, count = 0;
+    xEvent *xi = NULL;
+    xEvent *xi2 = NULL;
+    xEvent *core = NULL;
+
+    grabinfo = &thisDev->deviceGrab;
+    grab = grabinfo->grab;
+
+    if (grab->ownerEvents)
+    {
+	WindowPtr focus;
+
+        /* Hack: Some pointer device have a focus class. So we need to check
+         * for the type of event, to see if we really want to deliver it to
+         * the focus window. For pointer events, the answer is no.
+         */
+        if (IsPointerEvent(event))
+            focus = PointerRootWin;
+        else if (thisDev->focus)
+	{
+	    focus = thisDev->focus->win;
+	    if (focus == FollowKeyboardWin)
+		focus = inputInfo.keyboard->focus->win;
+	}
+	else
+	    focus = PointerRootWin;
+	if (focus == PointerRootWin)
+	    deliveries = DeliverDeviceEvents(pSprite->win, event, grab,
+                                             NullWindow, thisDev);
+	else if (focus && (focus == pSprite->win ||
+                    IsParent(focus, pSprite->win)))
+	    deliveries = DeliverDeviceEvents(pSprite->win, event, grab, focus,
+					     thisDev);
+	else if (focus)
+	    deliveries = DeliverDeviceEvents(focus, event, grab, focus,
+					     thisDev);
+    }
+    if (!deliveries)
+    {
+        Mask mask;
+
+        /* XXX: In theory, we could pass the internal events through to
+         * everything and only convert just before hitting the wire. We can't
+         * do that yet, so DGE is the last stop for internal events. From here
+         * onwards, we deal with core/XI events.
+         */
+
+        mask = grab->eventMask;
+
+        sendCore = (IsMaster(thisDev) && thisDev->coreEvents);
+        /* try core event */
+        if (sendCore && grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_CORE)
+        {
+            rc = EventToCore(event, &core, &count);
+            if (rc == Success)
+            {
+                FixUpEventFromWindow(pSprite, core, grab->window, None, TRUE);
+                if (XaceHook(XACE_SEND_ACCESS, 0, thisDev,
+                            grab->window, core, count) ||
+                        XaceHook(XACE_RECEIVE_ACCESS, rClient(grab),
+                            grab->window, core, count))
+                    deliveries = 1; /* don't send, but pretend we did */
+                else if (!IsInterferingGrab(rClient(grab), thisDev, core))
+                {
+                    deliveries = TryClientEvents(rClient(grab), thisDev,
+                            core, count, mask,
+                            GetEventFilter(thisDev, core),
+                            grab);
+                }
+            } else if (rc != BadMatch)
+                ErrorF("[dix] DeliverGrabbedEvent. Core conversion failed.\n");
+        }
+
+        if (!deliveries)
+        {
+            rc = EventToXI2(event, &xi2);
+            if (rc == Success)
+            {
+                int evtype = xi2_get_type(xi2);
+                mask = grab->xi2mask[XIAllDevices][evtype/8] |
+                    grab->xi2mask[XIAllMasterDevices][evtype/8] |
+                    grab->xi2mask[thisDev->id][evtype/8];
+                /* try XI2 event */
+                FixUpEventFromWindow(pSprite, xi2, grab->window, None, TRUE);
+                /* XXX: XACE */
+                deliveries = TryClientEvents(rClient(grab), thisDev, xi2, 1, mask,
+                        GetEventFilter(thisDev, xi2), grab);
+            } else if (rc != BadMatch)
+                ErrorF("[dix] %s: XI2 conversion failed in DGE (%d, %d). Skipping delivery.\n",
+                        thisDev->name, event->any.type, rc);
+        }
+
+        if (!deliveries)
+        {
+            rc = EventToXI(event, &xi, &count);
+            if (rc == Success)
+            {
+                /* try XI event */
+                if (grabinfo->fromPassiveGrab  &&
+                        grabinfo->implicitGrab)
+                    mask = grab->deviceMask;
+                else
+                    mask = grab->eventMask;
+
+                FixUpEventFromWindow(pSprite, xi, grab->window, None, TRUE);
+
+                if (XaceHook(XACE_SEND_ACCESS, 0, thisDev,
+                            grab->window, xi, count) ||
+                        XaceHook(XACE_RECEIVE_ACCESS, rClient(grab),
+                            grab->window, xi, count))
+                    deliveries = 1; /* don't send, but pretend we did */
+                else
+                {
+                    deliveries =
+                        TryClientEvents(rClient(grab), thisDev,
+                                xi, count,
+                                mask,
+                                GetEventFilter(thisDev, xi),
+                                grab);
+                }
+            } else if (rc != BadMatch)
+                ErrorF("[dix] %s: XI conversion failed in DGE (%d, %d). Skipping delivery.\n",
+                        thisDev->name, event->any.type, rc);
+        }
+
+        if (deliveries && (event->any.type == ET_Motion))
+            thisDev->valuator->motionHintWindow = grab->window;
+    }
+    if (deliveries && !deactivateGrab && event->any.type != ET_Motion)
+    {
+	switch (grabinfo->sync.state)
+	{
+	case FREEZE_BOTH_NEXT_EVENT:
+	    dev = GetPairedDevice(thisDev);
+	    if (dev)
+	    {
+		FreezeThaw(dev, TRUE);
+		if ((dev->deviceGrab.sync.state == FREEZE_BOTH_NEXT_EVENT) &&
+		    (CLIENT_BITS(grab->resource) ==
+		     CLIENT_BITS(dev->deviceGrab.grab->resource)))
+		    dev->deviceGrab.sync.state = FROZEN_NO_EVENT;
+		else
+                    dev->deviceGrab.sync.other = grab;
+	    }
+	    /* fall through */
+	case FREEZE_NEXT_EVENT:
+	    grabinfo->sync.state = FROZEN_WITH_EVENT;
+	    FreezeThaw(thisDev, TRUE);
+	    if (!grabinfo->sync.event)
+		grabinfo->sync.event = calloc(1, sizeof(InternalEvent));
+	    *grabinfo->sync.event = event->device_event;
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+
+    free(core);
+    free(xi);
+    free(xi2);
+
+    return deliveries;
+}
+
+/* This function is used to set the key pressed or key released state -
+   this is only used when the pressing of keys does not cause
+   the device's processInputProc to be called, as in for example Mouse Keys.
+*/
+void
+FixKeyState (DeviceEvent *event, DeviceIntPtr keybd)
+{
+    int key = event->detail.key;
+
+    if (event->type == ET_KeyPress) {
+	DebugF("FixKeyState: Key %d %s\n",key,
+               ((event->type == ET_KeyPress) ? "down" : "up"));
+    }
+
+    if (event->type == ET_KeyPress)
+        set_key_down(keybd, key, KEY_PROCESSED);
+    else if (event->type == ET_KeyRelease)
+        set_key_up(keybd, key, KEY_PROCESSED);
+    else
+        FatalError("Impossible keyboard event");
+}
+
+#define AtMostOneClient \
+	(SubstructureRedirectMask | ResizeRedirectMask | ButtonPressMask)
+#define ManagerMask \
+	(SubstructureRedirectMask | ResizeRedirectMask)
+
+/**
+ * Recalculate which events may be deliverable for the given window.
+ * Recalculated mask is used for quicker determination which events may be
+ * delivered to a window.
+ *
+ * The otherEventMasks on a WindowOptional is the combination of all event
+ * masks set by all clients on the window.
+ * deliverableEventMask is the combination of the eventMask and the
+ * otherEventMask plus the events that may be propagated to the parent.
+ *
+ * Traverses to siblings and parents of the window.
+ */
+void
+RecalculateDeliverableEvents(WindowPtr pWin)
+{
+    OtherClients *others;
+    WindowPtr pChild;
+
+    pChild = pWin;
+    while (1)
+    {
+	if (pChild->optional)
+	{
+	    pChild->optional->otherEventMasks = 0;
+	    for (others = wOtherClients(pChild); others; others = others->next)
+	    {
+		pChild->optional->otherEventMasks |= others->mask;
+	    }
+	}
+	pChild->deliverableEvents = pChild->eventMask|
+				    wOtherEventMasks(pChild);
+	if (pChild->parent)
+	    pChild->deliverableEvents |=
+		(pChild->parent->deliverableEvents &
+		 ~wDontPropagateMask(pChild) & PropagateMask);
+	if (pChild->firstChild)
+	{
+	    pChild = pChild->firstChild;
+	    continue;
+	}
+	while (!pChild->nextSib && (pChild != pWin))
+	    pChild = pChild->parent;
+	if (pChild == pWin)
+	    break;
+	pChild = pChild->nextSib;
+    }
+}
+
+/**
+ *
+ *  \param value must conform to DeleteType
+ */
+int
+OtherClientGone(pointer value, XID id)
+{
+    OtherClientsPtr other, prev;
+    WindowPtr pWin = (WindowPtr)value;
+
+    prev = 0;
+    for (other = wOtherClients(pWin); other; other = other->next)
+    {
+	if (other->resource == id)
+	{
+	    if (prev)
+		prev->next = other->next;
+	    else
+	    {
+		if (!(pWin->optional->otherClients = other->next))
+		    CheckWindowOptionalNeed (pWin);
+	    }
+	    free(other);
+	    RecalculateDeliverableEvents(pWin);
+	    return Success;
+	}
+	prev = other;
+    }
+    FatalError("client not on event list");
+    /*NOTREACHED*/
+    return -1; /* make compiler happy */
+}
+
+int
+EventSelectForWindow(WindowPtr pWin, ClientPtr client, Mask mask)
+{
+    Mask check;
+    OtherClients * others;
+    DeviceIntPtr dev;
+    int rc;
+
+    if (mask & ~AllEventMasks)
+    {
+	client->errorValue = mask;
+	return BadValue;
+    }
+    check = (mask & ManagerMask);
+    if (check) {
+	rc = XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, client, pWin->drawable.id,
+		      RT_WINDOW, pWin, RT_NONE, NULL, DixManageAccess);
+	if (rc != Success)
+	    return rc;
+    }
+    check = (mask & AtMostOneClient);
+    if (check & (pWin->eventMask|wOtherEventMasks(pWin)))
+    {				       /* It is illegal for two different
+				          clients to select on any of the
+				          events for AtMostOneClient. However,
+				          it is OK, for some client to
+				          continue selecting on one of those
+				          events.  */
+	if ((wClient(pWin) != client) && (check & pWin->eventMask))
+	    return BadAccess;
+	for (others = wOtherClients (pWin); others; others = others->next)
+	{
+	    if (!SameClient(others, client) && (check & others->mask))
+		return BadAccess;
+	}
+    }
+    if (wClient (pWin) == client)
+    {
+	check = pWin->eventMask;
+	pWin->eventMask = mask;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+	for (others = wOtherClients (pWin); others; others = others->next)
+	{
+	    if (SameClient(others, client))
+	    {
+		check = others->mask;
+		if (mask == 0)
+		{
+		    FreeResource(others->resource, RT_NONE);
+		    return Success;
+		}
+		else
+		    others->mask = mask;
+		goto maskSet;
+	    }
+	}
+	check = 0;
+	if (!pWin->optional && !MakeWindowOptional (pWin))
+	    return BadAlloc;
+	others = malloc(sizeof(OtherClients));
+	if (!others)
+	    return BadAlloc;
+	others->mask = mask;
+	others->resource = FakeClientID(client->index);
+	others->next = pWin->optional->otherClients;
+	pWin->optional->otherClients = others;
+	if (!AddResource(others->resource, RT_OTHERCLIENT, (pointer)pWin))
+	    return BadAlloc;
+    }
+maskSet:
+    if ((mask & PointerMotionHintMask) && !(check & PointerMotionHintMask))
+    {
+        for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
+        {
+            if (dev->valuator && dev->valuator->motionHintWindow == pWin)
+                dev->valuator->motionHintWindow = NullWindow;
+        }
+    }
+    RecalculateDeliverableEvents(pWin);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+int
+EventSuppressForWindow(WindowPtr pWin, ClientPtr client,
+                       Mask mask, Bool *checkOptional)
+{
+    int i, free;
+
+    if (mask & ~PropagateMask)
+    {
+	client->errorValue = mask;
+	return BadValue;
+    }
+    if (pWin->dontPropagate)
+	DontPropagateRefCnts[pWin->dontPropagate]--;
+    if (!mask)
+	i = 0;
+    else
+    {
+	for (i = DNPMCOUNT, free = 0; --i > 0; )
+	{
+	    if (!DontPropagateRefCnts[i])
+		free = i;
+	    else if (mask == DontPropagateMasks[i])
+		break;
+	}
+	if (!i && free)
+	{
+	    i = free;
+	    DontPropagateMasks[i] = mask;
+	}
+    }
+    if (i || !mask)
+    {
+	pWin->dontPropagate = i;
+	if (i)
+	    DontPropagateRefCnts[i]++;
+	if (pWin->optional)
+	{
+	    pWin->optional->dontPropagateMask = mask;
+	    *checkOptional = TRUE;
+	}
+    }
+    else
+    {
+	if (!pWin->optional && !MakeWindowOptional (pWin))
+	{
+	    if (pWin->dontPropagate)
+		DontPropagateRefCnts[pWin->dontPropagate]++;
+	    return BadAlloc;
+	}
+	pWin->dontPropagate = 0;
+        pWin->optional->dontPropagateMask = mask;
+    }
+    RecalculateDeliverableEvents(pWin);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Assembles an EnterNotify or LeaveNotify and sends it event to the client.
+ * Uses the paired keyboard to get some additional information.
+ */
+void
+CoreEnterLeaveEvent(
+    DeviceIntPtr mouse,
+    int type,
+    int mode,
+    int detail,
+    WindowPtr pWin,
+    Window child)
+{
+    xEvent              event;
+    WindowPtr		focus;
+    DeviceIntPtr        keybd;
+    GrabPtr	        grab = mouse->deviceGrab.grab;
+    Mask		mask;
+
+    keybd = GetPairedDevice(mouse);
+
+    if ((pWin == mouse->valuator->motionHintWindow) &&
+	(detail != NotifyInferior))
+	mouse->valuator->motionHintWindow = NullWindow;
+    if (grab)
+    {
+	mask = (pWin == grab->window) ? grab->eventMask : 0;
+	if (grab->ownerEvents)
+	    mask |= EventMaskForClient(pWin, rClient(grab));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+	mask = pWin->eventMask | wOtherEventMasks(pWin);
+    }
+
+    memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent));
+    event.u.u.type = type;
+    event.u.u.detail = detail;
+    event.u.enterLeave.time = currentTime.milliseconds;
+    event.u.enterLeave.rootX = mouse->spriteInfo->sprite->hot.x;
+    event.u.enterLeave.rootY = mouse->spriteInfo->sprite->hot.y;
+    /* Counts on the same initial structure of crossing & button events! */
+    FixUpEventFromWindow(mouse->spriteInfo->sprite, &event, pWin, None, FALSE);
+    /* Enter/Leave events always set child */
+    event.u.enterLeave.child = child;
+    event.u.enterLeave.flags = event.u.keyButtonPointer.sameScreen ?
+        ELFlagSameScreen : 0;
+    event.u.enterLeave.state = mouse->button ? (mouse->button->state & 0x1f00) : 0;
+    if (keybd)
+        event.u.enterLeave.state |=
+                XkbGrabStateFromRec(&keybd->key->xkbInfo->state);
+    event.u.enterLeave.mode = mode;
+    focus = (keybd) ? keybd->focus->win : None;
+    if ((focus != NoneWin) &&
+            ((pWin == focus) || (focus == PointerRootWin) ||
+             IsParent(focus, pWin)))
+        event.u.enterLeave.flags |= ELFlagFocus;
+
+    if ((mask & GetEventFilter(mouse, &event)))
+    {
+        if (grab)
+            TryClientEvents(rClient(grab), mouse, &event, 1, mask,
+                            GetEventFilter(mouse, &event), grab);
+        else
+            DeliverEventsToWindow(mouse, pWin, &event, 1,
+                                  GetEventFilter(mouse, &event),
+                                  NullGrab);
+    }
+
+    if ((type == EnterNotify) && (mask & KeymapStateMask))
+    {
+        xKeymapEvent ke;
+        ClientPtr client = grab ? rClient(grab) : wClient(pWin);
+        if (XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, keybd, DixReadAccess))
+            memset((char *)&ke.map[0], 0, 31);
+        else
+            memmove((char *)&ke.map[0], (char *)&keybd->key->down[1], 31);
+
+        ke.type = KeymapNotify;
+        if (grab)
+            TryClientEvents(rClient(grab), keybd, (xEvent *)&ke, 1,
+                            mask, KeymapStateMask, grab);
+        else
+            DeliverEventsToWindow(mouse, pWin, (xEvent *)&ke, 1,
+                                  KeymapStateMask, NullGrab);
+    }
+}
+
+void
+DeviceEnterLeaveEvent(
+    DeviceIntPtr mouse,
+    int sourceid,
+    int type,
+    int mode,
+    int detail,
+    WindowPtr pWin,
+    Window child)
+{
+    GrabPtr             grab = mouse->deviceGrab.grab;
+    xXIEnterEvent       *event;
+    int                 filter;
+    int                 btlen, len, i;
+    DeviceIntPtr        kbd;
+
+    if ((mode == XINotifyPassiveGrab && type == XI_Leave) ||
+        (mode == XINotifyPassiveUngrab && type == XI_Enter))
+        return;
+
+    btlen = (mouse->button) ? bits_to_bytes(mouse->button->numButtons) : 0;
+    btlen = bytes_to_int32(btlen);
+    len = sizeof(xXIEnterEvent) + btlen * 4;
+
+    event = calloc(1, len);
+    event->type         = GenericEvent;
+    event->extension    = IReqCode;
+    event->evtype       = type;
+    event->length       = (len - sizeof(xEvent))/4;
+    event->buttons_len  = btlen;
+    event->detail       = detail;
+    event->time         = currentTime.milliseconds;
+    event->deviceid     = mouse->id;
+    event->sourceid     = sourceid;
+    event->mode         = mode;
+    event->root_x       = FP1616(mouse->spriteInfo->sprite->hot.x, 0);
+    event->root_y       = FP1616(mouse->spriteInfo->sprite->hot.y, 0);
+
+    for (i = 0; mouse && mouse->button && i < mouse->button->numButtons; i++)
+        if (BitIsOn(mouse->button->down, i))
+            SetBit(&event[1], i);
+
+    kbd = GetMaster(mouse, MASTER_KEYBOARD);
+    if (kbd && kbd->key)
+    {
+        event->mods.base_mods = kbd->key->xkbInfo->state.base_mods;
+        event->mods.latched_mods = kbd->key->xkbInfo->state.latched_mods;
+        event->mods.locked_mods = kbd->key->xkbInfo->state.locked_mods;
+
+        event->group.base_group = kbd->key->xkbInfo->state.base_group;
+        event->group.latched_group = kbd->key->xkbInfo->state.latched_group;
+        event->group.locked_group = kbd->key->xkbInfo->state.locked_group;
+    }
+
+    FixUpEventFromWindow(mouse->spriteInfo->sprite, (xEvent*)event, pWin,
+                         None, FALSE);
+
+    filter = GetEventFilter(mouse, (xEvent*)event);
+
+    if (grab)
+    {
+        Mask mask;
+        mask = grab->xi2mask[XIAllDevices][type/8] |
+               grab->xi2mask[XIAllMasterDevices][type/8] |
+               grab->xi2mask[mouse->id][type/8];
+        TryClientEvents(rClient(grab), mouse, (xEvent*)event, 1, mask,
+                        filter, grab);
+    } else {
+        if (!GetWindowXI2Mask(mouse, pWin, (xEvent*)event))
+            goto out;
+        DeliverEventsToWindow(mouse, pWin, (xEvent*)event, 1, filter,
+                              NullGrab);
+    }
+
+out:
+    free(event);
+}
+
+void
+CoreFocusEvent(DeviceIntPtr dev, int type, int mode, int detail, WindowPtr pWin)
+{
+    xEvent event;
+
+    memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent));
+    event.u.focus.mode = mode;
+    event.u.u.type = type;
+    event.u.u.detail = detail;
+    event.u.focus.window = pWin->drawable.id;
+
+    DeliverEventsToWindow(dev, pWin, &event, 1,
+                          GetEventFilter(dev, &event), NullGrab);
+    if ((type == FocusIn) &&
+            ((pWin->eventMask | wOtherEventMasks(pWin)) & KeymapStateMask))
+    {
+        xKeymapEvent ke;
+        ClientPtr client = wClient(pWin);
+        if (XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, DixReadAccess))
+            memset((char *)&ke.map[0], 0, 31);
+        else
+            memmove((char *)&ke.map[0], (char *)&dev->key->down[1], 31);
+
+        ke.type = KeymapNotify;
+        DeliverEventsToWindow(dev, pWin, (xEvent *)&ke, 1,
+                KeymapStateMask, NullGrab);
+    }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Set the input focus to the given window. Subsequent keyboard events will be
+ * delivered to the given window.
+ *
+ * Usually called from ProcSetInputFocus as result of a client request. If so,
+ * the device is the inputInfo.keyboard.
+ * If called from ProcXSetInputFocus as result of a client xinput request, the
+ * device is set to the device specified by the client.
+ *
+ * @param client Client that requested input focus change.
+ * @param dev Focus device.
+ * @param focusID The window to obtain the focus. Can be PointerRoot or None.
+ * @param revertTo Specifies where the focus reverts to when window becomes
+ * unviewable.
+ * @param ctime Specifies the time.
+ * @param followOK True if pointer is allowed to follow the keyboard.
+ */
+int
+SetInputFocus(
+    ClientPtr client,
+    DeviceIntPtr dev,
+    Window focusID,
+    CARD8 revertTo,
+    Time ctime,
+    Bool followOK)
+{
+    FocusClassPtr focus;
+    WindowPtr focusWin;
+    int mode, rc;
+    TimeStamp time;
+    DeviceIntPtr keybd; /* used for FollowKeyboard or FollowKeyboardWin */
+
+
+    UpdateCurrentTime();
+    if ((revertTo != RevertToParent) &&
+	(revertTo != RevertToPointerRoot) &&
+	(revertTo != RevertToNone) &&
+	((revertTo != RevertToFollowKeyboard) || !followOK))
+    {
+	client->errorValue = revertTo;
+	return BadValue;
+    }
+    time = ClientTimeToServerTime(ctime);
+
+    if (IsKeyboardDevice(dev))
+        keybd = dev;
+    else
+        keybd = GetPairedDevice(dev);
+
+    if ((focusID == None) || (focusID == PointerRoot))
+	focusWin = (WindowPtr)(long)focusID;
+    else if ((focusID == FollowKeyboard) && followOK)
+    {
+	focusWin = keybd->focus->win;
+    }
+    else {
+	rc = dixLookupWindow(&focusWin, focusID, client, DixSetAttrAccess);
+	if (rc != Success)
+	    return rc;
+	/* It is a match error to try to set the input focus to an
+	unviewable window. */
+	if(!focusWin->realized)
+	    return BadMatch;
+    }
+    rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, DixSetFocusAccess);
+    if (rc != Success)
+	return Success;
+
+    focus = dev->focus;
+    if ((CompareTimeStamps(time, currentTime) == LATER) ||
+	(CompareTimeStamps(time, focus->time) == EARLIER))
+	return Success;
+    mode = (dev->deviceGrab.grab) ? NotifyWhileGrabbed : NotifyNormal;
+    if (focus->win == FollowKeyboardWin)
+    {
+        if (!ActivateFocusInGrab(dev, keybd->focus->win, focusWin))
+            DoFocusEvents(dev, keybd->focus->win, focusWin, mode);
+    } else
+    {
+        if (!ActivateFocusInGrab(dev, focus->win, focusWin))
+            DoFocusEvents(dev, focus->win, focusWin, mode);
+    }
+    focus->time = time;
+    focus->revert = revertTo;
+    if (focusID == FollowKeyboard)
+	focus->win = FollowKeyboardWin;
+    else
+	focus->win = focusWin;
+    if ((focusWin == NoneWin) || (focusWin == PointerRootWin))
+	focus->traceGood = 0;
+    else
+    {
+        int depth = 0;
+	WindowPtr pWin;
+
+        for (pWin = focusWin; pWin; pWin = pWin->parent) depth++;
+        if (depth > focus->traceSize)
+        {
+	    focus->traceSize = depth+1;
+	    focus->trace = realloc(focus->trace,
+				    focus->traceSize * sizeof(WindowPtr));
+	}
+	focus->traceGood = depth;
+        for (pWin = focusWin, depth--; pWin; pWin = pWin->parent, depth--)
+	    focus->trace[depth] = pWin;
+    }
+    return Success;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Server-side protocol handling for SetInputFocus request.
+ *
+ * Sets the input focus for the virtual core keyboard.
+ */
+int
+ProcSetInputFocus(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    DeviceIntPtr kbd = PickKeyboard(client);
+    REQUEST(xSetInputFocusReq);
+
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSetInputFocusReq);
+
+    return SetInputFocus(client, kbd, stuff->focus,
+			 stuff->revertTo, stuff->time, FALSE);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Server-side protocol handling for GetInputFocus request.
+ *
+ * Sends the current input focus for the client's keyboard back to the
+ * client.
+ */
+int
+ProcGetInputFocus(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    DeviceIntPtr kbd = PickKeyboard(client);
+    xGetInputFocusReply rep;
+    FocusClassPtr focus = kbd->focus;
+    int rc;
+    /* REQUEST(xReq); */
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReq);
+
+    rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, kbd, DixGetFocusAccess);
+    if (rc != Success)
+	return rc;
+
+    memset(&rep, 0, sizeof(xGetInputFocusReply));
+    rep.type = X_Reply;
+    rep.length = 0;
+    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+    if (focus->win == NoneWin)
+	rep.focus = None;
+    else if (focus->win == PointerRootWin)
+	rep.focus = PointerRoot;
+    else rep.focus = focus->win->drawable.id;
+    rep.revertTo = focus->revert;
+    WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetInputFocusReply), &rep);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Server-side protocol handling for GrabPointer request.
+ *
+ * Sets an active grab on the client's ClientPointer and returns success
+ * status to client.
+ */
+int
+ProcGrabPointer(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    xGrabPointerReply rep;
+    DeviceIntPtr device = PickPointer(client);
+    GrabPtr grab;
+    GrabMask mask;
+    WindowPtr confineTo;
+    CursorPtr oldCursor;
+    REQUEST(xGrabPointerReq);
+    TimeStamp time;
+    int rc;
+
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xGrabPointerReq);
+    UpdateCurrentTime();
+
+    if (stuff->eventMask & ~PointerGrabMask)
+    {
+	client->errorValue = stuff->eventMask;
+        return BadValue;
+    }
+
+    if (stuff->confineTo == None)
+	confineTo = NullWindow;
+    else
+    {
+	rc = dixLookupWindow(&confineTo, stuff->confineTo, client,
+			     DixSetAttrAccess);
+	if (rc != Success)
+	    return rc;
+    }
+
+    memset(&rep, 0, sizeof(xGrabPointerReply));
+    oldCursor = NullCursor;
+    grab = device->deviceGrab.grab;
+
+    if (grab)
+    {
+        if (grab->confineTo && !confineTo)
+            ConfineCursorToWindow(device, GetCurrentRootWindow(device), FALSE,
+                                  FALSE);
+        oldCursor = grab->cursor;
+    }
+
+    mask.core = stuff->eventMask;
+
+    rc = GrabDevice(client, device, stuff->pointerMode, stuff->keyboardMode,
+                    stuff->grabWindow, stuff->ownerEvents, stuff->time,
+                    &mask, GRABTYPE_CORE, stuff->cursor,
+                    stuff->confineTo, &rep.status);
+    if (rc != Success)
+        return rc;
+
+    if (oldCursor && rep.status == GrabSuccess)
+        FreeCursor (oldCursor, (Cursor)0);
+
+    time = ClientTimeToServerTime(stuff->time);
+    rep.type = X_Reply;
+    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+    rep.length = 0;
+    WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGrabPointerReply), &rep);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Server-side protocol handling for ChangeActivePointerGrab request.
+ *
+ * Changes properties of the grab hold by the client. If the client does not
+ * hold an active grab on the device, nothing happens.
+ */
+int
+ProcChangeActivePointerGrab(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    DeviceIntPtr device;
+    GrabPtr      grab;
+    CursorPtr newCursor, oldCursor;
+    REQUEST(xChangeActivePointerGrabReq);
+    TimeStamp time;
+
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xChangeActivePointerGrabReq);
+    if (stuff->eventMask & ~PointerGrabMask)
+    {
+	client->errorValue = stuff->eventMask;
+        return BadValue;
+    }
+    if (stuff->cursor == None)
+	newCursor = NullCursor;
+    else
+    {
+	int rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&newCursor, stuff->cursor,
+					 RT_CURSOR, client, DixUseAccess);
+	if (rc != Success)
+	{
+	    client->errorValue = stuff->cursor;
+	    return rc;
+	}
+    }
+
+    device = PickPointer(client);
+    grab = device->deviceGrab.grab;
+
+    if (!grab)
+	return Success;
+    if (!SameClient(grab, client))
+	return Success;
+    time = ClientTimeToServerTime(stuff->time);
+    if ((CompareTimeStamps(time, currentTime) == LATER) ||
+	     (CompareTimeStamps(time, device->deviceGrab.grabTime) == EARLIER))
+	return Success;
+    oldCursor = grab->cursor;
+    grab->cursor = newCursor;
+    if (newCursor)
+	newCursor->refcnt++;
+    PostNewCursor(device);
+    if (oldCursor)
+	FreeCursor(oldCursor, (Cursor)0);
+    grab->eventMask = stuff->eventMask;
+    return Success;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Server-side protocol handling for UngrabPointer request.
+ *
+ * Deletes a pointer grab on a device the client has grabbed.
+ */
+int
+ProcUngrabPointer(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    DeviceIntPtr device = PickPointer(client);
+    GrabPtr grab;
+    TimeStamp time;
+    REQUEST(xResourceReq);
+
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
+    UpdateCurrentTime();
+    grab = device->deviceGrab.grab;
+
+    time = ClientTimeToServerTime(stuff->id);
+    if ((CompareTimeStamps(time, currentTime) != LATER) &&
+	    (CompareTimeStamps(time, device->deviceGrab.grabTime) != EARLIER) &&
+	    (grab) && SameClient(grab, client))
+	(*device->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab)(device);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Sets a grab on the given device.
+ *
+ * Called from ProcGrabKeyboard to work on the client's keyboard.
+ * Called from ProcXGrabDevice to work on the device specified by the client.
+ *
+ * The parameters this_mode and other_mode represent the keyboard_mode and
+ * pointer_mode parameters of XGrabKeyboard().
+ * See man page for details on all the parameters
+ *
+ * @param client Client that owns the grab.
+ * @param dev The device to grab.
+ * @param this_mode GrabModeSync or GrabModeAsync
+ * @param other_mode GrabModeSync or GrabModeAsync
+ * @param status Return code to be returned to the caller.
+ *
+ * @returns Success or BadValue.
+ */
+int
+GrabDevice(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev,
+           unsigned pointer_mode, unsigned keyboard_mode, Window grabWindow,
+           unsigned ownerEvents, Time ctime, GrabMask *mask,
+           int grabtype, Cursor curs, Window confineToWin, CARD8 *status)
+{
+    WindowPtr pWin, confineTo;
+    GrabPtr grab;
+    TimeStamp time;
+    Mask access_mode = DixGrabAccess;
+    int rc;
+    GrabInfoPtr grabInfo = &dev->deviceGrab;
+    CursorPtr cursor;
+
+    UpdateCurrentTime();
+    if ((keyboard_mode != GrabModeSync) && (keyboard_mode != GrabModeAsync))
+    {
+	client->errorValue = keyboard_mode;
+        return BadValue;
+    }
+    if ((pointer_mode != GrabModeSync) && (pointer_mode != GrabModeAsync))
+    {
+	client->errorValue = pointer_mode;
+        return BadValue;
+    }
+    if ((ownerEvents != xFalse) && (ownerEvents != xTrue))
+    {
+	client->errorValue = ownerEvents;
+        return BadValue;
+    }
+
+    rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, grabWindow, client, DixSetAttrAccess);
+    if (rc != Success)
+	return rc;
+
+    if (confineToWin == None)
+	confineTo = NullWindow;
+    else
+    {
+	rc = dixLookupWindow(&confineTo, confineToWin, client,
+			     DixSetAttrAccess);
+	if (rc != Success)
+	    return rc;
+    }
+
+    if (curs == None)
+	cursor = NullCursor;
+    else
+    {
+	rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&cursor, curs, RT_CURSOR,
+			       client, DixUseAccess);
+	if (rc != Success)
+	{
+	    client->errorValue = curs;
+	    return rc;
+	}
+	access_mode |= DixForceAccess;
+    }
+
+    if (keyboard_mode == GrabModeSync || pointer_mode == GrabModeSync)
+	access_mode |= DixFreezeAccess;
+    rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, access_mode);
+    if (rc != Success)
+	return rc;
+
+    time = ClientTimeToServerTime(ctime);
+    grab = grabInfo->grab;
+    if (grab && grab->grabtype != grabtype)
+        *status = AlreadyGrabbed;
+    if (grab && !SameClient(grab, client))
+	*status = AlreadyGrabbed;
+    else if ((!pWin->realized) ||
+             (confineTo &&
+                !(confineTo->realized
+                    && BorderSizeNotEmpty(dev, confineTo))))
+	*status = GrabNotViewable;
+    else if ((CompareTimeStamps(time, currentTime) == LATER) ||
+	     (CompareTimeStamps(time, grabInfo->grabTime) == EARLIER))
+	*status = GrabInvalidTime;
+    else if (grabInfo->sync.frozen &&
+	     grabInfo->sync.other && !SameClient(grabInfo->sync.other, client))
+	*status = GrabFrozen;
+    else
+    {
+	GrabRec tempGrab;
+
+        /* Otherwise segfaults happen on grabbed MPX devices */
+        memset(&tempGrab, 0, sizeof(GrabRec));
+
+        tempGrab.next = NULL;
+	tempGrab.window = pWin;
+	tempGrab.resource = client->clientAsMask;
+	tempGrab.ownerEvents = ownerEvents;
+	tempGrab.keyboardMode = keyboard_mode;
+	tempGrab.pointerMode = pointer_mode;
+	if (grabtype == GRABTYPE_CORE)
+	    tempGrab.eventMask = mask->core;
+	else if (grabtype == GRABTYPE_XI)
+	    tempGrab.eventMask = mask->xi;
+	else
+	    memcpy(tempGrab.xi2mask, mask->xi2mask, sizeof(tempGrab.xi2mask));
+	tempGrab.device = dev;
+	tempGrab.cursor = cursor;
+	tempGrab.confineTo = confineTo;
+	tempGrab.grabtype = grabtype;
+	(*grabInfo->ActivateGrab)(dev, &tempGrab, time, FALSE);
+	*status = GrabSuccess;
+    }
+    return Success;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Server-side protocol handling for GrabKeyboard request.
+ *
+ * Grabs the client's keyboard and returns success status to client.
+ */
+int
+ProcGrabKeyboard(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    xGrabKeyboardReply rep;
+    REQUEST(xGrabKeyboardReq);
+    int result;
+    DeviceIntPtr keyboard = PickKeyboard(client);
+    GrabMask mask;
+
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xGrabKeyboardReq);
+
+    memset(&rep, 0, sizeof(xGrabKeyboardReply));
+    mask.core = KeyPressMask | KeyReleaseMask;
+
+    result = GrabDevice(client, keyboard, stuff->pointerMode,
+            stuff->keyboardMode, stuff->grabWindow, stuff->ownerEvents,
+            stuff->time, &mask, GRABTYPE_CORE, None, None,
+            &rep.status);
+
+    if (result != Success)
+	return result;
+    rep.type = X_Reply;
+    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+    rep.length = 0;
+    WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGrabKeyboardReply), &rep);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Server-side protocol handling for UngrabKeyboard request.
+ *
+ * Deletes a possible grab on the client's keyboard.
+ */
+int
+ProcUngrabKeyboard(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    DeviceIntPtr device = PickKeyboard(client);
+    GrabPtr grab;
+    TimeStamp time;
+    REQUEST(xResourceReq);
+
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
+    UpdateCurrentTime();
+
+    grab = device->deviceGrab.grab;
+
+    time = ClientTimeToServerTime(stuff->id);
+    if ((CompareTimeStamps(time, currentTime) != LATER) &&
+	(CompareTimeStamps(time, device->deviceGrab.grabTime) != EARLIER) &&
+	(grab) && SameClient(grab, client) && grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_CORE)
+	(*device->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab)(device);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Server-side protocol handling for QueryPointer request.
+ *
+ * Returns the current state and position of the client's ClientPointer to the
+ * client.
+ */
+int
+ProcQueryPointer(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    xQueryPointerReply rep;
+    WindowPtr pWin, t;
+    DeviceIntPtr mouse = PickPointer(client);
+    DeviceIntPtr keyboard;
+    SpritePtr pSprite;
+    int rc;
+    REQUEST(xResourceReq);
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
+
+    rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->id, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
+    if (rc != Success)
+	return rc;
+    rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, mouse, DixReadAccess);
+    if (rc != Success && rc != BadAccess)
+	return rc;
+
+    keyboard = GetPairedDevice(mouse);
+
+    pSprite = mouse->spriteInfo->sprite;
+    if (mouse->valuator->motionHintWindow)
+	MaybeStopHint(mouse, client);
+    memset(&rep, 0, sizeof(xQueryPointerReply));
+    rep.type = X_Reply;
+    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+    rep.mask = mouse->button ? (mouse->button->state) : 0;
+    rep.mask |= XkbStateFieldFromRec(&keyboard->key->xkbInfo->state);
+    rep.length = 0;
+    rep.root = (GetCurrentRootWindow(mouse))->drawable.id;
+    rep.rootX = pSprite->hot.x;
+    rep.rootY = pSprite->hot.y;
+    rep.child = None;
+    if (pSprite->hot.pScreen == pWin->drawable.pScreen)
+    {
+	rep.sameScreen = xTrue;
+	rep.winX = pSprite->hot.x - pWin->drawable.x;
+	rep.winY = pSprite->hot.y - pWin->drawable.y;
+	for (t = pSprite->win; t; t = t->parent)
+	    if (t->parent == pWin)
+	    {
+		rep.child = t->drawable.id;
+		break;
+	    }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+	rep.sameScreen = xFalse;
+	rep.winX = 0;
+	rep.winY = 0;
+    }
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+    if(!noPanoramiXExtension) {
+	rep.rootX += screenInfo.screens[0]->x;
+	rep.rootY += screenInfo.screens[0]->y;
+	if(stuff->id == rep.root) {
+	    rep.winX += screenInfo.screens[0]->x;
+	    rep.winY += screenInfo.screens[0]->y;
+	}
+    }
+#endif
+
+    if (rc == BadAccess) {
+	rep.mask = 0;
+	rep.child = None;
+	rep.rootX = 0;
+	rep.rootY = 0;
+	rep.winX = 0;
+	rep.winY = 0;
+    }
+
+    WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xQueryPointerReply), &rep);
+
+    return Success;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Initializes the device list and the DIX sprite to sane values. Allocates
+ * trace memory used for quick window traversal.
+ */
+void
+InitEvents(void)
+{
+    int i;
+
+    inputInfo.numDevices = 0;
+    inputInfo.devices = (DeviceIntPtr)NULL;
+    inputInfo.off_devices = (DeviceIntPtr)NULL;
+    inputInfo.keyboard = (DeviceIntPtr)NULL;
+    inputInfo.pointer = (DeviceIntPtr)NULL;
+    for (i = 0; i < MAXDEVICES; i++)
+    {
+        memcpy(&filters[i], default_filter, sizeof(default_filter));
+    }
+
+    syncEvents.replayDev = (DeviceIntPtr)NULL;
+    syncEvents.replayWin = NullWindow;
+    while (syncEvents.pending)
+    {
+	QdEventPtr next = syncEvents.pending->next;
+	free(syncEvents.pending);
+	syncEvents.pending = next;
+    }
+    syncEvents.pendtail = &syncEvents.pending;
+    syncEvents.playingEvents = FALSE;
+    syncEvents.time.months = 0;
+    syncEvents.time.milliseconds = 0;	/* hardly matters */
+    currentTime.months = 0;
+    currentTime.milliseconds = GetTimeInMillis();
+    lastDeviceEventTime = currentTime;
+    for (i = 0; i < DNPMCOUNT; i++)
+    {
+	DontPropagateMasks[i] = 0;
+	DontPropagateRefCnts[i] = 0;
+    }
+
+    InputEventList = InitEventList(GetMaximumEventsNum());
+    if (!InputEventList)
+        FatalError("[dix] Failed to allocate input event list.\n");
+}
+
+void
+CloseDownEvents(void)
+{
+    FreeEventList(InputEventList, GetMaximumEventsNum());
+    InputEventList = NULL;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Server-side protocol handling for SendEvent request.
+ *
+ * Locates the window to send the event to and forwards the event.
+ */
+int
+ProcSendEvent(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    WindowPtr pWin;
+    WindowPtr effectiveFocus = NullWindow; /* only set if dest==InputFocus */
+    DeviceIntPtr dev = PickPointer(client);
+    DeviceIntPtr keybd = GetPairedDevice(dev);
+    SpritePtr pSprite = dev->spriteInfo->sprite;
+    REQUEST(xSendEventReq);
+
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSendEventReq);
+
+    /* The client's event type must be a core event type or one defined by an
+	extension. */
+
+    if ( ! ((stuff->event.u.u.type > X_Reply &&
+	     stuff->event.u.u.type < LASTEvent) ||
+	    (stuff->event.u.u.type >= EXTENSION_EVENT_BASE &&
+	     stuff->event.u.u.type < (unsigned)lastEvent)))
+    {
+	client->errorValue = stuff->event.u.u.type;
+	return BadValue;
+    }
+    if (stuff->event.u.u.type == ClientMessage &&
+	stuff->event.u.u.detail != 8 &&
+	stuff->event.u.u.detail != 16 &&
+	stuff->event.u.u.detail != 32)
+    {
+	client->errorValue = stuff->event.u.u.detail;
+	return BadValue;
+    }
+    if (stuff->eventMask & ~AllEventMasks)
+    {
+	client->errorValue = stuff->eventMask;
+	return BadValue;
+    }
+
+    if (stuff->destination == PointerWindow)
+	pWin = pSprite->win;
+    else if (stuff->destination == InputFocus)
+    {
+	WindowPtr inputFocus = (keybd) ? keybd->focus->win : NoneWin;
+
+	if (inputFocus == NoneWin)
+	    return Success;
+
+	/* If the input focus is PointerRootWin, send the event to where
+	the pointer is if possible, then perhaps propogate up to root. */
+	if (inputFocus == PointerRootWin)
+	    inputFocus = GetCurrentRootWindow(dev);
+
+	if (IsParent(inputFocus, pSprite->win))
+	{
+	    effectiveFocus = inputFocus;
+	    pWin = pSprite->win;
+	}
+	else
+	    effectiveFocus = pWin = inputFocus;
+    }
+    else
+	dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->destination, client, DixSendAccess);
+
+    if (!pWin)
+	return BadWindow;
+    if ((stuff->propagate != xFalse) && (stuff->propagate != xTrue))
+    {
+	client->errorValue = stuff->propagate;
+	return BadValue;
+    }
+    stuff->event.u.u.type |= 0x80;
+    if (stuff->propagate)
+    {
+	for (;pWin; pWin = pWin->parent)
+	{
+	    if (XaceHook(XACE_SEND_ACCESS, client, NULL, pWin,
+			 &stuff->event, 1))
+		return Success;
+            if (DeliverEventsToWindow(dev, pWin,
+                        &stuff->event, 1, stuff->eventMask, NullGrab))
+		return Success;
+	    if (pWin == effectiveFocus)
+		return Success;
+	    stuff->eventMask &= ~wDontPropagateMask(pWin);
+	    if (!stuff->eventMask)
+		break;
+	}
+    }
+    else if (!XaceHook(XACE_SEND_ACCESS, client, NULL, pWin, &stuff->event, 1))
+        DeliverEventsToWindow(dev, pWin, &stuff->event,
+                                    1, stuff->eventMask, NullGrab);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Server-side protocol handling for UngrabKey request.
+ *
+ * Deletes a passive grab for the given key. Works on the
+ * client's keyboard.
+ */
+int
+ProcUngrabKey(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xUngrabKeyReq);
+    WindowPtr pWin;
+    GrabRec tempGrab;
+    DeviceIntPtr keybd = PickKeyboard(client);
+    int rc;
+
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xUngrabKeyReq);
+    rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->grabWindow, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
+    if (rc != Success)
+	return rc;
+
+    if (((stuff->key > keybd->key->xkbInfo->desc->max_key_code) ||
+	 (stuff->key < keybd->key->xkbInfo->desc->min_key_code))
+	&& (stuff->key != AnyKey))
+    {
+	client->errorValue = stuff->key;
+        return BadValue;
+    }
+    if ((stuff->modifiers != AnyModifier) &&
+	(stuff->modifiers & ~AllModifiersMask))
+    {
+	client->errorValue = stuff->modifiers;
+	return BadValue;
+    }
+    tempGrab.resource = client->clientAsMask;
+    tempGrab.device = keybd;
+    tempGrab.window = pWin;
+    tempGrab.modifiersDetail.exact = stuff->modifiers;
+    tempGrab.modifiersDetail.pMask = NULL;
+    tempGrab.modifierDevice = GetPairedDevice(keybd);
+    tempGrab.type = KeyPress;
+    tempGrab.grabtype = GRABTYPE_CORE;
+    tempGrab.detail.exact = stuff->key;
+    tempGrab.detail.pMask = NULL;
+    tempGrab.next = NULL;
+
+    if (!DeletePassiveGrabFromList(&tempGrab))
+	return BadAlloc;
+    return Success;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Server-side protocol handling for GrabKey request.
+ *
+ * Creates a grab for the client's keyboard and adds it to the list of passive
+ * grabs.
+ */
+int
+ProcGrabKey(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    WindowPtr pWin;
+    REQUEST(xGrabKeyReq);
+    GrabPtr grab;
+    DeviceIntPtr keybd = PickKeyboard(client);
+    int rc;
+    GrabParameters param;
+    GrabMask mask;
+
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xGrabKeyReq);
+
+    memset(&param, 0, sizeof(param));
+    param.grabtype = GRABTYPE_CORE;
+    param.ownerEvents = stuff->ownerEvents;
+    param.this_device_mode = stuff->keyboardMode;
+    param.other_devices_mode = stuff->pointerMode;
+    param.modifiers = stuff->modifiers;
+
+    rc = CheckGrabValues(client, &param);
+    if (rc != Success)
+        return rc;
+
+    if (((stuff->key > keybd->key->xkbInfo->desc->max_key_code) ||
+	 (stuff->key < keybd->key->xkbInfo->desc->min_key_code))
+	&& (stuff->key != AnyKey))
+    {
+	client->errorValue = stuff->key;
+        return BadValue;
+    }
+    rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->grabWindow, client, DixSetAttrAccess);
+    if (rc != Success)
+	return rc;
+
+
+    mask.core = (KeyPressMask | KeyReleaseMask);
+
+    grab = CreateGrab(client->index, keybd, keybd, pWin, GRABTYPE_CORE, &mask,
+                      &param, KeyPress, stuff->key, NullWindow, NullCursor);
+    if (!grab)
+	return BadAlloc;
+    return AddPassiveGrabToList(client, grab);
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Server-side protocol handling for GrabButton request.
+ *
+ * Creates a grab for the client's ClientPointer and adds it as a passive grab
+ * to the list.
+ */
+int
+ProcGrabButton(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    WindowPtr pWin, confineTo;
+    REQUEST(xGrabButtonReq);
+    CursorPtr cursor;
+    GrabPtr grab;
+    DeviceIntPtr ptr, modifierDevice;
+    Mask access_mode = DixGrabAccess;
+    GrabMask mask;
+    GrabParameters param;
+    int rc;
+
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xGrabButtonReq);
+    if ((stuff->pointerMode != GrabModeSync) &&
+	(stuff->pointerMode != GrabModeAsync))
+    {
+	client->errorValue = stuff->pointerMode;
+        return BadValue;
+    }
+    if ((stuff->keyboardMode != GrabModeSync) &&
+	(stuff->keyboardMode != GrabModeAsync))
+    {
+	client->errorValue = stuff->keyboardMode;
+        return BadValue;
+    }
+    if ((stuff->modifiers != AnyModifier) &&
+	(stuff->modifiers & ~AllModifiersMask))
+    {
+	client->errorValue = stuff->modifiers;
+	return BadValue;
+    }
+    if ((stuff->ownerEvents != xFalse) && (stuff->ownerEvents != xTrue))
+    {
+	client->errorValue = stuff->ownerEvents;
+	return BadValue;
+    }
+    if (stuff->eventMask & ~PointerGrabMask)
+    {
+	client->errorValue = stuff->eventMask;
+        return BadValue;
+    }
+    rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->grabWindow, client, DixSetAttrAccess);
+    if (rc != Success)
+	return rc;
+    if (stuff->confineTo == None)
+       confineTo = NullWindow;
+    else {
+	rc = dixLookupWindow(&confineTo, stuff->confineTo, client,
+			     DixSetAttrAccess);
+	if (rc != Success)
+	    return rc;
+    }
+    if (stuff->cursor == None)
+	cursor = NullCursor;
+    else
+    {
+	rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&cursor, stuff->cursor, RT_CURSOR,
+			       client, DixUseAccess);
+	if (rc != Success)
+	{
+	    client->errorValue = stuff->cursor;
+	    return rc;
+	}
+	access_mode |= DixForceAccess;
+    }
+
+    ptr = PickPointer(client);
+    modifierDevice = GetPairedDevice(ptr);
+    if (stuff->pointerMode == GrabModeSync ||
+	stuff->keyboardMode == GrabModeSync)
+	access_mode |= DixFreezeAccess;
+    rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, ptr, access_mode);
+    if (rc != Success)
+	return rc;
+
+    memset(&param, 0, sizeof(param));
+    param.grabtype = GRABTYPE_CORE;
+    param.ownerEvents = stuff->ownerEvents;
+    param.this_device_mode = stuff->keyboardMode;
+    param.other_devices_mode = stuff->pointerMode;
+    param.modifiers = stuff->modifiers;
+
+    mask.core = stuff->eventMask;
+
+    grab = CreateGrab(client->index, ptr, modifierDevice, pWin,
+                      GRABTYPE_CORE, &mask, &param, ButtonPress,
+                      stuff->button, confineTo, cursor);
+    if (!grab)
+	return BadAlloc;
+    return AddPassiveGrabToList(client, grab);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Server-side protocol handling for UngrabButton request.
+ *
+ * Deletes a passive grab on the client's ClientPointer from the list.
+ */
+int
+ProcUngrabButton(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xUngrabButtonReq);
+    WindowPtr pWin;
+    GrabRec tempGrab;
+    int rc;
+    DeviceIntPtr ptr;
+
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xUngrabButtonReq);
+    if ((stuff->modifiers != AnyModifier) &&
+	(stuff->modifiers & ~AllModifiersMask))
+    {
+	client->errorValue = stuff->modifiers;
+	return BadValue;
+    }
+    rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->grabWindow, client, DixReadAccess);
+    if (rc != Success)
+	return rc;
+
+    ptr = PickPointer(client);
+
+    tempGrab.resource = client->clientAsMask;
+    tempGrab.device = ptr;
+    tempGrab.window = pWin;
+    tempGrab.modifiersDetail.exact = stuff->modifiers;
+    tempGrab.modifiersDetail.pMask = NULL;
+    tempGrab.modifierDevice = GetPairedDevice(ptr);
+    tempGrab.type = ButtonPress;
+    tempGrab.detail.exact = stuff->button;
+    tempGrab.grabtype = GRABTYPE_CORE;
+    tempGrab.detail.pMask = NULL;
+    tempGrab.next = NULL;
+
+    if (!DeletePassiveGrabFromList(&tempGrab))
+	return BadAlloc;
+    return Success;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Deactivate any grab that may be on the window, remove the focus.
+ * Delete any XInput extension events from the window too. Does not change the
+ * window mask. Use just before the window is deleted.
+ *
+ * If freeResources is set, passive grabs on the window are deleted.
+ *
+ * @param pWin The window to delete events from.
+ * @param freeResources True if resources associated with the window should be
+ * deleted.
+ */
+void
+DeleteWindowFromAnyEvents(WindowPtr pWin, Bool freeResources)
+{
+    WindowPtr		parent;
+    DeviceIntPtr	mouse = inputInfo.pointer;
+    DeviceIntPtr	keybd = inputInfo.keyboard;
+    FocusClassPtr	focus;
+    OtherClientsPtr	oc;
+    GrabPtr		passive;
+    GrabPtr             grab;
+
+
+    /* Deactivate any grabs performed on this window, before making any
+	input focus changes. */
+    grab = mouse->deviceGrab.grab;
+    if (grab &&
+	((grab->window == pWin) || (grab->confineTo == pWin)))
+	(*mouse->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab)(mouse);
+
+
+    /* Deactivating a keyboard grab should cause focus events. */
+    grab = keybd->deviceGrab.grab;
+    if (grab && (grab->window == pWin))
+	(*keybd->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab)(keybd);
+
+    /* And now the real devices */
+    for (mouse = inputInfo.devices; mouse; mouse = mouse->next)
+    {
+        grab = mouse->deviceGrab.grab;
+        if (grab && ((grab->window == pWin) || (grab->confineTo == pWin)))
+            (*mouse->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab)(mouse);
+    }
+
+
+    for (keybd = inputInfo.devices; keybd; keybd = keybd->next)
+    {
+        if (IsKeyboardDevice(keybd))
+        {
+            focus = keybd->focus;
+
+            /* If the focus window is a root window (ie. has no parent) then don't
+               delete the focus from it. */
+
+            if ((pWin == focus->win) && (pWin->parent != NullWindow))
+            {
+                int focusEventMode = NotifyNormal;
+
+                /* If a grab is in progress, then alter the mode of focus events. */
+
+                if (keybd->deviceGrab.grab)
+                    focusEventMode = NotifyWhileGrabbed;
+
+                switch (focus->revert)
+                {
+                    case RevertToNone:
+                        DoFocusEvents(keybd, pWin, NoneWin, focusEventMode);
+                        focus->win = NoneWin;
+                        focus->traceGood = 0;
+                        break;
+                    case RevertToParent:
+                        parent = pWin;
+                        do
+                        {
+                            parent = parent->parent;
+                            focus->traceGood--;
+                        } while (!parent->realized
+                                /* This would be a good protocol change -- windows being reparented
+                                   during SaveSet processing would cause the focus to revert to the
+                                   nearest enclosing window which will survive the death of the exiting
+                                   client, instead of ending up reverting to a dying window and thence
+                                   to None
+                                 */
+#ifdef NOTDEF
+				 || wClient(parent)->clientGone
+#endif
+                                );
+                        if (!ActivateFocusInGrab(keybd, pWin, parent))
+                            DoFocusEvents(keybd, pWin, parent, focusEventMode);
+                        focus->win = parent;
+                        focus->revert = RevertToNone;
+                        break;
+                    case RevertToPointerRoot:
+                        if (!ActivateFocusInGrab(keybd, pWin, PointerRootWin))
+                            DoFocusEvents(keybd, pWin, PointerRootWin, focusEventMode);
+                        focus->win = PointerRootWin;
+                        focus->traceGood = 0;
+                        break;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+        if (IsPointerDevice(keybd))
+        {
+            if (keybd->valuator->motionHintWindow == pWin)
+                keybd->valuator->motionHintWindow = NullWindow;
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (freeResources)
+    {
+	if (pWin->dontPropagate)
+	    DontPropagateRefCnts[pWin->dontPropagate]--;
+	while ( (oc = wOtherClients(pWin)) )
+	    FreeResource(oc->resource, RT_NONE);
+	while ( (passive = wPassiveGrabs(pWin)) )
+	    FreeResource(passive->resource, RT_NONE);
+     }
+
+    DeleteWindowFromAnyExtEvents(pWin, freeResources);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Call this whenever some window at or below pWin has changed geometry. If
+ * there is a grab on the window, the cursor will be re-confined into the
+ * window.
+ */
+void
+CheckCursorConfinement(WindowPtr pWin)
+{
+    GrabPtr grab;
+    WindowPtr confineTo;
+    DeviceIntPtr pDev;
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+    if(!noPanoramiXExtension && pWin->drawable.pScreen->myNum) return;
+#endif
+
+    for (pDev = inputInfo.devices; pDev; pDev = pDev->next)
+    {
+        if (DevHasCursor(pDev))
+        {
+            grab = pDev->deviceGrab.grab;
+            if (grab && (confineTo = grab->confineTo))
+            {
+                if (!BorderSizeNotEmpty(pDev, confineTo))
+                    (*pDev->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab)(pDev);
+                else if ((pWin == confineTo) || IsParent(pWin, confineTo))
+                    ConfineCursorToWindow(pDev, confineTo, TRUE, TRUE);
+            }
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+Mask
+EventMaskForClient(WindowPtr pWin, ClientPtr client)
+{
+    OtherClientsPtr	other;
+
+    if (wClient (pWin) == client)
+	return pWin->eventMask;
+    for (other = wOtherClients(pWin); other; other = other->next)
+    {
+	if (SameClient(other, client))
+	    return other->mask;
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Server-side protocol handling for RecolorCursor request.
+ */
+int
+ProcRecolorCursor(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    CursorPtr pCursor;
+    int		rc, nscr;
+    ScreenPtr	pscr;
+    Bool	displayed;
+    SpritePtr   pSprite = PickPointer(client)->spriteInfo->sprite;
+    REQUEST(xRecolorCursorReq);
+
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xRecolorCursorReq);
+    rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pCursor, stuff->cursor, RT_CURSOR,
+			   client, DixWriteAccess);
+    if (rc != Success)
+    {
+	client->errorValue = stuff->cursor;
+	return rc;
+    }
+
+    pCursor->foreRed = stuff->foreRed;
+    pCursor->foreGreen = stuff->foreGreen;
+    pCursor->foreBlue = stuff->foreBlue;
+
+    pCursor->backRed = stuff->backRed;
+    pCursor->backGreen = stuff->backGreen;
+    pCursor->backBlue = stuff->backBlue;
+
+    for (nscr = 0; nscr < screenInfo.numScreens; nscr++)
+    {
+	pscr = screenInfo.screens[nscr];
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+	if(!noPanoramiXExtension)
+	    displayed = (pscr == pSprite->screen);
+	else
+#endif
+	    displayed = (pscr == pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen);
+	( *pscr->RecolorCursor)(PickPointer(client), pscr, pCursor,
+				(pCursor == pSprite->current) && displayed);
+    }
+    return Success;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Write the given events to a client, swapping the byte order if necessary.
+ * To swap the byte ordering, a callback is called that has to be set up for
+ * the given event type.
+ *
+ * In the case of DeviceMotionNotify trailed by DeviceValuators, the events
+ * can be more than one. Usually it's just one event.
+ *
+ * Do not modify the event structure passed in. See comment below.
+ *
+ * @param pClient Client to send events to.
+ * @param count Number of events.
+ * @param events The event list.
+ */
+void
+WriteEventsToClient(ClientPtr pClient, int count, xEvent *events)
+{
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+    xEvent    eventCopy;
+#endif
+    xEvent    *eventTo, *eventFrom;
+    int       i,
+              eventlength = sizeof(xEvent);
+
+    if (!pClient || pClient == serverClient || pClient->clientGone)
+	return;
+
+    for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
+	if ((events[i].u.u.type & 0x7f) != KeymapNotify)
+	    events[i].u.u.sequenceNumber = pClient->sequence;
+
+    /* Let XKB rewrite the state, as it depends on client preferences. */
+    XkbFilterEvents(pClient, count, events);
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+    if(!noPanoramiXExtension &&
+       (screenInfo.screens[0]->x || screenInfo.screens[0]->y))
+    {
+	switch(events->u.u.type) {
+	case MotionNotify:
+	case ButtonPress:
+	case ButtonRelease:
+	case KeyPress:
+	case KeyRelease:
+	case EnterNotify:
+	case LeaveNotify:
+	/*
+	   When multiple clients want the same event DeliverEventsToWindow
+	   passes the same event structure multiple times so we can't
+	   modify the one passed to us
+        */
+	    count = 1;  /* should always be 1 */
+	    memcpy(&eventCopy, events, sizeof(xEvent));
+	    eventCopy.u.keyButtonPointer.rootX += screenInfo.screens[0]->x;
+	    eventCopy.u.keyButtonPointer.rootY += screenInfo.screens[0]->y;
+	    if(eventCopy.u.keyButtonPointer.event ==
+	       eventCopy.u.keyButtonPointer.root)
+	    {
+		eventCopy.u.keyButtonPointer.eventX += screenInfo.screens[0]->x;
+		eventCopy.u.keyButtonPointer.eventY += screenInfo.screens[0]->y;
+	    }
+	    events = &eventCopy;
+	    break;
+	default: break;
+	}
+    }
+#endif
+
+    if (EventCallback)
+    {
+	EventInfoRec eventinfo;
+	eventinfo.client = pClient;
+	eventinfo.events = events;
+	eventinfo.count = count;
+	CallCallbacks(&EventCallback, (pointer)&eventinfo);
+    }
+#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE
+    if (XSERVER_SEND_EVENT_ENABLED()) {
+	for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
+	{
+	    XSERVER_SEND_EVENT(pClient->index, events[i].u.u.type, &events[i]);
+	}
+    }
+#endif
+    /* Just a safety check to make sure we only have one GenericEvent, it just
+     * makes things easier for me right now. (whot) */
+    for (i = 1; i < count; i++)
+    {
+        if (events[i].u.u.type == GenericEvent)
+        {
+            ErrorF("[dix] TryClientEvents: Only one GenericEvent at a time.\n");
+            return;
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (events->u.u.type == GenericEvent)
+    {
+        eventlength += ((xGenericEvent*)events)->length * 4;
+    }
+
+    if(pClient->swapped)
+    {
+        if (eventlength > swapEventLen)
+        {
+            swapEventLen = eventlength;
+            swapEvent = realloc(swapEvent, swapEventLen);
+            if (!swapEvent)
+            {
+                FatalError("WriteEventsToClient: Out of memory.\n");
+                return;
+            }
+        }
+
+	for(i = 0; i < count; i++)
+	{
+	    eventFrom = &events[i];
+            eventTo = swapEvent;
+
+	    /* Remember to strip off the leading bit of type in case
+	       this event was sent with "SendEvent." */
+	    (*EventSwapVector[eventFrom->u.u.type & 0177])
+		(eventFrom, eventTo);
+
+	    WriteToClient(pClient, eventlength, (char *)eventTo);
+	}
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        /* only one GenericEvent, remember? that means either count is 1 and
+         * eventlength is arbitrary or eventlength is 32 and count doesn't
+         * matter. And we're all set. Woohoo. */
+	WriteToClient(pClient, count * eventlength, (char *) events);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Set the client pointer for the given client.
+ *
+ * A client can have exactly one ClientPointer. Each time a
+ * request/reply/event is processed and the choice of devices is ambiguous
+ * (e.g. QueryPointer request), the server will pick the ClientPointer (see
+ * PickPointer()).
+ * If a keyboard is needed, the first keyboard paired with the CP is used.
+ */
+int
+SetClientPointer(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr device)
+{
+    int rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, device, DixUseAccess);
+    if (rc != Success)
+	return rc;
+
+    if (!IsMaster(device))
+    {
+        ErrorF("[dix] Need master device for ClientPointer. This is a bug.\n");
+        return BadDevice;
+    } else if (!device->spriteInfo->spriteOwner)
+    {
+        ErrorF("[dix] Device %d does not have a sprite. "
+                "Cannot be ClientPointer\n", device->id);
+        return BadDevice;
+    }
+    client->clientPtr = device;
+    return Success;
+}
+
+/* PickPointer will pick an appropriate pointer for the given client.
+ *
+ * An "appropriate device" is (in order of priority):
+ *  1) A device the given client has a core grab on.
+ *  2) A device set as ClientPointer for the given client.
+ *  3) The first master device.
+ */
+DeviceIntPtr
+PickPointer(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    DeviceIntPtr it = inputInfo.devices;
+
+    /* First, check if the client currently has a grab on a device. Even
+     * keyboards count. */
+    for(it = inputInfo.devices; it; it = it->next)
+    {
+        GrabPtr grab = it->deviceGrab.grab;
+        if (grab && grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_CORE && SameClient(grab, client))
+        {
+            it = GetMaster(it, MASTER_POINTER);
+            return it; /* Always return a core grabbed device */
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (!client->clientPtr)
+    {
+        it = inputInfo.devices;
+        while (it)
+        {
+            if (IsMaster(it) && it->spriteInfo->spriteOwner)
+            {
+                client->clientPtr = it;
+                break;
+            }
+            it = it->next;
+        }
+    }
+    return client->clientPtr;
+}
+
+/* PickKeyboard will pick an appropriate keyboard for the given client by
+ * searching the list of devices for the keyboard device that is paired with
+ * the client's pointer.
+ */
+DeviceIntPtr
+PickKeyboard(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    DeviceIntPtr ptr = PickPointer(client);
+    DeviceIntPtr kbd = GetMaster(ptr, MASTER_KEYBOARD);
+
+    if (!kbd)
+    {
+        ErrorF("[dix] ClientPointer not paired with a keyboard. This "
+                "is a bug.\n");
+    }
+
+    return kbd;
+}
+
+/* A client that has one or more core grabs does not get core events from
+ * devices it does not have a grab on. Legacy applications behave bad
+ * otherwise because they are not used to it and the events interfere.
+ * Only applies for core events.
+ *
+ * Return true if a core event from the device would interfere and should not
+ * be delivered.
+ */
+Bool
+IsInterferingGrab(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, xEvent* event)
+{
+    DeviceIntPtr it = inputInfo.devices;
+
+    switch(event->u.u.type)
+    {
+        case KeyPress:
+        case KeyRelease:
+        case ButtonPress:
+        case ButtonRelease:
+        case MotionNotify:
+        case EnterNotify:
+        case LeaveNotify:
+            break;
+        default:
+            return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    if (dev->deviceGrab.grab && SameClient(dev->deviceGrab.grab, client))
+        return FALSE;
+
+    while(it)
+    {
+        if (it != dev)
+        {
+            if (it->deviceGrab.grab && SameClient(it->deviceGrab.grab, client)
+                        && !it->deviceGrab.fromPassiveGrab)
+            {
+                if ((IsPointerDevice(it) && IsPointerDevice(dev)) ||
+                        (IsKeyboardDevice(it) && IsKeyboardDevice(dev)))
+                    return TRUE;
+            }
+        }
+        it = it->next;
+    }
+
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
diff --git a/xorg-server/dix/extension.c b/xorg-server/dix/extension.c
index bdd240b9f..c7bbac5ff 100644
--- a/xorg-server/dix/extension.c
+++ b/xorg-server/dix/extension.c
@@ -1,360 +1,360 @@
-/***********************************************************

-

-Copyright 1987, 1998  The Open Group

-

-Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its

-documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that

-the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that

-copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting

-documentation.

-

-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in

-all copies or substantial portions of the Software.

-

-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR

-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,

-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE

-OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN

-AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN

-CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

-

-Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be

-used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings

-in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.

-

-

-Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.

-

-                        All Rights Reserved

-

-Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its 

-documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, 

-provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that

-both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in 

-supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be

-used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the

-software without specific, written prior permission.  

-

-DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING

-ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL

-DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR

-ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,

-WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,

-ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS

-SOFTWARE.

-

-******************************************************************/

-

-#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H

-#include <dix-config.h>

-#endif

-

-#include <X11/X.h>

-#include <X11/Xproto.h>

-#include "misc.h"

-#include "dixstruct.h"

-#include "extnsionst.h"

-#include "gcstruct.h"

-#include "scrnintstr.h"

-#include "dispatch.h"

-#include "privates.h"

-#include "registry.h"

-#include "xace.h"

-

-#define LAST_EVENT  128

-#define LAST_ERROR 255

-

-static ExtensionEntry **extensions = (ExtensionEntry **)NULL;

-

-int lastEvent = EXTENSION_EVENT_BASE;

-static int lastError = FirstExtensionError;

-static unsigned int NumExtensions = 0;

-

-ExtensionEntry *

-AddExtension(char *name, int NumEvents, int NumErrors, 

-	     int (*MainProc)(ClientPtr c1), 

-	     int (*SwappedMainProc)(ClientPtr c2), 

-	     void (*CloseDownProc)(ExtensionEntry *e), 

-	     unsigned short (*MinorOpcodeProc)(ClientPtr c3))

-{

-    int i;

-    ExtensionEntry *ext, **newexts;

-

-    if (!MainProc || !SwappedMainProc || !MinorOpcodeProc)

-        return((ExtensionEntry *) NULL);

-    if ((lastEvent + NumEvents > LAST_EVENT) || 

-	        (unsigned)(lastError + NumErrors > LAST_ERROR)) {

-        LogMessage(X_ERROR, "Not enabling extension %s: maximum number of "

-                   "events or errors exceeded.\n", name);

-        return((ExtensionEntry *) NULL);

-    }

-

-    ext = calloc(sizeof (ExtensionEntry), 1);

-    if (!ext)

-	return NULL;

-    if (!dixAllocatePrivates(&ext->devPrivates, PRIVATE_EXTENSION)) {

-	free(ext);

-	return NULL;

-    }

-    ext->name = strdup(name);

-    ext->num_aliases = 0;

-    ext->aliases = (char **)NULL;

-    if (!ext->name)

-    {

-	dixFreePrivates(ext->devPrivates, PRIVATE_EXTENSION);

-	free(ext);

-	return((ExtensionEntry *) NULL);

-    }

-    i = NumExtensions;

-    newexts = (ExtensionEntry **) realloc(extensions,

-					   (i + 1) * sizeof(ExtensionEntry *));

-    if (!newexts)

-    {

-	free(ext->name);

-	dixFreePrivates(ext->devPrivates, PRIVATE_EXTENSION);

-	free(ext);

-	return((ExtensionEntry *) NULL);

-    }

-    NumExtensions++;

-    extensions = newexts;

-    extensions[i] = ext;

-    ext->index = i;

-    ext->base = i + EXTENSION_BASE;

-    ext->CloseDown = CloseDownProc;

-    ext->MinorOpcode = MinorOpcodeProc;

-    ProcVector[i + EXTENSION_BASE] = MainProc;

-    SwappedProcVector[i + EXTENSION_BASE] = SwappedMainProc;

-    if (NumEvents)

-    {

-        ext->eventBase = lastEvent;

-	ext->eventLast = lastEvent + NumEvents;

-	lastEvent += NumEvents;

-    }

-    else

-    {

-        ext->eventBase = 0;

-        ext->eventLast = 0;

-    }

-    if (NumErrors)

-    {

-        ext->errorBase = lastError;

-	ext->errorLast = lastError + NumErrors;

-	lastError += NumErrors;

-    }

-    else

-    {

-        ext->errorBase = 0;

-        ext->errorLast = 0;

-    }

-

-    RegisterExtensionNames(ext);

-    return ext;

-}

-

-Bool AddExtensionAlias(char *alias, ExtensionEntry *ext)

-{

-    char *name;

-    char **aliases;

-

-    if (!ext)

-        return FALSE ;

-    aliases = (char **)realloc(ext->aliases,

-				(ext->num_aliases + 1) * sizeof(char *));

-    if (!aliases)

-	return FALSE;

-    ext->aliases = aliases;

-    name = strdup(alias);

-    if (!name)

-	return FALSE;

-    ext->aliases[ext->num_aliases] = name;

-    ext->num_aliases++;

-    return TRUE;

-}

-

-static int

-FindExtension(char *extname, int len)

-{

-    int i, j;

-

-    for (i=0; i<NumExtensions; i++)

-    {

-	if ((strlen(extensions[i]->name) == len) &&

-	    !strncmp(extname, extensions[i]->name, len))

-	    break;

-	for (j = extensions[i]->num_aliases; --j >= 0;)

-	{

-	    if ((strlen(extensions[i]->aliases[j]) == len) &&

-		!strncmp(extname, extensions[i]->aliases[j], len))

-		break;

-	}

-	if (j >= 0) break;

-    }

-    return ((i == NumExtensions) ? -1 : i);

-}

-

-/*

- * CheckExtension returns the extensions[] entry for the requested

- * extension name.  Maybe this could just return a Bool instead?

- */

-ExtensionEntry *

-CheckExtension(const char *extname)

-{

-    int n;

-

-    n = FindExtension((char*)extname, strlen(extname));

-    if (n != -1)

-	return extensions[n];

-    else

-	return NULL;

-}

-

-/*

- * Added as part of Xace.

- */

-ExtensionEntry *

-GetExtensionEntry(int major)

-{    

-    if (major < EXTENSION_BASE)

-	return NULL;

-    major -= EXTENSION_BASE;

-    if (major >= NumExtensions)

-	return NULL;

-    return extensions[major];

-}

-

-unsigned short

-StandardMinorOpcode(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    return ((xReq *)client->requestBuffer)->data;

-}

-

-unsigned short

-MinorOpcodeOfRequest(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    unsigned char major;

-

-    major = ((xReq *)client->requestBuffer)->reqType;

-    if (major < EXTENSION_BASE)

-	return 0;

-    major -= EXTENSION_BASE;

-    if (major >= NumExtensions)

-	return 0;

-    return (*extensions[major]->MinorOpcode)(client);

-}

-

-void

-CloseDownExtensions(void)

-{

-    int i,j;

-

-    for (i = NumExtensions - 1; i >= 0; i--)

-    {

-	if (extensions[i]->CloseDown)

-	    extensions[i]->CloseDown(extensions[i]);

-	NumExtensions = i;

-	free(extensions[i]->name);

-	for (j = extensions[i]->num_aliases; --j >= 0;)

-	    free(extensions[i]->aliases[j]);

-	free(extensions[i]->aliases);

-	dixFreePrivates(extensions[i]->devPrivates, PRIVATE_EXTENSION);

-	free(extensions[i]);

-    }

-    free(extensions);

-    extensions = (ExtensionEntry **)NULL;

-    lastEvent = EXTENSION_EVENT_BASE;

-    lastError = FirstExtensionError;

-}

-

-int

-ProcQueryExtension(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    xQueryExtensionReply reply;

-    int i;

-    REQUEST(xQueryExtensionReq);

-

-    REQUEST_FIXED_SIZE(xQueryExtensionReq, stuff->nbytes);

-

-    memset(&reply, 0, sizeof(xQueryExtensionReply));

-    reply.type = X_Reply;

-    reply.length = 0;

-    reply.major_opcode = 0;

-    reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

-

-    if ( ! NumExtensions )

-        reply.present = xFalse;

-    else

-    {

-	i = FindExtension((char *)&stuff[1], stuff->nbytes);

-        if (i < 0 || XaceHook(XACE_EXT_ACCESS, client, extensions[i]))

-            reply.present = xFalse;

-        else

-        {            

-            reply.present = xTrue;

-	    reply.major_opcode = extensions[i]->base;

-	    reply.first_event = extensions[i]->eventBase;

-	    reply.first_error = extensions[i]->errorBase;

-	}

-    }

-    WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xQueryExtensionReply), &reply);

-    return Success;

-}

-

-int

-ProcListExtensions(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    xListExtensionsReply reply;

-    char *bufptr, *buffer;

-    int total_length = 0;

-

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReq);

-

-    memset(&reply, 0, sizeof(xListExtensionsReply));

-    reply.type = X_Reply;

-    reply.nExtensions = 0;

-    reply.length = 0;

-    reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

-    buffer = NULL;

-

-    if ( NumExtensions )

-    {

-        int i, j;

-

-        for (i=0;  i<NumExtensions; i++)

-	{

-	    /* call callbacks to find out whether to show extension */

-	    if (XaceHook(XACE_EXT_ACCESS, client, extensions[i]) != Success)

-		continue;

-

-	    total_length += strlen(extensions[i]->name) + 1;

-	    reply.nExtensions += 1 + extensions[i]->num_aliases;

-	    for (j = extensions[i]->num_aliases; --j >= 0;)

-		total_length += strlen(extensions[i]->aliases[j]) + 1;

-	}

-        reply.length = bytes_to_int32(total_length);

-	buffer = bufptr = malloc(total_length);

-	if (!buffer)

-	    return BadAlloc;

-        for (i=0;  i<NumExtensions; i++)

-        {

-	    int len;

-	    if (XaceHook(XACE_EXT_ACCESS, client, extensions[i]) != Success)

-		continue;

-

-            *bufptr++ = len = strlen(extensions[i]->name);

-	    memmove(bufptr, extensions[i]->name,  len);

-	    bufptr += len;

-	    for (j = extensions[i]->num_aliases; --j >= 0;)

-	    {

-		*bufptr++ = len = strlen(extensions[i]->aliases[j]);

-		memmove(bufptr, extensions[i]->aliases[j],  len);

-		bufptr += len;

-	    }

-	}

-    }

-    WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xListExtensionsReply), &reply);

-    if (reply.length)

-        WriteToClient(client, total_length, buffer);

-

-    free(buffer);

-    return Success;

-}

+/***********************************************************
+
+Copyright 1987, 1998  The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+
+Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+                        All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its 
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, 
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in 
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.  
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <X11/X.h>
+#include <X11/Xproto.h>
+#include "misc.h"
+#include "dixstruct.h"
+#include "extnsionst.h"
+#include "gcstruct.h"
+#include "scrnintstr.h"
+#include "dispatch.h"
+#include "privates.h"
+#include "registry.h"
+#include "xace.h"
+
+#define LAST_EVENT  128
+#define LAST_ERROR 255
+
+static ExtensionEntry **extensions = (ExtensionEntry **)NULL;
+
+int lastEvent = EXTENSION_EVENT_BASE;
+static int lastError = FirstExtensionError;
+static unsigned int NumExtensions = 0;
+
+ExtensionEntry *
+AddExtension(char *name, int NumEvents, int NumErrors, 
+	     int (*MainProc)(ClientPtr c1), 
+	     int (*SwappedMainProc)(ClientPtr c2), 
+	     void (*CloseDownProc)(ExtensionEntry *e), 
+	     unsigned short (*MinorOpcodeProc)(ClientPtr c3))
+{
+    int i;
+    ExtensionEntry *ext, **newexts;
+
+    if (!MainProc || !SwappedMainProc || !MinorOpcodeProc)
+        return((ExtensionEntry *) NULL);
+    if ((lastEvent + NumEvents > LAST_EVENT) || 
+	        (unsigned)(lastError + NumErrors > LAST_ERROR)) {
+        LogMessage(X_ERROR, "Not enabling extension %s: maximum number of "
+                   "events or errors exceeded.\n", name);
+        return((ExtensionEntry *) NULL);
+    }
+
+    ext = calloc(sizeof (ExtensionEntry), 1);
+    if (!ext)
+	return NULL;
+    if (!dixAllocatePrivates(&ext->devPrivates, PRIVATE_EXTENSION)) {
+	free(ext);
+	return NULL;
+    }
+    ext->name = strdup(name);
+    ext->num_aliases = 0;
+    ext->aliases = (char **)NULL;
+    if (!ext->name)
+    {
+	dixFreePrivates(ext->devPrivates, PRIVATE_EXTENSION);
+	free(ext);
+	return((ExtensionEntry *) NULL);
+    }
+    i = NumExtensions;
+    newexts = (ExtensionEntry **) realloc(extensions,
+					   (i + 1) * sizeof(ExtensionEntry *));
+    if (!newexts)
+    {
+	free(ext->name);
+	dixFreePrivates(ext->devPrivates, PRIVATE_EXTENSION);
+	free(ext);
+	return((ExtensionEntry *) NULL);
+    }
+    NumExtensions++;
+    extensions = newexts;
+    extensions[i] = ext;
+    ext->index = i;
+    ext->base = i + EXTENSION_BASE;
+    ext->CloseDown = CloseDownProc;
+    ext->MinorOpcode = MinorOpcodeProc;
+    ProcVector[i + EXTENSION_BASE] = MainProc;
+    SwappedProcVector[i + EXTENSION_BASE] = SwappedMainProc;
+    if (NumEvents)
+    {
+        ext->eventBase = lastEvent;
+	ext->eventLast = lastEvent + NumEvents;
+	lastEvent += NumEvents;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        ext->eventBase = 0;
+        ext->eventLast = 0;
+    }
+    if (NumErrors)
+    {
+        ext->errorBase = lastError;
+	ext->errorLast = lastError + NumErrors;
+	lastError += NumErrors;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        ext->errorBase = 0;
+        ext->errorLast = 0;
+    }
+
+    RegisterExtensionNames(ext);
+    return ext;
+}
+
+Bool AddExtensionAlias(char *alias, ExtensionEntry *ext)
+{
+    char *name;
+    char **aliases;
+
+    if (!ext)
+        return FALSE ;
+    aliases = (char **)realloc(ext->aliases,
+				(ext->num_aliases + 1) * sizeof(char *));
+    if (!aliases)
+	return FALSE;
+    ext->aliases = aliases;
+    name = strdup(alias);
+    if (!name)
+	return FALSE;
+    ext->aliases[ext->num_aliases] = name;
+    ext->num_aliases++;
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+static int
+FindExtension(char *extname, int len)
+{
+    int i, j;
+
+    for (i=0; i<NumExtensions; i++)
+    {
+	if ((strlen(extensions[i]->name) == len) &&
+	    !strncmp(extname, extensions[i]->name, len))
+	    break;
+	for (j = extensions[i]->num_aliases; --j >= 0;)
+	{
+	    if ((strlen(extensions[i]->aliases[j]) == len) &&
+		!strncmp(extname, extensions[i]->aliases[j], len))
+		break;
+	}
+	if (j >= 0) break;
+    }
+    return ((i == NumExtensions) ? -1 : i);
+}
+
+/*
+ * CheckExtension returns the extensions[] entry for the requested
+ * extension name.  Maybe this could just return a Bool instead?
+ */
+ExtensionEntry *
+CheckExtension(const char *extname)
+{
+    int n;
+
+    n = FindExtension((char*)extname, strlen(extname));
+    if (n != -1)
+	return extensions[n];
+    else
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Added as part of Xace.
+ */
+ExtensionEntry *
+GetExtensionEntry(int major)
+{    
+    if (major < EXTENSION_BASE)
+	return NULL;
+    major -= EXTENSION_BASE;
+    if (major >= NumExtensions)
+	return NULL;
+    return extensions[major];
+}
+
+unsigned short
+StandardMinorOpcode(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    return ((xReq *)client->requestBuffer)->data;
+}
+
+unsigned short
+MinorOpcodeOfRequest(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    unsigned char major;
+
+    major = ((xReq *)client->requestBuffer)->reqType;
+    if (major < EXTENSION_BASE)
+	return 0;
+    major -= EXTENSION_BASE;
+    if (major >= NumExtensions)
+	return 0;
+    return (*extensions[major]->MinorOpcode)(client);
+}
+
+void
+CloseDownExtensions(void)
+{
+    int i,j;
+
+    for (i = NumExtensions - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+    {
+	if (extensions[i]->CloseDown)
+	    extensions[i]->CloseDown(extensions[i]);
+	NumExtensions = i;
+	free(extensions[i]->name);
+	for (j = extensions[i]->num_aliases; --j >= 0;)
+	    free(extensions[i]->aliases[j]);
+	free(extensions[i]->aliases);
+	dixFreePrivates(extensions[i]->devPrivates, PRIVATE_EXTENSION);
+	free(extensions[i]);
+    }
+    free(extensions);
+    extensions = (ExtensionEntry **)NULL;
+    lastEvent = EXTENSION_EVENT_BASE;
+    lastError = FirstExtensionError;
+}
+
+int
+ProcQueryExtension(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    xQueryExtensionReply reply;
+    int i;
+    REQUEST(xQueryExtensionReq);
+
+    REQUEST_FIXED_SIZE(xQueryExtensionReq, stuff->nbytes);
+
+    memset(&reply, 0, sizeof(xQueryExtensionReply));
+    reply.type = X_Reply;
+    reply.length = 0;
+    reply.major_opcode = 0;
+    reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+
+    if ( ! NumExtensions )
+        reply.present = xFalse;
+    else
+    {
+	i = FindExtension((char *)&stuff[1], stuff->nbytes);
+        if (i < 0 || XaceHook(XACE_EXT_ACCESS, client, extensions[i]))
+            reply.present = xFalse;
+        else
+        {            
+            reply.present = xTrue;
+	    reply.major_opcode = extensions[i]->base;
+	    reply.first_event = extensions[i]->eventBase;
+	    reply.first_error = extensions[i]->errorBase;
+	}
+    }
+    WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xQueryExtensionReply), &reply);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcListExtensions(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    xListExtensionsReply reply;
+    char *bufptr, *buffer;
+    int total_length = 0;
+
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReq);
+
+    memset(&reply, 0, sizeof(xListExtensionsReply));
+    reply.type = X_Reply;
+    reply.nExtensions = 0;
+    reply.length = 0;
+    reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+    buffer = NULL;
+
+    if ( NumExtensions )
+    {
+        int i, j;
+
+        for (i=0;  i<NumExtensions; i++)
+	{
+	    /* call callbacks to find out whether to show extension */
+	    if (XaceHook(XACE_EXT_ACCESS, client, extensions[i]) != Success)
+		continue;
+
+	    total_length += strlen(extensions[i]->name) + 1;
+	    reply.nExtensions += 1 + extensions[i]->num_aliases;
+	    for (j = extensions[i]->num_aliases; --j >= 0;)
+		total_length += strlen(extensions[i]->aliases[j]) + 1;
+	}
+        reply.length = bytes_to_int32(total_length);
+	buffer = bufptr = malloc(total_length);
+	if (!buffer)
+	    return BadAlloc;
+        for (i=0;  i<NumExtensions; i++)
+        {
+	    int len;
+	    if (XaceHook(XACE_EXT_ACCESS, client, extensions[i]) != Success)
+		continue;
+
+            *bufptr++ = len = strlen(extensions[i]->name);
+	    memmove(bufptr, extensions[i]->name,  len);
+	    bufptr += len;
+	    for (j = extensions[i]->num_aliases; --j >= 0;)
+	    {
+		*bufptr++ = len = strlen(extensions[i]->aliases[j]);
+		memmove(bufptr, extensions[i]->aliases[j],  len);
+		bufptr += len;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xListExtensionsReply), &reply);
+    if (reply.length)
+        WriteToClient(client, total_length, buffer);
+
+    free(buffer);
+    return Success;
+}
diff --git a/xorg-server/dix/getevents.c b/xorg-server/dix/getevents.c
index 7e901942f..12f8ac7d0 100644
--- a/xorg-server/dix/getevents.c
+++ b/xorg-server/dix/getevents.c
@@ -1,1397 +1,1397 @@
-/*

- * Copyright © 2006 Nokia Corporation

- * Copyright © 2006-2007 Daniel Stone

- * Copyright © 2008 Red Hat, Inc.

- *

- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a

- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),

- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation

- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,

- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the

- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:

- *

- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next

- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the

- * Software.

- *

- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR

- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,

- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL

- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER

- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING

- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER

- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

- *

- * Authors: Daniel Stone <daniel@fooishbar.org>

- *          Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>

- */

-

-#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H

-#include <dix-config.h>

-#endif

-

-#include <X11/X.h>

-#include <X11/keysym.h>

-#include <X11/Xproto.h>

-#include <math.h>

-

-#include "misc.h"

-#include "resource.h"

-#include "inputstr.h"

-#include "scrnintstr.h"

-#include "cursorstr.h"

-#include "dixstruct.h"

-#include "globals.h"

-#include "dixevents.h"

-#include "mipointer.h"

-#include "eventstr.h"

-#include "eventconvert.h"

-#include "inpututils.h"

-#include "mi.h"

-

-#include <X11/extensions/XKBproto.h>

-#include "xkbsrv.h"

-

-#ifdef PANORAMIX

-#include "panoramiX.h"

-#include "panoramiXsrv.h"

-#endif

-

-#include <X11/extensions/XI.h>

-#include <X11/extensions/XIproto.h>

-#include <pixman.h>

-#include "exglobals.h"

-#include "exevents.h"

-#include "extnsionst.h"

-#include "listdev.h" /* for sizing up DeviceClassesChangedEvent */

-

-#ifdef _MSC_VER

-#include <math.h>

-

-float roundf(float f)

-{

-  return ((f<0.0f) ? ceil(f-.5)  : floor (f+.5));

-}

-double roundd(double f)

-{

-  return ((f<0.0) ? ceil(f-.5)  : floor (f+.5));

-}

-#define lroundf(val)   ((int)roundf(val))

-#define lround(val)   ((int)roundd(val))

-#endif

-

-/* Number of motion history events to store. */

-#define MOTION_HISTORY_SIZE 256

-

-/**

- * InputEventList is the storage for input events generated by

- * QueuePointerEvents, QueueKeyboardEvents, and QueueProximityEvents.

- * This list is allocated on startup by the DIX.

- */

-InternalEvent* InputEventList = NULL;

-

-/**

- * Pick some arbitrary size for Xi motion history.

- */

-int

-GetMotionHistorySize(void)

-{

-    return MOTION_HISTORY_SIZE;

-}

-

-void

-set_button_down(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int button, int type)

-{

-    if (type == BUTTON_PROCESSED)

-        SetBit(pDev->button->down, button);

-    else

-        SetBit(pDev->button->postdown, button);

-}

-

-void

-set_button_up(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int button, int type)

-{

-    if (type == BUTTON_PROCESSED)

-        ClearBit(pDev->button->down, button);

-    else

-        ClearBit(pDev->button->postdown, button);

-}

-

-Bool

-button_is_down(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int button, int type)

-{

-    Bool ret = FALSE;

-

-    if (type & BUTTON_PROCESSED)

-        ret = ret || BitIsOn(pDev->button->down, button);

-    if (type & BUTTON_POSTED)

-        ret = ret || BitIsOn(pDev->button->postdown, button);

-

-    return ret;

-}

-

-void

-set_key_down(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int key_code, int type)

-{

-    if (type == KEY_PROCESSED)

-        SetBit(pDev->key->down, key_code);

-    else

-        SetBit(pDev->key->postdown, key_code);

-}

-

-void

-set_key_up(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int key_code, int type)

-{

-    if (type == KEY_PROCESSED)

-        ClearBit(pDev->key->down, key_code);

-    else

-        ClearBit(pDev->key->postdown, key_code);

-}

-

-Bool

-key_is_down(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int key_code, int type)

-{

-    Bool ret = FALSE;

-

-    if (type & KEY_PROCESSED)

-        ret = ret || BitIsOn(pDev->key->down, key_code);

-    if (type & KEY_POSTED)

-        ret = ret || BitIsOn(pDev->key->postdown, key_code);

-

-    return ret;

-}

-

-static Bool

-key_autorepeats(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int key_code)

-{

-    return !!(pDev->kbdfeed->ctrl.autoRepeats[key_code >> 3] &

-              (1 << (key_code & 7)));

-}

-

-static void

-init_event(DeviceIntPtr dev, DeviceEvent* event, Time ms)

-{

-    memset(event, 0, sizeof(DeviceEvent));

-    event->header = ET_Internal;

-    event->length = sizeof(DeviceEvent);

-    event->time = ms;

-    event->deviceid = dev->id;

-    event->sourceid = dev->id;

-}

-

-static void

-init_raw(DeviceIntPtr dev, RawDeviceEvent *event, Time ms, int type, int detail)

-{

-    memset(event, 0, sizeof(RawDeviceEvent));

-    event->header = ET_Internal;

-    event->length = sizeof(RawDeviceEvent);

-    event->type = ET_RawKeyPress - ET_KeyPress + type;

-    event->time = ms;

-    event->deviceid = dev->id;

-    event->sourceid = dev->id;

-    event->detail.button = detail;

-}

-

-static void

-set_raw_valuators(RawDeviceEvent *event, ValuatorMask *mask, int32_t* data)

-{

-    int i;

-

-    for (i = 0; i < valuator_mask_size(mask); i++)

-    {

-        if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, i))

-        {

-            SetBit(event->valuators.mask, i);

-            data[i] = valuator_mask_get(mask, i);

-        }

-    }

-}

-

-

-static void

-set_valuators(DeviceIntPtr dev, DeviceEvent* event, ValuatorMask *mask)

-{

-    int i;

-

-    /* Set the data to the previous value for unset absolute axes. The values

-     * may be used when sent as part of an XI 1.x valuator event. */

-    for (i = 0; i < valuator_mask_size(mask); i++)

-    {

-        if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, i))

-        {

-            SetBit(event->valuators.mask, i);

-            if (valuator_get_mode(dev, i) == Absolute)

-                SetBit(event->valuators.mode, i);

-            event->valuators.data[i] = valuator_mask_get(mask, i);

-            event->valuators.data_frac[i] =

-                dev->last.remainder[i] * (1 << 16) * (1 << 16);

-        }

-        else if (valuator_get_mode(dev, i) == Absolute)

-            event->valuators.data[i] = dev->valuator->axisVal[i];

-    }

-}

-

-void

-CreateClassesChangedEvent(InternalEvent* event,

-                          DeviceIntPtr master,

-                          DeviceIntPtr slave,

-                          int type)

-{

-    int i;

-    DeviceChangedEvent *dce;

-    CARD32 ms = GetTimeInMillis();

-

-    dce = &event->changed_event;

-    memset(dce, 0, sizeof(DeviceChangedEvent));

-    dce->deviceid = slave->id;

-    dce->masterid = master->id;

-    dce->header = ET_Internal;

-    dce->length = sizeof(DeviceChangedEvent);

-    dce->type = ET_DeviceChanged;

-    dce->time = ms;

-    dce->flags = type;

-    dce->flags |= DEVCHANGE_SLAVE_SWITCH;

-    dce->sourceid = slave->id;

-

-    if (slave->button)

-    {

-        dce->buttons.num_buttons = slave->button->numButtons;

-        for (i = 0; i < dce->buttons.num_buttons; i++)

-            dce->buttons.names[i] = slave->button->labels[i];

-    }

-    if (slave->valuator)

-    {

-        dce->num_valuators = slave->valuator->numAxes;

-        for (i = 0; i < dce->num_valuators; i++)

-        {

-            dce->valuators[i].min = slave->valuator->axes[i].min_value;

-            dce->valuators[i].max = slave->valuator->axes[i].max_value;

-            dce->valuators[i].resolution = slave->valuator->axes[i].resolution;

-            dce->valuators[i].mode = slave->valuator->axes[i].mode;

-            dce->valuators[i].name = slave->valuator->axes[i].label;

-        }

-    }

-    if (slave->key)

-    {

-        dce->keys.min_keycode = slave->key->xkbInfo->desc->min_key_code;

-        dce->keys.max_keycode = slave->key->xkbInfo->desc->max_key_code;

-    }

-}

-

-/**

- * Rescale the coord between the two axis ranges.

- */

-static int

-rescaleValuatorAxis(int coord, float remainder, float *remainder_return, AxisInfoPtr from, AxisInfoPtr to,

-                    int defmax)

-{

-    int fmin = 0, tmin = 0, fmax = defmax, tmax = defmax, coord_return;

-    float value;

-

-    if(from && from->min_value < from->max_value) {

-        fmin = from->min_value;

-        fmax = from->max_value;

-    }

-    if(to && to->min_value < to->max_value) {

-        tmin = to->min_value;

-        tmax = to->max_value;

-    }

-

-    if(fmin == tmin && fmax == tmax) {

-        if (remainder_return)

-            *remainder_return = remainder;

-        return coord;

-    }

-

-    if(fmax == fmin) { /* avoid division by 0 */

-        if (remainder_return)

-            *remainder_return = 0.0;

-        return 0;

-    }

-

-    value = (coord + remainder - fmin) * (tmax - tmin) / (fmax - fmin) + tmin;

-    coord_return = lroundf(value);

-    if (remainder_return)

-        *remainder_return = value - coord_return;

-    return coord_return;

-}

-

-/**

- * Update all coordinates when changing to a different SD

- * to ensure that relative reporting will work as expected

- * without loss of precision.

- *

- * pDev->last.valuators will be in absolute device coordinates after this

- * function.

- */

-static void

-updateSlaveDeviceCoords(DeviceIntPtr master, DeviceIntPtr pDev)

-{

-    ScreenPtr scr = miPointerGetScreen(pDev);

-    int i;

-    DeviceIntPtr lastSlave;

-

-    /* master->last.valuators[0]/[1] is in screen coords and the actual

-     * position of the pointer */

-    pDev->last.valuators[0] = master->last.valuators[0];

-    pDev->last.valuators[1] = master->last.valuators[1];

-    pDev->last.remainder[0] = master->last.remainder[0];

-    pDev->last.remainder[1] = master->last.remainder[1];

-

-    if (!pDev->valuator)

-        return;

-

-    /* scale back to device coordinates */

-    if(pDev->valuator->numAxes > 0)

-        pDev->last.valuators[0] = rescaleValuatorAxis(pDev->last.valuators[0], pDev->last.remainder[0],

-                        &pDev->last.remainder[0], NULL, pDev->valuator->axes + 0, scr->width);

-    if(pDev->valuator->numAxes > 1)

-        pDev->last.valuators[1] = rescaleValuatorAxis(pDev->last.valuators[1], pDev->last.remainder[1],

-                        &pDev->last.remainder[1], NULL, pDev->valuator->axes + 1, scr->height);

-

-    /* calculate the other axis as well based on info from the old

-     * slave-device. If the old slave had less axes than this one,

-     * last.valuators is reset to 0.

-     */

-    if ((lastSlave = master->last.slave) && lastSlave->valuator) {

-        for (i = 2; i < pDev->valuator->numAxes; i++) {

-            if (i >= lastSlave->valuator->numAxes)

-            {

-                pDev->last.valuators[i] = 0;

-                pDev->last.remainder[i] = 0;

-            }

-            else

-            {

-                pDev->last.valuators[i] =

-                    rescaleValuatorAxis(pDev->last.valuators[i],

-                            pDev->last.remainder[i],

-                            &pDev->last.remainder[i],

-                            lastSlave->valuator->axes + i,

-                            pDev->valuator->axes + i, 0);

-            }

-        }

-    }

-

-}

-

-/**

- * Allocate the motion history buffer.

- */

-void

-AllocateMotionHistory(DeviceIntPtr pDev)

-{

-    int size;

-    free(pDev->valuator->motion);

-

-    if (pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents < 1)

-        return;

-

-    /* An MD must have a motion history size large enough to keep all

-     * potential valuators, plus the respective range of the valuators.

-     * 3 * INT32 for (min_val, max_val, curr_val))

-     */

-    if (IsMaster(pDev))

-        size = sizeof(INT32) * 3 * MAX_VALUATORS;

-    else {

-        ValuatorClassPtr v = pDev->valuator;

-        int numAxes;

-        /* XI1 doesn't understand mixed mode devices */

-        for (numAxes = 0; numAxes < v->numAxes; numAxes++)

-            if (valuator_get_mode(pDev, numAxes) != valuator_get_mode(pDev, 0))

-                break;

-        size = sizeof(INT32) * numAxes;

-    }

-

-    size += sizeof(Time);

-

-    pDev->valuator->motion = calloc(pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents, size);

-    pDev->valuator->first_motion = 0;

-    pDev->valuator->last_motion = 0;

-    if (!pDev->valuator->motion)

-        ErrorF("[dix] %s: Failed to alloc motion history (%d bytes).\n",

-                pDev->name, size * pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents);

-}

-

-/**

- * Dump the motion history between start and stop into the supplied buffer.

- * Only records the event for a given screen in theory, but in practice, we

- * sort of ignore this.

- *

- * If core is set, we only generate x/y, in INT16, scaled to screen coords.

- */

-int

-GetMotionHistory(DeviceIntPtr pDev, xTimecoord **buff, unsigned long start,

-                 unsigned long stop, ScreenPtr pScreen, BOOL core)

-{

-    char *ibuff = NULL, *obuff;

-    int i = 0, ret = 0;

-    int j, coord;

-    Time current;

-    /* The size of a single motion event. */

-    int size;

-    int dflt;

-    AxisInfo from, *to; /* for scaling */

-    INT32 *ocbuf, *icbuf; /* pointer to coordinates for copying */

-    INT16 *corebuf;

-    AxisInfo core_axis = {0};

-

-    if (!pDev->valuator || !pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents)

-        return 0;

-

-    if (core && !pScreen)

-        return 0;

-

-    if (IsMaster(pDev))

-        size = (sizeof(INT32) * 3 * MAX_VALUATORS) + sizeof(Time);

-    else

-        size = (sizeof(INT32) * pDev->valuator->numAxes) + sizeof(Time);

-

-    *buff = malloc(size * pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents);

-    if (!(*buff))

-        return 0;

-    obuff = (char *)*buff;

-

-    for (i = pDev->valuator->first_motion;

-         i != pDev->valuator->last_motion;

-         i = (i + 1) % pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents) {

-        /* We index the input buffer by which element we're accessing, which

-         * is not monotonic, and the output buffer by how many events we've

-         * written so far. */

-        ibuff = (char *) pDev->valuator->motion + (i * size);

-        memcpy(&current, ibuff, sizeof(Time));

-

-        if (current > stop) {

-            return ret;

-        }

-        else if (current >= start) {

-            if (core)

-            {

-                memcpy(obuff, ibuff, sizeof(Time)); /* copy timestamp */

-

-                icbuf = (INT32*)(ibuff + sizeof(Time));

-                corebuf = (INT16*)(obuff + sizeof(Time));

-

-                /* fetch x coordinate + range */

-                memcpy(&from.min_value, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32));

-                memcpy(&from.max_value, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32));

-                memcpy(&coord, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32));

-

-                /* scale to screen coords */

-                to = &core_axis;

-                to->max_value = pScreen->width;

-                coord = rescaleValuatorAxis(coord, 0.0, NULL, &from, to, pScreen->width);

-

-                memcpy(corebuf, &coord, sizeof(INT16));

-                corebuf++;

-

-                /* fetch y coordinate + range */

-                memcpy(&from.min_value, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32));

-                memcpy(&from.max_value, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32));

-                memcpy(&coord, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32));

-

-                to->max_value = pScreen->height;

-                coord = rescaleValuatorAxis(coord, 0.0, NULL, &from, to, pScreen->height);

-                memcpy(corebuf, &coord, sizeof(INT16));

-

-            } else if (IsMaster(pDev))

-            {

-                memcpy(obuff, ibuff, sizeof(Time)); /* copy timestamp */

-

-                ocbuf = (INT32*)(obuff + sizeof(Time));

-                icbuf = (INT32*)(ibuff + sizeof(Time));

-                for (j = 0; j < MAX_VALUATORS; j++)

-                {

-                    if (j >= pDev->valuator->numAxes)

-                        break;

-

-                    /* fetch min/max/coordinate */

-                    memcpy(&from.min_value, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32));

-                    memcpy(&from.max_value, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32));

-                    memcpy(&coord, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32));

-

-                    to = (j < pDev->valuator->numAxes) ? &pDev->valuator->axes[j] : NULL;

-

-                    /* x/y scaled to screen if no range is present */

-                    if (j == 0 && (from.max_value < from.min_value))

-                        from.max_value = pScreen->width;

-                    else if (j == 1 && (from.max_value < from.min_value))

-                        from.max_value = pScreen->height;

-

-                    if (j == 0 && (to->max_value < to->min_value))

-                        dflt = pScreen->width;

-                    else if (j == 1 && (to->max_value < to->min_value))

-                        dflt = pScreen->height;

-                    else

-                        dflt = 0;

-

-                    /* scale from stored range into current range */

-                    coord = rescaleValuatorAxis(coord, 0.0, NULL, &from, to, 0);

-                    memcpy(ocbuf, &coord, sizeof(INT32));

-                    ocbuf++;

-                }

-            } else

-                memcpy(obuff, ibuff, size);

-

-            /* don't advance by size here. size may be different to the

-             * actually written size if the MD has less valuators than MAX */

-            if (core)

-                obuff += sizeof(INT32) + sizeof(Time);

-            else

-                obuff += (sizeof(INT32) * pDev->valuator->numAxes) + sizeof(Time);

-            ret++;

-        }

-    }

-

-    return ret;

-}

-

-

-/**

- * Update the motion history for a specific device, with the list of

- * valuators.

- *

- * Layout of the history buffer:

- *   for SDs: [time] [val0] [val1] ... [valn]

- *   for MDs: [time] [min_val0] [max_val0] [val0] [min_val1] ... [valn]

- *

- * For events that have some valuators unset:

- *      min_val == max_val == val == 0.

- */

-static void

-updateMotionHistory(DeviceIntPtr pDev, CARD32 ms, ValuatorMask *mask,

-                    int *valuators)

-{

-    char *buff = (char *) pDev->valuator->motion;

-    ValuatorClassPtr v;

-    int i;

-

-    if (!pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents)

-        return;

-

-    v = pDev->valuator;

-    if (IsMaster(pDev))

-    {

-        buff += ((sizeof(INT32) * 3 * MAX_VALUATORS) + sizeof(CARD32)) *

-                v->last_motion;

-

-        memcpy(buff, &ms, sizeof(Time));

-        buff += sizeof(Time);

-

-        memset(buff, 0, sizeof(INT32) * 3 * MAX_VALUATORS);

-

-        for (i = 0; i < v->numAxes; i++)

-        {

-            /* XI1 doesn't support mixed mode devices */

-            if (valuator_get_mode(pDev, i) != valuator_get_mode(pDev, 0))

-                break;

-            if (valuator_mask_size(mask) <= i || !valuator_mask_isset(mask, i))

-            {

-                buff += 3 * sizeof(INT32);

-                continue;

-            }

-            memcpy(buff, &v->axes[i].min_value, sizeof(INT32));

-            buff += sizeof(INT32);

-            memcpy(buff, &v->axes[i].max_value, sizeof(INT32));

-            buff += sizeof(INT32);

-            memcpy(buff, &valuators[i], sizeof(INT32));

-            buff += sizeof(INT32);

-        }

-    } else

-    {

-

-        buff += ((sizeof(INT32) * pDev->valuator->numAxes) + sizeof(CARD32)) *

-            pDev->valuator->last_motion;

-

-        memcpy(buff, &ms, sizeof(Time));

-        buff += sizeof(Time);

-

-        memset(buff, 0, sizeof(INT32) * pDev->valuator->numAxes);

-

-        for (i = 0; i < MAX_VALUATORS; i++)

-        {

-            if (valuator_mask_size(mask) <= i || !valuator_mask_isset(mask, i))

-            {

-                buff += sizeof(INT32);

-                continue;

-            }

-            memcpy(buff, &valuators[i], sizeof(INT32));

-            buff += sizeof(INT32);

-        }

-    }

-

-    pDev->valuator->last_motion = (pDev->valuator->last_motion + 1) %

-        pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents;

-    /* If we're wrapping around, just keep the circular buffer going. */

-    if (pDev->valuator->first_motion == pDev->valuator->last_motion)

-        pDev->valuator->first_motion = (pDev->valuator->first_motion + 1) %

-                                       pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents;

-

-    return;

-}

-

-

-/**

- * Returns the maximum number of events GetKeyboardEvents

- * and GetPointerEvents will ever return.

- *

- * This MUST be absolutely constant, from init until exit.

- */

-int

-GetMaximumEventsNum(void) {

-    /* One raw event

-     * One device event

-     * One possible device changed event

-     */

-    return 3;

-}

-

-

-/**

- * Clip an axis to its bounds, which are declared in the call to

- * InitValuatorAxisClassStruct.

- */

-static void

-clipAxis(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int axisNum, int *val)

-{

-    AxisInfoPtr axis;

-

-    if (axisNum >= pDev->valuator->numAxes)

-        return;

-

-    axis = pDev->valuator->axes + axisNum;

-

-    /* If a value range is defined, clip. If not, do nothing */

-    if (axis->max_value <= axis->min_value)

-        return;

-

-    if (*val < axis->min_value)

-        *val = axis->min_value;

-    if (*val > axis->max_value)

-        *val = axis->max_value;

-}

-

-/**

- * Clip every axis in the list of valuators to its bounds.

- */

-static void

-clipValuators(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ValuatorMask *mask)

-{

-    int i;

-

-    for (i = 0; i < valuator_mask_size(mask); i++)

-        if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, i))

-        {

-            int val = valuator_mask_get(mask, i);

-            clipAxis(pDev, i, &val);

-            valuator_mask_set(mask, i, val);

-        }

-}

-

-/**

- * Create the DCCE event (does not update the master's device state yet, this

- * is done in the event processing).

- * Pull in the coordinates from the MD if necessary.

- *

- * @param events Pointer to a pre-allocated event array.

- * @param dev The slave device that generated an event.

- * @param type Either DEVCHANGE_POINTER_EVENT and/or DEVCHANGE_KEYBOARD_EVENT

- * @param num_events The current number of events, returns the number of

- *        events if a DCCE was generated.

- * @return The updated @events pointer.

- */

-InternalEvent*

-UpdateFromMaster(InternalEvent* events, DeviceIntPtr dev, int type, int *num_events)

-{

-    DeviceIntPtr master;

-

-    master = GetMaster(dev, (type & DEVCHANGE_POINTER_EVENT) ?  MASTER_POINTER : MASTER_KEYBOARD);

-

-    if (master && master->last.slave != dev)

-    {

-        CreateClassesChangedEvent(events, master, dev, type);

-        if (IsPointerDevice(master))

-        {

-            updateSlaveDeviceCoords(master, dev);

-            master->last.numValuators = dev->last.numValuators;

-        }

-        master->last.slave = dev;

-        (*num_events)++;

-        events++;

-    }

-    return events;

-}

-

-/**

- * Move the device's pointer to the position given in the valuators.

- *

- * @param dev The device which's pointer is to be moved.

- * @param x Returns the x position of the pointer after the move.

- * @param y Returns the y position of the pointer after the move.

- * @param mask Bit mask of valid valuators.

- * @param valuators Valuator data for each axis between @first and

- *        @first+@num.

- */

-static void

-moveAbsolute(DeviceIntPtr dev, int *x, int *y, ValuatorMask *mask)

-{

-    int i;

-

-    if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, 0))

-        *x = valuator_mask_get(mask, 0);

-    else

-        *x = dev->last.valuators[0];

-

-    if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, 1))

-        *y = valuator_mask_get(mask, 1);

-    else

-        *y = dev->last.valuators[1];

-

-    clipAxis(dev, 0, x);

-    clipAxis(dev, 1, y);

-

-    for (i = 2; i < valuator_mask_size(mask); i++)

-    {

-        if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, i))

-        {

-            dev->last.valuators[i] = valuator_mask_get(mask, i);

-            clipAxis(dev, i, &dev->last.valuators[i]);

-        }

-    }

-}

-

-/**

- * Move the device's pointer by the values given in @valuators.

- *

- * @param dev The device which's pointer is to be moved.

- * @param x Returns the x position of the pointer after the move.

- * @param y Returns the y position of the pointer after the move.

- * @param mask Bit mask of valid valuators.

- * @param valuators Valuator data for each axis between @first and

- *        @first+@num.

- */

-static void

-moveRelative(DeviceIntPtr dev, int *x, int *y, ValuatorMask *mask)

-{

-    int i;

-

-    *x = dev->last.valuators[0];

-    *y = dev->last.valuators[1];

-

-    if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, 0))

-        *x += valuator_mask_get(mask, 0);

-

-    if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, 1))

-        *y += valuator_mask_get(mask, 1);

-

-    /* if attached, clip both x and y to the defined limits (usually

-     * co-ord space limit). If it is attached, we need x/y to go over the

-     * limits to be able to change screens. */

-    if (dev->valuator && (IsMaster(dev) || !IsFloating(dev))) {

-        if (valuator_get_mode(dev, 0) == Absolute)

-            clipAxis(dev, 0, x);

-        if (valuator_get_mode(dev, 1) == Absolute)

-            clipAxis(dev, 1, y);

-    }

-

-    /* calc other axes, clip, drop back into valuators */

-    for (i = 2; i < valuator_mask_size(mask); i++)

-    {

-        if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, i))

-        {

-            dev->last.valuators[i] += valuator_mask_get(mask, i);

-            if (valuator_get_mode(dev, i) == Absolute)

-                clipAxis(dev, i, &dev->last.valuators[i]);

-            valuator_mask_set(mask, i, dev->last.valuators[i]);

-        }

-    }

-}

-

-/**

- * Accelerate the data in valuators based on the device's acceleration scheme.

- *

- * @param dev The device which's pointer is to be moved.

- * @param valuators Valuator mask

- * @param ms Current time.

- */

-static void

-accelPointer(DeviceIntPtr dev, ValuatorMask* valuators, CARD32 ms)

-{

-    if (dev->valuator->accelScheme.AccelSchemeProc)

-        dev->valuator->accelScheme.AccelSchemeProc(dev, valuators, ms);

-}

-

-/**

- * If we have HW cursors, this actually moves the visible sprite. If not, we

- * just do all the screen crossing, etc.

- *

- * We scale from device to screen coordinates here, call

- * miPointerSetPosition() and then scale back into device coordinates (if

- * needed). miPSP will change x/y if the screen was crossed.

- *

- * The coordinates provided are always absolute. The parameter mode whether

- * it was relative or absolute movement that landed us at those coordinates.

- *

- * @param dev The device to be moved.

- * @param mode Movement mode (Absolute or Relative)

- * @param x Pointer to current x-axis value, may be modified.

- * @param y Pointer to current y-axis value, may be modified.

- * @param x_frac Fractional part of current x-axis value, may be modified.

- * @param y_frac Fractional part of current y-axis value, may be modified.

- * @param scr Screen the device's sprite is currently on.

- * @param screenx Screen x coordinate the sprite is on after the update.

- * @param screeny Screen y coordinate the sprite is on after the update.

- * @param screenx_frac Fractional part of screen x coordinate, as above.

- * @param screeny_frac Fractional part of screen y coordinate, as above.

- */

-static void

-positionSprite(DeviceIntPtr dev, int mode,

-               int *x, int *y, float x_frac, float y_frac,

-               ScreenPtr scr, int *screenx, int *screeny, float *screenx_frac, float *screeny_frac)

-{

-    int old_screenx, old_screeny;

-

-    /* scale x&y to screen */

-    if (dev->valuator && dev->valuator->numAxes > 0) {

-        *screenx = rescaleValuatorAxis(*x, x_frac, screenx_frac,

-                dev->valuator->axes + 0, NULL, scr->width);

-    } else {

-        *screenx = dev->last.valuators[0];

-        *screenx_frac = dev->last.remainder[0];

-    }

-

-    if (dev->valuator && dev->valuator->numAxes > 1) {

-        *screeny = rescaleValuatorAxis(*y, y_frac, screeny_frac,

-                dev->valuator->axes + 1, NULL, scr->height);

-    } else {

-        *screeny = dev->last.valuators[1];

-        *screeny_frac = dev->last.remainder[1];

-    }

-

-    /* Hit the left screen edge? */

-    if (*screenx <= 0 && *screenx_frac < 0.0f)

-    {

-        *screenx_frac = 0.0f;

-        x_frac = 0.0f;

-    }

-    if (*screeny <= 0 && *screeny_frac < 0.0f)

-    {

-        *screeny_frac = 0.0f;

-        y_frac = 0.0f;

-    }

-

-

-    old_screenx = *screenx;

-    old_screeny = *screeny;

-    /* This takes care of crossing screens for us, as well as clipping

-     * to the current screen. */

-    miPointerSetPosition(dev, mode, screenx, screeny);

-

-    if(!IsMaster(dev) && !IsFloating(dev)) {

-        DeviceIntPtr master = GetMaster(dev, MASTER_POINTER);

-        master->last.valuators[0] = *screenx;

-        master->last.valuators[1] = *screeny;

-        master->last.remainder[0] = *screenx_frac;

-        master->last.remainder[1] = *screeny_frac;

-    }

-

-    if (dev->valuator)

-    {

-        /* Crossed screen? Scale back to device coordiantes */

-        if(*screenx != old_screenx)

-        {

-            scr = miPointerGetScreen(dev);

-            *x = rescaleValuatorAxis(*screenx, *screenx_frac, &x_frac, NULL,

-                                    dev->valuator->axes + 0, scr->width);

-        }

-        if(*screeny != old_screeny)

-        {

-            scr = miPointerGetScreen(dev);

-            *y = rescaleValuatorAxis(*screeny, *screeny_frac, &y_frac, NULL,

-                                     dev->valuator->axes + 1, scr->height);

-        }

-    }

-

-    /* dropy x/y (device coordinates) back into valuators for next event */

-    dev->last.valuators[0] = *x;

-    dev->last.valuators[1] = *y;

-    dev->last.remainder[0] = x_frac;

-    dev->last.remainder[1] = y_frac;

-}

-

-/**

- * Update the motion history for the device and (if appropriate) for its

- * master device.

- * @param dev Slave device to update.

- * @param mask Bit mask of valid valuators to append to history.

- * @param num Total number of valuators to append to history.

- * @param ms Current time

- */

-static void

-updateHistory(DeviceIntPtr dev, ValuatorMask *mask, CARD32 ms)

-{

-    if (!dev->valuator)

-        return;

-

-    updateMotionHistory(dev, ms, mask, dev->last.valuators);

-    if(!IsMaster(dev) && !IsFloating(dev))

-    {

-        DeviceIntPtr master = GetMaster(dev, MASTER_POINTER);

-        updateMotionHistory(master, ms, mask, dev->last.valuators);

-    }

-}

-

-static void

-queueEventList(DeviceIntPtr device, InternalEvent *events, int nevents)

-{

-    int i;

-    for (i = 0; i < nevents; i++)

-        mieqEnqueue(device, &events[i]);

-}

-

-/**

- * Generate internal events representing this keyboard event and enqueue

- * them on the event queue.

- *

- * This function is not reentrant. Disable signals before calling.

- *

- * FIXME: flags for relative/abs motion?

- *

- * @param device The device to generate the event for

- * @param type Event type, one of KeyPress or KeyRelease

- * @param keycode Key code of the pressed/released key

- * @param mask Valuator mask for valuators present for this event.

- *

- */

-void

-QueueKeyboardEvents(DeviceIntPtr device, int type,

-                    int keycode, const ValuatorMask *mask)

-{

-    int nevents;

-

-    nevents = GetKeyboardEvents(InputEventList, device, type, keycode, mask);

-    queueEventList(device, InputEventList, nevents);

-}

-

-/**

- * Returns a set of InternalEvents for KeyPress/KeyRelease, optionally

- * also with valuator events.

- *

- * The DDX is responsible for allocating the event list in the first

- * place via InitEventList(), and for freeing it.

- *

- * @return the number of events written into events.

- */

-int

-GetKeyboardEvents(InternalEvent *events, DeviceIntPtr pDev, int type,

-                  int key_code, const ValuatorMask *mask_in) {

-    int num_events = 0;

-    CARD32 ms = 0;

-    DeviceEvent *event;

-    RawDeviceEvent *raw;

-    ValuatorMask mask;

-

-    /* refuse events from disabled devices */

-    if (!pDev || !pDev->enabled)

-        return 0;

-

-    if (!events ||!pDev->key || !pDev->focus || !pDev->kbdfeed ||

-       (type != KeyPress && type != KeyRelease) ||

-       (key_code < 8 || key_code > 255))

-        return 0;

-

-    num_events = 1;

-

-    events = UpdateFromMaster(events, pDev, DEVCHANGE_KEYBOARD_EVENT, &num_events);

-

-    /* Handle core repeating, via press/release/press/release. */

-    if (type == KeyPress && key_is_down(pDev, key_code, KEY_POSTED)) {

-        /* If autorepeating is disabled either globally or just for that key,

-         * or we have a modifier, don't generate a repeat event. */

-        if (!pDev->kbdfeed->ctrl.autoRepeat ||

-            !key_autorepeats(pDev, key_code) ||

-            pDev->key->xkbInfo->desc->map->modmap[key_code])

-            return 0;

-    }

-

-    ms = GetTimeInMillis();

-

-    raw = &events->raw_event;

-    events++;

-    num_events++;

-

-    valuator_mask_copy(&mask, mask_in);

-

-    init_raw(pDev, raw, ms, type, key_code);

-    set_raw_valuators(raw, &mask, raw->valuators.data_raw);

-

-    clipValuators(pDev, &mask);

-

-    set_raw_valuators(raw, &mask, raw->valuators.data);

-

-    event = &events->device_event;

-    init_event(pDev, event, ms);

-    event->detail.key = key_code;

-

-    if (type == KeyPress) {

-        event->type = ET_KeyPress;

-	set_key_down(pDev, key_code, KEY_POSTED);

-    }

-    else if (type == KeyRelease) {

-        event->type = ET_KeyRelease;

-	set_key_up(pDev, key_code, KEY_POSTED);

-    }

-

-    clipValuators(pDev, &mask);

-

-    set_valuators(pDev, event, &mask);

-

-    return num_events;

-}

-

-/**

- * Initialize an event array large enough for num_events arrays.

- * This event list is to be passed into GetPointerEvents() and

- * GetKeyboardEvents().

- *

- * @param num_events Number of elements in list.

- */

-InternalEvent*

-InitEventList(int num_events)

-{

-    InternalEvent *events = calloc(num_events, sizeof(InternalEvent));

-    return events;

-}

-

-/**

- * Free an event list.

- *

- * @param list The list to be freed.

- * @param num_events Number of elements in list.

- */

-void

-FreeEventList(InternalEvent *list, int num_events)

-{

-    free(list);

-}

-

-/**

- * Transform vector x/y according to matrix m and drop the rounded coords

- * back into x/y.

- */

-static void

-transform(struct pixman_f_transform *m, int *x, int *y)

-{

-    struct pixman_f_vector p;

-    

-    p.v[0] = *x;

-    p.v[1] = *y;

-    p.v[2] = 1;

-

-    pixman_f_transform_point(m, &p);

-

-

-    *x = lround(p.v[0]);

-    *y = lround(p.v[1]);

-}

-

-static void

-transformAbsolute(DeviceIntPtr dev, ValuatorMask *mask)

-{

-    int x, y, ox, oy;

-

-    ox = x = valuator_mask_isset(mask, 0) ? valuator_mask_get(mask, 0) :

-                                            dev->last.valuators[0];

-    oy = y = valuator_mask_isset(mask, 1) ? valuator_mask_get(mask, 1) :

-                                            dev->last.valuators[1];

-

-    transform(&dev->transform, &x, &y);

-

-    if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, 0) || ox != x)

-        valuator_mask_set(mask, 0, x);

-

-    if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, 1) || oy != y)

-        valuator_mask_set(mask, 1, y);

-}

-

-/**

- * Generate internal events representing this pointer event and enqueue them

- * on the event queue.

- *

- * This function is not reentrant. Disable signals before calling.

- *

- * @param device The device to generate the event for

- * @param type Event type, one of ButtonPress, ButtonRelease, MotionNotify

- * @param buttons Button number of the buttons modified. Must be 0 for

- * MotionNotify

- * @param flags Event modification flags

- * @param mask Valuator mask for valuators present for this event.

- */

-void

-QueuePointerEvents(DeviceIntPtr device, int type,

-                   int buttons, int flags, const ValuatorMask *mask)

-{

-    int nevents;

-

-    nevents = GetPointerEvents(InputEventList, device, type, buttons, flags, mask);

-    queueEventList(device, InputEventList, nevents);

-}

-

-/**

- * Generate a series of InternalEvents representing pointer motion, or

- * button presses.

- *

- * The DDX is responsible for allocating the events in the first

- * place via InitEventList() and GetMaximumEventsNum(), and for freeing it.

- *

- * In the generated events rootX/Y will be in absolute screen coords and

- * the valuator information in the absolute or relative device coords.

- *

- * last.valuators[x] of the device is always in absolute device coords.

- * last.valuators[x] of the master device is in absolute screen coords.

- *

- * master->last.valuators[x] for x > 2 is undefined.

- *

- * @return the number of events written into events.

- */

-int

-GetPointerEvents(InternalEvent *events, DeviceIntPtr pDev, int type, int buttons,

-                 int flags, const ValuatorMask *mask_in) {

-    int num_events = 1;

-    CARD32 ms;

-    DeviceEvent *event;

-    RawDeviceEvent    *raw;

-    int x = 0, y = 0, /* device coords */

-        cx, cy; /* only screen coordinates */

-    float x_frac = 0.0, y_frac = 0.0, cx_frac, cy_frac;

-    ScreenPtr scr = miPointerGetScreen(pDev);

-    ValuatorMask mask;

-

-    /* refuse events from disabled devices */

-    if (!pDev->enabled)

-        return 0;

-

-    if (!scr)

-        return 0;

-

-    switch (type)

-    {

-        case MotionNotify:

-            if (!mask_in || valuator_mask_num_valuators(mask_in) <= 0)

-                return 0;

-            break;

-        case ButtonPress:

-        case ButtonRelease:

-            if (!pDev->button || !buttons)

-                return 0;

-            break;

-        default:

-            return 0;

-    }

-

-    ms = GetTimeInMillis(); /* before pointer update to help precision */

-

-    events = UpdateFromMaster(events, pDev, DEVCHANGE_POINTER_EVENT, &num_events);

-

-    valuator_mask_copy(&mask, mask_in);

-

-    if ((flags & POINTER_NORAW) == 0)

-    {

-	raw = &events->raw_event;

-	events++;

-	num_events++;

-

-	init_raw(pDev, raw, ms, type, buttons);

-	set_raw_valuators(raw, &mask, raw->valuators.data_raw);

-    }

-

-    if (flags & POINTER_ABSOLUTE)

-    {

-        if (flags & POINTER_SCREEN) /* valuators are in screen coords */

-        {

-            int scaled;

-

-            if (valuator_mask_isset(&mask, 0))

-            {

-                scaled = rescaleValuatorAxis(valuator_mask_get(&mask, 0),

-                                             0.0, &x_frac, NULL,

-                                             pDev->valuator->axes + 0,

-                                             scr->width);

-                valuator_mask_set(&mask, 0, scaled);

-            }

-            if (valuator_mask_isset(&mask, 1))

-            {

-                scaled = rescaleValuatorAxis(valuator_mask_get(&mask, 1),

-                                             0.0, &y_frac, NULL,

-                                             pDev->valuator->axes + 1,

-                                             scr->height);

-                valuator_mask_set(&mask, 1, scaled);

-            }

-        }

-

-        transformAbsolute(pDev, &mask);

-        moveAbsolute(pDev, &x, &y, &mask);

-    } else {

-        if (flags & POINTER_ACCELERATE) {

-            accelPointer(pDev, &mask, ms);

-            /* The pointer acceleration code modifies the fractional part

-             * in-place, so we need to extract this information first */

-            x_frac = pDev->last.remainder[0];

-            y_frac = pDev->last.remainder[1];

-        }

-        moveRelative(pDev, &x, &y, &mask);

-    }

-

-    if ((flags & POINTER_NORAW) == 0)

-	set_raw_valuators(raw, &mask, raw->valuators.data);

-

-    positionSprite(pDev, (flags & POINTER_ABSOLUTE) ? Absolute : Relative,

-                   &x, &y, x_frac, y_frac, scr, &cx, &cy, &cx_frac, &cy_frac);

-    updateHistory(pDev, &mask, ms);

-

-    /* Update the valuators with the true value sent to the client*/

-    if (valuator_mask_isset(&mask, 0))

-        valuator_mask_set(&mask, 0, x);

-    if (valuator_mask_isset(&mask, 1))

-        valuator_mask_set(&mask, 1, y);

-

-    clipValuators(pDev, &mask);

-

-    event = &events->device_event;

-    init_event(pDev, event, ms);

-

-    if (type == MotionNotify) {

-        event->type = ET_Motion;

-        event->detail.button = 0;

-    }

-    else {

-        if (type == ButtonPress) {

-            event->type = ET_ButtonPress;

-            set_button_down(pDev, buttons, BUTTON_POSTED);

-        }

-        else if (type == ButtonRelease) {

-            event->type = ET_ButtonRelease;

-            set_button_up(pDev, buttons, BUTTON_POSTED);

-        }

-        event->detail.button = buttons;

-    }

-

-    event->root_x = cx; /* root_x/y always in screen coords */

-    event->root_y = cy;

-    event->root_x_frac = cx_frac;

-    event->root_y_frac = cy_frac;

-

-    set_valuators(pDev, event, &mask);

-

-    return num_events;

-}

-

-/**

- * Generate internal events representing this proximity event and enqueue

- * them on the event queue.

- *

- * This function is not reentrant. Disable signals before calling.

- *

- * @param device The device to generate the event for

- * @param type Event type, one of ProximityIn or ProximityOut

- * @param keycode Key code of the pressed/released key

- * @param mask Valuator mask for valuators present for this event.

- *

- */

-void

-QueueProximityEvents(DeviceIntPtr device, int type,

-                     const ValuatorMask *mask)

-{

-    int nevents;

-

-    nevents = GetProximityEvents(InputEventList, device, type, mask);

-    queueEventList(device, InputEventList, nevents);

-}

-

-/**

- * Generate ProximityIn/ProximityOut InternalEvents, accompanied by

- * valuators.

- *

- * The DDX is responsible for allocating the events in the first place via

- * InitEventList(), and for freeing it.

- *

- * @return the number of events written into events.

- */

-int

-GetProximityEvents(InternalEvent *events, DeviceIntPtr pDev, int type, const ValuatorMask *mask_in)

-{

-    int num_events = 1, i;

-    DeviceEvent *event;

-    ValuatorMask mask;

-

-    /* refuse events from disabled devices */

-    if (!pDev->enabled)

-        return 0;

-

-    /* Sanity checks. */

-    if ((type != ProximityIn && type != ProximityOut) || !mask_in)

-        return 0;

-    if (!pDev->valuator)

-        return 0;

-

-    valuator_mask_copy(&mask, mask_in);

-

-    /* ignore relative axes for proximity. */

-    for (i = 0; i < valuator_mask_size(&mask); i++)

-    {

-        if (valuator_mask_isset(&mask, i) &&

-            valuator_get_mode(pDev, i) == Relative)

-            valuator_mask_unset(&mask, i);

-    }

-

-    /* FIXME: posting proximity events with relative valuators only results

-     * in an empty event, EventToXI() will fail to convert → no event sent

-     * to client. */

-

-    events = UpdateFromMaster(events, pDev, DEVCHANGE_POINTER_EVENT, &num_events);

-

-    event = &events->device_event;

-    init_event(pDev, event, GetTimeInMillis());

-    event->type = (type == ProximityIn) ? ET_ProximityIn : ET_ProximityOut;

-

-    clipValuators(pDev, &mask);

-

-    set_valuators(pDev, event, &mask);

-

-    return num_events;

-}

-

-/**

- * Synthesize a single motion event for the core pointer.

- *

- * Used in cursor functions, e.g. when cursor confinement changes, and we need

- * to shift the pointer to get it inside the new bounds.

- */

-void

-PostSyntheticMotion(DeviceIntPtr pDev,

-                    int x,

-                    int y,

-                    int screen,

-                    unsigned long time)

-{

-    DeviceEvent ev;

-

-#ifdef PANORAMIX

-    /* Translate back to the sprite screen since processInputProc

-       will translate from sprite screen to screen 0 upon reentry

-       to the DIX layer. */

-    if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {

-        x += screenInfo.screens[0]->x - screenInfo.screens[screen]->x;

-        y += screenInfo.screens[0]->y - screenInfo.screens[screen]->y;

-    }

-#endif

-

-    memset(&ev, 0, sizeof(DeviceEvent));

-    init_event(pDev, &ev, time);

-    ev.root_x = x;

-    ev.root_y = y;

-    ev.type = ET_Motion;

-    ev.time = time;

-

-    /* FIXME: MD/SD considerations? */

-    (*pDev->public.processInputProc)((InternalEvent*)&ev, pDev);

-}

+/*
+ * Copyright © 2006 Nokia Corporation
+ * Copyright © 2006-2007 Daniel Stone
+ * Copyright © 2008 Red Hat, Inc.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+ * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+ * Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+ * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+ * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+ * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * Authors: Daniel Stone <daniel@fooishbar.org>
+ *          Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <X11/X.h>
+#include <X11/keysym.h>
+#include <X11/Xproto.h>
+#include <math.h>
+
+#include "misc.h"
+#include "resource.h"
+#include "inputstr.h"
+#include "scrnintstr.h"
+#include "cursorstr.h"
+#include "dixstruct.h"
+#include "globals.h"
+#include "dixevents.h"
+#include "mipointer.h"
+#include "eventstr.h"
+#include "eventconvert.h"
+#include "inpututils.h"
+#include "mi.h"
+
+#include <X11/extensions/XKBproto.h>
+#include "xkbsrv.h"
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+#include "panoramiX.h"
+#include "panoramiXsrv.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <X11/extensions/XI.h>
+#include <X11/extensions/XIproto.h>
+#include <pixman.h>
+#include "exglobals.h"
+#include "exevents.h"
+#include "extnsionst.h"
+#include "listdev.h" /* for sizing up DeviceClassesChangedEvent */
+
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+#include <math.h>
+
+float roundf(float f)
+{
+  return ((f<0.0f) ? ceil(f-.5)  : floor (f+.5));
+}
+double roundd(double f)
+{
+  return ((f<0.0) ? ceil(f-.5)  : floor (f+.5));
+}
+#define lroundf(val)   ((int)roundf(val))
+#define lround(val)   ((int)roundd(val))
+#endif
+
+/* Number of motion history events to store. */
+#define MOTION_HISTORY_SIZE 256
+
+/**
+ * InputEventList is the storage for input events generated by
+ * QueuePointerEvents, QueueKeyboardEvents, and QueueProximityEvents.
+ * This list is allocated on startup by the DIX.
+ */
+InternalEvent* InputEventList = NULL;
+
+/**
+ * Pick some arbitrary size for Xi motion history.
+ */
+int
+GetMotionHistorySize(void)
+{
+    return MOTION_HISTORY_SIZE;
+}
+
+void
+set_button_down(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int button, int type)
+{
+    if (type == BUTTON_PROCESSED)
+        SetBit(pDev->button->down, button);
+    else
+        SetBit(pDev->button->postdown, button);
+}
+
+void
+set_button_up(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int button, int type)
+{
+    if (type == BUTTON_PROCESSED)
+        ClearBit(pDev->button->down, button);
+    else
+        ClearBit(pDev->button->postdown, button);
+}
+
+Bool
+button_is_down(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int button, int type)
+{
+    Bool ret = FALSE;
+
+    if (type & BUTTON_PROCESSED)
+        ret = ret || BitIsOn(pDev->button->down, button);
+    if (type & BUTTON_POSTED)
+        ret = ret || BitIsOn(pDev->button->postdown, button);
+
+    return ret;
+}
+
+void
+set_key_down(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int key_code, int type)
+{
+    if (type == KEY_PROCESSED)
+        SetBit(pDev->key->down, key_code);
+    else
+        SetBit(pDev->key->postdown, key_code);
+}
+
+void
+set_key_up(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int key_code, int type)
+{
+    if (type == KEY_PROCESSED)
+        ClearBit(pDev->key->down, key_code);
+    else
+        ClearBit(pDev->key->postdown, key_code);
+}
+
+Bool
+key_is_down(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int key_code, int type)
+{
+    Bool ret = FALSE;
+
+    if (type & KEY_PROCESSED)
+        ret = ret || BitIsOn(pDev->key->down, key_code);
+    if (type & KEY_POSTED)
+        ret = ret || BitIsOn(pDev->key->postdown, key_code);
+
+    return ret;
+}
+
+static Bool
+key_autorepeats(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int key_code)
+{
+    return !!(pDev->kbdfeed->ctrl.autoRepeats[key_code >> 3] &
+              (1 << (key_code & 7)));
+}
+
+static void
+init_event(DeviceIntPtr dev, DeviceEvent* event, Time ms)
+{
+    memset(event, 0, sizeof(DeviceEvent));
+    event->header = ET_Internal;
+    event->length = sizeof(DeviceEvent);
+    event->time = ms;
+    event->deviceid = dev->id;
+    event->sourceid = dev->id;
+}
+
+static void
+init_raw(DeviceIntPtr dev, RawDeviceEvent *event, Time ms, int type, int detail)
+{
+    memset(event, 0, sizeof(RawDeviceEvent));
+    event->header = ET_Internal;
+    event->length = sizeof(RawDeviceEvent);
+    event->type = ET_RawKeyPress - ET_KeyPress + type;
+    event->time = ms;
+    event->deviceid = dev->id;
+    event->sourceid = dev->id;
+    event->detail.button = detail;
+}
+
+static void
+set_raw_valuators(RawDeviceEvent *event, ValuatorMask *mask, int32_t* data)
+{
+    int i;
+
+    for (i = 0; i < valuator_mask_size(mask); i++)
+    {
+        if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, i))
+        {
+            SetBit(event->valuators.mask, i);
+            data[i] = valuator_mask_get(mask, i);
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+
+static void
+set_valuators(DeviceIntPtr dev, DeviceEvent* event, ValuatorMask *mask)
+{
+    int i;
+
+    /* Set the data to the previous value for unset absolute axes. The values
+     * may be used when sent as part of an XI 1.x valuator event. */
+    for (i = 0; i < valuator_mask_size(mask); i++)
+    {
+        if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, i))
+        {
+            SetBit(event->valuators.mask, i);
+            if (valuator_get_mode(dev, i) == Absolute)
+                SetBit(event->valuators.mode, i);
+            event->valuators.data[i] = valuator_mask_get(mask, i);
+            event->valuators.data_frac[i] =
+                dev->last.remainder[i] * (1 << 16) * (1 << 16);
+        }
+        else if (valuator_get_mode(dev, i) == Absolute)
+            event->valuators.data[i] = dev->valuator->axisVal[i];
+    }
+}
+
+void
+CreateClassesChangedEvent(InternalEvent* event,
+                          DeviceIntPtr master,
+                          DeviceIntPtr slave,
+                          int type)
+{
+    int i;
+    DeviceChangedEvent *dce;
+    CARD32 ms = GetTimeInMillis();
+
+    dce = &event->changed_event;
+    memset(dce, 0, sizeof(DeviceChangedEvent));
+    dce->deviceid = slave->id;
+    dce->masterid = master->id;
+    dce->header = ET_Internal;
+    dce->length = sizeof(DeviceChangedEvent);
+    dce->type = ET_DeviceChanged;
+    dce->time = ms;
+    dce->flags = type;
+    dce->flags |= DEVCHANGE_SLAVE_SWITCH;
+    dce->sourceid = slave->id;
+
+    if (slave->button)
+    {
+        dce->buttons.num_buttons = slave->button->numButtons;
+        for (i = 0; i < dce->buttons.num_buttons; i++)
+            dce->buttons.names[i] = slave->button->labels[i];
+    }
+    if (slave->valuator)
+    {
+        dce->num_valuators = slave->valuator->numAxes;
+        for (i = 0; i < dce->num_valuators; i++)
+        {
+            dce->valuators[i].min = slave->valuator->axes[i].min_value;
+            dce->valuators[i].max = slave->valuator->axes[i].max_value;
+            dce->valuators[i].resolution = slave->valuator->axes[i].resolution;
+            dce->valuators[i].mode = slave->valuator->axes[i].mode;
+            dce->valuators[i].name = slave->valuator->axes[i].label;
+        }
+    }
+    if (slave->key)
+    {
+        dce->keys.min_keycode = slave->key->xkbInfo->desc->min_key_code;
+        dce->keys.max_keycode = slave->key->xkbInfo->desc->max_key_code;
+    }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Rescale the coord between the two axis ranges.
+ */
+static int
+rescaleValuatorAxis(int coord, float remainder, float *remainder_return, AxisInfoPtr from, AxisInfoPtr to,
+                    int defmax)
+{
+    int fmin = 0, tmin = 0, fmax = defmax, tmax = defmax, coord_return;
+    float value;
+
+    if(from && from->min_value < from->max_value) {
+        fmin = from->min_value;
+        fmax = from->max_value;
+    }
+    if(to && to->min_value < to->max_value) {
+        tmin = to->min_value;
+        tmax = to->max_value;
+    }
+
+    if(fmin == tmin && fmax == tmax) {
+        if (remainder_return)
+            *remainder_return = remainder;
+        return coord;
+    }
+
+    if(fmax == fmin) { /* avoid division by 0 */
+        if (remainder_return)
+            *remainder_return = 0.0;
+        return 0;
+    }
+
+    value = (coord + remainder - fmin) * (tmax - tmin) / (fmax - fmin) + tmin;
+    coord_return = lroundf(value);
+    if (remainder_return)
+        *remainder_return = value - coord_return;
+    return coord_return;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Update all coordinates when changing to a different SD
+ * to ensure that relative reporting will work as expected
+ * without loss of precision.
+ *
+ * pDev->last.valuators will be in absolute device coordinates after this
+ * function.
+ */
+static void
+updateSlaveDeviceCoords(DeviceIntPtr master, DeviceIntPtr pDev)
+{
+    ScreenPtr scr = miPointerGetScreen(pDev);
+    int i;
+    DeviceIntPtr lastSlave;
+
+    /* master->last.valuators[0]/[1] is in screen coords and the actual
+     * position of the pointer */
+    pDev->last.valuators[0] = master->last.valuators[0];
+    pDev->last.valuators[1] = master->last.valuators[1];
+    pDev->last.remainder[0] = master->last.remainder[0];
+    pDev->last.remainder[1] = master->last.remainder[1];
+
+    if (!pDev->valuator)
+        return;
+
+    /* scale back to device coordinates */
+    if(pDev->valuator->numAxes > 0)
+        pDev->last.valuators[0] = rescaleValuatorAxis(pDev->last.valuators[0], pDev->last.remainder[0],
+                        &pDev->last.remainder[0], NULL, pDev->valuator->axes + 0, scr->width);
+    if(pDev->valuator->numAxes > 1)
+        pDev->last.valuators[1] = rescaleValuatorAxis(pDev->last.valuators[1], pDev->last.remainder[1],
+                        &pDev->last.remainder[1], NULL, pDev->valuator->axes + 1, scr->height);
+
+    /* calculate the other axis as well based on info from the old
+     * slave-device. If the old slave had less axes than this one,
+     * last.valuators is reset to 0.
+     */
+    if ((lastSlave = master->last.slave) && lastSlave->valuator) {
+        for (i = 2; i < pDev->valuator->numAxes; i++) {
+            if (i >= lastSlave->valuator->numAxes)
+            {
+                pDev->last.valuators[i] = 0;
+                pDev->last.remainder[i] = 0;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                pDev->last.valuators[i] =
+                    rescaleValuatorAxis(pDev->last.valuators[i],
+                            pDev->last.remainder[i],
+                            &pDev->last.remainder[i],
+                            lastSlave->valuator->axes + i,
+                            pDev->valuator->axes + i, 0);
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+}
+
+/**
+ * Allocate the motion history buffer.
+ */
+void
+AllocateMotionHistory(DeviceIntPtr pDev)
+{
+    int size;
+    free(pDev->valuator->motion);
+
+    if (pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents < 1)
+        return;
+
+    /* An MD must have a motion history size large enough to keep all
+     * potential valuators, plus the respective range of the valuators.
+     * 3 * INT32 for (min_val, max_val, curr_val))
+     */
+    if (IsMaster(pDev))
+        size = sizeof(INT32) * 3 * MAX_VALUATORS;
+    else {
+        ValuatorClassPtr v = pDev->valuator;
+        int numAxes;
+        /* XI1 doesn't understand mixed mode devices */
+        for (numAxes = 0; numAxes < v->numAxes; numAxes++)
+            if (valuator_get_mode(pDev, numAxes) != valuator_get_mode(pDev, 0))
+                break;
+        size = sizeof(INT32) * numAxes;
+    }
+
+    size += sizeof(Time);
+
+    pDev->valuator->motion = calloc(pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents, size);
+    pDev->valuator->first_motion = 0;
+    pDev->valuator->last_motion = 0;
+    if (!pDev->valuator->motion)
+        ErrorF("[dix] %s: Failed to alloc motion history (%d bytes).\n",
+                pDev->name, size * pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Dump the motion history between start and stop into the supplied buffer.
+ * Only records the event for a given screen in theory, but in practice, we
+ * sort of ignore this.
+ *
+ * If core is set, we only generate x/y, in INT16, scaled to screen coords.
+ */
+int
+GetMotionHistory(DeviceIntPtr pDev, xTimecoord **buff, unsigned long start,
+                 unsigned long stop, ScreenPtr pScreen, BOOL core)
+{
+    char *ibuff = NULL, *obuff;
+    int i = 0, ret = 0;
+    int j, coord;
+    Time current;
+    /* The size of a single motion event. */
+    int size;
+    int dflt;
+    AxisInfo from, *to; /* for scaling */
+    INT32 *ocbuf, *icbuf; /* pointer to coordinates for copying */
+    INT16 *corebuf;
+    AxisInfo core_axis = {0};
+
+    if (!pDev->valuator || !pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents)
+        return 0;
+
+    if (core && !pScreen)
+        return 0;
+
+    if (IsMaster(pDev))
+        size = (sizeof(INT32) * 3 * MAX_VALUATORS) + sizeof(Time);
+    else
+        size = (sizeof(INT32) * pDev->valuator->numAxes) + sizeof(Time);
+
+    *buff = malloc(size * pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents);
+    if (!(*buff))
+        return 0;
+    obuff = (char *)*buff;
+
+    for (i = pDev->valuator->first_motion;
+         i != pDev->valuator->last_motion;
+         i = (i + 1) % pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents) {
+        /* We index the input buffer by which element we're accessing, which
+         * is not monotonic, and the output buffer by how many events we've
+         * written so far. */
+        ibuff = (char *) pDev->valuator->motion + (i * size);
+        memcpy(&current, ibuff, sizeof(Time));
+
+        if (current > stop) {
+            return ret;
+        }
+        else if (current >= start) {
+            if (core)
+            {
+                memcpy(obuff, ibuff, sizeof(Time)); /* copy timestamp */
+
+                icbuf = (INT32*)(ibuff + sizeof(Time));
+                corebuf = (INT16*)(obuff + sizeof(Time));
+
+                /* fetch x coordinate + range */
+                memcpy(&from.min_value, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32));
+                memcpy(&from.max_value, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32));
+                memcpy(&coord, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32));
+
+                /* scale to screen coords */
+                to = &core_axis;
+                to->max_value = pScreen->width;
+                coord = rescaleValuatorAxis(coord, 0.0, NULL, &from, to, pScreen->width);
+
+                memcpy(corebuf, &coord, sizeof(INT16));
+                corebuf++;
+
+                /* fetch y coordinate + range */
+                memcpy(&from.min_value, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32));
+                memcpy(&from.max_value, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32));
+                memcpy(&coord, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32));
+
+                to->max_value = pScreen->height;
+                coord = rescaleValuatorAxis(coord, 0.0, NULL, &from, to, pScreen->height);
+                memcpy(corebuf, &coord, sizeof(INT16));
+
+            } else if (IsMaster(pDev))
+            {
+                memcpy(obuff, ibuff, sizeof(Time)); /* copy timestamp */
+
+                ocbuf = (INT32*)(obuff + sizeof(Time));
+                icbuf = (INT32*)(ibuff + sizeof(Time));
+                for (j = 0; j < MAX_VALUATORS; j++)
+                {
+                    if (j >= pDev->valuator->numAxes)
+                        break;
+
+                    /* fetch min/max/coordinate */
+                    memcpy(&from.min_value, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32));
+                    memcpy(&from.max_value, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32));
+                    memcpy(&coord, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32));
+
+                    to = (j < pDev->valuator->numAxes) ? &pDev->valuator->axes[j] : NULL;
+
+                    /* x/y scaled to screen if no range is present */
+                    if (j == 0 && (from.max_value < from.min_value))
+                        from.max_value = pScreen->width;
+                    else if (j == 1 && (from.max_value < from.min_value))
+                        from.max_value = pScreen->height;
+
+                    if (j == 0 && (to->max_value < to->min_value))
+                        dflt = pScreen->width;
+                    else if (j == 1 && (to->max_value < to->min_value))
+                        dflt = pScreen->height;
+                    else
+                        dflt = 0;
+
+                    /* scale from stored range into current range */
+                    coord = rescaleValuatorAxis(coord, 0.0, NULL, &from, to, 0);
+                    memcpy(ocbuf, &coord, sizeof(INT32));
+                    ocbuf++;
+                }
+            } else
+                memcpy(obuff, ibuff, size);
+
+            /* don't advance by size here. size may be different to the
+             * actually written size if the MD has less valuators than MAX */
+            if (core)
+                obuff += sizeof(INT32) + sizeof(Time);
+            else
+                obuff += (sizeof(INT32) * pDev->valuator->numAxes) + sizeof(Time);
+            ret++;
+        }
+    }
+
+    return ret;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Update the motion history for a specific device, with the list of
+ * valuators.
+ *
+ * Layout of the history buffer:
+ *   for SDs: [time] [val0] [val1] ... [valn]
+ *   for MDs: [time] [min_val0] [max_val0] [val0] [min_val1] ... [valn]
+ *
+ * For events that have some valuators unset:
+ *      min_val == max_val == val == 0.
+ */
+static void
+updateMotionHistory(DeviceIntPtr pDev, CARD32 ms, ValuatorMask *mask,
+                    int *valuators)
+{
+    char *buff = (char *) pDev->valuator->motion;
+    ValuatorClassPtr v;
+    int i;
+
+    if (!pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents)
+        return;
+
+    v = pDev->valuator;
+    if (IsMaster(pDev))
+    {
+        buff += ((sizeof(INT32) * 3 * MAX_VALUATORS) + sizeof(CARD32)) *
+                v->last_motion;
+
+        memcpy(buff, &ms, sizeof(Time));
+        buff += sizeof(Time);
+
+        memset(buff, 0, sizeof(INT32) * 3 * MAX_VALUATORS);
+
+        for (i = 0; i < v->numAxes; i++)
+        {
+            /* XI1 doesn't support mixed mode devices */
+            if (valuator_get_mode(pDev, i) != valuator_get_mode(pDev, 0))
+                break;
+            if (valuator_mask_size(mask) <= i || !valuator_mask_isset(mask, i))
+            {
+                buff += 3 * sizeof(INT32);
+                continue;
+            }
+            memcpy(buff, &v->axes[i].min_value, sizeof(INT32));
+            buff += sizeof(INT32);
+            memcpy(buff, &v->axes[i].max_value, sizeof(INT32));
+            buff += sizeof(INT32);
+            memcpy(buff, &valuators[i], sizeof(INT32));
+            buff += sizeof(INT32);
+        }
+    } else
+    {
+
+        buff += ((sizeof(INT32) * pDev->valuator->numAxes) + sizeof(CARD32)) *
+            pDev->valuator->last_motion;
+
+        memcpy(buff, &ms, sizeof(Time));
+        buff += sizeof(Time);
+
+        memset(buff, 0, sizeof(INT32) * pDev->valuator->numAxes);
+
+        for (i = 0; i < MAX_VALUATORS; i++)
+        {
+            if (valuator_mask_size(mask) <= i || !valuator_mask_isset(mask, i))
+            {
+                buff += sizeof(INT32);
+                continue;
+            }
+            memcpy(buff, &valuators[i], sizeof(INT32));
+            buff += sizeof(INT32);
+        }
+    }
+
+    pDev->valuator->last_motion = (pDev->valuator->last_motion + 1) %
+        pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents;
+    /* If we're wrapping around, just keep the circular buffer going. */
+    if (pDev->valuator->first_motion == pDev->valuator->last_motion)
+        pDev->valuator->first_motion = (pDev->valuator->first_motion + 1) %
+                                       pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents;
+
+    return;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Returns the maximum number of events GetKeyboardEvents
+ * and GetPointerEvents will ever return.
+ *
+ * This MUST be absolutely constant, from init until exit.
+ */
+int
+GetMaximumEventsNum(void) {
+    /* One raw event
+     * One device event
+     * One possible device changed event
+     */
+    return 3;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Clip an axis to its bounds, which are declared in the call to
+ * InitValuatorAxisClassStruct.
+ */
+static void
+clipAxis(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int axisNum, int *val)
+{
+    AxisInfoPtr axis;
+
+    if (axisNum >= pDev->valuator->numAxes)
+        return;
+
+    axis = pDev->valuator->axes + axisNum;
+
+    /* If a value range is defined, clip. If not, do nothing */
+    if (axis->max_value <= axis->min_value)
+        return;
+
+    if (*val < axis->min_value)
+        *val = axis->min_value;
+    if (*val > axis->max_value)
+        *val = axis->max_value;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clip every axis in the list of valuators to its bounds.
+ */
+static void
+clipValuators(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ValuatorMask *mask)
+{
+    int i;
+
+    for (i = 0; i < valuator_mask_size(mask); i++)
+        if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, i))
+        {
+            int val = valuator_mask_get(mask, i);
+            clipAxis(pDev, i, &val);
+            valuator_mask_set(mask, i, val);
+        }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Create the DCCE event (does not update the master's device state yet, this
+ * is done in the event processing).
+ * Pull in the coordinates from the MD if necessary.
+ *
+ * @param events Pointer to a pre-allocated event array.
+ * @param dev The slave device that generated an event.
+ * @param type Either DEVCHANGE_POINTER_EVENT and/or DEVCHANGE_KEYBOARD_EVENT
+ * @param num_events The current number of events, returns the number of
+ *        events if a DCCE was generated.
+ * @return The updated @events pointer.
+ */
+InternalEvent*
+UpdateFromMaster(InternalEvent* events, DeviceIntPtr dev, int type, int *num_events)
+{
+    DeviceIntPtr master;
+
+    master = GetMaster(dev, (type & DEVCHANGE_POINTER_EVENT) ?  MASTER_POINTER : MASTER_KEYBOARD);
+
+    if (master && master->last.slave != dev)
+    {
+        CreateClassesChangedEvent(events, master, dev, type);
+        if (IsPointerDevice(master))
+        {
+            updateSlaveDeviceCoords(master, dev);
+            master->last.numValuators = dev->last.numValuators;
+        }
+        master->last.slave = dev;
+        (*num_events)++;
+        events++;
+    }
+    return events;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Move the device's pointer to the position given in the valuators.
+ *
+ * @param dev The device which's pointer is to be moved.
+ * @param x Returns the x position of the pointer after the move.
+ * @param y Returns the y position of the pointer after the move.
+ * @param mask Bit mask of valid valuators.
+ * @param valuators Valuator data for each axis between @first and
+ *        @first+@num.
+ */
+static void
+moveAbsolute(DeviceIntPtr dev, int *x, int *y, ValuatorMask *mask)
+{
+    int i;
+
+    if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, 0))
+        *x = valuator_mask_get(mask, 0);
+    else
+        *x = dev->last.valuators[0];
+
+    if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, 1))
+        *y = valuator_mask_get(mask, 1);
+    else
+        *y = dev->last.valuators[1];
+
+    clipAxis(dev, 0, x);
+    clipAxis(dev, 1, y);
+
+    for (i = 2; i < valuator_mask_size(mask); i++)
+    {
+        if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, i))
+        {
+            dev->last.valuators[i] = valuator_mask_get(mask, i);
+            clipAxis(dev, i, &dev->last.valuators[i]);
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Move the device's pointer by the values given in @valuators.
+ *
+ * @param dev The device which's pointer is to be moved.
+ * @param x Returns the x position of the pointer after the move.
+ * @param y Returns the y position of the pointer after the move.
+ * @param mask Bit mask of valid valuators.
+ * @param valuators Valuator data for each axis between @first and
+ *        @first+@num.
+ */
+static void
+moveRelative(DeviceIntPtr dev, int *x, int *y, ValuatorMask *mask)
+{
+    int i;
+
+    *x = dev->last.valuators[0];
+    *y = dev->last.valuators[1];
+
+    if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, 0))
+        *x += valuator_mask_get(mask, 0);
+
+    if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, 1))
+        *y += valuator_mask_get(mask, 1);
+
+    /* if attached, clip both x and y to the defined limits (usually
+     * co-ord space limit). If it is attached, we need x/y to go over the
+     * limits to be able to change screens. */
+    if (dev->valuator && (IsMaster(dev) || !IsFloating(dev))) {
+        if (valuator_get_mode(dev, 0) == Absolute)
+            clipAxis(dev, 0, x);
+        if (valuator_get_mode(dev, 1) == Absolute)
+            clipAxis(dev, 1, y);
+    }
+
+    /* calc other axes, clip, drop back into valuators */
+    for (i = 2; i < valuator_mask_size(mask); i++)
+    {
+        if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, i))
+        {
+            dev->last.valuators[i] += valuator_mask_get(mask, i);
+            if (valuator_get_mode(dev, i) == Absolute)
+                clipAxis(dev, i, &dev->last.valuators[i]);
+            valuator_mask_set(mask, i, dev->last.valuators[i]);
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Accelerate the data in valuators based on the device's acceleration scheme.
+ *
+ * @param dev The device which's pointer is to be moved.
+ * @param valuators Valuator mask
+ * @param ms Current time.
+ */
+static void
+accelPointer(DeviceIntPtr dev, ValuatorMask* valuators, CARD32 ms)
+{
+    if (dev->valuator->accelScheme.AccelSchemeProc)
+        dev->valuator->accelScheme.AccelSchemeProc(dev, valuators, ms);
+}
+
+/**
+ * If we have HW cursors, this actually moves the visible sprite. If not, we
+ * just do all the screen crossing, etc.
+ *
+ * We scale from device to screen coordinates here, call
+ * miPointerSetPosition() and then scale back into device coordinates (if
+ * needed). miPSP will change x/y if the screen was crossed.
+ *
+ * The coordinates provided are always absolute. The parameter mode whether
+ * it was relative or absolute movement that landed us at those coordinates.
+ *
+ * @param dev The device to be moved.
+ * @param mode Movement mode (Absolute or Relative)
+ * @param x Pointer to current x-axis value, may be modified.
+ * @param y Pointer to current y-axis value, may be modified.
+ * @param x_frac Fractional part of current x-axis value, may be modified.
+ * @param y_frac Fractional part of current y-axis value, may be modified.
+ * @param scr Screen the device's sprite is currently on.
+ * @param screenx Screen x coordinate the sprite is on after the update.
+ * @param screeny Screen y coordinate the sprite is on after the update.
+ * @param screenx_frac Fractional part of screen x coordinate, as above.
+ * @param screeny_frac Fractional part of screen y coordinate, as above.
+ */
+static void
+positionSprite(DeviceIntPtr dev, int mode,
+               int *x, int *y, float x_frac, float y_frac,
+               ScreenPtr scr, int *screenx, int *screeny, float *screenx_frac, float *screeny_frac)
+{
+    int old_screenx, old_screeny;
+
+    /* scale x&y to screen */
+    if (dev->valuator && dev->valuator->numAxes > 0) {
+        *screenx = rescaleValuatorAxis(*x, x_frac, screenx_frac,
+                dev->valuator->axes + 0, NULL, scr->width);
+    } else {
+        *screenx = dev->last.valuators[0];
+        *screenx_frac = dev->last.remainder[0];
+    }
+
+    if (dev->valuator && dev->valuator->numAxes > 1) {
+        *screeny = rescaleValuatorAxis(*y, y_frac, screeny_frac,
+                dev->valuator->axes + 1, NULL, scr->height);
+    } else {
+        *screeny = dev->last.valuators[1];
+        *screeny_frac = dev->last.remainder[1];
+    }
+
+    /* Hit the left screen edge? */
+    if (*screenx <= 0 && *screenx_frac < 0.0f)
+    {
+        *screenx_frac = 0.0f;
+        x_frac = 0.0f;
+    }
+    if (*screeny <= 0 && *screeny_frac < 0.0f)
+    {
+        *screeny_frac = 0.0f;
+        y_frac = 0.0f;
+    }
+
+
+    old_screenx = *screenx;
+    old_screeny = *screeny;
+    /* This takes care of crossing screens for us, as well as clipping
+     * to the current screen. */
+    miPointerSetPosition(dev, mode, screenx, screeny);
+
+    if(!IsMaster(dev) && !IsFloating(dev)) {
+        DeviceIntPtr master = GetMaster(dev, MASTER_POINTER);
+        master->last.valuators[0] = *screenx;
+        master->last.valuators[1] = *screeny;
+        master->last.remainder[0] = *screenx_frac;
+        master->last.remainder[1] = *screeny_frac;
+    }
+
+    if (dev->valuator)
+    {
+        /* Crossed screen? Scale back to device coordiantes */
+        if(*screenx != old_screenx)
+        {
+            scr = miPointerGetScreen(dev);
+            *x = rescaleValuatorAxis(*screenx, *screenx_frac, &x_frac, NULL,
+                                    dev->valuator->axes + 0, scr->width);
+        }
+        if(*screeny != old_screeny)
+        {
+            scr = miPointerGetScreen(dev);
+            *y = rescaleValuatorAxis(*screeny, *screeny_frac, &y_frac, NULL,
+                                     dev->valuator->axes + 1, scr->height);
+        }
+    }
+
+    /* dropy x/y (device coordinates) back into valuators for next event */
+    dev->last.valuators[0] = *x;
+    dev->last.valuators[1] = *y;
+    dev->last.remainder[0] = x_frac;
+    dev->last.remainder[1] = y_frac;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Update the motion history for the device and (if appropriate) for its
+ * master device.
+ * @param dev Slave device to update.
+ * @param mask Bit mask of valid valuators to append to history.
+ * @param num Total number of valuators to append to history.
+ * @param ms Current time
+ */
+static void
+updateHistory(DeviceIntPtr dev, ValuatorMask *mask, CARD32 ms)
+{
+    if (!dev->valuator)
+        return;
+
+    updateMotionHistory(dev, ms, mask, dev->last.valuators);
+    if(!IsMaster(dev) && !IsFloating(dev))
+    {
+        DeviceIntPtr master = GetMaster(dev, MASTER_POINTER);
+        updateMotionHistory(master, ms, mask, dev->last.valuators);
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+queueEventList(DeviceIntPtr device, InternalEvent *events, int nevents)
+{
+    int i;
+    for (i = 0; i < nevents; i++)
+        mieqEnqueue(device, &events[i]);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Generate internal events representing this keyboard event and enqueue
+ * them on the event queue.
+ *
+ * This function is not reentrant. Disable signals before calling.
+ *
+ * FIXME: flags for relative/abs motion?
+ *
+ * @param device The device to generate the event for
+ * @param type Event type, one of KeyPress or KeyRelease
+ * @param keycode Key code of the pressed/released key
+ * @param mask Valuator mask for valuators present for this event.
+ *
+ */
+void
+QueueKeyboardEvents(DeviceIntPtr device, int type,
+                    int keycode, const ValuatorMask *mask)
+{
+    int nevents;
+
+    nevents = GetKeyboardEvents(InputEventList, device, type, keycode, mask);
+    queueEventList(device, InputEventList, nevents);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Returns a set of InternalEvents for KeyPress/KeyRelease, optionally
+ * also with valuator events.
+ *
+ * The DDX is responsible for allocating the event list in the first
+ * place via InitEventList(), and for freeing it.
+ *
+ * @return the number of events written into events.
+ */
+int
+GetKeyboardEvents(InternalEvent *events, DeviceIntPtr pDev, int type,
+                  int key_code, const ValuatorMask *mask_in) {
+    int num_events = 0;
+    CARD32 ms = 0;
+    DeviceEvent *event;
+    RawDeviceEvent *raw;
+    ValuatorMask mask;
+
+    /* refuse events from disabled devices */
+    if (!pDev || !pDev->enabled)
+        return 0;
+
+    if (!events ||!pDev->key || !pDev->focus || !pDev->kbdfeed ||
+       (type != KeyPress && type != KeyRelease) ||
+       (key_code < 8 || key_code > 255))
+        return 0;
+
+    num_events = 1;
+
+    events = UpdateFromMaster(events, pDev, DEVCHANGE_KEYBOARD_EVENT, &num_events);
+
+    /* Handle core repeating, via press/release/press/release. */
+    if (type == KeyPress && key_is_down(pDev, key_code, KEY_POSTED)) {
+        /* If autorepeating is disabled either globally or just for that key,
+         * or we have a modifier, don't generate a repeat event. */
+        if (!pDev->kbdfeed->ctrl.autoRepeat ||
+            !key_autorepeats(pDev, key_code) ||
+            pDev->key->xkbInfo->desc->map->modmap[key_code])
+            return 0;
+    }
+
+    ms = GetTimeInMillis();
+
+    raw = &events->raw_event;
+    events++;
+    num_events++;
+
+    valuator_mask_copy(&mask, mask_in);
+
+    init_raw(pDev, raw, ms, type, key_code);
+    set_raw_valuators(raw, &mask, raw->valuators.data_raw);
+
+    clipValuators(pDev, &mask);
+
+    set_raw_valuators(raw, &mask, raw->valuators.data);
+
+    event = &events->device_event;
+    init_event(pDev, event, ms);
+    event->detail.key = key_code;
+
+    if (type == KeyPress) {
+        event->type = ET_KeyPress;
+	set_key_down(pDev, key_code, KEY_POSTED);
+    }
+    else if (type == KeyRelease) {
+        event->type = ET_KeyRelease;
+	set_key_up(pDev, key_code, KEY_POSTED);
+    }
+
+    clipValuators(pDev, &mask);
+
+    set_valuators(pDev, event, &mask);
+
+    return num_events;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Initialize an event array large enough for num_events arrays.
+ * This event list is to be passed into GetPointerEvents() and
+ * GetKeyboardEvents().
+ *
+ * @param num_events Number of elements in list.
+ */
+InternalEvent*
+InitEventList(int num_events)
+{
+    InternalEvent *events = calloc(num_events, sizeof(InternalEvent));
+    return events;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Free an event list.
+ *
+ * @param list The list to be freed.
+ * @param num_events Number of elements in list.
+ */
+void
+FreeEventList(InternalEvent *list, int num_events)
+{
+    free(list);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Transform vector x/y according to matrix m and drop the rounded coords
+ * back into x/y.
+ */
+static void
+transform(struct pixman_f_transform *m, int *x, int *y)
+{
+    struct pixman_f_vector p;
+    
+    p.v[0] = *x;
+    p.v[1] = *y;
+    p.v[2] = 1;
+
+    pixman_f_transform_point(m, &p);
+
+
+    *x = lround(p.v[0]);
+    *y = lround(p.v[1]);
+}
+
+static void
+transformAbsolute(DeviceIntPtr dev, ValuatorMask *mask)
+{
+    int x, y, ox, oy;
+
+    ox = x = valuator_mask_isset(mask, 0) ? valuator_mask_get(mask, 0) :
+                                            dev->last.valuators[0];
+    oy = y = valuator_mask_isset(mask, 1) ? valuator_mask_get(mask, 1) :
+                                            dev->last.valuators[1];
+
+    transform(&dev->transform, &x, &y);
+
+    if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, 0) || ox != x)
+        valuator_mask_set(mask, 0, x);
+
+    if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, 1) || oy != y)
+        valuator_mask_set(mask, 1, y);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Generate internal events representing this pointer event and enqueue them
+ * on the event queue.
+ *
+ * This function is not reentrant. Disable signals before calling.
+ *
+ * @param device The device to generate the event for
+ * @param type Event type, one of ButtonPress, ButtonRelease, MotionNotify
+ * @param buttons Button number of the buttons modified. Must be 0 for
+ * MotionNotify
+ * @param flags Event modification flags
+ * @param mask Valuator mask for valuators present for this event.
+ */
+void
+QueuePointerEvents(DeviceIntPtr device, int type,
+                   int buttons, int flags, const ValuatorMask *mask)
+{
+    int nevents;
+
+    nevents = GetPointerEvents(InputEventList, device, type, buttons, flags, mask);
+    queueEventList(device, InputEventList, nevents);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Generate a series of InternalEvents representing pointer motion, or
+ * button presses.
+ *
+ * The DDX is responsible for allocating the events in the first
+ * place via InitEventList() and GetMaximumEventsNum(), and for freeing it.
+ *
+ * In the generated events rootX/Y will be in absolute screen coords and
+ * the valuator information in the absolute or relative device coords.
+ *
+ * last.valuators[x] of the device is always in absolute device coords.
+ * last.valuators[x] of the master device is in absolute screen coords.
+ *
+ * master->last.valuators[x] for x > 2 is undefined.
+ *
+ * @return the number of events written into events.
+ */
+int
+GetPointerEvents(InternalEvent *events, DeviceIntPtr pDev, int type, int buttons,
+                 int flags, const ValuatorMask *mask_in) {
+    int num_events = 1;
+    CARD32 ms;
+    DeviceEvent *event;
+    RawDeviceEvent    *raw;
+    int x = 0, y = 0, /* device coords */
+        cx, cy; /* only screen coordinates */
+    float x_frac = 0.0, y_frac = 0.0, cx_frac, cy_frac;
+    ScreenPtr scr = miPointerGetScreen(pDev);
+    ValuatorMask mask;
+
+    /* refuse events from disabled devices */
+    if (!pDev->enabled)
+        return 0;
+
+    if (!scr)
+        return 0;
+
+    switch (type)
+    {
+        case MotionNotify:
+            if (!mask_in || valuator_mask_num_valuators(mask_in) <= 0)
+                return 0;
+            break;
+        case ButtonPress:
+        case ButtonRelease:
+            if (!pDev->button || !buttons)
+                return 0;
+            break;
+        default:
+            return 0;
+    }
+
+    ms = GetTimeInMillis(); /* before pointer update to help precision */
+
+    events = UpdateFromMaster(events, pDev, DEVCHANGE_POINTER_EVENT, &num_events);
+
+    valuator_mask_copy(&mask, mask_in);
+
+    if ((flags & POINTER_NORAW) == 0)
+    {
+	raw = &events->raw_event;
+	events++;
+	num_events++;
+
+	init_raw(pDev, raw, ms, type, buttons);
+	set_raw_valuators(raw, &mask, raw->valuators.data_raw);
+    }
+
+    if (flags & POINTER_ABSOLUTE)
+    {
+        if (flags & POINTER_SCREEN) /* valuators are in screen coords */
+        {
+            int scaled;
+
+            if (valuator_mask_isset(&mask, 0))
+            {
+                scaled = rescaleValuatorAxis(valuator_mask_get(&mask, 0),
+                                             0.0, &x_frac, NULL,
+                                             pDev->valuator->axes + 0,
+                                             scr->width);
+                valuator_mask_set(&mask, 0, scaled);
+            }
+            if (valuator_mask_isset(&mask, 1))
+            {
+                scaled = rescaleValuatorAxis(valuator_mask_get(&mask, 1),
+                                             0.0, &y_frac, NULL,
+                                             pDev->valuator->axes + 1,
+                                             scr->height);
+                valuator_mask_set(&mask, 1, scaled);
+            }
+        }
+
+        transformAbsolute(pDev, &mask);
+        moveAbsolute(pDev, &x, &y, &mask);
+    } else {
+        if (flags & POINTER_ACCELERATE) {
+            accelPointer(pDev, &mask, ms);
+            /* The pointer acceleration code modifies the fractional part
+             * in-place, so we need to extract this information first */
+            x_frac = pDev->last.remainder[0];
+            y_frac = pDev->last.remainder[1];
+        }
+        moveRelative(pDev, &x, &y, &mask);
+    }
+
+    if ((flags & POINTER_NORAW) == 0)
+	set_raw_valuators(raw, &mask, raw->valuators.data);
+
+    positionSprite(pDev, (flags & POINTER_ABSOLUTE) ? Absolute : Relative,
+                   &x, &y, x_frac, y_frac, scr, &cx, &cy, &cx_frac, &cy_frac);
+    updateHistory(pDev, &mask, ms);
+
+    /* Update the valuators with the true value sent to the client*/
+    if (valuator_mask_isset(&mask, 0))
+        valuator_mask_set(&mask, 0, x);
+    if (valuator_mask_isset(&mask, 1))
+        valuator_mask_set(&mask, 1, y);
+
+    clipValuators(pDev, &mask);
+
+    event = &events->device_event;
+    init_event(pDev, event, ms);
+
+    if (type == MotionNotify) {
+        event->type = ET_Motion;
+        event->detail.button = 0;
+    }
+    else {
+        if (type == ButtonPress) {
+            event->type = ET_ButtonPress;
+            set_button_down(pDev, buttons, BUTTON_POSTED);
+        }
+        else if (type == ButtonRelease) {
+            event->type = ET_ButtonRelease;
+            set_button_up(pDev, buttons, BUTTON_POSTED);
+        }
+        event->detail.button = buttons;
+    }
+
+    event->root_x = cx; /* root_x/y always in screen coords */
+    event->root_y = cy;
+    event->root_x_frac = cx_frac;
+    event->root_y_frac = cy_frac;
+
+    set_valuators(pDev, event, &mask);
+
+    return num_events;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Generate internal events representing this proximity event and enqueue
+ * them on the event queue.
+ *
+ * This function is not reentrant. Disable signals before calling.
+ *
+ * @param device The device to generate the event for
+ * @param type Event type, one of ProximityIn or ProximityOut
+ * @param keycode Key code of the pressed/released key
+ * @param mask Valuator mask for valuators present for this event.
+ *
+ */
+void
+QueueProximityEvents(DeviceIntPtr device, int type,
+                     const ValuatorMask *mask)
+{
+    int nevents;
+
+    nevents = GetProximityEvents(InputEventList, device, type, mask);
+    queueEventList(device, InputEventList, nevents);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Generate ProximityIn/ProximityOut InternalEvents, accompanied by
+ * valuators.
+ *
+ * The DDX is responsible for allocating the events in the first place via
+ * InitEventList(), and for freeing it.
+ *
+ * @return the number of events written into events.
+ */
+int
+GetProximityEvents(InternalEvent *events, DeviceIntPtr pDev, int type, const ValuatorMask *mask_in)
+{
+    int num_events = 1, i;
+    DeviceEvent *event;
+    ValuatorMask mask;
+
+    /* refuse events from disabled devices */
+    if (!pDev->enabled)
+        return 0;
+
+    /* Sanity checks. */
+    if ((type != ProximityIn && type != ProximityOut) || !mask_in)
+        return 0;
+    if (!pDev->valuator)
+        return 0;
+
+    valuator_mask_copy(&mask, mask_in);
+
+    /* ignore relative axes for proximity. */
+    for (i = 0; i < valuator_mask_size(&mask); i++)
+    {
+        if (valuator_mask_isset(&mask, i) &&
+            valuator_get_mode(pDev, i) == Relative)
+            valuator_mask_unset(&mask, i);
+    }
+
+    /* FIXME: posting proximity events with relative valuators only results
+     * in an empty event, EventToXI() will fail to convert → no event sent
+     * to client. */
+
+    events = UpdateFromMaster(events, pDev, DEVCHANGE_POINTER_EVENT, &num_events);
+
+    event = &events->device_event;
+    init_event(pDev, event, GetTimeInMillis());
+    event->type = (type == ProximityIn) ? ET_ProximityIn : ET_ProximityOut;
+
+    clipValuators(pDev, &mask);
+
+    set_valuators(pDev, event, &mask);
+
+    return num_events;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Synthesize a single motion event for the core pointer.
+ *
+ * Used in cursor functions, e.g. when cursor confinement changes, and we need
+ * to shift the pointer to get it inside the new bounds.
+ */
+void
+PostSyntheticMotion(DeviceIntPtr pDev,
+                    int x,
+                    int y,
+                    int screen,
+                    unsigned long time)
+{
+    DeviceEvent ev;
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+    /* Translate back to the sprite screen since processInputProc
+       will translate from sprite screen to screen 0 upon reentry
+       to the DIX layer. */
+    if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
+        x += screenInfo.screens[0]->x - screenInfo.screens[screen]->x;
+        y += screenInfo.screens[0]->y - screenInfo.screens[screen]->y;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    memset(&ev, 0, sizeof(DeviceEvent));
+    init_event(pDev, &ev, time);
+    ev.root_x = x;
+    ev.root_y = y;
+    ev.type = ET_Motion;
+    ev.time = time;
+
+    /* FIXME: MD/SD considerations? */
+    (*pDev->public.processInputProc)((InternalEvent*)&ev, pDev);
+}
diff --git a/xorg-server/dix/inpututils.c b/xorg-server/dix/inpututils.c
index 4565e6e68..49e175822 100644
--- a/xorg-server/dix/inpututils.c
+++ b/xorg-server/dix/inpututils.c
@@ -1,586 +1,586 @@
-/*

- * Copyright © 2008 Daniel Stone

- *

- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a

- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),

- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation

- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,

- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the

- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:

- *

- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next

- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the

- * Software.

- *

- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR

- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,

- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL

- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER

- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING

- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER

- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

- *

- * Author: Daniel Stone <daniel@fooishbar.org>

- */

-

-#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H

-#include "dix-config.h"

-#endif

-

-#include "exevents.h"

-#include "exglobals.h"

-#include "misc.h"

-#include "input.h"

-#include "inputstr.h"

-#include "xace.h"

-#include "xkbsrv.h"

-#include "xkbstr.h"

-#include "inpututils.h"

-#include "eventstr.h"

-

-/* Check if a button map change is okay with the device.

- * Returns -1 for BadValue, as it collides with MappingBusy. */

-static int

-check_butmap_change(DeviceIntPtr dev, CARD8 *map, int len, CARD32 *errval_out,

-                    ClientPtr client)

-{

-    int i, ret;

-

-    if (!dev || !dev->button)

-    {

-        client->errorValue = (dev) ? dev->id : 0;

-        return BadDevice;

-    }

-

-    ret = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, DixManageAccess);

-    if (ret != Success)

-    {

-        client->errorValue = dev->id;

-        return ret;

-    }

-

-    for (i = 0; i < len; i++) {

-        if (dev->button->map[i + 1] != map[i] && dev->button->down[i + 1])

-            return MappingBusy;

-    }

-

-    return Success;

-}

-

-static void

-do_butmap_change(DeviceIntPtr dev, CARD8 *map, int len, ClientPtr client)

-{

-    int i;

-    xEvent core_mn;

-    deviceMappingNotify xi_mn;

-

-    /* The map in ButtonClassRec refers to button numbers, whereas the

-     * protocol is zero-indexed.  Sigh. */

-    memcpy(&(dev->button->map[1]), map, len);

-

-    core_mn.u.u.type = MappingNotify;

-    core_mn.u.mappingNotify.request = MappingPointer;

-

-    /* 0 is the server client. */

-    for (i = 1; i < currentMaxClients; i++) {

-        /* Don't send irrelevant events to naïve clients. */

-        if (!clients[i] || clients[i]->clientState != ClientStateRunning)

-            continue;

-

-        if (!XIShouldNotify(clients[i], dev))

-            continue;

-

-        WriteEventsToClient(clients[i], 1, &core_mn);

-    }

-

-    xi_mn.type = DeviceMappingNotify;

-    xi_mn.request = MappingPointer;

-    xi_mn.deviceid = dev->id;

-    xi_mn.time = GetTimeInMillis();

-

-    SendEventToAllWindows(dev, DeviceMappingNotifyMask, (xEvent *) &xi_mn, 1);

-}

-

-/*

- * Does what it says on the box, both for core and Xi.

- *

- * Faithfully reports any errors encountered while trying to apply the map

- * to the requested device, faithfully ignores any errors encountered while

- * trying to apply the map to its master/slaves.

- */

-int

-ApplyPointerMapping(DeviceIntPtr dev, CARD8 *map, int len, ClientPtr client)

-{

-    int ret;

-

-    /* If we can't perform the change on the requested device, bail out. */

-    ret = check_butmap_change(dev, map, len, &client->errorValue, client);

-    if (ret != Success)

-        return ret;

-    do_butmap_change(dev, map, len, client);

-

-    return Success;

-}

-

-/* Check if a modifier map change is okay with the device.

- * Returns -1 for BadValue, as it collides with MappingBusy; this particular

- * caveat can be removed with LegalModifier, as we have no other reason to

- * set MappingFailed.  Sigh. */

-static int

-check_modmap_change(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, KeyCode *modmap)

-{

-    int ret, i;

-    XkbDescPtr xkb;

-

-    ret = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, DixManageAccess);

-    if (ret != Success)

-        return ret;

-

-    if (!dev->key)

-        return BadMatch;

-    xkb = dev->key->xkbInfo->desc;

-

-    for (i = 0; i < MAP_LENGTH; i++) {

-        if (!modmap[i])

-            continue;

-

-        /* Check that all the new modifiers fall within the advertised

-         * keycode range. */

-        if (i < xkb->min_key_code || i > xkb->max_key_code) {

-            client->errorValue = i;

-            return -1;

-        }

-

-        /* Make sure the mapping is okay with the DDX. */

-        if (!LegalModifier(i, dev)) {

-            client->errorValue = i;

-            return MappingFailed;

-        }

-

-        /* None of the new modifiers may be down while we change the

-         * map. */

-        if (key_is_down(dev, i, KEY_POSTED | KEY_PROCESSED)) {

-            client->errorValue = i;

-            return MappingBusy;

-        }

-    }

-

-    /* None of the old modifiers may be down while we change the map,

-     * either. */

-    for (i = xkb->min_key_code; i < xkb->max_key_code; i++) {

-        if (!xkb->map->modmap[i])

-            continue;

-        if (key_is_down(dev, i, KEY_POSTED | KEY_PROCESSED)) {

-            client->errorValue = i;

-            return MappingBusy;

-        }

-    }

-

-    return Success;

-}

-

-static int

-check_modmap_change_slave(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr master,

-                          DeviceIntPtr slave, CARD8 *modmap)

-{

-    XkbDescPtr master_xkb, slave_xkb;

-    int i, j;

-

-    if (!slave->key || !master->key)

-        return 0;

-

-    master_xkb = master->key->xkbInfo->desc;

-    slave_xkb = slave->key->xkbInfo->desc;

-

-    /* Ignore devices with a clearly different keymap. */

-    if (slave_xkb->min_key_code != master_xkb->min_key_code ||

-        slave_xkb->max_key_code != master_xkb->max_key_code)

-        return 0;

-

-    for (i = 0; i < MAP_LENGTH; i++) {

-        if (!modmap[i])

-            continue;

-

-        /* If we have different symbols for any modifier on an

-         * extended keyboard, ignore the whole remap request. */

-        for (j = 0;

-             j < XkbKeyNumSyms(slave_xkb, i) &&

-              j < XkbKeyNumSyms(master_xkb, i);

-             j++)

-            if (XkbKeySymsPtr(slave_xkb, i)[j] != XkbKeySymsPtr(master_xkb, i)[j])

-                return 0;

-    }

-

-    if (check_modmap_change(client, slave, modmap) != Success)

-        return 0;

-

-    return 1;

-}

-

-/* Actually change the modifier map, and send notifications.  Cannot fail. */

-static void

-do_modmap_change(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, CARD8 *modmap)

-{

-    XkbApplyMappingChange(dev, NULL, 0, 0, modmap, serverClient);

-}

-

-/* Rebuild modmap (key -> mod) from map (mod -> key). */

-static int build_modmap_from_modkeymap(CARD8 *modmap, KeyCode *modkeymap,

-                                       int max_keys_per_mod)

-{

-    int i, len = max_keys_per_mod * 8;

-

-    memset(modmap, 0, MAP_LENGTH);

-

-    for (i = 0; i < len; i++) {

-        if (!modkeymap[i])

-            continue;

-

-        if (modkeymap[i] >= MAP_LENGTH)

-            return BadValue;

-

-        if (modmap[modkeymap[i]])

-            return BadValue;

-

-        modmap[modkeymap[i]] = 1 << (i / max_keys_per_mod);

-    }

-

-    return Success;

-}

-

-int

-change_modmap(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, KeyCode *modkeymap,

-              int max_keys_per_mod)

-{

-    int ret;

-    CARD8 modmap[MAP_LENGTH];

-    DeviceIntPtr tmp;

-

-    ret = build_modmap_from_modkeymap(modmap, modkeymap, max_keys_per_mod);

-    if (ret != Success)

-        return ret;

-

-    /* If we can't perform the change on the requested device, bail out. */

-    ret = check_modmap_change(client, dev, modmap);

-    if (ret != Success)

-        return ret;

-    do_modmap_change(client, dev, modmap);

-

-    /* Change any attached masters/slaves. */

-    if (IsMaster(dev)) {

-        for (tmp = inputInfo.devices; tmp; tmp = tmp->next) {

-            if (!IsMaster(tmp) && GetMaster(tmp, MASTER_KEYBOARD) == dev)

-                if (check_modmap_change_slave(client, dev, tmp, modmap))

-                    do_modmap_change(client, tmp, modmap);

-        }

-    }

-    else if (!IsFloating(dev) && GetMaster(dev, MASTER_KEYBOARD)->lastSlave == dev) {

-        /* If this fails, expect the results to be weird. */

-        if (check_modmap_change(client, dev->master, modmap))

-            do_modmap_change(client, dev->master, modmap);

-    }

-

-    return Success;

-}

-

-int generate_modkeymap(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev,

-                       KeyCode **modkeymap_out, int *max_keys_per_mod_out)

-{

-    CARD8 keys_per_mod[8];

-    int max_keys_per_mod;

-    KeyCode *modkeymap = NULL;

-    int i, j, ret;

-

-    ret = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, DixGetAttrAccess);

-    if (ret != Success)

-        return ret;

-

-    if (!dev->key)

-        return BadMatch;

-

-    /* Count the number of keys per modifier to determine how wide we

-     * should make the map. */

-    max_keys_per_mod = 0;

-    for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)

-        keys_per_mod[i] = 0;

-    for (i = 8; i < MAP_LENGTH; i++) {

-        for (j = 0; j < 8; j++) {

-            if (dev->key->xkbInfo->desc->map->modmap[i] & (1 << j)) {

-                if (++keys_per_mod[j] > max_keys_per_mod)

-                    max_keys_per_mod = keys_per_mod[j];

-            }

-        }

-    }

-

-    if (max_keys_per_mod != 0) {

-        modkeymap = calloc(max_keys_per_mod * 8, sizeof(KeyCode));

-        if (!modkeymap)

-            return BadAlloc;

-

-        for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)

-            keys_per_mod[i] = 0;

-

-        for (i = 8; i < MAP_LENGTH; i++) {

-            for (j = 0; j < 8; j++) {

-                if (dev->key->xkbInfo->desc->map->modmap[i] & (1 << j)) {

-                    modkeymap[(j * max_keys_per_mod) + keys_per_mod[j]] = i;

-                    keys_per_mod[j]++;

-                }

-            }

-        }

-    }

-

-    *max_keys_per_mod_out = max_keys_per_mod;

-    *modkeymap_out = modkeymap;

-

-    return Success;

-}

-

-/**

- * Duplicate the InputAttributes in the most obvious way.

- * No special memory handling is used to give drivers the maximum

- * flexibility with the data. Drivers should be able to call realloc on the

- * product string if needed and perform similar operations.

- */

-InputAttributes*

-DuplicateInputAttributes(InputAttributes *attrs)

-{

-    InputAttributes *new_attr;

-    int ntags = 0;

-    char **tags, **new_tags;

-

-    if (!attrs)

-        return NULL;

-

-    if (!(new_attr = calloc(1, sizeof(InputAttributes))))

-        goto unwind;

-

-    if (attrs->product && !(new_attr->product = strdup(attrs->product)))

-        goto unwind;

-    if (attrs->vendor && !(new_attr->vendor = strdup(attrs->vendor)))

-        goto unwind;

-    if (attrs->device && !(new_attr->device = strdup(attrs->device)))

-        goto unwind;

-    if (attrs->pnp_id && !(new_attr->pnp_id = strdup(attrs->pnp_id)))

-        goto unwind;

-    if (attrs->usb_id && !(new_attr->usb_id = strdup(attrs->usb_id)))

-        goto unwind;

-

-    new_attr->flags = attrs->flags;

-

-    if ((tags = attrs->tags))

-    {

-        while(*tags++)

-            ntags++;

-

-        new_attr->tags = calloc(ntags + 1, sizeof(char*));

-        if (!new_attr->tags)

-            goto unwind;

-

-        tags = attrs->tags;

-        new_tags = new_attr->tags;

-

-        while(*tags)

-        {

-            *new_tags = strdup(*tags);

-            if (!*new_tags)

-                goto unwind;

-

-            tags++;

-            new_tags++;

-        }

-    }

-

-    return new_attr;

-

-unwind:

-    FreeInputAttributes(new_attr);

-    return NULL;

-}

-

-void

-FreeInputAttributes(InputAttributes *attrs)

-{

-    char **tags;

-

-    if (!attrs)

-        return;

-

-    free(attrs->product);

-    free(attrs->vendor);

-    free(attrs->device);

-    free(attrs->pnp_id);

-    free(attrs->usb_id);

-

-    if ((tags = attrs->tags))

-        while(*tags)

-            free(*tags++);

-

-    free(attrs->tags);

-    free(attrs);

-}

-

-/**

- * Alloc a valuator mask large enough for num_valuators.

- */

-ValuatorMask*

-valuator_mask_new(int num_valuators)

-{

-    /* alloc a fixed size mask for now and ignore num_valuators. in the

-     * flying-car future, when we can dynamically alloc the masks and are

-     * not constrained by signals, we can start using num_valuators */

-    ValuatorMask *mask = calloc(1, sizeof(ValuatorMask));

-    mask->last_bit = -1;

-    return mask;

-}

-

-void

-valuator_mask_free(ValuatorMask **mask)

-{

-    free(*mask);

-    *mask = NULL;

-}

-

-

-/**

- * Sets a range of valuators between first_valuator and num_valuators with

- * the data in the valuators array. All other values are set to 0.

- */

-void

-valuator_mask_set_range(ValuatorMask *mask, int first_valuator, int num_valuators,

-                        const int* valuators)

-{

-    int i;

-

-    valuator_mask_zero(mask);

-

-    for (i = first_valuator; i < min(first_valuator + num_valuators, MAX_VALUATORS); i++)

-        valuator_mask_set(mask, i, valuators[i - first_valuator]);

-}

-

-/**

- * Reset mask to zero.

- */

-void

-valuator_mask_zero(ValuatorMask *mask)

-{

-    memset(mask, 0, sizeof(*mask));

-    mask->last_bit = -1;

-}

-

-/**

- * Returns the current size of the mask (i.e. the highest number of

- * valuators currently set + 1).

- */

-int

-valuator_mask_size(const ValuatorMask *mask)

-{

-    return mask->last_bit + 1;

-}

-

-/**

- * Returns the number of valuators set in the given mask.

- */

-int

-valuator_mask_num_valuators(const ValuatorMask *mask)

-{

-    return CountBits(mask->mask, min(mask->last_bit + 1, MAX_VALUATORS));

-}

-

-/**

- * Return true if the valuator is set in the mask, or false otherwise.

- */

-int

-valuator_mask_isset(const ValuatorMask *mask, int valuator)

-{

-    return mask->last_bit >= valuator && BitIsOn(mask->mask, valuator);

-}

-

-/**

- * Set the valuator to the given data.

- */

-void

-valuator_mask_set(ValuatorMask *mask, int valuator, int data)

-{

-    mask->last_bit = max(valuator, mask->last_bit);

-    SetBit(mask->mask, valuator);

-    mask->valuators[valuator] = data;

-}

-

-/**

- * Return the requested valuator value. If the mask bit is not set for the

- * given valuator, the returned value is undefined.

- */

-int

-valuator_mask_get(const ValuatorMask *mask, int valuator)

-{

-    return mask->valuators[valuator];

-}

-

-/**

- * Remove the valuator from the mask.

- */

-void

-valuator_mask_unset(ValuatorMask *mask, int valuator)

-{

-    if (mask->last_bit >= valuator) {

-        int i, lastbit = -1;

-

-        ClearBit(mask->mask, valuator);

-        mask->valuators[valuator] = 0;

-

-        for (i = 0; i <= mask->last_bit; i++)

-            if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, i))

-                lastbit = max(lastbit, i);

-        mask->last_bit = lastbit;

-    }

-}

-

-void

-valuator_mask_copy(ValuatorMask *dest, const ValuatorMask *src)

-{

-    if (src)

-        memcpy(dest, src, sizeof(*dest));

-    else

-        valuator_mask_zero(dest);

-}

-

-int

-CountBits(const uint8_t *mask, int len)

-{

-    int i;

-    int ret = 0;

-

-    for (i = 0; i < len; i++)

-        if (BitIsOn(mask, i))

-            ret++;

-

-    return ret;

-}

-

-/**

- * Verifies sanity of the event. If the event is not an internal event,

- * memdumps the first 32 bytes of event to the log, a backtrace, then kill

- * the server.

- */

-void verify_internal_event(const InternalEvent *ev)

-{

-    if (ev && ev->any.header != ET_Internal)

-    {

-        int i;

-        unsigned char *data = (unsigned char*)ev;

-

-        ErrorF("dix: invalid event type %d\n", ev->any.header);

-

-        for (i = 0; i < sizeof(xEvent); i++, data++)

-        {

-            ErrorF("%02hhx ", *data);

-

-            if ((i % 8) == 7)

-                ErrorF("\n");

-        }

-

-        xorg_backtrace();

-        FatalError("Wrong event type %d. Aborting server\n", ev->any.header);

-    }

-}

+/*
+ * Copyright © 2008 Daniel Stone
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+ * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+ * Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+ * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+ * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+ * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * Author: Daniel Stone <daniel@fooishbar.org>
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include "dix-config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "exevents.h"
+#include "exglobals.h"
+#include "misc.h"
+#include "input.h"
+#include "inputstr.h"
+#include "xace.h"
+#include "xkbsrv.h"
+#include "xkbstr.h"
+#include "inpututils.h"
+#include "eventstr.h"
+
+/* Check if a button map change is okay with the device.
+ * Returns -1 for BadValue, as it collides with MappingBusy. */
+static int
+check_butmap_change(DeviceIntPtr dev, CARD8 *map, int len, CARD32 *errval_out,
+                    ClientPtr client)
+{
+    int i, ret;
+
+    if (!dev || !dev->button)
+    {
+        client->errorValue = (dev) ? dev->id : 0;
+        return BadDevice;
+    }
+
+    ret = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, DixManageAccess);
+    if (ret != Success)
+    {
+        client->errorValue = dev->id;
+        return ret;
+    }
+
+    for (i = 0; i < len; i++) {
+        if (dev->button->map[i + 1] != map[i] && dev->button->down[i + 1])
+            return MappingBusy;
+    }
+
+    return Success;
+}
+
+static void
+do_butmap_change(DeviceIntPtr dev, CARD8 *map, int len, ClientPtr client)
+{
+    int i;
+    xEvent core_mn;
+    deviceMappingNotify xi_mn;
+
+    /* The map in ButtonClassRec refers to button numbers, whereas the
+     * protocol is zero-indexed.  Sigh. */
+    memcpy(&(dev->button->map[1]), map, len);
+
+    core_mn.u.u.type = MappingNotify;
+    core_mn.u.mappingNotify.request = MappingPointer;
+
+    /* 0 is the server client. */
+    for (i = 1; i < currentMaxClients; i++) {
+        /* Don't send irrelevant events to naïve clients. */
+        if (!clients[i] || clients[i]->clientState != ClientStateRunning)
+            continue;
+
+        if (!XIShouldNotify(clients[i], dev))
+            continue;
+
+        WriteEventsToClient(clients[i], 1, &core_mn);
+    }
+
+    xi_mn.type = DeviceMappingNotify;
+    xi_mn.request = MappingPointer;
+    xi_mn.deviceid = dev->id;
+    xi_mn.time = GetTimeInMillis();
+
+    SendEventToAllWindows(dev, DeviceMappingNotifyMask, (xEvent *) &xi_mn, 1);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Does what it says on the box, both for core and Xi.
+ *
+ * Faithfully reports any errors encountered while trying to apply the map
+ * to the requested device, faithfully ignores any errors encountered while
+ * trying to apply the map to its master/slaves.
+ */
+int
+ApplyPointerMapping(DeviceIntPtr dev, CARD8 *map, int len, ClientPtr client)
+{
+    int ret;
+
+    /* If we can't perform the change on the requested device, bail out. */
+    ret = check_butmap_change(dev, map, len, &client->errorValue, client);
+    if (ret != Success)
+        return ret;
+    do_butmap_change(dev, map, len, client);
+
+    return Success;
+}
+
+/* Check if a modifier map change is okay with the device.
+ * Returns -1 for BadValue, as it collides with MappingBusy; this particular
+ * caveat can be removed with LegalModifier, as we have no other reason to
+ * set MappingFailed.  Sigh. */
+static int
+check_modmap_change(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, KeyCode *modmap)
+{
+    int ret, i;
+    XkbDescPtr xkb;
+
+    ret = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, DixManageAccess);
+    if (ret != Success)
+        return ret;
+
+    if (!dev->key)
+        return BadMatch;
+    xkb = dev->key->xkbInfo->desc;
+
+    for (i = 0; i < MAP_LENGTH; i++) {
+        if (!modmap[i])
+            continue;
+
+        /* Check that all the new modifiers fall within the advertised
+         * keycode range. */
+        if (i < xkb->min_key_code || i > xkb->max_key_code) {
+            client->errorValue = i;
+            return -1;
+        }
+
+        /* Make sure the mapping is okay with the DDX. */
+        if (!LegalModifier(i, dev)) {
+            client->errorValue = i;
+            return MappingFailed;
+        }
+
+        /* None of the new modifiers may be down while we change the
+         * map. */
+        if (key_is_down(dev, i, KEY_POSTED | KEY_PROCESSED)) {
+            client->errorValue = i;
+            return MappingBusy;
+        }
+    }
+
+    /* None of the old modifiers may be down while we change the map,
+     * either. */
+    for (i = xkb->min_key_code; i < xkb->max_key_code; i++) {
+        if (!xkb->map->modmap[i])
+            continue;
+        if (key_is_down(dev, i, KEY_POSTED | KEY_PROCESSED)) {
+            client->errorValue = i;
+            return MappingBusy;
+        }
+    }
+
+    return Success;
+}
+
+static int
+check_modmap_change_slave(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr master,
+                          DeviceIntPtr slave, CARD8 *modmap)
+{
+    XkbDescPtr master_xkb, slave_xkb;
+    int i, j;
+
+    if (!slave->key || !master->key)
+        return 0;
+
+    master_xkb = master->key->xkbInfo->desc;
+    slave_xkb = slave->key->xkbInfo->desc;
+
+    /* Ignore devices with a clearly different keymap. */
+    if (slave_xkb->min_key_code != master_xkb->min_key_code ||
+        slave_xkb->max_key_code != master_xkb->max_key_code)
+        return 0;
+
+    for (i = 0; i < MAP_LENGTH; i++) {
+        if (!modmap[i])
+            continue;
+
+        /* If we have different symbols for any modifier on an
+         * extended keyboard, ignore the whole remap request. */
+        for (j = 0;
+             j < XkbKeyNumSyms(slave_xkb, i) &&
+              j < XkbKeyNumSyms(master_xkb, i);
+             j++)
+            if (XkbKeySymsPtr(slave_xkb, i)[j] != XkbKeySymsPtr(master_xkb, i)[j])
+                return 0;
+    }
+
+    if (check_modmap_change(client, slave, modmap) != Success)
+        return 0;
+
+    return 1;
+}
+
+/* Actually change the modifier map, and send notifications.  Cannot fail. */
+static void
+do_modmap_change(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, CARD8 *modmap)
+{
+    XkbApplyMappingChange(dev, NULL, 0, 0, modmap, serverClient);
+}
+
+/* Rebuild modmap (key -> mod) from map (mod -> key). */
+static int build_modmap_from_modkeymap(CARD8 *modmap, KeyCode *modkeymap,
+                                       int max_keys_per_mod)
+{
+    int i, len = max_keys_per_mod * 8;
+
+    memset(modmap, 0, MAP_LENGTH);
+
+    for (i = 0; i < len; i++) {
+        if (!modkeymap[i])
+            continue;
+
+        if (modkeymap[i] >= MAP_LENGTH)
+            return BadValue;
+
+        if (modmap[modkeymap[i]])
+            return BadValue;
+
+        modmap[modkeymap[i]] = 1 << (i / max_keys_per_mod);
+    }
+
+    return Success;
+}
+
+int
+change_modmap(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, KeyCode *modkeymap,
+              int max_keys_per_mod)
+{
+    int ret;
+    CARD8 modmap[MAP_LENGTH];
+    DeviceIntPtr tmp;
+
+    ret = build_modmap_from_modkeymap(modmap, modkeymap, max_keys_per_mod);
+    if (ret != Success)
+        return ret;
+
+    /* If we can't perform the change on the requested device, bail out. */
+    ret = check_modmap_change(client, dev, modmap);
+    if (ret != Success)
+        return ret;
+    do_modmap_change(client, dev, modmap);
+
+    /* Change any attached masters/slaves. */
+    if (IsMaster(dev)) {
+        for (tmp = inputInfo.devices; tmp; tmp = tmp->next) {
+            if (!IsMaster(tmp) && GetMaster(tmp, MASTER_KEYBOARD) == dev)
+                if (check_modmap_change_slave(client, dev, tmp, modmap))
+                    do_modmap_change(client, tmp, modmap);
+        }
+    }
+    else if (!IsFloating(dev) && GetMaster(dev, MASTER_KEYBOARD)->lastSlave == dev) {
+        /* If this fails, expect the results to be weird. */
+        if (check_modmap_change(client, dev->master, modmap))
+            do_modmap_change(client, dev->master, modmap);
+    }
+
+    return Success;
+}
+
+int generate_modkeymap(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev,
+                       KeyCode **modkeymap_out, int *max_keys_per_mod_out)
+{
+    CARD8 keys_per_mod[8];
+    int max_keys_per_mod;
+    KeyCode *modkeymap = NULL;
+    int i, j, ret;
+
+    ret = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, DixGetAttrAccess);
+    if (ret != Success)
+        return ret;
+
+    if (!dev->key)
+        return BadMatch;
+
+    /* Count the number of keys per modifier to determine how wide we
+     * should make the map. */
+    max_keys_per_mod = 0;
+    for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
+        keys_per_mod[i] = 0;
+    for (i = 8; i < MAP_LENGTH; i++) {
+        for (j = 0; j < 8; j++) {
+            if (dev->key->xkbInfo->desc->map->modmap[i] & (1 << j)) {
+                if (++keys_per_mod[j] > max_keys_per_mod)
+                    max_keys_per_mod = keys_per_mod[j];
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (max_keys_per_mod != 0) {
+        modkeymap = calloc(max_keys_per_mod * 8, sizeof(KeyCode));
+        if (!modkeymap)
+            return BadAlloc;
+
+        for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
+            keys_per_mod[i] = 0;
+
+        for (i = 8; i < MAP_LENGTH; i++) {
+            for (j = 0; j < 8; j++) {
+                if (dev->key->xkbInfo->desc->map->modmap[i] & (1 << j)) {
+                    modkeymap[(j * max_keys_per_mod) + keys_per_mod[j]] = i;
+                    keys_per_mod[j]++;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    *max_keys_per_mod_out = max_keys_per_mod;
+    *modkeymap_out = modkeymap;
+
+    return Success;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Duplicate the InputAttributes in the most obvious way.
+ * No special memory handling is used to give drivers the maximum
+ * flexibility with the data. Drivers should be able to call realloc on the
+ * product string if needed and perform similar operations.
+ */
+InputAttributes*
+DuplicateInputAttributes(InputAttributes *attrs)
+{
+    InputAttributes *new_attr;
+    int ntags = 0;
+    char **tags, **new_tags;
+
+    if (!attrs)
+        return NULL;
+
+    if (!(new_attr = calloc(1, sizeof(InputAttributes))))
+        goto unwind;
+
+    if (attrs->product && !(new_attr->product = strdup(attrs->product)))
+        goto unwind;
+    if (attrs->vendor && !(new_attr->vendor = strdup(attrs->vendor)))
+        goto unwind;
+    if (attrs->device && !(new_attr->device = strdup(attrs->device)))
+        goto unwind;
+    if (attrs->pnp_id && !(new_attr->pnp_id = strdup(attrs->pnp_id)))
+        goto unwind;
+    if (attrs->usb_id && !(new_attr->usb_id = strdup(attrs->usb_id)))
+        goto unwind;
+
+    new_attr->flags = attrs->flags;
+
+    if ((tags = attrs->tags))
+    {
+        while(*tags++)
+            ntags++;
+
+        new_attr->tags = calloc(ntags + 1, sizeof(char*));
+        if (!new_attr->tags)
+            goto unwind;
+
+        tags = attrs->tags;
+        new_tags = new_attr->tags;
+
+        while(*tags)
+        {
+            *new_tags = strdup(*tags);
+            if (!*new_tags)
+                goto unwind;
+
+            tags++;
+            new_tags++;
+        }
+    }
+
+    return new_attr;
+
+unwind:
+    FreeInputAttributes(new_attr);
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+void
+FreeInputAttributes(InputAttributes *attrs)
+{
+    char **tags;
+
+    if (!attrs)
+        return;
+
+    free(attrs->product);
+    free(attrs->vendor);
+    free(attrs->device);
+    free(attrs->pnp_id);
+    free(attrs->usb_id);
+
+    if ((tags = attrs->tags))
+        while(*tags)
+            free(*tags++);
+
+    free(attrs->tags);
+    free(attrs);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Alloc a valuator mask large enough for num_valuators.
+ */
+ValuatorMask*
+valuator_mask_new(int num_valuators)
+{
+    /* alloc a fixed size mask for now and ignore num_valuators. in the
+     * flying-car future, when we can dynamically alloc the masks and are
+     * not constrained by signals, we can start using num_valuators */
+    ValuatorMask *mask = calloc(1, sizeof(ValuatorMask));
+    mask->last_bit = -1;
+    return mask;
+}
+
+void
+valuator_mask_free(ValuatorMask **mask)
+{
+    free(*mask);
+    *mask = NULL;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Sets a range of valuators between first_valuator and num_valuators with
+ * the data in the valuators array. All other values are set to 0.
+ */
+void
+valuator_mask_set_range(ValuatorMask *mask, int first_valuator, int num_valuators,
+                        const int* valuators)
+{
+    int i;
+
+    valuator_mask_zero(mask);
+
+    for (i = first_valuator; i < min(first_valuator + num_valuators, MAX_VALUATORS); i++)
+        valuator_mask_set(mask, i, valuators[i - first_valuator]);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Reset mask to zero.
+ */
+void
+valuator_mask_zero(ValuatorMask *mask)
+{
+    memset(mask, 0, sizeof(*mask));
+    mask->last_bit = -1;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Returns the current size of the mask (i.e. the highest number of
+ * valuators currently set + 1).
+ */
+int
+valuator_mask_size(const ValuatorMask *mask)
+{
+    return mask->last_bit + 1;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Returns the number of valuators set in the given mask.
+ */
+int
+valuator_mask_num_valuators(const ValuatorMask *mask)
+{
+    return CountBits(mask->mask, min(mask->last_bit + 1, MAX_VALUATORS));
+}
+
+/**
+ * Return true if the valuator is set in the mask, or false otherwise.
+ */
+int
+valuator_mask_isset(const ValuatorMask *mask, int valuator)
+{
+    return mask->last_bit >= valuator && BitIsOn(mask->mask, valuator);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Set the valuator to the given data.
+ */
+void
+valuator_mask_set(ValuatorMask *mask, int valuator, int data)
+{
+    mask->last_bit = max(valuator, mask->last_bit);
+    SetBit(mask->mask, valuator);
+    mask->valuators[valuator] = data;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Return the requested valuator value. If the mask bit is not set for the
+ * given valuator, the returned value is undefined.
+ */
+int
+valuator_mask_get(const ValuatorMask *mask, int valuator)
+{
+    return mask->valuators[valuator];
+}
+
+/**
+ * Remove the valuator from the mask.
+ */
+void
+valuator_mask_unset(ValuatorMask *mask, int valuator)
+{
+    if (mask->last_bit >= valuator) {
+        int i, lastbit = -1;
+
+        ClearBit(mask->mask, valuator);
+        mask->valuators[valuator] = 0;
+
+        for (i = 0; i <= mask->last_bit; i++)
+            if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, i))
+                lastbit = max(lastbit, i);
+        mask->last_bit = lastbit;
+    }
+}
+
+void
+valuator_mask_copy(ValuatorMask *dest, const ValuatorMask *src)
+{
+    if (src)
+        memcpy(dest, src, sizeof(*dest));
+    else
+        valuator_mask_zero(dest);
+}
+
+int
+CountBits(const uint8_t *mask, int len)
+{
+    int i;
+    int ret = 0;
+
+    for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
+        if (BitIsOn(mask, i))
+            ret++;
+
+    return ret;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Verifies sanity of the event. If the event is not an internal event,
+ * memdumps the first 32 bytes of event to the log, a backtrace, then kill
+ * the server.
+ */
+void verify_internal_event(const InternalEvent *ev)
+{
+    if (ev && ev->any.header != ET_Internal)
+    {
+        int i;
+        unsigned char *data = (unsigned char*)ev;
+
+        ErrorF("dix: invalid event type %d\n", ev->any.header);
+
+        for (i = 0; i < sizeof(xEvent); i++, data++)
+        {
+            ErrorF("%02hhx ", *data);
+
+            if ((i % 8) == 7)
+                ErrorF("\n");
+        }
+
+        xorg_backtrace();
+        FatalError("Wrong event type %d. Aborting server\n", ev->any.header);
+    }
+}
diff --git a/xorg-server/dix/main.c b/xorg-server/dix/main.c
index 2fc39b5f0..7a5a34c33 100644
--- a/xorg-server/dix/main.c
+++ b/xorg-server/dix/main.c
@@ -1,408 +1,408 @@
-/***********************************************************

-

-Copyright 1987, 1998  The Open Group

-

-Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its

-documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that

-the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that

-copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting

-documentation.

-

-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in

-all copies or substantial portions of the Software.

-

-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR

-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,

-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE

-OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN

-AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN

-CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

-

-Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be

-used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings

-in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.

-

-

-Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.

-

-                        All Rights Reserved

-

-Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its 

-documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, 

-provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that

-both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in 

-supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be

-used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the

-software without specific, written prior permission.  

-

-DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING

-ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL

-DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR

-ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,

-WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,

-ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS

-SOFTWARE.

-

-******************************************************************/

-

-/* The panoramix components contained the following notice */

-/*****************************************************************

-

-Copyright (c) 1991, 1997 Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.

-

-Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy

-of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal

-in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights

-to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell

-copies of the Software.

-

-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in

-all copies or substantial portions of the Software.

-

-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR

-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,

-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL

-DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES, INCLUDING,

-BUT NOT LIMITED TO CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, OR OTHER LIABILITY,

-WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR

-IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

-

-Except as contained in this notice, the name of Digital Equipment Corporation

-shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other

-dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from Digital

-Equipment Corporation.

-

-******************************************************************/

-

-#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H

-#include <dix-config.h>

-#include <version-config.h>

-#endif

-

-#include <X11/X.h>

-#include <X11/Xos.h>   /* for unistd.h  */

-#include <X11/Xproto.h>

-#include <pixman.h>

-#include "scrnintstr.h"

-#include "misc.h"

-#include "os.h"

-#include "windowstr.h"

-#include "resource.h"

-#include "dixstruct.h"

-#include "gcstruct.h"

-#include "extension.h"

-#include "colormap.h"

-#include "colormapst.h"

-#include "cursorstr.h"

-#include "selection.h"

-#include <X11/fonts/font.h>

-#include "opaque.h"

-#include "servermd.h"

-#include "hotplug.h"

-#include "site.h"

-#include "dixfont.h"

-#include "extnsionst.h"

-#include "privates.h"

-#include "registry.h"

-#include "client.h"

-#ifdef PANORAMIX

-#include "panoramiXsrv.h"

-#else

-#include "dixevents.h"		/* InitEvents() */

-#endif

-

-#ifdef DPMSExtension

-#include <X11/extensions/dpmsconst.h>

-#include "dpmsproc.h"

-#endif

-

-#ifdef _DEBUG

-#include <crtdbg.h>

-#endif

-

-extern void Dispatch(void);

-

-#ifdef XQUARTZ

-#include <pthread.h>

-

-BOOL serverRunning = FALSE;

-pthread_mutex_t serverRunningMutex = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER;

-pthread_cond_t serverRunningCond = PTHREAD_COND_INITIALIZER;

-

-int dix_main(int argc, char *argv[], char *envp[]);

-

-int dix_main(int argc, char *argv[], char *envp[])

-#else

-int main(int argc, char *argv[], char *envp[])

-#endif

-{

-    int		i;

-    HWEventQueueType	alwaysCheckForInput[2];

-    #ifdef _DEBUG

-    //int TmpFlag=_CrtSetDbgFlag( _CRTDBG_REPORT_FLAG);

-    

-    //TmpFlag|=_CRTDBG_ALLOC_MEM_DF;

-    //TmpFlag|=_CRTDBG_DELAY_FREE_MEM_DF;

-    //TmpFlag|=_CRTDBG_CHECK_ALWAYS_DF;

-    //TmpFlag|=_CRTDBG_CHECK_CRT_DF;

-    //TmpFlag|=_CRTDBG_LEAK_CHECK_DF;

-    

-    //_CrtSetDbgFlag(TmpFlag);

-    #endif

-

-    ptw32_processInitialize();

-    display = "0";

-

-    #ifdef WIN32

-

-    if (InitWSA()<0)

-    {

-      printf("Error initialising WSA\n");

-      return -1;

-    }

-    /* In Win32 we have different threads call Xlib functions (depending

-       on the commandline options given).

-       XInitThreads has to be called before

-       any xlib function is called (aoccording to the man page) */

-    XInitThreads();

-    /* change the current directory to the directory where the vcxsrv.exe executable is installed.

-       This is needed because the font directories are relative to the current directory.

-     */

-     {

-       char ModuleFilename[MAX_PATH];

-       char *pSlash;

-       GetModuleFileName(NULL,ModuleFilename,sizeof(ModuleFilename));

-       pSlash=strrchr(ModuleFilename,'\\');

-       if (pSlash)

-       {

-         *pSlash='\0';

-         chdir(ModuleFilename);

-       }

-     }

-    #endif

-

-    InitRegions();

-

-    CheckUserParameters(argc, argv, envp);

-

-    CheckUserAuthorization();

-

-    InitConnectionLimits();

-

-    ProcessCommandLine(argc, argv);

-

-    alwaysCheckForInput[0] = 0;

-    alwaysCheckForInput[1] = 1;

-    while(1)

-    {

-	serverGeneration++;

-	ScreenSaverTime = defaultScreenSaverTime;

-	ScreenSaverInterval = defaultScreenSaverInterval;

-	ScreenSaverBlanking = defaultScreenSaverBlanking;

-	ScreenSaverAllowExposures = defaultScreenSaverAllowExposures;

-#ifdef DPMSExtension

-	DPMSStandbyTime = DPMSSuspendTime = DPMSOffTime = ScreenSaverTime;

-	DPMSEnabled = TRUE;

-	DPMSPowerLevel = 0;

-#endif

-	InitBlockAndWakeupHandlers();

-	/* Perform any operating system dependent initializations you'd like */

-	OsInit();

-	if(serverGeneration == 1)

-	{

-	    CreateWellKnownSockets();

-	    for (i=1; i<MAXCLIENTS; i++)

-		clients[i] = NullClient;

-	    serverClient = calloc(sizeof(ClientRec), 1);

-	    if (!serverClient)

-		FatalError("couldn't create server client");

-	    InitClient(serverClient, 0, (pointer)NULL);

-	}

-	else

-	    ResetWellKnownSockets ();

-	clients[0] = serverClient;

-	currentMaxClients = 1;

-

-	/* Initialize privates before first allocation */

-	dixResetPrivates();

-

-	/* Initialize server client devPrivates, to be reallocated as

-	 * more client privates are registered

-	 */

-	if (!dixAllocatePrivates(&serverClient->devPrivates, PRIVATE_CLIENT))

-	    FatalError("failed to create server client privates");

-

-	if (!InitClientResources(serverClient))      /* for root resources */

-	    FatalError("couldn't init server resources");

-

-	SetInputCheck(&alwaysCheckForInput[0], &alwaysCheckForInput[1]);

-	screenInfo.numScreens = 0;

-

-	InitAtoms();

-	InitEvents();

-	InitSelections();

-	InitGlyphCaching();

-	dixResetRegistry();

-	ResetFontPrivateIndex();

-	InitCallbackManager();

-	InitOutput(&screenInfo, argc, argv);

-

-	if (screenInfo.numScreens < 1)

-	    FatalError("no screens found");

-	InitExtensions(argc, argv);

-

-	for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++)

-	{

-	    ScreenPtr pScreen = screenInfo.screens[i];

-	    if (!CreateScratchPixmapsForScreen(i))

-		FatalError("failed to create scratch pixmaps");

-	    if (pScreen->CreateScreenResources &&

-		!(*pScreen->CreateScreenResources)(pScreen))

-		FatalError("failed to create screen resources");

-	    if (!CreateGCperDepth(i))

-		FatalError("failed to create scratch GCs");

-	    if (!CreateDefaultStipple(i))

-		FatalError("failed to create default stipple");

-	    if (!CreateRootWindow(pScreen))

-		FatalError("failed to create root window");

-	}

-

-	InitFonts();

-	if (SetDefaultFontPath(defaultFontPath) != Success) {

-	    ErrorF("[dix] failed to set default font path '%s'", defaultFontPath);

-	}

-	if (!SetDefaultFont(defaultTextFont)) {

-	    FatalError("could not open default font '%s'", defaultTextFont);

-	}

-

-	if (!(rootCursor = CreateRootCursor(NULL, 0))) {

-	    FatalError("could not open default cursor font '%s'",

-		       defaultCursorFont);

-	}

-

-#ifdef DPMSExtension

- 	/* check all screens, looking for DPMS Capabilities */

- 	DPMSCapableFlag = DPMSSupported();

-	if (!DPMSCapableFlag)

-     	    DPMSEnabled = FALSE;

-#endif

-

-#ifdef PANORAMIX

-	/*

-	 * Consolidate window and colourmap information for each screen

-	 */

-	if (!noPanoramiXExtension)

-	    PanoramiXConsolidate();

-#endif

-

-	for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++)

-	    InitRootWindow(screenInfo.screens[i]->root);

-

-        InitCoreDevices();

-	InitInput(argc, argv);

-	InitAndStartDevices();

-	ReserveClientIds(serverClient);

-

-	dixSaveScreens(serverClient, SCREEN_SAVER_FORCER, ScreenSaverReset);

-

-#ifdef PANORAMIX

-	if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {

-	    if (!PanoramiXCreateConnectionBlock()) {

-		FatalError("could not create connection block info");

-	    }

-	} else

-#endif

-	{

-	    if (!CreateConnectionBlock()) {

-	    	FatalError("could not create connection block info");

-	    }

-	}

-

-#ifdef XQUARTZ

-	/* Let the other threads know the server is done with its init */

-	pthread_mutex_lock(&serverRunningMutex);

-	serverRunning = TRUE;

-	pthread_cond_broadcast(&serverRunningCond);

-	pthread_mutex_unlock(&serverRunningMutex);

-#endif

-        

-	NotifyParentProcess();

-

-        #ifdef _MSC_VER

-        // initialise here because doing it in InitInput failes because keyboard device is not started yet then

-        winInitializeModeKeyStates ();

-        #endif

-

-	Dispatch();

-

-#ifdef XQUARTZ

-	/* Let the other threads know the server is no longer running */

-	pthread_mutex_lock(&serverRunningMutex);

-	serverRunning = FALSE;

-	pthread_mutex_unlock(&serverRunningMutex);

-#endif

-

-	UndisplayDevices();

-

-	/* Now free up whatever must be freed */

-	if (screenIsSaved == SCREEN_SAVER_ON)

-	    dixSaveScreens(serverClient, SCREEN_SAVER_OFF, ScreenSaverReset);

-	FreeScreenSaverTimer();

-	CloseDownExtensions();

-

-#ifdef PANORAMIX

-	{

-	    Bool remember_it = noPanoramiXExtension;

-	    noPanoramiXExtension = TRUE;

-	    FreeAllResources();

-	    noPanoramiXExtension = remember_it;

-	}

-#else

-	FreeAllResources();

-#endif

-

-        CloseInput();

-

-	for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++)

-	    screenInfo.screens[i]->root = NullWindow;

-	CloseDownDevices();

-	CloseDownEvents();

-

-	for (i = screenInfo.numScreens - 1; i >= 0; i--)

-	{

-	    FreeScratchPixmapsForScreen(i);

-	    FreeGCperDepth(i);

-	    FreeDefaultStipple(i);

-	    (* screenInfo.screens[i]->CloseScreen)(i, screenInfo.screens[i]);

-	    dixFreePrivates(screenInfo.screens[i]->devPrivates, PRIVATE_SCREEN);

-	    free(screenInfo.screens[i]);

-	    screenInfo.numScreens = i;

-	}

-

-	ReleaseClientIds(serverClient);

-	dixFreePrivates(serverClient->devPrivates, PRIVATE_CLIENT);

-	serverClient->devPrivates = NULL;

-

-	FreeFonts();

-

-	FreeAuditTimer();

-

-	if (dispatchException & DE_TERMINATE)

-	{

-	    CloseWellKnownConnections();

-	}

-

-	OsCleanup((dispatchException & DE_TERMINATE) != 0);

-

-	if (dispatchException & DE_TERMINATE)

-	{

-	    ddxGiveUp(EXIT_NO_ERROR);

-	    break;

-	}

-

-	free(ConnectionInfo);

-	ConnectionInfo = NULL;

-    }

-    return 0;

-}

-

+/***********************************************************
+
+Copyright 1987, 1998  The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+
+Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+                        All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its 
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, 
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in 
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.  
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+/* The panoramix components contained the following notice */
+/*****************************************************************
+
+Copyright (c) 1991, 1997 Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES, INCLUDING,
+BUT NOT LIMITED TO CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR
+IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of Digital Equipment Corporation
+shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
+dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from Digital
+Equipment Corporation.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#include <version-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <X11/X.h>
+#include <X11/Xos.h>   /* for unistd.h  */
+#include <X11/Xproto.h>
+#include <pixman.h>
+#include "scrnintstr.h"
+#include "misc.h"
+#include "os.h"
+#include "windowstr.h"
+#include "resource.h"
+#include "dixstruct.h"
+#include "gcstruct.h"
+#include "extension.h"
+#include "colormap.h"
+#include "colormapst.h"
+#include "cursorstr.h"
+#include "selection.h"
+#include <X11/fonts/font.h>
+#include "opaque.h"
+#include "servermd.h"
+#include "hotplug.h"
+#include "site.h"
+#include "dixfont.h"
+#include "extnsionst.h"
+#include "privates.h"
+#include "registry.h"
+#include "client.h"
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+#include "panoramiXsrv.h"
+#else
+#include "dixevents.h"		/* InitEvents() */
+#endif
+
+#ifdef DPMSExtension
+#include <X11/extensions/dpmsconst.h>
+#include "dpmsproc.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _DEBUG
+#include <crtdbg.h>
+#endif
+
+extern void Dispatch(void);
+
+#ifdef XQUARTZ
+#include <pthread.h>
+
+BOOL serverRunning = FALSE;
+pthread_mutex_t serverRunningMutex = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER;
+pthread_cond_t serverRunningCond = PTHREAD_COND_INITIALIZER;
+
+int dix_main(int argc, char *argv[], char *envp[]);
+
+int dix_main(int argc, char *argv[], char *envp[])
+#else
+int main(int argc, char *argv[], char *envp[])
+#endif
+{
+    int		i;
+    HWEventQueueType	alwaysCheckForInput[2];
+    #ifdef _DEBUG
+    //int TmpFlag=_CrtSetDbgFlag( _CRTDBG_REPORT_FLAG);
+    
+    //TmpFlag|=_CRTDBG_ALLOC_MEM_DF;
+    //TmpFlag|=_CRTDBG_DELAY_FREE_MEM_DF;
+    //TmpFlag|=_CRTDBG_CHECK_ALWAYS_DF;
+    //TmpFlag|=_CRTDBG_CHECK_CRT_DF;
+    //TmpFlag|=_CRTDBG_LEAK_CHECK_DF;
+    
+    //_CrtSetDbgFlag(TmpFlag);
+    #endif
+
+    ptw32_processInitialize();
+    display = "0";
+
+    #ifdef WIN32
+
+    if (InitWSA()<0)
+    {
+      printf("Error initialising WSA\n");
+      return -1;
+    }
+    /* In Win32 we have different threads call Xlib functions (depending
+       on the commandline options given).
+       XInitThreads has to be called before
+       any xlib function is called (aoccording to the man page) */
+    XInitThreads();
+    /* change the current directory to the directory where the vcxsrv.exe executable is installed.
+       This is needed because the font directories are relative to the current directory.
+     */
+     {
+       char ModuleFilename[MAX_PATH];
+       char *pSlash;
+       GetModuleFileName(NULL,ModuleFilename,sizeof(ModuleFilename));
+       pSlash=strrchr(ModuleFilename,'\\');
+       if (pSlash)
+       {
+         *pSlash='\0';
+         chdir(ModuleFilename);
+       }
+     }
+    #endif
+
+    InitRegions();
+
+    CheckUserParameters(argc, argv, envp);
+
+    CheckUserAuthorization();
+
+    InitConnectionLimits();
+
+    ProcessCommandLine(argc, argv);
+
+    alwaysCheckForInput[0] = 0;
+    alwaysCheckForInput[1] = 1;
+    while(1)
+    {
+	serverGeneration++;
+	ScreenSaverTime = defaultScreenSaverTime;
+	ScreenSaverInterval = defaultScreenSaverInterval;
+	ScreenSaverBlanking = defaultScreenSaverBlanking;
+	ScreenSaverAllowExposures = defaultScreenSaverAllowExposures;
+#ifdef DPMSExtension
+	DPMSStandbyTime = DPMSSuspendTime = DPMSOffTime = ScreenSaverTime;
+	DPMSEnabled = TRUE;
+	DPMSPowerLevel = 0;
+#endif
+	InitBlockAndWakeupHandlers();
+	/* Perform any operating system dependent initializations you'd like */
+	OsInit();
+	if(serverGeneration == 1)
+	{
+	    CreateWellKnownSockets();
+	    for (i=1; i<MAXCLIENTS; i++)
+		clients[i] = NullClient;
+	    serverClient = calloc(sizeof(ClientRec), 1);
+	    if (!serverClient)
+		FatalError("couldn't create server client");
+	    InitClient(serverClient, 0, (pointer)NULL);
+	}
+	else
+	    ResetWellKnownSockets ();
+	clients[0] = serverClient;
+	currentMaxClients = 1;
+
+	/* Initialize privates before first allocation */
+	dixResetPrivates();
+
+	/* Initialize server client devPrivates, to be reallocated as
+	 * more client privates are registered
+	 */
+	if (!dixAllocatePrivates(&serverClient->devPrivates, PRIVATE_CLIENT))
+	    FatalError("failed to create server client privates");
+
+	if (!InitClientResources(serverClient))      /* for root resources */
+	    FatalError("couldn't init server resources");
+
+	SetInputCheck(&alwaysCheckForInput[0], &alwaysCheckForInput[1]);
+	screenInfo.numScreens = 0;
+
+	InitAtoms();
+	InitEvents();
+	InitSelections();
+	InitGlyphCaching();
+	dixResetRegistry();
+	ResetFontPrivateIndex();
+	InitCallbackManager();
+	InitOutput(&screenInfo, argc, argv);
+
+	if (screenInfo.numScreens < 1)
+	    FatalError("no screens found");
+	InitExtensions(argc, argv);
+
+	for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++)
+	{
+	    ScreenPtr pScreen = screenInfo.screens[i];
+	    if (!CreateScratchPixmapsForScreen(i))
+		FatalError("failed to create scratch pixmaps");
+	    if (pScreen->CreateScreenResources &&
+		!(*pScreen->CreateScreenResources)(pScreen))
+		FatalError("failed to create screen resources");
+	    if (!CreateGCperDepth(i))
+		FatalError("failed to create scratch GCs");
+	    if (!CreateDefaultStipple(i))
+		FatalError("failed to create default stipple");
+	    if (!CreateRootWindow(pScreen))
+		FatalError("failed to create root window");
+	}
+
+	InitFonts();
+	if (SetDefaultFontPath(defaultFontPath) != Success) {
+	    ErrorF("[dix] failed to set default font path '%s'", defaultFontPath);
+	}
+	if (!SetDefaultFont(defaultTextFont)) {
+	    FatalError("could not open default font '%s'", defaultTextFont);
+	}
+
+	if (!(rootCursor = CreateRootCursor(NULL, 0))) {
+	    FatalError("could not open default cursor font '%s'",
+		       defaultCursorFont);
+	}
+
+#ifdef DPMSExtension
+ 	/* check all screens, looking for DPMS Capabilities */
+ 	DPMSCapableFlag = DPMSSupported();
+	if (!DPMSCapableFlag)
+     	    DPMSEnabled = FALSE;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+	/*
+	 * Consolidate window and colourmap information for each screen
+	 */
+	if (!noPanoramiXExtension)
+	    PanoramiXConsolidate();
+#endif
+
+	for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++)
+	    InitRootWindow(screenInfo.screens[i]->root);
+
+        InitCoreDevices();
+	InitInput(argc, argv);
+	InitAndStartDevices();
+	ReserveClientIds(serverClient);
+
+	dixSaveScreens(serverClient, SCREEN_SAVER_FORCER, ScreenSaverReset);
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+	if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
+	    if (!PanoramiXCreateConnectionBlock()) {
+		FatalError("could not create connection block info");
+	    }
+	} else
+#endif
+	{
+	    if (!CreateConnectionBlock()) {
+	    	FatalError("could not create connection block info");
+	    }
+	}
+
+#ifdef XQUARTZ
+	/* Let the other threads know the server is done with its init */
+	pthread_mutex_lock(&serverRunningMutex);
+	serverRunning = TRUE;
+	pthread_cond_broadcast(&serverRunningCond);
+	pthread_mutex_unlock(&serverRunningMutex);
+#endif
+        
+	NotifyParentProcess();
+
+        #ifdef _MSC_VER
+        // initialise here because doing it in InitInput failes because keyboard device is not started yet then
+        winInitializeModeKeyStates ();
+        #endif
+
+	Dispatch();
+
+#ifdef XQUARTZ
+	/* Let the other threads know the server is no longer running */
+	pthread_mutex_lock(&serverRunningMutex);
+	serverRunning = FALSE;
+	pthread_mutex_unlock(&serverRunningMutex);
+#endif
+
+	UndisplayDevices();
+
+	/* Now free up whatever must be freed */
+	if (screenIsSaved == SCREEN_SAVER_ON)
+	    dixSaveScreens(serverClient, SCREEN_SAVER_OFF, ScreenSaverReset);
+	FreeScreenSaverTimer();
+	CloseDownExtensions();
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+	{
+	    Bool remember_it = noPanoramiXExtension;
+	    noPanoramiXExtension = TRUE;
+	    FreeAllResources();
+	    noPanoramiXExtension = remember_it;
+	}
+#else
+	FreeAllResources();
+#endif
+
+        CloseInput();
+
+	for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++)
+	    screenInfo.screens[i]->root = NullWindow;
+	CloseDownDevices();
+	CloseDownEvents();
+
+	for (i = screenInfo.numScreens - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+	{
+	    FreeScratchPixmapsForScreen(i);
+	    FreeGCperDepth(i);
+	    FreeDefaultStipple(i);
+	    (* screenInfo.screens[i]->CloseScreen)(i, screenInfo.screens[i]);
+	    dixFreePrivates(screenInfo.screens[i]->devPrivates, PRIVATE_SCREEN);
+	    free(screenInfo.screens[i]);
+	    screenInfo.numScreens = i;
+	}
+
+	ReleaseClientIds(serverClient);
+	dixFreePrivates(serverClient->devPrivates, PRIVATE_CLIENT);
+	serverClient->devPrivates = NULL;
+
+	FreeFonts();
+
+	FreeAuditTimer();
+
+	if (dispatchException & DE_TERMINATE)
+	{
+	    CloseWellKnownConnections();
+	}
+
+	OsCleanup((dispatchException & DE_TERMINATE) != 0);
+
+	if (dispatchException & DE_TERMINATE)
+	{
+	    ddxGiveUp(EXIT_NO_ERROR);
+	    break;
+	}
+
+	free(ConnectionInfo);
+	ConnectionInfo = NULL;
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+
diff --git a/xorg-server/dix/ptrveloc.c b/xorg-server/dix/ptrveloc.c
index 992bc2bf1..fe655d5f4 100644
--- a/xorg-server/dix/ptrveloc.c
+++ b/xorg-server/dix/ptrveloc.c
@@ -1,1277 +1,1277 @@
-/*

- *

- * Copyright © 2006-2009 Simon Thum             simon dot thum at gmx dot de

- *

- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a

- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),

- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation

- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,

- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the

- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:

- *

- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next

- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the

- * Software.

- *

- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR

- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,

- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL

- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER

- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING

- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER

- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

- */

-

-#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H

-#include <dix-config.h>

-#endif

-

-#ifdef _MSC_VER

-#define _USE_MATH_DEFINES

-#endif

-

-#include <math.h>

-#include <ptrveloc.h>

-#include <exevents.h>

-#include <X11/Xatom.h>

-#include <os.h>

-

-#include <xserver-properties.h>

-

-/*****************************************************************************

- * Predictable pointer acceleration

- *

- * 2006-2009 by Simon Thum (simon [dot] thum [at] gmx de)

- *

- * Serves 3 complementary functions:

- * 1) provide a sophisticated ballistic velocity estimate to improve

- *    the relation between velocity (of the device) and acceleration

- * 2) make arbitrary acceleration profiles possible

- * 3) decelerate by two means (constant and adaptive) if enabled

- *

- * Important concepts are the

- *

- * - Scheme

- *      which selects the basic algorithm

- *      (see devices.c/InitPointerAccelerationScheme)

- * - Profile

- *      which returns an acceleration

- *      for a given velocity

- *

- *  The profile can be selected by the user at runtime.

- *  The classic profile is intended to cleanly perform old-style

- *  function selection (threshold =/!= 0)

- *

- ****************************************************************************/

-

-#ifdef _MSC_VER

-#define inline __inline

-#define lrintf(val) ((int)val)

-#endif

-

-/* fwds */

-int

-SetAccelerationProfile(DeviceVelocityPtr vel, int profile_num);

-static float

-SimpleSmoothProfile(DeviceIntPtr dev, DeviceVelocityPtr vel, float velocity,

-                    float threshold, float acc);

-static PointerAccelerationProfileFunc

-GetAccelerationProfile(DeviceVelocityPtr vel, int profile_num);

-static BOOL

-InitializePredictableAccelerationProperties(DeviceIntPtr,

-                                            DeviceVelocityPtr,

-                                            PredictableAccelSchemePtr);

-static BOOL

-DeletePredictableAccelerationProperties(DeviceIntPtr,

-                                        PredictableAccelSchemePtr);

-

-/*#define PTRACCEL_DEBUGGING*/

-

-#ifdef PTRACCEL_DEBUGGING

-#define DebugAccelF ErrorF

-#else

-#define DebugAccelF(...) /* */

-#endif

-

-/********************************

- *  Init/Uninit

- *******************************/

-

-/* some int which is not a profile number */

-#define PROFILE_UNINITIALIZE (-100)

-

-/**

- * Init DeviceVelocity struct so it should match the average case

- */

-void

-InitVelocityData(DeviceVelocityPtr vel)

-{

-    memset(vel, 0, sizeof(DeviceVelocityRec));

-

-    vel->corr_mul = 10.0;      /* dots per 10 milisecond should be usable */

-    vel->const_acceleration = 1.0;   /* no acceleration/deceleration  */

-    vel->reset_time = 300;

-    vel->use_softening = 1;

-    vel->min_acceleration = 1.0; /* don't decelerate */

-    vel->max_rel_diff = 0.2;

-    vel->max_diff = 1.0;

-    vel->initial_range = 2;

-    vel->average_accel = TRUE;

-    SetAccelerationProfile(vel, AccelProfileClassic);

-    InitTrackers(vel, 16);

-}

-

-

-/**

- * Clean up DeviceVelocityRec

- */

-void

-FreeVelocityData(DeviceVelocityPtr vel){

-    free(vel->tracker);

-    SetAccelerationProfile(vel, PROFILE_UNINITIALIZE);

-}

-

-

-/**

- * Init predictable scheme

- */

-Bool

-InitPredictableAccelerationScheme(DeviceIntPtr dev,

-                                  ValuatorAccelerationPtr protoScheme) {

-    DeviceVelocityPtr vel;

-    ValuatorAccelerationRec scheme;

-    PredictableAccelSchemePtr schemeData;

-    scheme = *protoScheme;

-    vel = calloc(1, sizeof(DeviceVelocityRec));

-    schemeData = calloc(1, sizeof(PredictableAccelSchemeRec));

-    if (!vel || !schemeData)

-        return FALSE;

-    InitVelocityData(vel);

-    schemeData->vel = vel;

-    scheme.accelData = schemeData;

-    if (!InitializePredictableAccelerationProperties(dev, vel, schemeData))

-        return FALSE;

-    /* all fine, assign scheme to device */

-    dev->valuator->accelScheme = scheme;

-    return TRUE;

-}

-

-

-/**

- *  Uninit scheme

- */

-void

-AccelerationDefaultCleanup(DeviceIntPtr dev)

-{

-    DeviceVelocityPtr vel = GetDevicePredictableAccelData(dev);

-    if (vel) {

-        /* the proper guarantee would be that we're not inside of

-         * AccelSchemeProc(), but that seems impossible. Schemes don't get

-         * switched often anyway.

-         */

-        OsBlockSignals();

-        dev->valuator->accelScheme.AccelSchemeProc = NULL;

-        FreeVelocityData(vel);

-        free(vel);

-        DeletePredictableAccelerationProperties(dev,

-            (PredictableAccelSchemePtr) dev->valuator->accelScheme.accelData);

-        free(dev->valuator->accelScheme.accelData);

-        dev->valuator->accelScheme.accelData = NULL;

-        OsReleaseSignals();

-    }

-}

-

-

-/*************************

- * Input property support

- ************************/

-

-/**

- * choose profile

- */

-static int

-AccelSetProfileProperty(DeviceIntPtr dev, Atom atom,

-                        XIPropertyValuePtr val, BOOL checkOnly)

-{

-    DeviceVelocityPtr vel;

-    int profile, *ptr = &profile;

-    int rc;

-    int nelem = 1;

-

-    if (atom != XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_PROFILE_NUMBER))

-        return Success;

-

-    vel = GetDevicePredictableAccelData(dev);

-    if (!vel)

-        return BadValue;

-    rc = XIPropToInt(val, &nelem, &ptr);

-

-    if(checkOnly)

-    {

-        if (rc)

-            return rc;

-

-        if (GetAccelerationProfile(vel, profile) == NULL)

-            return BadValue;

-    } else

-	SetAccelerationProfile(vel, profile);

-

-    return Success;

-}

-

-static long

-AccelInitProfileProperty(DeviceIntPtr dev, DeviceVelocityPtr vel)

-{

-    int profile = vel->statistics.profile_number;

-    Atom prop_profile_number = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_PROFILE_NUMBER);

-

-    XIChangeDeviceProperty(dev, prop_profile_number, XA_INTEGER, 32,

-                           PropModeReplace, 1, &profile, FALSE);

-    XISetDevicePropertyDeletable(dev, prop_profile_number, FALSE);

-    return XIRegisterPropertyHandler(dev, AccelSetProfileProperty, NULL, NULL);

-}

-

-/**

- * constant deceleration

- */

-static int

-AccelSetDecelProperty(DeviceIntPtr dev, Atom atom,

-                      XIPropertyValuePtr val, BOOL checkOnly)

-{

-    DeviceVelocityPtr vel;

-    float v, *ptr = &v;

-    int rc;

-    int nelem = 1;

-

-    if (atom != XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_CONSTANT_DECELERATION))

-        return Success;

-

-    vel = GetDevicePredictableAccelData(dev);

-    if (!vel)

-        return BadValue;

-    rc = XIPropToFloat(val, &nelem, &ptr);

-

-    if(checkOnly)

-    {

-        if (rc)

-            return rc;

-	return (v >= 1.0f) ? Success : BadValue;

-    }

-

-    if(v >= 1.0f)

-	vel->const_acceleration = 1/v;

-

-    return Success;

-}

-

-static long

-AccelInitDecelProperty(DeviceIntPtr dev, DeviceVelocityPtr vel)

-{

-    float fval = 1.0/vel->const_acceleration;

-    Atom prop_const_decel = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_CONSTANT_DECELERATION);

-    XIChangeDeviceProperty(dev, prop_const_decel,

-                           XIGetKnownProperty(XATOM_FLOAT), 32,

-                           PropModeReplace, 1, &fval, FALSE);

-    XISetDevicePropertyDeletable(dev, prop_const_decel, FALSE);

-    return XIRegisterPropertyHandler(dev, AccelSetDecelProperty, NULL, NULL);

-}

-

-

-/**

- * adaptive deceleration

- */

-static int

-AccelSetAdaptDecelProperty(DeviceIntPtr dev, Atom atom,

-                           XIPropertyValuePtr val, BOOL checkOnly)

-{

-    DeviceVelocityPtr veloc;

-    float v, *ptr = &v;

-    int rc;

-    int nelem = 1;

-

-    if (atom != XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_ADAPTIVE_DECELERATION))

-        return Success;

-

-    veloc = GetDevicePredictableAccelData(dev);

-    if (!veloc)

-        return BadValue;

-    rc = XIPropToFloat(val, &nelem, &ptr);

-

-    if(checkOnly)

-    {

-        if (rc)

-            return rc;

-	return (v >= 1.0f) ? Success : BadValue;

-    }

-

-    if(v >= 1.0f)

-	veloc->min_acceleration = 1/v;

-

-    return Success;

-}

-

-static long

-AccelInitAdaptDecelProperty(DeviceIntPtr dev, DeviceVelocityPtr vel)

-{

-    float fval = 1.0/vel->min_acceleration;

-    Atom prop_adapt_decel = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_ADAPTIVE_DECELERATION);

-

-    XIChangeDeviceProperty(dev, prop_adapt_decel, XIGetKnownProperty(XATOM_FLOAT), 32,

-                           PropModeReplace, 1, &fval, FALSE);

-    XISetDevicePropertyDeletable(dev, prop_adapt_decel, FALSE);

-    return XIRegisterPropertyHandler(dev, AccelSetAdaptDecelProperty, NULL, NULL);

-}

-

-

-/**

- * velocity scaling

- */

-static int

-AccelSetScaleProperty(DeviceIntPtr dev, Atom atom,

-                      XIPropertyValuePtr val, BOOL checkOnly)

-{

-    DeviceVelocityPtr vel;

-    float v, *ptr = &v;

-    int rc;

-    int nelem = 1;

-

-    if (atom != XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_VELOCITY_SCALING))

-        return Success;

-

-    vel = GetDevicePredictableAccelData(dev);

-    if (!vel)

-        return BadValue;

-    rc = XIPropToFloat(val, &nelem, &ptr);

-

-    if (checkOnly)

-    {

-        if (rc)

-            return rc;

-

-        return (v > 0) ? Success : BadValue;

-    }

-

-    if(v > 0)

-	vel->corr_mul = v;

-

-    return Success;

-}

-

-static long

-AccelInitScaleProperty(DeviceIntPtr dev, DeviceVelocityPtr vel)

-{

-    float fval = vel->corr_mul;

-    Atom prop_velo_scale = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_VELOCITY_SCALING);

-

-    XIChangeDeviceProperty(dev, prop_velo_scale, XIGetKnownProperty(XATOM_FLOAT), 32,

-                           PropModeReplace, 1, &fval, FALSE);

-    XISetDevicePropertyDeletable(dev, prop_velo_scale, FALSE);

-    return XIRegisterPropertyHandler(dev, AccelSetScaleProperty, NULL, NULL);

-}

-

-static BOOL

-InitializePredictableAccelerationProperties(

-    DeviceIntPtr dev,

-    DeviceVelocityPtr  vel,

-    PredictableAccelSchemePtr schemeData)

-{

-    int num_handlers = 4;

-    if(!vel)

-        return FALSE;

-

-    schemeData->prop_handlers = calloc(num_handlers, sizeof(long));

-    if (!schemeData->prop_handlers)

-        return FALSE;

-    schemeData->num_prop_handlers = num_handlers;

-    schemeData->prop_handlers[0] = AccelInitProfileProperty(dev, vel);

-    schemeData->prop_handlers[1] = AccelInitDecelProperty(dev, vel);

-    schemeData->prop_handlers[2] = AccelInitAdaptDecelProperty(dev, vel);

-    schemeData->prop_handlers[3] = AccelInitScaleProperty(dev, vel);

-

-    return TRUE;

-}

-

-BOOL

-DeletePredictableAccelerationProperties(

-    DeviceIntPtr dev,

-    PredictableAccelSchemePtr scheme)

-{

-    DeviceVelocityPtr vel;

-    Atom prop;

-    int i;

-

-    prop = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_VELOCITY_SCALING);

-    XIDeleteDeviceProperty(dev, prop, FALSE);

-    prop = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_ADAPTIVE_DECELERATION);

-    XIDeleteDeviceProperty(dev, prop, FALSE);

-    prop = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_CONSTANT_DECELERATION);

-    XIDeleteDeviceProperty(dev, prop, FALSE);

-    prop = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_PROFILE_NUMBER);

-    XIDeleteDeviceProperty(dev, prop, FALSE);

-

-    vel = GetDevicePredictableAccelData(dev);

-    if (vel) {

-        for (i = 0; i < scheme->num_prop_handlers; i++)

-            if (scheme->prop_handlers[i])

-                XIUnregisterPropertyHandler(dev, scheme->prop_handlers[i]);

-    }

-

-    free(scheme->prop_handlers);

-    scheme->prop_handlers = NULL;

-    scheme->num_prop_handlers = 0;

-    return TRUE;

-}

-

-/*********************

- * Tracking logic

- ********************/

-

-void

-InitTrackers(DeviceVelocityPtr vel, int ntracker)

-{

-    if(ntracker < 1){

-	ErrorF("(dix ptracc) invalid number of trackers\n");

-	return;

-    }

-    free(vel->tracker);

-    vel->tracker = (MotionTrackerPtr)calloc(ntracker, sizeof(MotionTracker));

-    vel->num_tracker = ntracker;

-}

-

-enum directions {

-    N   = (1 << 0),

-    NE  = (1 << 1),

-    E   = (1 << 2),

-    SE  = (1 << 3),

-    S   = (1 << 4),

-    SW  = (1 << 5),

-    W   = (1 << 6),

-    NW  = (1 << 7),

-    UNDEFINED = 0xFF

-};

-/**

- * return a bit field of possible directions.

- * There's no reason against widening to more precise directions (<45 degrees),

- * should it not perform well. All this is needed for is sort out non-linear

- * motion, so precision isn't paramount. However, one should not flag direction

- * too narrow, since it would then cut the linear segment to zero size way too

- * often.

- *

- * @return A bitmask for N, NE, S, SE, etc. indicating the directions for

- * this movement.

- */

-static int

-DoGetDirection(int dx, int dy){

-    int dir = 0;

-

-    /* on insignificant mickeys, flag 135 degrees */

-    if(abs(dx) < 2 && abs(dy) < 2){

-        /* first check diagonal cases */

-        if(dx > 0 && dy > 0)

-            dir = E | SE | S;

-        else if(dx > 0 && dy < 0)

-            dir =  N | NE | E;

-        else if(dx < 0 && dy < 0)

-            dir =  W | NW | N;

-        else if(dx < 0 && dy > 0)

-            dir =  W | SW | S;

-        /* check axis-aligned directions */

-        else if(dx > 0)

-            dir =  NE | E | SE;

-        else if(dx < 0)

-            dir =  NW | W | SW;

-        else if(dy > 0)

-            dir =  SE | S | SW;

-        else if(dy < 0)

-            dir =  NE | N | NW;

-        else

-            dir = UNDEFINED; /* shouldn't happen */

-    } else { /* compute angle and set appropriate flags */

-        float r;

-        int i1, i2;

-

-#ifdef _ISOC99_SOURCE

-        r = atan2f(dy, dx);

-#else

-        r = atan2(dy, dx);

-#endif

-        /* find direction.

-         *

-         * Add 360° to avoid r become negative since C has no well-defined

-         * modulo for such cases. Then divide by 45° to get the octant

-         * number,  e.g.

-         *          0 <= r <= 1 is [0-45]°

-         *          1 <= r <= 2 is [45-90]°

-         *          etc.

-         * But we add extra 90° to match up with our N, S, etc. defines up

-         * there, rest stays the same.

-         */

-        r = (r+(M_PI*2.5))/(M_PI/4);

-        /* this intends to flag 2 directions (45 degrees),

-         * except on very well-aligned mickeys. */

-        i1 = (int)(r+0.1) % 8;

-        i2 = (int)(r+0.9) % 8;

-        if(i1 < 0 || i1 > 7 || i2 < 0 || i2 > 7)

-            dir = UNDEFINED; /* shouldn't happen */

-        else

-            dir = (1 << i1 | 1 << i2);

-    }

-    return dir;

-}

-

-#define DIRECTION_CACHE_RANGE 5

-#define DIRECTION_CACHE_SIZE (DIRECTION_CACHE_RANGE*2+1)

-

-/* cache DoGetDirection().

- * To avoid excessive use of direction calculation, cache the values for

- * [-5..5] for both x/y. Anything outside of that is calcualted on the fly.

- *

- * @return A bitmask for N, NE, S, SE, etc. indicating the directions for

- * this movement.

- */

-static int

-GetDirection(int dx, int dy){

-    static int cache[DIRECTION_CACHE_SIZE][DIRECTION_CACHE_SIZE];

-    int dir;

-    if (abs(dx) <= DIRECTION_CACHE_RANGE &&

-	abs(dy) <= DIRECTION_CACHE_RANGE) {

-	/* cacheable */

-	dir = cache[DIRECTION_CACHE_RANGE+dx][DIRECTION_CACHE_RANGE+dy];

-	if(dir == 0) {

-	    dir = DoGetDirection(dx, dy);

-	    cache[DIRECTION_CACHE_RANGE+dx][DIRECTION_CACHE_RANGE+dy] = dir;

-	}

-    }else{

-	/* non-cacheable */

-	dir = DoGetDirection(dx, dy);

-    }

-

-    return dir;

-}

-

-#undef DIRECTION_CACHE_RANGE

-#undef DIRECTION_CACHE_SIZE

-

-

-/* convert offset (age) to array index */

-#define TRACKER_INDEX(s, d) (((s)->num_tracker + (s)->cur_tracker - (d)) % (s)->num_tracker)

-#define TRACKER(s, d) &(s)->tracker[TRACKER_INDEX(s,d)]

-

-/**

- * Add the delta motion to each tracker, then reset the latest tracker to

- * 0/0 and set it as the current one.

- */

-static inline void

-FeedTrackers(DeviceVelocityPtr vel, int dx, int dy, int cur_t)

-{

-    int n;

-    for(n = 0; n < vel->num_tracker; n++){

-	vel->tracker[n].dx += dx;

-	vel->tracker[n].dy += dy;

-    }

-    n = (vel->cur_tracker + 1) % vel->num_tracker;

-    vel->tracker[n].dx = 0;

-    vel->tracker[n].dy = 0;

-    vel->tracker[n].time = cur_t;

-    vel->tracker[n].dir = GetDirection(dx, dy);

-    DebugAccelF("(dix prtacc) motion [dx: %i dy: %i dir:%i diff: %i]\n",

-                dx, dy, vel->tracker[n].dir,

-                cur_t - vel->tracker[vel->cur_tracker].time);

-    vel->cur_tracker = n;

-}

-

-/**

- * calc velocity for given tracker, with

- * velocity scaling.

- * This assumes linear motion.

- */

-static float

-CalcTracker(const MotionTracker *tracker, int cur_t){

-    float dist = sqrt(tracker->dx * tracker->dx + tracker->dy * tracker->dy);

-    int dtime = cur_t - tracker->time;

-    if(dtime > 0)

-	return dist / dtime;

-    else

-	return 0;/* synonymous for NaN, since we're not C99 */

-}

-

-/* find the most plausible velocity. That is, the most distant

- * (in time) tracker which isn't too old, the movement vector was

- * in the same octant, and where the velocity is within an

- * acceptable range to the inital velocity.

- *

- * @return The tracker's velocity or 0 if the above conditions are unmet

- */

-static float

-QueryTrackers(DeviceVelocityPtr vel, int cur_t){

-    int offset, dir = UNDEFINED, used_offset = -1, age_ms;

-    /* initial velocity: a low-offset, valid velocity */

-    float initial_velocity = 0, result = 0, velocity_diff;

-    float velocity_factor =  vel->corr_mul * vel->const_acceleration; /* premultiply */

-    /* loop from current to older data */

-    for(offset = 1; offset < vel->num_tracker; offset++){

-	MotionTracker *tracker = TRACKER(vel, offset);

-	float tracker_velocity;

-

-	age_ms = cur_t - tracker->time;

-

-	/* bail out if data is too old and protect from overrun */

-	if (age_ms >= vel->reset_time || age_ms < 0) {

-	    DebugAccelF("(dix prtacc) query: tracker too old\n");

-	    break;

-	}

-

-	/*

-	 * this heuristic avoids using the linear-motion velocity formula

-	 * in CalcTracker() on motion that isn't exactly linear. So to get

-	 * even more precision we could subdivide as a final step, so possible

-	 * non-linearities are accounted for.

-	 */

-	dir &= tracker->dir;

-	if(dir == 0){ /* we've changed octant of movement (e.g. NE → NW) */

-	    DebugAccelF("(dix prtacc) query: no longer linear\n");

-	    /* instead of breaking it we might also inspect the partition after,

-	     * but actual improvement with this is probably rare. */

-	    break;

-	}

-

-	tracker_velocity = CalcTracker(tracker, cur_t) * velocity_factor;

-

-	if ((initial_velocity == 0 || offset <= vel->initial_range) && tracker_velocity != 0) {

-	    /* set initial velocity and result */

-	    result = initial_velocity = tracker_velocity;

-	    used_offset = offset;

-	} else if (initial_velocity != 0 && tracker_velocity != 0) {

-	    velocity_diff = fabs(initial_velocity - tracker_velocity);

-

-	    if (velocity_diff > vel->max_diff &&

-		velocity_diff/(initial_velocity + tracker_velocity) >= vel->max_rel_diff) {

-		/* we're not in range, quit - it won't get better. */

-		DebugAccelF("(dix prtacc) query: tracker too different:"

-		            " old %2.2f initial %2.2f diff: %2.2f\n",

-		            tracker_velocity, initial_velocity, velocity_diff);

-		break;

-	    }

-	    /* we're in range with the initial velocity,

-	     * so this result is likely better

-	     * (it contains more information). */

-	    result = tracker_velocity;

-	    used_offset = offset;

-	}

-    }

-    if(offset == vel->num_tracker){

-	DebugAccelF("(dix prtacc) query: last tracker in effect\n");

-	used_offset = vel->num_tracker-1;

-    }

-#ifdef PTRACCEL_DEBUGGING

-    if(used_offset >= 0){

-	MotionTracker *tracker = TRACKER(vel, used_offset);

-	DebugAccelF("(dix prtacc) result: offset %i [dx: %i dy: %i diff: %i]\n",

-	            used_offset, tracker->dx, tracker->dy, cur_t - tracker->time);

-    }

-#endif

-    return result;

-}

-

-#undef TRACKER_INDEX

-#undef TRACKER

-

-/**

- * Perform velocity approximation based on 2D 'mickeys' (mouse motion delta).

- * return true if non-visible state reset is suggested

- */

-BOOL

-ProcessVelocityData2D(

-    DeviceVelocityPtr vel,

-    int dx,

-    int dy,

-    int time)

-{

-    float velocity;

-

-    vel->last_velocity = vel->velocity;

-

-    FeedTrackers(vel, dx, dy, time);

-

-    velocity = QueryTrackers(vel, time);

-

-    vel->velocity = velocity;

-    return velocity == 0;

-}

-

-/**

- * this flattens significant ( > 1) mickeys a little bit for more steady

- * constant-velocity response

- */

-static inline float

-ApplySimpleSoftening(int prev_delta, int delta)

-{

-    float result = delta;

-

-    if (delta < -1 || delta > 1) {

-	if (delta > prev_delta)

-	    result -= 0.5;

-	else if (delta < prev_delta)

-	    result += 0.5;

-    }

-    return result;

-}

-

-

-/**

- * Soften the delta based on previous deltas stored in vel.

- *

- * @param[in,out] fdx Delta X, modified in-place.

- * @param[in,out] fdx Delta Y, modified in-place.

- */

-static void

-ApplySoftening(

-        DeviceVelocityPtr vel,

-        float* fdx,

-        float* fdy)

-{

-    if (vel->use_softening) {

-        *fdx = ApplySimpleSoftening(vel->last_dx, *fdx);

-        *fdy = ApplySimpleSoftening(vel->last_dy, *fdy);

-    }

-}

-

-static void

-ApplyConstantDeceleration(DeviceVelocityPtr vel, float *fdx, float *fdy)

-{

-    *fdx *= vel->const_acceleration;

-    *fdy *= vel->const_acceleration;

-}

-

-/*

- * compute the acceleration for given velocity and enforce min_acceleartion

- */

-float

-BasicComputeAcceleration(

-    DeviceIntPtr dev,

-    DeviceVelocityPtr vel,

-    float velocity,

-    float threshold,

-    float acc){

-

-    float result;

-    result = vel->Profile(dev, vel, velocity, threshold, acc);

-

-    /* enforce min_acceleration */

-    if (result < vel->min_acceleration)

-	result = vel->min_acceleration;

-    return result;

-}

-

-/**

- * Compute acceleration. Takes into account averaging, nv-reset, etc.

- * If the velocity has changed, an average is taken of 6 velocity factors:

- * current velocity, last velocity and 4 times the average between the two.

- */

-static float

-ComputeAcceleration(

-    DeviceIntPtr dev,

-    DeviceVelocityPtr vel,

-    float threshold,

-    float acc){

-    float result;

-

-    if(vel->velocity <= 0){

-	DebugAccelF("(dix ptracc) profile skipped\n");

-        /*

-         * If we have no idea about device velocity, don't pretend it.

-         */

-	return 1;

-    }

-

-    if(vel->average_accel && vel->velocity != vel->last_velocity){

-	/* use simpson's rule to average acceleration between

-	 * current and previous velocity.

-	 * Though being the more natural choice, it causes a minor delay

-	 * in comparison, so it can be disabled. */

-	result = BasicComputeAcceleration(

-	          dev, vel, vel->velocity, threshold, acc);

-	result += BasicComputeAcceleration(

-	          dev, vel, vel->last_velocity, threshold, acc);

-	result += 4.0f * BasicComputeAcceleration(dev, vel,

-	                   (vel->last_velocity + vel->velocity) / 2,

-	                   threshold, acc);

-	result /= 6.0f;

-	DebugAccelF("(dix ptracc) profile average [%.2f ... %.2f] is %.3f\n",

-	            vel->velocity, vel->last_velocity, result);

-    }else{

-	result = BasicComputeAcceleration(dev, vel,

-	                                  vel->velocity, threshold, acc);

-	DebugAccelF("(dix ptracc) profile sample [%.2f] is %.3f\n",

-               vel->velocity, res);

-    }

-

-    return result;

-}

-

-

-/*****************************************

- *  Acceleration functions and profiles

- ****************************************/

-

-/**

- * Polynomial function similar previous one, but with f(1) = 1

- */

-static float

-PolynomialAccelerationProfile(

-    DeviceIntPtr dev,

-    DeviceVelocityPtr vel,

-    float velocity,

-    float ignored,

-    float acc)

-{

-   return pow(velocity, (acc - 1.0) * 0.5);

-}

-

-

-/**

- * returns acceleration for velocity.

- * This profile selects the two functions like the old scheme did

- */

-static float

-ClassicProfile(

-    DeviceIntPtr dev,

-    DeviceVelocityPtr vel,

-    float velocity,

-    float threshold,

-    float acc)

-{

-    if (threshold > 0) {

-	return SimpleSmoothProfile (dev,

-	                            vel,

-	                            velocity,

-                                    threshold,

-                                    acc);

-    } else {

-	return PolynomialAccelerationProfile (dev,

-	                                      vel,

-	                                      velocity,

-                                              0,

-                                              acc);

-    }

-}

-

-

-/**

- * Power profile

- * This has a completely smooth transition curve, i.e. no jumps in the

- * derivatives.

- *

- * This has the expense of overall response dependency on min-acceleration.

- * In effect, min_acceleration mimics const_acceleration in this profile.

- */

-static float

-PowerProfile(

-    DeviceIntPtr dev,

-    DeviceVelocityPtr vel,

-    float velocity,

-    float threshold,

-    float acc)

-{

-    float vel_dist;

-

-    acc = (acc-1.0) * 0.1f + 1.0; /* without this, acc of 2 is unuseable */

-

-    if (velocity <= threshold)

-        return vel->min_acceleration;

-    vel_dist = velocity - threshold;

-    return (pow(acc, vel_dist)) * vel->min_acceleration;

-}

-

-

-/**

- * just a smooth function in [0..1] -> [0..1]

- *  - point symmetry at 0.5

- *  - f'(0) = f'(1) = 0

- *  - starts faster than a sinoid

- *  - smoothness C1 (Cinf if you dare to ignore endpoints)

- */

-static inline float

-CalcPenumbralGradient(float x){

-    x *= 2.0f;

-    x -= 1.0f;

-    return 0.5f + (x * sqrt(1.0f - x*x) + asin(x))/M_PI;

-}

-

-

-/**

- * acceleration function similar to classic accelerated/unaccelerated,

- * but with smooth transition in between (and towards zero for adaptive dec.).

- */

-static float

-SimpleSmoothProfile(

-    DeviceIntPtr dev,

-    DeviceVelocityPtr vel,

-    float velocity,

-    float threshold,

-    float acc)

-{

-    if(velocity < 1.0f)

-        return CalcPenumbralGradient(0.5 + velocity*0.5) * 2.0f - 1.0f;

-    if(threshold < 1.0f)

-        threshold = 1.0f;

-    if (velocity <= threshold)

-        return 1;

-    velocity /= threshold;

-    if (velocity >= acc)

-        return acc;

-    else

-        return 1.0f + (CalcPenumbralGradient(velocity/acc) * (acc - 1.0f));

-}

-

-

-/**

- * This profile uses the first half of the penumbral gradient as a start

- * and then scales linearly.

- */

-static float

-SmoothLinearProfile(

-    DeviceIntPtr dev,

-    DeviceVelocityPtr vel,

-    float velocity,

-    float threshold,

-    float acc)

-{

-    float res, nv;

-

-    if(acc > 1.0f)

-        acc -= 1.0f; /*this is so acc = 1 is no acceleration */

-    else

-        return 1.0f;

-

-    nv = (velocity - threshold) * acc * 0.5f;

-

-    if(nv < 0){

-        res = 0;

-    }else if(nv < 2){

-        res = CalcPenumbralGradient(nv*0.25f)*2.0f;

-    }else{

-        nv -= 2.0f;

-        res = nv * 2.0f / M_PI  /* steepness of gradient at 0.5 */

-              + 1.0f; /* gradient crosses 2|1 */

-    }

-    res += vel->min_acceleration;

-    return res;

-}

-

-

-/**

- * From 0 to threshold, the response graduates smoothly from min_accel to

- * acceleration. Beyond threshold it is exactly the specified acceleration.

- */

-static float

-SmoothLimitedProfile(

-    DeviceIntPtr dev,

-    DeviceVelocityPtr vel,

-    float velocity,

-    float threshold,

-    float acc)

-{

-    float res;

-

-    if(velocity >= threshold || threshold == 0.0f)

-	return acc;

-

-    velocity /= threshold; /* should be [0..1[ now */

-

-    res = CalcPenumbralGradient(velocity) * (acc - vel->min_acceleration);

-

-    return vel->min_acceleration + res;

-}

-

-

-static float

-LinearProfile(

-    DeviceIntPtr dev,

-    DeviceVelocityPtr vel,

-    float velocity,

-    float threshold,

-    float acc)

-{

-    return acc * velocity;

-}

-

-static float

-NoProfile(

-    DeviceIntPtr dev,

-    DeviceVelocityPtr vel,

-    float velocity,

-    float threshold,

-    float acc)

-{

-    return 1.0f;

-}

-

-static PointerAccelerationProfileFunc

-GetAccelerationProfile(

-    DeviceVelocityPtr vel,

-    int profile_num)

-{

-    switch(profile_num){

-        case AccelProfileClassic:

-            return ClassicProfile;

-        case AccelProfileDeviceSpecific:

-            return vel->deviceSpecificProfile;

-        case AccelProfilePolynomial:

-            return PolynomialAccelerationProfile;

-        case AccelProfileSmoothLinear:

-            return SmoothLinearProfile;

-        case AccelProfileSimple:

-            return SimpleSmoothProfile;

-        case AccelProfilePower:

-            return PowerProfile;

-        case AccelProfileLinear:

-            return LinearProfile;

-        case AccelProfileSmoothLimited:

-            return SmoothLimitedProfile;

-        case AccelProfileNone:

-            return NoProfile;

-        default:

-            return NULL;

-    }

-}

-

-/**

- * Set the profile by number.

- * Intended to make profiles exchangeable at runtime.

- * If you created a profile, give it a number here and in the header to

- * make it selectable. In case some profile-specific init is needed, here

- * would be a good place, since FreeVelocityData() also calls this with

- * PROFILE_UNINITIALIZE.

- *

- * returns FALSE if profile number is unavailable, TRUE otherwise.

- */

-int

-SetAccelerationProfile(

-    DeviceVelocityPtr vel,

-    int profile_num)

-{

-    PointerAccelerationProfileFunc profile;

-    profile = GetAccelerationProfile(vel, profile_num);

-

-    if(profile == NULL && profile_num != PROFILE_UNINITIALIZE)

-	return FALSE;

-

-    /* Here one could free old profile-private data */

-    free(vel->profile_private);

-    vel->profile_private = NULL;

-    /* Here one could init profile-private data */

-    vel->Profile = profile;

-    vel->statistics.profile_number = profile_num;

-    return TRUE;

-}

-

-/**********************************************

- * driver interaction

- **********************************************/

-

-

-/**

- * device-specific profile

- *

- * The device-specific profile is intended as a hook for a driver

- * which may want to provide an own acceleration profile.

- * It should not rely on profile-private data, instead

- * it should do init/uninit in the driver (ie. with DEVICE_INIT and friends).

- * Users may override or choose it.

- */

-void

-SetDeviceSpecificAccelerationProfile(

-        DeviceVelocityPtr vel,

-        PointerAccelerationProfileFunc profile)

-{

-    if(vel)

-	vel->deviceSpecificProfile = profile;

-}

-

-/**

- * Use this function to obtain a DeviceVelocityPtr for a device. Will return NULL if

- * the predictable acceleration scheme is not in effect.

- */

-DeviceVelocityPtr

-GetDevicePredictableAccelData(

-	DeviceIntPtr dev)

-{

-    /*sanity check*/

-    if(!dev){

-	ErrorF("[dix] accel: DeviceIntPtr was NULL");

-	return NULL;

-    }

-    if( dev->valuator &&

-	dev->valuator->accelScheme.AccelSchemeProc ==

-	    acceleratePointerPredictable &&

-	dev->valuator->accelScheme.accelData != NULL){

-

-	return ((PredictableAccelSchemePtr)

-		dev->valuator->accelScheme.accelData)->vel;

-    }

-    return NULL;

-}

-

-/********************************

- *  acceleration schemes

- *******************************/

-

-/**

- * Modifies valuators in-place.

- * This version employs a velocity approximation algorithm to

- * enable fine-grained predictable acceleration profiles.

- */

-void

-acceleratePointerPredictable(

-    DeviceIntPtr dev,

-    ValuatorMask* val,

-    CARD32 evtime)

-{

-    int dx = 0, dy = 0, tmpi;

-    DeviceVelocityPtr velocitydata = GetDevicePredictableAccelData(dev);

-    Bool soften = TRUE;

-

-    if (!velocitydata)

-        return;

-

-    if (velocitydata->statistics.profile_number == AccelProfileNone &&

-        velocitydata->const_acceleration == 1.0f) {

-        return; /*we're inactive anyway, so skip the whole thing.*/

-    }

-

-    if (valuator_mask_isset(val, 0)) {

-        dx = valuator_mask_get(val, 0);

-    }

-

-    if (valuator_mask_isset(val, 1)) {

-        dy = valuator_mask_get(val, 1);

-    }

-

-    if (dx || dy){

-        /* reset non-visible state? */

-        if (ProcessVelocityData2D(velocitydata, dx , dy, evtime)) {

-            soften = FALSE;

-        }

-

-        if (dev->ptrfeed && dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.num) {

-            float mult;

-

-            /* invoke acceleration profile to determine acceleration */

-            mult = ComputeAcceleration (dev, velocitydata,

-                                        dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.threshold,

-                                        (float)dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.num /

-                                            (float)dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.den);

-

-            if(mult != 1.0f || velocitydata->const_acceleration != 1.0f) {

-                float fdx = dx,

-                      fdy = dy;

-

-                if (mult > 1.0f && soften)

-                    ApplySoftening(velocitydata, &fdx, &fdy);

-                ApplyConstantDeceleration(velocitydata, &fdx, &fdy);

-

-                /* Calculate the new delta (with accel) and drop it back

-                 * into the valuator masks */

-                if (dx) {

-                    float tmp;

-                    tmp = mult * fdx + dev->last.remainder[0];

-                    /* Since it may not be apparent: lrintf() does not offer

-                     * strong statements about rounding; however because we

-                     * process each axis conditionally, there's no danger

-                     * of a toggling remainder. Its lack of guarantees likely

-                     * makes it faster on the average target. */

-                    tmpi = lrintf(tmp);

-                    valuator_mask_set(val, 0, tmpi);

-                    dev->last.remainder[0] = tmp - (float)tmpi;

-                }

-                if (dy) {

-                    float tmp;

-                    tmp = mult * fdy + dev->last.remainder[1];

-                    tmpi = lrintf(tmp);

-                    valuator_mask_set(val, 1, tmpi);

-                    dev->last.remainder[1] = tmp - (float)tmpi;

-                }

-                DebugAccelF("pos (%i | %i) remainders x: %.3f y: %.3f delta x:%.3f y:%.3f\n",

-                            *px, *py, dev->last.remainder[0], dev->last.remainder[1], fdx, fdy);

-            }

-        }

-    }

-    /* remember last motion delta (for softening/slow movement treatment) */

-    velocitydata->last_dx = dx;

-    velocitydata->last_dy = dy;

-}

-

-

-

-/**

- * Originally a part of xf86PostMotionEvent; modifies valuators

- * in-place. Retained mostly for embedded scenarios.

- */

-void

-acceleratePointerLightweight(

-    DeviceIntPtr dev,

-    ValuatorMask* val,

-    CARD32 ignored)

-{

-    float mult = 0.0, tmpf;

-    int dx = 0, dy = 0, tmpi;

-

-    if (valuator_mask_isset(val, 0)) {

-        dx = valuator_mask_get(val, 0);

-    }

-

-    if (valuator_mask_isset(val, 1)) {

-        dy = valuator_mask_get(val, 1);

-    }

-

-    if (!dx && !dy)

-        return;

-

-    if (dev->ptrfeed && dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.num) {

-        /* modeled from xf86Events.c */

-        if (dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.threshold) {

-            if ((abs(dx) + abs(dy)) >= dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.threshold) {

-                tmpf = ((float)dx *

-                        (float)(dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.num)) /

-                       (float)(dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.den) +

-                       dev->last.remainder[0];

-                if (dx) {

-                    tmpi = (int) tmpf;

-                    valuator_mask_set(val, 0, tmpi);

-                    dev->last.remainder[0] = tmpf - (float)tmpi;

-                }

-

-                tmpf = ((float)dy *

-                        (float)(dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.num)) /

-                       (float)(dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.den) +

-                       dev->last.remainder[1];

-                if (dy) {

-                    tmpi = (int) tmpf;

-                    valuator_mask_set(val, 1, tmpi);

-                    dev->last.remainder[1] = tmpf - (float)tmpi;

-                }

-            }

-        }

-        else {

-            mult = pow((float)dx * (float)dx + (float)dy * (float)dy,

-                       ((float)(dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.num) /

-                        (float)(dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.den) - 1.0) /

-                       2.0) / 2.0;

-            if (dx) {

-                tmpf = mult * (float)dx +

-                       dev->last.remainder[0];

-                tmpi = (int) tmpf;

-                valuator_mask_set(val, 0, tmpi);

-                dev->last.remainder[0] = tmpf - (float)tmpi;

-            }

-            if (dy) {

-                tmpf = mult * (float)dy +

-                       dev->last.remainder[1];

-                tmpi = (int)tmpf;

-                valuator_mask_set(val, 1, tmpi);

-                dev->last.remainder[1] = tmpf - (float)tmpi;

-            }

-        }

-    }

-}

+/*
+ *
+ * Copyright © 2006-2009 Simon Thum             simon dot thum at gmx dot de
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+ * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+ * Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+ * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+ * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+ * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+#define _USE_MATH_DEFINES
+#endif
+
+#include <math.h>
+#include <ptrveloc.h>
+#include <exevents.h>
+#include <X11/Xatom.h>
+#include <os.h>
+
+#include <xserver-properties.h>
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+ * Predictable pointer acceleration
+ *
+ * 2006-2009 by Simon Thum (simon [dot] thum [at] gmx de)
+ *
+ * Serves 3 complementary functions:
+ * 1) provide a sophisticated ballistic velocity estimate to improve
+ *    the relation between velocity (of the device) and acceleration
+ * 2) make arbitrary acceleration profiles possible
+ * 3) decelerate by two means (constant and adaptive) if enabled
+ *
+ * Important concepts are the
+ *
+ * - Scheme
+ *      which selects the basic algorithm
+ *      (see devices.c/InitPointerAccelerationScheme)
+ * - Profile
+ *      which returns an acceleration
+ *      for a given velocity
+ *
+ *  The profile can be selected by the user at runtime.
+ *  The classic profile is intended to cleanly perform old-style
+ *  function selection (threshold =/!= 0)
+ *
+ ****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+#define inline __inline
+#define lrintf(val) ((int)val)
+#endif
+
+/* fwds */
+int
+SetAccelerationProfile(DeviceVelocityPtr vel, int profile_num);
+static float
+SimpleSmoothProfile(DeviceIntPtr dev, DeviceVelocityPtr vel, float velocity,
+                    float threshold, float acc);
+static PointerAccelerationProfileFunc
+GetAccelerationProfile(DeviceVelocityPtr vel, int profile_num);
+static BOOL
+InitializePredictableAccelerationProperties(DeviceIntPtr,
+                                            DeviceVelocityPtr,
+                                            PredictableAccelSchemePtr);
+static BOOL
+DeletePredictableAccelerationProperties(DeviceIntPtr,
+                                        PredictableAccelSchemePtr);
+
+/*#define PTRACCEL_DEBUGGING*/
+
+#ifdef PTRACCEL_DEBUGGING
+#define DebugAccelF ErrorF
+#else
+#define DebugAccelF(...) /* */
+#endif
+
+/********************************
+ *  Init/Uninit
+ *******************************/
+
+/* some int which is not a profile number */
+#define PROFILE_UNINITIALIZE (-100)
+
+/**
+ * Init DeviceVelocity struct so it should match the average case
+ */
+void
+InitVelocityData(DeviceVelocityPtr vel)
+{
+    memset(vel, 0, sizeof(DeviceVelocityRec));
+
+    vel->corr_mul = 10.0;      /* dots per 10 milisecond should be usable */
+    vel->const_acceleration = 1.0;   /* no acceleration/deceleration  */
+    vel->reset_time = 300;
+    vel->use_softening = 1;
+    vel->min_acceleration = 1.0; /* don't decelerate */
+    vel->max_rel_diff = 0.2;
+    vel->max_diff = 1.0;
+    vel->initial_range = 2;
+    vel->average_accel = TRUE;
+    SetAccelerationProfile(vel, AccelProfileClassic);
+    InitTrackers(vel, 16);
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Clean up DeviceVelocityRec
+ */
+void
+FreeVelocityData(DeviceVelocityPtr vel){
+    free(vel->tracker);
+    SetAccelerationProfile(vel, PROFILE_UNINITIALIZE);
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Init predictable scheme
+ */
+Bool
+InitPredictableAccelerationScheme(DeviceIntPtr dev,
+                                  ValuatorAccelerationPtr protoScheme) {
+    DeviceVelocityPtr vel;
+    ValuatorAccelerationRec scheme;
+    PredictableAccelSchemePtr schemeData;
+    scheme = *protoScheme;
+    vel = calloc(1, sizeof(DeviceVelocityRec));
+    schemeData = calloc(1, sizeof(PredictableAccelSchemeRec));
+    if (!vel || !schemeData)
+        return FALSE;
+    InitVelocityData(vel);
+    schemeData->vel = vel;
+    scheme.accelData = schemeData;
+    if (!InitializePredictableAccelerationProperties(dev, vel, schemeData))
+        return FALSE;
+    /* all fine, assign scheme to device */
+    dev->valuator->accelScheme = scheme;
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ *  Uninit scheme
+ */
+void
+AccelerationDefaultCleanup(DeviceIntPtr dev)
+{
+    DeviceVelocityPtr vel = GetDevicePredictableAccelData(dev);
+    if (vel) {
+        /* the proper guarantee would be that we're not inside of
+         * AccelSchemeProc(), but that seems impossible. Schemes don't get
+         * switched often anyway.
+         */
+        OsBlockSignals();
+        dev->valuator->accelScheme.AccelSchemeProc = NULL;
+        FreeVelocityData(vel);
+        free(vel);
+        DeletePredictableAccelerationProperties(dev,
+            (PredictableAccelSchemePtr) dev->valuator->accelScheme.accelData);
+        free(dev->valuator->accelScheme.accelData);
+        dev->valuator->accelScheme.accelData = NULL;
+        OsReleaseSignals();
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*************************
+ * Input property support
+ ************************/
+
+/**
+ * choose profile
+ */
+static int
+AccelSetProfileProperty(DeviceIntPtr dev, Atom atom,
+                        XIPropertyValuePtr val, BOOL checkOnly)
+{
+    DeviceVelocityPtr vel;
+    int profile, *ptr = &profile;
+    int rc;
+    int nelem = 1;
+
+    if (atom != XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_PROFILE_NUMBER))
+        return Success;
+
+    vel = GetDevicePredictableAccelData(dev);
+    if (!vel)
+        return BadValue;
+    rc = XIPropToInt(val, &nelem, &ptr);
+
+    if(checkOnly)
+    {
+        if (rc)
+            return rc;
+
+        if (GetAccelerationProfile(vel, profile) == NULL)
+            return BadValue;
+    } else
+	SetAccelerationProfile(vel, profile);
+
+    return Success;
+}
+
+static long
+AccelInitProfileProperty(DeviceIntPtr dev, DeviceVelocityPtr vel)
+{
+    int profile = vel->statistics.profile_number;
+    Atom prop_profile_number = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_PROFILE_NUMBER);
+
+    XIChangeDeviceProperty(dev, prop_profile_number, XA_INTEGER, 32,
+                           PropModeReplace, 1, &profile, FALSE);
+    XISetDevicePropertyDeletable(dev, prop_profile_number, FALSE);
+    return XIRegisterPropertyHandler(dev, AccelSetProfileProperty, NULL, NULL);
+}
+
+/**
+ * constant deceleration
+ */
+static int
+AccelSetDecelProperty(DeviceIntPtr dev, Atom atom,
+                      XIPropertyValuePtr val, BOOL checkOnly)
+{
+    DeviceVelocityPtr vel;
+    float v, *ptr = &v;
+    int rc;
+    int nelem = 1;
+
+    if (atom != XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_CONSTANT_DECELERATION))
+        return Success;
+
+    vel = GetDevicePredictableAccelData(dev);
+    if (!vel)
+        return BadValue;
+    rc = XIPropToFloat(val, &nelem, &ptr);
+
+    if(checkOnly)
+    {
+        if (rc)
+            return rc;
+	return (v >= 1.0f) ? Success : BadValue;
+    }
+
+    if(v >= 1.0f)
+	vel->const_acceleration = 1/v;
+
+    return Success;
+}
+
+static long
+AccelInitDecelProperty(DeviceIntPtr dev, DeviceVelocityPtr vel)
+{
+    float fval = 1.0/vel->const_acceleration;
+    Atom prop_const_decel = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_CONSTANT_DECELERATION);
+    XIChangeDeviceProperty(dev, prop_const_decel,
+                           XIGetKnownProperty(XATOM_FLOAT), 32,
+                           PropModeReplace, 1, &fval, FALSE);
+    XISetDevicePropertyDeletable(dev, prop_const_decel, FALSE);
+    return XIRegisterPropertyHandler(dev, AccelSetDecelProperty, NULL, NULL);
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * adaptive deceleration
+ */
+static int
+AccelSetAdaptDecelProperty(DeviceIntPtr dev, Atom atom,
+                           XIPropertyValuePtr val, BOOL checkOnly)
+{
+    DeviceVelocityPtr veloc;
+    float v, *ptr = &v;
+    int rc;
+    int nelem = 1;
+
+    if (atom != XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_ADAPTIVE_DECELERATION))
+        return Success;
+
+    veloc = GetDevicePredictableAccelData(dev);
+    if (!veloc)
+        return BadValue;
+    rc = XIPropToFloat(val, &nelem, &ptr);
+
+    if(checkOnly)
+    {
+        if (rc)
+            return rc;
+	return (v >= 1.0f) ? Success : BadValue;
+    }
+
+    if(v >= 1.0f)
+	veloc->min_acceleration = 1/v;
+
+    return Success;
+}
+
+static long
+AccelInitAdaptDecelProperty(DeviceIntPtr dev, DeviceVelocityPtr vel)
+{
+    float fval = 1.0/vel->min_acceleration;
+    Atom prop_adapt_decel = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_ADAPTIVE_DECELERATION);
+
+    XIChangeDeviceProperty(dev, prop_adapt_decel, XIGetKnownProperty(XATOM_FLOAT), 32,
+                           PropModeReplace, 1, &fval, FALSE);
+    XISetDevicePropertyDeletable(dev, prop_adapt_decel, FALSE);
+    return XIRegisterPropertyHandler(dev, AccelSetAdaptDecelProperty, NULL, NULL);
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * velocity scaling
+ */
+static int
+AccelSetScaleProperty(DeviceIntPtr dev, Atom atom,
+                      XIPropertyValuePtr val, BOOL checkOnly)
+{
+    DeviceVelocityPtr vel;
+    float v, *ptr = &v;
+    int rc;
+    int nelem = 1;
+
+    if (atom != XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_VELOCITY_SCALING))
+        return Success;
+
+    vel = GetDevicePredictableAccelData(dev);
+    if (!vel)
+        return BadValue;
+    rc = XIPropToFloat(val, &nelem, &ptr);
+
+    if (checkOnly)
+    {
+        if (rc)
+            return rc;
+
+        return (v > 0) ? Success : BadValue;
+    }
+
+    if(v > 0)
+	vel->corr_mul = v;
+
+    return Success;
+}
+
+static long
+AccelInitScaleProperty(DeviceIntPtr dev, DeviceVelocityPtr vel)
+{
+    float fval = vel->corr_mul;
+    Atom prop_velo_scale = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_VELOCITY_SCALING);
+
+    XIChangeDeviceProperty(dev, prop_velo_scale, XIGetKnownProperty(XATOM_FLOAT), 32,
+                           PropModeReplace, 1, &fval, FALSE);
+    XISetDevicePropertyDeletable(dev, prop_velo_scale, FALSE);
+    return XIRegisterPropertyHandler(dev, AccelSetScaleProperty, NULL, NULL);
+}
+
+static BOOL
+InitializePredictableAccelerationProperties(
+    DeviceIntPtr dev,
+    DeviceVelocityPtr  vel,
+    PredictableAccelSchemePtr schemeData)
+{
+    int num_handlers = 4;
+    if(!vel)
+        return FALSE;
+
+    schemeData->prop_handlers = calloc(num_handlers, sizeof(long));
+    if (!schemeData->prop_handlers)
+        return FALSE;
+    schemeData->num_prop_handlers = num_handlers;
+    schemeData->prop_handlers[0] = AccelInitProfileProperty(dev, vel);
+    schemeData->prop_handlers[1] = AccelInitDecelProperty(dev, vel);
+    schemeData->prop_handlers[2] = AccelInitAdaptDecelProperty(dev, vel);
+    schemeData->prop_handlers[3] = AccelInitScaleProperty(dev, vel);
+
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+BOOL
+DeletePredictableAccelerationProperties(
+    DeviceIntPtr dev,
+    PredictableAccelSchemePtr scheme)
+{
+    DeviceVelocityPtr vel;
+    Atom prop;
+    int i;
+
+    prop = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_VELOCITY_SCALING);
+    XIDeleteDeviceProperty(dev, prop, FALSE);
+    prop = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_ADAPTIVE_DECELERATION);
+    XIDeleteDeviceProperty(dev, prop, FALSE);
+    prop = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_CONSTANT_DECELERATION);
+    XIDeleteDeviceProperty(dev, prop, FALSE);
+    prop = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_PROFILE_NUMBER);
+    XIDeleteDeviceProperty(dev, prop, FALSE);
+
+    vel = GetDevicePredictableAccelData(dev);
+    if (vel) {
+        for (i = 0; i < scheme->num_prop_handlers; i++)
+            if (scheme->prop_handlers[i])
+                XIUnregisterPropertyHandler(dev, scheme->prop_handlers[i]);
+    }
+
+    free(scheme->prop_handlers);
+    scheme->prop_handlers = NULL;
+    scheme->num_prop_handlers = 0;
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*********************
+ * Tracking logic
+ ********************/
+
+void
+InitTrackers(DeviceVelocityPtr vel, int ntracker)
+{
+    if(ntracker < 1){
+	ErrorF("(dix ptracc) invalid number of trackers\n");
+	return;
+    }
+    free(vel->tracker);
+    vel->tracker = (MotionTrackerPtr)calloc(ntracker, sizeof(MotionTracker));
+    vel->num_tracker = ntracker;
+}
+
+enum directions {
+    N   = (1 << 0),
+    NE  = (1 << 1),
+    E   = (1 << 2),
+    SE  = (1 << 3),
+    S   = (1 << 4),
+    SW  = (1 << 5),
+    W   = (1 << 6),
+    NW  = (1 << 7),
+    UNDEFINED = 0xFF
+};
+/**
+ * return a bit field of possible directions.
+ * There's no reason against widening to more precise directions (<45 degrees),
+ * should it not perform well. All this is needed for is sort out non-linear
+ * motion, so precision isn't paramount. However, one should not flag direction
+ * too narrow, since it would then cut the linear segment to zero size way too
+ * often.
+ *
+ * @return A bitmask for N, NE, S, SE, etc. indicating the directions for
+ * this movement.
+ */
+static int
+DoGetDirection(int dx, int dy){
+    int dir = 0;
+
+    /* on insignificant mickeys, flag 135 degrees */
+    if(abs(dx) < 2 && abs(dy) < 2){
+        /* first check diagonal cases */
+        if(dx > 0 && dy > 0)
+            dir = E | SE | S;
+        else if(dx > 0 && dy < 0)
+            dir =  N | NE | E;
+        else if(dx < 0 && dy < 0)
+            dir =  W | NW | N;
+        else if(dx < 0 && dy > 0)
+            dir =  W | SW | S;
+        /* check axis-aligned directions */
+        else if(dx > 0)
+            dir =  NE | E | SE;
+        else if(dx < 0)
+            dir =  NW | W | SW;
+        else if(dy > 0)
+            dir =  SE | S | SW;
+        else if(dy < 0)
+            dir =  NE | N | NW;
+        else
+            dir = UNDEFINED; /* shouldn't happen */
+    } else { /* compute angle and set appropriate flags */
+        float r;
+        int i1, i2;
+
+#ifdef _ISOC99_SOURCE
+        r = atan2f(dy, dx);
+#else
+        r = atan2(dy, dx);
+#endif
+        /* find direction.
+         *
+         * Add 360° to avoid r become negative since C has no well-defined
+         * modulo for such cases. Then divide by 45° to get the octant
+         * number,  e.g.
+         *          0 <= r <= 1 is [0-45]°
+         *          1 <= r <= 2 is [45-90]°
+         *          etc.
+         * But we add extra 90° to match up with our N, S, etc. defines up
+         * there, rest stays the same.
+         */
+        r = (r+(M_PI*2.5))/(M_PI/4);
+        /* this intends to flag 2 directions (45 degrees),
+         * except on very well-aligned mickeys. */
+        i1 = (int)(r+0.1) % 8;
+        i2 = (int)(r+0.9) % 8;
+        if(i1 < 0 || i1 > 7 || i2 < 0 || i2 > 7)
+            dir = UNDEFINED; /* shouldn't happen */
+        else
+            dir = (1 << i1 | 1 << i2);
+    }
+    return dir;
+}
+
+#define DIRECTION_CACHE_RANGE 5
+#define DIRECTION_CACHE_SIZE (DIRECTION_CACHE_RANGE*2+1)
+
+/* cache DoGetDirection().
+ * To avoid excessive use of direction calculation, cache the values for
+ * [-5..5] for both x/y. Anything outside of that is calcualted on the fly.
+ *
+ * @return A bitmask for N, NE, S, SE, etc. indicating the directions for
+ * this movement.
+ */
+static int
+GetDirection(int dx, int dy){
+    static int cache[DIRECTION_CACHE_SIZE][DIRECTION_CACHE_SIZE];
+    int dir;
+    if (abs(dx) <= DIRECTION_CACHE_RANGE &&
+	abs(dy) <= DIRECTION_CACHE_RANGE) {
+	/* cacheable */
+	dir = cache[DIRECTION_CACHE_RANGE+dx][DIRECTION_CACHE_RANGE+dy];
+	if(dir == 0) {
+	    dir = DoGetDirection(dx, dy);
+	    cache[DIRECTION_CACHE_RANGE+dx][DIRECTION_CACHE_RANGE+dy] = dir;
+	}
+    }else{
+	/* non-cacheable */
+	dir = DoGetDirection(dx, dy);
+    }
+
+    return dir;
+}
+
+#undef DIRECTION_CACHE_RANGE
+#undef DIRECTION_CACHE_SIZE
+
+
+/* convert offset (age) to array index */
+#define TRACKER_INDEX(s, d) (((s)->num_tracker + (s)->cur_tracker - (d)) % (s)->num_tracker)
+#define TRACKER(s, d) &(s)->tracker[TRACKER_INDEX(s,d)]
+
+/**
+ * Add the delta motion to each tracker, then reset the latest tracker to
+ * 0/0 and set it as the current one.
+ */
+static inline void
+FeedTrackers(DeviceVelocityPtr vel, int dx, int dy, int cur_t)
+{
+    int n;
+    for(n = 0; n < vel->num_tracker; n++){
+	vel->tracker[n].dx += dx;
+	vel->tracker[n].dy += dy;
+    }
+    n = (vel->cur_tracker + 1) % vel->num_tracker;
+    vel->tracker[n].dx = 0;
+    vel->tracker[n].dy = 0;
+    vel->tracker[n].time = cur_t;
+    vel->tracker[n].dir = GetDirection(dx, dy);
+    DebugAccelF("(dix prtacc) motion [dx: %i dy: %i dir:%i diff: %i]\n",
+                dx, dy, vel->tracker[n].dir,
+                cur_t - vel->tracker[vel->cur_tracker].time);
+    vel->cur_tracker = n;
+}
+
+/**
+ * calc velocity for given tracker, with
+ * velocity scaling.
+ * This assumes linear motion.
+ */
+static float
+CalcTracker(const MotionTracker *tracker, int cur_t){
+    float dist = sqrt(tracker->dx * tracker->dx + tracker->dy * tracker->dy);
+    int dtime = cur_t - tracker->time;
+    if(dtime > 0)
+	return dist / dtime;
+    else
+	return 0;/* synonymous for NaN, since we're not C99 */
+}
+
+/* find the most plausible velocity. That is, the most distant
+ * (in time) tracker which isn't too old, the movement vector was
+ * in the same octant, and where the velocity is within an
+ * acceptable range to the inital velocity.
+ *
+ * @return The tracker's velocity or 0 if the above conditions are unmet
+ */
+static float
+QueryTrackers(DeviceVelocityPtr vel, int cur_t){
+    int offset, dir = UNDEFINED, used_offset = -1, age_ms;
+    /* initial velocity: a low-offset, valid velocity */
+    float initial_velocity = 0, result = 0, velocity_diff;
+    float velocity_factor =  vel->corr_mul * vel->const_acceleration; /* premultiply */
+    /* loop from current to older data */
+    for(offset = 1; offset < vel->num_tracker; offset++){
+	MotionTracker *tracker = TRACKER(vel, offset);
+	float tracker_velocity;
+
+	age_ms = cur_t - tracker->time;
+
+	/* bail out if data is too old and protect from overrun */
+	if (age_ms >= vel->reset_time || age_ms < 0) {
+	    DebugAccelF("(dix prtacc) query: tracker too old\n");
+	    break;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * this heuristic avoids using the linear-motion velocity formula
+	 * in CalcTracker() on motion that isn't exactly linear. So to get
+	 * even more precision we could subdivide as a final step, so possible
+	 * non-linearities are accounted for.
+	 */
+	dir &= tracker->dir;
+	if(dir == 0){ /* we've changed octant of movement (e.g. NE → NW) */
+	    DebugAccelF("(dix prtacc) query: no longer linear\n");
+	    /* instead of breaking it we might also inspect the partition after,
+	     * but actual improvement with this is probably rare. */
+	    break;
+	}
+
+	tracker_velocity = CalcTracker(tracker, cur_t) * velocity_factor;
+
+	if ((initial_velocity == 0 || offset <= vel->initial_range) && tracker_velocity != 0) {
+	    /* set initial velocity and result */
+	    result = initial_velocity = tracker_velocity;
+	    used_offset = offset;
+	} else if (initial_velocity != 0 && tracker_velocity != 0) {
+	    velocity_diff = fabs(initial_velocity - tracker_velocity);
+
+	    if (velocity_diff > vel->max_diff &&
+		velocity_diff/(initial_velocity + tracker_velocity) >= vel->max_rel_diff) {
+		/* we're not in range, quit - it won't get better. */
+		DebugAccelF("(dix prtacc) query: tracker too different:"
+		            " old %2.2f initial %2.2f diff: %2.2f\n",
+		            tracker_velocity, initial_velocity, velocity_diff);
+		break;
+	    }
+	    /* we're in range with the initial velocity,
+	     * so this result is likely better
+	     * (it contains more information). */
+	    result = tracker_velocity;
+	    used_offset = offset;
+	}
+    }
+    if(offset == vel->num_tracker){
+	DebugAccelF("(dix prtacc) query: last tracker in effect\n");
+	used_offset = vel->num_tracker-1;
+    }
+#ifdef PTRACCEL_DEBUGGING
+    if(used_offset >= 0){
+	MotionTracker *tracker = TRACKER(vel, used_offset);
+	DebugAccelF("(dix prtacc) result: offset %i [dx: %i dy: %i diff: %i]\n",
+	            used_offset, tracker->dx, tracker->dy, cur_t - tracker->time);
+    }
+#endif
+    return result;
+}
+
+#undef TRACKER_INDEX
+#undef TRACKER
+
+/**
+ * Perform velocity approximation based on 2D 'mickeys' (mouse motion delta).
+ * return true if non-visible state reset is suggested
+ */
+BOOL
+ProcessVelocityData2D(
+    DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
+    int dx,
+    int dy,
+    int time)
+{
+    float velocity;
+
+    vel->last_velocity = vel->velocity;
+
+    FeedTrackers(vel, dx, dy, time);
+
+    velocity = QueryTrackers(vel, time);
+
+    vel->velocity = velocity;
+    return velocity == 0;
+}
+
+/**
+ * this flattens significant ( > 1) mickeys a little bit for more steady
+ * constant-velocity response
+ */
+static inline float
+ApplySimpleSoftening(int prev_delta, int delta)
+{
+    float result = delta;
+
+    if (delta < -1 || delta > 1) {
+	if (delta > prev_delta)
+	    result -= 0.5;
+	else if (delta < prev_delta)
+	    result += 0.5;
+    }
+    return result;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Soften the delta based on previous deltas stored in vel.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] fdx Delta X, modified in-place.
+ * @param[in,out] fdx Delta Y, modified in-place.
+ */
+static void
+ApplySoftening(
+        DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
+        float* fdx,
+        float* fdy)
+{
+    if (vel->use_softening) {
+        *fdx = ApplySimpleSoftening(vel->last_dx, *fdx);
+        *fdy = ApplySimpleSoftening(vel->last_dy, *fdy);
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+ApplyConstantDeceleration(DeviceVelocityPtr vel, float *fdx, float *fdy)
+{
+    *fdx *= vel->const_acceleration;
+    *fdy *= vel->const_acceleration;
+}
+
+/*
+ * compute the acceleration for given velocity and enforce min_acceleartion
+ */
+float
+BasicComputeAcceleration(
+    DeviceIntPtr dev,
+    DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
+    float velocity,
+    float threshold,
+    float acc){
+
+    float result;
+    result = vel->Profile(dev, vel, velocity, threshold, acc);
+
+    /* enforce min_acceleration */
+    if (result < vel->min_acceleration)
+	result = vel->min_acceleration;
+    return result;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Compute acceleration. Takes into account averaging, nv-reset, etc.
+ * If the velocity has changed, an average is taken of 6 velocity factors:
+ * current velocity, last velocity and 4 times the average between the two.
+ */
+static float
+ComputeAcceleration(
+    DeviceIntPtr dev,
+    DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
+    float threshold,
+    float acc){
+    float result;
+
+    if(vel->velocity <= 0){
+	DebugAccelF("(dix ptracc) profile skipped\n");
+        /*
+         * If we have no idea about device velocity, don't pretend it.
+         */
+	return 1;
+    }
+
+    if(vel->average_accel && vel->velocity != vel->last_velocity){
+	/* use simpson's rule to average acceleration between
+	 * current and previous velocity.
+	 * Though being the more natural choice, it causes a minor delay
+	 * in comparison, so it can be disabled. */
+	result = BasicComputeAcceleration(
+	          dev, vel, vel->velocity, threshold, acc);
+	result += BasicComputeAcceleration(
+	          dev, vel, vel->last_velocity, threshold, acc);
+	result += 4.0f * BasicComputeAcceleration(dev, vel,
+	                   (vel->last_velocity + vel->velocity) / 2,
+	                   threshold, acc);
+	result /= 6.0f;
+	DebugAccelF("(dix ptracc) profile average [%.2f ... %.2f] is %.3f\n",
+	            vel->velocity, vel->last_velocity, result);
+    }else{
+	result = BasicComputeAcceleration(dev, vel,
+	                                  vel->velocity, threshold, acc);
+	DebugAccelF("(dix ptracc) profile sample [%.2f] is %.3f\n",
+               vel->velocity, res);
+    }
+
+    return result;
+}
+
+
+/*****************************************
+ *  Acceleration functions and profiles
+ ****************************************/
+
+/**
+ * Polynomial function similar previous one, but with f(1) = 1
+ */
+static float
+PolynomialAccelerationProfile(
+    DeviceIntPtr dev,
+    DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
+    float velocity,
+    float ignored,
+    float acc)
+{
+   return pow(velocity, (acc - 1.0) * 0.5);
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * returns acceleration for velocity.
+ * This profile selects the two functions like the old scheme did
+ */
+static float
+ClassicProfile(
+    DeviceIntPtr dev,
+    DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
+    float velocity,
+    float threshold,
+    float acc)
+{
+    if (threshold > 0) {
+	return SimpleSmoothProfile (dev,
+	                            vel,
+	                            velocity,
+                                    threshold,
+                                    acc);
+    } else {
+	return PolynomialAccelerationProfile (dev,
+	                                      vel,
+	                                      velocity,
+                                              0,
+                                              acc);
+    }
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Power profile
+ * This has a completely smooth transition curve, i.e. no jumps in the
+ * derivatives.
+ *
+ * This has the expense of overall response dependency on min-acceleration.
+ * In effect, min_acceleration mimics const_acceleration in this profile.
+ */
+static float
+PowerProfile(
+    DeviceIntPtr dev,
+    DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
+    float velocity,
+    float threshold,
+    float acc)
+{
+    float vel_dist;
+
+    acc = (acc-1.0) * 0.1f + 1.0; /* without this, acc of 2 is unuseable */
+
+    if (velocity <= threshold)
+        return vel->min_acceleration;
+    vel_dist = velocity - threshold;
+    return (pow(acc, vel_dist)) * vel->min_acceleration;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * just a smooth function in [0..1] -> [0..1]
+ *  - point symmetry at 0.5
+ *  - f'(0) = f'(1) = 0
+ *  - starts faster than a sinoid
+ *  - smoothness C1 (Cinf if you dare to ignore endpoints)
+ */
+static inline float
+CalcPenumbralGradient(float x){
+    x *= 2.0f;
+    x -= 1.0f;
+    return 0.5f + (x * sqrt(1.0f - x*x) + asin(x))/M_PI;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * acceleration function similar to classic accelerated/unaccelerated,
+ * but with smooth transition in between (and towards zero for adaptive dec.).
+ */
+static float
+SimpleSmoothProfile(
+    DeviceIntPtr dev,
+    DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
+    float velocity,
+    float threshold,
+    float acc)
+{
+    if(velocity < 1.0f)
+        return CalcPenumbralGradient(0.5 + velocity*0.5) * 2.0f - 1.0f;
+    if(threshold < 1.0f)
+        threshold = 1.0f;
+    if (velocity <= threshold)
+        return 1;
+    velocity /= threshold;
+    if (velocity >= acc)
+        return acc;
+    else
+        return 1.0f + (CalcPenumbralGradient(velocity/acc) * (acc - 1.0f));
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * This profile uses the first half of the penumbral gradient as a start
+ * and then scales linearly.
+ */
+static float
+SmoothLinearProfile(
+    DeviceIntPtr dev,
+    DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
+    float velocity,
+    float threshold,
+    float acc)
+{
+    float res, nv;
+
+    if(acc > 1.0f)
+        acc -= 1.0f; /*this is so acc = 1 is no acceleration */
+    else
+        return 1.0f;
+
+    nv = (velocity - threshold) * acc * 0.5f;
+
+    if(nv < 0){
+        res = 0;
+    }else if(nv < 2){
+        res = CalcPenumbralGradient(nv*0.25f)*2.0f;
+    }else{
+        nv -= 2.0f;
+        res = nv * 2.0f / M_PI  /* steepness of gradient at 0.5 */
+              + 1.0f; /* gradient crosses 2|1 */
+    }
+    res += vel->min_acceleration;
+    return res;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * From 0 to threshold, the response graduates smoothly from min_accel to
+ * acceleration. Beyond threshold it is exactly the specified acceleration.
+ */
+static float
+SmoothLimitedProfile(
+    DeviceIntPtr dev,
+    DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
+    float velocity,
+    float threshold,
+    float acc)
+{
+    float res;
+
+    if(velocity >= threshold || threshold == 0.0f)
+	return acc;
+
+    velocity /= threshold; /* should be [0..1[ now */
+
+    res = CalcPenumbralGradient(velocity) * (acc - vel->min_acceleration);
+
+    return vel->min_acceleration + res;
+}
+
+
+static float
+LinearProfile(
+    DeviceIntPtr dev,
+    DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
+    float velocity,
+    float threshold,
+    float acc)
+{
+    return acc * velocity;
+}
+
+static float
+NoProfile(
+    DeviceIntPtr dev,
+    DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
+    float velocity,
+    float threshold,
+    float acc)
+{
+    return 1.0f;
+}
+
+static PointerAccelerationProfileFunc
+GetAccelerationProfile(
+    DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
+    int profile_num)
+{
+    switch(profile_num){
+        case AccelProfileClassic:
+            return ClassicProfile;
+        case AccelProfileDeviceSpecific:
+            return vel->deviceSpecificProfile;
+        case AccelProfilePolynomial:
+            return PolynomialAccelerationProfile;
+        case AccelProfileSmoothLinear:
+            return SmoothLinearProfile;
+        case AccelProfileSimple:
+            return SimpleSmoothProfile;
+        case AccelProfilePower:
+            return PowerProfile;
+        case AccelProfileLinear:
+            return LinearProfile;
+        case AccelProfileSmoothLimited:
+            return SmoothLimitedProfile;
+        case AccelProfileNone:
+            return NoProfile;
+        default:
+            return NULL;
+    }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Set the profile by number.
+ * Intended to make profiles exchangeable at runtime.
+ * If you created a profile, give it a number here and in the header to
+ * make it selectable. In case some profile-specific init is needed, here
+ * would be a good place, since FreeVelocityData() also calls this with
+ * PROFILE_UNINITIALIZE.
+ *
+ * returns FALSE if profile number is unavailable, TRUE otherwise.
+ */
+int
+SetAccelerationProfile(
+    DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
+    int profile_num)
+{
+    PointerAccelerationProfileFunc profile;
+    profile = GetAccelerationProfile(vel, profile_num);
+
+    if(profile == NULL && profile_num != PROFILE_UNINITIALIZE)
+	return FALSE;
+
+    /* Here one could free old profile-private data */
+    free(vel->profile_private);
+    vel->profile_private = NULL;
+    /* Here one could init profile-private data */
+    vel->Profile = profile;
+    vel->statistics.profile_number = profile_num;
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/**********************************************
+ * driver interaction
+ **********************************************/
+
+
+/**
+ * device-specific profile
+ *
+ * The device-specific profile is intended as a hook for a driver
+ * which may want to provide an own acceleration profile.
+ * It should not rely on profile-private data, instead
+ * it should do init/uninit in the driver (ie. with DEVICE_INIT and friends).
+ * Users may override or choose it.
+ */
+void
+SetDeviceSpecificAccelerationProfile(
+        DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
+        PointerAccelerationProfileFunc profile)
+{
+    if(vel)
+	vel->deviceSpecificProfile = profile;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Use this function to obtain a DeviceVelocityPtr for a device. Will return NULL if
+ * the predictable acceleration scheme is not in effect.
+ */
+DeviceVelocityPtr
+GetDevicePredictableAccelData(
+	DeviceIntPtr dev)
+{
+    /*sanity check*/
+    if(!dev){
+	ErrorF("[dix] accel: DeviceIntPtr was NULL");
+	return NULL;
+    }
+    if( dev->valuator &&
+	dev->valuator->accelScheme.AccelSchemeProc ==
+	    acceleratePointerPredictable &&
+	dev->valuator->accelScheme.accelData != NULL){
+
+	return ((PredictableAccelSchemePtr)
+		dev->valuator->accelScheme.accelData)->vel;
+    }
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+/********************************
+ *  acceleration schemes
+ *******************************/
+
+/**
+ * Modifies valuators in-place.
+ * This version employs a velocity approximation algorithm to
+ * enable fine-grained predictable acceleration profiles.
+ */
+void
+acceleratePointerPredictable(
+    DeviceIntPtr dev,
+    ValuatorMask* val,
+    CARD32 evtime)
+{
+    int dx = 0, dy = 0, tmpi;
+    DeviceVelocityPtr velocitydata = GetDevicePredictableAccelData(dev);
+    Bool soften = TRUE;
+
+    if (!velocitydata)
+        return;
+
+    if (velocitydata->statistics.profile_number == AccelProfileNone &&
+        velocitydata->const_acceleration == 1.0f) {
+        return; /*we're inactive anyway, so skip the whole thing.*/
+    }
+
+    if (valuator_mask_isset(val, 0)) {
+        dx = valuator_mask_get(val, 0);
+    }
+
+    if (valuator_mask_isset(val, 1)) {
+        dy = valuator_mask_get(val, 1);
+    }
+
+    if (dx || dy){
+        /* reset non-visible state? */
+        if (ProcessVelocityData2D(velocitydata, dx , dy, evtime)) {
+            soften = FALSE;
+        }
+
+        if (dev->ptrfeed && dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.num) {
+            float mult;
+
+            /* invoke acceleration profile to determine acceleration */
+            mult = ComputeAcceleration (dev, velocitydata,
+                                        dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.threshold,
+                                        (float)dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.num /
+                                            (float)dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.den);
+
+            if(mult != 1.0f || velocitydata->const_acceleration != 1.0f) {
+                float fdx = dx,
+                      fdy = dy;
+
+                if (mult > 1.0f && soften)
+                    ApplySoftening(velocitydata, &fdx, &fdy);
+                ApplyConstantDeceleration(velocitydata, &fdx, &fdy);
+
+                /* Calculate the new delta (with accel) and drop it back
+                 * into the valuator masks */
+                if (dx) {
+                    float tmp;
+                    tmp = mult * fdx + dev->last.remainder[0];
+                    /* Since it may not be apparent: lrintf() does not offer
+                     * strong statements about rounding; however because we
+                     * process each axis conditionally, there's no danger
+                     * of a toggling remainder. Its lack of guarantees likely
+                     * makes it faster on the average target. */
+                    tmpi = lrintf(tmp);
+                    valuator_mask_set(val, 0, tmpi);
+                    dev->last.remainder[0] = tmp - (float)tmpi;
+                }
+                if (dy) {
+                    float tmp;
+                    tmp = mult * fdy + dev->last.remainder[1];
+                    tmpi = lrintf(tmp);
+                    valuator_mask_set(val, 1, tmpi);
+                    dev->last.remainder[1] = tmp - (float)tmpi;
+                }
+                DebugAccelF("pos (%i | %i) remainders x: %.3f y: %.3f delta x:%.3f y:%.3f\n",
+                            *px, *py, dev->last.remainder[0], dev->last.remainder[1], fdx, fdy);
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    /* remember last motion delta (for softening/slow movement treatment) */
+    velocitydata->last_dx = dx;
+    velocitydata->last_dy = dy;
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+ * Originally a part of xf86PostMotionEvent; modifies valuators
+ * in-place. Retained mostly for embedded scenarios.
+ */
+void
+acceleratePointerLightweight(
+    DeviceIntPtr dev,
+    ValuatorMask* val,
+    CARD32 ignored)
+{
+    float mult = 0.0, tmpf;
+    int dx = 0, dy = 0, tmpi;
+
+    if (valuator_mask_isset(val, 0)) {
+        dx = valuator_mask_get(val, 0);
+    }
+
+    if (valuator_mask_isset(val, 1)) {
+        dy = valuator_mask_get(val, 1);
+    }
+
+    if (!dx && !dy)
+        return;
+
+    if (dev->ptrfeed && dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.num) {
+        /* modeled from xf86Events.c */
+        if (dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.threshold) {
+            if ((abs(dx) + abs(dy)) >= dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.threshold) {
+                tmpf = ((float)dx *
+                        (float)(dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.num)) /
+                       (float)(dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.den) +
+                       dev->last.remainder[0];
+                if (dx) {
+                    tmpi = (int) tmpf;
+                    valuator_mask_set(val, 0, tmpi);
+                    dev->last.remainder[0] = tmpf - (float)tmpi;
+                }
+
+                tmpf = ((float)dy *
+                        (float)(dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.num)) /
+                       (float)(dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.den) +
+                       dev->last.remainder[1];
+                if (dy) {
+                    tmpi = (int) tmpf;
+                    valuator_mask_set(val, 1, tmpi);
+                    dev->last.remainder[1] = tmpf - (float)tmpi;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        else {
+            mult = pow((float)dx * (float)dx + (float)dy * (float)dy,
+                       ((float)(dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.num) /
+                        (float)(dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.den) - 1.0) /
+                       2.0) / 2.0;
+            if (dx) {
+                tmpf = mult * (float)dx +
+                       dev->last.remainder[0];
+                tmpi = (int) tmpf;
+                valuator_mask_set(val, 0, tmpi);
+                dev->last.remainder[0] = tmpf - (float)tmpi;
+            }
+            if (dy) {
+                tmpf = mult * (float)dy +
+                       dev->last.remainder[1];
+                tmpi = (int)tmpf;
+                valuator_mask_set(val, 1, tmpi);
+                dev->last.remainder[1] = tmpf - (float)tmpi;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+}
diff --git a/xorg-server/dix/region.c b/xorg-server/dix/region.c
index e5f14c1f7..6820c1eac 100644
--- a/xorg-server/dix/region.c
+++ b/xorg-server/dix/region.c
@@ -1,1425 +1,1425 @@
-/***********************************************************

-

-Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, 1998  The Open Group

-

-Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its

-documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that

-the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that

-copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting

-documentation.

-

-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in

-all copies or substantial portions of the Software.

-

-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR

-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,

-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE

-OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN

-AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN

-CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

-

-Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be

-used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings

-in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.

- 

-

-Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989 by 

-Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts. 

-

-                        All Rights Reserved

-

-Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its 

-documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, 

-provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that

-both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in 

-supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be

-used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the

-software without specific, written prior permission.  

-

-DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING

-ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL

-DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR

-ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,

-WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,

-ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS

-SOFTWARE.

-

-******************************************************************/

-

-/* The panoramix components contained the following notice */

-/*****************************************************************

-

-Copyright (c) 1991, 1997 Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.

-

-Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy

-of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal

-in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights

-to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell

-copies of the Software.

-

-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in

-all copies or substantial portions of the Software.

-

-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR

-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,

-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL

-DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES, INCLUDING,

-BUT NOT LIMITED TO CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, OR OTHER LIABILITY,

-WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR

-IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

-

-Except as contained in this notice, the name of Digital Equipment Corporation

-shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other

-dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from Digital

-Equipment Corporation.

-

-******************************************************************/

-

-#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H

-#include <dix-config.h>

-#endif

-

-#include "regionstr.h"

-#include <X11/Xprotostr.h>

-#include <X11/Xfuncproto.h>

-#include "gc.h"

-#include <pixman.h>

-

-#undef assert

-#ifdef REGION_DEBUG

-#define assert(expr) { \

-            CARD32 *foo = NULL; \

-            if (!(expr)) { \

-                ErrorF("Assertion failed file %s, line %d: %s\n", \

-                       __FILE__, __LINE__, #expr); \

-                *foo = 0xdeadbeef; /* to get a backtrace */ \

-            } \

-        }

-#else

-#define assert(expr)

-#endif

-

-#define good(reg) assert(RegionIsValid(reg))

-

-/*

- * The functions in this file implement the Region abstraction used extensively

- * throughout the X11 sample server. A Region is simply a set of disjoint

- * (non-overlapping) rectangles, plus an "extent" rectangle which is the

- * smallest single rectangle that contains all the non-overlapping rectangles.

- *

- * A Region is implemented as a "y-x-banded" array of rectangles.  This array

- * imposes two degrees of order.  First, all rectangles are sorted by top side

- * y coordinate first (y1), and then by left side x coordinate (x1).

- *

- * Furthermore, the rectangles are grouped into "bands".  Each rectangle in a

- * band has the same top y coordinate (y1), and each has the same bottom y

- * coordinate (y2).  Thus all rectangles in a band differ only in their left

- * and right side (x1 and x2).  Bands are implicit in the array of rectangles:

- * there is no separate list of band start pointers.

- *

- * The y-x band representation does not minimize rectangles.  In particular,

- * if a rectangle vertically crosses a band (the rectangle has scanlines in 

- * the y1 to y2 area spanned by the band), then the rectangle may be broken

- * down into two or more smaller rectangles stacked one atop the other. 

- *

- *  -----------				    -----------

- *  |         |				    |         |		    band 0

- *  |         |  --------		    -----------  --------

- *  |         |  |      |  in y-x banded    |         |  |      |   band 1

- *  |         |  |      |  form is	    |         |  |      |

- *  -----------  |      |		    -----------  --------

- *               |      |				 |      |   band 2

- *               --------				 --------

- *

- * An added constraint on the rectangles is that they must cover as much

- * horizontal area as possible: no two rectangles within a band are allowed

- * to touch.

- *

- * Whenever possible, bands will be merged together to cover a greater vertical

- * distance (and thus reduce the number of rectangles). Two bands can be merged

- * only if the bottom of one touches the top of the other and they have

- * rectangles in the same places (of the same width, of course).

- *

- * Adam de Boor wrote most of the original region code.  Joel McCormack

- * substantially modified or rewrote most of the core arithmetic routines,

- * and added RegionValidate in order to support several speed improvements

- * to miValidateTree.  Bob Scheifler changed the representation to be more

- * compact when empty or a single rectangle, and did a bunch of gratuitous

- * reformatting.

- */

-

-/*  true iff two Boxes overlap */

-#define EXTENTCHECK(r1,r2) \

-      (!( ((r1)->x2 <= (r2)->x1)  || \

-          ((r1)->x1 >= (r2)->x2)  || \

-          ((r1)->y2 <= (r2)->y1)  || \

-          ((r1)->y1 >= (r2)->y2) ) )

-

-/* true iff (x,y) is in Box */

-#define INBOX(r,x,y) \

-      ( ((r)->x2 >  x) && \

-        ((r)->x1 <= x) && \

-        ((r)->y2 >  y) && \

-        ((r)->y1 <= y) )

-

-/* true iff Box r1 contains Box r2 */

-#define SUBSUMES(r1,r2) \

-      ( ((r1)->x1 <= (r2)->x1) && \

-        ((r1)->x2 >= (r2)->x2) && \

-        ((r1)->y1 <= (r2)->y1) && \

-        ((r1)->y2 >= (r2)->y2) )

-

-#define xallocData(n) malloc(RegionSizeof(n))

-#define xfreeData(reg) if ((reg)->data && (reg)->data->size) free((reg)->data)

-

-#define RECTALLOC_BAIL(pReg,n,bail) \

-if (!(pReg)->data || (((pReg)->data->numRects + (n)) > (pReg)->data->size)) \

-    if (!RegionRectAlloc(pReg, n)) { goto bail; }

-

-#define RECTALLOC(pReg,n) \

-if (!(pReg)->data || (((pReg)->data->numRects + (n)) > (pReg)->data->size)) \

-    if (!RegionRectAlloc(pReg, n)) { return FALSE; }

-

-#define ADDRECT(pNextRect,nx1,ny1,nx2,ny2)	\

-{						\

-    pNextRect->x1 = nx1;			\

-    pNextRect->y1 = ny1;			\

-    pNextRect->x2 = nx2;			\

-    pNextRect->y2 = ny2;			\

-    pNextRect++;				\

-}

-

-#define NEWRECT(pReg,pNextRect,nx1,ny1,nx2,ny2)			\

-{									\

-    if (!(pReg)->data || ((pReg)->data->numRects == (pReg)->data->size))\

-    {									\

-	if (!RegionRectAlloc(pReg, 1))					\

-	    return FALSE;						\

-	pNextRect = RegionTop(pReg);					\

-    }									\

-    ADDRECT(pNextRect,nx1,ny1,nx2,ny2);					\

-    pReg->data->numRects++;						\

-    assert(pReg->data->numRects<=pReg->data->size);			\

-}

-

-

-#define DOWNSIZE(reg,numRects)						 \

-if (((numRects) < ((reg)->data->size >> 1)) && ((reg)->data->size > 50)) \

-{									 \

-    RegDataPtr NewData;							 \

-    NewData = (RegDataPtr)realloc((reg)->data, RegionSizeof(numRects));	 \

-    if (NewData)							 \

-    {									 \

-	NewData->size = (numRects);					 \

-	(reg)->data = NewData;						 \

-    }									 \

-}

-

-

-BoxRec RegionEmptyBox = {0, 0, 0, 0};

-RegDataRec RegionEmptyData = {0, 0};

-

-RegDataRec  RegionBrokenData = {0, 0};

-static RegionRec   RegionBrokenRegion = { { 0, 0, 0, 0 }, &RegionBrokenData };

-

-void

-InitRegions (void)

-{

-    pixman_region_set_static_pointers (&RegionEmptyBox, &RegionEmptyData, &RegionBrokenData);

-}

-

-/*****************************************************************

- *   RegionCreate(rect, size)

- *     This routine does a simple malloc to make a structure of

- *     REGION of "size" number of rectangles.

- *****************************************************************/

-

-RegionPtr

-RegionCreate(BoxPtr rect, int size)

-{

-    RegionPtr pReg;

-   

-    pReg = (RegionPtr)malloc(sizeof(RegionRec));

-    if (!pReg)

-	return &RegionBrokenRegion;

-

-    RegionInit (pReg, rect, size);

-    

-    return pReg;

-}

-

-void

-RegionDestroy(RegionPtr pReg)

-{

-    pixman_region_fini (pReg);

-    if (pReg != &RegionBrokenRegion)

-	free(pReg);

-}

-

-void

-RegionPrint(RegionPtr rgn)

-{

-    int num, size;

-    int i;

-    BoxPtr rects;

-

-    num = RegionNumRects(rgn);

-    size = RegionSize(rgn);

-    rects = RegionRects(rgn);

-    ErrorF("[mi] num: %d size: %d\n", num, size);

-    ErrorF("[mi] extents: %d %d %d %d\n",

-	   rgn->extents.x1, rgn->extents.y1, rgn->extents.x2, rgn->extents.y2);

-    for (i = 0; i < num; i++)

-      ErrorF("[mi] %d %d %d %d \n",

-	     rects[i].x1, rects[i].y1, rects[i].x2, rects[i].y2);

-    ErrorF("[mi] \n");

-}

-

-#ifdef DEBUG

-Bool

-RegionIsValid(RegionPtr reg)

-{

-    int i, numRects;

-    

-    if ((reg->extents.x1 > reg->extents.x2) ||

-	(reg->extents.y1 > reg->extents.y2))

-	return FALSE;

-    numRects = RegionNumRects(reg);

-    if (!numRects)

-	return ((reg->extents.x1 == reg->extents.x2) &&

-		(reg->extents.y1 == reg->extents.y2) &&

-		(reg->data->size || (reg->data == &RegionEmptyData)));

-    else if (numRects == 1)

-	return !reg->data;

-    else

-    {

-	BoxPtr pboxP, pboxN;

-	BoxRec box;

-	

-	pboxP = RegionRects(reg);

-	box = *pboxP;

-	box.y2 = pboxP[numRects-1].y2;

-	pboxN = pboxP + 1;

-	for (i = numRects; --i > 0; pboxP++, pboxN++)

-	{

-	    if ((pboxN->x1 >= pboxN->x2) ||

-		(pboxN->y1 >= pboxN->y2))

-		return FALSE;

-	    if (pboxN->x1 < box.x1)

-		box.x1 = pboxN->x1;

-	    if (pboxN->x2 > box.x2)

-		box.x2 = pboxN->x2;

-	    if ((pboxN->y1 < pboxP->y1) ||

-		((pboxN->y1 == pboxP->y1) &&

-		 ((pboxN->x1 < pboxP->x2) || (pboxN->y2 != pboxP->y2))))

-		return FALSE;

-	}

-	return ((box.x1 == reg->extents.x1) &&

-		(box.x2 == reg->extents.x2) &&

-		(box.y1 == reg->extents.y1) &&

-		(box.y2 == reg->extents.y2));

-    }

-}

-#endif /* DEBUG */

-

-Bool

-RegionBreak (RegionPtr pReg)

-{

-    xfreeData (pReg);

-    pReg->extents = RegionEmptyBox;

-    pReg->data = &RegionBrokenData;

-    return FALSE;

-}

-

-Bool

-RegionRectAlloc(RegionPtr pRgn, int n)

-{

-    RegDataPtr	data;

-    

-    if (!pRgn->data)

-    {

-	n++;

-	pRgn->data = xallocData(n);

-	if (!pRgn->data)

-	    return RegionBreak (pRgn);

-	pRgn->data->numRects = 1;

-	*RegionBoxptr(pRgn) = pRgn->extents;

-    }

-    else if (!pRgn->data->size)

-    {

-	pRgn->data = xallocData(n);

-	if (!pRgn->data)

-	    return RegionBreak (pRgn);

-	pRgn->data->numRects = 0;

-    }

-    else

-    {

-	if (n == 1)

-	{

-	    n = pRgn->data->numRects;

-	    if (n > 500) /* XXX pick numbers out of a hat */

-		n = 250;

-	}

-	n += pRgn->data->numRects;

-	data = (RegDataPtr)realloc(pRgn->data, RegionSizeof(n));

-	if (!data)

-	    return RegionBreak (pRgn);

-	pRgn->data = data;

-    }

-    pRgn->data->size = n;

-    return TRUE;

-}

-

-/*======================================================================

- *	    Generic Region Operator

- *====================================================================*/

-

-/*-

- *-----------------------------------------------------------------------

- * RegionCoalesce --

- *	Attempt to merge the boxes in the current band with those in the

- *	previous one.  We are guaranteed that the current band extends to

- *      the end of the rects array.  Used only by RegionOp.

- *

- * Results:

- *	The new index for the previous band.

- *

- * Side Effects:

- *	If coalescing takes place:

- *	    - rectangles in the previous band will have their y2 fields

- *	      altered.

- *	    - pReg->data->numRects will be decreased.

- *

- *-----------------------------------------------------------------------

- */

-_X_INLINE static int

-RegionCoalesce (

-    RegionPtr	pReg,	    	/* Region to coalesce		     */

-    int	    	  	prevStart,  	/* Index of start of previous band   */

-    int	    	  	curStart)   	/* Index of start of current band    */

-{

-    BoxPtr	pPrevBox;   	/* Current box in previous band	     */

-    BoxPtr	pCurBox;    	/* Current box in current band       */

-    int  	numRects;	/* Number rectangles in both bands   */

-    int		y2;		/* Bottom of current band	     */

-    /*

-     * Figure out how many rectangles are in the band.

-     */

-    numRects = curStart - prevStart;

-    assert(numRects == pReg->data->numRects - curStart);

-

-    if (!numRects) return curStart;

-

-    /*

-     * The bands may only be coalesced if the bottom of the previous

-     * matches the top scanline of the current.

-     */

-    pPrevBox = RegionBox(pReg, prevStart);

-    pCurBox = RegionBox(pReg, curStart);

-    if (pPrevBox->y2 != pCurBox->y1) return curStart;

-

-    /*

-     * Make sure the bands have boxes in the same places. This

-     * assumes that boxes have been added in such a way that they

-     * cover the most area possible. I.e. two boxes in a band must

-     * have some horizontal space between them.

-     */

-    y2 = pCurBox->y2;

-

-    do {

-	if ((pPrevBox->x1 != pCurBox->x1) || (pPrevBox->x2 != pCurBox->x2)) {

-	    return curStart;

-	}

-	pPrevBox++;

-	pCurBox++;

-	numRects--;

-    } while (numRects);

-

-    /*

-     * The bands may be merged, so set the bottom y of each box

-     * in the previous band to the bottom y of the current band.

-     */

-    numRects = curStart - prevStart;

-    pReg->data->numRects -= numRects;

-    do {

-	pPrevBox--;

-	pPrevBox->y2 = y2;

-	numRects--;

-    } while (numRects);

-    return prevStart;

-}

-

-

-/* Quicky macro to avoid trivial reject procedure calls to RegionCoalesce */

-

-#define Coalesce(newReg, prevBand, curBand)				\

-    if (curBand - prevBand == newReg->data->numRects - curBand) {	\

-	prevBand = RegionCoalesce(newReg, prevBand, curBand);		\

-    } else {								\

-	prevBand = curBand;						\

-    }

-

-/*-

- *-----------------------------------------------------------------------

- * RegionAppendNonO --

- *	Handle a non-overlapping band for the union and subtract operations.

- *      Just adds the (top/bottom-clipped) rectangles into the region.

- *      Doesn't have to check for subsumption or anything.

- *

- * Results:

- *	None.

- *

- * Side Effects:

- *	pReg->data->numRects is incremented and the rectangles overwritten

- *	with the rectangles we're passed.

- *

- *-----------------------------------------------------------------------

- */

-

-_X_INLINE static Bool

-RegionAppendNonO (

-    RegionPtr	pReg,

-    BoxPtr	r,

-    BoxPtr  	rEnd,

-    int  	y1,

-    int  	y2)

-{

-    BoxPtr	pNextRect;

-    int		newRects;

-

-    newRects = rEnd - r;

-

-    assert(y1 < y2);

-    assert(newRects != 0);

-

-    /* Make sure we have enough space for all rectangles to be added */

-    RECTALLOC(pReg, newRects);

-    pNextRect = RegionTop(pReg);

-    pReg->data->numRects += newRects;

-    do {

-	assert(r->x1 < r->x2);

-	ADDRECT(pNextRect, r->x1, y1, r->x2, y2);

-	r++;

-    } while (r != rEnd);

-

-    return TRUE;

-}

-

-#define FindBand(r, rBandEnd, rEnd, ry1)		    \

-{							    \

-    ry1 = r->y1;					    \

-    rBandEnd = r+1;					    \

-    while ((rBandEnd != rEnd) && (rBandEnd->y1 == ry1)) {   \

-	rBandEnd++;					    \

-    }							    \

-}

-

-#define	AppendRegions(newReg, r, rEnd)					\

-{									\

-    int newRects;							\

-    if ((newRects = rEnd - r)) {					\

-	RECTALLOC(newReg, newRects);					\

-	memmove((char *)RegionTop(newReg),(char *)r, 			\

-              newRects * sizeof(BoxRec));				\

-	newReg->data->numRects += newRects;				\

-    }									\

-}

-

-/*-

- *-----------------------------------------------------------------------

- * RegionOp --

- *	Apply an operation to two regions. Called by RegionUnion, RegionInverse,

- *	RegionSubtract, RegionIntersect....  Both regions MUST have at least one

- *      rectangle, and cannot be the same object.

- *

- * Results:

- *	TRUE if successful.

- *

- * Side Effects:

- *	The new region is overwritten.

- *	pOverlap set to TRUE if overlapFunc ever returns TRUE.

- *

- * Notes:

- *	The idea behind this function is to view the two regions as sets.

- *	Together they cover a rectangle of area that this function divides

- *	into horizontal bands where points are covered only by one region

- *	or by both. For the first case, the nonOverlapFunc is called with

- *	each the band and the band's upper and lower extents. For the

- *	second, the overlapFunc is called to process the entire band. It

- *	is responsible for clipping the rectangles in the band, though

- *	this function provides the boundaries.

- *	At the end of each band, the new region is coalesced, if possible,

- *	to reduce the number of rectangles in the region.

- *

- *-----------------------------------------------------------------------

- */

-

-typedef Bool (*OverlapProcPtr)(

-    RegionPtr	pReg,

-    BoxPtr	r1,

-    BoxPtr   	r1End,

-    BoxPtr	r2,

-    BoxPtr   	r2End,

-    short    	y1,

-    short    	y2,

-    Bool	*pOverlap);

-

-static Bool

-RegionOp(

-    RegionPtr       newReg,		    /* Place to store result	     */

-    RegionPtr       reg1,		    /* First region in operation     */

-    RegionPtr       reg2,		    /* 2d region in operation        */

-    OverlapProcPtr  overlapFunc,            /* Function to call for over-

-					     * lapping bands		     */

-    Bool	    appendNon1,		    /* Append non-overlapping bands  */

-					    /* in region 1 ? */

-    Bool	    appendNon2,		    /* Append non-overlapping bands  */

-					    /* in region 2 ? */

-    Bool	    *pOverlap)

-{

-    BoxPtr 	r1;		    /* Pointer into first region     */

-    BoxPtr 	r2;		    /* Pointer into 2d region	     */

-    BoxPtr	r1End;		    /* End of 1st region	     */

-    BoxPtr	r2End;		    /* End of 2d region		     */

-    short	ybot;		    /* Bottom of intersection	     */

-    short	ytop;		    /* Top of intersection	     */

-    RegDataPtr	oldData;	    /* Old data for newReg	     */

-    int		prevBand;	    /* Index of start of

-				     * previous band in newReg       */

-    int		curBand;	    /* Index of start of current

-				     * band in newReg		     */

-    BoxPtr  	r1BandEnd;	    /* End of current band in r1     */

-    BoxPtr  	r2BandEnd;	    /* End of current band in r2     */

-    short   	top;		    /* Top of non-overlapping band   */

-    short   	bot;	    	    /* Bottom of non-overlapping band*/

-    int     	r1y1;	    	    /* Temps for r1->y1 and r2->y1   */

-    int     	r2y1;

-    int	    	newSize;

-    int	    	numRects;

-

-    /*

-     * Break any region computed from a broken region

-     */

-    if (RegionNar (reg1) || RegionNar(reg2))

-	return RegionBreak (newReg);

-    

-    /*

-     * Initialization:

-     *	set r1, r2, r1End and r2End appropriately, save the rectangles

-     * of the destination region until the end in case it's one of

-     * the two source regions, then mark the "new" region empty, allocating

-     * another array of rectangles for it to use.

-     */

-

-    r1 = RegionRects(reg1);

-    newSize = RegionNumRects(reg1);

-    r1End = r1 + newSize;

-    numRects = RegionNumRects(reg2);

-    r2 = RegionRects(reg2);

-    r2End = r2 + numRects;

-    assert(r1 != r1End);

-    assert(r2 != r2End);

-

-    oldData = NULL;

-    if (((newReg == reg1) && (newSize > 1)) ||

-	((newReg == reg2) && (numRects > 1)))

-    {

-	oldData = newReg->data;

-	newReg->data = &RegionEmptyData;

-    }

-    /* guess at new size */

-    if (numRects > newSize)

-	newSize = numRects;

-    newSize <<= 1;

-    if (!newReg->data)

-	newReg->data = &RegionEmptyData;

-    else if (newReg->data->size)

-	newReg->data->numRects = 0;

-    if (newSize > newReg->data->size)

-	if (!RegionRectAlloc(newReg, newSize))

-	    return FALSE;

-

-    /*

-     * Initialize ybot.

-     * In the upcoming loop, ybot and ytop serve different functions depending

-     * on whether the band being handled is an overlapping or non-overlapping

-     * band.

-     * 	In the case of a non-overlapping band (only one of the regions

-     * has points in the band), ybot is the bottom of the most recent

-     * intersection and thus clips the top of the rectangles in that band.

-     * ytop is the top of the next intersection between the two regions and

-     * serves to clip the bottom of the rectangles in the current band.

-     *	For an overlapping band (where the two regions intersect), ytop clips

-     * the top of the rectangles of both regions and ybot clips the bottoms.

-     */

-

-    ybot = min(r1->y1, r2->y1);

-    

-    /*

-     * prevBand serves to mark the start of the previous band so rectangles

-     * can be coalesced into larger rectangles. qv. RegionCoalesce, above.

-     * In the beginning, there is no previous band, so prevBand == curBand

-     * (curBand is set later on, of course, but the first band will always

-     * start at index 0). prevBand and curBand must be indices because of

-     * the possible expansion, and resultant moving, of the new region's

-     * array of rectangles.

-     */

-    prevBand = 0;

-    

-    do {

-	/*

-	 * This algorithm proceeds one source-band (as opposed to a

-	 * destination band, which is determined by where the two regions

-	 * intersect) at a time. r1BandEnd and r2BandEnd serve to mark the

-	 * rectangle after the last one in the current band for their

-	 * respective regions.

-	 */

-	assert(r1 != r1End);

-	assert(r2 != r2End);

-    

-	FindBand(r1, r1BandEnd, r1End, r1y1);

-	FindBand(r2, r2BandEnd, r2End, r2y1);

-

-	/*

-	 * First handle the band that doesn't intersect, if any.

-	 *

-	 * Note that attention is restricted to one band in the

-	 * non-intersecting region at once, so if a region has n

-	 * bands between the current position and the next place it overlaps

-	 * the other, this entire loop will be passed through n times.

-	 */

-	if (r1y1 < r2y1) {

-	    if (appendNon1) {

-		top = max(r1y1, ybot);

-		bot = min(r1->y2, r2y1);

-		if (top != bot)	{

-		    curBand = newReg->data->numRects;

-		    RegionAppendNonO(newReg, r1, r1BandEnd, top, bot);

-		    Coalesce(newReg, prevBand, curBand);

-		}

-	    }

-	    ytop = r2y1;

-	} else if (r2y1 < r1y1) {

-	    if (appendNon2) {

-		top = max(r2y1, ybot);

-		bot = min(r2->y2, r1y1);

-		if (top != bot) {

-		    curBand = newReg->data->numRects;

-		    RegionAppendNonO(newReg, r2, r2BandEnd, top, bot);

-		    Coalesce(newReg, prevBand, curBand);

-		}

-	    }

-	    ytop = r1y1;

-	} else {

-	    ytop = r1y1;

-	}

-

-	/*

-	 * Now see if we've hit an intersecting band. The two bands only

-	 * intersect if ybot > ytop

-	 */

-	ybot = min(r1->y2, r2->y2);

-	if (ybot > ytop) {

-	    curBand = newReg->data->numRects;

-	    (* overlapFunc)(newReg, r1, r1BandEnd, r2, r2BandEnd, ytop, ybot,

-			    pOverlap);

-	    Coalesce(newReg, prevBand, curBand);

-	}

-

-	/*

-	 * If we've finished with a band (y2 == ybot) we skip forward

-	 * in the region to the next band.

-	 */

-	if (r1->y2 == ybot) r1 = r1BandEnd;

-	if (r2->y2 == ybot) r2 = r2BandEnd;

-

-    } while (r1 != r1End && r2 != r2End);

-

-    /*

-     * Deal with whichever region (if any) still has rectangles left.

-     *

-     * We only need to worry about banding and coalescing for the very first

-     * band left.  After that, we can just group all remaining boxes,

-     * regardless of how many bands, into one final append to the list.

-     */

-

-    if ((r1 != r1End) && appendNon1) {

-	/* Do first nonOverlap1Func call, which may be able to coalesce */

-	FindBand(r1, r1BandEnd, r1End, r1y1);

-	curBand = newReg->data->numRects;

-	RegionAppendNonO(newReg, r1, r1BandEnd, max(r1y1, ybot), r1->y2);

-	Coalesce(newReg, prevBand, curBand);

-	/* Just append the rest of the boxes  */

-	AppendRegions(newReg, r1BandEnd, r1End);

-

-    } else if ((r2 != r2End) && appendNon2) {

-	/* Do first nonOverlap2Func call, which may be able to coalesce */

-	FindBand(r2, r2BandEnd, r2End, r2y1);

-	curBand = newReg->data->numRects;

-	RegionAppendNonO(newReg, r2, r2BandEnd, max(r2y1, ybot), r2->y2);

-	Coalesce(newReg, prevBand, curBand);

-	/* Append rest of boxes */

-	AppendRegions(newReg, r2BandEnd, r2End);

-    }

-

-    free(oldData);

-

-    if (!(numRects = newReg->data->numRects))

-    {

-	xfreeData(newReg);

-	newReg->data = &RegionEmptyData;

-    }

-    else if (numRects == 1)

-    {

-	newReg->extents = *RegionBoxptr(newReg);

-	xfreeData(newReg);

-	newReg->data = NULL;

-    }

-    else

-    {

-	DOWNSIZE(newReg, numRects);

-    }

-

-    return TRUE;

-}

-

-/*-

- *-----------------------------------------------------------------------

- * RegionSetExtents --

- *	Reset the extents of a region to what they should be. Called by

- *	Subtract and Intersect as they can't figure it out along the

- *	way or do so easily, as Union can.

- *

- * Results:

- *	None.

- *

- * Side Effects:

- *	The region's 'extents' structure is overwritten.

- *

- *-----------------------------------------------------------------------

- */

-static void

-RegionSetExtents (RegionPtr pReg)

-{

-    BoxPtr pBox, pBoxEnd;

-

-    if (!pReg->data)

-	return;

-    if (!pReg->data->size)

-    {

-	pReg->extents.x2 = pReg->extents.x1;

-	pReg->extents.y2 = pReg->extents.y1;

-	return;

-    }

-

-    pBox = RegionBoxptr(pReg);

-    pBoxEnd = RegionEnd(pReg);

-

-    /*

-     * Since pBox is the first rectangle in the region, it must have the

-     * smallest y1 and since pBoxEnd is the last rectangle in the region,

-     * it must have the largest y2, because of banding. Initialize x1 and

-     * x2 from  pBox and pBoxEnd, resp., as good things to initialize them

-     * to...

-     */

-    pReg->extents.x1 = pBox->x1;

-    pReg->extents.y1 = pBox->y1;

-    pReg->extents.x2 = pBoxEnd->x2;

-    pReg->extents.y2 = pBoxEnd->y2;

-

-    assert(pReg->extents.y1 < pReg->extents.y2);

-    while (pBox <= pBoxEnd) {

-	if (pBox->x1 < pReg->extents.x1)

-	    pReg->extents.x1 = pBox->x1;

-	if (pBox->x2 > pReg->extents.x2)

-	    pReg->extents.x2 = pBox->x2;

-	pBox++;

-    };

-

-    assert(pReg->extents.x1 < pReg->extents.x2);

-}

-

-/*======================================================================

- *	    Region Intersection

- *====================================================================*/

-/*-

- *-----------------------------------------------------------------------

- * RegionIntersectO --

- *	Handle an overlapping band for RegionIntersect.

- *

- * Results:

- *	TRUE if successful.

- *

- * Side Effects:

- *	Rectangles may be added to the region.

- *

- *-----------------------------------------------------------------------

- */

-/*ARGSUSED*/

-

-#define MERGERECT(r)						\

-{								\

-    if (r->x1 <= x2) {						\

-	/* Merge with current rectangle */			\

-	if (r->x1 < x2) *pOverlap = TRUE;				\

-	if (x2 < r->x2) x2 = r->x2;				\

-    } else {							\

-	/* Add current rectangle, start new one */		\

-	NEWRECT(pReg, pNextRect, x1, y1, x2, y2);		\

-	x1 = r->x1;						\

-	x2 = r->x2;						\

-    }								\

-    r++;							\

-}

-

-/*======================================================================

- *	    Region Union

- *====================================================================*/

-

-/*-

- *-----------------------------------------------------------------------

- * RegionUnionO --

- *	Handle an overlapping band for the union operation. Picks the

- *	left-most rectangle each time and merges it into the region.

- *

- * Results:

- *	TRUE if successful.

- *

- * Side Effects:

- *	pReg is overwritten.

- *	pOverlap is set to TRUE if any boxes overlap.

- *

- *-----------------------------------------------------------------------

- */

-static Bool

-RegionUnionO (

-    RegionPtr	pReg,

-    BoxPtr	r1,

-    BoxPtr  	r1End,

-    BoxPtr	r2,

-    BoxPtr  	r2End,

-    short	y1,

-    short	y2,

-    Bool	*pOverlap)

-{

-    BoxPtr     pNextRect;

-    int        x1;     /* left and right side of current union */

-    int        x2;

-

-    assert (y1 < y2);

-    assert(r1 != r1End && r2 != r2End);

-

-    pNextRect = RegionTop(pReg);

-

-    /* Start off current rectangle */

-    if (r1->x1 < r2->x1)

-    {

-	x1 = r1->x1;

-	x2 = r1->x2;

-	r1++;

-    }

-    else

-    {

-	x1 = r2->x1;

-	x2 = r2->x2;

-	r2++;

-    }

-    while (r1 != r1End && r2 != r2End)

-    {

-	if (r1->x1 < r2->x1) MERGERECT(r1) else MERGERECT(r2);

-    }

-

-    /* Finish off whoever (if any) is left */

-    if (r1 != r1End)

-    {

-	do

-	{

-	    MERGERECT(r1);

-	} while (r1 != r1End);

-    }

-    else if (r2 != r2End)

-    {

-	do

-	{

-	    MERGERECT(r2);

-	} while (r2 != r2End);

-    }

-    

-    /* Add current rectangle */

-    NEWRECT(pReg, pNextRect, x1, y1, x2, y2);

-

-    return TRUE;

-}

-

-/*======================================================================

- *	    Batch Rectangle Union

- *====================================================================*/

-

-/*-

- *-----------------------------------------------------------------------

- * RegionAppend --

- * 

- *      "Append" the rgn rectangles onto the end of dstrgn, maintaining

- *      knowledge of YX-banding when it's easy.  Otherwise, dstrgn just

- *      becomes a non-y-x-banded random collection of rectangles, and not

- *      yet a true region.  After a sequence of appends, the caller must

- *      call RegionValidate to ensure that a valid region is constructed.

- *

- * Results:

- *	TRUE if successful.

- *

- * Side Effects:

- *      dstrgn is modified if rgn has rectangles.

- *

- */

-Bool

-RegionAppend(RegionPtr dstrgn, RegionPtr rgn)

-{

-    int numRects, dnumRects, size;

-    BoxPtr new, old;

-    Bool prepend;

-

-    if (RegionNar(rgn))

-	return RegionBreak (dstrgn);

-    

-    if (!rgn->data && (dstrgn->data == &RegionEmptyData))

-    {

-	dstrgn->extents = rgn->extents;

-	dstrgn->data = NULL;

-	return TRUE;

-    }

-

-    numRects = RegionNumRects(rgn);

-    if (!numRects)

-	return TRUE;

-    prepend = FALSE;

-    size = numRects;

-    dnumRects = RegionNumRects(dstrgn);

-    if (!dnumRects && (size < 200))

-	size = 200; /* XXX pick numbers out of a hat */

-    RECTALLOC(dstrgn, size);

-    old = RegionRects(rgn);

-    if (!dnumRects)

-	dstrgn->extents = rgn->extents;

-    else if (dstrgn->extents.x2 > dstrgn->extents.x1)

-    {

-	BoxPtr first, last;

-

-	first = old;

-	last = RegionBoxptr(dstrgn) + (dnumRects - 1);

-	if ((first->y1 > last->y2) ||

-	    ((first->y1 == last->y1) && (first->y2 == last->y2) &&

-	     (first->x1 > last->x2)))

-	{

-	    if (rgn->extents.x1 < dstrgn->extents.x1)

-		dstrgn->extents.x1 = rgn->extents.x1;

-	    if (rgn->extents.x2 > dstrgn->extents.x2)

-		dstrgn->extents.x2 = rgn->extents.x2;

-	    dstrgn->extents.y2 = rgn->extents.y2;

-	}

-	else

-	{

-	    first = RegionBoxptr(dstrgn);

-	    last = old + (numRects - 1);

-	    if ((first->y1 > last->y2) ||

-		((first->y1 == last->y1) && (first->y2 == last->y2) &&

-		 (first->x1 > last->x2)))

-	    {

-		prepend = TRUE;

-		if (rgn->extents.x1 < dstrgn->extents.x1)

-		    dstrgn->extents.x1 = rgn->extents.x1;

-		if (rgn->extents.x2 > dstrgn->extents.x2)

-		    dstrgn->extents.x2 = rgn->extents.x2;

-		dstrgn->extents.y1 = rgn->extents.y1;

-	    }

-	    else

-		dstrgn->extents.x2 = dstrgn->extents.x1;

-	}

-    }

-    if (prepend)

-    {

-	new = RegionBox(dstrgn, numRects);

-	if (dnumRects == 1)

-	    *new = *RegionBoxptr(dstrgn);

-	else

-	    memmove((char *)new,(char *)RegionBoxptr(dstrgn),

-		  dnumRects * sizeof(BoxRec));

-	new = RegionBoxptr(dstrgn);

-    }

-    else

-	new = RegionBoxptr(dstrgn) + dnumRects;

-    if (numRects == 1)

-	*new = *old;

-    else

-	memmove((char *)new, (char *)old, numRects * sizeof(BoxRec));

-    dstrgn->data->numRects += numRects;

-    return TRUE;

-}

-

-   

-#define ExchangeRects(a, b) \

-{			    \

-    BoxRec     t;	    \

-    t = rects[a];	    \

-    rects[a] = rects[b];    \

-    rects[b] = t;	    \

-}

-

-static void

-QuickSortRects(

-    BoxRec     rects[],

-    int        numRects)

-{

-    int	y1;

-    int	x1;

-    int        i, j;

-    BoxPtr     r;

-

-    /* Always called with numRects > 1 */

-

-    do

-    {

-	if (numRects == 2)

-	{

-	    if (rects[0].y1 > rects[1].y1 ||

-		    (rects[0].y1 == rects[1].y1 && rects[0].x1 > rects[1].x1))

-		ExchangeRects(0, 1);

-	    return;

-	}

-

-	/* Choose partition element, stick in location 0 */

-        ExchangeRects(0, numRects >> 1);

-	y1 = rects[0].y1;

-	x1 = rects[0].x1;

-

-        /* Partition array */

-        i = 0;

-        j = numRects;

-        do

-	{

-	    r = &(rects[i]);

-	    do

-	    {

-		r++;

-		i++;

-            } while (i != numRects &&

-		     (r->y1 < y1 || (r->y1 == y1 && r->x1 < x1)));

-	    r = &(rects[j]);

-	    do

-	    {

-		r--;

-		j--;

-            } while (y1 < r->y1 || (y1 == r->y1 && x1 < r->x1));

-            if (i < j)

-		ExchangeRects(i, j);

-        } while (i < j);

-

-        /* Move partition element back to middle */

-        ExchangeRects(0, j);

-

-	/* Recurse */

-        if (numRects-j-1 > 1)

-	    QuickSortRects(&rects[j+1], numRects-j-1);

-        numRects = j;

-    } while (numRects > 1);

-}

-

-/*-

- *-----------------------------------------------------------------------

- * RegionValidate --

- * 

- *      Take a ``region'' which is a non-y-x-banded random collection of

- *      rectangles, and compute a nice region which is the union of all the

- *      rectangles.

- *

- * Results:

- *	TRUE if successful.

- *

- * Side Effects:

- *      The passed-in ``region'' may be modified.

- *	pOverlap set to TRUE if any retangles overlapped, else FALSE;

- *

- * Strategy:

- *      Step 1. Sort the rectangles into ascending order with primary key y1

- *		and secondary key x1.

- *

- *      Step 2. Split the rectangles into the minimum number of proper y-x

- *		banded regions.  This may require horizontally merging

- *		rectangles, and vertically coalescing bands.  With any luck,

- *		this step in an identity tranformation (ala the Box widget),

- *		or a coalescing into 1 box (ala Menus).

- *

- *	Step 3. Merge the separate regions down to a single region by calling

- *		Union.  Maximize the work each Union call does by using

- *		a binary merge.

- *

- *-----------------------------------------------------------------------

- */

-

-Bool

-RegionValidate(RegionPtr badreg, Bool *pOverlap)

-{

-    /* Descriptor for regions under construction  in Step 2. */

-    typedef struct {

-	RegionRec   reg;

-	int	    prevBand;

-	int	    curBand;

-    } RegionInfo;

-

-    int	numRects;   /* Original numRects for badreg	    */

-    RegionInfo *ri;	    /* Array of current regions		    */

-    int	numRI;      /* Number of entries used in ri	    */

-    int	sizeRI;	    /* Number of entries available in ri    */

-    int	i;	    /* Index into rects			    */

-    int	j;	    /* Index into ri			    */

-    RegionInfo *rit;       /* &ri[j]				    */

-    RegionPtr  reg;        /* ri[j].reg			    */

-    BoxPtr	box;	    /* Current box in rects		    */

-    BoxPtr	riBox;      /* Last box in ri[j].reg		    */

-    RegionPtr  hreg;       /* ri[j_half].reg			    */

-    Bool		ret = TRUE;

-

-    *pOverlap = FALSE;

-    if (!badreg->data)

-    {

-	good(badreg);

-	return TRUE;

-    }

-    numRects = badreg->data->numRects;

-    if (!numRects)

-    {

-	if (RegionNar(badreg))

-	    return FALSE;

-	good(badreg);

-	return TRUE;

-    }

-    if (badreg->extents.x1 < badreg->extents.x2)

-    {

-	if ((numRects) == 1)

-	{

-	    xfreeData(badreg);

-	    badreg->data = (RegDataPtr) NULL;

-	}

-	else

-	{

-	    DOWNSIZE(badreg, numRects);

-	}

-	good(badreg);

-	return TRUE;

-    }

-

-    /* Step 1: Sort the rects array into ascending (y1, x1) order */

-    QuickSortRects(RegionBoxptr(badreg), numRects);

-

-    /* Step 2: Scatter the sorted array into the minimum number of regions */

-

-    /* Set up the first region to be the first rectangle in badreg */

-    /* Note that step 2 code will never overflow the ri[0].reg rects array */

-    ri = (RegionInfo *) malloc(4 * sizeof(RegionInfo));

-    if (!ri)

-	return RegionBreak (badreg);

-    sizeRI = 4;

-    numRI = 1;

-    ri[0].prevBand = 0;

-    ri[0].curBand = 0;

-    ri[0].reg = *badreg;

-    box = RegionBoxptr(&ri[0].reg);

-    ri[0].reg.extents = *box;

-    ri[0].reg.data->numRects = 1;

-

-    /* Now scatter rectangles into the minimum set of valid regions.  If the

-       next rectangle to be added to a region would force an existing rectangle

-       in the region to be split up in order to maintain y-x banding, just

-       forget it.  Try the next region.  If it doesn't fit cleanly into any

-       region, make a new one. */

-

-    for (i = numRects; --i > 0;)

-    {

-	box++;

-	/* Look for a region to append box to */

-	for (j = numRI, rit = ri; --j >= 0; rit++)

-	{

-	    reg = &rit->reg;

-	    riBox = RegionEnd(reg);

-

-	    if (box->y1 == riBox->y1 && box->y2 == riBox->y2)

-	    {

-		/* box is in same band as riBox.  Merge or append it */

-		if (box->x1 <= riBox->x2)

-		{

-		    /* Merge it with riBox */

-		    if (box->x1 < riBox->x2) *pOverlap = TRUE;

-		    if (box->x2 > riBox->x2) riBox->x2 = box->x2;

-		}

-		else

-		{

-		    RECTALLOC_BAIL(reg, 1, bail);

-		    *RegionTop(reg) = *box;

-		    reg->data->numRects++;

-		}

-		goto NextRect;   /* So sue me */

-	    }

-	    else if (box->y1 >= riBox->y2)

-	    {

-		/* Put box into new band */

-		if (reg->extents.x2 < riBox->x2) reg->extents.x2 = riBox->x2;

-		if (reg->extents.x1 > box->x1)   reg->extents.x1 = box->x1;

-		Coalesce(reg, rit->prevBand, rit->curBand);

-		rit->curBand = reg->data->numRects;

-		RECTALLOC_BAIL(reg, 1, bail);

-		*RegionTop(reg) = *box;

-		reg->data->numRects++;

-		goto NextRect;

-	    }

-	    /* Well, this region was inappropriate.  Try the next one. */

-	} /* for j */

-

-	/* Uh-oh.  No regions were appropriate.  Create a new one. */

-	if (sizeRI == numRI)

-	{

-	    /* Oops, allocate space for new region information */

-	    sizeRI <<= 1;

-	    rit = (RegionInfo *) realloc(ri, sizeRI * sizeof(RegionInfo));

-	    if (!rit)

-		goto bail;

-	    ri = rit;

-	    rit = &ri[numRI];

-	}

-	numRI++;

-	rit->prevBand = 0;

-	rit->curBand = 0;

-	rit->reg.extents = *box;

-	rit->reg.data = NULL;

-	if (!RegionRectAlloc(&rit->reg, (i+numRI) / numRI)) /* MUST force allocation */

-	    goto bail;

-NextRect: ;

-    } /* for i */

-

-    /* Make a final pass over each region in order to Coalesce and set

-       extents.x2 and extents.y2 */

-

-    for (j = numRI, rit = ri; --j >= 0; rit++)

-    {

-	reg = &rit->reg;

-	riBox = RegionEnd(reg);

-	reg->extents.y2 = riBox->y2;

-	if (reg->extents.x2 < riBox->x2) reg->extents.x2 = riBox->x2;

-	Coalesce(reg, rit->prevBand, rit->curBand);

-	if (reg->data->numRects == 1) /* keep unions happy below */

-	{

-	    xfreeData(reg);

-	    reg->data = NULL;

-	}

-    }

-

-    /* Step 3: Union all regions into a single region */

-    while (numRI > 1)

-    {

-	int half = numRI/2;

-	for (j = numRI & 1; j < (half + (numRI & 1)); j++)

-	{

-	    reg = &ri[j].reg;

-	    hreg = &ri[j+half].reg;

-	    if (!RegionOp(reg, reg, hreg, RegionUnionO, TRUE, TRUE, pOverlap))

-		ret = FALSE;

-	    if (hreg->extents.x1 < reg->extents.x1)

-		reg->extents.x1 = hreg->extents.x1;

-	    if (hreg->extents.y1 < reg->extents.y1)

-		reg->extents.y1 = hreg->extents.y1;

-	    if (hreg->extents.x2 > reg->extents.x2)

-		reg->extents.x2 = hreg->extents.x2;

-	    if (hreg->extents.y2 > reg->extents.y2)

-		reg->extents.y2 = hreg->extents.y2;

-	    xfreeData(hreg);

-	}

-	numRI -= half;

-    }

-    *badreg = ri[0].reg;

-    free(ri);

-    good(badreg);

-    return ret;

-bail:

-    for (i = 0; i < numRI; i++)

-	xfreeData(&ri[i].reg);

-    free(ri);

-    return RegionBreak (badreg);

-}

-

-RegionPtr

-RegionFromRects(int nrects, xRectangle *prect, int ctype)

-{

-    

-    RegionPtr		pRgn;

-    RegDataPtr		pData;

-    BoxPtr		pBox;

-    int        		i;

-    int			x1, y1, x2, y2;

-

-    pRgn = RegionCreate(NullBox, 0);

-    if (RegionNar (pRgn))

-	return pRgn;

-    if (!nrects)

-	return pRgn;

-    if (nrects == 1)

-    {

-	x1 = prect->x;

-	y1 = prect->y;

-	if ((x2 = x1 + (int) prect->width) > MAXSHORT)

-	    x2 = MAXSHORT;

-	if ((y2 = y1 + (int) prect->height) > MAXSHORT)

-	    y2 = MAXSHORT;

-	if (x1 != x2 && y1 != y2)

-	{

-	    pRgn->extents.x1 = x1;

-	    pRgn->extents.y1 = y1;

-	    pRgn->extents.x2 = x2;

-	    pRgn->extents.y2 = y2;

-	    pRgn->data = NULL;

-	}

-	return pRgn;

-    }

-    pData = xallocData(nrects);

-    if (!pData)

-    {

-	RegionBreak (pRgn);

-	return pRgn;

-    }

-    pBox = (BoxPtr) (pData + 1);

-    for (i = nrects; --i >= 0; prect++)

-    {

-	x1 = prect->x;

-	y1 = prect->y;

-	if ((x2 = x1 + (int) prect->width) > MAXSHORT)

-	    x2 = MAXSHORT;

-	if ((y2 = y1 + (int) prect->height) > MAXSHORT)

-	    y2 = MAXSHORT;

-	if (x1 != x2 && y1 != y2)

-	{

-	    pBox->x1 = x1;

-	    pBox->y1 = y1;

-	    pBox->x2 = x2;

-	    pBox->y2 = y2;

-	    pBox++;

-	}

-    }

-    if (pBox != (BoxPtr) (pData + 1))

-    {

-	pData->size = nrects;

-	pData->numRects = pBox - (BoxPtr) (pData + 1);

-    	pRgn->data = pData;

-    	if (ctype != CT_YXBANDED)

-    	{

-	    Bool overlap; /* result ignored */

-	    pRgn->extents.x1 = pRgn->extents.x2 = 0;

-	    RegionValidate(pRgn, &overlap);

-    	}

-    	else

-	    RegionSetExtents(pRgn);

-    	good(pRgn);

-    }

-    else

-    {

-	free(pData);

-    }

-    return pRgn;

-}

+/***********************************************************
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, 1998  The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+ 
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989 by 
+Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts. 
+
+                        All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its 
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, 
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in 
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.  
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+/* The panoramix components contained the following notice */
+/*****************************************************************
+
+Copyright (c) 1991, 1997 Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES, INCLUDING,
+BUT NOT LIMITED TO CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR
+IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of Digital Equipment Corporation
+shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
+dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from Digital
+Equipment Corporation.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "regionstr.h"
+#include <X11/Xprotostr.h>
+#include <X11/Xfuncproto.h>
+#include "gc.h"
+#include <pixman.h>
+
+#undef assert
+#ifdef REGION_DEBUG
+#define assert(expr) { \
+            CARD32 *foo = NULL; \
+            if (!(expr)) { \
+                ErrorF("Assertion failed file %s, line %d: %s\n", \
+                       __FILE__, __LINE__, #expr); \
+                *foo = 0xdeadbeef; /* to get a backtrace */ \
+            } \
+        }
+#else
+#define assert(expr)
+#endif
+
+#define good(reg) assert(RegionIsValid(reg))
+
+/*
+ * The functions in this file implement the Region abstraction used extensively
+ * throughout the X11 sample server. A Region is simply a set of disjoint
+ * (non-overlapping) rectangles, plus an "extent" rectangle which is the
+ * smallest single rectangle that contains all the non-overlapping rectangles.
+ *
+ * A Region is implemented as a "y-x-banded" array of rectangles.  This array
+ * imposes two degrees of order.  First, all rectangles are sorted by top side
+ * y coordinate first (y1), and then by left side x coordinate (x1).
+ *
+ * Furthermore, the rectangles are grouped into "bands".  Each rectangle in a
+ * band has the same top y coordinate (y1), and each has the same bottom y
+ * coordinate (y2).  Thus all rectangles in a band differ only in their left
+ * and right side (x1 and x2).  Bands are implicit in the array of rectangles:
+ * there is no separate list of band start pointers.
+ *
+ * The y-x band representation does not minimize rectangles.  In particular,
+ * if a rectangle vertically crosses a band (the rectangle has scanlines in 
+ * the y1 to y2 area spanned by the band), then the rectangle may be broken
+ * down into two or more smaller rectangles stacked one atop the other. 
+ *
+ *  -----------				    -----------
+ *  |         |				    |         |		    band 0
+ *  |         |  --------		    -----------  --------
+ *  |         |  |      |  in y-x banded    |         |  |      |   band 1
+ *  |         |  |      |  form is	    |         |  |      |
+ *  -----------  |      |		    -----------  --------
+ *               |      |				 |      |   band 2
+ *               --------				 --------
+ *
+ * An added constraint on the rectangles is that they must cover as much
+ * horizontal area as possible: no two rectangles within a band are allowed
+ * to touch.
+ *
+ * Whenever possible, bands will be merged together to cover a greater vertical
+ * distance (and thus reduce the number of rectangles). Two bands can be merged
+ * only if the bottom of one touches the top of the other and they have
+ * rectangles in the same places (of the same width, of course).
+ *
+ * Adam de Boor wrote most of the original region code.  Joel McCormack
+ * substantially modified or rewrote most of the core arithmetic routines,
+ * and added RegionValidate in order to support several speed improvements
+ * to miValidateTree.  Bob Scheifler changed the representation to be more
+ * compact when empty or a single rectangle, and did a bunch of gratuitous
+ * reformatting.
+ */
+
+/*  true iff two Boxes overlap */
+#define EXTENTCHECK(r1,r2) \
+      (!( ((r1)->x2 <= (r2)->x1)  || \
+          ((r1)->x1 >= (r2)->x2)  || \
+          ((r1)->y2 <= (r2)->y1)  || \
+          ((r1)->y1 >= (r2)->y2) ) )
+
+/* true iff (x,y) is in Box */
+#define INBOX(r,x,y) \
+      ( ((r)->x2 >  x) && \
+        ((r)->x1 <= x) && \
+        ((r)->y2 >  y) && \
+        ((r)->y1 <= y) )
+
+/* true iff Box r1 contains Box r2 */
+#define SUBSUMES(r1,r2) \
+      ( ((r1)->x1 <= (r2)->x1) && \
+        ((r1)->x2 >= (r2)->x2) && \
+        ((r1)->y1 <= (r2)->y1) && \
+        ((r1)->y2 >= (r2)->y2) )
+
+#define xallocData(n) malloc(RegionSizeof(n))
+#define xfreeData(reg) if ((reg)->data && (reg)->data->size) free((reg)->data)
+
+#define RECTALLOC_BAIL(pReg,n,bail) \
+if (!(pReg)->data || (((pReg)->data->numRects + (n)) > (pReg)->data->size)) \
+    if (!RegionRectAlloc(pReg, n)) { goto bail; }
+
+#define RECTALLOC(pReg,n) \
+if (!(pReg)->data || (((pReg)->data->numRects + (n)) > (pReg)->data->size)) \
+    if (!RegionRectAlloc(pReg, n)) { return FALSE; }
+
+#define ADDRECT(pNextRect,nx1,ny1,nx2,ny2)	\
+{						\
+    pNextRect->x1 = nx1;			\
+    pNextRect->y1 = ny1;			\
+    pNextRect->x2 = nx2;			\
+    pNextRect->y2 = ny2;			\
+    pNextRect++;				\
+}
+
+#define NEWRECT(pReg,pNextRect,nx1,ny1,nx2,ny2)			\
+{									\
+    if (!(pReg)->data || ((pReg)->data->numRects == (pReg)->data->size))\
+    {									\
+	if (!RegionRectAlloc(pReg, 1))					\
+	    return FALSE;						\
+	pNextRect = RegionTop(pReg);					\
+    }									\
+    ADDRECT(pNextRect,nx1,ny1,nx2,ny2);					\
+    pReg->data->numRects++;						\
+    assert(pReg->data->numRects<=pReg->data->size);			\
+}
+
+
+#define DOWNSIZE(reg,numRects)						 \
+if (((numRects) < ((reg)->data->size >> 1)) && ((reg)->data->size > 50)) \
+{									 \
+    RegDataPtr NewData;							 \
+    NewData = (RegDataPtr)realloc((reg)->data, RegionSizeof(numRects));	 \
+    if (NewData)							 \
+    {									 \
+	NewData->size = (numRects);					 \
+	(reg)->data = NewData;						 \
+    }									 \
+}
+
+
+BoxRec RegionEmptyBox = {0, 0, 0, 0};
+RegDataRec RegionEmptyData = {0, 0};
+
+RegDataRec  RegionBrokenData = {0, 0};
+static RegionRec   RegionBrokenRegion = { { 0, 0, 0, 0 }, &RegionBrokenData };
+
+void
+InitRegions (void)
+{
+    pixman_region_set_static_pointers (&RegionEmptyBox, &RegionEmptyData, &RegionBrokenData);
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************
+ *   RegionCreate(rect, size)
+ *     This routine does a simple malloc to make a structure of
+ *     REGION of "size" number of rectangles.
+ *****************************************************************/
+
+RegionPtr
+RegionCreate(BoxPtr rect, int size)
+{
+    RegionPtr pReg;
+   
+    pReg = (RegionPtr)malloc(sizeof(RegionRec));
+    if (!pReg)
+	return &RegionBrokenRegion;
+
+    RegionInit (pReg, rect, size);
+    
+    return pReg;
+}
+
+void
+RegionDestroy(RegionPtr pReg)
+{
+    pixman_region_fini (pReg);
+    if (pReg != &RegionBrokenRegion)
+	free(pReg);
+}
+
+void
+RegionPrint(RegionPtr rgn)
+{
+    int num, size;
+    int i;
+    BoxPtr rects;
+
+    num = RegionNumRects(rgn);
+    size = RegionSize(rgn);
+    rects = RegionRects(rgn);
+    ErrorF("[mi] num: %d size: %d\n", num, size);
+    ErrorF("[mi] extents: %d %d %d %d\n",
+	   rgn->extents.x1, rgn->extents.y1, rgn->extents.x2, rgn->extents.y2);
+    for (i = 0; i < num; i++)
+      ErrorF("[mi] %d %d %d %d \n",
+	     rects[i].x1, rects[i].y1, rects[i].x2, rects[i].y2);
+    ErrorF("[mi] \n");
+}
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+Bool
+RegionIsValid(RegionPtr reg)
+{
+    int i, numRects;
+    
+    if ((reg->extents.x1 > reg->extents.x2) ||
+	(reg->extents.y1 > reg->extents.y2))
+	return FALSE;
+    numRects = RegionNumRects(reg);
+    if (!numRects)
+	return ((reg->extents.x1 == reg->extents.x2) &&
+		(reg->extents.y1 == reg->extents.y2) &&
+		(reg->data->size || (reg->data == &RegionEmptyData)));
+    else if (numRects == 1)
+	return !reg->data;
+    else
+    {
+	BoxPtr pboxP, pboxN;
+	BoxRec box;
+	
+	pboxP = RegionRects(reg);
+	box = *pboxP;
+	box.y2 = pboxP[numRects-1].y2;
+	pboxN = pboxP + 1;
+	for (i = numRects; --i > 0; pboxP++, pboxN++)
+	{
+	    if ((pboxN->x1 >= pboxN->x2) ||
+		(pboxN->y1 >= pboxN->y2))
+		return FALSE;
+	    if (pboxN->x1 < box.x1)
+		box.x1 = pboxN->x1;
+	    if (pboxN->x2 > box.x2)
+		box.x2 = pboxN->x2;
+	    if ((pboxN->y1 < pboxP->y1) ||
+		((pboxN->y1 == pboxP->y1) &&
+		 ((pboxN->x1 < pboxP->x2) || (pboxN->y2 != pboxP->y2))))
+		return FALSE;
+	}
+	return ((box.x1 == reg->extents.x1) &&
+		(box.x2 == reg->extents.x2) &&
+		(box.y1 == reg->extents.y1) &&
+		(box.y2 == reg->extents.y2));
+    }
+}
+#endif /* DEBUG */
+
+Bool
+RegionBreak (RegionPtr pReg)
+{
+    xfreeData (pReg);
+    pReg->extents = RegionEmptyBox;
+    pReg->data = &RegionBrokenData;
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+Bool
+RegionRectAlloc(RegionPtr pRgn, int n)
+{
+    RegDataPtr	data;
+    
+    if (!pRgn->data)
+    {
+	n++;
+	pRgn->data = xallocData(n);
+	if (!pRgn->data)
+	    return RegionBreak (pRgn);
+	pRgn->data->numRects = 1;
+	*RegionBoxptr(pRgn) = pRgn->extents;
+    }
+    else if (!pRgn->data->size)
+    {
+	pRgn->data = xallocData(n);
+	if (!pRgn->data)
+	    return RegionBreak (pRgn);
+	pRgn->data->numRects = 0;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+	if (n == 1)
+	{
+	    n = pRgn->data->numRects;
+	    if (n > 500) /* XXX pick numbers out of a hat */
+		n = 250;
+	}
+	n += pRgn->data->numRects;
+	data = (RegDataPtr)realloc(pRgn->data, RegionSizeof(n));
+	if (!data)
+	    return RegionBreak (pRgn);
+	pRgn->data = data;
+    }
+    pRgn->data->size = n;
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*======================================================================
+ *	    Generic Region Operator
+ *====================================================================*/
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * RegionCoalesce --
+ *	Attempt to merge the boxes in the current band with those in the
+ *	previous one.  We are guaranteed that the current band extends to
+ *      the end of the rects array.  Used only by RegionOp.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The new index for the previous band.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	If coalescing takes place:
+ *	    - rectangles in the previous band will have their y2 fields
+ *	      altered.
+ *	    - pReg->data->numRects will be decreased.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+_X_INLINE static int
+RegionCoalesce (
+    RegionPtr	pReg,	    	/* Region to coalesce		     */
+    int	    	  	prevStart,  	/* Index of start of previous band   */
+    int	    	  	curStart)   	/* Index of start of current band    */
+{
+    BoxPtr	pPrevBox;   	/* Current box in previous band	     */
+    BoxPtr	pCurBox;    	/* Current box in current band       */
+    int  	numRects;	/* Number rectangles in both bands   */
+    int		y2;		/* Bottom of current band	     */
+    /*
+     * Figure out how many rectangles are in the band.
+     */
+    numRects = curStart - prevStart;
+    assert(numRects == pReg->data->numRects - curStart);
+
+    if (!numRects) return curStart;
+
+    /*
+     * The bands may only be coalesced if the bottom of the previous
+     * matches the top scanline of the current.
+     */
+    pPrevBox = RegionBox(pReg, prevStart);
+    pCurBox = RegionBox(pReg, curStart);
+    if (pPrevBox->y2 != pCurBox->y1) return curStart;
+
+    /*
+     * Make sure the bands have boxes in the same places. This
+     * assumes that boxes have been added in such a way that they
+     * cover the most area possible. I.e. two boxes in a band must
+     * have some horizontal space between them.
+     */
+    y2 = pCurBox->y2;
+
+    do {
+	if ((pPrevBox->x1 != pCurBox->x1) || (pPrevBox->x2 != pCurBox->x2)) {
+	    return curStart;
+	}
+	pPrevBox++;
+	pCurBox++;
+	numRects--;
+    } while (numRects);
+
+    /*
+     * The bands may be merged, so set the bottom y of each box
+     * in the previous band to the bottom y of the current band.
+     */
+    numRects = curStart - prevStart;
+    pReg->data->numRects -= numRects;
+    do {
+	pPrevBox--;
+	pPrevBox->y2 = y2;
+	numRects--;
+    } while (numRects);
+    return prevStart;
+}
+
+
+/* Quicky macro to avoid trivial reject procedure calls to RegionCoalesce */
+
+#define Coalesce(newReg, prevBand, curBand)				\
+    if (curBand - prevBand == newReg->data->numRects - curBand) {	\
+	prevBand = RegionCoalesce(newReg, prevBand, curBand);		\
+    } else {								\
+	prevBand = curBand;						\
+    }
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * RegionAppendNonO --
+ *	Handle a non-overlapping band for the union and subtract operations.
+ *      Just adds the (top/bottom-clipped) rectangles into the region.
+ *      Doesn't have to check for subsumption or anything.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	pReg->data->numRects is incremented and the rectangles overwritten
+ *	with the rectangles we're passed.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+_X_INLINE static Bool
+RegionAppendNonO (
+    RegionPtr	pReg,
+    BoxPtr	r,
+    BoxPtr  	rEnd,
+    int  	y1,
+    int  	y2)
+{
+    BoxPtr	pNextRect;
+    int		newRects;
+
+    newRects = rEnd - r;
+
+    assert(y1 < y2);
+    assert(newRects != 0);
+
+    /* Make sure we have enough space for all rectangles to be added */
+    RECTALLOC(pReg, newRects);
+    pNextRect = RegionTop(pReg);
+    pReg->data->numRects += newRects;
+    do {
+	assert(r->x1 < r->x2);
+	ADDRECT(pNextRect, r->x1, y1, r->x2, y2);
+	r++;
+    } while (r != rEnd);
+
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+#define FindBand(r, rBandEnd, rEnd, ry1)		    \
+{							    \
+    ry1 = r->y1;					    \
+    rBandEnd = r+1;					    \
+    while ((rBandEnd != rEnd) && (rBandEnd->y1 == ry1)) {   \
+	rBandEnd++;					    \
+    }							    \
+}
+
+#define	AppendRegions(newReg, r, rEnd)					\
+{									\
+    int newRects;							\
+    if ((newRects = rEnd - r)) {					\
+	RECTALLOC(newReg, newRects);					\
+	memmove((char *)RegionTop(newReg),(char *)r, 			\
+              newRects * sizeof(BoxRec));				\
+	newReg->data->numRects += newRects;				\
+    }									\
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * RegionOp --
+ *	Apply an operation to two regions. Called by RegionUnion, RegionInverse,
+ *	RegionSubtract, RegionIntersect....  Both regions MUST have at least one
+ *      rectangle, and cannot be the same object.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	TRUE if successful.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The new region is overwritten.
+ *	pOverlap set to TRUE if overlapFunc ever returns TRUE.
+ *
+ * Notes:
+ *	The idea behind this function is to view the two regions as sets.
+ *	Together they cover a rectangle of area that this function divides
+ *	into horizontal bands where points are covered only by one region
+ *	or by both. For the first case, the nonOverlapFunc is called with
+ *	each the band and the band's upper and lower extents. For the
+ *	second, the overlapFunc is called to process the entire band. It
+ *	is responsible for clipping the rectangles in the band, though
+ *	this function provides the boundaries.
+ *	At the end of each band, the new region is coalesced, if possible,
+ *	to reduce the number of rectangles in the region.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+typedef Bool (*OverlapProcPtr)(
+    RegionPtr	pReg,
+    BoxPtr	r1,
+    BoxPtr   	r1End,
+    BoxPtr	r2,
+    BoxPtr   	r2End,
+    short    	y1,
+    short    	y2,
+    Bool	*pOverlap);
+
+static Bool
+RegionOp(
+    RegionPtr       newReg,		    /* Place to store result	     */
+    RegionPtr       reg1,		    /* First region in operation     */
+    RegionPtr       reg2,		    /* 2d region in operation        */
+    OverlapProcPtr  overlapFunc,            /* Function to call for over-
+					     * lapping bands		     */
+    Bool	    appendNon1,		    /* Append non-overlapping bands  */
+					    /* in region 1 ? */
+    Bool	    appendNon2,		    /* Append non-overlapping bands  */
+					    /* in region 2 ? */
+    Bool	    *pOverlap)
+{
+    BoxPtr 	r1;		    /* Pointer into first region     */
+    BoxPtr 	r2;		    /* Pointer into 2d region	     */
+    BoxPtr	r1End;		    /* End of 1st region	     */
+    BoxPtr	r2End;		    /* End of 2d region		     */
+    short	ybot;		    /* Bottom of intersection	     */
+    short	ytop;		    /* Top of intersection	     */
+    RegDataPtr	oldData;	    /* Old data for newReg	     */
+    int		prevBand;	    /* Index of start of
+				     * previous band in newReg       */
+    int		curBand;	    /* Index of start of current
+				     * band in newReg		     */
+    BoxPtr  	r1BandEnd;	    /* End of current band in r1     */
+    BoxPtr  	r2BandEnd;	    /* End of current band in r2     */
+    short   	top;		    /* Top of non-overlapping band   */
+    short   	bot;	    	    /* Bottom of non-overlapping band*/
+    int     	r1y1;	    	    /* Temps for r1->y1 and r2->y1   */
+    int     	r2y1;
+    int	    	newSize;
+    int	    	numRects;
+
+    /*
+     * Break any region computed from a broken region
+     */
+    if (RegionNar (reg1) || RegionNar(reg2))
+	return RegionBreak (newReg);
+    
+    /*
+     * Initialization:
+     *	set r1, r2, r1End and r2End appropriately, save the rectangles
+     * of the destination region until the end in case it's one of
+     * the two source regions, then mark the "new" region empty, allocating
+     * another array of rectangles for it to use.
+     */
+
+    r1 = RegionRects(reg1);
+    newSize = RegionNumRects(reg1);
+    r1End = r1 + newSize;
+    numRects = RegionNumRects(reg2);
+    r2 = RegionRects(reg2);
+    r2End = r2 + numRects;
+    assert(r1 != r1End);
+    assert(r2 != r2End);
+
+    oldData = NULL;
+    if (((newReg == reg1) && (newSize > 1)) ||
+	((newReg == reg2) && (numRects > 1)))
+    {
+	oldData = newReg->data;
+	newReg->data = &RegionEmptyData;
+    }
+    /* guess at new size */
+    if (numRects > newSize)
+	newSize = numRects;
+    newSize <<= 1;
+    if (!newReg->data)
+	newReg->data = &RegionEmptyData;
+    else if (newReg->data->size)
+	newReg->data->numRects = 0;
+    if (newSize > newReg->data->size)
+	if (!RegionRectAlloc(newReg, newSize))
+	    return FALSE;
+
+    /*
+     * Initialize ybot.
+     * In the upcoming loop, ybot and ytop serve different functions depending
+     * on whether the band being handled is an overlapping or non-overlapping
+     * band.
+     * 	In the case of a non-overlapping band (only one of the regions
+     * has points in the band), ybot is the bottom of the most recent
+     * intersection and thus clips the top of the rectangles in that band.
+     * ytop is the top of the next intersection between the two regions and
+     * serves to clip the bottom of the rectangles in the current band.
+     *	For an overlapping band (where the two regions intersect), ytop clips
+     * the top of the rectangles of both regions and ybot clips the bottoms.
+     */
+
+    ybot = min(r1->y1, r2->y1);
+    
+    /*
+     * prevBand serves to mark the start of the previous band so rectangles
+     * can be coalesced into larger rectangles. qv. RegionCoalesce, above.
+     * In the beginning, there is no previous band, so prevBand == curBand
+     * (curBand is set later on, of course, but the first band will always
+     * start at index 0). prevBand and curBand must be indices because of
+     * the possible expansion, and resultant moving, of the new region's
+     * array of rectangles.
+     */
+    prevBand = 0;
+    
+    do {
+	/*
+	 * This algorithm proceeds one source-band (as opposed to a
+	 * destination band, which is determined by where the two regions
+	 * intersect) at a time. r1BandEnd and r2BandEnd serve to mark the
+	 * rectangle after the last one in the current band for their
+	 * respective regions.
+	 */
+	assert(r1 != r1End);
+	assert(r2 != r2End);
+    
+	FindBand(r1, r1BandEnd, r1End, r1y1);
+	FindBand(r2, r2BandEnd, r2End, r2y1);
+
+	/*
+	 * First handle the band that doesn't intersect, if any.
+	 *
+	 * Note that attention is restricted to one band in the
+	 * non-intersecting region at once, so if a region has n
+	 * bands between the current position and the next place it overlaps
+	 * the other, this entire loop will be passed through n times.
+	 */
+	if (r1y1 < r2y1) {
+	    if (appendNon1) {
+		top = max(r1y1, ybot);
+		bot = min(r1->y2, r2y1);
+		if (top != bot)	{
+		    curBand = newReg->data->numRects;
+		    RegionAppendNonO(newReg, r1, r1BandEnd, top, bot);
+		    Coalesce(newReg, prevBand, curBand);
+		}
+	    }
+	    ytop = r2y1;
+	} else if (r2y1 < r1y1) {
+	    if (appendNon2) {
+		top = max(r2y1, ybot);
+		bot = min(r2->y2, r1y1);
+		if (top != bot) {
+		    curBand = newReg->data->numRects;
+		    RegionAppendNonO(newReg, r2, r2BandEnd, top, bot);
+		    Coalesce(newReg, prevBand, curBand);
+		}
+	    }
+	    ytop = r1y1;
+	} else {
+	    ytop = r1y1;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Now see if we've hit an intersecting band. The two bands only
+	 * intersect if ybot > ytop
+	 */
+	ybot = min(r1->y2, r2->y2);
+	if (ybot > ytop) {
+	    curBand = newReg->data->numRects;
+	    (* overlapFunc)(newReg, r1, r1BandEnd, r2, r2BandEnd, ytop, ybot,
+			    pOverlap);
+	    Coalesce(newReg, prevBand, curBand);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * If we've finished with a band (y2 == ybot) we skip forward
+	 * in the region to the next band.
+	 */
+	if (r1->y2 == ybot) r1 = r1BandEnd;
+	if (r2->y2 == ybot) r2 = r2BandEnd;
+
+    } while (r1 != r1End && r2 != r2End);
+
+    /*
+     * Deal with whichever region (if any) still has rectangles left.
+     *
+     * We only need to worry about banding and coalescing for the very first
+     * band left.  After that, we can just group all remaining boxes,
+     * regardless of how many bands, into one final append to the list.
+     */
+
+    if ((r1 != r1End) && appendNon1) {
+	/* Do first nonOverlap1Func call, which may be able to coalesce */
+	FindBand(r1, r1BandEnd, r1End, r1y1);
+	curBand = newReg->data->numRects;
+	RegionAppendNonO(newReg, r1, r1BandEnd, max(r1y1, ybot), r1->y2);
+	Coalesce(newReg, prevBand, curBand);
+	/* Just append the rest of the boxes  */
+	AppendRegions(newReg, r1BandEnd, r1End);
+
+    } else if ((r2 != r2End) && appendNon2) {
+	/* Do first nonOverlap2Func call, which may be able to coalesce */
+	FindBand(r2, r2BandEnd, r2End, r2y1);
+	curBand = newReg->data->numRects;
+	RegionAppendNonO(newReg, r2, r2BandEnd, max(r2y1, ybot), r2->y2);
+	Coalesce(newReg, prevBand, curBand);
+	/* Append rest of boxes */
+	AppendRegions(newReg, r2BandEnd, r2End);
+    }
+
+    free(oldData);
+
+    if (!(numRects = newReg->data->numRects))
+    {
+	xfreeData(newReg);
+	newReg->data = &RegionEmptyData;
+    }
+    else if (numRects == 1)
+    {
+	newReg->extents = *RegionBoxptr(newReg);
+	xfreeData(newReg);
+	newReg->data = NULL;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+	DOWNSIZE(newReg, numRects);
+    }
+
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * RegionSetExtents --
+ *	Reset the extents of a region to what they should be. Called by
+ *	Subtract and Intersect as they can't figure it out along the
+ *	way or do so easily, as Union can.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	The region's 'extents' structure is overwritten.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+RegionSetExtents (RegionPtr pReg)
+{
+    BoxPtr pBox, pBoxEnd;
+
+    if (!pReg->data)
+	return;
+    if (!pReg->data->size)
+    {
+	pReg->extents.x2 = pReg->extents.x1;
+	pReg->extents.y2 = pReg->extents.y1;
+	return;
+    }
+
+    pBox = RegionBoxptr(pReg);
+    pBoxEnd = RegionEnd(pReg);
+
+    /*
+     * Since pBox is the first rectangle in the region, it must have the
+     * smallest y1 and since pBoxEnd is the last rectangle in the region,
+     * it must have the largest y2, because of banding. Initialize x1 and
+     * x2 from  pBox and pBoxEnd, resp., as good things to initialize them
+     * to...
+     */
+    pReg->extents.x1 = pBox->x1;
+    pReg->extents.y1 = pBox->y1;
+    pReg->extents.x2 = pBoxEnd->x2;
+    pReg->extents.y2 = pBoxEnd->y2;
+
+    assert(pReg->extents.y1 < pReg->extents.y2);
+    while (pBox <= pBoxEnd) {
+	if (pBox->x1 < pReg->extents.x1)
+	    pReg->extents.x1 = pBox->x1;
+	if (pBox->x2 > pReg->extents.x2)
+	    pReg->extents.x2 = pBox->x2;
+	pBox++;
+    };
+
+    assert(pReg->extents.x1 < pReg->extents.x2);
+}
+
+/*======================================================================
+ *	    Region Intersection
+ *====================================================================*/
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * RegionIntersectO --
+ *	Handle an overlapping band for RegionIntersect.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	TRUE if successful.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Rectangles may be added to the region.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+
+#define MERGERECT(r)						\
+{								\
+    if (r->x1 <= x2) {						\
+	/* Merge with current rectangle */			\
+	if (r->x1 < x2) *pOverlap = TRUE;				\
+	if (x2 < r->x2) x2 = r->x2;				\
+    } else {							\
+	/* Add current rectangle, start new one */		\
+	NEWRECT(pReg, pNextRect, x1, y1, x2, y2);		\
+	x1 = r->x1;						\
+	x2 = r->x2;						\
+    }								\
+    r++;							\
+}
+
+/*======================================================================
+ *	    Region Union
+ *====================================================================*/
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * RegionUnionO --
+ *	Handle an overlapping band for the union operation. Picks the
+ *	left-most rectangle each time and merges it into the region.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	TRUE if successful.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	pReg is overwritten.
+ *	pOverlap is set to TRUE if any boxes overlap.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Bool
+RegionUnionO (
+    RegionPtr	pReg,
+    BoxPtr	r1,
+    BoxPtr  	r1End,
+    BoxPtr	r2,
+    BoxPtr  	r2End,
+    short	y1,
+    short	y2,
+    Bool	*pOverlap)
+{
+    BoxPtr     pNextRect;
+    int        x1;     /* left and right side of current union */
+    int        x2;
+
+    assert (y1 < y2);
+    assert(r1 != r1End && r2 != r2End);
+
+    pNextRect = RegionTop(pReg);
+
+    /* Start off current rectangle */
+    if (r1->x1 < r2->x1)
+    {
+	x1 = r1->x1;
+	x2 = r1->x2;
+	r1++;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+	x1 = r2->x1;
+	x2 = r2->x2;
+	r2++;
+    }
+    while (r1 != r1End && r2 != r2End)
+    {
+	if (r1->x1 < r2->x1) MERGERECT(r1) else MERGERECT(r2);
+    }
+
+    /* Finish off whoever (if any) is left */
+    if (r1 != r1End)
+    {
+	do
+	{
+	    MERGERECT(r1);
+	} while (r1 != r1End);
+    }
+    else if (r2 != r2End)
+    {
+	do
+	{
+	    MERGERECT(r2);
+	} while (r2 != r2End);
+    }
+    
+    /* Add current rectangle */
+    NEWRECT(pReg, pNextRect, x1, y1, x2, y2);
+
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*======================================================================
+ *	    Batch Rectangle Union
+ *====================================================================*/
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * RegionAppend --
+ * 
+ *      "Append" the rgn rectangles onto the end of dstrgn, maintaining
+ *      knowledge of YX-banding when it's easy.  Otherwise, dstrgn just
+ *      becomes a non-y-x-banded random collection of rectangles, and not
+ *      yet a true region.  After a sequence of appends, the caller must
+ *      call RegionValidate to ensure that a valid region is constructed.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	TRUE if successful.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *      dstrgn is modified if rgn has rectangles.
+ *
+ */
+Bool
+RegionAppend(RegionPtr dstrgn, RegionPtr rgn)
+{
+    int numRects, dnumRects, size;
+    BoxPtr new, old;
+    Bool prepend;
+
+    if (RegionNar(rgn))
+	return RegionBreak (dstrgn);
+    
+    if (!rgn->data && (dstrgn->data == &RegionEmptyData))
+    {
+	dstrgn->extents = rgn->extents;
+	dstrgn->data = NULL;
+	return TRUE;
+    }
+
+    numRects = RegionNumRects(rgn);
+    if (!numRects)
+	return TRUE;
+    prepend = FALSE;
+    size = numRects;
+    dnumRects = RegionNumRects(dstrgn);
+    if (!dnumRects && (size < 200))
+	size = 200; /* XXX pick numbers out of a hat */
+    RECTALLOC(dstrgn, size);
+    old = RegionRects(rgn);
+    if (!dnumRects)
+	dstrgn->extents = rgn->extents;
+    else if (dstrgn->extents.x2 > dstrgn->extents.x1)
+    {
+	BoxPtr first, last;
+
+	first = old;
+	last = RegionBoxptr(dstrgn) + (dnumRects - 1);
+	if ((first->y1 > last->y2) ||
+	    ((first->y1 == last->y1) && (first->y2 == last->y2) &&
+	     (first->x1 > last->x2)))
+	{
+	    if (rgn->extents.x1 < dstrgn->extents.x1)
+		dstrgn->extents.x1 = rgn->extents.x1;
+	    if (rgn->extents.x2 > dstrgn->extents.x2)
+		dstrgn->extents.x2 = rgn->extents.x2;
+	    dstrgn->extents.y2 = rgn->extents.y2;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+	    first = RegionBoxptr(dstrgn);
+	    last = old + (numRects - 1);
+	    if ((first->y1 > last->y2) ||
+		((first->y1 == last->y1) && (first->y2 == last->y2) &&
+		 (first->x1 > last->x2)))
+	    {
+		prepend = TRUE;
+		if (rgn->extents.x1 < dstrgn->extents.x1)
+		    dstrgn->extents.x1 = rgn->extents.x1;
+		if (rgn->extents.x2 > dstrgn->extents.x2)
+		    dstrgn->extents.x2 = rgn->extents.x2;
+		dstrgn->extents.y1 = rgn->extents.y1;
+	    }
+	    else
+		dstrgn->extents.x2 = dstrgn->extents.x1;
+	}
+    }
+    if (prepend)
+    {
+	new = RegionBox(dstrgn, numRects);
+	if (dnumRects == 1)
+	    *new = *RegionBoxptr(dstrgn);
+	else
+	    memmove((char *)new,(char *)RegionBoxptr(dstrgn),
+		  dnumRects * sizeof(BoxRec));
+	new = RegionBoxptr(dstrgn);
+    }
+    else
+	new = RegionBoxptr(dstrgn) + dnumRects;
+    if (numRects == 1)
+	*new = *old;
+    else
+	memmove((char *)new, (char *)old, numRects * sizeof(BoxRec));
+    dstrgn->data->numRects += numRects;
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+   
+#define ExchangeRects(a, b) \
+{			    \
+    BoxRec     t;	    \
+    t = rects[a];	    \
+    rects[a] = rects[b];    \
+    rects[b] = t;	    \
+}
+
+static void
+QuickSortRects(
+    BoxRec     rects[],
+    int        numRects)
+{
+    int	y1;
+    int	x1;
+    int        i, j;
+    BoxPtr     r;
+
+    /* Always called with numRects > 1 */
+
+    do
+    {
+	if (numRects == 2)
+	{
+	    if (rects[0].y1 > rects[1].y1 ||
+		    (rects[0].y1 == rects[1].y1 && rects[0].x1 > rects[1].x1))
+		ExchangeRects(0, 1);
+	    return;
+	}
+
+	/* Choose partition element, stick in location 0 */
+        ExchangeRects(0, numRects >> 1);
+	y1 = rects[0].y1;
+	x1 = rects[0].x1;
+
+        /* Partition array */
+        i = 0;
+        j = numRects;
+        do
+	{
+	    r = &(rects[i]);
+	    do
+	    {
+		r++;
+		i++;
+            } while (i != numRects &&
+		     (r->y1 < y1 || (r->y1 == y1 && r->x1 < x1)));
+	    r = &(rects[j]);
+	    do
+	    {
+		r--;
+		j--;
+            } while (y1 < r->y1 || (y1 == r->y1 && x1 < r->x1));
+            if (i < j)
+		ExchangeRects(i, j);
+        } while (i < j);
+
+        /* Move partition element back to middle */
+        ExchangeRects(0, j);
+
+	/* Recurse */
+        if (numRects-j-1 > 1)
+	    QuickSortRects(&rects[j+1], numRects-j-1);
+        numRects = j;
+    } while (numRects > 1);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * RegionValidate --
+ * 
+ *      Take a ``region'' which is a non-y-x-banded random collection of
+ *      rectangles, and compute a nice region which is the union of all the
+ *      rectangles.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	TRUE if successful.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *      The passed-in ``region'' may be modified.
+ *	pOverlap set to TRUE if any retangles overlapped, else FALSE;
+ *
+ * Strategy:
+ *      Step 1. Sort the rectangles into ascending order with primary key y1
+ *		and secondary key x1.
+ *
+ *      Step 2. Split the rectangles into the minimum number of proper y-x
+ *		banded regions.  This may require horizontally merging
+ *		rectangles, and vertically coalescing bands.  With any luck,
+ *		this step in an identity tranformation (ala the Box widget),
+ *		or a coalescing into 1 box (ala Menus).
+ *
+ *	Step 3. Merge the separate regions down to a single region by calling
+ *		Union.  Maximize the work each Union call does by using
+ *		a binary merge.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+Bool
+RegionValidate(RegionPtr badreg, Bool *pOverlap)
+{
+    /* Descriptor for regions under construction  in Step 2. */
+    typedef struct {
+	RegionRec   reg;
+	int	    prevBand;
+	int	    curBand;
+    } RegionInfo;
+
+    int	numRects;   /* Original numRects for badreg	    */
+    RegionInfo *ri;	    /* Array of current regions		    */
+    int	numRI;      /* Number of entries used in ri	    */
+    int	sizeRI;	    /* Number of entries available in ri    */
+    int	i;	    /* Index into rects			    */
+    int	j;	    /* Index into ri			    */
+    RegionInfo *rit;       /* &ri[j]				    */
+    RegionPtr  reg;        /* ri[j].reg			    */
+    BoxPtr	box;	    /* Current box in rects		    */
+    BoxPtr	riBox;      /* Last box in ri[j].reg		    */
+    RegionPtr  hreg;       /* ri[j_half].reg			    */
+    Bool		ret = TRUE;
+
+    *pOverlap = FALSE;
+    if (!badreg->data)
+    {
+	good(badreg);
+	return TRUE;
+    }
+    numRects = badreg->data->numRects;
+    if (!numRects)
+    {
+	if (RegionNar(badreg))
+	    return FALSE;
+	good(badreg);
+	return TRUE;
+    }
+    if (badreg->extents.x1 < badreg->extents.x2)
+    {
+	if ((numRects) == 1)
+	{
+	    xfreeData(badreg);
+	    badreg->data = (RegDataPtr) NULL;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+	    DOWNSIZE(badreg, numRects);
+	}
+	good(badreg);
+	return TRUE;
+    }
+
+    /* Step 1: Sort the rects array into ascending (y1, x1) order */
+    QuickSortRects(RegionBoxptr(badreg), numRects);
+
+    /* Step 2: Scatter the sorted array into the minimum number of regions */
+
+    /* Set up the first region to be the first rectangle in badreg */
+    /* Note that step 2 code will never overflow the ri[0].reg rects array */
+    ri = (RegionInfo *) malloc(4 * sizeof(RegionInfo));
+    if (!ri)
+	return RegionBreak (badreg);
+    sizeRI = 4;
+    numRI = 1;
+    ri[0].prevBand = 0;
+    ri[0].curBand = 0;
+    ri[0].reg = *badreg;
+    box = RegionBoxptr(&ri[0].reg);
+    ri[0].reg.extents = *box;
+    ri[0].reg.data->numRects = 1;
+
+    /* Now scatter rectangles into the minimum set of valid regions.  If the
+       next rectangle to be added to a region would force an existing rectangle
+       in the region to be split up in order to maintain y-x banding, just
+       forget it.  Try the next region.  If it doesn't fit cleanly into any
+       region, make a new one. */
+
+    for (i = numRects; --i > 0;)
+    {
+	box++;
+	/* Look for a region to append box to */
+	for (j = numRI, rit = ri; --j >= 0; rit++)
+	{
+	    reg = &rit->reg;
+	    riBox = RegionEnd(reg);
+
+	    if (box->y1 == riBox->y1 && box->y2 == riBox->y2)
+	    {
+		/* box is in same band as riBox.  Merge or append it */
+		if (box->x1 <= riBox->x2)
+		{
+		    /* Merge it with riBox */
+		    if (box->x1 < riBox->x2) *pOverlap = TRUE;
+		    if (box->x2 > riBox->x2) riBox->x2 = box->x2;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+		    RECTALLOC_BAIL(reg, 1, bail);
+		    *RegionTop(reg) = *box;
+		    reg->data->numRects++;
+		}
+		goto NextRect;   /* So sue me */
+	    }
+	    else if (box->y1 >= riBox->y2)
+	    {
+		/* Put box into new band */
+		if (reg->extents.x2 < riBox->x2) reg->extents.x2 = riBox->x2;
+		if (reg->extents.x1 > box->x1)   reg->extents.x1 = box->x1;
+		Coalesce(reg, rit->prevBand, rit->curBand);
+		rit->curBand = reg->data->numRects;
+		RECTALLOC_BAIL(reg, 1, bail);
+		*RegionTop(reg) = *box;
+		reg->data->numRects++;
+		goto NextRect;
+	    }
+	    /* Well, this region was inappropriate.  Try the next one. */
+	} /* for j */
+
+	/* Uh-oh.  No regions were appropriate.  Create a new one. */
+	if (sizeRI == numRI)
+	{
+	    /* Oops, allocate space for new region information */
+	    sizeRI <<= 1;
+	    rit = (RegionInfo *) realloc(ri, sizeRI * sizeof(RegionInfo));
+	    if (!rit)
+		goto bail;
+	    ri = rit;
+	    rit = &ri[numRI];
+	}
+	numRI++;
+	rit->prevBand = 0;
+	rit->curBand = 0;
+	rit->reg.extents = *box;
+	rit->reg.data = NULL;
+	if (!RegionRectAlloc(&rit->reg, (i+numRI) / numRI)) /* MUST force allocation */
+	    goto bail;
+NextRect: ;
+    } /* for i */
+
+    /* Make a final pass over each region in order to Coalesce and set
+       extents.x2 and extents.y2 */
+
+    for (j = numRI, rit = ri; --j >= 0; rit++)
+    {
+	reg = &rit->reg;
+	riBox = RegionEnd(reg);
+	reg->extents.y2 = riBox->y2;
+	if (reg->extents.x2 < riBox->x2) reg->extents.x2 = riBox->x2;
+	Coalesce(reg, rit->prevBand, rit->curBand);
+	if (reg->data->numRects == 1) /* keep unions happy below */
+	{
+	    xfreeData(reg);
+	    reg->data = NULL;
+	}
+    }
+
+    /* Step 3: Union all regions into a single region */
+    while (numRI > 1)
+    {
+	int half = numRI/2;
+	for (j = numRI & 1; j < (half + (numRI & 1)); j++)
+	{
+	    reg = &ri[j].reg;
+	    hreg = &ri[j+half].reg;
+	    if (!RegionOp(reg, reg, hreg, RegionUnionO, TRUE, TRUE, pOverlap))
+		ret = FALSE;
+	    if (hreg->extents.x1 < reg->extents.x1)
+		reg->extents.x1 = hreg->extents.x1;
+	    if (hreg->extents.y1 < reg->extents.y1)
+		reg->extents.y1 = hreg->extents.y1;
+	    if (hreg->extents.x2 > reg->extents.x2)
+		reg->extents.x2 = hreg->extents.x2;
+	    if (hreg->extents.y2 > reg->extents.y2)
+		reg->extents.y2 = hreg->extents.y2;
+	    xfreeData(hreg);
+	}
+	numRI -= half;
+    }
+    *badreg = ri[0].reg;
+    free(ri);
+    good(badreg);
+    return ret;
+bail:
+    for (i = 0; i < numRI; i++)
+	xfreeData(&ri[i].reg);
+    free(ri);
+    return RegionBreak (badreg);
+}
+
+RegionPtr
+RegionFromRects(int nrects, xRectangle *prect, int ctype)
+{
+    
+    RegionPtr		pRgn;
+    RegDataPtr		pData;
+    BoxPtr		pBox;
+    int        		i;
+    int			x1, y1, x2, y2;
+
+    pRgn = RegionCreate(NullBox, 0);
+    if (RegionNar (pRgn))
+	return pRgn;
+    if (!nrects)
+	return pRgn;
+    if (nrects == 1)
+    {
+	x1 = prect->x;
+	y1 = prect->y;
+	if ((x2 = x1 + (int) prect->width) > MAXSHORT)
+	    x2 = MAXSHORT;
+	if ((y2 = y1 + (int) prect->height) > MAXSHORT)
+	    y2 = MAXSHORT;
+	if (x1 != x2 && y1 != y2)
+	{
+	    pRgn->extents.x1 = x1;
+	    pRgn->extents.y1 = y1;
+	    pRgn->extents.x2 = x2;
+	    pRgn->extents.y2 = y2;
+	    pRgn->data = NULL;
+	}
+	return pRgn;
+    }
+    pData = xallocData(nrects);
+    if (!pData)
+    {
+	RegionBreak (pRgn);
+	return pRgn;
+    }
+    pBox = (BoxPtr) (pData + 1);
+    for (i = nrects; --i >= 0; prect++)
+    {
+	x1 = prect->x;
+	y1 = prect->y;
+	if ((x2 = x1 + (int) prect->width) > MAXSHORT)
+	    x2 = MAXSHORT;
+	if ((y2 = y1 + (int) prect->height) > MAXSHORT)
+	    y2 = MAXSHORT;
+	if (x1 != x2 && y1 != y2)
+	{
+	    pBox->x1 = x1;
+	    pBox->y1 = y1;
+	    pBox->x2 = x2;
+	    pBox->y2 = y2;
+	    pBox++;
+	}
+    }
+    if (pBox != (BoxPtr) (pData + 1))
+    {
+	pData->size = nrects;
+	pData->numRects = pBox - (BoxPtr) (pData + 1);
+    	pRgn->data = pData;
+    	if (ctype != CT_YXBANDED)
+    	{
+	    Bool overlap; /* result ignored */
+	    pRgn->extents.x1 = pRgn->extents.x2 = 0;
+	    RegionValidate(pRgn, &overlap);
+    	}
+    	else
+	    RegionSetExtents(pRgn);
+    	good(pRgn);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+	free(pData);
+    }
+    return pRgn;
+}
diff --git a/xorg-server/dix/resource.c b/xorg-server/dix/resource.c
index 8950fe2f6..ac76f1d11 100644
--- a/xorg-server/dix/resource.c
+++ b/xorg-server/dix/resource.c
@@ -1,964 +1,964 @@
-/************************************************************

-

-Copyright 1987, 1998  The Open Group

-

-Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its

-documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that

-the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that

-copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting

-documentation.

-

-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in

-all copies or substantial portions of the Software.

-

-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR

-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,

-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE

-OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN

-AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN

-CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

-

-Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be

-used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings

-in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.

-

-

-Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.

-

-                        All Rights Reserved

-

-Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its 

-documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, 

-provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that

-both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in 

-supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be

-used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the

-software without specific, written prior permission.  

-

-DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING

-ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL

-DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR

-ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,

-WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,

-ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS

-SOFTWARE.

-

-********************************************************/

-/* The panoramix components contained the following notice */

-/*****************************************************************

-

-Copyright (c) 1991, 1997 Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.

-

-Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy

-of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal

-in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights

-to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell

-copies of the Software.

-

-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in

-all copies or substantial portions of the Software.

-

-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR

-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,

-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL

-DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES, INCLUDING,

-BUT NOT LIMITED TO CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, OR OTHER LIABILITY,

-WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR

-IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

-

-Except as contained in this notice, the name of Digital Equipment Corporation

-shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other

-dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from Digital

-Equipment Corporation.

-

-******************************************************************/

-/* XSERVER_DTRACE additions:

- * Copyright (c) 2005-2006, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

- *

- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a

- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),

- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation

- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,

- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the

- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:

- *

- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next

- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the

- * Software.

- *

- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR

- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,

- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL

- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER

- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING

- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER

- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

- */

-

-/*	Routines to manage various kinds of resources:

- *

- *	CreateNewResourceType, CreateNewResourceClass, InitClientResources,

- *	FakeClientID, AddResource, FreeResource, FreeClientResources,

- *	FreeAllResources, LookupIDByType, LookupIDByClass, GetXIDRange

- */

-

-/* 

- *      A resource ID is a 32 bit quantity, the upper 2 bits of which are

- *	off-limits for client-visible resources.  The next 8 bits are

- *      used as client ID, and the low 22 bits come from the client.

- *	A resource ID is "hashed" by extracting and xoring subfields

- *      (varying with the size of the hash table).

- *

- *      It is sometimes necessary for the server to create an ID that looks

- *      like it belongs to a client.  This ID, however,  must not be one

- *      the client actually can create, or we have the potential for conflict.

- *      The 31st bit of the ID is reserved for the server's use for this

- *      purpose.  By setting CLIENT_ID(id) to the client, the SERVER_BIT to

- *      1, and an otherwise arbitrary ID in the low 22 bits, we can create a

- *      resource "owned" by the client.

- */

-

-#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H

-#include <dix-config.h>

-#endif

-

-#include <X11/X.h>

-#include "misc.h"

-#include "os.h"

-#include "resource.h"

-#include "dixstruct.h" 

-#include "opaque.h"

-#include "windowstr.h"

-#include "dixfont.h"

-#include "colormap.h"

-#include "inputstr.h"

-#include "dixevents.h"

-#include "dixgrabs.h"

-#include "cursor.h"

-#ifdef PANORAMIX

-#include "panoramiX.h"

-#include "panoramiXsrv.h"

-#endif

-#include "xace.h"

-#include <assert.h>

-#include "registry.h"

-

-#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE

-#include <sys/types.h>

-typedef const char *string;

-#include "Xserver-dtrace.h"

-

-#define TypeNameString(t) LookupResourceName(t)

-#endif

-

-static void RebuildTable(

-    int /*client*/

-);

-

-#define SERVER_MINID 32

-

-#define INITBUCKETS 64

-#define INITHASHSIZE 6

-#define MAXHASHSIZE 11

-

-typedef struct _Resource {

-    struct _Resource	*next;

-    XID			id;

-    RESTYPE		type;

-    pointer		value;

-} ResourceRec, *ResourcePtr;

-

-typedef struct _ClientResource {

-    ResourcePtr *resources;

-    int		elements;

-    int		buckets;

-    int		hashsize;	/* log(2)(buckets) */

-    XID		fakeID;

-    XID		endFakeID;

-} ClientResourceRec;

-

-RESTYPE lastResourceType;

-static RESTYPE lastResourceClass;

-RESTYPE TypeMask;

-

-struct ResourceType {

-    DeleteType deleteFunc;

-    int errorValue;

-};

-

-static struct ResourceType *resourceTypes;

-

-static const struct ResourceType predefTypes[] = {

-   /* [RT_NONE & (RC_LASTPREDEF - 1)] = */ {

-	/*.deleteFunc = */(DeleteType)NoopDDA,

-	/*.errorValue = */BadValue,

-    },

-   /* [RT_WINDOW & (RC_LASTPREDEF - 1)] = */ {

-	/*.deleteFunc = */DeleteWindow,

-	/*.errorValue = */BadWindow,

-    },

-   /* [RT_PIXMAP & (RC_LASTPREDEF - 1)] = */ {

-	/*.deleteFunc = */dixDestroyPixmap,

-	/*.errorValue = */BadPixmap,

-    },

-   /* [RT_GC & (RC_LASTPREDEF - 1)] = */ {

-	/*.deleteFunc = */FreeGC,

-	/*.errorValue = */BadGC,

-    },

-   /* [RT_FONT & (RC_LASTPREDEF - 1)] = */ {

-	/*.deleteFunc = */CloseFont,

-	/*.errorValue = */BadFont,

-    },

-   /* [RT_CURSOR & (RC_LASTPREDEF - 1)] = */ {

-	/*.deleteFunc = */FreeCursor,

-	/*.errorValue = */BadCursor,

-    },

-   /* [RT_COLORMAP & (RC_LASTPREDEF - 1)] = */ {

-	/*.deleteFunc = */FreeColormap,

-	/*.errorValue = */BadColor,

-    },

-   /* [RT_CMAPENTRY & (RC_LASTPREDEF - 1)] = */ {

-	/*.deleteFunc = */FreeClientPixels,

-	/*.errorValue = */BadColor,

-    },

-   /* [RT_OTHERCLIENT & (RC_LASTPREDEF - 1)] = */ {

-	/*.deleteFunc = */OtherClientGone,

-	/*.errorValue = */BadValue,

-    },

-   /* [RT_PASSIVEGRAB & (RC_LASTPREDEF - 1)] = */ {

-	/*.deleteFunc = */DeletePassiveGrab,

-	/*.errorValue = */BadValue,

-    },

-};

-

-CallbackListPtr ResourceStateCallback;

-

-static _X_INLINE void

-CallResourceStateCallback(ResourceState state, ResourceRec *res)

-{

-    if (ResourceStateCallback) {

-	ResourceStateInfoRec rsi = { state, res->id, res->type, res->value };

-	CallCallbacks(&ResourceStateCallback, &rsi);

-    }

-}

-

-RESTYPE

-CreateNewResourceType(DeleteType deleteFunc, char *name)

-{

-    RESTYPE next = lastResourceType + 1;

-    struct ResourceType *types;

-

-    if (next & lastResourceClass)

-	return 0;

-    types = realloc(resourceTypes, (next + 1) * sizeof(*resourceTypes));

-    if (!types)

-	return 0;

-

-    lastResourceType = next;

-    resourceTypes = types;

-    resourceTypes[next].deleteFunc = deleteFunc;

-    resourceTypes[next].errorValue = BadValue;

-

-    /* Called even if name is NULL, to remove any previous entry */

-    RegisterResourceName(next, name);

-

-    return next;

-}

-

-void

-SetResourceTypeErrorValue(RESTYPE type, int errorValue)

-{

-    resourceTypes[type & TypeMask].errorValue = errorValue;

-}

-

-RESTYPE

-CreateNewResourceClass(void)

-{

-    RESTYPE next = lastResourceClass >> 1;

-

-    if (next & lastResourceType)

-	return 0;

-    lastResourceClass = next;

-    TypeMask = next - 1;

-    return next;

-}

-

-static ClientResourceRec clientTable[MAXCLIENTS];

-

-/*****************

- * InitClientResources

- *    When a new client is created, call this to allocate space

- *    in resource table

- *****************/

-

-Bool

-InitClientResources(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    int i, j;

- 

-    if (client == serverClient)

-    {

-	lastResourceType = RT_LASTPREDEF;

-	lastResourceClass = RC_LASTPREDEF;

-	TypeMask = RC_LASTPREDEF - 1;

-	free(resourceTypes);

-	resourceTypes = malloc(sizeof(predefTypes));

-	if (!resourceTypes)

-	    return FALSE;

-	memcpy(resourceTypes, predefTypes, sizeof(predefTypes));

-    }

-    clientTable[i = client->index].resources =

-	malloc(INITBUCKETS*sizeof(ResourcePtr));

-    if (!clientTable[i].resources)

-	return FALSE;

-    clientTable[i].buckets = INITBUCKETS;

-    clientTable[i].elements = 0;

-    clientTable[i].hashsize = INITHASHSIZE;

-    /* Many IDs allocated from the server client are visible to clients,

-     * so we don't use the SERVER_BIT for them, but we have to start

-     * past the magic value constants used in the protocol.  For normal

-     * clients, we can start from zero, with SERVER_BIT set.

-     */

-    clientTable[i].fakeID = client->clientAsMask |

-			    (client->index ? SERVER_BIT : SERVER_MINID);

-    clientTable[i].endFakeID = (clientTable[i].fakeID | RESOURCE_ID_MASK) + 1;

-    for (j=0; j<INITBUCKETS; j++) 

-    {

-        clientTable[i].resources[j] = NULL;

-    }

-    return TRUE;

-}

-

-

-static int

-Hash(int client, XID id)

-{

-    id &= RESOURCE_ID_MASK;

-    switch (clientTable[client].hashsize)

-    {

-	case 6:

-	    return ((int)(0x03F & (id ^ (id>>6) ^ (id>>12))));

-	case 7:

-	    return ((int)(0x07F & (id ^ (id>>7) ^ (id>>13))));

-	case 8:

-	    return ((int)(0x0FF & (id ^ (id>>8) ^ (id>>16))));

-	case 9:

-	    return ((int)(0x1FF & (id ^ (id>>9))));

-	case 10:

-	    return ((int)(0x3FF & (id ^ (id>>10))));

-	case 11:

-	    return ((int)(0x7FF & (id ^ (id>>11))));

-    }

-    return -1;

-}

-

-static XID

-AvailableID(

-    int client,

-    XID id,

-    XID maxid,

-    XID goodid)

-{

-    ResourcePtr res;

-

-    if ((goodid >= id) && (goodid <= maxid))

-	return goodid;

-    for (; id <= maxid; id++)

-    {

-	res = clientTable[client].resources[Hash(client, id)];

-	while (res && (res->id != id))

-	    res = res->next;

-	if (!res)

-	    return id;

-    }

-    return 0;

-}

-

-void

-GetXIDRange(int client, Bool server, XID *minp, XID *maxp)

-{

-    XID id, maxid;

-    ResourcePtr *resp;

-    ResourcePtr res;

-    int i;

-    XID goodid;

-

-    id = (Mask)client << CLIENTOFFSET;

-    if (server)

-	id |= client ? SERVER_BIT : SERVER_MINID;

-    maxid = id | RESOURCE_ID_MASK;

-    goodid = 0;

-    for (resp = clientTable[client].resources, i = clientTable[client].buckets;

-	 --i >= 0;)

-    {

-	for (res = *resp++; res; res = res->next)

-	{

-	    if ((res->id < id) || (res->id > maxid))

-		continue;

-	    if (((res->id - id) >= (maxid - res->id)) ?

-		(goodid = AvailableID(client, id, res->id - 1, goodid)) :

-		!(goodid = AvailableID(client, res->id + 1, maxid, goodid)))

-		maxid = res->id - 1;

-	    else

-		id = res->id + 1;

-	}

-    }

-    if (id > maxid)

-	id = maxid = 0;

-    *minp = id;

-    *maxp = maxid;

-}

-

-/**

- *  GetXIDList is called by the XC-MISC extension's MiscGetXIDList function.

- *  This function tries to find count unused XIDs for the given client.  It 

- *  puts the IDs in the array pids and returns the number found, which should

- *  almost always be the number requested.

- *

- *  The circumstances that lead to a call to this function are very rare.

- *  Xlib must run out of IDs while trying to generate a request that wants

- *  multiple ID's, like the Multi-buffering CreateImageBuffers request.

- *

- *  No rocket science in the implementation; just iterate over all

- *  possible IDs for the given client and pick the first count IDs

- *  that aren't in use.  A more efficient algorithm could probably be

- *  invented, but this will be used so rarely that this should suffice.

- */

-

-unsigned int

-GetXIDList(ClientPtr pClient, unsigned count, XID *pids)

-{

-    unsigned int found = 0;

-    XID rc, id = pClient->clientAsMask;

-    XID maxid;

-    pointer val;

-

-    maxid = id | RESOURCE_ID_MASK;

-    while ( (found < count) && (id <= maxid) )

-    {

-	rc = dixLookupResourceByClass(&val, id, RC_ANY, serverClient,

-				      DixGetAttrAccess);

-	if (rc == BadValue)

-	{

-	    pids[found++] = id;

-	}

-	id++;

-    }

-    return found;

-}

-

-/*

- * Return the next usable fake client ID.

- *

- * Normally this is just the next one in line, but if we've used the last

- * in the range, we need to find a new range of safe IDs to avoid

- * over-running another client.

- */

-

-XID

-FakeClientID(int client)

-{

-    XID id, maxid;

-

-    id = clientTable[client].fakeID++;

-    if (id != clientTable[client].endFakeID)

-	return id;

-    GetXIDRange(client, TRUE, &id, &maxid);

-    if (!id) {

-	if (!client)

-	    FatalError("FakeClientID: server internal ids exhausted\n");

-	MarkClientException(clients[client]);

-	id = ((Mask)client << CLIENTOFFSET) | (SERVER_BIT * 3);

-	maxid = id | RESOURCE_ID_MASK;

-    }

-    clientTable[client].fakeID = id + 1;

-    clientTable[client].endFakeID = maxid + 1;

-    return id;

-}

-

-Bool

-AddResource(XID id, RESTYPE type, pointer value)

-{

-    int client;

-    ClientResourceRec *rrec;

-    ResourcePtr res, *head;

-    	

-#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE

-    XSERVER_RESOURCE_ALLOC(id, type, value, TypeNameString(type));

-#endif

-    client = CLIENT_ID(id);

-    rrec = &clientTable[client];

-    if (!rrec->buckets)

-    {

-	ErrorF("[dix] AddResource(%lx, %x, %lx), client=%d \n",

-		(unsigned long)id, type, (unsigned long)value, client);

-        FatalError("client not in use\n");

-    }

-    if ((rrec->elements >= 4*rrec->buckets) &&

-	(rrec->hashsize < MAXHASHSIZE))

-	RebuildTable(client);

-    head = &rrec->resources[Hash(client, id)];

-    res = malloc(sizeof(ResourceRec));

-    if (!res)

-    {

-	(*resourceTypes[type & TypeMask].deleteFunc)(value, id);

-	return FALSE;

-    }

-    res->next = *head;

-    res->id = id;

-    res->type = type;

-    res->value = value;

-    *head = res;

-    rrec->elements++;

-    CallResourceStateCallback(ResourceStateAdding, res);

-    return TRUE;

-}

-

-static void

-RebuildTable(int client)

-{

-    int j;

-    ResourcePtr res, next;

-    ResourcePtr **tails, *resources;

-    ResourcePtr **tptr, *rptr;

-

-    /*

-     * For now, preserve insertion order, since some ddx layers depend

-     * on resources being free in the opposite order they are added.

-     */

-

-    j = 2 * clientTable[client].buckets;

-    tails = malloc(j * sizeof(ResourcePtr *));

-    if (!tails)

-	return;

-    resources = malloc(j * sizeof(ResourcePtr));

-    if (!resources)

-    {

-	free(tails);

-	return;

-    }

-    for (rptr = resources, tptr = tails; --j >= 0; rptr++, tptr++)

-    {

-	*rptr = NULL;

-	*tptr = rptr;

-    }

-    clientTable[client].hashsize++;

-    for (j = clientTable[client].buckets,

-	 rptr = clientTable[client].resources;

-	 --j >= 0;

-	 rptr++)

-    {

-	for (res = *rptr; res; res = next)

-	{

-	    next = res->next;

-	    res->next = NULL;

-	    tptr = &tails[Hash(client, res->id)];

-	    **tptr = res;

-	    *tptr = &res->next;

-	}

-    }

-    free(tails);

-    clientTable[client].buckets *= 2;

-    free(clientTable[client].resources);

-    clientTable[client].resources = resources;

-}

-

-static void

-doFreeResource(ResourcePtr res, Bool skip)

-{

-    CallResourceStateCallback(ResourceStateFreeing, res);

-

-    if (!skip)

-	resourceTypes[res->type & TypeMask].deleteFunc(res->value, res->id);

-

-    free(res);

-}

-

-void

-FreeResource(XID id, RESTYPE skipDeleteFuncType)

-{

-    int		cid;

-    ResourcePtr res;

-    ResourcePtr *prev, *head;

-    int *eltptr;

-    int		elements;

-

-    if (((cid = CLIENT_ID(id)) < MAXCLIENTS) && clientTable[cid].buckets)

-    {

-	head = &clientTable[cid].resources[Hash(cid, id)];

-	eltptr = &clientTable[cid].elements;

-

-	prev = head;

-	while ( (res = *prev) )

-	{

-	    if (res->id == id)

-	    {

-		RESTYPE rtype = res->type;

-

-#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE

-		XSERVER_RESOURCE_FREE(res->id, res->type,

-			      res->value, TypeNameString(res->type));

-#endif		    

-		*prev = res->next;

-		elements = --*eltptr;

-

-		doFreeResource(res, rtype == skipDeleteFuncType);

-

-		if (*eltptr != elements)

-		    prev = head; /* prev may no longer be valid */

-	    }

-	    else

-		prev = &res->next;

-        }

-    }

-}

-

-void

-FreeResourceByType(XID id, RESTYPE type, Bool skipFree)

-{

-    int		cid;

-    ResourcePtr res;

-    ResourcePtr *prev, *head;

-    if (((cid = CLIENT_ID(id)) < MAXCLIENTS) && clientTable[cid].buckets)

-    {

-	head = &clientTable[cid].resources[Hash(cid, id)];

-

-	prev = head;

-	while ( (res = *prev) )

-	{

-	    if (res->id == id && res->type == type)

-	    {

-#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE

-		XSERVER_RESOURCE_FREE(res->id, res->type,

-			      res->value, TypeNameString(res->type));

-#endif		    		    

-		*prev = res->next;

-		clientTable[cid].elements--;

-

-		doFreeResource(res, skipFree);

-

-		break;

-	    }

-	    else

-		prev = &res->next;

-        }

-    }

-}

-

-/*

- * Change the value associated with a resource id.  Caller

- * is responsible for "doing the right thing" with the old

- * data

- */

-

-Bool

-ChangeResourceValue (XID id, RESTYPE rtype, pointer value)

-{

-    int    cid;

-    ResourcePtr res;

-

-    if (((cid = CLIENT_ID(id)) < MAXCLIENTS) && clientTable[cid].buckets)

-    {

-	res = clientTable[cid].resources[Hash(cid, id)];

-

-	for (; res; res = res->next)

-	    if ((res->id == id) && (res->type == rtype))

-	    {

-		res->value = value;

-		return TRUE;

-	    }

-    }

-    return FALSE;

-}

-

-/* Note: if func adds or deletes resources, then func can get called

- * more than once for some resources.  If func adds new resources,

- * func might or might not get called for them.  func cannot both

- * add and delete an equal number of resources!

- */

-

-void

-FindClientResourcesByType(

-    ClientPtr client,

-    RESTYPE type,

-    FindResType func,

-    pointer cdata

-){

-    ResourcePtr *resources;

-    ResourcePtr this, next;

-    int i, elements;

-    int *eltptr;

-

-    if (!client)

-	client = serverClient;

-

-    resources = clientTable[client->index].resources;

-    eltptr = &clientTable[client->index].elements;

-    for (i = 0; i < clientTable[client->index].buckets; i++) 

-    {

-        for (this = resources[i]; this; this = next)

-	{

-	    next = this->next;

-	    if (!type || this->type == type) {

-		elements = *eltptr;

-		(*func)(this->value, this->id, cdata);

-		if (*eltptr != elements)

-		    next = resources[i]; /* start over */

-	    }

-	}

-    }

-}

-

-void

-FindAllClientResources(

-    ClientPtr client,

-    FindAllRes func,

-    pointer cdata

-){

-    ResourcePtr *resources;

-    ResourcePtr this, next;

-    int i, elements;

-    int *eltptr;

-

-    if (!client)

-        client = serverClient;

-

-    resources = clientTable[client->index].resources;

-    eltptr = &clientTable[client->index].elements;

-    for (i = 0; i < clientTable[client->index].buckets; i++)

-    {

-        for (this = resources[i]; this; this = next)

-        {

-            next = this->next;

-            elements = *eltptr;

-            (*func)(this->value, this->id, this->type, cdata);

-            if (*eltptr != elements)

-                next = resources[i]; /* start over */

-        }

-    }

-}

-

-

-pointer

-LookupClientResourceComplex(

-    ClientPtr client,

-    RESTYPE type,

-    FindComplexResType func,

-    pointer cdata

-){

-    ResourcePtr *resources;

-    ResourcePtr this, next;

-    pointer value;

-    int i;

-

-    if (!client)

-	client = serverClient;

-

-    resources = clientTable[client->index].resources;

-    for (i = 0; i < clientTable[client->index].buckets; i++) {

-        for (this = resources[i]; this; this = next) {

-	    next = this->next;

-	    if (!type || this->type == type) {

-		/* workaround func freeing the type as DRI1 does */

-		value = this->value;

-		if((*func)(value, this->id, cdata))

-		    return value;

-	    }

-	}

-    }

-    return NULL;

-}

-

-

-void

-FreeClientNeverRetainResources(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    ResourcePtr *resources;

-    ResourcePtr this;

-    ResourcePtr *prev;

-    int j, elements;

-    int *eltptr;

-

-    if (!client)

-	return;

-

-    resources = clientTable[client->index].resources;

-    eltptr = &clientTable[client->index].elements;

-    for (j=0; j < clientTable[client->index].buckets; j++) 

-    {

-	prev = &resources[j];

-        while ( (this = *prev) )

-	{

-	    RESTYPE rtype = this->type;

-	    if (rtype & RC_NEVERRETAIN)

-	    {

-#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE

-		XSERVER_RESOURCE_FREE(this->id, this->type,

-			      this->value, TypeNameString(this->type));

-#endif		    

-		*prev = this->next;

-		clientTable[client->index].elements--;

-		elements = *eltptr;

-

-		doFreeResource(this, FALSE);

-

-		if (*eltptr != elements)

-		    prev = &resources[j]; /* prev may no longer be valid */

-	    }

-	    else

-		prev = &this->next;

-	}

-    }

-}

-

-void

-FreeClientResources(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    ResourcePtr *resources;

-    ResourcePtr this;

-    int j;

-

-    /* This routine shouldn't be called with a null client, but just in

-	case ... */

-

-    if (!client)

-	return;

-

-    HandleSaveSet(client);

-

-    resources = clientTable[client->index].resources;

-    for (j=0; j < clientTable[client->index].buckets; j++) 

-    {

-        /* It may seem silly to update the head of this resource list as

-	we delete the members, since the entire list will be deleted any way, 

-	but there are some resource deletion functions "FreeClientPixels" for 

-	one which do a LookupID on another resource id (a Colormap id in this

-	case), so the resource list must be kept valid up to the point that

-	it is deleted, so every time we delete a resource, we must update the

-	head, just like in FreeResource. I hope that this doesn't slow down

-	mass deletion appreciably. PRH */

-

-	ResourcePtr *head;

-

-	head = &resources[j];

-

-        for (this = *head; this; this = *head)

-	{

-#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE

-	    XSERVER_RESOURCE_FREE(this->id, this->type,

-			  this->value, TypeNameString(this->type));

-#endif		    

-	    *head = this->next;

-	    clientTable[client->index].elements--;

-

-	    doFreeResource(this, FALSE);

-	}

-    }

-    free(clientTable[client->index].resources);

-    clientTable[client->index].resources = NULL;

-    clientTable[client->index].buckets = 0;

-}

-

-void

-FreeAllResources(void)

-{

-    int	i;

-

-    for (i = currentMaxClients; --i >= 0; ) 

-    {

-        if (clientTable[i].buckets) 

-	    FreeClientResources(clients[i]);

-    }

-}

-

-Bool

-LegalNewID(XID id, ClientPtr client)

-{

-    pointer val;

-    int rc;

-

-#ifdef PANORAMIX

-    XID 	minid, maxid;

-

-    if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {

-        minid = client->clientAsMask | (client->index ?

-                                        SERVER_BIT : SERVER_MINID);

-        maxid = (clientTable[client->index].fakeID | RESOURCE_ID_MASK) + 1;

-        if ((id >= minid) && (id <= maxid))

-            return TRUE;

-    }

-#endif /* PANORAMIX */

-    if (client->clientAsMask == (id & ~RESOURCE_ID_MASK))

-    {

-        rc = dixLookupResourceByClass(&val, id, RC_ANY, serverClient,

-                                      DixGetAttrAccess);

-        return rc == BadValue;

-    }

-    return FALSE;

-}

-

-int

-dixLookupResourceByType(pointer *result, XID id, RESTYPE rtype,

-			ClientPtr client, Mask mode)

-{

-    int cid = CLIENT_ID(id);

-    ResourcePtr res = NULL;

-

-    *result = NULL;

-    if ((rtype & TypeMask) > lastResourceType)

-	return BadImplementation;

-

-    if ((cid < MAXCLIENTS) && clientTable[cid].buckets) {

-	res = clientTable[cid].resources[Hash(cid, id)];

-

-	for (; res; res = res->next)

-	    if (res->id == id && res->type == rtype)

-		break;

-    }

-    if (!res)

-	return resourceTypes[rtype & TypeMask].errorValue;

-

-    if (client) {

-	client->errorValue = id;

-	cid = XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, client, id, res->type,

-		       res->value, RT_NONE, NULL, mode);

-	if (cid == BadValue)

-	    return resourceTypes[rtype & TypeMask].errorValue;

-	if (cid != Success)

-	    return cid;

-    }

-

-    *result = res->value;

-    return Success;

-}

-

-int

-dixLookupResourceByClass(pointer *result, XID id, RESTYPE rclass,

-			 ClientPtr client, Mask mode)

-{

-    int cid = CLIENT_ID(id);

-    ResourcePtr res = NULL;

-

-    *result = NULL;

-

-    if ((cid < MAXCLIENTS) && clientTable[cid].buckets) {

-	res = clientTable[cid].resources[Hash(cid, id)];

-

-	for (; res; res = res->next)

-	    if (res->id == id && (res->type & rclass))

-		break;

-    }

-    if (!res)

-	return BadValue;

-

-    if (client) {

-	client->errorValue = id;

-	cid = XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, client, id, res->type,

-		       res->value, RT_NONE, NULL, mode);

-	if (cid != Success)

-	    return cid;

-    }

-

-    *result = res->value;

-    return Success;

-}

+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1987, 1998  The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+
+Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+                        All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its 
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, 
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in 
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.  
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+/* The panoramix components contained the following notice */
+/*****************************************************************
+
+Copyright (c) 1991, 1997 Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES, INCLUDING,
+BUT NOT LIMITED TO CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR
+IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of Digital Equipment Corporation
+shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
+dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from Digital
+Equipment Corporation.
+
+******************************************************************/
+/* XSERVER_DTRACE additions:
+ * Copyright (c) 2005-2006, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+ * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+ * Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+ * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+ * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+ * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+/*	Routines to manage various kinds of resources:
+ *
+ *	CreateNewResourceType, CreateNewResourceClass, InitClientResources,
+ *	FakeClientID, AddResource, FreeResource, FreeClientResources,
+ *	FreeAllResources, LookupIDByType, LookupIDByClass, GetXIDRange
+ */
+
+/* 
+ *      A resource ID is a 32 bit quantity, the upper 2 bits of which are
+ *	off-limits for client-visible resources.  The next 8 bits are
+ *      used as client ID, and the low 22 bits come from the client.
+ *	A resource ID is "hashed" by extracting and xoring subfields
+ *      (varying with the size of the hash table).
+ *
+ *      It is sometimes necessary for the server to create an ID that looks
+ *      like it belongs to a client.  This ID, however,  must not be one
+ *      the client actually can create, or we have the potential for conflict.
+ *      The 31st bit of the ID is reserved for the server's use for this
+ *      purpose.  By setting CLIENT_ID(id) to the client, the SERVER_BIT to
+ *      1, and an otherwise arbitrary ID in the low 22 bits, we can create a
+ *      resource "owned" by the client.
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <X11/X.h>
+#include "misc.h"
+#include "os.h"
+#include "resource.h"
+#include "dixstruct.h" 
+#include "opaque.h"
+#include "windowstr.h"
+#include "dixfont.h"
+#include "colormap.h"
+#include "inputstr.h"
+#include "dixevents.h"
+#include "dixgrabs.h"
+#include "cursor.h"
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+#include "panoramiX.h"
+#include "panoramiXsrv.h"
+#endif
+#include "xace.h"
+#include <assert.h>
+#include "registry.h"
+
+#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE
+#include <sys/types.h>
+typedef const char *string;
+#include "Xserver-dtrace.h"
+
+#define TypeNameString(t) LookupResourceName(t)
+#endif
+
+static void RebuildTable(
+    int /*client*/
+);
+
+#define SERVER_MINID 32
+
+#define INITBUCKETS 64
+#define INITHASHSIZE 6
+#define MAXHASHSIZE 11
+
+typedef struct _Resource {
+    struct _Resource	*next;
+    XID			id;
+    RESTYPE		type;
+    pointer		value;
+} ResourceRec, *ResourcePtr;
+
+typedef struct _ClientResource {
+    ResourcePtr *resources;
+    int		elements;
+    int		buckets;
+    int		hashsize;	/* log(2)(buckets) */
+    XID		fakeID;
+    XID		endFakeID;
+} ClientResourceRec;
+
+RESTYPE lastResourceType;
+static RESTYPE lastResourceClass;
+RESTYPE TypeMask;
+
+struct ResourceType {
+    DeleteType deleteFunc;
+    int errorValue;
+};
+
+static struct ResourceType *resourceTypes;
+
+static const struct ResourceType predefTypes[] = {
+   /* [RT_NONE & (RC_LASTPREDEF - 1)] = */ {
+	/*.deleteFunc = */(DeleteType)NoopDDA,
+	/*.errorValue = */BadValue,
+    },
+   /* [RT_WINDOW & (RC_LASTPREDEF - 1)] = */ {
+	/*.deleteFunc = */DeleteWindow,
+	/*.errorValue = */BadWindow,
+    },
+   /* [RT_PIXMAP & (RC_LASTPREDEF - 1)] = */ {
+	/*.deleteFunc = */dixDestroyPixmap,
+	/*.errorValue = */BadPixmap,
+    },
+   /* [RT_GC & (RC_LASTPREDEF - 1)] = */ {
+	/*.deleteFunc = */FreeGC,
+	/*.errorValue = */BadGC,
+    },
+   /* [RT_FONT & (RC_LASTPREDEF - 1)] = */ {
+	/*.deleteFunc = */CloseFont,
+	/*.errorValue = */BadFont,
+    },
+   /* [RT_CURSOR & (RC_LASTPREDEF - 1)] = */ {
+	/*.deleteFunc = */FreeCursor,
+	/*.errorValue = */BadCursor,
+    },
+   /* [RT_COLORMAP & (RC_LASTPREDEF - 1)] = */ {
+	/*.deleteFunc = */FreeColormap,
+	/*.errorValue = */BadColor,
+    },
+   /* [RT_CMAPENTRY & (RC_LASTPREDEF - 1)] = */ {
+	/*.deleteFunc = */FreeClientPixels,
+	/*.errorValue = */BadColor,
+    },
+   /* [RT_OTHERCLIENT & (RC_LASTPREDEF - 1)] = */ {
+	/*.deleteFunc = */OtherClientGone,
+	/*.errorValue = */BadValue,
+    },
+   /* [RT_PASSIVEGRAB & (RC_LASTPREDEF - 1)] = */ {
+	/*.deleteFunc = */DeletePassiveGrab,
+	/*.errorValue = */BadValue,
+    },
+};
+
+CallbackListPtr ResourceStateCallback;
+
+static _X_INLINE void
+CallResourceStateCallback(ResourceState state, ResourceRec *res)
+{
+    if (ResourceStateCallback) {
+	ResourceStateInfoRec rsi = { state, res->id, res->type, res->value };
+	CallCallbacks(&ResourceStateCallback, &rsi);
+    }
+}
+
+RESTYPE
+CreateNewResourceType(DeleteType deleteFunc, char *name)
+{
+    RESTYPE next = lastResourceType + 1;
+    struct ResourceType *types;
+
+    if (next & lastResourceClass)
+	return 0;
+    types = realloc(resourceTypes, (next + 1) * sizeof(*resourceTypes));
+    if (!types)
+	return 0;
+
+    lastResourceType = next;
+    resourceTypes = types;
+    resourceTypes[next].deleteFunc = deleteFunc;
+    resourceTypes[next].errorValue = BadValue;
+
+    /* Called even if name is NULL, to remove any previous entry */
+    RegisterResourceName(next, name);
+
+    return next;
+}
+
+void
+SetResourceTypeErrorValue(RESTYPE type, int errorValue)
+{
+    resourceTypes[type & TypeMask].errorValue = errorValue;
+}
+
+RESTYPE
+CreateNewResourceClass(void)
+{
+    RESTYPE next = lastResourceClass >> 1;
+
+    if (next & lastResourceType)
+	return 0;
+    lastResourceClass = next;
+    TypeMask = next - 1;
+    return next;
+}
+
+static ClientResourceRec clientTable[MAXCLIENTS];
+
+/*****************
+ * InitClientResources
+ *    When a new client is created, call this to allocate space
+ *    in resource table
+ *****************/
+
+Bool
+InitClientResources(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    int i, j;
+ 
+    if (client == serverClient)
+    {
+	lastResourceType = RT_LASTPREDEF;
+	lastResourceClass = RC_LASTPREDEF;
+	TypeMask = RC_LASTPREDEF - 1;
+	free(resourceTypes);
+	resourceTypes = malloc(sizeof(predefTypes));
+	if (!resourceTypes)
+	    return FALSE;
+	memcpy(resourceTypes, predefTypes, sizeof(predefTypes));
+    }
+    clientTable[i = client->index].resources =
+	malloc(INITBUCKETS*sizeof(ResourcePtr));
+    if (!clientTable[i].resources)
+	return FALSE;
+    clientTable[i].buckets = INITBUCKETS;
+    clientTable[i].elements = 0;
+    clientTable[i].hashsize = INITHASHSIZE;
+    /* Many IDs allocated from the server client are visible to clients,
+     * so we don't use the SERVER_BIT for them, but we have to start
+     * past the magic value constants used in the protocol.  For normal
+     * clients, we can start from zero, with SERVER_BIT set.
+     */
+    clientTable[i].fakeID = client->clientAsMask |
+			    (client->index ? SERVER_BIT : SERVER_MINID);
+    clientTable[i].endFakeID = (clientTable[i].fakeID | RESOURCE_ID_MASK) + 1;
+    for (j=0; j<INITBUCKETS; j++) 
+    {
+        clientTable[i].resources[j] = NULL;
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+static int
+Hash(int client, XID id)
+{
+    id &= RESOURCE_ID_MASK;
+    switch (clientTable[client].hashsize)
+    {
+	case 6:
+	    return ((int)(0x03F & (id ^ (id>>6) ^ (id>>12))));
+	case 7:
+	    return ((int)(0x07F & (id ^ (id>>7) ^ (id>>13))));
+	case 8:
+	    return ((int)(0x0FF & (id ^ (id>>8) ^ (id>>16))));
+	case 9:
+	    return ((int)(0x1FF & (id ^ (id>>9))));
+	case 10:
+	    return ((int)(0x3FF & (id ^ (id>>10))));
+	case 11:
+	    return ((int)(0x7FF & (id ^ (id>>11))));
+    }
+    return -1;
+}
+
+static XID
+AvailableID(
+    int client,
+    XID id,
+    XID maxid,
+    XID goodid)
+{
+    ResourcePtr res;
+
+    if ((goodid >= id) && (goodid <= maxid))
+	return goodid;
+    for (; id <= maxid; id++)
+    {
+	res = clientTable[client].resources[Hash(client, id)];
+	while (res && (res->id != id))
+	    res = res->next;
+	if (!res)
+	    return id;
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+
+void
+GetXIDRange(int client, Bool server, XID *minp, XID *maxp)
+{
+    XID id, maxid;
+    ResourcePtr *resp;
+    ResourcePtr res;
+    int i;
+    XID goodid;
+
+    id = (Mask)client << CLIENTOFFSET;
+    if (server)
+	id |= client ? SERVER_BIT : SERVER_MINID;
+    maxid = id | RESOURCE_ID_MASK;
+    goodid = 0;
+    for (resp = clientTable[client].resources, i = clientTable[client].buckets;
+	 --i >= 0;)
+    {
+	for (res = *resp++; res; res = res->next)
+	{
+	    if ((res->id < id) || (res->id > maxid))
+		continue;
+	    if (((res->id - id) >= (maxid - res->id)) ?
+		(goodid = AvailableID(client, id, res->id - 1, goodid)) :
+		!(goodid = AvailableID(client, res->id + 1, maxid, goodid)))
+		maxid = res->id - 1;
+	    else
+		id = res->id + 1;
+	}
+    }
+    if (id > maxid)
+	id = maxid = 0;
+    *minp = id;
+    *maxp = maxid;
+}
+
+/**
+ *  GetXIDList is called by the XC-MISC extension's MiscGetXIDList function.
+ *  This function tries to find count unused XIDs for the given client.  It 
+ *  puts the IDs in the array pids and returns the number found, which should
+ *  almost always be the number requested.
+ *
+ *  The circumstances that lead to a call to this function are very rare.
+ *  Xlib must run out of IDs while trying to generate a request that wants
+ *  multiple ID's, like the Multi-buffering CreateImageBuffers request.
+ *
+ *  No rocket science in the implementation; just iterate over all
+ *  possible IDs for the given client and pick the first count IDs
+ *  that aren't in use.  A more efficient algorithm could probably be
+ *  invented, but this will be used so rarely that this should suffice.
+ */
+
+unsigned int
+GetXIDList(ClientPtr pClient, unsigned count, XID *pids)
+{
+    unsigned int found = 0;
+    XID rc, id = pClient->clientAsMask;
+    XID maxid;
+    pointer val;
+
+    maxid = id | RESOURCE_ID_MASK;
+    while ( (found < count) && (id <= maxid) )
+    {
+	rc = dixLookupResourceByClass(&val, id, RC_ANY, serverClient,
+				      DixGetAttrAccess);
+	if (rc == BadValue)
+	{
+	    pids[found++] = id;
+	}
+	id++;
+    }
+    return found;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Return the next usable fake client ID.
+ *
+ * Normally this is just the next one in line, but if we've used the last
+ * in the range, we need to find a new range of safe IDs to avoid
+ * over-running another client.
+ */
+
+XID
+FakeClientID(int client)
+{
+    XID id, maxid;
+
+    id = clientTable[client].fakeID++;
+    if (id != clientTable[client].endFakeID)
+	return id;
+    GetXIDRange(client, TRUE, &id, &maxid);
+    if (!id) {
+	if (!client)
+	    FatalError("FakeClientID: server internal ids exhausted\n");
+	MarkClientException(clients[client]);
+	id = ((Mask)client << CLIENTOFFSET) | (SERVER_BIT * 3);
+	maxid = id | RESOURCE_ID_MASK;
+    }
+    clientTable[client].fakeID = id + 1;
+    clientTable[client].endFakeID = maxid + 1;
+    return id;
+}
+
+Bool
+AddResource(XID id, RESTYPE type, pointer value)
+{
+    int client;
+    ClientResourceRec *rrec;
+    ResourcePtr res, *head;
+    	
+#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE
+    XSERVER_RESOURCE_ALLOC(id, type, value, TypeNameString(type));
+#endif
+    client = CLIENT_ID(id);
+    rrec = &clientTable[client];
+    if (!rrec->buckets)
+    {
+	ErrorF("[dix] AddResource(%lx, %x, %lx), client=%d \n",
+		(unsigned long)id, type, (unsigned long)value, client);
+        FatalError("client not in use\n");
+    }
+    if ((rrec->elements >= 4*rrec->buckets) &&
+	(rrec->hashsize < MAXHASHSIZE))
+	RebuildTable(client);
+    head = &rrec->resources[Hash(client, id)];
+    res = malloc(sizeof(ResourceRec));
+    if (!res)
+    {
+	(*resourceTypes[type & TypeMask].deleteFunc)(value, id);
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    res->next = *head;
+    res->id = id;
+    res->type = type;
+    res->value = value;
+    *head = res;
+    rrec->elements++;
+    CallResourceStateCallback(ResourceStateAdding, res);
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+static void
+RebuildTable(int client)
+{
+    int j;
+    ResourcePtr res, next;
+    ResourcePtr **tails, *resources;
+    ResourcePtr **tptr, *rptr;
+
+    /*
+     * For now, preserve insertion order, since some ddx layers depend
+     * on resources being free in the opposite order they are added.
+     */
+
+    j = 2 * clientTable[client].buckets;
+    tails = malloc(j * sizeof(ResourcePtr *));
+    if (!tails)
+	return;
+    resources = malloc(j * sizeof(ResourcePtr));
+    if (!resources)
+    {
+	free(tails);
+	return;
+    }
+    for (rptr = resources, tptr = tails; --j >= 0; rptr++, tptr++)
+    {
+	*rptr = NULL;
+	*tptr = rptr;
+    }
+    clientTable[client].hashsize++;
+    for (j = clientTable[client].buckets,
+	 rptr = clientTable[client].resources;
+	 --j >= 0;
+	 rptr++)
+    {
+	for (res = *rptr; res; res = next)
+	{
+	    next = res->next;
+	    res->next = NULL;
+	    tptr = &tails[Hash(client, res->id)];
+	    **tptr = res;
+	    *tptr = &res->next;
+	}
+    }
+    free(tails);
+    clientTable[client].buckets *= 2;
+    free(clientTable[client].resources);
+    clientTable[client].resources = resources;
+}
+
+static void
+doFreeResource(ResourcePtr res, Bool skip)
+{
+    CallResourceStateCallback(ResourceStateFreeing, res);
+
+    if (!skip)
+	resourceTypes[res->type & TypeMask].deleteFunc(res->value, res->id);
+
+    free(res);
+}
+
+void
+FreeResource(XID id, RESTYPE skipDeleteFuncType)
+{
+    int		cid;
+    ResourcePtr res;
+    ResourcePtr *prev, *head;
+    int *eltptr;
+    int		elements;
+
+    if (((cid = CLIENT_ID(id)) < MAXCLIENTS) && clientTable[cid].buckets)
+    {
+	head = &clientTable[cid].resources[Hash(cid, id)];
+	eltptr = &clientTable[cid].elements;
+
+	prev = head;
+	while ( (res = *prev) )
+	{
+	    if (res->id == id)
+	    {
+		RESTYPE rtype = res->type;
+
+#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE
+		XSERVER_RESOURCE_FREE(res->id, res->type,
+			      res->value, TypeNameString(res->type));
+#endif		    
+		*prev = res->next;
+		elements = --*eltptr;
+
+		doFreeResource(res, rtype == skipDeleteFuncType);
+
+		if (*eltptr != elements)
+		    prev = head; /* prev may no longer be valid */
+	    }
+	    else
+		prev = &res->next;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+void
+FreeResourceByType(XID id, RESTYPE type, Bool skipFree)
+{
+    int		cid;
+    ResourcePtr res;
+    ResourcePtr *prev, *head;
+    if (((cid = CLIENT_ID(id)) < MAXCLIENTS) && clientTable[cid].buckets)
+    {
+	head = &clientTable[cid].resources[Hash(cid, id)];
+
+	prev = head;
+	while ( (res = *prev) )
+	{
+	    if (res->id == id && res->type == type)
+	    {
+#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE
+		XSERVER_RESOURCE_FREE(res->id, res->type,
+			      res->value, TypeNameString(res->type));
+#endif		    		    
+		*prev = res->next;
+		clientTable[cid].elements--;
+
+		doFreeResource(res, skipFree);
+
+		break;
+	    }
+	    else
+		prev = &res->next;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Change the value associated with a resource id.  Caller
+ * is responsible for "doing the right thing" with the old
+ * data
+ */
+
+Bool
+ChangeResourceValue (XID id, RESTYPE rtype, pointer value)
+{
+    int    cid;
+    ResourcePtr res;
+
+    if (((cid = CLIENT_ID(id)) < MAXCLIENTS) && clientTable[cid].buckets)
+    {
+	res = clientTable[cid].resources[Hash(cid, id)];
+
+	for (; res; res = res->next)
+	    if ((res->id == id) && (res->type == rtype))
+	    {
+		res->value = value;
+		return TRUE;
+	    }
+    }
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+/* Note: if func adds or deletes resources, then func can get called
+ * more than once for some resources.  If func adds new resources,
+ * func might or might not get called for them.  func cannot both
+ * add and delete an equal number of resources!
+ */
+
+void
+FindClientResourcesByType(
+    ClientPtr client,
+    RESTYPE type,
+    FindResType func,
+    pointer cdata
+){
+    ResourcePtr *resources;
+    ResourcePtr this, next;
+    int i, elements;
+    int *eltptr;
+
+    if (!client)
+	client = serverClient;
+
+    resources = clientTable[client->index].resources;
+    eltptr = &clientTable[client->index].elements;
+    for (i = 0; i < clientTable[client->index].buckets; i++) 
+    {
+        for (this = resources[i]; this; this = next)
+	{
+	    next = this->next;
+	    if (!type || this->type == type) {
+		elements = *eltptr;
+		(*func)(this->value, this->id, cdata);
+		if (*eltptr != elements)
+		    next = resources[i]; /* start over */
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+void
+FindAllClientResources(
+    ClientPtr client,
+    FindAllRes func,
+    pointer cdata
+){
+    ResourcePtr *resources;
+    ResourcePtr this, next;
+    int i, elements;
+    int *eltptr;
+
+    if (!client)
+        client = serverClient;
+
+    resources = clientTable[client->index].resources;
+    eltptr = &clientTable[client->index].elements;
+    for (i = 0; i < clientTable[client->index].buckets; i++)
+    {
+        for (this = resources[i]; this; this = next)
+        {
+            next = this->next;
+            elements = *eltptr;
+            (*func)(this->value, this->id, this->type, cdata);
+            if (*eltptr != elements)
+                next = resources[i]; /* start over */
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+
+pointer
+LookupClientResourceComplex(
+    ClientPtr client,
+    RESTYPE type,
+    FindComplexResType func,
+    pointer cdata
+){
+    ResourcePtr *resources;
+    ResourcePtr this, next;
+    pointer value;
+    int i;
+
+    if (!client)
+	client = serverClient;
+
+    resources = clientTable[client->index].resources;
+    for (i = 0; i < clientTable[client->index].buckets; i++) {
+        for (this = resources[i]; this; this = next) {
+	    next = this->next;
+	    if (!type || this->type == type) {
+		/* workaround func freeing the type as DRI1 does */
+		value = this->value;
+		if((*func)(value, this->id, cdata))
+		    return value;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+
+void
+FreeClientNeverRetainResources(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    ResourcePtr *resources;
+    ResourcePtr this;
+    ResourcePtr *prev;
+    int j, elements;
+    int *eltptr;
+
+    if (!client)
+	return;
+
+    resources = clientTable[client->index].resources;
+    eltptr = &clientTable[client->index].elements;
+    for (j=0; j < clientTable[client->index].buckets; j++) 
+    {
+	prev = &resources[j];
+        while ( (this = *prev) )
+	{
+	    RESTYPE rtype = this->type;
+	    if (rtype & RC_NEVERRETAIN)
+	    {
+#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE
+		XSERVER_RESOURCE_FREE(this->id, this->type,
+			      this->value, TypeNameString(this->type));
+#endif		    
+		*prev = this->next;
+		clientTable[client->index].elements--;
+		elements = *eltptr;
+
+		doFreeResource(this, FALSE);
+
+		if (*eltptr != elements)
+		    prev = &resources[j]; /* prev may no longer be valid */
+	    }
+	    else
+		prev = &this->next;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+void
+FreeClientResources(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    ResourcePtr *resources;
+    ResourcePtr this;
+    int j;
+
+    /* This routine shouldn't be called with a null client, but just in
+	case ... */
+
+    if (!client)
+	return;
+
+    HandleSaveSet(client);
+
+    resources = clientTable[client->index].resources;
+    for (j=0; j < clientTable[client->index].buckets; j++) 
+    {
+        /* It may seem silly to update the head of this resource list as
+	we delete the members, since the entire list will be deleted any way, 
+	but there are some resource deletion functions "FreeClientPixels" for 
+	one which do a LookupID on another resource id (a Colormap id in this
+	case), so the resource list must be kept valid up to the point that
+	it is deleted, so every time we delete a resource, we must update the
+	head, just like in FreeResource. I hope that this doesn't slow down
+	mass deletion appreciably. PRH */
+
+	ResourcePtr *head;
+
+	head = &resources[j];
+
+        for (this = *head; this; this = *head)
+	{
+#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE
+	    XSERVER_RESOURCE_FREE(this->id, this->type,
+			  this->value, TypeNameString(this->type));
+#endif		    
+	    *head = this->next;
+	    clientTable[client->index].elements--;
+
+	    doFreeResource(this, FALSE);
+	}
+    }
+    free(clientTable[client->index].resources);
+    clientTable[client->index].resources = NULL;
+    clientTable[client->index].buckets = 0;
+}
+
+void
+FreeAllResources(void)
+{
+    int	i;
+
+    for (i = currentMaxClients; --i >= 0; ) 
+    {
+        if (clientTable[i].buckets) 
+	    FreeClientResources(clients[i]);
+    }
+}
+
+Bool
+LegalNewID(XID id, ClientPtr client)
+{
+    pointer val;
+    int rc;
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+    XID 	minid, maxid;
+
+    if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
+        minid = client->clientAsMask | (client->index ?
+                                        SERVER_BIT : SERVER_MINID);
+        maxid = (clientTable[client->index].fakeID | RESOURCE_ID_MASK) + 1;
+        if ((id >= minid) && (id <= maxid))
+            return TRUE;
+    }
+#endif /* PANORAMIX */
+    if (client->clientAsMask == (id & ~RESOURCE_ID_MASK))
+    {
+        rc = dixLookupResourceByClass(&val, id, RC_ANY, serverClient,
+                                      DixGetAttrAccess);
+        return rc == BadValue;
+    }
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+int
+dixLookupResourceByType(pointer *result, XID id, RESTYPE rtype,
+			ClientPtr client, Mask mode)
+{
+    int cid = CLIENT_ID(id);
+    ResourcePtr res = NULL;
+
+    *result = NULL;
+    if ((rtype & TypeMask) > lastResourceType)
+	return BadImplementation;
+
+    if ((cid < MAXCLIENTS) && clientTable[cid].buckets) {
+	res = clientTable[cid].resources[Hash(cid, id)];
+
+	for (; res; res = res->next)
+	    if (res->id == id && res->type == rtype)
+		break;
+    }
+    if (!res)
+	return resourceTypes[rtype & TypeMask].errorValue;
+
+    if (client) {
+	client->errorValue = id;
+	cid = XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, client, id, res->type,
+		       res->value, RT_NONE, NULL, mode);
+	if (cid == BadValue)
+	    return resourceTypes[rtype & TypeMask].errorValue;
+	if (cid != Success)
+	    return cid;
+    }
+
+    *result = res->value;
+    return Success;
+}
+
+int
+dixLookupResourceByClass(pointer *result, XID id, RESTYPE rclass,
+			 ClientPtr client, Mask mode)
+{
+    int cid = CLIENT_ID(id);
+    ResourcePtr res = NULL;
+
+    *result = NULL;
+
+    if ((cid < MAXCLIENTS) && clientTable[cid].buckets) {
+	res = clientTable[cid].resources[Hash(cid, id)];
+
+	for (; res; res = res->next)
+	    if (res->id == id && (res->type & rclass))
+		break;
+    }
+    if (!res)
+	return BadValue;
+
+    if (client) {
+	client->errorValue = id;
+	cid = XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, client, id, res->type,
+		       res->value, RT_NONE, NULL, mode);
+	if (cid != Success)
+	    return cid;
+    }
+
+    *result = res->value;
+    return Success;
+}
diff --git a/xorg-server/dix/window.c b/xorg-server/dix/window.c
index e74630ca4..1953f025b 100644
--- a/xorg-server/dix/window.c
+++ b/xorg-server/dix/window.c
@@ -1,3886 +1,3886 @@
-/*

-

-Copyright (c) 2006, Red Hat, Inc.

-

-Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a

-copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),

-to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation

-the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,

-and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the

-Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:

-

-The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next

-paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the

-Software.

-

-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR

-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,

-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL

-THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER

-LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING

-FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER

-DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

-

-Copyright 1987, 1998  The Open Group

-

-Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its

-documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that

-the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that

-copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting

-documentation.

-

-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included

-in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.

-

-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS

-OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF

-MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.

-IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR

-OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,

-ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR

-OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

-

-Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall

-not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or

-other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization

-from The Open Group.

-

-

-Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts,

-

-			All Rights Reserved

-

-Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its 

-documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, 

-provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that

-both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in 

-supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be

-used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the

-software without specific, written prior permission.  

-

-DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING

-ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL

-DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR

-ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,

-WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,

-ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS

-SOFTWARE.

-

-*/

-

-/* The panoramix components contained the following notice */

-/*****************************************************************

-

-Copyright (c) 1991, 1997 Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.

-

-Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy

-of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal

-in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights

-to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell

-copies of the Software.

-

-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in

-all copies or substantial portions of the Software.

-

-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR

-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,

-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL

-DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES, INCLUDING,

-BUT NOT LIMITED TO CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, OR OTHER LIABILITY,

-WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR

-IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

-

-Except as contained in this notice, the name of Digital Equipment Corporation

-shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other

-dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from Digital

-Equipment Corporation.

-

-******************************************************************/

-

-

-#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H

-#include <dix-config.h>

-#endif

-

-#include "misc.h"

-#include "scrnintstr.h"

-#include "os.h"

-#include "regionstr.h"

-#include "validate.h"

-#include "windowstr.h"

-#include "propertyst.h"

-#include "input.h"

-#include "inputstr.h"

-#include "resource.h"

-#include "colormapst.h"

-#include "cursorstr.h"

-#include "dixstruct.h"

-#include "gcstruct.h"

-#include "servermd.h"

-#include "mivalidate.h"

-#ifdef PANORAMIX

-#include "panoramiX.h"

-#include "panoramiXsrv.h"

-#endif

-#include "dixevents.h"

-#include "globals.h"

-#include "mi.h" /* miPaintWindow */

-#ifdef COMPOSITE

-#include "compint.h"

-#endif

-

-#include "privates.h"

-#include "xace.h"

-

-#include <X11/Xatom.h> /* must come after server includes */

-

-/******

- * Window stuff for server 

- *

- *    CreateRootWindow, CreateWindow, ChangeWindowAttributes,

- *    GetWindowAttributes, DeleteWindow, DestroySubWindows,

- *    HandleSaveSet, ReparentWindow, MapWindow, MapSubWindows,

- *    UnmapWindow, UnmapSubWindows, ConfigureWindow, CirculateWindow,

- *    ChangeWindowDeviceCursor

- ******/

-

-Bool bgNoneRoot = FALSE;

-

-static unsigned char _back_lsb[4] = {0x88, 0x22, 0x44, 0x11};

-static unsigned char _back_msb[4] = {0x11, 0x44, 0x22, 0x88};

-

-static Bool WindowParentHasDeviceCursor(WindowPtr pWin, 

-                                        DeviceIntPtr pDev, 

-                                        CursorPtr pCurs);

-static Bool 

-WindowSeekDeviceCursor(WindowPtr pWin, 

-                       DeviceIntPtr pDev, 

-                       DevCursNodePtr* pNode, 

-                       DevCursNodePtr* pPrev);

-

-int screenIsSaved = SCREEN_SAVER_OFF;

-

-static Bool TileScreenSaver(ScreenPtr pScreen, int kind);

-

-#define INPUTONLY_LEGAL_MASK (CWWinGravity | CWEventMask | \

-			      CWDontPropagate | CWOverrideRedirect | CWCursor )

-

-#define BOXES_OVERLAP(b1, b2) \

-      (!( ((b1)->x2 <= (b2)->x1)  || \

-	( ((b1)->x1 >= (b2)->x2)) || \

-	( ((b1)->y2 <= (b2)->y1)) || \

-	( ((b1)->y1 >= (b2)->y2)) ) )

-

-#define RedirectSend(pWin) \

-    ((pWin->eventMask|wOtherEventMasks(pWin)) & SubstructureRedirectMask)

-

-#define SubSend(pWin) \

-    ((pWin->eventMask|wOtherEventMasks(pWin)) & SubstructureNotifyMask)

-

-#define StrSend(pWin) \

-    ((pWin->eventMask|wOtherEventMasks(pWin)) & StructureNotifyMask)

-

-#define SubStrSend(pWin,pParent) (StrSend(pWin) || SubSend(pParent))

-

-#ifdef COMPOSITE

-static const char *overlay_win_name = "<composite overlay>";

-#endif

-

-static const char *

-get_window_name(WindowPtr pWin)

-{

-#define WINDOW_NAME_BUF_LEN 512

-    PropertyPtr prop;

-    static char buf[WINDOW_NAME_BUF_LEN];

-    int len;

-#ifdef COMPOSITE

-    CompScreenPtr comp_screen = GetCompScreen(pWin->drawable.pScreen);

-

-    if (comp_screen && pWin == comp_screen->pOverlayWin)

-        return overlay_win_name;

-#endif

-

-    for (prop = wUserProps(pWin); prop; prop = prop->next)

-    {

-        if (prop->propertyName == XA_WM_NAME && prop->type == XA_STRING &&

-            prop->data)

-        {

-            len = min(prop->size, WINDOW_NAME_BUF_LEN - 1);

-            memcpy(buf, prop->data, len);

-            buf[len] = '\0';

-            return buf;

-        }

-    }

-

-    return NULL;

-#undef WINDOW_NAME_BUF_LEN

-}

-

-static void log_window_info(WindowPtr pWin, int depth)

-{

-    int i;

-    const char *win_name, *visibility;

-    BoxPtr rects;

-    ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;

-

-    for (i = 0; i < (depth << 2); i++)

-        ErrorF(" ");

-

-    win_name = get_window_name(pWin);

-    ErrorF("win 0x%.8x (%s), [%d, %d] to [%d, %d]",

-           pWin->drawable.id,

-           win_name ? win_name : "no name",

-           pWin->drawable.x, pWin->drawable.y,

-           pWin->drawable.x + pWin->drawable.width,

-           pWin->drawable.y + pWin->drawable.height);

-

-    if (pWin->overrideRedirect)

-        ErrorF(" (override redirect)");

-#ifdef COMPOSITE

-    if (pWin->redirectDraw)

-        ErrorF(" (%s compositing: pixmap %x)",

-               (pWin->redirectDraw == RedirectDrawAutomatic) ?

-                "automatic" : "manual",

-               pScreen->GetWindowPixmap(pWin)->drawable.id);

-#endif

-

-    switch (pWin->visibility)

-    {

-    case VisibilityUnobscured:

-         visibility = "unobscured";

-         break;

-    case VisibilityPartiallyObscured:

-         visibility = "partially obscured";

-         break;

-    case VisibilityFullyObscured:

-         visibility = "fully obscured";

-         break;

-    case VisibilityNotViewable:

-         visibility = "unviewable";

-         break;

-    }

-    ErrorF(", %s", visibility);

-

-    if (REGION_NOTEMPTY(pScreen, &pWin->clipList))

-    {

-        ErrorF(", clip list:");

-        rects = REGION_RECTS(&pWin->clipList);

-        for (i = 0; i < REGION_NUM_RECTS(&pWin->clipList); i++)

-            ErrorF(" [(%d, %d) to (%d, %d)]",

-                   rects[i].x1, rects[i].y1,

-                   rects[i].x2, rects[i].y2);

-        ErrorF("; extents [(%d, %d) to (%d, %d)]",

-               pWin->clipList.extents.x1, pWin->clipList.extents.y1,

-               pWin->clipList.extents.x2, pWin->clipList.extents.y2);

-    }

-

-    ErrorF("\n");

-}

-

-void

-PrintWindowTree(void)

-{

-    int scrnum, depth;

-    ScreenPtr pScreen;

-    WindowPtr pWin;

-

-    for (scrnum = 0; scrnum < screenInfo.numScreens; scrnum++)

-    {

-        pScreen = screenInfo.screens[scrnum];

-        ErrorF("[dix] Dumping windows for screen %d (pixmap %x):\n", scrnum,

-               pScreen->GetScreenPixmap(pScreen)->drawable.id);

-        pWin = pScreen->root;

-        depth = 1;

-        while (pWin)

-        {

-            log_window_info(pWin, depth);

-            if (pWin->firstChild)

-            {

-                pWin = pWin->firstChild;

-                depth++;

-                continue;

-            }

-            while (pWin && !pWin->nextSib)

-            {

-                pWin = pWin->parent;

-                depth--;

-            }

-            if (!pWin)

-                break;

-            pWin = pWin->nextSib;

-	}

-    }

-}

-

-int

-TraverseTree(WindowPtr pWin, VisitWindowProcPtr func, pointer data)

-{

-    int result;

-    WindowPtr pChild;

-

-    if (!(pChild = pWin))

-       return WT_NOMATCH;

-    while (1)

-    {

-	result = (* func)(pChild, data);

-	if (result == WT_STOPWALKING)

-	    return WT_STOPWALKING;

-	if ((result == WT_WALKCHILDREN) && pChild->firstChild)

-	{

-	    pChild = pChild->firstChild;

-	    continue;

-	}

-	while (!pChild->nextSib && (pChild != pWin))

-	    pChild = pChild->parent;

-	if (pChild == pWin)

-	    break;

-	pChild = pChild->nextSib;

-    }

-    return WT_NOMATCH;

-}

-

-/*****

- * WalkTree

- *   Walk the window tree, for SCREEN, preforming FUNC(pWin, data) on

- *   each window.  If FUNC returns WT_WALKCHILDREN, traverse the children,

- *   if it returns WT_DONTWALKCHILDREN, dont.  If it returns WT_STOPWALKING

- *   exit WalkTree.  Does depth-first traverse.

- *****/

-

-int

-WalkTree(ScreenPtr pScreen, VisitWindowProcPtr func, pointer data)

-{

-    return(TraverseTree(pScreen->root, func, data));

-}

-

-/* hack for forcing backing store on all windows */

-int	defaultBackingStore = NotUseful;

-/* hack to force no backing store */

-Bool	disableBackingStore = FALSE;

-Bool	enableBackingStore = FALSE;

-

-static void

-SetWindowToDefaults(WindowPtr pWin)

-{

-    pWin->prevSib = NullWindow;

-    pWin->firstChild = NullWindow;

-    pWin->lastChild = NullWindow;

-

-    pWin->valdata = (ValidatePtr)NULL;

-    pWin->optional = (WindowOptPtr)NULL;

-    pWin->cursorIsNone = TRUE;

-

-    pWin->backingStore = NotUseful;

-    pWin->DIXsaveUnder = FALSE;

-    pWin->backStorage = (pointer) NULL;

-

-    pWin->mapped = FALSE;	    /* off */

-    pWin->realized = FALSE;	/* off */

-    pWin->viewable = FALSE;

-    pWin->visibility = VisibilityNotViewable;

-    pWin->overrideRedirect = FALSE;

-    pWin->saveUnder = FALSE;

-

-    pWin->bitGravity = ForgetGravity;

-    pWin->winGravity = NorthWestGravity;

-

-    pWin->eventMask = 0;

-    pWin->deliverableEvents = 0;

-    pWin->dontPropagate = 0;

-    pWin->forcedBS = FALSE;

-    pWin->redirectDraw = RedirectDrawNone;

-    pWin->forcedBG = FALSE;

-

-#ifdef ROOTLESS

-    pWin->rootlessUnhittable = FALSE;

-#endif

-

-#ifdef COMPOSITE

-    pWin->damagedDescendants = FALSE;

-#endif

-}

-

-static void

-MakeRootTile(WindowPtr pWin)

-{

-    ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;

-    GCPtr pGC;

-    unsigned char back[128];

-    int len = BitmapBytePad(sizeof(long));

-    unsigned char *from, *to;

-    int i, j;

-

-    pWin->background.pixmap = (*pScreen->CreatePixmap)(pScreen, 4, 4,

-						    pScreen->rootDepth, 0);

-

-    pWin->backgroundState = BackgroundPixmap;

-    pGC = GetScratchGC(pScreen->rootDepth, pScreen);

-    if (!pWin->background.pixmap || !pGC)

-	FatalError("could not create root tile");

-

-    {

-	ChangeGCVal attributes[2];

-

-	attributes[0].val = pScreen->whitePixel;

-	attributes[1].val = pScreen->blackPixel;

-

-	(void)ChangeGC(NullClient, pGC, GCForeground | GCBackground, attributes);

-    }

-

-   ValidateGC((DrawablePtr)pWin->background.pixmap, pGC);

-

-   from = (screenInfo.bitmapBitOrder == LSBFirst) ? _back_lsb : _back_msb;

-   to = back;

-

-   for (i = 4; i > 0; i--, from++)

-	for (j = len; j > 0; j--)

-	    *to++ = *from;

-

-   (*pGC->ops->PutImage)((DrawablePtr)pWin->background.pixmap, pGC, 1,

-		    0, 0, len, 4, 0, XYBitmap, (char *)back);

-

-   FreeScratchGC(pGC);

-

-}

-

-/*****

- * CreateRootWindow

- *    Makes a window at initialization time for specified screen

- *****/

-

-Bool

-CreateRootWindow(ScreenPtr pScreen)

-{

-    WindowPtr	pWin;

-    BoxRec	box;

-    PixmapFormatRec *format;

-

-    pWin = dixAllocateObjectWithPrivates(WindowRec, PRIVATE_WINDOW);

-    if (!pWin)

-	return FALSE;

-

-    pScreen->screensaver.pWindow = NULL;

-    pScreen->screensaver.wid = FakeClientID(0);

-    pScreen->screensaver.ExternalScreenSaver = NULL;

-    screenIsSaved = SCREEN_SAVER_OFF;

-

-    pScreen->root = pWin;

-

-    pWin->drawable.pScreen = pScreen;

-    pWin->drawable.type = DRAWABLE_WINDOW;

-

-    pWin->drawable.depth = pScreen->rootDepth;

-    for (format = screenInfo.formats;

-	 format->depth != pScreen->rootDepth;

-	 format++)

-	;

-    pWin->drawable.bitsPerPixel = format->bitsPerPixel;

-

-    pWin->drawable.serialNumber = NEXT_SERIAL_NUMBER;

-

-    pWin->parent = NullWindow;

-    SetWindowToDefaults(pWin);

-

-    pWin->optional = malloc(sizeof (WindowOptRec));

-    if (!pWin->optional)

-        return FALSE;

-

-    pWin->optional->dontPropagateMask = 0;

-    pWin->optional->otherEventMasks = 0;

-    pWin->optional->otherClients = NULL;

-    pWin->optional->passiveGrabs = NULL;

-    pWin->optional->userProps = NULL;

-    pWin->optional->backingBitPlanes = ~0L;

-    pWin->optional->backingPixel = 0;

-    pWin->optional->boundingShape = NULL;

-    pWin->optional->clipShape = NULL;

-    pWin->optional->inputShape = NULL;

-    pWin->optional->inputMasks = NULL;

-    pWin->optional->deviceCursors = NULL;

-    pWin->optional->colormap = pScreen->defColormap;

-    pWin->optional->visual = pScreen->rootVisual;

-

-    pWin->nextSib = NullWindow;

-

-    pWin->drawable.id = FakeClientID(0);

-

-    pWin->origin.x = pWin->origin.y = 0;

-    pWin->drawable.height = pScreen->height;

-    pWin->drawable.width = pScreen->width;

-    pWin->drawable.x = pWin->drawable.y = 0;

-

-    box.x1 = 0;

-    box.y1 = 0;

-    box.x2 = pScreen->width;

-    box.y2 = pScreen->height;

-    RegionInit(&pWin->clipList, &box, 1);

-    RegionInit(&pWin->winSize, &box, 1);

-    RegionInit(&pWin->borderSize, &box, 1);

-    RegionInit(&pWin->borderClip, &box, 1);

-

-    pWin->drawable.class = InputOutput;

-    pWin->optional->visual = pScreen->rootVisual;

-

-    pWin->backgroundState = BackgroundPixel;

-    pWin->background.pixel = pScreen->whitePixel;

-

-    pWin->borderIsPixel = TRUE;

-    pWin->border.pixel = pScreen->blackPixel;

-    pWin->borderWidth = 0;

-

-    /*  security creation/labeling check

-     */

-    if (XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, serverClient, pWin->drawable.id,

-		 RT_WINDOW, pWin, RT_NONE, NULL, DixCreateAccess))

-	return FALSE;

-

-    if (!AddResource(pWin->drawable.id, RT_WINDOW, (pointer)pWin))

-	return FALSE;

-

-    if (disableBackingStore)

-	pScreen->backingStoreSupport = NotUseful;

-    if (enableBackingStore)

-	pScreen->backingStoreSupport = Always;

-

-    pScreen->saveUnderSupport = NotUseful;

-

-    return TRUE;

-}

-

-void

-InitRootWindow(WindowPtr pWin)

-{

-    ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;

-    int backFlag = CWBorderPixel | CWCursor | CWBackingStore;

-

-    if (!(*pScreen->CreateWindow)(pWin))

-	return; /* XXX */

-    (*pScreen->PositionWindow)(pWin, 0, 0);

-

-    pWin->cursorIsNone = FALSE;

-    pWin->optional->cursor = rootCursor;

-    rootCursor->refcnt++;

-

-

-    if (party_like_its_1989) {

-        MakeRootTile(pWin);

-        backFlag |= CWBackPixmap;

-    } else if (pScreen->canDoBGNoneRoot && bgNoneRoot) {

-        pWin->backgroundState = XaceBackgroundNoneState(pWin);

-        pWin->background.pixel = pScreen->whitePixel;

-        backFlag |= CWBackPixmap;

-    } else {

-        pWin->backgroundState = BackgroundPixel;

-	if (whiteRoot)

-            pWin->background.pixel = pScreen->whitePixel;

-        else

-            pWin->background.pixel = pScreen->blackPixel;

-        backFlag |= CWBackPixel;

-    } 

-

-    pWin->backingStore = defaultBackingStore;

-    pWin->forcedBS = (defaultBackingStore != NotUseful);

-    /* We SHOULD check for an error value here XXX */

-    (*pScreen->ChangeWindowAttributes)(pWin, backFlag);

-

-    MapWindow(pWin, serverClient);

-}

-

-/* Set the region to the intersection of the rectangle and the

- * window's winSize.  The window is typically the parent of the

- * window from which the region came.

- */

-

-static void

-ClippedRegionFromBox(WindowPtr pWin, RegionPtr Rgn,

-                     int x, int y,

-                     int w, int h)

-{

-    BoxRec box = *RegionExtents(&pWin->winSize);

-

-    /* we do these calculations to avoid overflows */

-    if (x > box.x1)

-	box.x1 = x;

-    if (y > box.y1)

-	box.y1 = y;

-    x += w;

-    if (x < box.x2)

-	box.x2 = x;

-    y += h;

-    if (y < box.y2)

-	box.y2 = y;

-    if (box.x1 > box.x2)

-	box.x2 = box.x1;

-    if (box.y1 > box.y2)

-	box.y2 = box.y1;

-    RegionReset(Rgn, &box);

-    RegionIntersect(Rgn, Rgn, &pWin->winSize);

-}

-

-static RealChildHeadProc realChildHeadProc = NULL;

-

-void

-RegisterRealChildHeadProc (RealChildHeadProc proc)

-{

-    realChildHeadProc = proc;

-}

-

-

-WindowPtr

-RealChildHead(WindowPtr pWin)

-{

-    if (realChildHeadProc) {

-	return realChildHeadProc (pWin);

-    }

-

-    if (!pWin->parent &&

-	(screenIsSaved == SCREEN_SAVER_ON) &&

-	(HasSaverWindow (pWin->drawable.pScreen)))

-	return pWin->firstChild;

-    else

-	return NullWindow;

-}

-

-/*****

- * CreateWindow

- *    Makes a window in response to client request 

- *****/

-

-WindowPtr

-CreateWindow(Window wid, WindowPtr pParent, int x, int y, unsigned w,

-             unsigned h, unsigned bw, unsigned class, Mask vmask, XID *vlist,

-             int depth, ClientPtr client, VisualID visual, int *error)

-{

-    WindowPtr pWin;

-    WindowPtr pHead;

-    ScreenPtr pScreen;

-    xEvent event;

-    int idepth, ivisual;

-    Bool fOK;

-    DepthPtr pDepth;

-    PixmapFormatRec *format;

-    WindowOptPtr ancwopt;

-

-    if (class == CopyFromParent)

-	class = pParent->drawable.class;

-

-    if ((class != InputOutput) && (class != InputOnly))

-    {

-	*error = BadValue;

-	client->errorValue = class;

-	return NullWindow;

-    }

-

-    if ((class != InputOnly) && (pParent->drawable.class == InputOnly))

-    {

-	*error = BadMatch;

-	return NullWindow;

-    }

-

-    if ((class == InputOnly) && ((bw != 0) || (depth != 0)))

-    {

-	*error = BadMatch;

-	return NullWindow;

-    }

-

-    pScreen = pParent->drawable.pScreen;

-    if ((class == InputOutput) && (depth == 0))

-	 depth = pParent->drawable.depth;

-    ancwopt = pParent->optional;

-    if (!ancwopt)

-	ancwopt = FindWindowWithOptional(pParent)->optional;

-    if (visual == CopyFromParent) {

-	visual = ancwopt->visual;

-    }

-

-    /* Find out if the depth and visual are acceptable for this Screen */

-    if ((visual != ancwopt->visual) || (depth != pParent->drawable.depth))

-    {

-	fOK = FALSE;

-	for(idepth = 0; idepth < pScreen->numDepths; idepth++)

-	{

-	    pDepth = (DepthPtr) &pScreen->allowedDepths[idepth];

-	    if ((depth == pDepth->depth) || (depth == 0))

-	    {

-		for (ivisual = 0; ivisual < pDepth->numVids; ivisual++)

-		{

-		    if (visual == pDepth->vids[ivisual])

-		    {

-			fOK = TRUE;

-			break;

-		    }

-		}

-	    }

-	}

-	if (fOK == FALSE)

-	{

-	    *error = BadMatch;

-	    return NullWindow;

-	}

-    }

-

-    if (((vmask & (CWBorderPixmap | CWBorderPixel)) == 0) &&

-	(class != InputOnly) &&

-	(depth != pParent->drawable.depth))

-    {

-	*error = BadMatch;

-	return NullWindow;

-    }

-

-    if (((vmask & CWColormap) == 0) &&

-	(class != InputOnly) &&

-	((visual != ancwopt->visual) || (ancwopt->colormap == None)))

-    {

-	*error = BadMatch;

-	return NullWindow;

-    }

-

-    pWin = dixAllocateObjectWithPrivates(WindowRec, PRIVATE_WINDOW);

-    if (!pWin)

-    {

-	*error = BadAlloc;

-	return NullWindow;

-    }

-    pWin->drawable = pParent->drawable;

-    pWin->drawable.depth = depth;

-    if (depth == pParent->drawable.depth)

-	pWin->drawable.bitsPerPixel = pParent->drawable.bitsPerPixel;

-    else

-    {

-	for (format = screenInfo.formats; format->depth != depth; format++)

-	    ;

-	pWin->drawable.bitsPerPixel = format->bitsPerPixel;

-    }

-    if (class == InputOnly)

-	pWin->drawable.type = (short) UNDRAWABLE_WINDOW;

-    pWin->drawable.serialNumber = NEXT_SERIAL_NUMBER;

-

-    pWin->drawable.id = wid;

-    pWin->drawable.class = class;

-

-    pWin->parent = pParent;

-    SetWindowToDefaults(pWin);

-

-    if (visual != ancwopt->visual)

-    {

-	if (!MakeWindowOptional (pWin))

-	{

-	    dixFreeObjectWithPrivates(pWin, PRIVATE_WINDOW);

-	    *error = BadAlloc;

-	    return NullWindow;

-	}

-	pWin->optional->visual = visual;

-	pWin->optional->colormap = None;

-    }

-

-    pWin->borderWidth = bw;

-

-    /*  security creation/labeling check

-     */

-    *error = XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, client, wid, RT_WINDOW, pWin,

-		RT_WINDOW, pWin->parent, DixCreateAccess|DixSetAttrAccess);

-    if (*error != Success) {

-	dixFreeObjectWithPrivates(pWin, PRIVATE_WINDOW);

-	return NullWindow;

-    }

-

-    pWin->backgroundState = XaceBackgroundNoneState(pWin);

-    pWin->background.pixel = pScreen->whitePixel;

-

-    pWin->borderIsPixel = pParent->borderIsPixel;

-    pWin->border = pParent->border;

-    if (pWin->borderIsPixel == FALSE)

-	pWin->border.pixmap->refcnt++;

-		

-    pWin->origin.x = x + (int)bw;

-    pWin->origin.y = y + (int)bw;

-    pWin->drawable.width = w;

-    pWin->drawable.height = h;

-    pWin->drawable.x = pParent->drawable.x + x + (int)bw;

-    pWin->drawable.y = pParent->drawable.y + y + (int)bw;

-

-	/* set up clip list correctly for unobscured WindowPtr */

-    RegionNull(&pWin->clipList);

-    RegionNull(&pWin->borderClip);

-    RegionNull(&pWin->winSize);

-    RegionNull(&pWin->borderSize);

-

-    pHead = RealChildHead(pParent);

-    if (pHead)

-    {

-	pWin->nextSib = pHead->nextSib;

-	if (pHead->nextSib)

-	    pHead->nextSib->prevSib = pWin;

-	else

-	    pParent->lastChild = pWin;

-	pHead->nextSib = pWin;

-	pWin->prevSib = pHead;

-    }

-    else

-    {

-	pWin->nextSib = pParent->firstChild;

-	if (pParent->firstChild)

-	    pParent->firstChild->prevSib = pWin;

-	else

-	    pParent->lastChild = pWin;

-	pParent->firstChild = pWin;

-    }

-

-    SetWinSize (pWin);

-    SetBorderSize (pWin);

-

-    /* We SHOULD check for an error value here XXX */

-    if (!(*pScreen->CreateWindow)(pWin))

-    {

-	*error = BadAlloc;

-	DeleteWindow(pWin, None);

-	return NullWindow;

-    }

-    /* We SHOULD check for an error value here XXX */

-    (*pScreen->PositionWindow)(pWin, pWin->drawable.x, pWin->drawable.y);

-

-    if (!(vmask & CWEventMask))

-	RecalculateDeliverableEvents(pWin);

-

-    if (vmask)

-	*error = ChangeWindowAttributes(pWin, vmask, vlist, wClient (pWin));

-    else

-	*error = Success;

-

-    if (*error != Success)

-    {

-	DeleteWindow(pWin, None);

-	return NullWindow;

-    }

-    if (!(vmask & CWBackingStore) && (defaultBackingStore != NotUseful))

-    {

-	XID value = defaultBackingStore;

-	(void)ChangeWindowAttributes(pWin, CWBackingStore, &value, wClient (pWin));

-	pWin->forcedBS = TRUE;

-    }

-

-    if (SubSend(pParent))

-    {

-	memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent));

-	event.u.u.type = CreateNotify;

-	event.u.createNotify.window = wid;

-	event.u.createNotify.parent = pParent->drawable.id;

-	event.u.createNotify.x = x;

-	event.u.createNotify.y = y;

-	event.u.createNotify.width = w;

-	event.u.createNotify.height = h;

-	event.u.createNotify.borderWidth = bw;

-	event.u.createNotify.override = pWin->overrideRedirect;

-	DeliverEvents(pParent, &event, 1, NullWindow);		

-    }

-    return pWin;

-}

-

-static void

-DisposeWindowOptional (WindowPtr pWin)

-{

-    if (!pWin->optional)

-	return;

-    /*

-     * everything is peachy.  Delete the optional record

-     * and clean up

-     */

-    if (pWin->optional->cursor)

-    {

-	FreeCursor (pWin->optional->cursor, (Cursor)0);

-	pWin->cursorIsNone = FALSE;

-    }

-    else

-	pWin->cursorIsNone = TRUE;

-

-    if (pWin->optional->deviceCursors)

-    {

-        DevCursorList pList;

-        DevCursorList pPrev;

-        pList = pWin->optional->deviceCursors;

-        while(pList)

-        {

-            if (pList->cursor)

-                FreeCursor(pList->cursor, (XID)0);

-            pPrev = pList;

-            pList = pList->next;

-            free(pPrev);

-        }

-        pWin->optional->deviceCursors = NULL;

-    }

-

-    free(pWin->optional);

-    pWin->optional = NULL;

-}

-

-static void

-FreeWindowResources(WindowPtr pWin)

-{

-    ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;

-

-    DeleteWindowFromAnySaveSet(pWin);

-    DeleteWindowFromAnySelections(pWin);

-    DeleteWindowFromAnyEvents(pWin, TRUE);

-    RegionUninit(&pWin->clipList);

-    RegionUninit(&pWin->winSize);

-    RegionUninit(&pWin->borderClip);

-    RegionUninit(&pWin->borderSize);

-    if (wBoundingShape (pWin))

-	RegionDestroy(wBoundingShape (pWin));

-    if (wClipShape (pWin))

-	RegionDestroy(wClipShape (pWin));

-    if (wInputShape (pWin))

-	RegionDestroy(wInputShape (pWin));

-    if (pWin->borderIsPixel == FALSE)

-	(*pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pWin->border.pixmap);

-    if (pWin->backgroundState == BackgroundPixmap)

-	(*pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pWin->background.pixmap);

-

-    DeleteAllWindowProperties(pWin);

-    /* We SHOULD check for an error value here XXX */

-    (*pScreen->DestroyWindow)(pWin);

-    DisposeWindowOptional (pWin);

-}

-

-static void

-CrushTree(WindowPtr pWin)

-{

-    WindowPtr pChild, pSib, pParent;

-    UnrealizeWindowProcPtr UnrealizeWindow;

-    xEvent event;

-

-    if (!(pChild = pWin->firstChild))

-	return;

-    UnrealizeWindow = pWin->drawable.pScreen->UnrealizeWindow;

-    while (1)

-    {

-	if (pChild->firstChild)

-	{

-	    pChild = pChild->firstChild;

-	    continue;

-	}

-	while (1)

-	{

-	    pParent = pChild->parent;

-	    if (SubStrSend(pChild, pParent))

-	    {

-		memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent));

-		event.u.u.type = DestroyNotify;

-		event.u.destroyNotify.window = pChild->drawable.id;

-		DeliverEvents(pChild, &event, 1, NullWindow);

-	    }

-	    FreeResource(pChild->drawable.id, RT_WINDOW);

-	    pSib = pChild->nextSib;

-	    pChild->viewable = FALSE;

-	    if (pChild->realized)

-	    {

-		pChild->realized = FALSE;

-		(*UnrealizeWindow)(pChild);

-	    }

-	    FreeWindowResources(pChild);

-	    dixFreeObjectWithPrivates(pChild, PRIVATE_WINDOW);

-	    if ( (pChild = pSib) )

-		break;

-	    pChild = pParent;

-	    pChild->firstChild = NullWindow;

-	    pChild->lastChild = NullWindow;

-	    if (pChild == pWin)

-		return;

-	}

-    }

-}

-	

-/*****

- *  DeleteWindow

- *	 Deletes child of window then window itself

- *	 If wid is None, don't send any events

- *****/

-

-int

-DeleteWindow(pointer value, XID wid)

- {

-    WindowPtr pParent;

-    WindowPtr pWin = (WindowPtr)value;

-    xEvent event;

-

-    UnmapWindow(pWin, FALSE);

-

-    CrushTree(pWin);

-

-    pParent = pWin->parent;

-    if (wid && pParent && SubStrSend(pWin, pParent))

-    {

-	memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent));

-	event.u.u.type = DestroyNotify;

-	event.u.destroyNotify.window = pWin->drawable.id;

-	DeliverEvents(pWin, &event, 1, NullWindow);

-    }

-

-    FreeWindowResources(pWin);

-    if (pParent)

-    {

-	if (pParent->firstChild == pWin)

-	    pParent->firstChild = pWin->nextSib;

-	if (pParent->lastChild == pWin)

-	    pParent->lastChild = pWin->prevSib;

-	if (pWin->nextSib)

-	    pWin->nextSib->prevSib = pWin->prevSib;

-	if (pWin->prevSib)

-	    pWin->prevSib->nextSib = pWin->nextSib;

-    }

-    else

-	pWin->drawable.pScreen->root = NULL;

-    dixFreeObjectWithPrivates(pWin, PRIVATE_WINDOW);

-    return Success;

-}

-

-int

-DestroySubwindows(WindowPtr pWin, ClientPtr client)

-{

-    /* XXX

-     * The protocol is quite clear that each window should be

-     * destroyed in turn, however, unmapping all of the first

-     * eliminates most of the calls to ValidateTree.  So,

-     * this implementation is incorrect in that all of the

-     * UnmapNotifies occur before all of the DestroyNotifies.

-     * If you care, simply delete the call to UnmapSubwindows.

-     */

-    UnmapSubwindows(pWin);

-    while (pWin->lastChild) {

-	int rc = XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, client,

-			  pWin->lastChild->drawable.id, RT_WINDOW,

-			  pWin->lastChild, RT_NONE, NULL, DixDestroyAccess);

-	if (rc != Success)

-	    return rc;

-	FreeResource(pWin->lastChild->drawable.id, RT_NONE);

-    }

-    return Success;

-}

-

-static void

-SetRootWindowBackground(WindowPtr pWin, ScreenPtr pScreen, Mask *index2)

-{

-    /* following the protocol: "Changing the background of a root window to

-     * None or ParentRelative restores the default background pixmap" */

-    if (bgNoneRoot) {

-	pWin->backgroundState = XaceBackgroundNoneState(pWin);

-	pWin->background.pixel = pScreen->whitePixel;

-    }

-    else if (party_like_its_1989)

-	MakeRootTile(pWin);

-    else {

-        pWin->backgroundState = BackgroundPixel;

-	if (whiteRoot)

-	    pWin->background.pixel = pScreen->whitePixel;

-	else

-	    pWin->background.pixel = pScreen->blackPixel;

-	*index2 = CWBackPixel;

-    }

-}

-

-/*****

- *  ChangeWindowAttributes

- *   

- *  The value-mask specifies which attributes are to be changed; the

- *  value-list contains one value for each one bit in the mask, from least

- *  to most significant bit in the mask.  

- *****/

- 

-int

-ChangeWindowAttributes(WindowPtr pWin, Mask vmask, XID *vlist, ClientPtr client)

-{

-    XID *pVlist;

-    PixmapPtr pPixmap;

-    Pixmap pixID;

-    CursorPtr pCursor, pOldCursor;

-    Cursor cursorID;

-    WindowPtr pChild;

-    Colormap cmap;

-    ColormapPtr	pCmap;

-    xEvent xE;

-    int error, rc;

-    ScreenPtr pScreen;

-    Mask index2, tmask, vmaskCopy = 0;

-    unsigned int val;

-    Bool checkOptional = FALSE, borderRelative = FALSE;

-

-    if ((pWin->drawable.class == InputOnly) && (vmask & (~INPUTONLY_LEGAL_MASK)))

-	return BadMatch;

-

-    error = Success;

-    pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;

-    pVlist = vlist;

-    tmask = vmask;

-    while (tmask)

-    {

-	index2 = (Mask) lowbit (tmask);

-	tmask &= ~index2;

-	switch (index2)

-	{

-	  case CWBackPixmap:

-	    pixID = (Pixmap )*pVlist;

-	    pVlist++;

-	    if (pWin->backgroundState == ParentRelative)

-		borderRelative = TRUE;

-	    if (pixID == None)

-	    {

-		if (pWin->backgroundState == BackgroundPixmap)

-		    (*pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pWin->background.pixmap);

-		if (!pWin->parent)

-		    SetRootWindowBackground(pWin, pScreen, &index2);

-		else {

-		    pWin->backgroundState = XaceBackgroundNoneState(pWin);

-		    pWin->background.pixel = pScreen->whitePixel;

-		}

-	    }

-	    else if (pixID == ParentRelative)

-	    {

-		if (pWin->parent &&

-		    pWin->drawable.depth != pWin->parent->drawable.depth)

-		{

-		    error = BadMatch;

-		    goto PatchUp;

-		}

-		if (pWin->backgroundState == BackgroundPixmap)

-		    (*pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pWin->background.pixmap);

-		if (!pWin->parent)

-		    SetRootWindowBackground(pWin, pScreen, &index2);

-		else

-		    pWin->backgroundState = ParentRelative;

-		borderRelative = TRUE;

-		/* Note that the parent's backgroundTile's refcnt is NOT

-		 * incremented. */

-	    }

-	    else

-	    {	

-		rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pPixmap, pixID, RT_PIXMAP,

-				       client, DixReadAccess);

-		if (rc == Success)

-		{

-		    if	((pPixmap->drawable.depth != pWin->drawable.depth) ||

-			 (pPixmap->drawable.pScreen != pScreen))

-		    {

-			error = BadMatch;

-			goto PatchUp;

-		    }

-		    if (pWin->backgroundState == BackgroundPixmap)

-			(*pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pWin->background.pixmap);

-		    pWin->backgroundState = BackgroundPixmap;

-		    pWin->background.pixmap = pPixmap;

-		    pPixmap->refcnt++;

-		}

-		else

-		{

-		    error = rc;

-		    client->errorValue = pixID;

-		    goto PatchUp;

-		}

-	    }

-	    break;

-	  case CWBackPixel:

-	    if (pWin->backgroundState == ParentRelative)

-		borderRelative = TRUE;

-	    if (pWin->backgroundState == BackgroundPixmap)

-		(*pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pWin->background.pixmap);

-	    pWin->backgroundState = BackgroundPixel;

-	    pWin->background.pixel = (CARD32 ) *pVlist;

-		   /* background pixel overrides background pixmap,

-		      so don't let the ddx layer see both bits */

-	    vmaskCopy &= ~CWBackPixmap;

-	    pVlist++;

-	    break;

-	  case CWBorderPixmap:

-	    pixID = (Pixmap ) *pVlist;

-	    pVlist++;

-	    if (pixID == CopyFromParent)

-	    {

-		if (!pWin->parent ||

-		    (pWin->drawable.depth != pWin->parent->drawable.depth))

-		{

-		    error = BadMatch;

-		    goto PatchUp;

-		}

-		if (pWin->parent->borderIsPixel == TRUE) {

-		    if (pWin->borderIsPixel == FALSE)

-			(*pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pWin->border.pixmap);

-		    pWin->border = pWin->parent->border;

-		    pWin->borderIsPixel = TRUE;

-		    index2 = CWBorderPixel;

-		    break;

-		}

-		else

-		{

-		    pixID = pWin->parent->border.pixmap->drawable.id;

-		}

-	    }

-	    rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pPixmap, pixID, RT_PIXMAP,

-				   client, DixReadAccess);

-	    if (rc == Success)

-	    {

-		if ((pPixmap->drawable.depth != pWin->drawable.depth) ||

-		    (pPixmap->drawable.pScreen != pScreen))

-		{

-		    error = BadMatch;

-		    goto PatchUp;

-		}

-		if (pWin->borderIsPixel == FALSE)

-		    (*pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pWin->border.pixmap);

-		pWin->borderIsPixel = FALSE;

-		pWin->border.pixmap = pPixmap;

-		pPixmap->refcnt++;

-	    }

-	    else

-	    {

-		error = rc;

-		client->errorValue = pixID;

-		goto PatchUp;

-	    }

-	    break;

-	  case CWBorderPixel:

-	    if (pWin->borderIsPixel == FALSE)

-		(*pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pWin->border.pixmap);

-	    pWin->borderIsPixel = TRUE;

-	    pWin->border.pixel = (CARD32) *pVlist;

-		    /* border pixel overrides border pixmap,

-		       so don't let the ddx layer see both bits */

-	    vmaskCopy &= ~CWBorderPixmap;

-	    pVlist++;

-	    break;

-	  case CWBitGravity:

-	    val = (CARD8 )*pVlist;

-	    pVlist++;

-	    if (val > StaticGravity)

-	    {

-		error = BadValue;

-		client->errorValue = val;

-		goto PatchUp;

-	    }

-	    pWin->bitGravity = val;

-	    break;

-	  case CWWinGravity:

-	    val = (CARD8 )*pVlist;

-	    pVlist++;

-	    if (val > StaticGravity)

-	    {

-		error = BadValue;

-		client->errorValue = val;

-		goto PatchUp;

-	    }

-	    pWin->winGravity = val;

-	    break;

-	  case CWBackingStore:

-	    val = (CARD8 )*pVlist;

-	    pVlist++;

-	    if ((val != NotUseful) && (val != WhenMapped) && (val != Always))

-	    {

-		error = BadValue;

-		client->errorValue = val;

-		goto PatchUp;

-	    }

-	    pWin->backingStore = val;

-	    pWin->forcedBS = FALSE;

-	    break;

-	  case CWBackingPlanes:

-	    if (pWin->optional || ((CARD32)*pVlist != (CARD32)~0L)) {

-		if (!pWin->optional && !MakeWindowOptional (pWin))

-		{

-		    error = BadAlloc;

-		    goto PatchUp;

-		}

-		pWin->optional->backingBitPlanes = (CARD32) *pVlist;

-		if ((CARD32)*pVlist == (CARD32)~0L)

-		    checkOptional = TRUE;

-	    }

-	    pVlist++;

-	    break;

-	  case CWBackingPixel:

-	    if (pWin->optional || (CARD32) *pVlist) {

-		if (!pWin->optional && !MakeWindowOptional (pWin))

-		{

-		    error = BadAlloc;

-		    goto PatchUp;

-		}

-		pWin->optional->backingPixel = (CARD32) *pVlist;

-		if (!*pVlist)

-		    checkOptional = TRUE;

-	    }

-	    pVlist++;

-	    break;

-	  case CWSaveUnder:

-	    val = (BOOL) *pVlist;

-	    pVlist++;

-	    if ((val != xTrue) && (val != xFalse))

-	    {

-		error = BadValue;

-		client->errorValue = val;

-		goto PatchUp;

-	    }

-	    pWin->saveUnder = val;

-	    break;

-	  case CWEventMask:

-	    rc = EventSelectForWindow(pWin, client, (Mask )*pVlist);

-	    if (rc)

-	    {

-		error = rc;

-		goto PatchUp;

-	    }

-	    pVlist++;

-	    break;

-	  case CWDontPropagate:

-	    rc = EventSuppressForWindow(pWin, client, (Mask )*pVlist,

-					    &checkOptional);

-	    if (rc)

-	    {

-		error = rc;

-		goto PatchUp;

-	    }

-	    pVlist++;

-	    break;

-	  case CWOverrideRedirect:

-	    val = (BOOL ) *pVlist;

-	    pVlist++;

-	    if ((val != xTrue) && (val != xFalse))

-	    {

-		error = BadValue;

-		client->errorValue = val;

-		goto PatchUp;

-	    }

-	    if (val == xTrue) {

-		rc = XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, client, pWin->drawable.id,

-			      RT_WINDOW, pWin, RT_NONE, NULL, DixGrabAccess);

-		if (rc != Success) {

-		    error = rc;

-		    client->errorValue = pWin->drawable.id;

-		    goto PatchUp;

-		}

-	    }

-	    pWin->overrideRedirect = val;

-	    break;

-	  case CWColormap:

-	    cmap = (Colormap) *pVlist;

-	    pVlist++;

-	    if (cmap == CopyFromParent)

-	    {

-		if (pWin->parent &&

-		    (!pWin->optional ||

-		     pWin->optional->visual == wVisual (pWin->parent)))

-		{

-		    cmap = wColormap (pWin->parent);

-		}

-		else

-		    cmap = None;

-	    }

-	    if (cmap == None)

-	    {

-		error = BadMatch;

-		goto PatchUp;

-	    }

-	    rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pCmap, cmap, RT_COLORMAP,

-				   client, DixUseAccess);

-	    if (rc != Success)

-	    {

-		error = rc;

-		client->errorValue = cmap;

-		goto PatchUp;

-	    }

-	    if (pCmap->pVisual->vid != wVisual (pWin) ||

-		pCmap->pScreen != pScreen)

-	    {

-		error = BadMatch;

-		goto PatchUp;

-	    }

-	    if (cmap != wColormap (pWin))

-	    {

-		if (!pWin->optional)

-		{

-		    if (!MakeWindowOptional (pWin))

-		    {

-			error = BadAlloc;

-			goto PatchUp;

-		    }

-		}

-		else if (pWin->parent && cmap == wColormap (pWin->parent))

-		    checkOptional = TRUE;

-

-		/*

-		 * propagate the original colormap to any children

-		 * inheriting it

-		 */

-

-		for (pChild = pWin->firstChild; pChild; pChild=pChild->nextSib)

-		{

-		    if (!pChild->optional && !MakeWindowOptional (pChild))

-		    {

-			error = BadAlloc;

-			goto PatchUp;

-		    }

-		}

-

-		pWin->optional->colormap = cmap;

-

-		/*

-		 * check on any children now matching the new colormap

-		 */

-

-		for (pChild = pWin->firstChild; pChild; pChild=pChild->nextSib)

-		{

-		    if (pChild->optional->colormap == cmap)

-			CheckWindowOptionalNeed (pChild);

-		}

-	

-		xE.u.u.type = ColormapNotify;

-		xE.u.colormap.window = pWin->drawable.id;

-		xE.u.colormap.colormap = cmap;

-		xE.u.colormap.new = xTrue;

-		xE.u.colormap.state = IsMapInstalled(cmap, pWin);

-		DeliverEvents(pWin, &xE, 1, NullWindow);

-	    }

-	    break;

-	  case CWCursor:

-	    cursorID = (Cursor ) *pVlist;

-	    pVlist++;

-	    /*

-	     * install the new

-	     */

-	    if ( cursorID == None)

-	    {

-		if (pWin == pWin->drawable.pScreen->root)

-		    pCursor = rootCursor;

-		else

-		    pCursor = (CursorPtr) None;

-	    }

-	    else

-	    {

-		rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pCursor, cursorID,

-				       RT_CURSOR, client, DixUseAccess);

-		if (rc != Success)

-		{

-		    error = rc;

-		    client->errorValue = cursorID;

-		    goto PatchUp;

-		}

-	    }

-

-	    if (pCursor != wCursor (pWin))

-	    {

-		/*

-		 * patch up child windows so they don't lose cursors.

-		 */

-

-		for (pChild = pWin->firstChild; pChild; pChild=pChild->nextSib)

-		{

-		    if (!pChild->optional && !pChild->cursorIsNone &&

-			!MakeWindowOptional (pChild))

-		    {

-			error = BadAlloc;

-			goto PatchUp;

-		    }

-		}

-

-		pOldCursor = 0;

-		if (pCursor == (CursorPtr) None)

-		{

-		    pWin->cursorIsNone = TRUE;

-		    if (pWin->optional)

-		    {

-			pOldCursor = pWin->optional->cursor;

-			pWin->optional->cursor = (CursorPtr) None;

-			checkOptional = TRUE;

-		    }

-		} else {

-		    if (!pWin->optional)

-		    {

-			if (!MakeWindowOptional (pWin))

-			{

-			    error = BadAlloc;

-			    goto PatchUp;

-			}

-		    }

-		    else if (pWin->parent && pCursor == wCursor (pWin->parent))

-			checkOptional = TRUE;

-		    pOldCursor = pWin->optional->cursor;

-		    pWin->optional->cursor = pCursor;

-		    pCursor->refcnt++;

-		    pWin->cursorIsNone = FALSE;

-		    /*

-		     * check on any children now matching the new cursor

-		     */

-

-		    for (pChild=pWin->firstChild; pChild; pChild=pChild->nextSib)

-		    {

-			if (pChild->optional &&

-			    (pChild->optional->cursor == pCursor))

-			    CheckWindowOptionalNeed (pChild);

-		    }

-		}

-

-		if (pWin->realized)

-		    WindowHasNewCursor( pWin);

-

-		/* Can't free cursor until here - old cursor

-		 * is needed in WindowHasNewCursor

-		 */

-		if (pOldCursor)

-		    FreeCursor (pOldCursor, (Cursor)0);

-	    }

-	    break;

-	 default:

-	    error = BadValue;

-	    client->errorValue = vmask;

-	    goto PatchUp;

-      }

-      vmaskCopy |= index2;

-    }

-PatchUp:

-    if (checkOptional)

-	CheckWindowOptionalNeed (pWin);

-

-	/* We SHOULD check for an error value here XXX */

-    (*pScreen->ChangeWindowAttributes)(pWin, vmaskCopy);

-

-    /* 

-	If the border contents have changed, redraw the border. 

-	Note that this has to be done AFTER pScreen->ChangeWindowAttributes

-	for the tile to be rotated, and the correct function selected.

-    */

-    if (((vmaskCopy & (CWBorderPixel | CWBorderPixmap)) || borderRelative)

-	&& pWin->viewable && HasBorder (pWin))

-    {

-	RegionRec exposed;

-

-	RegionNull(&exposed);

-	RegionSubtract(&exposed, &pWin->borderClip, &pWin->winSize);

-	miPaintWindow(pWin, &exposed, PW_BORDER);

-	RegionUninit(&exposed);

-    }

-    return error;

-}

-

-

-/*****

- * GetWindowAttributes

- *    Notice that this is different than ChangeWindowAttributes

- *****/

-

-void

-GetWindowAttributes(WindowPtr pWin, ClientPtr client, xGetWindowAttributesReply *wa)

-{

-    wa->type = X_Reply;

-    wa->bitGravity = pWin->bitGravity;

-    wa->winGravity = pWin->winGravity;

-    if (pWin->forcedBS && pWin->backingStore != Always)

-	wa->backingStore = NotUseful;

-    else

-	wa->backingStore = pWin->backingStore;

-    wa->length = bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xGetWindowAttributesReply) -

-		 sizeof(xGenericReply));

-    wa->sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

-    wa->backingBitPlanes =  wBackingBitPlanes (pWin);

-    wa->backingPixel =  wBackingPixel (pWin);

-    wa->saveUnder = (BOOL)pWin->saveUnder;

-    wa->override = pWin->overrideRedirect;

-    if (!pWin->mapped)

-	wa->mapState = IsUnmapped;

-    else if (pWin->realized)

-	wa->mapState = IsViewable;

-    else

-	wa->mapState = IsUnviewable;

-

-    wa->colormap =  wColormap (pWin);

-    wa->mapInstalled = (wa->colormap == None) ? xFalse

-				: IsMapInstalled(wa->colormap, pWin);

-

-    wa->yourEventMask = EventMaskForClient(pWin, client);

-    wa->allEventMasks = pWin->eventMask | wOtherEventMasks (pWin);

-    wa->doNotPropagateMask = wDontPropagateMask (pWin);

-    wa->class = pWin->drawable.class;

-    wa->visualID = wVisual (pWin);

-}

-

-

-WindowPtr

-MoveWindowInStack(WindowPtr pWin, WindowPtr pNextSib)

-{

-    WindowPtr pParent = pWin->parent;

-    WindowPtr pFirstChange = pWin; /* highest window where list changes */

-

-    if (pWin->nextSib != pNextSib)

-    {

-	WindowPtr pOldNextSib = pWin->nextSib;

-

-	if (!pNextSib)	      /* move to bottom */

-	{

-	    if (pParent->firstChild == pWin)

-		pParent->firstChild = pWin->nextSib;

-	    /* if (pWin->nextSib) */	 /* is always True: pNextSib == NULL

-					  * and pWin->nextSib != pNextSib

-					  * therefore pWin->nextSib != NULL */

-	    pFirstChange = pWin->nextSib;

-	    pWin->nextSib->prevSib = pWin->prevSib;

-	    if (pWin->prevSib)

-		pWin->prevSib->nextSib = pWin->nextSib;

-	    pParent->lastChild->nextSib = pWin;

-	    pWin->prevSib = pParent->lastChild;

-	    pWin->nextSib = NullWindow;

-	    pParent->lastChild = pWin;

-	}

-	else if (pParent->firstChild == pNextSib) /* move to top */

-	{

-	    pFirstChange = pWin;

-	    if (pParent->lastChild == pWin)

-	       pParent->lastChild = pWin->prevSib;

-	    if (pWin->nextSib)

-		pWin->nextSib->prevSib = pWin->prevSib;

-	    if (pWin->prevSib)

-		pWin->prevSib->nextSib = pWin->nextSib;

-	    pWin->nextSib = pParent->firstChild;

-	    pWin->prevSib = (WindowPtr ) NULL;

-	    pNextSib->prevSib = pWin;

-	    pParent->firstChild = pWin;

-	}

-	else			/* move in middle of list */

-	{

-	    WindowPtr pOldNext = pWin->nextSib;

-

-	    pFirstChange = NullWindow;

-	    if (pParent->firstChild == pWin)

-		pFirstChange = pParent->firstChild = pWin->nextSib;

-	    if (pParent->lastChild == pWin) {

-	       pFirstChange = pWin;

-	       pParent->lastChild = pWin->prevSib;

-	    }

-	    if (pWin->nextSib)

-		pWin->nextSib->prevSib = pWin->prevSib;

-	    if (pWin->prevSib)

-		pWin->prevSib->nextSib = pWin->nextSib;

-	    pWin->nextSib = pNextSib;

-	    pWin->prevSib = pNextSib->prevSib;

-	    if (pNextSib->prevSib)

-		pNextSib->prevSib->nextSib = pWin;

-	    pNextSib->prevSib = pWin;

-	    if (!pFirstChange) {		     /* do we know it yet? */

-		pFirstChange = pParent->firstChild;  /* no, search from top */

-		while ((pFirstChange != pWin) && (pFirstChange != pOldNext))

-		     pFirstChange = pFirstChange->nextSib;

-	    }

-	}

-	if(pWin->drawable.pScreen->RestackWindow)

-	    (*pWin->drawable.pScreen->RestackWindow)(pWin, pOldNextSib);

-    }

-

-#ifdef ROOTLESS

-    /*

-     * In rootless mode we can't optimize away window restacks.

-     * There may be non-X windows around, so even if the window

-     * is in the correct position from X's point of view,

-     * the underlying window system may want to reorder it.

-     */

-    else if (pWin->drawable.pScreen->RestackWindow)

-        (*pWin->drawable.pScreen->RestackWindow)(pWin, pWin->nextSib);

-#endif

-

-    return pFirstChange;

-}

-

-void

-SetWinSize (WindowPtr pWin)

-{

-#ifdef COMPOSITE

-    if (pWin->redirectDraw != RedirectDrawNone)

-    {

-	BoxRec	box;

-

-	/*

-	 * Redirected clients get clip list equal to their

-	 * own geometry, not clipped to their parent

-	 */

-	box.x1 = pWin->drawable.x;

-	box.y1 = pWin->drawable.y;

-	box.x2 = pWin->drawable.x + pWin->drawable.width;

-	box.y2 = pWin->drawable.y + pWin->drawable.height;

-	RegionReset(&pWin->winSize, &box);

-    }

-    else

-#endif

-    ClippedRegionFromBox(pWin->parent, &pWin->winSize,

-			 pWin->drawable.x, pWin->drawable.y,

-			 (int)pWin->drawable.width,

-			 (int)pWin->drawable.height);

-    if (wBoundingShape (pWin) || wClipShape (pWin)) {

-	RegionTranslate(&pWin->winSize, - pWin->drawable.x,

-			 - pWin->drawable.y);

-	if (wBoundingShape (pWin))

-	    RegionIntersect(&pWin->winSize, &pWin->winSize,

-			     wBoundingShape (pWin));

-	if (wClipShape (pWin))

-	    RegionIntersect(&pWin->winSize, &pWin->winSize,

-			     wClipShape (pWin));

-	RegionTranslate(&pWin->winSize, pWin->drawable.x,

-			 pWin->drawable.y);

-    }

-}

-

-void

-SetBorderSize (WindowPtr pWin)

-{

-    int	bw;

-

-    if (HasBorder (pWin)) {

-	bw = wBorderWidth (pWin);

-#ifdef COMPOSITE

-	if (pWin->redirectDraw != RedirectDrawNone)

-	{

-	    BoxRec	box;

-

-	    /*

-	     * Redirected clients get clip list equal to their

-	     * own geometry, not clipped to their parent

-	     */

-	    box.x1 = pWin->drawable.x - bw;

-	    box.y1 = pWin->drawable.y - bw;

-	    box.x2 = pWin->drawable.x + pWin->drawable.width + bw;

-	    box.y2 = pWin->drawable.y + pWin->drawable.height + bw;

-	    RegionReset(&pWin->borderSize, &box);

-	}

-	else

-#endif

-	ClippedRegionFromBox(pWin->parent, &pWin->borderSize,

-		pWin->drawable.x - bw, pWin->drawable.y - bw,

-		(int)(pWin->drawable.width + (bw<<1)),

-		(int)(pWin->drawable.height + (bw<<1)));

-	if (wBoundingShape (pWin)) {

-	    RegionTranslate(&pWin->borderSize, - pWin->drawable.x,

-			     - pWin->drawable.y);

-	    RegionIntersect(&pWin->borderSize, &pWin->borderSize,

-			     wBoundingShape (pWin));

-	    RegionTranslate(&pWin->borderSize, pWin->drawable.x,

-			     pWin->drawable.y);

-	    RegionUnion(&pWin->borderSize, &pWin->borderSize,

-			 &pWin->winSize);

-	}

-    } else {

-	RegionCopy(&pWin->borderSize, &pWin->winSize);

-    }

-}

-

-/**

- *

- *  \param x,y          new window position

- *  \param oldx,oldy    old window position

- *  \param destx,desty  position relative to gravity

- */

-

-void

-GravityTranslate (int x, int y, int oldx, int oldy,

-                  int dw, int dh, unsigned gravity,

-                  int *destx, int *desty)

-{

-    switch (gravity) {

-    case NorthGravity:

-	*destx = x + dw / 2;

-	*desty = y;

-	break;

-    case NorthEastGravity:

-	*destx = x + dw;

-	*desty = y;

-	break;

-    case WestGravity:

-	*destx = x;

-	*desty = y + dh / 2;

-	break;

-    case CenterGravity:

-	*destx = x + dw / 2;

-	*desty = y + dh / 2;

-	break;

-    case EastGravity:

-	*destx = x + dw;

-	*desty = y + dh / 2;

-	break;

-    case SouthWestGravity:

-	*destx = x;

-	*desty = y + dh;

-	break;

-    case SouthGravity:

-	*destx = x + dw / 2;

-	*desty = y + dh;

-	break;

-    case SouthEastGravity:

-	*destx = x + dw;

-	*desty = y + dh;

-	break;

-    case StaticGravity:

-	*destx = oldx;

-	*desty = oldy;

-	break;

-    default:

-	*destx = x;

-	*desty = y;

-	break;

-    }

-}

-

-/* XXX need to retile border on each window with ParentRelative origin */

-void

-ResizeChildrenWinSize(WindowPtr pWin, int dx, int dy, int dw, int dh)

-{

-    ScreenPtr pScreen;

-    WindowPtr pSib, pChild;

-    Bool resized = (dw || dh);

-

-    pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;

-

-    for (pSib = pWin->firstChild; pSib; pSib = pSib->nextSib)

-    {

-	if (resized && (pSib->winGravity > NorthWestGravity))

-	{

-	    int cwsx, cwsy;

-

-	    cwsx = pSib->origin.x;

-	    cwsy = pSib->origin.y;

-	    GravityTranslate (cwsx, cwsy, cwsx - dx, cwsy - dy, dw, dh,

-			pSib->winGravity, &cwsx, &cwsy);

-	    if (cwsx != pSib->origin.x || cwsy != pSib->origin.y)

-	    {

-		xEvent event;

-

-		event.u.u.type = GravityNotify;

-		event.u.gravity.window = pSib->drawable.id;

-		event.u.gravity.x = cwsx - wBorderWidth (pSib);

-		event.u.gravity.y = cwsy - wBorderWidth (pSib);

-		DeliverEvents (pSib, &event, 1, NullWindow);

-		pSib->origin.x = cwsx;

-		pSib->origin.y = cwsy;

-	    }

-	}

-	pSib->drawable.x = pWin->drawable.x + pSib->origin.x;

-	pSib->drawable.y = pWin->drawable.y + pSib->origin.y;

-	SetWinSize (pSib);

-	SetBorderSize (pSib);

-	(*pScreen->PositionWindow)(pSib, pSib->drawable.x, pSib->drawable.y);

-

-	if ( (pChild = pSib->firstChild) )

-	{

-	    while (1)

-	    {

-		pChild->drawable.x = pChild->parent->drawable.x +

-				     pChild->origin.x;

-		pChild->drawable.y = pChild->parent->drawable.y +

-				     pChild->origin.y;

-		SetWinSize (pChild);

-		SetBorderSize (pChild);

-		(*pScreen->PositionWindow)(pChild,

-				    pChild->drawable.x, pChild->drawable.y);

-		if (pChild->firstChild)

-		{

-		    pChild = pChild->firstChild;

-		    continue;

-		}

-		while (!pChild->nextSib && (pChild != pSib))

-		    pChild = pChild->parent;

-		if (pChild == pSib)

-		    break;

-		pChild = pChild->nextSib;

-	    }

-	}

-    }

-}

-

-#define GET_INT16(m, f) \

-	if (m & mask) \

-	  { \

-	     f = (INT16) *pVlist;\

-	    pVlist++; \

-	 }

-#define GET_CARD16(m, f) \

-	if (m & mask) \

-	 { \

-	    f = (CARD16) *pVlist;\

-	    pVlist++;\

-	 }

-

-#define GET_CARD8(m, f) \

-	if (m & mask) \

-	 { \

-	    f = (CARD8) *pVlist;\

-	    pVlist++;\

-	 }

-

-#define ChangeMask ((Mask)(CWX | CWY | CWWidth | CWHeight))

-

-#define IllegalInputOnlyConfigureMask (CWBorderWidth)

-

-/*

- * IsSiblingAboveMe

- *     returns Above if pSib above pMe in stack or Below otherwise 

- */

-

-static int

-IsSiblingAboveMe(

-    WindowPtr pMe,

-    WindowPtr pSib)

-{

-    WindowPtr pWin;

-

-    pWin = pMe->parent->firstChild;

-    while (pWin)

-    {

-	if (pWin == pSib)

-	    return Above;

-	else if (pWin == pMe)

-	    return Below;

-	pWin = pWin->nextSib;

-    }

-    return Below;

-}

-

-static BoxPtr

-WindowExtents(

-    WindowPtr pWin,

-    BoxPtr pBox)

-{

-    pBox->x1 = pWin->drawable.x - wBorderWidth (pWin);

-    pBox->y1 = pWin->drawable.y - wBorderWidth (pWin);

-    pBox->x2 = pWin->drawable.x + (int)pWin->drawable.width

-	       + wBorderWidth (pWin);

-    pBox->y2 = pWin->drawable.y + (int)pWin->drawable.height

-	       + wBorderWidth (pWin);

-    return pBox;

-}

-

-#define IS_SHAPED(pWin)	(wBoundingShape (pWin) != (RegionPtr) NULL)

-

-static RegionPtr

-MakeBoundingRegion (

-    WindowPtr	pWin,

-    BoxPtr	pBox)

-{

-    RegionPtr	pRgn = RegionCreate(pBox, 1);

-    if (wBoundingShape (pWin)) {

-	RegionTranslate(pRgn, -pWin->origin.x, -pWin->origin.y);

-	RegionIntersect(pRgn, pRgn, wBoundingShape (pWin));

-	RegionTranslate(pRgn, pWin->origin.x, pWin->origin.y);

-    }

-    return pRgn;

-}

-

-static Bool

-ShapeOverlap (

-    WindowPtr	pWin,

-    BoxPtr	pWinBox,

-    WindowPtr	pSib,

-    BoxPtr	pSibBox)

-{

-    RegionPtr	pWinRgn, pSibRgn;

-    Bool	ret;

-

-    if (!IS_SHAPED(pWin) && !IS_SHAPED(pSib))

-	return TRUE;

-    pWinRgn = MakeBoundingRegion (pWin, pWinBox);

-    pSibRgn = MakeBoundingRegion (pSib, pSibBox);

-    RegionIntersect(pWinRgn, pWinRgn, pSibRgn);

-    ret = RegionNotEmpty(pWinRgn);

-    RegionDestroy(pWinRgn);

-    RegionDestroy(pSibRgn);

-    return ret;

-}

-

-static Bool

-AnyWindowOverlapsMe(

-    WindowPtr pWin,

-    WindowPtr pHead,

-    BoxPtr box)

-{

-    WindowPtr pSib;

-    BoxRec sboxrec;

-    BoxPtr sbox;

-

-    for (pSib = pWin->prevSib; pSib != pHead; pSib = pSib->prevSib)

-    {

-	if (pSib->mapped)

-	{

-	    sbox = WindowExtents(pSib, &sboxrec);

-	    if (BOXES_OVERLAP(sbox, box)

-	    && ShapeOverlap (pWin, box, pSib, sbox)

-	    )

-		return TRUE;

-	}

-    }

-    return FALSE;

-}

-

-static Bool

-IOverlapAnyWindow(

-    WindowPtr pWin,

-    BoxPtr box)

-{

-    WindowPtr pSib;

-    BoxRec sboxrec;

-    BoxPtr sbox;

-

-    for (pSib = pWin->nextSib; pSib; pSib = pSib->nextSib)

-    {

-	if (pSib->mapped)

-	{

-	    sbox = WindowExtents(pSib, &sboxrec);

-	    if (BOXES_OVERLAP(sbox, box)

-	    && ShapeOverlap (pWin, box, pSib, sbox)

-	    )

-		return TRUE;

-	}

-    }

-    return FALSE;

-}

-

-/*

- *   WhereDoIGoInTheStack() 

- *	  Given pWin and pSib and the relationshipe smode, return

- *	  the window that pWin should go ABOVE.

- *	  If a pSib is specified:

- *	      Above:  pWin is placed just above pSib

- *	      Below:  pWin is placed just below pSib

- *	      TopIf:  if pSib occludes pWin, then pWin is placed

- *		      at the top of the stack

- *	      BottomIf:	 if pWin occludes pSib, then pWin is 

- *			 placed at the bottom of the stack

- *	      Opposite: if pSib occludes pWin, then pWin is placed at the

- *			top of the stack, else if pWin occludes pSib, then

- *			pWin is placed at the bottom of the stack

- *

- *	  If pSib is NULL:

- *	      Above:  pWin is placed at the top of the stack

- *	      Below:  pWin is placed at the bottom of the stack

- *	      TopIf:  if any sibling occludes pWin, then pWin is placed at

- *		      the top of the stack

- *	      BottomIf: if pWin occludes any sibline, then pWin is placed at

- *			the bottom of the stack

- *	      Opposite: if any sibling occludes pWin, then pWin is placed at

- *			the top of the stack, else if pWin occludes any

- *			sibling, then pWin is placed at the bottom of the stack

- *

- */

-

-static WindowPtr

-WhereDoIGoInTheStack(

-    WindowPtr pWin,

-    WindowPtr pSib,

-    short x,

-    short y,

-    unsigned short w,

-    unsigned short h,

-    int smode)

-{

-    BoxRec box;

-    WindowPtr pHead, pFirst;

-

-    if ((pWin == pWin->parent->firstChild) &&

-	(pWin == pWin->parent->lastChild))

-	return((WindowPtr ) NULL);

-    pHead = RealChildHead(pWin->parent);

-    pFirst = pHead ? pHead->nextSib : pWin->parent->firstChild;

-    box.x1 = x;

-    box.y1 = y;

-    box.x2 = x + (int)w;

-    box.y2 = y + (int)h;

-    switch (smode)

-    {

-      case Above:

-	if (pSib)

-	   return pSib;

-	else if (pWin == pFirst)

-	    return pWin->nextSib;

-	else

-	    return pFirst;

-      case Below:

-	if (pSib)

-	    if (pSib->nextSib != pWin)

-		return pSib->nextSib;

-	    else

-		return pWin->nextSib;

-	else

-	    return NullWindow;

-      case TopIf:

-	if ((!pWin->mapped || (pSib && !pSib->mapped)))

-	    return pWin->nextSib;

-	else if (pSib)

-	{

-	    if ((IsSiblingAboveMe(pWin, pSib) == Above) &&

-		(RegionContainsRect(&pSib->borderSize, &box) != rgnOUT))

-		return pFirst;

-	    else

-		return pWin->nextSib;

-	}

-	else if (AnyWindowOverlapsMe(pWin, pHead, &box))

-	    return pFirst;

-	else

-	    return pWin->nextSib;

-      case BottomIf:

-	if ((!pWin->mapped || (pSib && !pSib->mapped)))

-	    return pWin->nextSib;

-	else if (pSib)

-	{

-	    if ((IsSiblingAboveMe(pWin, pSib) == Below) &&

-		(RegionContainsRect(&pSib->borderSize, &box) != rgnOUT))

-		return NullWindow;

-	    else

-		return pWin->nextSib;

-	}

-	else if (IOverlapAnyWindow(pWin, &box))

-	    return NullWindow;

-	else

-	    return pWin->nextSib;

-      case Opposite:

-	if ((!pWin->mapped || (pSib && !pSib->mapped)))

-	    return pWin->nextSib;

-	else if (pSib)

-	{

-	    if (RegionContainsRect(&pSib->borderSize, &box) != rgnOUT)

-	    {

-		if (IsSiblingAboveMe(pWin, pSib) == Above)

-		    return pFirst;

-		else

-		    return NullWindow;

-	    }

-	    else

-		return pWin->nextSib;

-	}

-	else if (AnyWindowOverlapsMe(pWin, pHead, &box))

-	{

-	    /* If I'm occluded, I can't possibly be the first child

-	     * if (pWin == pWin->parent->firstChild)

-	     *	  return pWin->nextSib;

-	     */

-	    return pFirst;

-	}

-	else if (IOverlapAnyWindow(pWin, &box))

-	    return NullWindow;

-	else

-	    return pWin->nextSib;

-      default:

-      {

-	/* should never happen; make something up. */

-	return pWin->nextSib;

-      }

-    }

-}

-

-static void

-ReflectStackChange(

-    WindowPtr pWin,

-    WindowPtr pSib,

-    VTKind  kind)

-{

-/* Note that pSib might be NULL */

-

-    Bool WasViewable = (Bool)pWin->viewable;

-    Bool anyMarked;

-    WindowPtr pFirstChange;

-    WindowPtr  pLayerWin;

-    ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;

-

-    /* if this is a root window, can't be restacked */

-    if (!pWin->parent)

-	return;

-

-    pFirstChange = MoveWindowInStack(pWin, pSib);

-

-    if (WasViewable)

-    {

-	anyMarked = (*pScreen->MarkOverlappedWindows)(pWin, pFirstChange,

-						      &pLayerWin);

-	if (pLayerWin != pWin) pFirstChange = pLayerWin;

-	if (anyMarked)

-	{

-	    (*pScreen->ValidateTree)(pLayerWin->parent, pFirstChange, kind);

-	    (*pScreen->HandleExposures)(pLayerWin->parent);

-	}

-	if (anyMarked && pWin->drawable.pScreen->PostValidateTree)

-	    (*pScreen->PostValidateTree)(pLayerWin->parent, pFirstChange, kind);

-    }

-    if (pWin->realized)

-	WindowsRestructured ();

-}

-

-/*****

- * ConfigureWindow

- *****/

-

-int

-ConfigureWindow(WindowPtr pWin, Mask mask, XID *vlist, ClientPtr client)

-{

-#define RESTACK_WIN    0

-#define MOVE_WIN       1

-#define RESIZE_WIN     2

-#define REBORDER_WIN   3

-    WindowPtr pSib = NullWindow;

-    WindowPtr pParent = pWin->parent;

-    Window sibwid = 0;

-    Mask index2, tmask;

-    XID *pVlist;

-    short x,   y, beforeX, beforeY;

-    unsigned short w = pWin->drawable.width,

-		   h = pWin->drawable.height,

-		   bw = pWin->borderWidth;

-    int rc, action, smode = Above;

-    xEvent event;

-

-    if ((pWin->drawable.class == InputOnly) && (mask & IllegalInputOnlyConfigureMask))

-	return BadMatch;

-

-    if ((mask & CWSibling) && !(mask & CWStackMode))

-	return BadMatch;

-

-    pVlist = vlist;

-

-    if (pParent)

-    {

-	x = pWin->drawable.x - pParent->drawable.x - (int)bw;

-	y = pWin->drawable.y - pParent->drawable.y - (int)bw;

-    }

-    else

-    {

-	x = pWin->drawable.x;

-	y = pWin->drawable.y;

-    }

-    beforeX = x;

-    beforeY = y;

-    action = RESTACK_WIN;	

-    if ((mask & (CWX | CWY)) && (!(mask & (CWHeight | CWWidth))))

-    {

-	GET_INT16(CWX, x);

-	GET_INT16(CWY, y);

-	action = MOVE_WIN;

-    }

-	/* or should be resized */

-    else if (mask & (CWX |  CWY | CWWidth | CWHeight))

-    {

-	GET_INT16(CWX, x);

-	GET_INT16(CWY, y);

-	GET_CARD16(CWWidth, w);

-	GET_CARD16 (CWHeight, h);

-	if (!w || !h)

-	{

-	    client->errorValue = 0;

-	    return BadValue;

-	}

-	action = RESIZE_WIN;

-    }

-    tmask = mask & ~ChangeMask;

-    while (tmask)

-    {

-	index2 = (Mask)lowbit (tmask);

-	tmask &= ~index2;

-	switch (index2)

-	{

-	  case CWBorderWidth:

-	    GET_CARD16(CWBorderWidth, bw);

-	    break;

-	  case CWSibling:

-	    sibwid = (Window ) *pVlist;

-	    pVlist++;

-	    rc = dixLookupWindow(&pSib, sibwid, client, DixGetAttrAccess);

-	    if (rc != Success)

-	    {

-		client->errorValue = sibwid;

-		return rc;

-	    }

-	    if (pSib->parent != pParent)

-		return BadMatch;

-	    if (pSib == pWin)

-		return BadMatch;

-	    break;

-	  case CWStackMode:

-	    GET_CARD8(CWStackMode, smode);

-	    if ((smode != TopIf) && (smode != BottomIf) &&

-		(smode != Opposite) && (smode != Above) && (smode != Below))

-	    {

-		client->errorValue = smode;

-		return BadValue;

-	    }

-	    break;

-	  default:

-	    client->errorValue = mask;

-	    return BadValue;

-	}

-    }

-	/* root really can't be reconfigured, so just return */

-    if (!pParent)

-	return Success;

-

-	/* Figure out if the window should be moved.  Doesnt

-	   make the changes to the window if event sent */

-

-    if (mask & CWStackMode)

-	pSib = WhereDoIGoInTheStack(pWin, pSib, pParent->drawable.x + x,

-				    pParent->drawable.y + y,

-				    w + (bw << 1), h + (bw << 1), smode);

-    else

-	pSib = pWin->nextSib;

-

-

-    if ((!pWin->overrideRedirect) && 

-	(RedirectSend(pParent)

-	))

-    {

-	memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent));

-	event.u.u.type = ConfigureRequest;

-	event.u.configureRequest.window = pWin->drawable.id;

-	if (mask & CWSibling)

-	   event.u.configureRequest.sibling = sibwid;

-	else

-	    event.u.configureRequest.sibling = None;

-	if (mask & CWStackMode)

-	   event.u.u.detail = smode;

-	else

-	    event.u.u.detail = Above;

-	event.u.configureRequest.x = x;

-	event.u.configureRequest.y = y;

-#ifdef PANORAMIX

-	if(!noPanoramiXExtension && (!pParent || !pParent->parent)) {

-            event.u.configureRequest.x += screenInfo.screens[0]->x;

-            event.u.configureRequest.y += screenInfo.screens[0]->y;

-	}

-#endif

-	event.u.configureRequest.width = w;

-	event.u.configureRequest.height = h;

-	event.u.configureRequest.borderWidth = bw;

-	event.u.configureRequest.valueMask = mask;

-	event.u.configureRequest.parent = pParent->drawable.id;

-	if (MaybeDeliverEventsToClient(pParent, &event, 1,

-		SubstructureRedirectMask, client) == 1)

-	    return Success;

-    }

-    if (action == RESIZE_WIN)

-    {

-	Bool size_change = (w != pWin->drawable.width)

-			|| (h != pWin->drawable.height);

-	if (size_change && ((pWin->eventMask|wOtherEventMasks(pWin)) & ResizeRedirectMask))

-	{

-	    xEvent eventT;

-	    memset(&eventT, 0, sizeof(xEvent));

-	    eventT.u.u.type = ResizeRequest;

-	    eventT.u.resizeRequest.window = pWin->drawable.id;

-	    eventT.u.resizeRequest.width = w;

-	    eventT.u.resizeRequest.height = h;

-	    if (MaybeDeliverEventsToClient(pWin, &eventT, 1,

-				       ResizeRedirectMask, client) == 1)

-	    {

-		/* if event is delivered, leave the actual size alone. */

-		w = pWin->drawable.width;

-		h = pWin->drawable.height;

-		size_change = FALSE;

-	    }

-	}

-	if (!size_change)

-	{

-	    if (mask & (CWX | CWY))

-		action = MOVE_WIN;

-	    else if (mask & (CWStackMode | CWBorderWidth))

-		action = RESTACK_WIN;

-	    else   /* really nothing to do */

-		return(Success) ;

-	}

-    }

-

-    if (action == RESIZE_WIN)

-	    /* we've already checked whether there's really a size change */

-	    goto ActuallyDoSomething;

-    if ((mask & CWX) && (x != beforeX))

-	    goto ActuallyDoSomething;

-    if ((mask & CWY) && (y != beforeY))

-	    goto ActuallyDoSomething;

-    if ((mask & CWBorderWidth) && (bw != wBorderWidth (pWin)))

-	    goto ActuallyDoSomething;

-    if (mask & CWStackMode)

-    {

-#ifndef ROOTLESS

-        /* See above for why we always reorder in rootless mode. */

-	if (pWin->nextSib != pSib)

-#endif

-	    goto ActuallyDoSomething;

-    }

-    return Success;

-

-ActuallyDoSomething:

-    if (pWin->drawable.pScreen->ConfigNotify)

-    {

-	int ret;

-	ret = (*pWin->drawable.pScreen->ConfigNotify)(pWin, x, y, w, h, bw, pSib);

-	if (ret) {

-	    client->errorValue = 0;

-	    return ret;

-	}

-    }

-

-    if (SubStrSend(pWin, pParent))

-    {

-	memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent));

-	event.u.u.type = ConfigureNotify;

-	event.u.configureNotify.window = pWin->drawable.id;

-	if (pSib)

-	    event.u.configureNotify.aboveSibling = pSib->drawable.id;

-	else

-	    event.u.configureNotify.aboveSibling = None;

-	event.u.configureNotify.x = x;

-	event.u.configureNotify.y = y;

-#ifdef PANORAMIX

-	if(!noPanoramiXExtension && (!pParent || !pParent->parent)) {

-	    event.u.configureNotify.x += screenInfo.screens[0]->x;

-	    event.u.configureNotify.y += screenInfo.screens[0]->y;

-	}

-#endif

-	event.u.configureNotify.width = w;

-	event.u.configureNotify.height = h;

-	event.u.configureNotify.borderWidth = bw;

-	event.u.configureNotify.override = pWin->overrideRedirect;

-	DeliverEvents(pWin, &event, 1, NullWindow);

-    }

-    if (mask & CWBorderWidth)

-    {

-	if (action == RESTACK_WIN)

-	{

-	    action = MOVE_WIN;

-	    pWin->borderWidth = bw;

-	}

-	else if ((action == MOVE_WIN) &&

-		 (beforeX + wBorderWidth (pWin) == x + (int)bw) &&

-		 (beforeY + wBorderWidth (pWin) == y + (int)bw))

-	{

-	    action = REBORDER_WIN;

-	    (*pWin->drawable.pScreen->ChangeBorderWidth)(pWin, bw);

-	}

-	else

-	    pWin->borderWidth = bw;

-    }

-    if (action == MOVE_WIN)

-	(*pWin->drawable.pScreen->MoveWindow)(pWin, x, y, pSib,

-		   (mask & CWBorderWidth) ? VTOther : VTMove);

-    else if (action == RESIZE_WIN)

-	(*pWin->drawable.pScreen->ResizeWindow)(pWin, x, y, w, h, pSib);

-    else if (mask & CWStackMode)

-	ReflectStackChange(pWin, pSib, VTOther);

-

-    if (action != RESTACK_WIN)

-	CheckCursorConfinement(pWin);

-    return Success;

-#undef RESTACK_WIN

-#undef MOVE_WIN

-#undef RESIZE_WIN

-#undef REBORDER_WIN

-}

-

-

-/******

- *

- * CirculateWindow

- *    For RaiseLowest, raises the lowest mapped child (if any) that is

- *    obscured by another child to the top of the stack.  For LowerHighest,

- *    lowers the highest mapped child (if any) that is obscuring another

- *    child to the bottom of the stack.	 Exposure processing is performed 

- *

- ******/

-

-int

-CirculateWindow(WindowPtr pParent, int direction, ClientPtr client)

-{

-    WindowPtr pWin, pHead, pFirst;

-    xEvent event;

-    BoxRec box;

-

-    pHead = RealChildHead(pParent);

-    pFirst = pHead ? pHead->nextSib : pParent->firstChild;

-    if (direction == RaiseLowest)

-    {

-	for (pWin = pParent->lastChild;

-	     (pWin != pHead) &&

-	     !(pWin->mapped &&

-	       AnyWindowOverlapsMe(pWin, pHead, WindowExtents(pWin, &box)));

-	     pWin = pWin->prevSib) ;

-	if (pWin == pHead)

-	    return Success;

-    }

-    else

-    {

-	for (pWin = pFirst;

-	     pWin &&

-	     !(pWin->mapped &&

-	       IOverlapAnyWindow(pWin, WindowExtents(pWin, &box)));

-	     pWin = pWin->nextSib) ;

-	if (!pWin)

-	    return Success;

-    }

-

-    event.u.circulate.window = pWin->drawable.id;

-    event.u.circulate.parent = pParent->drawable.id;

-    event.u.circulate.event = pParent->drawable.id;

-    if (direction == RaiseLowest)

-	event.u.circulate.place = PlaceOnTop;

-    else

-	event.u.circulate.place = PlaceOnBottom;

-

-    if (RedirectSend(pParent))

-    {

-	event.u.u.type = CirculateRequest;

-	if (MaybeDeliverEventsToClient(pParent, &event, 1,

-		SubstructureRedirectMask, client) == 1)

-	    return Success;

-    }

-

-    event.u.u.type = CirculateNotify;

-    DeliverEvents(pWin, &event, 1, NullWindow);

-    ReflectStackChange(pWin,

-		       (direction == RaiseLowest) ? pFirst : NullWindow,

-		       VTStack);

-

-    return Success;

-}

-

-static int

-CompareWIDs(

-    WindowPtr pWin,

-    pointer   value) /* must conform to VisitWindowProcPtr */

-{

-    Window *wid = (Window *)value;

-

-    if (pWin->drawable.id == *wid)

-       return WT_STOPWALKING;

-    else

-       return WT_WALKCHILDREN;

-}

-

-/*****

- *  ReparentWindow

- *****/

-

-int

-ReparentWindow(WindowPtr pWin, WindowPtr pParent,

-               int x, int y, ClientPtr client)

-{

-    WindowPtr pPrev, pPriorParent;

-    Bool WasMapped = (Bool)(pWin->mapped);

-    xEvent event;

-    int bw = wBorderWidth (pWin);

-    ScreenPtr pScreen;

-

-    pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;

-    if (TraverseTree(pWin, CompareWIDs, (pointer)&pParent->drawable.id) == WT_STOPWALKING)

-	return BadMatch;

-    if (!MakeWindowOptional(pWin))

-	return BadAlloc;

-

-    if (WasMapped)

-       UnmapWindow(pWin, FALSE);

-

-    memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent));

-    event.u.u.type = ReparentNotify;

-    event.u.reparent.window = pWin->drawable.id;

-    event.u.reparent.parent = pParent->drawable.id;

-    event.u.reparent.x = x;

-    event.u.reparent.y = y;

-#ifdef PANORAMIX

-    if(!noPanoramiXExtension && !pParent->parent) {

-	event.u.reparent.x += screenInfo.screens[0]->x;

-	event.u.reparent.y += screenInfo.screens[0]->y;

-    }

-#endif

-    event.u.reparent.override = pWin->overrideRedirect;

-    DeliverEvents(pWin, &event, 1, pParent);

-

-    /* take out of sibling chain */

-

-    pPriorParent = pPrev = pWin->parent;

-    if (pPrev->firstChild == pWin)

-	pPrev->firstChild = pWin->nextSib;

-    if (pPrev->lastChild == pWin)

-	pPrev->lastChild = pWin->prevSib;

-

-    if (pWin->nextSib)

-	pWin->nextSib->prevSib = pWin->prevSib;

-    if (pWin->prevSib)

-	pWin->prevSib->nextSib = pWin->nextSib;

-

-    /* insert at begining of pParent */

-    pWin->parent = pParent;

-    pPrev = RealChildHead(pParent);

-    if (pPrev)

-    {

-	pWin->nextSib = pPrev->nextSib;

-	if (pPrev->nextSib)

-	    pPrev->nextSib->prevSib = pWin;

-	else

-	    pParent->lastChild = pWin;

-	pPrev->nextSib = pWin;

-	pWin->prevSib = pPrev;

-    }

-    else

-    {

-	pWin->nextSib = pParent->firstChild;

-	pWin->prevSib = NullWindow;

-	if (pParent->firstChild)

-	    pParent->firstChild->prevSib = pWin;

-	else

-	    pParent->lastChild = pWin;

-	pParent->firstChild = pWin;

-    }

-

-    pWin->origin.x = x + bw;

-    pWin->origin.y = y + bw;

-    pWin->drawable.x = x + bw + pParent->drawable.x;

-    pWin->drawable.y = y + bw + pParent->drawable.y;

-

-    /* clip to parent */

-    SetWinSize (pWin);

-    SetBorderSize (pWin);

-

-    if (pScreen->ReparentWindow)

-	(*pScreen->ReparentWindow)(pWin, pPriorParent);

-    (*pScreen->PositionWindow)(pWin, pWin->drawable.x, pWin->drawable.y);

-    ResizeChildrenWinSize(pWin, 0, 0, 0, 0);

-

-    CheckWindowOptionalNeed(pWin);

-

-    if (WasMapped)

-	MapWindow(pWin, client);

-    RecalculateDeliverableEvents(pWin);

-    return Success;

-}

-

-static void

-RealizeTree(WindowPtr pWin)

-{

-    WindowPtr pChild;

-    RealizeWindowProcPtr Realize;

-

-    Realize = pWin->drawable.pScreen->RealizeWindow;

-    pChild = pWin;

-    while (1)

-    {

-	if (pChild->mapped)

-	{

-	    pChild->realized = TRUE;

-	    pChild->viewable = (pChild->drawable.class == InputOutput);

-	    (* Realize)(pChild);

-	    if (pChild->firstChild)

-	    {

-		pChild = pChild->firstChild;

-		continue;

-	    }

-	}

-	while (!pChild->nextSib && (pChild != pWin))

-	    pChild = pChild->parent;

-	if (pChild == pWin)

-	    return;

-	pChild = pChild->nextSib;

-    }

-}

-

-static WindowPtr windowDisableMapUnmapEvents;

-

-void

-DisableMapUnmapEvents(WindowPtr pWin)

-{

-    assert (windowDisableMapUnmapEvents == NULL);

-    

-    windowDisableMapUnmapEvents = pWin;

-}

-

-void

-EnableMapUnmapEvents(WindowPtr pWin)

-{

-    assert (windowDisableMapUnmapEvents != NULL);

-

-    windowDisableMapUnmapEvents = NULL;

-}

-

-static Bool

-MapUnmapEventsEnabled(WindowPtr pWin)

-{

-    return pWin != windowDisableMapUnmapEvents;

-}

-

-/*****

- * MapWindow

- *    If some other client has selected SubStructureReDirect on the parent

- *    and override-redirect is xFalse, then a MapRequest event is generated,

- *    but the window remains unmapped.	Otherwise, the window is mapped and a

- *    MapNotify event is generated.

- *****/

-

-int

-MapWindow(WindowPtr pWin, ClientPtr client)

-{

-    ScreenPtr pScreen;

-

-    WindowPtr pParent;

-    WindowPtr  pLayerWin;

-

-    if (pWin->mapped)

-	return Success;

-

-    /*  general check for permission to map window */

-    if (XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, client, pWin->drawable.id, RT_WINDOW,

-		 pWin, RT_NONE, NULL, DixShowAccess) != Success)

-	return Success;

-

-    pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;

-    if ( (pParent = pWin->parent) )

-    {

-	xEvent event;

-	Bool anyMarked;

-

-	if ((!pWin->overrideRedirect) && 

-	    (RedirectSend(pParent)

-	))

-	{

-	    memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent));

-	    event.u.u.type = MapRequest;

-	    event.u.mapRequest.window = pWin->drawable.id;

-	    event.u.mapRequest.parent = pParent->drawable.id;

-

-	    if (MaybeDeliverEventsToClient(pParent, &event, 1,

-		SubstructureRedirectMask, client) == 1)

-		return Success;

-	}

-

-	pWin->mapped = TRUE;

-	if (SubStrSend(pWin, pParent) && MapUnmapEventsEnabled(pWin))

-	{

-	    memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent));

-	    event.u.u.type = MapNotify;

-	    event.u.mapNotify.window = pWin->drawable.id;

-	    event.u.mapNotify.override = pWin->overrideRedirect;

-	    DeliverEvents(pWin, &event, 1, NullWindow);

-	}

-

-	if (!pParent->realized)

-	    return Success;

-	RealizeTree(pWin);

-	if (pWin->viewable)

-	{

-	    anyMarked = (*pScreen->MarkOverlappedWindows)(pWin, pWin,

-							  &pLayerWin);

-	    if (anyMarked)

-	    {

-		(*pScreen->ValidateTree)(pLayerWin->parent, pLayerWin, VTMap);

-		(*pScreen->HandleExposures)(pLayerWin->parent);

-	    }

-	if (anyMarked && pScreen->PostValidateTree)

-	    (*pScreen->PostValidateTree)(pLayerWin->parent, pLayerWin, VTMap);

-	}

-	WindowsRestructured ();

-    }

-    else

-    {

-	RegionRec   temp;

-

-	pWin->mapped = TRUE;

-	pWin->realized = TRUE;	   /* for roots */

-	pWin->viewable = pWin->drawable.class == InputOutput;

-	/* We SHOULD check for an error value here XXX */

-	(*pScreen->RealizeWindow)(pWin);

-	if (pScreen->ClipNotify)

-	    (*pScreen->ClipNotify) (pWin, 0, 0);

-	if (pScreen->PostValidateTree)

-	    (*pScreen->PostValidateTree)(NullWindow, pWin, VTMap);

-	RegionNull(&temp);

-	RegionCopy(&temp, &pWin->clipList);

-	(*pScreen->WindowExposures) (pWin, &temp, NullRegion);

-	RegionUninit(&temp);

-    }

-

-    return Success;

-}

-

-

-/*****

- * MapSubwindows

- *    Performs a MapWindow all unmapped children of the window, in top

- *    to bottom stacking order.

- *****/

-

-void

-MapSubwindows(WindowPtr pParent, ClientPtr client)

-{

-    WindowPtr	pWin;

-    WindowPtr	pFirstMapped = NullWindow;

-    ScreenPtr	pScreen;

-    Mask	parentRedirect;

-    Mask	parentNotify;

-    xEvent	event;

-    Bool	anyMarked;

-    WindowPtr		pLayerWin;

-

-    pScreen = pParent->drawable.pScreen;

-    parentRedirect = RedirectSend(pParent);

-    parentNotify = SubSend(pParent);

-    anyMarked = FALSE;

-    for (pWin = pParent->firstChild; pWin; pWin = pWin->nextSib)

-    {

-	if (!pWin->mapped)

-	{

-	    if (parentRedirect && !pWin->overrideRedirect)

-	    {

-		memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent));

-		event.u.u.type = MapRequest;

-		event.u.mapRequest.window = pWin->drawable.id;

-		event.u.mapRequest.parent = pParent->drawable.id;

-    

-		if (MaybeDeliverEventsToClient(pParent, &event, 1,

-		    SubstructureRedirectMask, client) == 1)

-		    continue;

-	    }

-    

-	    pWin->mapped = TRUE;

-	    if (parentNotify || StrSend(pWin))

-	    {

-		memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent));

-		event.u.u.type = MapNotify;

-		event.u.mapNotify.window = pWin->drawable.id;

-		event.u.mapNotify.override = pWin->overrideRedirect;

-		DeliverEvents(pWin, &event, 1, NullWindow);

-	    }

-    

-	    if (!pFirstMapped)

-		pFirstMapped = pWin;

-	    if (pParent->realized)

-	    {

-		RealizeTree(pWin);

-		if (pWin->viewable)

-		{

-		    anyMarked |= (*pScreen->MarkOverlappedWindows)(pWin, pWin,

-							(WindowPtr *)NULL);

-		}

-	    }

-	}

-    }

-

-    if (pFirstMapped)

-    {

-	pLayerWin = (*pScreen->GetLayerWindow)(pParent);

-	if (pLayerWin->parent != pParent) {

-	    anyMarked |= (*pScreen->MarkOverlappedWindows)(pLayerWin,

-							   pLayerWin,

-							   (WindowPtr *)NULL);

-	    pFirstMapped = pLayerWin;

-	}

-        if (anyMarked)

-        {

-	    (*pScreen->ValidateTree)(pLayerWin->parent, pFirstMapped, VTMap);

-	    (*pScreen->HandleExposures)(pLayerWin->parent);

-	}

-        if (anyMarked && pScreen->PostValidateTree)

-	    (*pScreen->PostValidateTree)(pLayerWin->parent, pFirstMapped,

-					 VTMap);

-        WindowsRestructured ();

-    }

-}

-

-static void

-UnrealizeTree(

-    WindowPtr pWin,

-    Bool fromConfigure)

-{

-    WindowPtr pChild;

-    UnrealizeWindowProcPtr Unrealize;

-    MarkUnrealizedWindowProcPtr MarkUnrealizedWindow;

-

-    Unrealize = pWin->drawable.pScreen->UnrealizeWindow;

-    MarkUnrealizedWindow = pWin->drawable.pScreen->MarkUnrealizedWindow;

-    pChild = pWin;

-    while (1)

-    {

-	if (pChild->realized)

-	{

-	    pChild->realized = FALSE;

-	    pChild->visibility = VisibilityNotViewable;

-#ifdef PANORAMIX

-	    if(!noPanoramiXExtension && !pChild->drawable.pScreen->myNum) {

-		PanoramiXRes *win;

-		int rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&win,

-					     pChild->drawable.id, XRT_WINDOW,

-					     serverClient, DixWriteAccess);

-		if (rc == Success)

-		   win->u.win.visibility = VisibilityNotViewable;

-	    } 

-#endif

-	    (* Unrealize)(pChild);

-	    if (MapUnmapEventsEnabled(pWin))

-		DeleteWindowFromAnyEvents(pChild, FALSE);

-	    if (pChild->viewable)

-	    {

-		pChild->viewable = FALSE;

-		(* MarkUnrealizedWindow)(pChild, pWin, fromConfigure);

-		pChild->drawable.serialNumber = NEXT_SERIAL_NUMBER;

-	    }

-	    if (pChild->firstChild)

-	    {

-		pChild = pChild->firstChild;

-		continue;

-	    }

-	}

-	while (!pChild->nextSib && (pChild != pWin))

-	    pChild = pChild->parent;

-	if (pChild == pWin)

-	    return;

-	pChild = pChild->nextSib;

-    }

-}

-

-/*****

- * UnmapWindow

- *    If the window is already unmapped, this request has no effect.

- *    Otherwise, the window is unmapped and an UnMapNotify event is

- *    generated.  Cannot unmap a root window.

- *****/

-

-int

-UnmapWindow(WindowPtr pWin, Bool fromConfigure)

-{

-    WindowPtr pParent;

-    xEvent event;

-    Bool wasRealized = (Bool)pWin->realized;

-    Bool wasViewable = (Bool)pWin->viewable;

-    ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;

-    WindowPtr pLayerWin = pWin;

-

-    if ((!pWin->mapped) || (!(pParent = pWin->parent)))

-	return Success;

-    if (SubStrSend(pWin, pParent) && MapUnmapEventsEnabled(pWin))

-    {

-	memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent));

-	event.u.u.type = UnmapNotify;

-	event.u.unmapNotify.window = pWin->drawable.id;

-	event.u.unmapNotify.fromConfigure = fromConfigure;

-	DeliverEvents(pWin, &event, 1, NullWindow);

-    }

-    if (wasViewable && !fromConfigure)

-    {

-	pWin->valdata = UnmapValData;

-	(*pScreen->MarkOverlappedWindows)(pWin, pWin->nextSib, &pLayerWin);

-	(*pScreen->MarkWindow)(pLayerWin->parent);

-    }

-    pWin->mapped = FALSE;

-    if (wasRealized)

-	UnrealizeTree(pWin, fromConfigure);

-    if (wasViewable)

-    {

-	if (!fromConfigure)

-	{

-	    (*pScreen->ValidateTree)(pLayerWin->parent, pWin, VTUnmap);

-	    (*pScreen->HandleExposures)(pLayerWin->parent);

-	}

-	if (!fromConfigure && pScreen->PostValidateTree)

-	    (*pScreen->PostValidateTree)(pLayerWin->parent, pWin, VTUnmap);

-    }

-    if (wasRealized && !fromConfigure)

-	WindowsRestructured ();

-    return Success;

-}

-

-/*****

- * UnmapSubwindows

- *    Performs an UnmapWindow request with the specified mode on all mapped

- *    children of the window, in bottom to top stacking order.

- *****/

-

-void

-UnmapSubwindows(WindowPtr pWin)

-{

-    WindowPtr pChild, pHead;

-    xEvent event;

-    Bool wasRealized = (Bool)pWin->realized;

-    Bool wasViewable = (Bool)pWin->viewable;

-    Bool anyMarked = FALSE;

-    Mask parentNotify;

-    WindowPtr pLayerWin = NULL;

-    ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;

-

-    if (!pWin->firstChild)

-	return;

-    parentNotify = SubSend(pWin);

-    pHead = RealChildHead(pWin);

-

-    if (wasViewable)

-	pLayerWin = (*pScreen->GetLayerWindow)(pWin);

-

-    for (pChild = pWin->lastChild; pChild != pHead; pChild = pChild->prevSib)

-    {

-	if (pChild->mapped)

-	{

-	    if (parentNotify || StrSend(pChild))

-	    {

-		event.u.u.type = UnmapNotify;

-		event.u.unmapNotify.window = pChild->drawable.id;

-		event.u.unmapNotify.fromConfigure = xFalse;

-		DeliverEvents(pChild, &event, 1, NullWindow);

-	    }

-	    if (pChild->viewable)

-	    {

-		pChild->valdata = UnmapValData;

-		anyMarked = TRUE;

-	    }

-	    pChild->mapped = FALSE;

-	    if (pChild->realized)

-		UnrealizeTree(pChild, FALSE);

-	    if (wasViewable)

-	    {

-	    }

-	}

-    }

-    if (wasViewable)

-    {

-	if (anyMarked)

-	{

-	    if (pLayerWin->parent == pWin)

-		(*pScreen->MarkWindow)(pWin);

-	    else

-	    {

-		WindowPtr ptmp;

-                (*pScreen->MarkOverlappedWindows)(pWin, pLayerWin,

-						  (WindowPtr *)NULL);

-		(*pScreen->MarkWindow)(pLayerWin->parent);

-		

-		/* Windows between pWin and pLayerWin may not have been marked */

-		ptmp = pWin;

- 

-		while (ptmp != pLayerWin->parent)

-		{

-		    (*pScreen->MarkWindow)(ptmp);

-		    ptmp = ptmp->parent;

-		}

-                pHead = pWin->firstChild;

-	    }

-	    (*pScreen->ValidateTree)(pLayerWin->parent, pHead, VTUnmap);

-	    (*pScreen->HandleExposures)(pLayerWin->parent);

-	}

-	if (anyMarked && pScreen->PostValidateTree)

-	    (*pScreen->PostValidateTree)(pLayerWin->parent, pHead, VTUnmap);

-    }

-    if (wasRealized)

-	WindowsRestructured ();

-}

-

-

-void

-HandleSaveSet(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    WindowPtr pParent, pWin;

-    int j;

-

-    for (j=0; j<client->numSaved; j++)

-    {

-	pWin = SaveSetWindow(client->saveSet[j]);

-#ifdef XFIXES

-	if (SaveSetToRoot(client->saveSet[j]))

-	    pParent = pWin->drawable.pScreen->root;

-	else

-#endif

-	{

-	    pParent = pWin->parent;

-	    while (pParent && (wClient (pParent) == client))

-		pParent = pParent->parent;

-	}

-	if (pParent)

-	{

-	    if (pParent != pWin->parent)

-	    {

-#ifdef XFIXES

-		/* unmap first so that ReparentWindow doesn't remap */

-		if (!SaveSetShouldMap (client->saveSet[j]))

-		    UnmapWindow(pWin, FALSE);

-#endif

-		ReparentWindow(pWin, pParent,

-			       pWin->drawable.x - wBorderWidth (pWin) - pParent->drawable.x,

-			       pWin->drawable.y - wBorderWidth (pWin) - pParent->drawable.y,

-			       client);

-		if(!pWin->realized && pWin->mapped)

-		    pWin->mapped = FALSE;

-	    }

-#ifdef XFIXES

-	    if (SaveSetShouldMap (client->saveSet[j]))

-#endif

-		MapWindow(pWin, client);

-	}

-    }

-    free(client->saveSet);

-    client->numSaved = 0;

-    client->saveSet = (SaveSetElt *)NULL;

-}

-

-/**

- *

- * \param x,y  in root

- */

-Bool

-PointInWindowIsVisible(WindowPtr pWin, int x, int y)

-{

-    BoxRec box;

-

-    if (!pWin->realized)

-	return FALSE;

-    if (RegionContainsPoint(&pWin->borderClip,

-						  x, y, &box)

-	&& (!wInputShape(pWin) ||

-	    RegionContainsPoint(wInputShape(pWin),

-				x - pWin->drawable.x,

-				y - pWin->drawable.y, &box)))

-	return TRUE;

-    return FALSE;

-}

-

-

-RegionPtr

-NotClippedByChildren(WindowPtr pWin)

-{

-    RegionPtr pReg = RegionCreate(NullBox, 1);

-    if (pWin->parent ||

-	screenIsSaved != SCREEN_SAVER_ON ||

-	!HasSaverWindow (pWin->drawable.pScreen))

-    {

-	RegionIntersect(pReg, &pWin->borderClip, &pWin->winSize);

-    }

-    return pReg;

-}

-

-void

-SendVisibilityNotify(WindowPtr pWin)

-{

-    xEvent event;

-    unsigned int visibility = pWin->visibility;

-

-    if (!MapUnmapEventsEnabled(pWin))

-        return;

-#ifdef PANORAMIX

-    /* This is not quite correct yet, but it's close */

-    if(!noPanoramiXExtension) {

-	PanoramiXRes *win;

-	WindowPtr pWin2;

-	int rc, i, Scrnum;

-

-	Scrnum = pWin->drawable.pScreen->myNum;

-	

-	win = PanoramiXFindIDByScrnum(XRT_WINDOW, pWin->drawable.id, Scrnum);

-

-	if(!win || (win->u.win.visibility == visibility))

-	    return;

-

-	switch(visibility) {

-	case VisibilityUnobscured:

-	    FOR_NSCREENS(i) {

-		if(i == Scrnum) continue;

-

-		rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin2, win->info[i].id, serverClient,

-				     DixWriteAccess);

-

-		if (rc == Success) {

-		    if(pWin2->visibility == VisibilityPartiallyObscured)

-		   	return;

-

-		    if(!i) pWin = pWin2;

-		}

-	    }

-	    break;

-	case VisibilityPartiallyObscured:

-	    if(Scrnum) {

-		rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin2, win->info[0].id, serverClient,

-				     DixWriteAccess);

-		if (rc == Success) pWin = pWin2;

-	    }

-	    break;

-	case VisibilityFullyObscured:

-	    FOR_NSCREENS(i) {

-		if(i == Scrnum) continue;

-

-		rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin2, win->info[i].id, serverClient,

-				     DixWriteAccess);

-		

-		if (rc == Success) {

-		    if(pWin2->visibility != VisibilityFullyObscured)

-		    	return;

-

-		    if(!i) pWin = pWin2;

-		}

-	    }

-	    break;

-	}

-	

-	win->u.win.visibility = visibility;

-    }

-#endif

-

-    memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent));

-    event.u.u.type = VisibilityNotify;

-    event.u.visibility.window = pWin->drawable.id;

-    event.u.visibility.state = visibility;

-    DeliverEvents(pWin, &event, 1, NullWindow);

-}

-

-#define RANDOM_WIDTH 32

-int

-dixSaveScreens(ClientPtr client, int on, int mode)

-{

-    int rc, i, what, type;

-

-    if (on == SCREEN_SAVER_FORCER)

-    {

-	if (mode == ScreenSaverReset)

-	    what = SCREEN_SAVER_OFF;

-	else

-	    what = SCREEN_SAVER_ON;

-	type = what;

-    }

-    else

-    {

-	what = on;

-	type = what;

-	if (what == screenIsSaved)

-	    type = SCREEN_SAVER_CYCLE;

-    }

-

-    for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++) {

-	rc = XaceHook(XACE_SCREENSAVER_ACCESS, client, screenInfo.screens[i],

-		      DixShowAccess | DixHideAccess);

-	if (rc != Success)

-	    return rc;

-    }

-    for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++)

-    {

-	ScreenPtr pScreen = screenInfo.screens[i];

-	if (on == SCREEN_SAVER_FORCER)

-	   (* pScreen->SaveScreen) (pScreen, on);

-	if (pScreen->screensaver.ExternalScreenSaver)

-	{

-	    if ((*pScreen->screensaver.ExternalScreenSaver)

-		(pScreen, type, on == SCREEN_SAVER_FORCER))

-		continue;

-	}

-	if (type == screenIsSaved)

-	    continue;

-	switch (type) {

-	case SCREEN_SAVER_OFF:

-	    if (pScreen->screensaver.blanked == SCREEN_IS_BLANKED)

-	    {

-	       (* pScreen->SaveScreen) (pScreen, what);

-	    }

-	    else if (HasSaverWindow (pScreen))

-	    {

-		pScreen->screensaver.pWindow = NullWindow;

-		FreeResource(pScreen->screensaver.wid, RT_NONE);

-	    }

-	    break;

-	case SCREEN_SAVER_CYCLE:

-	    if (pScreen->screensaver.blanked == SCREEN_IS_TILED)

-	    {

-		WindowPtr pWin = pScreen->screensaver.pWindow;

-		/* make it look like screen saver is off, so that

-		 * NotClippedByChildren will compute a clip list

-		 * for the root window, so miPaintWindow works

-		 */

-		screenIsSaved = SCREEN_SAVER_OFF;

-		(*pWin->drawable.pScreen->MoveWindow)(pWin,

-			   (short)(-(rand() % RANDOM_WIDTH)),

-			   (short)(-(rand() % RANDOM_WIDTH)),

-			   pWin->nextSib, VTMove);

-		screenIsSaved = SCREEN_SAVER_ON;

-	    }

-	    /*

-	     * Call the DDX saver in case it wants to do something

-	     * at cycle time

-	     */

-	    else if (pScreen->screensaver.blanked == SCREEN_IS_BLANKED)

-	    {

-		(* pScreen->SaveScreen) (pScreen, type);

-	    }

-	    break;

-	case SCREEN_SAVER_ON:

-	    if (ScreenSaverBlanking != DontPreferBlanking)

-	    {

-		if ((* pScreen->SaveScreen) (pScreen, what))

-		{

-		   pScreen->screensaver.blanked = SCREEN_IS_BLANKED;

-		   continue;

-		}

-		if ((ScreenSaverAllowExposures != DontAllowExposures) &&

-		    TileScreenSaver(pScreen, SCREEN_IS_BLACK))

-		{

-		    pScreen->screensaver.blanked = SCREEN_IS_BLACK;

-		    continue;

-		}

-	    }

-	    if ((ScreenSaverAllowExposures != DontAllowExposures) &&

-		TileScreenSaver(pScreen, SCREEN_IS_TILED))

-	    {

-		pScreen->screensaver.blanked = SCREEN_IS_TILED;

-	    }

-	    else

-		pScreen->screensaver.blanked = SCREEN_ISNT_SAVED;

-	    break;

-	}

-    }

-    screenIsSaved = what;

-    if (mode == ScreenSaverReset) {

-	if (on == SCREEN_SAVER_FORCER) {

-	    UpdateCurrentTimeIf();

-	    lastDeviceEventTime = currentTime;

-	}

-	SetScreenSaverTimer();

-    }

-    return Success;

-}

-

-int

-SaveScreens(int on, int mode)

-{

-    return dixSaveScreens(serverClient, on, mode);

-}

-

-static Bool

-TileScreenSaver(ScreenPtr pScreen, int kind)

-{

-    int j;

-    int result;

-    XID attributes[3];

-    Mask mask;

-    WindowPtr pWin;		

-    CursorMetricRec cm;

-    unsigned char *srcbits, *mskbits;

-    CursorPtr cursor;

-    XID	cursorID = 0;

-    int	attri;

-

-    mask = 0;

-    attri = 0;

-    switch (kind) {

-    case SCREEN_IS_TILED:

-	switch (pScreen->root->backgroundState) {

-	case BackgroundPixel:

-	    attributes[attri++] = pScreen->root->background.pixel;

-	    mask |= CWBackPixel;

-	    break;

-	case BackgroundPixmap:

-	    attributes[attri++] = None;

-	    mask |= CWBackPixmap;

-	    break;

-	default:

-	    break;

-	}

-	break;

-    case SCREEN_IS_BLACK:

-	attributes[attri++] = pScreen->root->drawable.pScreen->blackPixel;

-	mask |= CWBackPixel;

-	break;

-    }

-    mask |= CWOverrideRedirect;

-    attributes[attri++] = xTrue;

-

-    /*

-     * create a blank cursor

-     */

-

-    cm.width=16;

-    cm.height=16;

-    cm.xhot=8;

-    cm.yhot=8;

-    srcbits = malloc( BitmapBytePad(32)*16);

-    mskbits = malloc( BitmapBytePad(32)*16);

-    if (!srcbits || !mskbits)

-    {

-	free(srcbits);

-	free(mskbits);

-	cursor = 0;

-    }

-    else

-    {

-	for (j=0; j<BitmapBytePad(32)*16; j++)

-	    srcbits[j] = mskbits[j] = 0x0;

-	result = AllocARGBCursor(srcbits, mskbits, NULL, &cm, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,

-				 &cursor, serverClient, (XID)0);

-	if (cursor)

-	{

-	    cursorID = FakeClientID(0);

-	    if (AddResource (cursorID, RT_CURSOR, (pointer) cursor))

-	    {

-		attributes[attri] = cursorID;

-		mask |= CWCursor;

-	    }

-	    else

-		cursor = 0;

-	}

-	else

-	{

-	    free(srcbits);

-	    free(mskbits);

-	}

-    }

-

-    pWin = pScreen->screensaver.pWindow =

-	 CreateWindow(pScreen->screensaver.wid,

-	      pScreen->root,

-	      -RANDOM_WIDTH, -RANDOM_WIDTH,

-	      (unsigned short)pScreen->width + RANDOM_WIDTH,

-	      (unsigned short)pScreen->height + RANDOM_WIDTH,

-	      0, InputOutput, mask, attributes, 0, serverClient,

-	      wVisual (pScreen->root), &result);

-

-    if (cursor)

-	FreeResource (cursorID, RT_NONE);

-

-    if (!pWin)

-	return FALSE;

-

-    if (!AddResource(pWin->drawable.id, RT_WINDOW,

-		     (pointer)pScreen->screensaver.pWindow))

-	return FALSE;

-

-    if (mask & CWBackPixmap)

-    {

-	MakeRootTile (pWin);

-	(*pWin->drawable.pScreen->ChangeWindowAttributes)(pWin, CWBackPixmap);

-    }

-    MapWindow(pWin, serverClient);

-    return TRUE;

-}

-

-/*

- * FindWindowWithOptional

- *

- * search ancestors of the given window for an entry containing

- * a WindowOpt structure.  Assumptions:	 some parent will

- * contain the structure.

- */

-

-WindowPtr

-FindWindowWithOptional (WindowPtr w)

-{

-    do

-	w = w->parent;

-    while (!w->optional);

-    return w;

-}

-

-/*

- * CheckWindowOptionalNeed

- *

- * check each optional entry in the given window to see if

- * the value is satisfied by the default rules.	 If so,

- * release the optional record

- */

-

-void

-CheckWindowOptionalNeed (WindowPtr w)

-{

-    WindowOptPtr optional;

-    WindowOptPtr parentOptional;

-

-    if (!w->parent || !w->optional)

-	return;

-    optional = w->optional;

-    if (optional->dontPropagateMask != DontPropagateMasks[w->dontPropagate])

-	return;

-    if (optional->otherEventMasks != 0)

-	return;

-    if (optional->otherClients != NULL)

-	return;

-    if (optional->passiveGrabs != NULL)

-	return;

-    if (optional->userProps != NULL)

-	return;

-    if (optional->backingBitPlanes != ~0L)

-	return;

-    if (optional->backingPixel != 0)

-	return;

-    if (optional->boundingShape != NULL)

-	return;

-    if (optional->clipShape != NULL)

-	return;

-    if (optional->inputShape != NULL)

-	return;

-    if (optional->inputMasks != NULL)

-	return;

-    if (optional->deviceCursors != NULL)

-    {

-        DevCursNodePtr pNode = optional->deviceCursors;

-        while(pNode)

-        {

-            if (pNode->cursor != None)

-                return;

-            pNode = pNode->next;

-        }

-    }

-

-    parentOptional = FindWindowWithOptional(w)->optional;

-    if (optional->visual != parentOptional->visual)

-	return;

-    if (optional->cursor != None &&

-	(optional->cursor != parentOptional->cursor ||

-	 w->parent->cursorIsNone))

-	return;

-    if (optional->colormap != parentOptional->colormap)

-	return;

-    DisposeWindowOptional (w);

-}

-

-/*

- * MakeWindowOptional

- *

- * create an optional record and initialize it with the default

- * values.

- */

-

-Bool

-MakeWindowOptional (WindowPtr pWin)

-{

-    WindowOptPtr optional;

-    WindowOptPtr parentOptional;

-

-    if (pWin->optional)

-	return TRUE;

-    optional = malloc(sizeof (WindowOptRec));

-    if (!optional)

-	return FALSE;

-    optional->dontPropagateMask = DontPropagateMasks[pWin->dontPropagate];

-    optional->otherEventMasks = 0;

-    optional->otherClients = NULL;

-    optional->passiveGrabs = NULL;

-    optional->userProps = NULL;

-    optional->backingBitPlanes = ~0L;

-    optional->backingPixel = 0;

-    optional->boundingShape = NULL;

-    optional->clipShape = NULL;

-    optional->inputShape = NULL;

-    optional->inputMasks = NULL;

-    optional->deviceCursors = NULL;

-

-    parentOptional = FindWindowWithOptional(pWin)->optional;

-    optional->visual = parentOptional->visual;

-    if (!pWin->cursorIsNone)

-    {

-	optional->cursor = parentOptional->cursor;

-	optional->cursor->refcnt++;

-    }

-    else

-    {

-	optional->cursor = None;

-    }

-    optional->colormap = parentOptional->colormap;

-    pWin->optional = optional;

-    return TRUE;

-}

-

-/*

- * Changes the cursor struct for the given device and the given window.

- * A cursor that does not have a device cursor set will use whatever the

- * standard cursor is for the window. If all devices have a cursor set,

- * changing the window cursor (e.g. using XDefineCursor()) will not have any

- * visible effect. Only when one of the device cursors is set to None again,

- * this device's cursor will display the changed standard cursor.

- * 

- * CursorIsNone of the window struct is NOT modified if you set a device

- * cursor. 

- *

- * Assumption: If there is a node for a device in the list, the device has a

- * cursor. If the cursor is set to None, it is inherited by the parent.

- */

-int

-ChangeWindowDeviceCursor(WindowPtr pWin, 

-                         DeviceIntPtr pDev, 

-                         CursorPtr pCursor) 

-{

-    DevCursNodePtr pNode, pPrev;

-    CursorPtr pOldCursor = NULL;

-    ScreenPtr pScreen;

-    WindowPtr pChild;

-

-    if (!pWin->optional && !MakeWindowOptional(pWin))

-        return BadAlloc;

-

-    /* 1) Check if window has device cursor set

-     *  Yes: 1.1) swap cursor with given cursor if parent does not have same

-     *            cursor, free old cursor

-     *       1.2) free old cursor, use parent cursor

-     *  No: 1.1) add node to beginning of list.

-     *      1.2) add cursor to node if parent does not have same cursor

-     *      1.3) use parent cursor if parent does not have same cursor

-     *  2) Patch up children if child has a devcursor

-     *  2.1) if child has cursor None, it inherited from parent, set to old

-     *  cursor

-     *  2.2) if child has same cursor as new cursor, remove and set to None

-     */

-

-    pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;

-

-    if (WindowSeekDeviceCursor(pWin, pDev, &pNode, &pPrev))

-    {

-        /* has device cursor */

-

-        if (pNode->cursor == pCursor)

-            return Success;

-

-        pOldCursor = pNode->cursor;

-

-        if (!pCursor) /* remove from list */

-        {

-                if(pPrev)

-                    pPrev->next = pNode->next;

-                else

-                    /* first item in list */

-                    pWin->optional->deviceCursors = pNode->next;

-

-            free(pNode);

-            goto out;

-        }

-

-    } else

-    {

-        /* no device cursor yet */

-        DevCursNodePtr pNewNode;

-

-        if (!pCursor)

-            return Success;

-

-        pNewNode = malloc(sizeof(DevCursNodeRec));

-        pNewNode->dev = pDev;

-        pNewNode->next = pWin->optional->deviceCursors;

-        pWin->optional->deviceCursors = pNewNode;

-        pNode = pNewNode;

-

-    }

-

-    if (pCursor && WindowParentHasDeviceCursor(pWin, pDev, pCursor))

-        pNode->cursor = None;

-    else

-    {

-        pNode->cursor = pCursor;

-        pCursor->refcnt++;

-    }

-

-    pNode = pPrev = NULL;

-    /* fix up children */

-    for (pChild = pWin->firstChild; pChild; pChild = pChild->nextSib)

-    {

-        if (WindowSeekDeviceCursor(pChild, pDev, &pNode, &pPrev))

-        {

-            if (pNode->cursor == None) /* inherited from parent */

-            {

-                pNode->cursor = pOldCursor;

-                pOldCursor->refcnt++;

-            } else if (pNode->cursor == pCursor)

-            {

-                pNode->cursor = None;

-                FreeCursor(pCursor, (Cursor)0); /* fix up refcnt */

-            }

-        }

-    }

-

-out:

-    if (pWin->realized)

-        WindowHasNewCursor(pWin);

-

-    if (pOldCursor)

-        FreeCursor(pOldCursor, (Cursor)0);

-

-    /* FIXME: We SHOULD check for an error value here XXX  

-       (comment taken from ChangeWindowAttributes) */

-    (*pScreen->ChangeWindowAttributes)(pWin, CWCursor);

-

-    return Success;

-}

-

-/* Get device cursor for given device or None if none is set */

-CursorPtr

-WindowGetDeviceCursor(WindowPtr pWin, DeviceIntPtr pDev)

-{

-    DevCursorList pList;

-

-    if (!pWin->optional || !pWin->optional->deviceCursors)

-        return NULL;

-

-    pList = pWin->optional->deviceCursors;

-

-    while(pList)

-    {

-        if (pList->dev == pDev)

-        {

-            if (pList->cursor == None) /* inherited from parent */

-                return WindowGetDeviceCursor(pWin->parent, pDev);

-            else

-                return pList->cursor;

-        }

-        pList = pList->next;

-    }

-    return NULL;

-}

-

-/* Searches for a DevCursorNode for the given window and device. If one is

- * found, return True and set pNode and pPrev to the node and to the node

- * before the node respectively. Otherwise return False.

- * If the device is the first in list, pPrev is set to NULL.

- */

-static Bool 

-WindowSeekDeviceCursor(WindowPtr pWin, 

-                       DeviceIntPtr pDev, 

-                       DevCursNodePtr* pNode, 

-                       DevCursNodePtr* pPrev)

-{

-    DevCursorList pList;

-

-    if (!pWin->optional)

-        return FALSE;

-

-    pList = pWin->optional->deviceCursors;

-

-    if (pList && pList->dev == pDev)

-    {

-        *pNode = pList;

-        *pPrev = NULL;

-        return TRUE;

-    }

-

-    while(pList)

-    {

-        if (pList->next)

-        {

-            if (pList->next->dev == pDev)

-            {

-                *pNode = pList->next;

-                *pPrev = pList;

-                return TRUE;

-            }

-        }

-        pList = pList->next;

-    }

-    return FALSE;

-}

-

-/* Return True if a parent has the same device cursor set or False if

- * otherwise 

- */ 

-static Bool 

-WindowParentHasDeviceCursor(WindowPtr pWin, 

-                            DeviceIntPtr pDev, 

-                            CursorPtr pCursor)

-{

-    WindowPtr pParent;

-    DevCursNodePtr pParentNode, pParentPrev;

-

-    pParent = pWin->parent;

-    while(pParent)

-    {

-        if (WindowSeekDeviceCursor(pParent, pDev, 

-                    &pParentNode, &pParentPrev))

-        {

-            /* if there is a node in the list, the win has a dev cursor */

-            if (!pParentNode->cursor) /* inherited. */

-                pParent = pParent->parent;

-            else if (pParentNode->cursor == pCursor) /* inherit */

-                return TRUE;

-            else  /* different cursor */

-                return FALSE;

-        } 

-        else 

-            /* parent does not have a device cursor for our device */

-            return FALSE;

-    }

-    return FALSE;

-}

-

-/*

- * SetRootClip --

- *	Enable or disable rendering to the screen by

- *	setting the root clip list and revalidating

- *	all of the windows

- */

-void

-SetRootClip(ScreenPtr pScreen, Bool enable)

-{

-    WindowPtr	pWin = pScreen->root;

-    WindowPtr	pChild;

-    Bool	WasViewable;

-    Bool	anyMarked = FALSE;

-    WindowPtr   pLayerWin;

-    BoxRec	box;

-

-    if (!pWin)

-	return;

-    WasViewable = (Bool)(pWin->viewable);

-    if (WasViewable)

-    {

-	for (pChild = pWin->firstChild; pChild; pChild = pChild->nextSib)

-	{

-	    (void) (*pScreen->MarkOverlappedWindows)(pChild,

-						     pChild,

-						     &pLayerWin);

-	}

-	(*pScreen->MarkWindow) (pWin);

-	anyMarked = TRUE;

-	if (pWin->valdata)

-	{

-	    if (HasBorder (pWin))

-	    {

-		RegionPtr	borderVisible;

-

-		borderVisible = RegionCreate(NullBox, 1);

-		RegionSubtract(borderVisible,

-				&pWin->borderClip, &pWin->winSize);

-		pWin->valdata->before.borderVisible = borderVisible;

-	    }

-	    pWin->valdata->before.resized = TRUE;

-	}

-    }

-

-    /*

-     * Use REGION_BREAK to avoid optimizations in ValidateTree

-     * that assume the root borderClip can't change well, normally

-     * it doesn't...)

-     */

-    if (enable)

-    {

-	box.x1 = 0;

-	box.y1 = 0;

-	box.x2 = pScreen->width;

-	box.y2 = pScreen->height;

-	RegionInit(&pWin->winSize, &box, 1);

-	RegionInit(&pWin->borderSize, &box, 1);

-	if (WasViewable)

-	    RegionReset(&pWin->borderClip, &box);

-	pWin->drawable.width = pScreen->width;

-	pWin->drawable.height = pScreen->height;

-	RegionBreak(&pWin->clipList);

-    }

-    else

-    {

-	RegionEmpty(&pWin->borderClip);

-	RegionBreak(&pWin->clipList);

-    }

-

-    ResizeChildrenWinSize (pWin, 0, 0, 0, 0);

-

-    if (WasViewable)

-    {

-	if (pWin->firstChild)

-	{

-	    anyMarked |= (*pScreen->MarkOverlappedWindows)(pWin->firstChild,

-							   pWin->firstChild,

-							   (WindowPtr *)NULL);

-	}

-	else

-	{

-	    (*pScreen->MarkWindow) (pWin);

-	    anyMarked = TRUE;

-	}

-

-

-	if (anyMarked)

-	    (*pScreen->ValidateTree)(pWin, NullWindow, VTOther);

-    }

-

-    if (WasViewable)

-    {

-	if (anyMarked)

-	    (*pScreen->HandleExposures)(pWin);

-	if (anyMarked && pScreen->PostValidateTree)

-	    (*pScreen->PostValidateTree)(pWin, NullWindow, VTOther);

-    }

-    if (pWin->realized)

-	WindowsRestructured ();   

-    FlushAllOutput();

-}

+/*
+
+Copyright (c) 2006, Red Hat, Inc.
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
+THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Copyright 1987, 1998  The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
+in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
+OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall
+not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+from The Open Group.
+
+
+Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts,
+
+			All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its 
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, 
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in 
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.  
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+*/
+
+/* The panoramix components contained the following notice */
+/*****************************************************************
+
+Copyright (c) 1991, 1997 Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES, INCLUDING,
+BUT NOT LIMITED TO CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR
+IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of Digital Equipment Corporation
+shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
+dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from Digital
+Equipment Corporation.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "misc.h"
+#include "scrnintstr.h"
+#include "os.h"
+#include "regionstr.h"
+#include "validate.h"
+#include "windowstr.h"
+#include "propertyst.h"
+#include "input.h"
+#include "inputstr.h"
+#include "resource.h"
+#include "colormapst.h"
+#include "cursorstr.h"
+#include "dixstruct.h"
+#include "gcstruct.h"
+#include "servermd.h"
+#include "mivalidate.h"
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+#include "panoramiX.h"
+#include "panoramiXsrv.h"
+#endif
+#include "dixevents.h"
+#include "globals.h"
+#include "mi.h" /* miPaintWindow */
+#ifdef COMPOSITE
+#include "compint.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "privates.h"
+#include "xace.h"
+
+#include <X11/Xatom.h> /* must come after server includes */
+
+/******
+ * Window stuff for server 
+ *
+ *    CreateRootWindow, CreateWindow, ChangeWindowAttributes,
+ *    GetWindowAttributes, DeleteWindow, DestroySubWindows,
+ *    HandleSaveSet, ReparentWindow, MapWindow, MapSubWindows,
+ *    UnmapWindow, UnmapSubWindows, ConfigureWindow, CirculateWindow,
+ *    ChangeWindowDeviceCursor
+ ******/
+
+Bool bgNoneRoot = FALSE;
+
+static unsigned char _back_lsb[4] = {0x88, 0x22, 0x44, 0x11};
+static unsigned char _back_msb[4] = {0x11, 0x44, 0x22, 0x88};
+
+static Bool WindowParentHasDeviceCursor(WindowPtr pWin, 
+                                        DeviceIntPtr pDev, 
+                                        CursorPtr pCurs);
+static Bool 
+WindowSeekDeviceCursor(WindowPtr pWin, 
+                       DeviceIntPtr pDev, 
+                       DevCursNodePtr* pNode, 
+                       DevCursNodePtr* pPrev);
+
+int screenIsSaved = SCREEN_SAVER_OFF;
+
+static Bool TileScreenSaver(ScreenPtr pScreen, int kind);
+
+#define INPUTONLY_LEGAL_MASK (CWWinGravity | CWEventMask | \
+			      CWDontPropagate | CWOverrideRedirect | CWCursor )
+
+#define BOXES_OVERLAP(b1, b2) \
+      (!( ((b1)->x2 <= (b2)->x1)  || \
+	( ((b1)->x1 >= (b2)->x2)) || \
+	( ((b1)->y2 <= (b2)->y1)) || \
+	( ((b1)->y1 >= (b2)->y2)) ) )
+
+#define RedirectSend(pWin) \
+    ((pWin->eventMask|wOtherEventMasks(pWin)) & SubstructureRedirectMask)
+
+#define SubSend(pWin) \
+    ((pWin->eventMask|wOtherEventMasks(pWin)) & SubstructureNotifyMask)
+
+#define StrSend(pWin) \
+    ((pWin->eventMask|wOtherEventMasks(pWin)) & StructureNotifyMask)
+
+#define SubStrSend(pWin,pParent) (StrSend(pWin) || SubSend(pParent))
+
+#ifdef COMPOSITE
+static const char *overlay_win_name = "<composite overlay>";
+#endif
+
+static const char *
+get_window_name(WindowPtr pWin)
+{
+#define WINDOW_NAME_BUF_LEN 512
+    PropertyPtr prop;
+    static char buf[WINDOW_NAME_BUF_LEN];
+    int len;
+#ifdef COMPOSITE
+    CompScreenPtr comp_screen = GetCompScreen(pWin->drawable.pScreen);
+
+    if (comp_screen && pWin == comp_screen->pOverlayWin)
+        return overlay_win_name;
+#endif
+
+    for (prop = wUserProps(pWin); prop; prop = prop->next)
+    {
+        if (prop->propertyName == XA_WM_NAME && prop->type == XA_STRING &&
+            prop->data)
+        {
+            len = min(prop->size, WINDOW_NAME_BUF_LEN - 1);
+            memcpy(buf, prop->data, len);
+            buf[len] = '\0';
+            return buf;
+        }
+    }
+
+    return NULL;
+#undef WINDOW_NAME_BUF_LEN
+}
+
+static void log_window_info(WindowPtr pWin, int depth)
+{
+    int i;
+    const char *win_name, *visibility;
+    BoxPtr rects;
+    ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
+
+    for (i = 0; i < (depth << 2); i++)
+        ErrorF(" ");
+
+    win_name = get_window_name(pWin);
+    ErrorF("win 0x%.8x (%s), [%d, %d] to [%d, %d]",
+           pWin->drawable.id,
+           win_name ? win_name : "no name",
+           pWin->drawable.x, pWin->drawable.y,
+           pWin->drawable.x + pWin->drawable.width,
+           pWin->drawable.y + pWin->drawable.height);
+
+    if (pWin->overrideRedirect)
+        ErrorF(" (override redirect)");
+#ifdef COMPOSITE
+    if (pWin->redirectDraw)
+        ErrorF(" (%s compositing: pixmap %x)",
+               (pWin->redirectDraw == RedirectDrawAutomatic) ?
+                "automatic" : "manual",
+               pScreen->GetWindowPixmap(pWin)->drawable.id);
+#endif
+
+    switch (pWin->visibility)
+    {
+    case VisibilityUnobscured:
+         visibility = "unobscured";
+         break;
+    case VisibilityPartiallyObscured:
+         visibility = "partially obscured";
+         break;
+    case VisibilityFullyObscured:
+         visibility = "fully obscured";
+         break;
+    case VisibilityNotViewable:
+         visibility = "unviewable";
+         break;
+    }
+    ErrorF(", %s", visibility);
+
+    if (REGION_NOTEMPTY(pScreen, &pWin->clipList))
+    {
+        ErrorF(", clip list:");
+        rects = REGION_RECTS(&pWin->clipList);
+        for (i = 0; i < REGION_NUM_RECTS(&pWin->clipList); i++)
+            ErrorF(" [(%d, %d) to (%d, %d)]",
+                   rects[i].x1, rects[i].y1,
+                   rects[i].x2, rects[i].y2);
+        ErrorF("; extents [(%d, %d) to (%d, %d)]",
+               pWin->clipList.extents.x1, pWin->clipList.extents.y1,
+               pWin->clipList.extents.x2, pWin->clipList.extents.y2);
+    }
+
+    ErrorF("\n");
+}
+
+void
+PrintWindowTree(void)
+{
+    int scrnum, depth;
+    ScreenPtr pScreen;
+    WindowPtr pWin;
+
+    for (scrnum = 0; scrnum < screenInfo.numScreens; scrnum++)
+    {
+        pScreen = screenInfo.screens[scrnum];
+        ErrorF("[dix] Dumping windows for screen %d (pixmap %x):\n", scrnum,
+               pScreen->GetScreenPixmap(pScreen)->drawable.id);
+        pWin = pScreen->root;
+        depth = 1;
+        while (pWin)
+        {
+            log_window_info(pWin, depth);
+            if (pWin->firstChild)
+            {
+                pWin = pWin->firstChild;
+                depth++;
+                continue;
+            }
+            while (pWin && !pWin->nextSib)
+            {
+                pWin = pWin->parent;
+                depth--;
+            }
+            if (!pWin)
+                break;
+            pWin = pWin->nextSib;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+int
+TraverseTree(WindowPtr pWin, VisitWindowProcPtr func, pointer data)
+{
+    int result;
+    WindowPtr pChild;
+
+    if (!(pChild = pWin))
+       return WT_NOMATCH;
+    while (1)
+    {
+	result = (* func)(pChild, data);
+	if (result == WT_STOPWALKING)
+	    return WT_STOPWALKING;
+	if ((result == WT_WALKCHILDREN) && pChild->firstChild)
+	{
+	    pChild = pChild->firstChild;
+	    continue;
+	}
+	while (!pChild->nextSib && (pChild != pWin))
+	    pChild = pChild->parent;
+	if (pChild == pWin)
+	    break;
+	pChild = pChild->nextSib;
+    }
+    return WT_NOMATCH;
+}
+
+/*****
+ * WalkTree
+ *   Walk the window tree, for SCREEN, preforming FUNC(pWin, data) on
+ *   each window.  If FUNC returns WT_WALKCHILDREN, traverse the children,
+ *   if it returns WT_DONTWALKCHILDREN, dont.  If it returns WT_STOPWALKING
+ *   exit WalkTree.  Does depth-first traverse.
+ *****/
+
+int
+WalkTree(ScreenPtr pScreen, VisitWindowProcPtr func, pointer data)
+{
+    return(TraverseTree(pScreen->root, func, data));
+}
+
+/* hack for forcing backing store on all windows */
+int	defaultBackingStore = NotUseful;
+/* hack to force no backing store */
+Bool	disableBackingStore = FALSE;
+Bool	enableBackingStore = FALSE;
+
+static void
+SetWindowToDefaults(WindowPtr pWin)
+{
+    pWin->prevSib = NullWindow;
+    pWin->firstChild = NullWindow;
+    pWin->lastChild = NullWindow;
+
+    pWin->valdata = (ValidatePtr)NULL;
+    pWin->optional = (WindowOptPtr)NULL;
+    pWin->cursorIsNone = TRUE;
+
+    pWin->backingStore = NotUseful;
+    pWin->DIXsaveUnder = FALSE;
+    pWin->backStorage = (pointer) NULL;
+
+    pWin->mapped = FALSE;	    /* off */
+    pWin->realized = FALSE;	/* off */
+    pWin->viewable = FALSE;
+    pWin->visibility = VisibilityNotViewable;
+    pWin->overrideRedirect = FALSE;
+    pWin->saveUnder = FALSE;
+
+    pWin->bitGravity = ForgetGravity;
+    pWin->winGravity = NorthWestGravity;
+
+    pWin->eventMask = 0;
+    pWin->deliverableEvents = 0;
+    pWin->dontPropagate = 0;
+    pWin->forcedBS = FALSE;
+    pWin->redirectDraw = RedirectDrawNone;
+    pWin->forcedBG = FALSE;
+
+#ifdef ROOTLESS
+    pWin->rootlessUnhittable = FALSE;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef COMPOSITE
+    pWin->damagedDescendants = FALSE;
+#endif
+}
+
+static void
+MakeRootTile(WindowPtr pWin)
+{
+    ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
+    GCPtr pGC;
+    unsigned char back[128];
+    int len = BitmapBytePad(sizeof(long));
+    unsigned char *from, *to;
+    int i, j;
+
+    pWin->background.pixmap = (*pScreen->CreatePixmap)(pScreen, 4, 4,
+						    pScreen->rootDepth, 0);
+
+    pWin->backgroundState = BackgroundPixmap;
+    pGC = GetScratchGC(pScreen->rootDepth, pScreen);
+    if (!pWin->background.pixmap || !pGC)
+	FatalError("could not create root tile");
+
+    {
+	ChangeGCVal attributes[2];
+
+	attributes[0].val = pScreen->whitePixel;
+	attributes[1].val = pScreen->blackPixel;
+
+	(void)ChangeGC(NullClient, pGC, GCForeground | GCBackground, attributes);
+    }
+
+   ValidateGC((DrawablePtr)pWin->background.pixmap, pGC);
+
+   from = (screenInfo.bitmapBitOrder == LSBFirst) ? _back_lsb : _back_msb;
+   to = back;
+
+   for (i = 4; i > 0; i--, from++)
+	for (j = len; j > 0; j--)
+	    *to++ = *from;
+
+   (*pGC->ops->PutImage)((DrawablePtr)pWin->background.pixmap, pGC, 1,
+		    0, 0, len, 4, 0, XYBitmap, (char *)back);
+
+   FreeScratchGC(pGC);
+
+}
+
+/*****
+ * CreateRootWindow
+ *    Makes a window at initialization time for specified screen
+ *****/
+
+Bool
+CreateRootWindow(ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+    WindowPtr	pWin;
+    BoxRec	box;
+    PixmapFormatRec *format;
+
+    pWin = dixAllocateObjectWithPrivates(WindowRec, PRIVATE_WINDOW);
+    if (!pWin)
+	return FALSE;
+
+    pScreen->screensaver.pWindow = NULL;
+    pScreen->screensaver.wid = FakeClientID(0);
+    pScreen->screensaver.ExternalScreenSaver = NULL;
+    screenIsSaved = SCREEN_SAVER_OFF;
+
+    pScreen->root = pWin;
+
+    pWin->drawable.pScreen = pScreen;
+    pWin->drawable.type = DRAWABLE_WINDOW;
+
+    pWin->drawable.depth = pScreen->rootDepth;
+    for (format = screenInfo.formats;
+	 format->depth != pScreen->rootDepth;
+	 format++)
+	;
+    pWin->drawable.bitsPerPixel = format->bitsPerPixel;
+
+    pWin->drawable.serialNumber = NEXT_SERIAL_NUMBER;
+
+    pWin->parent = NullWindow;
+    SetWindowToDefaults(pWin);
+
+    pWin->optional = malloc(sizeof (WindowOptRec));
+    if (!pWin->optional)
+        return FALSE;
+
+    pWin->optional->dontPropagateMask = 0;
+    pWin->optional->otherEventMasks = 0;
+    pWin->optional->otherClients = NULL;
+    pWin->optional->passiveGrabs = NULL;
+    pWin->optional->userProps = NULL;
+    pWin->optional->backingBitPlanes = ~0L;
+    pWin->optional->backingPixel = 0;
+    pWin->optional->boundingShape = NULL;
+    pWin->optional->clipShape = NULL;
+    pWin->optional->inputShape = NULL;
+    pWin->optional->inputMasks = NULL;
+    pWin->optional->deviceCursors = NULL;
+    pWin->optional->colormap = pScreen->defColormap;
+    pWin->optional->visual = pScreen->rootVisual;
+
+    pWin->nextSib = NullWindow;
+
+    pWin->drawable.id = FakeClientID(0);
+
+    pWin->origin.x = pWin->origin.y = 0;
+    pWin->drawable.height = pScreen->height;
+    pWin->drawable.width = pScreen->width;
+    pWin->drawable.x = pWin->drawable.y = 0;
+
+    box.x1 = 0;
+    box.y1 = 0;
+    box.x2 = pScreen->width;
+    box.y2 = pScreen->height;
+    RegionInit(&pWin->clipList, &box, 1);
+    RegionInit(&pWin->winSize, &box, 1);
+    RegionInit(&pWin->borderSize, &box, 1);
+    RegionInit(&pWin->borderClip, &box, 1);
+
+    pWin->drawable.class = InputOutput;
+    pWin->optional->visual = pScreen->rootVisual;
+
+    pWin->backgroundState = BackgroundPixel;
+    pWin->background.pixel = pScreen->whitePixel;
+
+    pWin->borderIsPixel = TRUE;
+    pWin->border.pixel = pScreen->blackPixel;
+    pWin->borderWidth = 0;
+
+    /*  security creation/labeling check
+     */
+    if (XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, serverClient, pWin->drawable.id,
+		 RT_WINDOW, pWin, RT_NONE, NULL, DixCreateAccess))
+	return FALSE;
+
+    if (!AddResource(pWin->drawable.id, RT_WINDOW, (pointer)pWin))
+	return FALSE;
+
+    if (disableBackingStore)
+	pScreen->backingStoreSupport = NotUseful;
+    if (enableBackingStore)
+	pScreen->backingStoreSupport = Always;
+
+    pScreen->saveUnderSupport = NotUseful;
+
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+void
+InitRootWindow(WindowPtr pWin)
+{
+    ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
+    int backFlag = CWBorderPixel | CWCursor | CWBackingStore;
+
+    if (!(*pScreen->CreateWindow)(pWin))
+	return; /* XXX */
+    (*pScreen->PositionWindow)(pWin, 0, 0);
+
+    pWin->cursorIsNone = FALSE;
+    pWin->optional->cursor = rootCursor;
+    rootCursor->refcnt++;
+
+
+    if (party_like_its_1989) {
+        MakeRootTile(pWin);
+        backFlag |= CWBackPixmap;
+    } else if (pScreen->canDoBGNoneRoot && bgNoneRoot) {
+        pWin->backgroundState = XaceBackgroundNoneState(pWin);
+        pWin->background.pixel = pScreen->whitePixel;
+        backFlag |= CWBackPixmap;
+    } else {
+        pWin->backgroundState = BackgroundPixel;
+	if (whiteRoot)
+            pWin->background.pixel = pScreen->whitePixel;
+        else
+            pWin->background.pixel = pScreen->blackPixel;
+        backFlag |= CWBackPixel;
+    } 
+
+    pWin->backingStore = defaultBackingStore;
+    pWin->forcedBS = (defaultBackingStore != NotUseful);
+    /* We SHOULD check for an error value here XXX */
+    (*pScreen->ChangeWindowAttributes)(pWin, backFlag);
+
+    MapWindow(pWin, serverClient);
+}
+
+/* Set the region to the intersection of the rectangle and the
+ * window's winSize.  The window is typically the parent of the
+ * window from which the region came.
+ */
+
+static void
+ClippedRegionFromBox(WindowPtr pWin, RegionPtr Rgn,
+                     int x, int y,
+                     int w, int h)
+{
+    BoxRec box = *RegionExtents(&pWin->winSize);
+
+    /* we do these calculations to avoid overflows */
+    if (x > box.x1)
+	box.x1 = x;
+    if (y > box.y1)
+	box.y1 = y;
+    x += w;
+    if (x < box.x2)
+	box.x2 = x;
+    y += h;
+    if (y < box.y2)
+	box.y2 = y;
+    if (box.x1 > box.x2)
+	box.x2 = box.x1;
+    if (box.y1 > box.y2)
+	box.y2 = box.y1;
+    RegionReset(Rgn, &box);
+    RegionIntersect(Rgn, Rgn, &pWin->winSize);
+}
+
+static RealChildHeadProc realChildHeadProc = NULL;
+
+void
+RegisterRealChildHeadProc (RealChildHeadProc proc)
+{
+    realChildHeadProc = proc;
+}
+
+
+WindowPtr
+RealChildHead(WindowPtr pWin)
+{
+    if (realChildHeadProc) {
+	return realChildHeadProc (pWin);
+    }
+
+    if (!pWin->parent &&
+	(screenIsSaved == SCREEN_SAVER_ON) &&
+	(HasSaverWindow (pWin->drawable.pScreen)))
+	return pWin->firstChild;
+    else
+	return NullWindow;
+}
+
+/*****
+ * CreateWindow
+ *    Makes a window in response to client request 
+ *****/
+
+WindowPtr
+CreateWindow(Window wid, WindowPtr pParent, int x, int y, unsigned w,
+             unsigned h, unsigned bw, unsigned class, Mask vmask, XID *vlist,
+             int depth, ClientPtr client, VisualID visual, int *error)
+{
+    WindowPtr pWin;
+    WindowPtr pHead;
+    ScreenPtr pScreen;
+    xEvent event;
+    int idepth, ivisual;
+    Bool fOK;
+    DepthPtr pDepth;
+    PixmapFormatRec *format;
+    WindowOptPtr ancwopt;
+
+    if (class == CopyFromParent)
+	class = pParent->drawable.class;
+
+    if ((class != InputOutput) && (class != InputOnly))
+    {
+	*error = BadValue;
+	client->errorValue = class;
+	return NullWindow;
+    }
+
+    if ((class != InputOnly) && (pParent->drawable.class == InputOnly))
+    {
+	*error = BadMatch;
+	return NullWindow;
+    }
+
+    if ((class == InputOnly) && ((bw != 0) || (depth != 0)))
+    {
+	*error = BadMatch;
+	return NullWindow;
+    }
+
+    pScreen = pParent->drawable.pScreen;
+    if ((class == InputOutput) && (depth == 0))
+	 depth = pParent->drawable.depth;
+    ancwopt = pParent->optional;
+    if (!ancwopt)
+	ancwopt = FindWindowWithOptional(pParent)->optional;
+    if (visual == CopyFromParent) {
+	visual = ancwopt->visual;
+    }
+
+    /* Find out if the depth and visual are acceptable for this Screen */
+    if ((visual != ancwopt->visual) || (depth != pParent->drawable.depth))
+    {
+	fOK = FALSE;
+	for(idepth = 0; idepth < pScreen->numDepths; idepth++)
+	{
+	    pDepth = (DepthPtr) &pScreen->allowedDepths[idepth];
+	    if ((depth == pDepth->depth) || (depth == 0))
+	    {
+		for (ivisual = 0; ivisual < pDepth->numVids; ivisual++)
+		{
+		    if (visual == pDepth->vids[ivisual])
+		    {
+			fOK = TRUE;
+			break;
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+	if (fOK == FALSE)
+	{
+	    *error = BadMatch;
+	    return NullWindow;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (((vmask & (CWBorderPixmap | CWBorderPixel)) == 0) &&
+	(class != InputOnly) &&
+	(depth != pParent->drawable.depth))
+    {
+	*error = BadMatch;
+	return NullWindow;
+    }
+
+    if (((vmask & CWColormap) == 0) &&
+	(class != InputOnly) &&
+	((visual != ancwopt->visual) || (ancwopt->colormap == None)))
+    {
+	*error = BadMatch;
+	return NullWindow;
+    }
+
+    pWin = dixAllocateObjectWithPrivates(WindowRec, PRIVATE_WINDOW);
+    if (!pWin)
+    {
+	*error = BadAlloc;
+	return NullWindow;
+    }
+    pWin->drawable = pParent->drawable;
+    pWin->drawable.depth = depth;
+    if (depth == pParent->drawable.depth)
+	pWin->drawable.bitsPerPixel = pParent->drawable.bitsPerPixel;
+    else
+    {
+	for (format = screenInfo.formats; format->depth != depth; format++)
+	    ;
+	pWin->drawable.bitsPerPixel = format->bitsPerPixel;
+    }
+    if (class == InputOnly)
+	pWin->drawable.type = (short) UNDRAWABLE_WINDOW;
+    pWin->drawable.serialNumber = NEXT_SERIAL_NUMBER;
+
+    pWin->drawable.id = wid;
+    pWin->drawable.class = class;
+
+    pWin->parent = pParent;
+    SetWindowToDefaults(pWin);
+
+    if (visual != ancwopt->visual)
+    {
+	if (!MakeWindowOptional (pWin))
+	{
+	    dixFreeObjectWithPrivates(pWin, PRIVATE_WINDOW);
+	    *error = BadAlloc;
+	    return NullWindow;
+	}
+	pWin->optional->visual = visual;
+	pWin->optional->colormap = None;
+    }
+
+    pWin->borderWidth = bw;
+
+    /*  security creation/labeling check
+     */
+    *error = XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, client, wid, RT_WINDOW, pWin,
+		RT_WINDOW, pWin->parent, DixCreateAccess|DixSetAttrAccess);
+    if (*error != Success) {
+	dixFreeObjectWithPrivates(pWin, PRIVATE_WINDOW);
+	return NullWindow;
+    }
+
+    pWin->backgroundState = XaceBackgroundNoneState(pWin);
+    pWin->background.pixel = pScreen->whitePixel;
+
+    pWin->borderIsPixel = pParent->borderIsPixel;
+    pWin->border = pParent->border;
+    if (pWin->borderIsPixel == FALSE)
+	pWin->border.pixmap->refcnt++;
+		
+    pWin->origin.x = x + (int)bw;
+    pWin->origin.y = y + (int)bw;
+    pWin->drawable.width = w;
+    pWin->drawable.height = h;
+    pWin->drawable.x = pParent->drawable.x + x + (int)bw;
+    pWin->drawable.y = pParent->drawable.y + y + (int)bw;
+
+	/* set up clip list correctly for unobscured WindowPtr */
+    RegionNull(&pWin->clipList);
+    RegionNull(&pWin->borderClip);
+    RegionNull(&pWin->winSize);
+    RegionNull(&pWin->borderSize);
+
+    pHead = RealChildHead(pParent);
+    if (pHead)
+    {
+	pWin->nextSib = pHead->nextSib;
+	if (pHead->nextSib)
+	    pHead->nextSib->prevSib = pWin;
+	else
+	    pParent->lastChild = pWin;
+	pHead->nextSib = pWin;
+	pWin->prevSib = pHead;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+	pWin->nextSib = pParent->firstChild;
+	if (pParent->firstChild)
+	    pParent->firstChild->prevSib = pWin;
+	else
+	    pParent->lastChild = pWin;
+	pParent->firstChild = pWin;
+    }
+
+    SetWinSize (pWin);
+    SetBorderSize (pWin);
+
+    /* We SHOULD check for an error value here XXX */
+    if (!(*pScreen->CreateWindow)(pWin))
+    {
+	*error = BadAlloc;
+	DeleteWindow(pWin, None);
+	return NullWindow;
+    }
+    /* We SHOULD check for an error value here XXX */
+    (*pScreen->PositionWindow)(pWin, pWin->drawable.x, pWin->drawable.y);
+
+    if (!(vmask & CWEventMask))
+	RecalculateDeliverableEvents(pWin);
+
+    if (vmask)
+	*error = ChangeWindowAttributes(pWin, vmask, vlist, wClient (pWin));
+    else
+	*error = Success;
+
+    if (*error != Success)
+    {
+	DeleteWindow(pWin, None);
+	return NullWindow;
+    }
+    if (!(vmask & CWBackingStore) && (defaultBackingStore != NotUseful))
+    {
+	XID value = defaultBackingStore;
+	(void)ChangeWindowAttributes(pWin, CWBackingStore, &value, wClient (pWin));
+	pWin->forcedBS = TRUE;
+    }
+
+    if (SubSend(pParent))
+    {
+	memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent));
+	event.u.u.type = CreateNotify;
+	event.u.createNotify.window = wid;
+	event.u.createNotify.parent = pParent->drawable.id;
+	event.u.createNotify.x = x;
+	event.u.createNotify.y = y;
+	event.u.createNotify.width = w;
+	event.u.createNotify.height = h;
+	event.u.createNotify.borderWidth = bw;
+	event.u.createNotify.override = pWin->overrideRedirect;
+	DeliverEvents(pParent, &event, 1, NullWindow);		
+    }
+    return pWin;
+}
+
+static void
+DisposeWindowOptional (WindowPtr pWin)
+{
+    if (!pWin->optional)
+	return;
+    /*
+     * everything is peachy.  Delete the optional record
+     * and clean up
+     */
+    if (pWin->optional->cursor)
+    {
+	FreeCursor (pWin->optional->cursor, (Cursor)0);
+	pWin->cursorIsNone = FALSE;
+    }
+    else
+	pWin->cursorIsNone = TRUE;
+
+    if (pWin->optional->deviceCursors)
+    {
+        DevCursorList pList;
+        DevCursorList pPrev;
+        pList = pWin->optional->deviceCursors;
+        while(pList)
+        {
+            if (pList->cursor)
+                FreeCursor(pList->cursor, (XID)0);
+            pPrev = pList;
+            pList = pList->next;
+            free(pPrev);
+        }
+        pWin->optional->deviceCursors = NULL;
+    }
+
+    free(pWin->optional);
+    pWin->optional = NULL;
+}
+
+static void
+FreeWindowResources(WindowPtr pWin)
+{
+    ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
+
+    DeleteWindowFromAnySaveSet(pWin);
+    DeleteWindowFromAnySelections(pWin);
+    DeleteWindowFromAnyEvents(pWin, TRUE);
+    RegionUninit(&pWin->clipList);
+    RegionUninit(&pWin->winSize);
+    RegionUninit(&pWin->borderClip);
+    RegionUninit(&pWin->borderSize);
+    if (wBoundingShape (pWin))
+	RegionDestroy(wBoundingShape (pWin));
+    if (wClipShape (pWin))
+	RegionDestroy(wClipShape (pWin));
+    if (wInputShape (pWin))
+	RegionDestroy(wInputShape (pWin));
+    if (pWin->borderIsPixel == FALSE)
+	(*pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pWin->border.pixmap);
+    if (pWin->backgroundState == BackgroundPixmap)
+	(*pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pWin->background.pixmap);
+
+    DeleteAllWindowProperties(pWin);
+    /* We SHOULD check for an error value here XXX */
+    (*pScreen->DestroyWindow)(pWin);
+    DisposeWindowOptional (pWin);
+}
+
+static void
+CrushTree(WindowPtr pWin)
+{
+    WindowPtr pChild, pSib, pParent;
+    UnrealizeWindowProcPtr UnrealizeWindow;
+    xEvent event;
+
+    if (!(pChild = pWin->firstChild))
+	return;
+    UnrealizeWindow = pWin->drawable.pScreen->UnrealizeWindow;
+    while (1)
+    {
+	if (pChild->firstChild)
+	{
+	    pChild = pChild->firstChild;
+	    continue;
+	}
+	while (1)
+	{
+	    pParent = pChild->parent;
+	    if (SubStrSend(pChild, pParent))
+	    {
+		memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent));
+		event.u.u.type = DestroyNotify;
+		event.u.destroyNotify.window = pChild->drawable.id;
+		DeliverEvents(pChild, &event, 1, NullWindow);
+	    }
+	    FreeResource(pChild->drawable.id, RT_WINDOW);
+	    pSib = pChild->nextSib;
+	    pChild->viewable = FALSE;
+	    if (pChild->realized)
+	    {
+		pChild->realized = FALSE;
+		(*UnrealizeWindow)(pChild);
+	    }
+	    FreeWindowResources(pChild);
+	    dixFreeObjectWithPrivates(pChild, PRIVATE_WINDOW);
+	    if ( (pChild = pSib) )
+		break;
+	    pChild = pParent;
+	    pChild->firstChild = NullWindow;
+	    pChild->lastChild = NullWindow;
+	    if (pChild == pWin)
+		return;
+	}
+    }
+}
+	
+/*****
+ *  DeleteWindow
+ *	 Deletes child of window then window itself
+ *	 If wid is None, don't send any events
+ *****/
+
+int
+DeleteWindow(pointer value, XID wid)
+ {
+    WindowPtr pParent;
+    WindowPtr pWin = (WindowPtr)value;
+    xEvent event;
+
+    UnmapWindow(pWin, FALSE);
+
+    CrushTree(pWin);
+
+    pParent = pWin->parent;
+    if (wid && pParent && SubStrSend(pWin, pParent))
+    {
+	memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent));
+	event.u.u.type = DestroyNotify;
+	event.u.destroyNotify.window = pWin->drawable.id;
+	DeliverEvents(pWin, &event, 1, NullWindow);
+    }
+
+    FreeWindowResources(pWin);
+    if (pParent)
+    {
+	if (pParent->firstChild == pWin)
+	    pParent->firstChild = pWin->nextSib;
+	if (pParent->lastChild == pWin)
+	    pParent->lastChild = pWin->prevSib;
+	if (pWin->nextSib)
+	    pWin->nextSib->prevSib = pWin->prevSib;
+	if (pWin->prevSib)
+	    pWin->prevSib->nextSib = pWin->nextSib;
+    }
+    else
+	pWin->drawable.pScreen->root = NULL;
+    dixFreeObjectWithPrivates(pWin, PRIVATE_WINDOW);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+int
+DestroySubwindows(WindowPtr pWin, ClientPtr client)
+{
+    /* XXX
+     * The protocol is quite clear that each window should be
+     * destroyed in turn, however, unmapping all of the first
+     * eliminates most of the calls to ValidateTree.  So,
+     * this implementation is incorrect in that all of the
+     * UnmapNotifies occur before all of the DestroyNotifies.
+     * If you care, simply delete the call to UnmapSubwindows.
+     */
+    UnmapSubwindows(pWin);
+    while (pWin->lastChild) {
+	int rc = XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, client,
+			  pWin->lastChild->drawable.id, RT_WINDOW,
+			  pWin->lastChild, RT_NONE, NULL, DixDestroyAccess);
+	if (rc != Success)
+	    return rc;
+	FreeResource(pWin->lastChild->drawable.id, RT_NONE);
+    }
+    return Success;
+}
+
+static void
+SetRootWindowBackground(WindowPtr pWin, ScreenPtr pScreen, Mask *index2)
+{
+    /* following the protocol: "Changing the background of a root window to
+     * None or ParentRelative restores the default background pixmap" */
+    if (bgNoneRoot) {
+	pWin->backgroundState = XaceBackgroundNoneState(pWin);
+	pWin->background.pixel = pScreen->whitePixel;
+    }
+    else if (party_like_its_1989)
+	MakeRootTile(pWin);
+    else {
+        pWin->backgroundState = BackgroundPixel;
+	if (whiteRoot)
+	    pWin->background.pixel = pScreen->whitePixel;
+	else
+	    pWin->background.pixel = pScreen->blackPixel;
+	*index2 = CWBackPixel;
+    }
+}
+
+/*****
+ *  ChangeWindowAttributes
+ *   
+ *  The value-mask specifies which attributes are to be changed; the
+ *  value-list contains one value for each one bit in the mask, from least
+ *  to most significant bit in the mask.  
+ *****/
+ 
+int
+ChangeWindowAttributes(WindowPtr pWin, Mask vmask, XID *vlist, ClientPtr client)
+{
+    XID *pVlist;
+    PixmapPtr pPixmap;
+    Pixmap pixID;
+    CursorPtr pCursor, pOldCursor;
+    Cursor cursorID;
+    WindowPtr pChild;
+    Colormap cmap;
+    ColormapPtr	pCmap;
+    xEvent xE;
+    int error, rc;
+    ScreenPtr pScreen;
+    Mask index2, tmask, vmaskCopy = 0;
+    unsigned int val;
+    Bool checkOptional = FALSE, borderRelative = FALSE;
+
+    if ((pWin->drawable.class == InputOnly) && (vmask & (~INPUTONLY_LEGAL_MASK)))
+	return BadMatch;
+
+    error = Success;
+    pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
+    pVlist = vlist;
+    tmask = vmask;
+    while (tmask)
+    {
+	index2 = (Mask) lowbit (tmask);
+	tmask &= ~index2;
+	switch (index2)
+	{
+	  case CWBackPixmap:
+	    pixID = (Pixmap )*pVlist;
+	    pVlist++;
+	    if (pWin->backgroundState == ParentRelative)
+		borderRelative = TRUE;
+	    if (pixID == None)
+	    {
+		if (pWin->backgroundState == BackgroundPixmap)
+		    (*pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pWin->background.pixmap);
+		if (!pWin->parent)
+		    SetRootWindowBackground(pWin, pScreen, &index2);
+		else {
+		    pWin->backgroundState = XaceBackgroundNoneState(pWin);
+		    pWin->background.pixel = pScreen->whitePixel;
+		}
+	    }
+	    else if (pixID == ParentRelative)
+	    {
+		if (pWin->parent &&
+		    pWin->drawable.depth != pWin->parent->drawable.depth)
+		{
+		    error = BadMatch;
+		    goto PatchUp;
+		}
+		if (pWin->backgroundState == BackgroundPixmap)
+		    (*pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pWin->background.pixmap);
+		if (!pWin->parent)
+		    SetRootWindowBackground(pWin, pScreen, &index2);
+		else
+		    pWin->backgroundState = ParentRelative;
+		borderRelative = TRUE;
+		/* Note that the parent's backgroundTile's refcnt is NOT
+		 * incremented. */
+	    }
+	    else
+	    {	
+		rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pPixmap, pixID, RT_PIXMAP,
+				       client, DixReadAccess);
+		if (rc == Success)
+		{
+		    if	((pPixmap->drawable.depth != pWin->drawable.depth) ||
+			 (pPixmap->drawable.pScreen != pScreen))
+		    {
+			error = BadMatch;
+			goto PatchUp;
+		    }
+		    if (pWin->backgroundState == BackgroundPixmap)
+			(*pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pWin->background.pixmap);
+		    pWin->backgroundState = BackgroundPixmap;
+		    pWin->background.pixmap = pPixmap;
+		    pPixmap->refcnt++;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+		    error = rc;
+		    client->errorValue = pixID;
+		    goto PatchUp;
+		}
+	    }
+	    break;
+	  case CWBackPixel:
+	    if (pWin->backgroundState == ParentRelative)
+		borderRelative = TRUE;
+	    if (pWin->backgroundState == BackgroundPixmap)
+		(*pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pWin->background.pixmap);
+	    pWin->backgroundState = BackgroundPixel;
+	    pWin->background.pixel = (CARD32 ) *pVlist;
+		   /* background pixel overrides background pixmap,
+		      so don't let the ddx layer see both bits */
+	    vmaskCopy &= ~CWBackPixmap;
+	    pVlist++;
+	    break;
+	  case CWBorderPixmap:
+	    pixID = (Pixmap ) *pVlist;
+	    pVlist++;
+	    if (pixID == CopyFromParent)
+	    {
+		if (!pWin->parent ||
+		    (pWin->drawable.depth != pWin->parent->drawable.depth))
+		{
+		    error = BadMatch;
+		    goto PatchUp;
+		}
+		if (pWin->parent->borderIsPixel == TRUE) {
+		    if (pWin->borderIsPixel == FALSE)
+			(*pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pWin->border.pixmap);
+		    pWin->border = pWin->parent->border;
+		    pWin->borderIsPixel = TRUE;
+		    index2 = CWBorderPixel;
+		    break;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+		    pixID = pWin->parent->border.pixmap->drawable.id;
+		}
+	    }
+	    rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pPixmap, pixID, RT_PIXMAP,
+				   client, DixReadAccess);
+	    if (rc == Success)
+	    {
+		if ((pPixmap->drawable.depth != pWin->drawable.depth) ||
+		    (pPixmap->drawable.pScreen != pScreen))
+		{
+		    error = BadMatch;
+		    goto PatchUp;
+		}
+		if (pWin->borderIsPixel == FALSE)
+		    (*pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pWin->border.pixmap);
+		pWin->borderIsPixel = FALSE;
+		pWin->border.pixmap = pPixmap;
+		pPixmap->refcnt++;
+	    }
+	    else
+	    {
+		error = rc;
+		client->errorValue = pixID;
+		goto PatchUp;
+	    }
+	    break;
+	  case CWBorderPixel:
+	    if (pWin->borderIsPixel == FALSE)
+		(*pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pWin->border.pixmap);
+	    pWin->borderIsPixel = TRUE;
+	    pWin->border.pixel = (CARD32) *pVlist;
+		    /* border pixel overrides border pixmap,
+		       so don't let the ddx layer see both bits */
+	    vmaskCopy &= ~CWBorderPixmap;
+	    pVlist++;
+	    break;
+	  case CWBitGravity:
+	    val = (CARD8 )*pVlist;
+	    pVlist++;
+	    if (val > StaticGravity)
+	    {
+		error = BadValue;
+		client->errorValue = val;
+		goto PatchUp;
+	    }
+	    pWin->bitGravity = val;
+	    break;
+	  case CWWinGravity:
+	    val = (CARD8 )*pVlist;
+	    pVlist++;
+	    if (val > StaticGravity)
+	    {
+		error = BadValue;
+		client->errorValue = val;
+		goto PatchUp;
+	    }
+	    pWin->winGravity = val;
+	    break;
+	  case CWBackingStore:
+	    val = (CARD8 )*pVlist;
+	    pVlist++;
+	    if ((val != NotUseful) && (val != WhenMapped) && (val != Always))
+	    {
+		error = BadValue;
+		client->errorValue = val;
+		goto PatchUp;
+	    }
+	    pWin->backingStore = val;
+	    pWin->forcedBS = FALSE;
+	    break;
+	  case CWBackingPlanes:
+	    if (pWin->optional || ((CARD32)*pVlist != (CARD32)~0L)) {
+		if (!pWin->optional && !MakeWindowOptional (pWin))
+		{
+		    error = BadAlloc;
+		    goto PatchUp;
+		}
+		pWin->optional->backingBitPlanes = (CARD32) *pVlist;
+		if ((CARD32)*pVlist == (CARD32)~0L)
+		    checkOptional = TRUE;
+	    }
+	    pVlist++;
+	    break;
+	  case CWBackingPixel:
+	    if (pWin->optional || (CARD32) *pVlist) {
+		if (!pWin->optional && !MakeWindowOptional (pWin))
+		{
+		    error = BadAlloc;
+		    goto PatchUp;
+		}
+		pWin->optional->backingPixel = (CARD32) *pVlist;
+		if (!*pVlist)
+		    checkOptional = TRUE;
+	    }
+	    pVlist++;
+	    break;
+	  case CWSaveUnder:
+	    val = (BOOL) *pVlist;
+	    pVlist++;
+	    if ((val != xTrue) && (val != xFalse))
+	    {
+		error = BadValue;
+		client->errorValue = val;
+		goto PatchUp;
+	    }
+	    pWin->saveUnder = val;
+	    break;
+	  case CWEventMask:
+	    rc = EventSelectForWindow(pWin, client, (Mask )*pVlist);
+	    if (rc)
+	    {
+		error = rc;
+		goto PatchUp;
+	    }
+	    pVlist++;
+	    break;
+	  case CWDontPropagate:
+	    rc = EventSuppressForWindow(pWin, client, (Mask )*pVlist,
+					    &checkOptional);
+	    if (rc)
+	    {
+		error = rc;
+		goto PatchUp;
+	    }
+	    pVlist++;
+	    break;
+	  case CWOverrideRedirect:
+	    val = (BOOL ) *pVlist;
+	    pVlist++;
+	    if ((val != xTrue) && (val != xFalse))
+	    {
+		error = BadValue;
+		client->errorValue = val;
+		goto PatchUp;
+	    }
+	    if (val == xTrue) {
+		rc = XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, client, pWin->drawable.id,
+			      RT_WINDOW, pWin, RT_NONE, NULL, DixGrabAccess);
+		if (rc != Success) {
+		    error = rc;
+		    client->errorValue = pWin->drawable.id;
+		    goto PatchUp;
+		}
+	    }
+	    pWin->overrideRedirect = val;
+	    break;
+	  case CWColormap:
+	    cmap = (Colormap) *pVlist;
+	    pVlist++;
+	    if (cmap == CopyFromParent)
+	    {
+		if (pWin->parent &&
+		    (!pWin->optional ||
+		     pWin->optional->visual == wVisual (pWin->parent)))
+		{
+		    cmap = wColormap (pWin->parent);
+		}
+		else
+		    cmap = None;
+	    }
+	    if (cmap == None)
+	    {
+		error = BadMatch;
+		goto PatchUp;
+	    }
+	    rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pCmap, cmap, RT_COLORMAP,
+				   client, DixUseAccess);
+	    if (rc != Success)
+	    {
+		error = rc;
+		client->errorValue = cmap;
+		goto PatchUp;
+	    }
+	    if (pCmap->pVisual->vid != wVisual (pWin) ||
+		pCmap->pScreen != pScreen)
+	    {
+		error = BadMatch;
+		goto PatchUp;
+	    }
+	    if (cmap != wColormap (pWin))
+	    {
+		if (!pWin->optional)
+		{
+		    if (!MakeWindowOptional (pWin))
+		    {
+			error = BadAlloc;
+			goto PatchUp;
+		    }
+		}
+		else if (pWin->parent && cmap == wColormap (pWin->parent))
+		    checkOptional = TRUE;
+
+		/*
+		 * propagate the original colormap to any children
+		 * inheriting it
+		 */
+
+		for (pChild = pWin->firstChild; pChild; pChild=pChild->nextSib)
+		{
+		    if (!pChild->optional && !MakeWindowOptional (pChild))
+		    {
+			error = BadAlloc;
+			goto PatchUp;
+		    }
+		}
+
+		pWin->optional->colormap = cmap;
+
+		/*
+		 * check on any children now matching the new colormap
+		 */
+
+		for (pChild = pWin->firstChild; pChild; pChild=pChild->nextSib)
+		{
+		    if (pChild->optional->colormap == cmap)
+			CheckWindowOptionalNeed (pChild);
+		}
+	
+		xE.u.u.type = ColormapNotify;
+		xE.u.colormap.window = pWin->drawable.id;
+		xE.u.colormap.colormap = cmap;
+		xE.u.colormap.new = xTrue;
+		xE.u.colormap.state = IsMapInstalled(cmap, pWin);
+		DeliverEvents(pWin, &xE, 1, NullWindow);
+	    }
+	    break;
+	  case CWCursor:
+	    cursorID = (Cursor ) *pVlist;
+	    pVlist++;
+	    /*
+	     * install the new
+	     */
+	    if ( cursorID == None)
+	    {
+		if (pWin == pWin->drawable.pScreen->root)
+		    pCursor = rootCursor;
+		else
+		    pCursor = (CursorPtr) None;
+	    }
+	    else
+	    {
+		rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pCursor, cursorID,
+				       RT_CURSOR, client, DixUseAccess);
+		if (rc != Success)
+		{
+		    error = rc;
+		    client->errorValue = cursorID;
+		    goto PatchUp;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    if (pCursor != wCursor (pWin))
+	    {
+		/*
+		 * patch up child windows so they don't lose cursors.
+		 */
+
+		for (pChild = pWin->firstChild; pChild; pChild=pChild->nextSib)
+		{
+		    if (!pChild->optional && !pChild->cursorIsNone &&
+			!MakeWindowOptional (pChild))
+		    {
+			error = BadAlloc;
+			goto PatchUp;
+		    }
+		}
+
+		pOldCursor = 0;
+		if (pCursor == (CursorPtr) None)
+		{
+		    pWin->cursorIsNone = TRUE;
+		    if (pWin->optional)
+		    {
+			pOldCursor = pWin->optional->cursor;
+			pWin->optional->cursor = (CursorPtr) None;
+			checkOptional = TRUE;
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    if (!pWin->optional)
+		    {
+			if (!MakeWindowOptional (pWin))
+			{
+			    error = BadAlloc;
+			    goto PatchUp;
+			}
+		    }
+		    else if (pWin->parent && pCursor == wCursor (pWin->parent))
+			checkOptional = TRUE;
+		    pOldCursor = pWin->optional->cursor;
+		    pWin->optional->cursor = pCursor;
+		    pCursor->refcnt++;
+		    pWin->cursorIsNone = FALSE;
+		    /*
+		     * check on any children now matching the new cursor
+		     */
+
+		    for (pChild=pWin->firstChild; pChild; pChild=pChild->nextSib)
+		    {
+			if (pChild->optional &&
+			    (pChild->optional->cursor == pCursor))
+			    CheckWindowOptionalNeed (pChild);
+		    }
+		}
+
+		if (pWin->realized)
+		    WindowHasNewCursor( pWin);
+
+		/* Can't free cursor until here - old cursor
+		 * is needed in WindowHasNewCursor
+		 */
+		if (pOldCursor)
+		    FreeCursor (pOldCursor, (Cursor)0);
+	    }
+	    break;
+	 default:
+	    error = BadValue;
+	    client->errorValue = vmask;
+	    goto PatchUp;
+      }
+      vmaskCopy |= index2;
+    }
+PatchUp:
+    if (checkOptional)
+	CheckWindowOptionalNeed (pWin);
+
+	/* We SHOULD check for an error value here XXX */
+    (*pScreen->ChangeWindowAttributes)(pWin, vmaskCopy);
+
+    /* 
+	If the border contents have changed, redraw the border. 
+	Note that this has to be done AFTER pScreen->ChangeWindowAttributes
+	for the tile to be rotated, and the correct function selected.
+    */
+    if (((vmaskCopy & (CWBorderPixel | CWBorderPixmap)) || borderRelative)
+	&& pWin->viewable && HasBorder (pWin))
+    {
+	RegionRec exposed;
+
+	RegionNull(&exposed);
+	RegionSubtract(&exposed, &pWin->borderClip, &pWin->winSize);
+	miPaintWindow(pWin, &exposed, PW_BORDER);
+	RegionUninit(&exposed);
+    }
+    return error;
+}
+
+
+/*****
+ * GetWindowAttributes
+ *    Notice that this is different than ChangeWindowAttributes
+ *****/
+
+void
+GetWindowAttributes(WindowPtr pWin, ClientPtr client, xGetWindowAttributesReply *wa)
+{
+    wa->type = X_Reply;
+    wa->bitGravity = pWin->bitGravity;
+    wa->winGravity = pWin->winGravity;
+    if (pWin->forcedBS && pWin->backingStore != Always)
+	wa->backingStore = NotUseful;
+    else
+	wa->backingStore = pWin->backingStore;
+    wa->length = bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xGetWindowAttributesReply) -
+		 sizeof(xGenericReply));
+    wa->sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+    wa->backingBitPlanes =  wBackingBitPlanes (pWin);
+    wa->backingPixel =  wBackingPixel (pWin);
+    wa->saveUnder = (BOOL)pWin->saveUnder;
+    wa->override = pWin->overrideRedirect;
+    if (!pWin->mapped)
+	wa->mapState = IsUnmapped;
+    else if (pWin->realized)
+	wa->mapState = IsViewable;
+    else
+	wa->mapState = IsUnviewable;
+
+    wa->colormap =  wColormap (pWin);
+    wa->mapInstalled = (wa->colormap == None) ? xFalse
+				: IsMapInstalled(wa->colormap, pWin);
+
+    wa->yourEventMask = EventMaskForClient(pWin, client);
+    wa->allEventMasks = pWin->eventMask | wOtherEventMasks (pWin);
+    wa->doNotPropagateMask = wDontPropagateMask (pWin);
+    wa->class = pWin->drawable.class;
+    wa->visualID = wVisual (pWin);
+}
+
+
+WindowPtr
+MoveWindowInStack(WindowPtr pWin, WindowPtr pNextSib)
+{
+    WindowPtr pParent = pWin->parent;
+    WindowPtr pFirstChange = pWin; /* highest window where list changes */
+
+    if (pWin->nextSib != pNextSib)
+    {
+	WindowPtr pOldNextSib = pWin->nextSib;
+
+	if (!pNextSib)	      /* move to bottom */
+	{
+	    if (pParent->firstChild == pWin)
+		pParent->firstChild = pWin->nextSib;
+	    /* if (pWin->nextSib) */	 /* is always True: pNextSib == NULL
+					  * and pWin->nextSib != pNextSib
+					  * therefore pWin->nextSib != NULL */
+	    pFirstChange = pWin->nextSib;
+	    pWin->nextSib->prevSib = pWin->prevSib;
+	    if (pWin->prevSib)
+		pWin->prevSib->nextSib = pWin->nextSib;
+	    pParent->lastChild->nextSib = pWin;
+	    pWin->prevSib = pParent->lastChild;
+	    pWin->nextSib = NullWindow;
+	    pParent->lastChild = pWin;
+	}
+	else if (pParent->firstChild == pNextSib) /* move to top */
+	{
+	    pFirstChange = pWin;
+	    if (pParent->lastChild == pWin)
+	       pParent->lastChild = pWin->prevSib;
+	    if (pWin->nextSib)
+		pWin->nextSib->prevSib = pWin->prevSib;
+	    if (pWin->prevSib)
+		pWin->prevSib->nextSib = pWin->nextSib;
+	    pWin->nextSib = pParent->firstChild;
+	    pWin->prevSib = (WindowPtr ) NULL;
+	    pNextSib->prevSib = pWin;
+	    pParent->firstChild = pWin;
+	}
+	else			/* move in middle of list */
+	{
+	    WindowPtr pOldNext = pWin->nextSib;
+
+	    pFirstChange = NullWindow;
+	    if (pParent->firstChild == pWin)
+		pFirstChange = pParent->firstChild = pWin->nextSib;
+	    if (pParent->lastChild == pWin) {
+	       pFirstChange = pWin;
+	       pParent->lastChild = pWin->prevSib;
+	    }
+	    if (pWin->nextSib)
+		pWin->nextSib->prevSib = pWin->prevSib;
+	    if (pWin->prevSib)
+		pWin->prevSib->nextSib = pWin->nextSib;
+	    pWin->nextSib = pNextSib;
+	    pWin->prevSib = pNextSib->prevSib;
+	    if (pNextSib->prevSib)
+		pNextSib->prevSib->nextSib = pWin;
+	    pNextSib->prevSib = pWin;
+	    if (!pFirstChange) {		     /* do we know it yet? */
+		pFirstChange = pParent->firstChild;  /* no, search from top */
+		while ((pFirstChange != pWin) && (pFirstChange != pOldNext))
+		     pFirstChange = pFirstChange->nextSib;
+	    }
+	}
+	if(pWin->drawable.pScreen->RestackWindow)
+	    (*pWin->drawable.pScreen->RestackWindow)(pWin, pOldNextSib);
+    }
+
+#ifdef ROOTLESS
+    /*
+     * In rootless mode we can't optimize away window restacks.
+     * There may be non-X windows around, so even if the window
+     * is in the correct position from X's point of view,
+     * the underlying window system may want to reorder it.
+     */
+    else if (pWin->drawable.pScreen->RestackWindow)
+        (*pWin->drawable.pScreen->RestackWindow)(pWin, pWin->nextSib);
+#endif
+
+    return pFirstChange;
+}
+
+void
+SetWinSize (WindowPtr pWin)
+{
+#ifdef COMPOSITE
+    if (pWin->redirectDraw != RedirectDrawNone)
+    {
+	BoxRec	box;
+
+	/*
+	 * Redirected clients get clip list equal to their
+	 * own geometry, not clipped to their parent
+	 */
+	box.x1 = pWin->drawable.x;
+	box.y1 = pWin->drawable.y;
+	box.x2 = pWin->drawable.x + pWin->drawable.width;
+	box.y2 = pWin->drawable.y + pWin->drawable.height;
+	RegionReset(&pWin->winSize, &box);
+    }
+    else
+#endif
+    ClippedRegionFromBox(pWin->parent, &pWin->winSize,
+			 pWin->drawable.x, pWin->drawable.y,
+			 (int)pWin->drawable.width,
+			 (int)pWin->drawable.height);
+    if (wBoundingShape (pWin) || wClipShape (pWin)) {
+	RegionTranslate(&pWin->winSize, - pWin->drawable.x,
+			 - pWin->drawable.y);
+	if (wBoundingShape (pWin))
+	    RegionIntersect(&pWin->winSize, &pWin->winSize,
+			     wBoundingShape (pWin));
+	if (wClipShape (pWin))
+	    RegionIntersect(&pWin->winSize, &pWin->winSize,
+			     wClipShape (pWin));
+	RegionTranslate(&pWin->winSize, pWin->drawable.x,
+			 pWin->drawable.y);
+    }
+}
+
+void
+SetBorderSize (WindowPtr pWin)
+{
+    int	bw;
+
+    if (HasBorder (pWin)) {
+	bw = wBorderWidth (pWin);
+#ifdef COMPOSITE
+	if (pWin->redirectDraw != RedirectDrawNone)
+	{
+	    BoxRec	box;
+
+	    /*
+	     * Redirected clients get clip list equal to their
+	     * own geometry, not clipped to their parent
+	     */
+	    box.x1 = pWin->drawable.x - bw;
+	    box.y1 = pWin->drawable.y - bw;
+	    box.x2 = pWin->drawable.x + pWin->drawable.width + bw;
+	    box.y2 = pWin->drawable.y + pWin->drawable.height + bw;
+	    RegionReset(&pWin->borderSize, &box);
+	}
+	else
+#endif
+	ClippedRegionFromBox(pWin->parent, &pWin->borderSize,
+		pWin->drawable.x - bw, pWin->drawable.y - bw,
+		(int)(pWin->drawable.width + (bw<<1)),
+		(int)(pWin->drawable.height + (bw<<1)));
+	if (wBoundingShape (pWin)) {
+	    RegionTranslate(&pWin->borderSize, - pWin->drawable.x,
+			     - pWin->drawable.y);
+	    RegionIntersect(&pWin->borderSize, &pWin->borderSize,
+			     wBoundingShape (pWin));
+	    RegionTranslate(&pWin->borderSize, pWin->drawable.x,
+			     pWin->drawable.y);
+	    RegionUnion(&pWin->borderSize, &pWin->borderSize,
+			 &pWin->winSize);
+	}
+    } else {
+	RegionCopy(&pWin->borderSize, &pWin->winSize);
+    }
+}
+
+/**
+ *
+ *  \param x,y          new window position
+ *  \param oldx,oldy    old window position
+ *  \param destx,desty  position relative to gravity
+ */
+
+void
+GravityTranslate (int x, int y, int oldx, int oldy,
+                  int dw, int dh, unsigned gravity,
+                  int *destx, int *desty)
+{
+    switch (gravity) {
+    case NorthGravity:
+	*destx = x + dw / 2;
+	*desty = y;
+	break;
+    case NorthEastGravity:
+	*destx = x + dw;
+	*desty = y;
+	break;
+    case WestGravity:
+	*destx = x;
+	*desty = y + dh / 2;
+	break;
+    case CenterGravity:
+	*destx = x + dw / 2;
+	*desty = y + dh / 2;
+	break;
+    case EastGravity:
+	*destx = x + dw;
+	*desty = y + dh / 2;
+	break;
+    case SouthWestGravity:
+	*destx = x;
+	*desty = y + dh;
+	break;
+    case SouthGravity:
+	*destx = x + dw / 2;
+	*desty = y + dh;
+	break;
+    case SouthEastGravity:
+	*destx = x + dw;
+	*desty = y + dh;
+	break;
+    case StaticGravity:
+	*destx = oldx;
+	*desty = oldy;
+	break;
+    default:
+	*destx = x;
+	*desty = y;
+	break;
+    }
+}
+
+/* XXX need to retile border on each window with ParentRelative origin */
+void
+ResizeChildrenWinSize(WindowPtr pWin, int dx, int dy, int dw, int dh)
+{
+    ScreenPtr pScreen;
+    WindowPtr pSib, pChild;
+    Bool resized = (dw || dh);
+
+    pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
+
+    for (pSib = pWin->firstChild; pSib; pSib = pSib->nextSib)
+    {
+	if (resized && (pSib->winGravity > NorthWestGravity))
+	{
+	    int cwsx, cwsy;
+
+	    cwsx = pSib->origin.x;
+	    cwsy = pSib->origin.y;
+	    GravityTranslate (cwsx, cwsy, cwsx - dx, cwsy - dy, dw, dh,
+			pSib->winGravity, &cwsx, &cwsy);
+	    if (cwsx != pSib->origin.x || cwsy != pSib->origin.y)
+	    {
+		xEvent event;
+
+		event.u.u.type = GravityNotify;
+		event.u.gravity.window = pSib->drawable.id;
+		event.u.gravity.x = cwsx - wBorderWidth (pSib);
+		event.u.gravity.y = cwsy - wBorderWidth (pSib);
+		DeliverEvents (pSib, &event, 1, NullWindow);
+		pSib->origin.x = cwsx;
+		pSib->origin.y = cwsy;
+	    }
+	}
+	pSib->drawable.x = pWin->drawable.x + pSib->origin.x;
+	pSib->drawable.y = pWin->drawable.y + pSib->origin.y;
+	SetWinSize (pSib);
+	SetBorderSize (pSib);
+	(*pScreen->PositionWindow)(pSib, pSib->drawable.x, pSib->drawable.y);
+
+	if ( (pChild = pSib->firstChild) )
+	{
+	    while (1)
+	    {
+		pChild->drawable.x = pChild->parent->drawable.x +
+				     pChild->origin.x;
+		pChild->drawable.y = pChild->parent->drawable.y +
+				     pChild->origin.y;
+		SetWinSize (pChild);
+		SetBorderSize (pChild);
+		(*pScreen->PositionWindow)(pChild,
+				    pChild->drawable.x, pChild->drawable.y);
+		if (pChild->firstChild)
+		{
+		    pChild = pChild->firstChild;
+		    continue;
+		}
+		while (!pChild->nextSib && (pChild != pSib))
+		    pChild = pChild->parent;
+		if (pChild == pSib)
+		    break;
+		pChild = pChild->nextSib;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+#define GET_INT16(m, f) \
+	if (m & mask) \
+	  { \
+	     f = (INT16) *pVlist;\
+	    pVlist++; \
+	 }
+#define GET_CARD16(m, f) \
+	if (m & mask) \
+	 { \
+	    f = (CARD16) *pVlist;\
+	    pVlist++;\
+	 }
+
+#define GET_CARD8(m, f) \
+	if (m & mask) \
+	 { \
+	    f = (CARD8) *pVlist;\
+	    pVlist++;\
+	 }
+
+#define ChangeMask ((Mask)(CWX | CWY | CWWidth | CWHeight))
+
+#define IllegalInputOnlyConfigureMask (CWBorderWidth)
+
+/*
+ * IsSiblingAboveMe
+ *     returns Above if pSib above pMe in stack or Below otherwise 
+ */
+
+static int
+IsSiblingAboveMe(
+    WindowPtr pMe,
+    WindowPtr pSib)
+{
+    WindowPtr pWin;
+
+    pWin = pMe->parent->firstChild;
+    while (pWin)
+    {
+	if (pWin == pSib)
+	    return Above;
+	else if (pWin == pMe)
+	    return Below;
+	pWin = pWin->nextSib;
+    }
+    return Below;
+}
+
+static BoxPtr
+WindowExtents(
+    WindowPtr pWin,
+    BoxPtr pBox)
+{
+    pBox->x1 = pWin->drawable.x - wBorderWidth (pWin);
+    pBox->y1 = pWin->drawable.y - wBorderWidth (pWin);
+    pBox->x2 = pWin->drawable.x + (int)pWin->drawable.width
+	       + wBorderWidth (pWin);
+    pBox->y2 = pWin->drawable.y + (int)pWin->drawable.height
+	       + wBorderWidth (pWin);
+    return pBox;
+}
+
+#define IS_SHAPED(pWin)	(wBoundingShape (pWin) != (RegionPtr) NULL)
+
+static RegionPtr
+MakeBoundingRegion (
+    WindowPtr	pWin,
+    BoxPtr	pBox)
+{
+    RegionPtr	pRgn = RegionCreate(pBox, 1);
+    if (wBoundingShape (pWin)) {
+	RegionTranslate(pRgn, -pWin->origin.x, -pWin->origin.y);
+	RegionIntersect(pRgn, pRgn, wBoundingShape (pWin));
+	RegionTranslate(pRgn, pWin->origin.x, pWin->origin.y);
+    }
+    return pRgn;
+}
+
+static Bool
+ShapeOverlap (
+    WindowPtr	pWin,
+    BoxPtr	pWinBox,
+    WindowPtr	pSib,
+    BoxPtr	pSibBox)
+{
+    RegionPtr	pWinRgn, pSibRgn;
+    Bool	ret;
+
+    if (!IS_SHAPED(pWin) && !IS_SHAPED(pSib))
+	return TRUE;
+    pWinRgn = MakeBoundingRegion (pWin, pWinBox);
+    pSibRgn = MakeBoundingRegion (pSib, pSibBox);
+    RegionIntersect(pWinRgn, pWinRgn, pSibRgn);
+    ret = RegionNotEmpty(pWinRgn);
+    RegionDestroy(pWinRgn);
+    RegionDestroy(pSibRgn);
+    return ret;
+}
+
+static Bool
+AnyWindowOverlapsMe(
+    WindowPtr pWin,
+    WindowPtr pHead,
+    BoxPtr box)
+{
+    WindowPtr pSib;
+    BoxRec sboxrec;
+    BoxPtr sbox;
+
+    for (pSib = pWin->prevSib; pSib != pHead; pSib = pSib->prevSib)
+    {
+	if (pSib->mapped)
+	{
+	    sbox = WindowExtents(pSib, &sboxrec);
+	    if (BOXES_OVERLAP(sbox, box)
+	    && ShapeOverlap (pWin, box, pSib, sbox)
+	    )
+		return TRUE;
+	}
+    }
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+static Bool
+IOverlapAnyWindow(
+    WindowPtr pWin,
+    BoxPtr box)
+{
+    WindowPtr pSib;
+    BoxRec sboxrec;
+    BoxPtr sbox;
+
+    for (pSib = pWin->nextSib; pSib; pSib = pSib->nextSib)
+    {
+	if (pSib->mapped)
+	{
+	    sbox = WindowExtents(pSib, &sboxrec);
+	    if (BOXES_OVERLAP(sbox, box)
+	    && ShapeOverlap (pWin, box, pSib, sbox)
+	    )
+		return TRUE;
+	}
+    }
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+/*
+ *   WhereDoIGoInTheStack() 
+ *	  Given pWin and pSib and the relationshipe smode, return
+ *	  the window that pWin should go ABOVE.
+ *	  If a pSib is specified:
+ *	      Above:  pWin is placed just above pSib
+ *	      Below:  pWin is placed just below pSib
+ *	      TopIf:  if pSib occludes pWin, then pWin is placed
+ *		      at the top of the stack
+ *	      BottomIf:	 if pWin occludes pSib, then pWin is 
+ *			 placed at the bottom of the stack
+ *	      Opposite: if pSib occludes pWin, then pWin is placed at the
+ *			top of the stack, else if pWin occludes pSib, then
+ *			pWin is placed at the bottom of the stack
+ *
+ *	  If pSib is NULL:
+ *	      Above:  pWin is placed at the top of the stack
+ *	      Below:  pWin is placed at the bottom of the stack
+ *	      TopIf:  if any sibling occludes pWin, then pWin is placed at
+ *		      the top of the stack
+ *	      BottomIf: if pWin occludes any sibline, then pWin is placed at
+ *			the bottom of the stack
+ *	      Opposite: if any sibling occludes pWin, then pWin is placed at
+ *			the top of the stack, else if pWin occludes any
+ *			sibling, then pWin is placed at the bottom of the stack
+ *
+ */
+
+static WindowPtr
+WhereDoIGoInTheStack(
+    WindowPtr pWin,
+    WindowPtr pSib,
+    short x,
+    short y,
+    unsigned short w,
+    unsigned short h,
+    int smode)
+{
+    BoxRec box;
+    WindowPtr pHead, pFirst;
+
+    if ((pWin == pWin->parent->firstChild) &&
+	(pWin == pWin->parent->lastChild))
+	return((WindowPtr ) NULL);
+    pHead = RealChildHead(pWin->parent);
+    pFirst = pHead ? pHead->nextSib : pWin->parent->firstChild;
+    box.x1 = x;
+    box.y1 = y;
+    box.x2 = x + (int)w;
+    box.y2 = y + (int)h;
+    switch (smode)
+    {
+      case Above:
+	if (pSib)
+	   return pSib;
+	else if (pWin == pFirst)
+	    return pWin->nextSib;
+	else
+	    return pFirst;
+      case Below:
+	if (pSib)
+	    if (pSib->nextSib != pWin)
+		return pSib->nextSib;
+	    else
+		return pWin->nextSib;
+	else
+	    return NullWindow;
+      case TopIf:
+	if ((!pWin->mapped || (pSib && !pSib->mapped)))
+	    return pWin->nextSib;
+	else if (pSib)
+	{
+	    if ((IsSiblingAboveMe(pWin, pSib) == Above) &&
+		(RegionContainsRect(&pSib->borderSize, &box) != rgnOUT))
+		return pFirst;
+	    else
+		return pWin->nextSib;
+	}
+	else if (AnyWindowOverlapsMe(pWin, pHead, &box))
+	    return pFirst;
+	else
+	    return pWin->nextSib;
+      case BottomIf:
+	if ((!pWin->mapped || (pSib && !pSib->mapped)))
+	    return pWin->nextSib;
+	else if (pSib)
+	{
+	    if ((IsSiblingAboveMe(pWin, pSib) == Below) &&
+		(RegionContainsRect(&pSib->borderSize, &box) != rgnOUT))
+		return NullWindow;
+	    else
+		return pWin->nextSib;
+	}
+	else if (IOverlapAnyWindow(pWin, &box))
+	    return NullWindow;
+	else
+	    return pWin->nextSib;
+      case Opposite:
+	if ((!pWin->mapped || (pSib && !pSib->mapped)))
+	    return pWin->nextSib;
+	else if (pSib)
+	{
+	    if (RegionContainsRect(&pSib->borderSize, &box) != rgnOUT)
+	    {
+		if (IsSiblingAboveMe(pWin, pSib) == Above)
+		    return pFirst;
+		else
+		    return NullWindow;
+	    }
+	    else
+		return pWin->nextSib;
+	}
+	else if (AnyWindowOverlapsMe(pWin, pHead, &box))
+	{
+	    /* If I'm occluded, I can't possibly be the first child
+	     * if (pWin == pWin->parent->firstChild)
+	     *	  return pWin->nextSib;
+	     */
+	    return pFirst;
+	}
+	else if (IOverlapAnyWindow(pWin, &box))
+	    return NullWindow;
+	else
+	    return pWin->nextSib;
+      default:
+      {
+	/* should never happen; make something up. */
+	return pWin->nextSib;
+      }
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+ReflectStackChange(
+    WindowPtr pWin,
+    WindowPtr pSib,
+    VTKind  kind)
+{
+/* Note that pSib might be NULL */
+
+    Bool WasViewable = (Bool)pWin->viewable;
+    Bool anyMarked;
+    WindowPtr pFirstChange;
+    WindowPtr  pLayerWin;
+    ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
+
+    /* if this is a root window, can't be restacked */
+    if (!pWin->parent)
+	return;
+
+    pFirstChange = MoveWindowInStack(pWin, pSib);
+
+    if (WasViewable)
+    {
+	anyMarked = (*pScreen->MarkOverlappedWindows)(pWin, pFirstChange,
+						      &pLayerWin);
+	if (pLayerWin != pWin) pFirstChange = pLayerWin;
+	if (anyMarked)
+	{
+	    (*pScreen->ValidateTree)(pLayerWin->parent, pFirstChange, kind);
+	    (*pScreen->HandleExposures)(pLayerWin->parent);
+	}
+	if (anyMarked && pWin->drawable.pScreen->PostValidateTree)
+	    (*pScreen->PostValidateTree)(pLayerWin->parent, pFirstChange, kind);
+    }
+    if (pWin->realized)
+	WindowsRestructured ();
+}
+
+/*****
+ * ConfigureWindow
+ *****/
+
+int
+ConfigureWindow(WindowPtr pWin, Mask mask, XID *vlist, ClientPtr client)
+{
+#define RESTACK_WIN    0
+#define MOVE_WIN       1
+#define RESIZE_WIN     2
+#define REBORDER_WIN   3
+    WindowPtr pSib = NullWindow;
+    WindowPtr pParent = pWin->parent;
+    Window sibwid = 0;
+    Mask index2, tmask;
+    XID *pVlist;
+    short x,   y, beforeX, beforeY;
+    unsigned short w = pWin->drawable.width,
+		   h = pWin->drawable.height,
+		   bw = pWin->borderWidth;
+    int rc, action, smode = Above;
+    xEvent event;
+
+    if ((pWin->drawable.class == InputOnly) && (mask & IllegalInputOnlyConfigureMask))
+	return BadMatch;
+
+    if ((mask & CWSibling) && !(mask & CWStackMode))
+	return BadMatch;
+
+    pVlist = vlist;
+
+    if (pParent)
+    {
+	x = pWin->drawable.x - pParent->drawable.x - (int)bw;
+	y = pWin->drawable.y - pParent->drawable.y - (int)bw;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+	x = pWin->drawable.x;
+	y = pWin->drawable.y;
+    }
+    beforeX = x;
+    beforeY = y;
+    action = RESTACK_WIN;	
+    if ((mask & (CWX | CWY)) && (!(mask & (CWHeight | CWWidth))))
+    {
+	GET_INT16(CWX, x);
+	GET_INT16(CWY, y);
+	action = MOVE_WIN;
+    }
+	/* or should be resized */
+    else if (mask & (CWX |  CWY | CWWidth | CWHeight))
+    {
+	GET_INT16(CWX, x);
+	GET_INT16(CWY, y);
+	GET_CARD16(CWWidth, w);
+	GET_CARD16 (CWHeight, h);
+	if (!w || !h)
+	{
+	    client->errorValue = 0;
+	    return BadValue;
+	}
+	action = RESIZE_WIN;
+    }
+    tmask = mask & ~ChangeMask;
+    while (tmask)
+    {
+	index2 = (Mask)lowbit (tmask);
+	tmask &= ~index2;
+	switch (index2)
+	{
+	  case CWBorderWidth:
+	    GET_CARD16(CWBorderWidth, bw);
+	    break;
+	  case CWSibling:
+	    sibwid = (Window ) *pVlist;
+	    pVlist++;
+	    rc = dixLookupWindow(&pSib, sibwid, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
+	    if (rc != Success)
+	    {
+		client->errorValue = sibwid;
+		return rc;
+	    }
+	    if (pSib->parent != pParent)
+		return BadMatch;
+	    if (pSib == pWin)
+		return BadMatch;
+	    break;
+	  case CWStackMode:
+	    GET_CARD8(CWStackMode, smode);
+	    if ((smode != TopIf) && (smode != BottomIf) &&
+		(smode != Opposite) && (smode != Above) && (smode != Below))
+	    {
+		client->errorValue = smode;
+		return BadValue;
+	    }
+	    break;
+	  default:
+	    client->errorValue = mask;
+	    return BadValue;
+	}
+    }
+	/* root really can't be reconfigured, so just return */
+    if (!pParent)
+	return Success;
+
+	/* Figure out if the window should be moved.  Doesnt
+	   make the changes to the window if event sent */
+
+    if (mask & CWStackMode)
+	pSib = WhereDoIGoInTheStack(pWin, pSib, pParent->drawable.x + x,
+				    pParent->drawable.y + y,
+				    w + (bw << 1), h + (bw << 1), smode);
+    else
+	pSib = pWin->nextSib;
+
+
+    if ((!pWin->overrideRedirect) && 
+	(RedirectSend(pParent)
+	))
+    {
+	memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent));
+	event.u.u.type = ConfigureRequest;
+	event.u.configureRequest.window = pWin->drawable.id;
+	if (mask & CWSibling)
+	   event.u.configureRequest.sibling = sibwid;
+	else
+	    event.u.configureRequest.sibling = None;
+	if (mask & CWStackMode)
+	   event.u.u.detail = smode;
+	else
+	    event.u.u.detail = Above;
+	event.u.configureRequest.x = x;
+	event.u.configureRequest.y = y;
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+	if(!noPanoramiXExtension && (!pParent || !pParent->parent)) {
+            event.u.configureRequest.x += screenInfo.screens[0]->x;
+            event.u.configureRequest.y += screenInfo.screens[0]->y;
+	}
+#endif
+	event.u.configureRequest.width = w;
+	event.u.configureRequest.height = h;
+	event.u.configureRequest.borderWidth = bw;
+	event.u.configureRequest.valueMask = mask;
+	event.u.configureRequest.parent = pParent->drawable.id;
+	if (MaybeDeliverEventsToClient(pParent, &event, 1,
+		SubstructureRedirectMask, client) == 1)
+	    return Success;
+    }
+    if (action == RESIZE_WIN)
+    {
+	Bool size_change = (w != pWin->drawable.width)
+			|| (h != pWin->drawable.height);
+	if (size_change && ((pWin->eventMask|wOtherEventMasks(pWin)) & ResizeRedirectMask))
+	{
+	    xEvent eventT;
+	    memset(&eventT, 0, sizeof(xEvent));
+	    eventT.u.u.type = ResizeRequest;
+	    eventT.u.resizeRequest.window = pWin->drawable.id;
+	    eventT.u.resizeRequest.width = w;
+	    eventT.u.resizeRequest.height = h;
+	    if (MaybeDeliverEventsToClient(pWin, &eventT, 1,
+				       ResizeRedirectMask, client) == 1)
+	    {
+		/* if event is delivered, leave the actual size alone. */
+		w = pWin->drawable.width;
+		h = pWin->drawable.height;
+		size_change = FALSE;
+	    }
+	}
+	if (!size_change)
+	{
+	    if (mask & (CWX | CWY))
+		action = MOVE_WIN;
+	    else if (mask & (CWStackMode | CWBorderWidth))
+		action = RESTACK_WIN;
+	    else   /* really nothing to do */
+		return(Success) ;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (action == RESIZE_WIN)
+	    /* we've already checked whether there's really a size change */
+	    goto ActuallyDoSomething;
+    if ((mask & CWX) && (x != beforeX))
+	    goto ActuallyDoSomething;
+    if ((mask & CWY) && (y != beforeY))
+	    goto ActuallyDoSomething;
+    if ((mask & CWBorderWidth) && (bw != wBorderWidth (pWin)))
+	    goto ActuallyDoSomething;
+    if (mask & CWStackMode)
+    {
+#ifndef ROOTLESS
+        /* See above for why we always reorder in rootless mode. */
+	if (pWin->nextSib != pSib)
+#endif
+	    goto ActuallyDoSomething;
+    }
+    return Success;
+
+ActuallyDoSomething:
+    if (pWin->drawable.pScreen->ConfigNotify)
+    {
+	int ret;
+	ret = (*pWin->drawable.pScreen->ConfigNotify)(pWin, x, y, w, h, bw, pSib);
+	if (ret) {
+	    client->errorValue = 0;
+	    return ret;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (SubStrSend(pWin, pParent))
+    {
+	memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent));
+	event.u.u.type = ConfigureNotify;
+	event.u.configureNotify.window = pWin->drawable.id;
+	if (pSib)
+	    event.u.configureNotify.aboveSibling = pSib->drawable.id;
+	else
+	    event.u.configureNotify.aboveSibling = None;
+	event.u.configureNotify.x = x;
+	event.u.configureNotify.y = y;
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+	if(!noPanoramiXExtension && (!pParent || !pParent->parent)) {
+	    event.u.configureNotify.x += screenInfo.screens[0]->x;
+	    event.u.configureNotify.y += screenInfo.screens[0]->y;
+	}
+#endif
+	event.u.configureNotify.width = w;
+	event.u.configureNotify.height = h;
+	event.u.configureNotify.borderWidth = bw;
+	event.u.configureNotify.override = pWin->overrideRedirect;
+	DeliverEvents(pWin, &event, 1, NullWindow);
+    }
+    if (mask & CWBorderWidth)
+    {
+	if (action == RESTACK_WIN)
+	{
+	    action = MOVE_WIN;
+	    pWin->borderWidth = bw;
+	}
+	else if ((action == MOVE_WIN) &&
+		 (beforeX + wBorderWidth (pWin) == x + (int)bw) &&
+		 (beforeY + wBorderWidth (pWin) == y + (int)bw))
+	{
+	    action = REBORDER_WIN;
+	    (*pWin->drawable.pScreen->ChangeBorderWidth)(pWin, bw);
+	}
+	else
+	    pWin->borderWidth = bw;
+    }
+    if (action == MOVE_WIN)
+	(*pWin->drawable.pScreen->MoveWindow)(pWin, x, y, pSib,
+		   (mask & CWBorderWidth) ? VTOther : VTMove);
+    else if (action == RESIZE_WIN)
+	(*pWin->drawable.pScreen->ResizeWindow)(pWin, x, y, w, h, pSib);
+    else if (mask & CWStackMode)
+	ReflectStackChange(pWin, pSib, VTOther);
+
+    if (action != RESTACK_WIN)
+	CheckCursorConfinement(pWin);
+    return Success;
+#undef RESTACK_WIN
+#undef MOVE_WIN
+#undef RESIZE_WIN
+#undef REBORDER_WIN
+}
+
+
+/******
+ *
+ * CirculateWindow
+ *    For RaiseLowest, raises the lowest mapped child (if any) that is
+ *    obscured by another child to the top of the stack.  For LowerHighest,
+ *    lowers the highest mapped child (if any) that is obscuring another
+ *    child to the bottom of the stack.	 Exposure processing is performed 
+ *
+ ******/
+
+int
+CirculateWindow(WindowPtr pParent, int direction, ClientPtr client)
+{
+    WindowPtr pWin, pHead, pFirst;
+    xEvent event;
+    BoxRec box;
+
+    pHead = RealChildHead(pParent);
+    pFirst = pHead ? pHead->nextSib : pParent->firstChild;
+    if (direction == RaiseLowest)
+    {
+	for (pWin = pParent->lastChild;
+	     (pWin != pHead) &&
+	     !(pWin->mapped &&
+	       AnyWindowOverlapsMe(pWin, pHead, WindowExtents(pWin, &box)));
+	     pWin = pWin->prevSib) ;
+	if (pWin == pHead)
+	    return Success;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+	for (pWin = pFirst;
+	     pWin &&
+	     !(pWin->mapped &&
+	       IOverlapAnyWindow(pWin, WindowExtents(pWin, &box)));
+	     pWin = pWin->nextSib) ;
+	if (!pWin)
+	    return Success;
+    }
+
+    event.u.circulate.window = pWin->drawable.id;
+    event.u.circulate.parent = pParent->drawable.id;
+    event.u.circulate.event = pParent->drawable.id;
+    if (direction == RaiseLowest)
+	event.u.circulate.place = PlaceOnTop;
+    else
+	event.u.circulate.place = PlaceOnBottom;
+
+    if (RedirectSend(pParent))
+    {
+	event.u.u.type = CirculateRequest;
+	if (MaybeDeliverEventsToClient(pParent, &event, 1,
+		SubstructureRedirectMask, client) == 1)
+	    return Success;
+    }
+
+    event.u.u.type = CirculateNotify;
+    DeliverEvents(pWin, &event, 1, NullWindow);
+    ReflectStackChange(pWin,
+		       (direction == RaiseLowest) ? pFirst : NullWindow,
+		       VTStack);
+
+    return Success;
+}
+
+static int
+CompareWIDs(
+    WindowPtr pWin,
+    pointer   value) /* must conform to VisitWindowProcPtr */
+{
+    Window *wid = (Window *)value;
+
+    if (pWin->drawable.id == *wid)
+       return WT_STOPWALKING;
+    else
+       return WT_WALKCHILDREN;
+}
+
+/*****
+ *  ReparentWindow
+ *****/
+
+int
+ReparentWindow(WindowPtr pWin, WindowPtr pParent,
+               int x, int y, ClientPtr client)
+{
+    WindowPtr pPrev, pPriorParent;
+    Bool WasMapped = (Bool)(pWin->mapped);
+    xEvent event;
+    int bw = wBorderWidth (pWin);
+    ScreenPtr pScreen;
+
+    pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
+    if (TraverseTree(pWin, CompareWIDs, (pointer)&pParent->drawable.id) == WT_STOPWALKING)
+	return BadMatch;
+    if (!MakeWindowOptional(pWin))
+	return BadAlloc;
+
+    if (WasMapped)
+       UnmapWindow(pWin, FALSE);
+
+    memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent));
+    event.u.u.type = ReparentNotify;
+    event.u.reparent.window = pWin->drawable.id;
+    event.u.reparent.parent = pParent->drawable.id;
+    event.u.reparent.x = x;
+    event.u.reparent.y = y;
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+    if(!noPanoramiXExtension && !pParent->parent) {
+	event.u.reparent.x += screenInfo.screens[0]->x;
+	event.u.reparent.y += screenInfo.screens[0]->y;
+    }
+#endif
+    event.u.reparent.override = pWin->overrideRedirect;
+    DeliverEvents(pWin, &event, 1, pParent);
+
+    /* take out of sibling chain */
+
+    pPriorParent = pPrev = pWin->parent;
+    if (pPrev->firstChild == pWin)
+	pPrev->firstChild = pWin->nextSib;
+    if (pPrev->lastChild == pWin)
+	pPrev->lastChild = pWin->prevSib;
+
+    if (pWin->nextSib)
+	pWin->nextSib->prevSib = pWin->prevSib;
+    if (pWin->prevSib)
+	pWin->prevSib->nextSib = pWin->nextSib;
+
+    /* insert at begining of pParent */
+    pWin->parent = pParent;
+    pPrev = RealChildHead(pParent);
+    if (pPrev)
+    {
+	pWin->nextSib = pPrev->nextSib;
+	if (pPrev->nextSib)
+	    pPrev->nextSib->prevSib = pWin;
+	else
+	    pParent->lastChild = pWin;
+	pPrev->nextSib = pWin;
+	pWin->prevSib = pPrev;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+	pWin->nextSib = pParent->firstChild;
+	pWin->prevSib = NullWindow;
+	if (pParent->firstChild)
+	    pParent->firstChild->prevSib = pWin;
+	else
+	    pParent->lastChild = pWin;
+	pParent->firstChild = pWin;
+    }
+
+    pWin->origin.x = x + bw;
+    pWin->origin.y = y + bw;
+    pWin->drawable.x = x + bw + pParent->drawable.x;
+    pWin->drawable.y = y + bw + pParent->drawable.y;
+
+    /* clip to parent */
+    SetWinSize (pWin);
+    SetBorderSize (pWin);
+
+    if (pScreen->ReparentWindow)
+	(*pScreen->ReparentWindow)(pWin, pPriorParent);
+    (*pScreen->PositionWindow)(pWin, pWin->drawable.x, pWin->drawable.y);
+    ResizeChildrenWinSize(pWin, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+
+    CheckWindowOptionalNeed(pWin);
+
+    if (WasMapped)
+	MapWindow(pWin, client);
+    RecalculateDeliverableEvents(pWin);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+static void
+RealizeTree(WindowPtr pWin)
+{
+    WindowPtr pChild;
+    RealizeWindowProcPtr Realize;
+
+    Realize = pWin->drawable.pScreen->RealizeWindow;
+    pChild = pWin;
+    while (1)
+    {
+	if (pChild->mapped)
+	{
+	    pChild->realized = TRUE;
+	    pChild->viewable = (pChild->drawable.class == InputOutput);
+	    (* Realize)(pChild);
+	    if (pChild->firstChild)
+	    {
+		pChild = pChild->firstChild;
+		continue;
+	    }
+	}
+	while (!pChild->nextSib && (pChild != pWin))
+	    pChild = pChild->parent;
+	if (pChild == pWin)
+	    return;
+	pChild = pChild->nextSib;
+    }
+}
+
+static WindowPtr windowDisableMapUnmapEvents;
+
+void
+DisableMapUnmapEvents(WindowPtr pWin)
+{
+    assert (windowDisableMapUnmapEvents == NULL);
+    
+    windowDisableMapUnmapEvents = pWin;
+}
+
+void
+EnableMapUnmapEvents(WindowPtr pWin)
+{
+    assert (windowDisableMapUnmapEvents != NULL);
+
+    windowDisableMapUnmapEvents = NULL;
+}
+
+static Bool
+MapUnmapEventsEnabled(WindowPtr pWin)
+{
+    return pWin != windowDisableMapUnmapEvents;
+}
+
+/*****
+ * MapWindow
+ *    If some other client has selected SubStructureReDirect on the parent
+ *    and override-redirect is xFalse, then a MapRequest event is generated,
+ *    but the window remains unmapped.	Otherwise, the window is mapped and a
+ *    MapNotify event is generated.
+ *****/
+
+int
+MapWindow(WindowPtr pWin, ClientPtr client)
+{
+    ScreenPtr pScreen;
+
+    WindowPtr pParent;
+    WindowPtr  pLayerWin;
+
+    if (pWin->mapped)
+	return Success;
+
+    /*  general check for permission to map window */
+    if (XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, client, pWin->drawable.id, RT_WINDOW,
+		 pWin, RT_NONE, NULL, DixShowAccess) != Success)
+	return Success;
+
+    pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
+    if ( (pParent = pWin->parent) )
+    {
+	xEvent event;
+	Bool anyMarked;
+
+	if ((!pWin->overrideRedirect) && 
+	    (RedirectSend(pParent)
+	))
+	{
+	    memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent));
+	    event.u.u.type = MapRequest;
+	    event.u.mapRequest.window = pWin->drawable.id;
+	    event.u.mapRequest.parent = pParent->drawable.id;
+
+	    if (MaybeDeliverEventsToClient(pParent, &event, 1,
+		SubstructureRedirectMask, client) == 1)
+		return Success;
+	}
+
+	pWin->mapped = TRUE;
+	if (SubStrSend(pWin, pParent) && MapUnmapEventsEnabled(pWin))
+	{
+	    memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent));
+	    event.u.u.type = MapNotify;
+	    event.u.mapNotify.window = pWin->drawable.id;
+	    event.u.mapNotify.override = pWin->overrideRedirect;
+	    DeliverEvents(pWin, &event, 1, NullWindow);
+	}
+
+	if (!pParent->realized)
+	    return Success;
+	RealizeTree(pWin);
+	if (pWin->viewable)
+	{
+	    anyMarked = (*pScreen->MarkOverlappedWindows)(pWin, pWin,
+							  &pLayerWin);
+	    if (anyMarked)
+	    {
+		(*pScreen->ValidateTree)(pLayerWin->parent, pLayerWin, VTMap);
+		(*pScreen->HandleExposures)(pLayerWin->parent);
+	    }
+	if (anyMarked && pScreen->PostValidateTree)
+	    (*pScreen->PostValidateTree)(pLayerWin->parent, pLayerWin, VTMap);
+	}
+	WindowsRestructured ();
+    }
+    else
+    {
+	RegionRec   temp;
+
+	pWin->mapped = TRUE;
+	pWin->realized = TRUE;	   /* for roots */
+	pWin->viewable = pWin->drawable.class == InputOutput;
+	/* We SHOULD check for an error value here XXX */
+	(*pScreen->RealizeWindow)(pWin);
+	if (pScreen->ClipNotify)
+	    (*pScreen->ClipNotify) (pWin, 0, 0);
+	if (pScreen->PostValidateTree)
+	    (*pScreen->PostValidateTree)(NullWindow, pWin, VTMap);
+	RegionNull(&temp);
+	RegionCopy(&temp, &pWin->clipList);
+	(*pScreen->WindowExposures) (pWin, &temp, NullRegion);
+	RegionUninit(&temp);
+    }
+
+    return Success;
+}
+
+
+/*****
+ * MapSubwindows
+ *    Performs a MapWindow all unmapped children of the window, in top
+ *    to bottom stacking order.
+ *****/
+
+void
+MapSubwindows(WindowPtr pParent, ClientPtr client)
+{
+    WindowPtr	pWin;
+    WindowPtr	pFirstMapped = NullWindow;
+    ScreenPtr	pScreen;
+    Mask	parentRedirect;
+    Mask	parentNotify;
+    xEvent	event;
+    Bool	anyMarked;
+    WindowPtr		pLayerWin;
+
+    pScreen = pParent->drawable.pScreen;
+    parentRedirect = RedirectSend(pParent);
+    parentNotify = SubSend(pParent);
+    anyMarked = FALSE;
+    for (pWin = pParent->firstChild; pWin; pWin = pWin->nextSib)
+    {
+	if (!pWin->mapped)
+	{
+	    if (parentRedirect && !pWin->overrideRedirect)
+	    {
+		memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent));
+		event.u.u.type = MapRequest;
+		event.u.mapRequest.window = pWin->drawable.id;
+		event.u.mapRequest.parent = pParent->drawable.id;
+    
+		if (MaybeDeliverEventsToClient(pParent, &event, 1,
+		    SubstructureRedirectMask, client) == 1)
+		    continue;
+	    }
+    
+	    pWin->mapped = TRUE;
+	    if (parentNotify || StrSend(pWin))
+	    {
+		memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent));
+		event.u.u.type = MapNotify;
+		event.u.mapNotify.window = pWin->drawable.id;
+		event.u.mapNotify.override = pWin->overrideRedirect;
+		DeliverEvents(pWin, &event, 1, NullWindow);
+	    }
+    
+	    if (!pFirstMapped)
+		pFirstMapped = pWin;
+	    if (pParent->realized)
+	    {
+		RealizeTree(pWin);
+		if (pWin->viewable)
+		{
+		    anyMarked |= (*pScreen->MarkOverlappedWindows)(pWin, pWin,
+							(WindowPtr *)NULL);
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (pFirstMapped)
+    {
+	pLayerWin = (*pScreen->GetLayerWindow)(pParent);
+	if (pLayerWin->parent != pParent) {
+	    anyMarked |= (*pScreen->MarkOverlappedWindows)(pLayerWin,
+							   pLayerWin,
+							   (WindowPtr *)NULL);
+	    pFirstMapped = pLayerWin;
+	}
+        if (anyMarked)
+        {
+	    (*pScreen->ValidateTree)(pLayerWin->parent, pFirstMapped, VTMap);
+	    (*pScreen->HandleExposures)(pLayerWin->parent);
+	}
+        if (anyMarked && pScreen->PostValidateTree)
+	    (*pScreen->PostValidateTree)(pLayerWin->parent, pFirstMapped,
+					 VTMap);
+        WindowsRestructured ();
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+UnrealizeTree(
+    WindowPtr pWin,
+    Bool fromConfigure)
+{
+    WindowPtr pChild;
+    UnrealizeWindowProcPtr Unrealize;
+    MarkUnrealizedWindowProcPtr MarkUnrealizedWindow;
+
+    Unrealize = pWin->drawable.pScreen->UnrealizeWindow;
+    MarkUnrealizedWindow = pWin->drawable.pScreen->MarkUnrealizedWindow;
+    pChild = pWin;
+    while (1)
+    {
+	if (pChild->realized)
+	{
+	    pChild->realized = FALSE;
+	    pChild->visibility = VisibilityNotViewable;
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+	    if(!noPanoramiXExtension && !pChild->drawable.pScreen->myNum) {
+		PanoramiXRes *win;
+		int rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&win,
+					     pChild->drawable.id, XRT_WINDOW,
+					     serverClient, DixWriteAccess);
+		if (rc == Success)
+		   win->u.win.visibility = VisibilityNotViewable;
+	    } 
+#endif
+	    (* Unrealize)(pChild);
+	    if (MapUnmapEventsEnabled(pWin))
+		DeleteWindowFromAnyEvents(pChild, FALSE);
+	    if (pChild->viewable)
+	    {
+		pChild->viewable = FALSE;
+		(* MarkUnrealizedWindow)(pChild, pWin, fromConfigure);
+		pChild->drawable.serialNumber = NEXT_SERIAL_NUMBER;
+	    }
+	    if (pChild->firstChild)
+	    {
+		pChild = pChild->firstChild;
+		continue;
+	    }
+	}
+	while (!pChild->nextSib && (pChild != pWin))
+	    pChild = pChild->parent;
+	if (pChild == pWin)
+	    return;
+	pChild = pChild->nextSib;
+    }
+}
+
+/*****
+ * UnmapWindow
+ *    If the window is already unmapped, this request has no effect.
+ *    Otherwise, the window is unmapped and an UnMapNotify event is
+ *    generated.  Cannot unmap a root window.
+ *****/
+
+int
+UnmapWindow(WindowPtr pWin, Bool fromConfigure)
+{
+    WindowPtr pParent;
+    xEvent event;
+    Bool wasRealized = (Bool)pWin->realized;
+    Bool wasViewable = (Bool)pWin->viewable;
+    ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
+    WindowPtr pLayerWin = pWin;
+
+    if ((!pWin->mapped) || (!(pParent = pWin->parent)))
+	return Success;
+    if (SubStrSend(pWin, pParent) && MapUnmapEventsEnabled(pWin))
+    {
+	memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent));
+	event.u.u.type = UnmapNotify;
+	event.u.unmapNotify.window = pWin->drawable.id;
+	event.u.unmapNotify.fromConfigure = fromConfigure;
+	DeliverEvents(pWin, &event, 1, NullWindow);
+    }
+    if (wasViewable && !fromConfigure)
+    {
+	pWin->valdata = UnmapValData;
+	(*pScreen->MarkOverlappedWindows)(pWin, pWin->nextSib, &pLayerWin);
+	(*pScreen->MarkWindow)(pLayerWin->parent);
+    }
+    pWin->mapped = FALSE;
+    if (wasRealized)
+	UnrealizeTree(pWin, fromConfigure);
+    if (wasViewable)
+    {
+	if (!fromConfigure)
+	{
+	    (*pScreen->ValidateTree)(pLayerWin->parent, pWin, VTUnmap);
+	    (*pScreen->HandleExposures)(pLayerWin->parent);
+	}
+	if (!fromConfigure && pScreen->PostValidateTree)
+	    (*pScreen->PostValidateTree)(pLayerWin->parent, pWin, VTUnmap);
+    }
+    if (wasRealized && !fromConfigure)
+	WindowsRestructured ();
+    return Success;
+}
+
+/*****
+ * UnmapSubwindows
+ *    Performs an UnmapWindow request with the specified mode on all mapped
+ *    children of the window, in bottom to top stacking order.
+ *****/
+
+void
+UnmapSubwindows(WindowPtr pWin)
+{
+    WindowPtr pChild, pHead;
+    xEvent event;
+    Bool wasRealized = (Bool)pWin->realized;
+    Bool wasViewable = (Bool)pWin->viewable;
+    Bool anyMarked = FALSE;
+    Mask parentNotify;
+    WindowPtr pLayerWin = NULL;
+    ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
+
+    if (!pWin->firstChild)
+	return;
+    parentNotify = SubSend(pWin);
+    pHead = RealChildHead(pWin);
+
+    if (wasViewable)
+	pLayerWin = (*pScreen->GetLayerWindow)(pWin);
+
+    for (pChild = pWin->lastChild; pChild != pHead; pChild = pChild->prevSib)
+    {
+	if (pChild->mapped)
+	{
+	    if (parentNotify || StrSend(pChild))
+	    {
+		event.u.u.type = UnmapNotify;
+		event.u.unmapNotify.window = pChild->drawable.id;
+		event.u.unmapNotify.fromConfigure = xFalse;
+		DeliverEvents(pChild, &event, 1, NullWindow);
+	    }
+	    if (pChild->viewable)
+	    {
+		pChild->valdata = UnmapValData;
+		anyMarked = TRUE;
+	    }
+	    pChild->mapped = FALSE;
+	    if (pChild->realized)
+		UnrealizeTree(pChild, FALSE);
+	    if (wasViewable)
+	    {
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    if (wasViewable)
+    {
+	if (anyMarked)
+	{
+	    if (pLayerWin->parent == pWin)
+		(*pScreen->MarkWindow)(pWin);
+	    else
+	    {
+		WindowPtr ptmp;
+                (*pScreen->MarkOverlappedWindows)(pWin, pLayerWin,
+						  (WindowPtr *)NULL);
+		(*pScreen->MarkWindow)(pLayerWin->parent);
+		
+		/* Windows between pWin and pLayerWin may not have been marked */
+		ptmp = pWin;
+ 
+		while (ptmp != pLayerWin->parent)
+		{
+		    (*pScreen->MarkWindow)(ptmp);
+		    ptmp = ptmp->parent;
+		}
+                pHead = pWin->firstChild;
+	    }
+	    (*pScreen->ValidateTree)(pLayerWin->parent, pHead, VTUnmap);
+	    (*pScreen->HandleExposures)(pLayerWin->parent);
+	}
+	if (anyMarked && pScreen->PostValidateTree)
+	    (*pScreen->PostValidateTree)(pLayerWin->parent, pHead, VTUnmap);
+    }
+    if (wasRealized)
+	WindowsRestructured ();
+}
+
+
+void
+HandleSaveSet(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    WindowPtr pParent, pWin;
+    int j;
+
+    for (j=0; j<client->numSaved; j++)
+    {
+	pWin = SaveSetWindow(client->saveSet[j]);
+#ifdef XFIXES
+	if (SaveSetToRoot(client->saveSet[j]))
+	    pParent = pWin->drawable.pScreen->root;
+	else
+#endif
+	{
+	    pParent = pWin->parent;
+	    while (pParent && (wClient (pParent) == client))
+		pParent = pParent->parent;
+	}
+	if (pParent)
+	{
+	    if (pParent != pWin->parent)
+	    {
+#ifdef XFIXES
+		/* unmap first so that ReparentWindow doesn't remap */
+		if (!SaveSetShouldMap (client->saveSet[j]))
+		    UnmapWindow(pWin, FALSE);
+#endif
+		ReparentWindow(pWin, pParent,
+			       pWin->drawable.x - wBorderWidth (pWin) - pParent->drawable.x,
+			       pWin->drawable.y - wBorderWidth (pWin) - pParent->drawable.y,
+			       client);
+		if(!pWin->realized && pWin->mapped)
+		    pWin->mapped = FALSE;
+	    }
+#ifdef XFIXES
+	    if (SaveSetShouldMap (client->saveSet[j]))
+#endif
+		MapWindow(pWin, client);
+	}
+    }
+    free(client->saveSet);
+    client->numSaved = 0;
+    client->saveSet = (SaveSetElt *)NULL;
+}
+
+/**
+ *
+ * \param x,y  in root
+ */
+Bool
+PointInWindowIsVisible(WindowPtr pWin, int x, int y)
+{
+    BoxRec box;
+
+    if (!pWin->realized)
+	return FALSE;
+    if (RegionContainsPoint(&pWin->borderClip,
+						  x, y, &box)
+	&& (!wInputShape(pWin) ||
+	    RegionContainsPoint(wInputShape(pWin),
+				x - pWin->drawable.x,
+				y - pWin->drawable.y, &box)))
+	return TRUE;
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+
+RegionPtr
+NotClippedByChildren(WindowPtr pWin)
+{
+    RegionPtr pReg = RegionCreate(NullBox, 1);
+    if (pWin->parent ||
+	screenIsSaved != SCREEN_SAVER_ON ||
+	!HasSaverWindow (pWin->drawable.pScreen))
+    {
+	RegionIntersect(pReg, &pWin->borderClip, &pWin->winSize);
+    }
+    return pReg;
+}
+
+void
+SendVisibilityNotify(WindowPtr pWin)
+{
+    xEvent event;
+    unsigned int visibility = pWin->visibility;
+
+    if (!MapUnmapEventsEnabled(pWin))
+        return;
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+    /* This is not quite correct yet, but it's close */
+    if(!noPanoramiXExtension) {
+	PanoramiXRes *win;
+	WindowPtr pWin2;
+	int rc, i, Scrnum;
+
+	Scrnum = pWin->drawable.pScreen->myNum;
+	
+	win = PanoramiXFindIDByScrnum(XRT_WINDOW, pWin->drawable.id, Scrnum);
+
+	if(!win || (win->u.win.visibility == visibility))
+	    return;
+
+	switch(visibility) {
+	case VisibilityUnobscured:
+	    FOR_NSCREENS(i) {
+		if(i == Scrnum) continue;
+
+		rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin2, win->info[i].id, serverClient,
+				     DixWriteAccess);
+
+		if (rc == Success) {
+		    if(pWin2->visibility == VisibilityPartiallyObscured)
+		   	return;
+
+		    if(!i) pWin = pWin2;
+		}
+	    }
+	    break;
+	case VisibilityPartiallyObscured:
+	    if(Scrnum) {
+		rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin2, win->info[0].id, serverClient,
+				     DixWriteAccess);
+		if (rc == Success) pWin = pWin2;
+	    }
+	    break;
+	case VisibilityFullyObscured:
+	    FOR_NSCREENS(i) {
+		if(i == Scrnum) continue;
+
+		rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin2, win->info[i].id, serverClient,
+				     DixWriteAccess);
+		
+		if (rc == Success) {
+		    if(pWin2->visibility != VisibilityFullyObscured)
+		    	return;
+
+		    if(!i) pWin = pWin2;
+		}
+	    }
+	    break;
+	}
+	
+	win->u.win.visibility = visibility;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent));
+    event.u.u.type = VisibilityNotify;
+    event.u.visibility.window = pWin->drawable.id;
+    event.u.visibility.state = visibility;
+    DeliverEvents(pWin, &event, 1, NullWindow);
+}
+
+#define RANDOM_WIDTH 32
+int
+dixSaveScreens(ClientPtr client, int on, int mode)
+{
+    int rc, i, what, type;
+
+    if (on == SCREEN_SAVER_FORCER)
+    {
+	if (mode == ScreenSaverReset)
+	    what = SCREEN_SAVER_OFF;
+	else
+	    what = SCREEN_SAVER_ON;
+	type = what;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+	what = on;
+	type = what;
+	if (what == screenIsSaved)
+	    type = SCREEN_SAVER_CYCLE;
+    }
+
+    for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++) {
+	rc = XaceHook(XACE_SCREENSAVER_ACCESS, client, screenInfo.screens[i],
+		      DixShowAccess | DixHideAccess);
+	if (rc != Success)
+	    return rc;
+    }
+    for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++)
+    {
+	ScreenPtr pScreen = screenInfo.screens[i];
+	if (on == SCREEN_SAVER_FORCER)
+	   (* pScreen->SaveScreen) (pScreen, on);
+	if (pScreen->screensaver.ExternalScreenSaver)
+	{
+	    if ((*pScreen->screensaver.ExternalScreenSaver)
+		(pScreen, type, on == SCREEN_SAVER_FORCER))
+		continue;
+	}
+	if (type == screenIsSaved)
+	    continue;
+	switch (type) {
+	case SCREEN_SAVER_OFF:
+	    if (pScreen->screensaver.blanked == SCREEN_IS_BLANKED)
+	    {
+	       (* pScreen->SaveScreen) (pScreen, what);
+	    }
+	    else if (HasSaverWindow (pScreen))
+	    {
+		pScreen->screensaver.pWindow = NullWindow;
+		FreeResource(pScreen->screensaver.wid, RT_NONE);
+	    }
+	    break;
+	case SCREEN_SAVER_CYCLE:
+	    if (pScreen->screensaver.blanked == SCREEN_IS_TILED)
+	    {
+		WindowPtr pWin = pScreen->screensaver.pWindow;
+		/* make it look like screen saver is off, so that
+		 * NotClippedByChildren will compute a clip list
+		 * for the root window, so miPaintWindow works
+		 */
+		screenIsSaved = SCREEN_SAVER_OFF;
+		(*pWin->drawable.pScreen->MoveWindow)(pWin,
+			   (short)(-(rand() % RANDOM_WIDTH)),
+			   (short)(-(rand() % RANDOM_WIDTH)),
+			   pWin->nextSib, VTMove);
+		screenIsSaved = SCREEN_SAVER_ON;
+	    }
+	    /*
+	     * Call the DDX saver in case it wants to do something
+	     * at cycle time
+	     */
+	    else if (pScreen->screensaver.blanked == SCREEN_IS_BLANKED)
+	    {
+		(* pScreen->SaveScreen) (pScreen, type);
+	    }
+	    break;
+	case SCREEN_SAVER_ON:
+	    if (ScreenSaverBlanking != DontPreferBlanking)
+	    {
+		if ((* pScreen->SaveScreen) (pScreen, what))
+		{
+		   pScreen->screensaver.blanked = SCREEN_IS_BLANKED;
+		   continue;
+		}
+		if ((ScreenSaverAllowExposures != DontAllowExposures) &&
+		    TileScreenSaver(pScreen, SCREEN_IS_BLACK))
+		{
+		    pScreen->screensaver.blanked = SCREEN_IS_BLACK;
+		    continue;
+		}
+	    }
+	    if ((ScreenSaverAllowExposures != DontAllowExposures) &&
+		TileScreenSaver(pScreen, SCREEN_IS_TILED))
+	    {
+		pScreen->screensaver.blanked = SCREEN_IS_TILED;
+	    }
+	    else
+		pScreen->screensaver.blanked = SCREEN_ISNT_SAVED;
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+    screenIsSaved = what;
+    if (mode == ScreenSaverReset) {
+	if (on == SCREEN_SAVER_FORCER) {
+	    UpdateCurrentTimeIf();
+	    lastDeviceEventTime = currentTime;
+	}
+	SetScreenSaverTimer();
+    }
+    return Success;
+}
+
+int
+SaveScreens(int on, int mode)
+{
+    return dixSaveScreens(serverClient, on, mode);
+}
+
+static Bool
+TileScreenSaver(ScreenPtr pScreen, int kind)
+{
+    int j;
+    int result;
+    XID attributes[3];
+    Mask mask;
+    WindowPtr pWin;		
+    CursorMetricRec cm;
+    unsigned char *srcbits, *mskbits;
+    CursorPtr cursor;
+    XID	cursorID = 0;
+    int	attri;
+
+    mask = 0;
+    attri = 0;
+    switch (kind) {
+    case SCREEN_IS_TILED:
+	switch (pScreen->root->backgroundState) {
+	case BackgroundPixel:
+	    attributes[attri++] = pScreen->root->background.pixel;
+	    mask |= CWBackPixel;
+	    break;
+	case BackgroundPixmap:
+	    attributes[attri++] = None;
+	    mask |= CWBackPixmap;
+	    break;
+	default:
+	    break;
+	}
+	break;
+    case SCREEN_IS_BLACK:
+	attributes[attri++] = pScreen->root->drawable.pScreen->blackPixel;
+	mask |= CWBackPixel;
+	break;
+    }
+    mask |= CWOverrideRedirect;
+    attributes[attri++] = xTrue;
+
+    /*
+     * create a blank cursor
+     */
+
+    cm.width=16;
+    cm.height=16;
+    cm.xhot=8;
+    cm.yhot=8;
+    srcbits = malloc( BitmapBytePad(32)*16);
+    mskbits = malloc( BitmapBytePad(32)*16);
+    if (!srcbits || !mskbits)
+    {
+	free(srcbits);
+	free(mskbits);
+	cursor = 0;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+	for (j=0; j<BitmapBytePad(32)*16; j++)
+	    srcbits[j] = mskbits[j] = 0x0;
+	result = AllocARGBCursor(srcbits, mskbits, NULL, &cm, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+				 &cursor, serverClient, (XID)0);
+	if (cursor)
+	{
+	    cursorID = FakeClientID(0);
+	    if (AddResource (cursorID, RT_CURSOR, (pointer) cursor))
+	    {
+		attributes[attri] = cursorID;
+		mask |= CWCursor;
+	    }
+	    else
+		cursor = 0;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+	    free(srcbits);
+	    free(mskbits);
+	}
+    }
+
+    pWin = pScreen->screensaver.pWindow =
+	 CreateWindow(pScreen->screensaver.wid,
+	      pScreen->root,
+	      -RANDOM_WIDTH, -RANDOM_WIDTH,
+	      (unsigned short)pScreen->width + RANDOM_WIDTH,
+	      (unsigned short)pScreen->height + RANDOM_WIDTH,
+	      0, InputOutput, mask, attributes, 0, serverClient,
+	      wVisual (pScreen->root), &result);
+
+    if (cursor)
+	FreeResource (cursorID, RT_NONE);
+
+    if (!pWin)
+	return FALSE;
+
+    if (!AddResource(pWin->drawable.id, RT_WINDOW,
+		     (pointer)pScreen->screensaver.pWindow))
+	return FALSE;
+
+    if (mask & CWBackPixmap)
+    {
+	MakeRootTile (pWin);
+	(*pWin->drawable.pScreen->ChangeWindowAttributes)(pWin, CWBackPixmap);
+    }
+    MapWindow(pWin, serverClient);
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*
+ * FindWindowWithOptional
+ *
+ * search ancestors of the given window for an entry containing
+ * a WindowOpt structure.  Assumptions:	 some parent will
+ * contain the structure.
+ */
+
+WindowPtr
+FindWindowWithOptional (WindowPtr w)
+{
+    do
+	w = w->parent;
+    while (!w->optional);
+    return w;
+}
+
+/*
+ * CheckWindowOptionalNeed
+ *
+ * check each optional entry in the given window to see if
+ * the value is satisfied by the default rules.	 If so,
+ * release the optional record
+ */
+
+void
+CheckWindowOptionalNeed (WindowPtr w)
+{
+    WindowOptPtr optional;
+    WindowOptPtr parentOptional;
+
+    if (!w->parent || !w->optional)
+	return;
+    optional = w->optional;
+    if (optional->dontPropagateMask != DontPropagateMasks[w->dontPropagate])
+	return;
+    if (optional->otherEventMasks != 0)
+	return;
+    if (optional->otherClients != NULL)
+	return;
+    if (optional->passiveGrabs != NULL)
+	return;
+    if (optional->userProps != NULL)
+	return;
+    if (optional->backingBitPlanes != ~0L)
+	return;
+    if (optional->backingPixel != 0)
+	return;
+    if (optional->boundingShape != NULL)
+	return;
+    if (optional->clipShape != NULL)
+	return;
+    if (optional->inputShape != NULL)
+	return;
+    if (optional->inputMasks != NULL)
+	return;
+    if (optional->deviceCursors != NULL)
+    {
+        DevCursNodePtr pNode = optional->deviceCursors;
+        while(pNode)
+        {
+            if (pNode->cursor != None)
+                return;
+            pNode = pNode->next;
+        }
+    }
+
+    parentOptional = FindWindowWithOptional(w)->optional;
+    if (optional->visual != parentOptional->visual)
+	return;
+    if (optional->cursor != None &&
+	(optional->cursor != parentOptional->cursor ||
+	 w->parent->cursorIsNone))
+	return;
+    if (optional->colormap != parentOptional->colormap)
+	return;
+    DisposeWindowOptional (w);
+}
+
+/*
+ * MakeWindowOptional
+ *
+ * create an optional record and initialize it with the default
+ * values.
+ */
+
+Bool
+MakeWindowOptional (WindowPtr pWin)
+{
+    WindowOptPtr optional;
+    WindowOptPtr parentOptional;
+
+    if (pWin->optional)
+	return TRUE;
+    optional = malloc(sizeof (WindowOptRec));
+    if (!optional)
+	return FALSE;
+    optional->dontPropagateMask = DontPropagateMasks[pWin->dontPropagate];
+    optional->otherEventMasks = 0;
+    optional->otherClients = NULL;
+    optional->passiveGrabs = NULL;
+    optional->userProps = NULL;
+    optional->backingBitPlanes = ~0L;
+    optional->backingPixel = 0;
+    optional->boundingShape = NULL;
+    optional->clipShape = NULL;
+    optional->inputShape = NULL;
+    optional->inputMasks = NULL;
+    optional->deviceCursors = NULL;
+
+    parentOptional = FindWindowWithOptional(pWin)->optional;
+    optional->visual = parentOptional->visual;
+    if (!pWin->cursorIsNone)
+    {
+	optional->cursor = parentOptional->cursor;
+	optional->cursor->refcnt++;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+	optional->cursor = None;
+    }
+    optional->colormap = parentOptional->colormap;
+    pWin->optional = optional;
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Changes the cursor struct for the given device and the given window.
+ * A cursor that does not have a device cursor set will use whatever the
+ * standard cursor is for the window. If all devices have a cursor set,
+ * changing the window cursor (e.g. using XDefineCursor()) will not have any
+ * visible effect. Only when one of the device cursors is set to None again,
+ * this device's cursor will display the changed standard cursor.
+ * 
+ * CursorIsNone of the window struct is NOT modified if you set a device
+ * cursor. 
+ *
+ * Assumption: If there is a node for a device in the list, the device has a
+ * cursor. If the cursor is set to None, it is inherited by the parent.
+ */
+int
+ChangeWindowDeviceCursor(WindowPtr pWin, 
+                         DeviceIntPtr pDev, 
+                         CursorPtr pCursor) 
+{
+    DevCursNodePtr pNode, pPrev;
+    CursorPtr pOldCursor = NULL;
+    ScreenPtr pScreen;
+    WindowPtr pChild;
+
+    if (!pWin->optional && !MakeWindowOptional(pWin))
+        return BadAlloc;
+
+    /* 1) Check if window has device cursor set
+     *  Yes: 1.1) swap cursor with given cursor if parent does not have same
+     *            cursor, free old cursor
+     *       1.2) free old cursor, use parent cursor
+     *  No: 1.1) add node to beginning of list.
+     *      1.2) add cursor to node if parent does not have same cursor
+     *      1.3) use parent cursor if parent does not have same cursor
+     *  2) Patch up children if child has a devcursor
+     *  2.1) if child has cursor None, it inherited from parent, set to old
+     *  cursor
+     *  2.2) if child has same cursor as new cursor, remove and set to None
+     */
+
+    pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
+
+    if (WindowSeekDeviceCursor(pWin, pDev, &pNode, &pPrev))
+    {
+        /* has device cursor */
+
+        if (pNode->cursor == pCursor)
+            return Success;
+
+        pOldCursor = pNode->cursor;
+
+        if (!pCursor) /* remove from list */
+        {
+                if(pPrev)
+                    pPrev->next = pNode->next;
+                else
+                    /* first item in list */
+                    pWin->optional->deviceCursors = pNode->next;
+
+            free(pNode);
+            goto out;
+        }
+
+    } else
+    {
+        /* no device cursor yet */
+        DevCursNodePtr pNewNode;
+
+        if (!pCursor)
+            return Success;
+
+        pNewNode = malloc(sizeof(DevCursNodeRec));
+        pNewNode->dev = pDev;
+        pNewNode->next = pWin->optional->deviceCursors;
+        pWin->optional->deviceCursors = pNewNode;
+        pNode = pNewNode;
+
+    }
+
+    if (pCursor && WindowParentHasDeviceCursor(pWin, pDev, pCursor))
+        pNode->cursor = None;
+    else
+    {
+        pNode->cursor = pCursor;
+        pCursor->refcnt++;
+    }
+
+    pNode = pPrev = NULL;
+    /* fix up children */
+    for (pChild = pWin->firstChild; pChild; pChild = pChild->nextSib)
+    {
+        if (WindowSeekDeviceCursor(pChild, pDev, &pNode, &pPrev))
+        {
+            if (pNode->cursor == None) /* inherited from parent */
+            {
+                pNode->cursor = pOldCursor;
+                pOldCursor->refcnt++;
+            } else if (pNode->cursor == pCursor)
+            {
+                pNode->cursor = None;
+                FreeCursor(pCursor, (Cursor)0); /* fix up refcnt */
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+out:
+    if (pWin->realized)
+        WindowHasNewCursor(pWin);
+
+    if (pOldCursor)
+        FreeCursor(pOldCursor, (Cursor)0);
+
+    /* FIXME: We SHOULD check for an error value here XXX  
+       (comment taken from ChangeWindowAttributes) */
+    (*pScreen->ChangeWindowAttributes)(pWin, CWCursor);
+
+    return Success;
+}
+
+/* Get device cursor for given device or None if none is set */
+CursorPtr
+WindowGetDeviceCursor(WindowPtr pWin, DeviceIntPtr pDev)
+{
+    DevCursorList pList;
+
+    if (!pWin->optional || !pWin->optional->deviceCursors)
+        return NULL;
+
+    pList = pWin->optional->deviceCursors;
+
+    while(pList)
+    {
+        if (pList->dev == pDev)
+        {
+            if (pList->cursor == None) /* inherited from parent */
+                return WindowGetDeviceCursor(pWin->parent, pDev);
+            else
+                return pList->cursor;
+        }
+        pList = pList->next;
+    }
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+/* Searches for a DevCursorNode for the given window and device. If one is
+ * found, return True and set pNode and pPrev to the node and to the node
+ * before the node respectively. Otherwise return False.
+ * If the device is the first in list, pPrev is set to NULL.
+ */
+static Bool 
+WindowSeekDeviceCursor(WindowPtr pWin, 
+                       DeviceIntPtr pDev, 
+                       DevCursNodePtr* pNode, 
+                       DevCursNodePtr* pPrev)
+{
+    DevCursorList pList;
+
+    if (!pWin->optional)
+        return FALSE;
+
+    pList = pWin->optional->deviceCursors;
+
+    if (pList && pList->dev == pDev)
+    {
+        *pNode = pList;
+        *pPrev = NULL;
+        return TRUE;
+    }
+
+    while(pList)
+    {
+        if (pList->next)
+        {
+            if (pList->next->dev == pDev)
+            {
+                *pNode = pList->next;
+                *pPrev = pList;
+                return TRUE;
+            }
+        }
+        pList = pList->next;
+    }
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+/* Return True if a parent has the same device cursor set or False if
+ * otherwise 
+ */ 
+static Bool 
+WindowParentHasDeviceCursor(WindowPtr pWin, 
+                            DeviceIntPtr pDev, 
+                            CursorPtr pCursor)
+{
+    WindowPtr pParent;
+    DevCursNodePtr pParentNode, pParentPrev;
+
+    pParent = pWin->parent;
+    while(pParent)
+    {
+        if (WindowSeekDeviceCursor(pParent, pDev, 
+                    &pParentNode, &pParentPrev))
+        {
+            /* if there is a node in the list, the win has a dev cursor */
+            if (!pParentNode->cursor) /* inherited. */
+                pParent = pParent->parent;
+            else if (pParentNode->cursor == pCursor) /* inherit */
+                return TRUE;
+            else  /* different cursor */
+                return FALSE;
+        } 
+        else 
+            /* parent does not have a device cursor for our device */
+            return FALSE;
+    }
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+/*
+ * SetRootClip --
+ *	Enable or disable rendering to the screen by
+ *	setting the root clip list and revalidating
+ *	all of the windows
+ */
+void
+SetRootClip(ScreenPtr pScreen, Bool enable)
+{
+    WindowPtr	pWin = pScreen->root;
+    WindowPtr	pChild;
+    Bool	WasViewable;
+    Bool	anyMarked = FALSE;
+    WindowPtr   pLayerWin;
+    BoxRec	box;
+
+    if (!pWin)
+	return;
+    WasViewable = (Bool)(pWin->viewable);
+    if (WasViewable)
+    {
+	for (pChild = pWin->firstChild; pChild; pChild = pChild->nextSib)
+	{
+	    (void) (*pScreen->MarkOverlappedWindows)(pChild,
+						     pChild,
+						     &pLayerWin);
+	}
+	(*pScreen->MarkWindow) (pWin);
+	anyMarked = TRUE;
+	if (pWin->valdata)
+	{
+	    if (HasBorder (pWin))
+	    {
+		RegionPtr	borderVisible;
+
+		borderVisible = RegionCreate(NullBox, 1);
+		RegionSubtract(borderVisible,
+				&pWin->borderClip, &pWin->winSize);
+		pWin->valdata->before.borderVisible = borderVisible;
+	    }
+	    pWin->valdata->before.resized = TRUE;
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Use REGION_BREAK to avoid optimizations in ValidateTree
+     * that assume the root borderClip can't change well, normally
+     * it doesn't...)
+     */
+    if (enable)
+    {
+	box.x1 = 0;
+	box.y1 = 0;
+	box.x2 = pScreen->width;
+	box.y2 = pScreen->height;
+	RegionInit(&pWin->winSize, &box, 1);
+	RegionInit(&pWin->borderSize, &box, 1);
+	if (WasViewable)
+	    RegionReset(&pWin->borderClip, &box);
+	pWin->drawable.width = pScreen->width;
+	pWin->drawable.height = pScreen->height;
+	RegionBreak(&pWin->clipList);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+	RegionEmpty(&pWin->borderClip);
+	RegionBreak(&pWin->clipList);
+    }
+
+    ResizeChildrenWinSize (pWin, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+
+    if (WasViewable)
+    {
+	if (pWin->firstChild)
+	{
+	    anyMarked |= (*pScreen->MarkOverlappedWindows)(pWin->firstChild,
+							   pWin->firstChild,
+							   (WindowPtr *)NULL);
+	}
+	else
+	{
+	    (*pScreen->MarkWindow) (pWin);
+	    anyMarked = TRUE;
+	}
+
+
+	if (anyMarked)
+	    (*pScreen->ValidateTree)(pWin, NullWindow, VTOther);
+    }
+
+    if (WasViewable)
+    {
+	if (anyMarked)
+	    (*pScreen->HandleExposures)(pWin);
+	if (anyMarked && pScreen->PostValidateTree)
+	    (*pScreen->PostValidateTree)(pWin, NullWindow, VTOther);
+    }
+    if (pWin->realized)
+	WindowsRestructured ();   
+    FlushAllOutput();
+}